Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2010 with funding from UNEP-WCMC, Cambridge http:/Awww.archive.org/details/directoryofneotr86scot A Directory of Neotropical Wetlands A DIRECTORY OF NEOTROPICAL WETLANDS Compiled by Derek A. Scott and Montserrat Carbonell for the Canadian Wildlife Service Ducks Unlimited, Incorporated International Council for Bird Preservation (ICBP) International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN) International Waterfowl Research Bureau (IWRB) United States Fish and Wildlife Service Wildfowl Foundation, Incorporated World Wildlife Fund (WWF) Published by IUCN Conservation Monitoring Centre, Cambridge, U.K., 1986 Published by: Compiled by: Prepared with the financial assistance of: Copyright: Cover illustration: Cover design by: Printed by: ISBN: Citation: Copies available from: International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN), Conservation Monitoring Centre, 219c Huntingdon Road, Cambridge, CB3 ODL, U.K. The International Waterfowl Research Bureau (IWRB), The Wildfowl Trust, Slimbridge, GL2 7BX, U.K. The Canadian Wildlife Service Ducks Unlimited Inc International Council for Bird Preservation The International Waterfowl Research Bureau The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service The Wildfowl Foundation Inc World Wildlife Fund International Union for Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources, World Conservation Centre, Avenue du Mont-Blanc, CH-1196 Gland, Switzerland. 1986 The Limpkin (taken from Haverschmidt, F (1968): The Birds of Surinam. Oliver & Boyd, Edinburgh & London) James Butler Page Bros (Norwich) Limited, U.K. 2 88032 504 8 Scott, Derek A. and Carbonell, Montserrat (1986): A Directory of Neotropical Wetlands. IUCN, Gland and Cambridge. 684pp IUCN Conservation Monitoring Centre 219c Huntingdon Road, Cambridge, CB3 ODL, U.K.; or International Waterfowl Research Bureau (IWRB) The Wildfowl Trust, Slimbridge GL2 7BX, U.K. The presentation of material in this book and the geographical designations employed do not imply the expression of any opinion whatsoever on the part of IUCN concerning the legal status of any country, territory or area, or concerning the delimitatioin of its frontiers or boundaries. Foreword Introduction Country Reports South America Argentina Bolivia Brazil Chile Colombia Ecuador Falkland Islands French Guiana Guyana Paraguay Peru Suriname Trinidad and Tobago Uruguay Venezuela Central America Belize Costa Rica El Salvador Guatemala Honduras Mexico Nicaragua Panama Caribbean Bibliography Anguilla Antigua and Barbuda Bahamas Barbados Bermuda British Virgin Islands Cayman Islands Cuba Dominica Dominican Republic French Antilles Grenada Haiti Jamaica Montserrat Netherlands Antilles Puerto Rico Saint Kitts-Nevis Saint Lucia Saint Vincent Turks and Caicos Islands United States Virgin Islands Directory of Contributors Appendix CONTENTS An Annotated Checklist of the Waterfowl of the Neotropical Realm ay itera ; * — ake: g? Gans eects a Foreword FOREWORD The remaining pristine wetlands of the world lie in the tropical and southern parts of the globe. If they are to be saved, to serve - in the words of the preamble to the Ramsar Convention - as "regulators of water regimes", as "habitats supporting a characteristic flora and fauna", and as "a resource of economic, cultural, scientific and recreational value," their situation, extent and condition must first be carefully documented. Only then can national and international plans for conservation be realistically drawn up, priorities established and strategies implemented. It is the purpose of the present Directory to lay, for the Neotropical Realm, the necessary groundwork of identification. The first such directory was the Directory of Western Palearctic Wetlands, compiled by Erik Carp for IUCN and UNEP in 1980. This helped to stress the great losses of natural wetlands that have occurred in the developed countries. A Directory of African Wetlands is nearing completion and one on Asian Wetlands has just been begun. For North America, the wetlands of Canada and the U.S.A. are being mapped in ever greater detail. The present Directory was initiated at the IWVRB meeting in Edmonton, Alberta, in 1982, attended by participants from many states in South and Central America. There it was agreed to produce a report on the current status of wetlands of the Neotropics, including the Caribbean, with particular emphasis on their avifauna and management. The data base thus established could then be continuously updated. The project was initiated in April 1983, and funding generously provided by both governmental and non-governmental bodies: Canadian Wildlife Service, Ducks Unlimited Inc., U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, Wildfowl Foundation Inc. and World Wildlife Fund; they will, we are sure, feel they got good value for their contributions. A considerable boost to the project was given by the IWRB meeting in La Rabida, Spain, in May 1983, attended by participants from thirteen countries of the Neotropical Realm. The final text was reviewed and improved at another IVRB meeting, this time in Paracas, Peru, in February 1985, with twenty-five of the region’s countries directly represented. The report of the Paracas meeting contains a discussion of the project and a preliminary analysis of some of the findings. Although the main action has been through IWRB, close collaboration was maintained with colleagues in ICBP and IUCN and this has been a truly co-operative enterprise of these international bodies. But they could have achieved little had not so many people in so many countries made freely available their time and their records. It is a particular matter for congratulation that the co-ordinator, Derek Scott, his assistant Montse Carbonell and nearly three hundred collaborators have been able to bring together and analyse such a mass of material in just two short years. Quite apart from its intrinsic value, the preparation of the Directory has greatly stimulated the interest in and concern for the threatened wetlands of the region. It has had impact at all levels from governments to individuals. More and more countries are adhering to the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat, known as the Ramsar Convention after the small town in Iran where it was initiated. Already thirty-eight countries are guiding the wise use of their wetlands under the constraints of the Convention and, in particular, have set aside for conservation 302 sites covering twenty million hectares of prime wetland. The Directory of Neotropical Wetlands has always been intended as a "shadow" list of sites eligible for designation under the Convention. It is greatly to be hoped that, as a result of the Directory, the surge in public awareness of wetlands can be maintained and that more states of South and Central America and the Caribbean will join the Ramsar Convention. Geoffrey V.T. Matthews Director International Waterfowl Research Bureau vii Introduction INTRODUCTION The Neotropical Realm is the richest and most diverse of the world’s eight biogeographical realms. At the same time, it is one of the least disturbed by the destructive influences of modern man. Covering the whole of the South American continent, Central America, the Caribbean and a large part of Mexico, the Neotropical Realm includes almost the full spectrum of the world’s major ecosystems and a diversity of fauna and flora unmatched anywhere else. Although a considerable amount of basic faunal and floral research has been conducted and great strides have been made to protect the natural environment, the region as a whole remains relatively poorly known, and is perhaps the most vulnerable to drastic modification by man in the coming decades. The Neotropical Realm includes a great diversity of wetland ecosystems from the coastal lagoons and mangrove swamps of the Caribbean and Central America, through the great riverine and floodplain systems of the humid tropics and the lacustrine systems of the high Andes, to the fjordland and subantarctic tundra of southern Chile and Argentina. In recent years, there has been a marked increase in awareness of the widespread threats to wetlands in the Neotropics, but to date, no serious attempt has been made to develop an overall wetland conservation strategy for the region. This document aims to provide the basis for such a strategy, by presenting a synopsis of the most important wetlands and their wildlife, and by summarizing the measures which have been taken to conserve them. The term "wetland" is here used in the same sense as defined in the text of the Convention on Wetlands of International Importance Especially as Waterfowl Habitat (the Ramsar Convention). Thus, wetlands are "areas of marsh, fen, peatland or water, whether natural or artificial, permanent or temporary, with water that is static or flowing, fresh, brackish or salt, including areas of marine water the depth of which at low tide does not exceed six metres". Coral reefs and other exclusively marine systems are however generally excluded from this definition, and have not been considered. The greater part of the Directory is made up of a series of country reports grouped into the three major regions under consideration: South America, Central America (including the Neotropical portion of Mexico), and the Caribbean. Most country reports begin with an introduction which summarizes the institutional base for wetland conservation and research, the progress made to date, and the major threats to wetlands and their wildlife. Then follows an inventory of those wetlands which are known or thought to be of greatest importance from the point of view of nature conservation. The site descriptions include basic information on size and location, habitat types, principal vegetation, ownership, degree of protection, land use, fauna, threats, research, conservation and relevant literature. In the discussion of fauna, special emphasis is given to the waterfowl for several reasons. The waterfowl of the Neotropical Realm are well known and well documented; in many other groups of aquatic fauna, our knowledge remains fragmentary, with many species still undescribed to science. Waterfowl are a popular group, conspicuous, readily identified, censused and studied; thus there tends to be much more information available on waterfowl than other wetland species. Many are long-distance migrants, dependent on wetlands in a number of countries during the course of their annual cycle, and thus demonstrating the need for international cooperation in conservation efforts. Many species are popular game birds for the hunter, and as such constitute a renewable natural resource of considerable economic value. Finally, waterfowl are particularly good indicators of the general condition of wetland ecosystems; they are at or near the top of most wetland food chains, and are highly susceptible to wetland contamination and disturbance. The Ramsar Convention defines "waterfowl" as "birds ecologically dependent on wetlands". However, for the purposes of this Directory, the term has been restricted to wetland species of the following families: Gaviidae, Podicipedidae, Pelecanidae, Phalacrocoracidae, Anhingidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae, Phoenicopteridae, Anhimidae, Anatidae, Opisthocomidae, Gruidae, Aramidae, Rallidae, MHeliornithidae, Eurypygidae, Jacanidae, Rostratulidae, Haematopodidae, Charadriidae, Scolopacidae, Recurvirostridae, Phalaropodidae, Laridae and Rynchopidae. Species of Pelecanidae, Phalacrocoracidae and Laridae which are confined to marine ecosystems, and other sea-birds (Spheniscidae, Procellariiformes, Phaethontidae, Sulidae, Fregatidae and Stercorariidae) are excluded. Vill Introduction Each country report includes an outline map showing the location of the sites described in the inventory. It was the original intention of the compilers to include detailed maps of each site, and indeed many of the contributors provided excellent maps of their country’s wetlands. However, as the inventory grew in size, it became clear that this would not be possible for reasons of space and cost. The several hundred individual site maps which have been provided by contributors are on file at IWRB Headquarters in the U.K. and constitute an important reference source. It is to be hoped that many of these maps will be published in national wetland inventories. The bibliography includes not only the references cited in the text, but also a number of other important publications and reports listed by the various contributors. Emphasis has been given to recent works with direct relevance to conservation issues; much of the older literature and many publications of academic rather than conservation interest have been omitted. The extensive literature on Nearctic avian migrants wintering in the Neotropics has recently been summarized by Rappole et al (1983); their annotated bibliography should be used in conjunction with the present bibliography. Following the bibliography, there is a directory of contributors. This gives the names and addresses of the many individuals who have cooperated in the preparation of this work. The majority are listed according to the country for which they have provided information, but a number of individuals who have provided information for several countries or for the region as a whole are listed in a "General" section at the end. The Directory concludes with an annotated checklist of the waterfowl of the Neotropical Realm. This gives a brief review of the distribution and abundance of all waterfowl occurring in the region, with emphasis on those species known or thought to be vulnerable or endangered and therefore in need of special attention. The checklist incorporates a large amount of new information provided by contributors, either on the waterfowl occurring at individual sites, or as status reports on waterfowl occurring in the country concerned. A number of contributors provided very detailed status reports complete with distribution maps. For reasons of space, it has not been possible to include all this material here. Along with individual site maps, the species status reports are on file at IWRB Headquarters and, subject to consent being given by the contributors, are available upon request. Methodology The compilation of the Directory has involved the collection of data through three main channels: a) a series of national networks of contacts, each with a "national coordinator" who was responsible for the compilation of all data from that country, and for the preparation of a general introduction for the country report; b) direct contact with expatriate individuals or institutions with expertize on particular sites or species in the region; c) a review of the recent literature. In many cases, effective national networks were established and a comprehensive national report submitted. However, in several countries it proved impossible to coordinate the collection of information through a single person or institution, and material was received from several independent sources. In a few cases, no local contact could be established, and the material summarized in the Directory is based entirely on expatriate sources and the literature. Emphasis was given throughout to obtaining first hand and up to date information from individuals currently working on wetlands and their fauna, and little attention was given to the older literature. Introduction Site Descriptions Contributors were requested to submit their information on wetlands on standard data sheets of a type used in similar wetland inventories in the Palearctic Realm. The information has been reproduced in this Directory in a slightly modified form, and in many cases with additional information from other sources. Each site description contains the following data categories: Title: The name of the wetland with a reference number for the accompanying map. Location: The geographical coordinates (Greenwich), and general location of the site. The coordinates have been taken from the Operational Navigation Charts (1:1,000,000) of the Defense Mapping Agency, Missouri, U.S.A. Area: The area of the wetland habitat in hectares. In the case of some rivers and coastal zones, only the approximate length of the site is known. Altitude: The altitude of the wetland in metres above sea level. Province and type: The biogeographical province in which the wetland is situated, following Udvardy (1975) "A Classification of the Biogeographical Provinces of the World"; and a reference to the types of wetland habitat present, on the basis of the following numerical code: 01: shallow sea bays and straits 02: estuaries, deltas 03: small offshore islands, islets 04: rocky sea coasts, sea cliffs 05: sea beaches (sand, pebbles) 06: intertidal mudflats, sand flats 07: coastal brackish and saline lagoons and marshes, salt pans 08: mangrove swamps, mangrove forest 09: slow-flowing rivers, streams (lower perennial) 10: fast-flowing rivers, streams (upper perennial) 11: riverine lakes (including oxbows), riverine marshes 12: freshwater lakes and associated marshes (lacustrine) 13: freshwater ponds (under 8 ha), marshes, swamps (palustrine) 14: salt lakes, salars (inland systems) 15: reservoirs, dams 16: seasonally flooded grassland, savanna, palm savanna 17: rice paddies, flooded arable land, irrigated land 18: swamp forest, temporarily flooded forest 19: peat bogs, wet Andean meadows (bofedales), snow melt bogs Although more sophisticated wetland classification systems are available, the information was seldom adequate to permit a more detailed breakdown, and in any case for many of the enormous wetlands described in the Directory, a detailed classification of habitat types would be extremely cumbersome. Site description: A general description of the site. Principal vegetation: A description of the principal aquatic vegetation, if known; in many cases, information was available only on the major terrestrial communities of the region. Land tenure: The status of land ownership. Protection: The extent, if any, to which the wetland habitat and its fauna are protected. Land use: A description of the principal land use activities at the wetland and in the surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A brief account of the importance of the site for waterfowl. The scientific nomenclature and taxonomic sequence follow Blake (1977), except in the case of some Laridae. Other fauna: Information on other fauna dependent on the wetland habitat. In many cases, this includes bird species not normally regarded as waterfowl, such as birds of prey and some passerines. In some cases, noteworthy terrestrial species of surrounding areas are included, particularly when listed in the WWF Red Data Book. For mammals, the scientific nomenclature follows Ewer (1973) and Walker (1975). Threats: An account of the existing and potential threats to the wetland. Research and conservation: A review of major research activities, completed and ongoing; management plans; proposals concerning future conservation and management; and in some cases general comments on the importance of the area and need for further study. References: Published literature and unpublished reports relevant to the site. In most cases, the literature cited has been utilized in the compilation of the data sheet. Introduction Source: Names of individuals and institutions providing information on the site. In many cases, information from two or more sources has been combined. Criteria for inclusion: A reference to the criterion or criteria which justify the inclusion of the site in the Directory. The criteria used in the selection process are those developed for the identification of wetlands of international importance within the context of the Ramsar Convention, and adopted by the Conference of the Parties to that Convention at Cagliari in November 1980 (Atkinson-Willes et al, 1982). According to these criteria, a wetland should be considered internationally important if it: la: regularly supports either 10,000 ducks, geese and swans (Anatidae); or 10,000 coots (Fulica spp); or 20,000 waders (shorebirds); 1b: regularly supports 1% of the individuals (being at least 100) in a biogeographical population of one species or subspecies of waterfowl; lc: regularly supports 1% of the breeding pairs in a biogeographical population of one species or subspecies of waterfowl; 2a: supports an appreciable number of a rare, vulnerable or endangered species or subspecies of plant or animal; 2b: is of special value for maintaining the genetic and ecological diversity of a region because of the quality and peculiarities of its fauna and flora; 2c: is of special value as the habitat of plants and animals at a critical stage of their biological cycles; 3a: is a particularly good example of a specific type of wetland community characteristic of the climatic zone in which it lies; 3b: exemplifies an extreme stage in a hydromorphological process. In the present inventory, the reference "123" is applied to large and important wetlands which qualify for inclusion on the basis of criteria in all three categories. For proper application of the Ramsar criteria, it is essential that a considerable body of information be available on the site in question. For many wetlands in the Neotropical Realm, the information is so scanty that no objective evaluation of the importance of the site can be made. If all such sites were to be ignored, the Directory would become little more than an inventory of wetlands which have been well studied and well documented, and would lose its value as a basis for the identification of priorities in future wetland surveys and research. Furthermore, for application of criteria 1b and Ic, it is essential that some estimate be available for the total size of the waterfowl populations. Such estimates are available for only a handful of species in the Neotropical Realm. Thus, even when detailed censuses have been made at a site, it is seldom possible to determine if the numbers of birds present are internationally important on the basis of the Cagliari criteria. It has therefore been necessary to rely to a considerable extent on the subjective judgement of contributors in the selection of sites for inclusion in the Directory. Sites selected on this basis, i.e. sites which are thought to be of considerable importance but which clearly merit further investigation, are given the reference HO Comprehensiveness The Directory includes entries for all forty-five countries in the Neotropical Realm. For all but two countries (Guyana and the Turks & Caicos Islands), it has been possible to provide at least a preliminary inventory of important wetlands on the basis of information received from contributors and the literature. In the case of a few countries (all of which are small Caribbean states), no local contacts were established, and the material presented herein is taken entirely from the recent literature. In one case (Costa Rica), good information was received on the wetlands, but no general introduction to wetland conservation in the country was provided. The comprehensiveness of the individual country reports varies greatly; in general, the smaller the country, the better the knowledge of the wetlands and thus the more comprehensive the inventory. In the case of some very small countries, a single individual or institution with an intimate knowledge of that country’s wetlands has been able to provide a detailed national wetland inventory including all wetlands of any significance. In South America, most countries are large to very large, with low human population density, extensive areas which remain poorly known, and numerous wetlands, some of enormous size and many still relatively undisturbed. The wetland inventories for most of these countries are still at a very preliminary stage. Most if not all of the larger wetlands and other xi Introduction sites of great international importance are now known and have been included in_ this Directory, but there doubtless remain many smaller wetlands which will in time be found to possess special qualities which justify their designation as wetlands of international importance. At the other extreme, most Caribbean states are small to very small, with high human population density and rather few wetlands, most of which are now well known and many of which are under serious threat. The wetland inventories for most of these countries are thought to be very comprehensive; all sites of international importance have been included in this Directory, along with a number of sites which are probably of only local or national importance. The inclusion of these latter sites is at least partly justified by the rapid rate at which wetlands are disappearing throughout the Caribbean and consequent rate at which the remaining undisturbed wetlands are increasing in importance. The situation in Central America lies somewhere between these two extremes, and it is felt that for most countries in this region, the Directory gives a realistic assessment of the number of wetlands of international importance. One of the primary objectives of the Directory is to provide the stimulus and basis for the completion of detailed national wetland inventories which should include not only more information on the sites which meet international criteria, but also details of sites of only national or even local importance. One or two such national inventories have existed for some years (e.g. in Puerto Rico), while many of the original contributions to this Directory constitute very good national inventories. Only a summary of these contributions has been incorporated here, and they will, it is hoped, be published in full in their country of origin. Most of the other contributions provide excellent skeletons upon which comprehensive national inventories can be based. Much more field work needs to be carried out, the larger wetland areas must be surveyed in detail so that key sites within them can be identified, and many new sites of national rather than international importance should be considered. Only when detailed national inventories are available for all the countries of the region will it be possible to compile the definitive directory of wetlands of international importance for the Neotropical Realm. Derek A. Scott Montserrat Carbonell June 1985 Xil COUNTRY REPORTS South America a oe a Fs ; ject? pa madue.ts Pic wit be time & poneem aetiat qenities A ea het Seoeden 4) erGeath of. —nngate) At Ge Pipe Fey, HK Coe eet tee we» “aes fey ‘beets operon fn Whey an ie, ost OF. da aie 298 ae? ef en I of ede « bet tel4ahs to Fe « Seat erinie: Mite us TE halen eet ox satan oe beow i a € a Pee)... WMS & ope lee 4G + obi o myn ae Hi gee thee ee a of FW — resem zit nist >» whith wren A > ie ens woe =e ‘ ‘ ae anaes Signet a: - ARGENTINA INTRODUCTION by Manuel Nores The Republic of Argentina is situated in the extreme south of the South American continent. It has a surface area of 2,776,656km? and a population of 30 million. Cabrera and Willink (1973) group the various biogeographical provinces of Argentina into four domains. The Amazonian Domain, with a predominantly hot and humid climate, dense vegetation, and a very rich and diverse fauna and flora. It includes the following provinces: a) The Yungas, on the eastern slope of the Andes in the northwest of the country; b) Parana, in the northeast of the country, in the Provinces of Misiones and Corrientes. The Chaco Domain, occupying the greater part of the country; the climate is varied, but predominantly of the continental type, with light to moderate rainfall, mild winters and hot summers. The vegetation is predominantly xerophytic, with dry deciduous forest, thickets and herbaceous steppes; hydrophytic formations occur only near rivers and lakes. The Chaco Domain includes the following provinces: a) Chaco, in the north of the country south to Cordoba, San Luis and Santa Fe Provinces; b) Espinal, from central Corrientes and northern Entre Rios through central Santa Fe and Cordoba to San Luis, central La Pampa and southern Buenos Aires Provinces; c) Prepuna, comprising the quebradas and dry Andean slopes of the northwest, from Jujuy to La Rioja; d) Monte, from Salta to northeastern Chubut; e) Pampas, comprising the eastern plains between 30°S and 39°S. The Andean-Patagonian Domain, exposed to a rigorous climate with extremely low temperatures and low rainfall; the vegetation is highly xerophytic, with low shrubs and cushion plants. This domain includes the following provinces: a) Altoandean, comprising the high Andes south to Tierra del Fuego; b) Puna, comprising the altiplano from Jujuy to La Rioja; c) Patagonia, extending from the central foothills of Mendoza south through western Neuquen, western Rio Negro, a large part of Chubut and most of Santa Cruz to northern Tierra del Fuego. The Subantarctic Domain, with a humid temperate climate; the dominant vegetation is deciduous and evergreen forest with meadows and extensive areas of peat bog; the fauna and flora are characterized by the predominance of families and genera of austral distribution. In Argentina, this domain includes the following province: a) Subantarctic, represented in western Neuquen, Rio Negro, Chubut, Santa Cruz and Tierra del Fuego. Argentina possesses a wide variety of wetland systems, including rivers, lakes, lagoons, swamps, marshes, floodplains, glacial bogs, etc. This diversity of wetlands supports a very diverse aquatic avifauna; about 185 species of aquatic birds have been recorded, excluding marine species. The wetlands of Argentina can be divided as follows: Wetlands of the Atlantic coast, including: a) Wetlands important for concentrations of migratory shorebirds from the northern hemisphere, e.g. Punta Rasa in Buenos Aires Province. b) Sites of principal importance for breeding sea-birds such as Spheniscus magellanicus, e.g. Punta Tombo and Cabo Dos Bahias in Chubut. Argentina Wetlands of the plains and hills, including: a) b) c) d) Patagonian lakes and marshes along the base of the Andes in western Patagonia, from Neuquen to Tierra del Fuego; scenically perhaps the most beautiful part of Argentina, and the region with the most extensive system of National Parks, but generally poor in waterfowl. Shallow lakes and marshes in the Patagonian steppe of Neuquen, Rio Negro, Chubut, Santa Cruz and Tierra del Fuego Provinces. Shallow lakes, swamps and marshes of the Pampas, principally’ in the Provinces of Cordoba, Santa Fe, Buenos Aires and Santiago del Estero; these include some of the most important wetlands for waterfowl, both in terms of diversity and abundance. Mesopotamian lakes, swamps and rivers in the northeast, including the great riverine systems of the Parana, Uruguay, Paraguay, Pilcomayo and Bermejo, and the lakes, marshes and tributaries under the influence of these rivers; a complex of wetlands of great importance for waterfowl. Wetlands of the high mountains, including lakes, lagoons and wet plains, chiefly in the Andes from Jujuy to Neuquen. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Buenos Aires Province Servicio de Parques Nacionales. Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales "Bernardino Rivadavia". Centro de Investigaciones de Biologia Marina (CIBIMA). Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones Cientificas y Tecnicas (CONICET). Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina. Asociacion Ornitologica del Plata. Museo de La Plata. Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones y Desarrollo Pesquero. Natura. Direccion Nacional de Fauna Silvestre. Catamarca Direccion de Agricultura y Recursos Naturales. Chaco Direccion de Fauna y Parques. Chubut Direccion de Proteccion Ambiental. Instituto de la Patagonia. Cordoba Centro de Zoologia Aplicada. Comite Cordoba de Conservacion de la Naturaleza (CONACO). Direccion de Nautica, Caza y Pesca. Corrientes Centro de Zoologia Aplicada del Litoral. Direccion de Fauna, Flora y Ecologia. Entre Rios Direccion de Recursos Naturales. Formosa Direccion de Fauna. Jujuy Direccion de Recursos Naturales Renovables. [oe Argentina La Pampa Direccion de Recursos Naturales. La Rioja Direccion de Recursos Naturales Renovables. Mendoza Direccion de Bosques y Parques Provinciales. Misiones Direccion de Ganaderia. Neuquen Direccion General de Recursos Faunisticos. Rio Negro Direccion de Ganaderia. Estacion Experimental Regional Agropecuaria San Carlos de Bariloche, Instituto Nacional de Tecnologia Agropecuaria (INTA). Salta Direccion de Recursos Naturales. San Juan Direccion de Asuntos Agropecuarios. San Luis Direccion de Recursos Naturales Renovables. Santa Cruz Direccion de Ganaderia. Santa Fe Direccion de Ecologia y Proteccion de la Fauna. Instituto Nacional de Limnologia. Centro de Proteccion de la Naturaleza. Instituto de Defensa Ecologica "Albert Schweitzer". Santiago del Estero Direccion General de Bosques, Caza y Pesca. Tucuman Direccion de Recursos Naturales Renovables. Instituto Miguel Lillo. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research Argentina created its first National Park in 1904. At present, there are 18 National Parks, two Natural Monuments, nine National Reserves, and a number of Nature Reserves, Faunal Sanctuaries and Biosphere Reserves, in addition to many Provincial Parks, Provincial Reserves and the reserves of the Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina. A number of the protected areas in Argentina incorporate wetlands; these include the following: Monumento Nacional Laguna Pozuelos (10,000 ha), established in 1981. Reserva Natural Formosa (10,000 ha), established in 1968. Parque Nacional Rio Pilcomayo (50,000 ha), established in 1951; protecting part of Laguna Blanca, several smaller lakes including Laguna Trampa and Laguna Llanten, the Baracalde and Yaguarete Marshes, and a section of the Rio Pilcomayo. ay Argentina Parque Nacional El Chaco (15,000 ha), established in 1954; protecting Laguna de Panza de Cabra and various swampy areas. Parque Nacional Iguazu and Reserva Nacional Iguazu (55,500 ha), partly protected since 1909, and given its present status in 1979; the protected area includes a section of the Rio Iguazu and various small tributaries. Parque Nacional Laguna Blanca and Reserva Nacional Laguna Blanca (11,250 ha), established in 1940; protecting Laguna Blanca (1,700 ha). Parque Nacional Lanin and Reserva Nacional Lanin (379,000 ha), established in 1937; protecting a number of lakes including Huechulafquen, Tromen and Lolog. Parque Nacional Nahuel Huapi and Reserva Nacional Nahuel Huapi (758,100 ha); some protection has been afforded to the area since 1904, and the park was established in 1934. The Park and Reserve protect various lakes including Nahuel Huapi, Traful and Espejo, along with numerous rivers and streams. Parque Nacional Lago Puelo (23,700 ha), established in 1971; Lago Puelo has been afforded some protection since 1937. Parque Nacional los Alerces and Reserva Nacional los Alerces (263,000 ha), established in 1937; protecting various lakes including Futalaufquen, Menendez and Rivadavia. Parque Nacional Perito Francisco P. Moreno and Reserva Nacional Perito Francisco P. Moreno (115,000 ha), established in 1937; protecting various lakes including Belgrano, Burmeister and Nansen. Parque Nacional Los Glaciares and Reserva Nacional Los Glaciares (600,000 ha), established in 1937; protecting Lago Argentina and Lago Viedma. Parque Nacional Tierra del Fuego (63,000 ha), established in 1960; protecting Lago Fagnano and a small part of Lago Roca. A list of Provincial Reserves prepared by the Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina includes the following reserves which contain significant wetland areas: Laguna Salada Grande, Isla Botija, Isla Martin Garcia, Isla Laguna Alsina and Samborombon, in Buenos Aires Province. Laguna Blanca, in Catamarca. Isla del Cerrito, in Chaco. Golfo San Jose, Punta Tombo, Cabo Dos Bahias, Isla los Pajaros, Punta Norte, Punta Delgada and Punta Piramides, in Chubut. Mar Chiquita, in Cordoba. Pilaga and Laguna Hu, in Formosa. Yala, in Jujuy. Laguna Brava, in La Rioja. Los Alamos and Laguna Llancanelo, in Mendoza. Islas Malvinas and Isla Itacua, in Misiones. San Guillermo, in San Juan. Cabo Blanco and Estuario del Rio Deseado, in Santa Cruz. Laguna La Loca, Campo Rico and Vira-Pita, in Santa Fe. The Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina has also established two reserves which include wetlands: Campos del Tuyu in Buenos Aires Province and Los Escarchados in Santa Cruz. While there are various organizations and research institutions in Argentina which include waterfowl in their research programmes, there are no programmes devoted specifically to the study of wetlands and waterfowl. Some of the research projects which involve or have involved wetlands and waterfowl include the following: a) b) A bird banding programme in Argentina, carried out by the Instituto Miguel Lillo in Tucuman under the direction of Claes Olrog, from 1960 to the present time. Most of the banding has been carried out in the Bafiados de Figueroa, but there have also been banding projects in Patagonia, on the Atlantic coast, and at wetlands in the centre of the country. The Comision Avutarda, led by Mauricio Rumboll, was developed as a part of this programme for the study and banding of species of the genus Chloephaga; some 5,000 individuals have now been banded and marked with neck-collars. A project on the freshwater fauna of Argentina, conducted by the Consejo Nacional de Investigaciones Cientificas y Tecnicas, under the direction of Raul Ringuelet. Work =4s Argentina conducted on Anseriformes by Jorge Navas has already been published. c) A study of the waterfowl and wetlands of Cordoba Province, carried out under the direction of Manuel Nores of the Subsecretaria de Estado de Agricultura y Ganaderia in Cordoba. The work was conducted between 1973 and 1980, and the results have been published in Nores and Yzurieta (1980). d) A survey of the continental wetlands of Argentina, carried out by the Instituto Nacional de Investigaciones y Desarrollo Pesquero (Quiros et al, 1983). Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl In general, wetlands are the least modified of the natural environments in Argentina, and there still exist large numbers of water bodies of various types both in the lowlands and in the Andes. Of the various threats which have been recognized, the most serious are those arising from the construction of dikes which, by diverting water supplies, have in many cases resulted in the drying out of swamps and marshes, e.g. at the Bafiados de Figueroa in Santiago del Estero, and at the Banados de la Amarga in Cordoba. In other cases, the construction of dikes has affected the equilibrium of the aquatic systems, resulting in the drying out of wetlands in periods of low rainfall and extensive flooding during periods of heavy rainfall. The most notable example of this has been at Laguna Mar Chiquita and the Bafiados del Rio Dulce, in Cordoba. On the other hand, dikes can also favour waterfowl, since they create new water bodies, sometimes with characteristics similar to those of natural wetlands. This has been the case at Dique Cruz del Eje in Cordoba, at Dique de la Cienaga in Tafi del Valle, Tucuman, and at Lago Pellegrini in Rio Negro. The Esteros del Ibera, one of the most important wetlands in the country, are threatened by a project to prevent flooding from the Rio Parana. Excess water in the Parana would be channelled by means of a canal to the Esteros, creating a single large body of open water, and eliminating the majority of wetland habitats in the Esteros. At the same time, there exists a project for the establishment of a National Park in this region. The diversion of small rivers and streams for irrigation and other purposes has had a similar effect to that of the dikes, with wetlands drying out as a result of a reduction in their water supply. This has been the case at the Bafiados del Soto and other wetlands in the highlands of Cordoba Province. Another problem at some wetlands is the disturbance caused by boat traffic. There are some lakes which now hold very few waterfowl because of intensive use by motor boats for fishing and other sporting activities. The problem is often aggravated by the elimination of aquatic plants with herbicides to facilitate the movement of boats. While in some other countries, pollution and drainage pose serious threats to wetlands, in Argentina they are of only minimal importance, at least for the moment. Argentina ARGENTINA 500 1000 Argentina WETLANDS The site descriptions are based on data sheets prepared by Manuel Nores of the Centro de Zoologia Aplicada de Cordoba, and Sergio A. Salvador, with contributions from Dario Yzurieta, Samuel Narosky, Pablo Canevari, Claes Olrog, Rosendo M. Fraga, Rodolfo Miatello, Roberto Straneck, J. Rodriguez Mata and Juan F. Klimaitis. Data sheets were also provided by Jon Fjeldsa, Mauricio Rumboll, Mariano A. Gelain, Laura S. Rozenberg and Ricardo Banchs, and additional information was received from Hugo Castello, Claudio E. Chehebar, the Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina (Juan C. Chebez and Andrew Johnson), Brian A. Harrington and J. Peterson Myers. Using satellite imagery and maps of the Military Geographical Institute, Manuel Nores has prepared a list of 254 wetlands additional to those described below. These include lakes, lagoons, swamps and dams, and are distributed as follows: Jujuy 21; Salta 16; Tucuman 3; Catamarca 25; Santiago del Estero 3; Formosa 11; Chaco 15; Corrientes 5; Entre Rios 5; Santa Fe 10; Cordoba 6; La Rioja 6; San Juan 4; Mendoza 18; San Luis 2; Buenos Aires 15; La Pampa 10; Neuquen 15; Rio Negro 11; Chubut 27; Santa Cruz 20 and Tierra del Fuego 6. No further information is available on these wetlands at the present time. Laguna Pozuelos (1) Location: 22°20’°S, 66°00’W; 50 km southwest of La Quiaca, Jujuy Province. Area: 10,000 ha. Altitude: 3,500m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14 & 19. Site description: A large permanent oligosaline Andean lake with little aquatic vegetation; and nearby fresh to slightly saline marshes and bogs. The water level in the lake is much reduced during the dry season, exposing extensive mudflats. Principal vegetation: Aquatic vegetation is principally Myriophyllum sp. The lake is in the puna zone, with semi-arid steppe of Festuca, Stipa, Fabiana and Baccharis spp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Protected within the Laguna Pozuelos National Monument (28,000 ha) established in 1981. Land use: Formerly intensive grazing by domestic animals, but this is reportedly being stopped. The area was however still being heavily grazed in January 1984. There is some mining in the area. Waterfowl: Probably the most important wetland for waterfowl in the northern Andes of Argentina, with large numbers of breeding birds and migrants from elsewhere in the Andes and from the Nearctic Region. All three Andean species of flamingos occur in large numbers with up to 26,000 birds present at one time. Phoenicopterus chilensis appears to be the most numerous species, and this is known to breed (e.g. in autumn 1983), but both Phoenicoparrus andinus and P. jamesi occur regularly in hundreds if not thousands. The lake is particularly important as a regular haunt of Fulica cornuta, which is fairly common and known to breed in the area. Pozuelos is also one of the few localities in Argentina for Fulica gigantea. Some of the commoner Andean waterfowl occur in very large numbers; e.g. in February 1982, at the south end of the lake there were 300 Podiceps occipitalis, 2,000 Chloephaga melanoptera, 2,000 Lophonetta specularioides, 1,000 Anas georgica and 500 A. flavirostris. The rather scarce and local Recurvirostra andina is common (over 100 in February 1982), as are Himantopus himantopus, Vanellus resplendens and Charadrius alticola. Several species of Nearctic shorebirds occur in large numbers in the austral summer; recent incomplete counts have included 300 Tringa flavipes, 1,000 Calidris bairdii, over 1,000 C. melanotos, over 10,000 Steganopus tricolor, and smaller numbers of Tringa melanoleuca, Limosa haemastica, and Micropalama himantopus. Other fauna: The Puna Rhea Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis and the Vicuna Vicugna vicugna occur on the surrounding puna. Threats: Heavy grazing by domestic animals is still causing problems in the reserve, and severe soil erosion resulting from overgrazing in the past has increased siltation rates. Argentina Research and conservation: The National Monument is still being developed, with the long-term objective being a major park surrounded by a multiple use area for the farming activities of the Colla Indians. References: Contino (1965); Hurlbert (1978); Erize et al (1981); TUCN (1982); Canevari (undated). Source: Jon Fjeldsa, Manuel Nores, Pablo Canevari and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Vilama (2) Location: 22°35’S, 66°55’W; 120 km west of Abra Pampa, Jujuy Province. Area: 8,000 ha. Altitude: 4,400m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14. Site description: A large permanent oligosaline Andean lake, subject to wide fluctuations in water level and freezing in winter. Principal vegetation: Large beds of Myriophyllum. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: None known. Waterfowl: Similar to Laguna Pozuelos. Up to 1,500 Phoenicoparrus jamesi have been recorded, and the species has nested. P. andinus has also been reported but in much smaller numbers. The area is important for Fulica spp. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: A proposal has been made for the establishment of a reserve. References: Hurlbert (1978); Hurlbert & Keith (1979). Source: Manuel Nores and Roberto Straneck. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Laguna Runtuyoc (3) Location: 22°39’S, 65°41’W; near Abra Pampa, Jujuy Province. Area: 600 ha. Altitude: 3,400m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 12. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater Andean lake and marshes, subject to wide fluctuations in water level, and freezing in winter. Principal vegetation: Beds of Scirpus and Myriophyllum spp. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: A little cattle ranching. Waterfowl: A variety of Andean waterfowl in small numbers, including Pelgadis ridgwayi, Phoenicopterus chilensis, Anas puna and A. platalea. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Some collection of eggs by local inhabitants. Research and conservation: A proposal has been made for the establishment of a reserve. Source: Manuel Nores and Claes Olrog. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Guayatayoc (4) Location: 23°10’S, 65°33’W; 60 km south of Abra Pampa, Jujuy Province. Area: 100,000 ha salar with small areas of open water. Fee Argentina Altitude: 3,660m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14. Site description: A vast salar (salt basin) with fringing oligosaline to hypersaline lakes. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for flamingos; up to 4,000 have been observed including over 2,000 Phoenicoparrus jamesi and smaller numbers of P. andinus and Phoenicopterus chilensis. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Hurlbert (1978). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Laguna Volcan and the Yala Lakes (5) Location: Laguna Volcan 23°56’S, 65°28’W; Yala Lakes 24°07’S, 65°28’W; 25-35 km northwest of Jujuy, Jujuy Province. Area: Laguna Volcan 50 ha; Yala Lakes c.100 ha. Altitude: 1,600-2,100m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10 & 12. Site description: Four small permanent freshwater mountain lakes and the nearby Rio Yala, a fast-flowing mountain river. Laguna Volcan has abundant aquatic vegetation. Principal vegetation: Beds of Scirpus and Typha. Land tenure: Laguna Volcan is privately owned. Protection: The Yala Lakes are within a Provincial Reserve; Laguna Volcan is unprotected. Land use: Recreation, particularly sport fishing. Waterfowl: A variety of breeding waterfowl, including Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea, Gallinula chloropus garmani and three species of coot, Fulica americana, F. armillata and F. rufifrons. Merganetta armata and the very local Rufous-throated Dipper Cinclus schultzi are fairly common along the Rio Yala. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: A proposal has been made for the establishment of a reserve at Laguna Volcan. Source: Manuel Nores and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Wetlands in Laguna Blanca Provincial Nature Reserve (6) Location: 26°30’-27°00’S, 66°30’-67°30’W; in the Department of Belen, Catamarca Province. Area: 1,100 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 3,800m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 14 & 19. Site description: A shallow saline Andean lake (Laguna Blanca), fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams, and Andean bogs fed by snow melt. Principal vegetation: In the high Andean puna zone, with very open low shrub communities and grassland. Land tenure: A small part is state owned; the remainder is private. Protection: Included within the Laguna Blanca Provincial Nature Reserve (770,000 ha) established in 1979 and designated as a Biosphere Reserve in 1982. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock including cattle, sheep, llamas and donkeys. Waterfowl: An important area for species of Anatidae and flamingos. Other fauna: There is a good population of Vicuna Vicugna vicugna in the reserve, and the Puna Rhea Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis occurs. H- Argentina Threats: Overgrazing by domestic livestock causes problems in the reserve. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Los Nacimientos (7) Location: 27°27’S, 67°38’W; 15 km north of Fiambala, Catamarca Province. Area: 60 ha. Altitude: 1,700m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 12 & 16. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, several metres deep, at medium elevation in the Andes, with abundant aquatic vegetation and surrounding wet meadows. Principal vegetation: Beds of Typha sp. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Negligible. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl occur, including both highland and lowland species. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Manuel Nores and Rodolfo Miatello. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Bajiados de Figueroa (8) Location: 27°25’S, 63°40’W; 75 km ENE of Santiago del Estero, Santiago del Estero Province. Area: 60,000 ha. Altitude: 160m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 13 & 16. Site description: A large area of shallow freshwater ponds and marshes, small seasonal lakes, seasonally flooded grassland and saline flats along the Rio Salado. Flooding occurs in January and February, and the water level then declines gradually through the dry season. The wetland area was greatly reduced in extent following the construction of the Figueroa Dam, but this was destroyed in the floods of 1982, and the entire area of marshes became reflooded. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus and halophytic Chenopodiaceae; in a region of dry chaco woodland. Land tenure: Partly private and partly state owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching and hunting on a small scale. Waterfowl: Very important for a wide variety of waterfowl, both as a breeding area for resident species, and as a wintering area for waterfowl breeding in the pampas and Patagonia. Recent counts have included 500-600 Rollandia rolland, 3,000-5,000 Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 1,000-1,500 Egretta thula, 2,000-3,000 Plegadis chihi, 1,000-1,500 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 1,500-2,000 Dendrocygna bicolor, 800-1,000 Anas leucophrys, 500-600 Netta peposaca, 200-300 Porphyriops melanops, 25,000-30,000 Fulica leucoptera and 400-500 Himantopus himantopus. Seven species of Nearctic shorebird have been recorded in small numbers. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: There is a project to rebuild the Figueroa Dam, destroyed by floods in February 1982. If this is completed, a large part of the marshes will again be destroyed. Research and conservation: A management plan has been drawn up to alleviate ecological damage should the Figueroa Dam be rebuilt. A number of bird surveys and banding programmes have been conducted in the area. References: Olrog (1953 & 1965). Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta and Sergio A. Salvador. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -10- Argentina Wetlands in Formosa Nature Reserve (9) Location: 24°10’S, 62°00’W; in western Formosa Province, on the border with Chaco Province. Area: Several thousand ha. Altitude: 50-70m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 09, 11 & 16. Site description: Slow-flowing rivers and streams, riverine marshes, seasonal lakes and marshes, and extensive areas of seasonally flooded grassland and woodland between the Teuco and Teuquito rivers; part of a much larger area of chaco subject to seasonal inundation. Principal vegetation: In the dry chaco, with xerophytic woodlands dominated by Schinopsis quebrachocolorado, Aspidosperma quebrachoblanco and Prosopis spp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Formosa Nature Reserve (10,000 ha) established in 1968. Land use: Some wood-cutting, grazing of domestic livestock and burning by local settlers. Waterfowl: A wide variety of chaco/pantanal species including Jabiru mycteria, Harpiprion caerulescens and Cairina moschata. Other fauna: The Maned Wolf Chrysocyon brachyurus occurs in the Reserve. Threats: Overgrazing, wood-cutting, burning and illegal hunting. A dam has been constructed within the Reserve. Research and conservation: Basic floral and faunal investigations have been carried out. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rio Pilcomayo and Laguna Blanca (10) Location: 25°00’-25°15’S, 57°55’-58°10’W; near the confluence of the Pilcomayo and Paraguay Rivers, Formosa Province. Area: 60,000 ha. Altitude: 60m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 09, 11, 12, 13 & 16. Site description: A vast complex of slow-flowing rivers and streams, riverine marshes, permanent and seasonal freshwater lakes and marshes, swamps, and seasonally flooded grassland, palm savanna and forest along the Rio Pilcomayo. Principal vegetation: In the transition zone between the eastern chaco and the humid subtropical forests of southeastern Paraguay, with gallery forest along the water courses, palm savannas dominated by Copernicia australis and chaco woodland in the drier areas. The aquatic vegetation includes Eichhornia, Pistia and Typha spp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Partly included within the Rio Pilcomayo National Park (50,000 ha) established in 1951. Land use: Cattle ranching. The Park has not been developed and there are few visitors, although the numbers are increasing. Waterfowl: The rich and diverse bird fauna is typical of the eastern chaco/pantanal wetlands, and includes all three storks Ciconiidae, five common species of Threskiornithidae, Chauna torquata, all three Dendrocygna spp, Sarkidiornis melanotos and Cairina moschata. Other fauna: A rich mammalian fauna includes the Maned Wolf Chrysocyon brachyurus, La Plata Otter Lutra platensis, Coypu Myocastor coypus and Crab-eating Fox Cerdocyon thous. The Swamp Deer Blastocerus dichotomus has apparently been exterminated by poachers. Both Caiman crocodilus and C. latirostris occur. Threats: Part of the Laguna Blanca area has recently been excluded from the Park, and there is still a considerable amount of illegal grazing, burning and hunting in the Park. Research and conservation: Better enforcement of the Park regulations is called for, and the whole of Laguna Blanca should be reincorporated in the Park. References: Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982); Canevari (undated). Source: Manuel Nores and Pablo Canevari. Criteria for inclusion: 123. ih = Argentina Wetlands in Chaco National Park (11) Location: 26°50’S, 59°40’W; 90 km northwest of Resistencia, Chaco Province. Area: Several thousand ha of wetlands. Altitude: 70m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 09, 11, 12, 13 & 16. Site description: Slow-flowing rivers, riverine marshes, shallow freshwater lakes, swamps and seasonal marshes, and extensive areas of seasonally flooded grassland and palm savanna. Laguna Panza de Cabra in the southeast of the Park is a large permanent lake with rich aquatic vegetation. Most of the other lakes and marshes dry out in the dry season. Principal vegetation: In the humid eastern chaco zone with palm savannas dominated by Copernicia australis and quebracho woodland with Schinopsis balansae. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Chaco National Park (15,000 ha), first established in 1934 and upgraded in 1954. Land use: Some grazing of livestock and susbsistence cultivation by settlers in the Park. Waterfowl: A rich and diverse chaco/pantanal fauna, with good numbers of most waterfowl typical of the region; particularly important during the rainy season. Some of the commoner species include Ardea cocoi, Syrigma sibilatrix, Jabiru mycteria, Mycteria americana, Euxenura maguari, Plegadis chihi, Chauna torquata, Anas leucophrys, Amazonetta brasiliensis and Aramides ypecaha. Other fauna: The Maned Wolf Chrysocyon brachyurus has been recorded. Threats: Settlers in the Park have caused some ecological disturbance, and there have been problems with illegal wood-cutting and poaching, but the Park has recently been fenced and the problems now seem to be under control. References: Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Isla del Cerrito (12) Location: 27°21°S, 58°41’W; at the confluence of the Parana and Paraguay Rivers, north of Corrientes, Chaco Province. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: 60m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A low-lying island with a very diverse range of habitats including riverine marshes, oxbow lakes, gallery forest and humid chaco woodland, at the confluence of two great rivers. Large areas of marsh and forest are flooded during the rainy season. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: The island was declared a Provincial Reserve in the 1970s. Land use: An important area for sport fishing; there is some cattle grazing and cultivation on a small scale. Waterfowl: A good selection of chaco/pantanal species. Other fauna: Mammals include the rare Swamp Deer Blastocerus dichotomus, Maned Wolf Chrysocyon brachyurus and Capybara Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris. The principal sport fish is Salminus maxillosus. Threats: Considerable ecological damage has occurred as a result of forest clearance, shifting agriculture and overgrazing. There is a considerable amount of illegal hunting, and this is likely to increase with the contruction of roads on the island. Research and conservation: A proposal has been made for the establishment of a biological research station on the island. An improvement in the integrity of the reserve is called for on both biological and touristic grounds. References: Hancock & Perrins (1983). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. AD= Argentina Bajos Submeridionales (13) Location: 27°30’-29°30’S, 59°15’-61°00’W; southeast of Resistencia, in the Provinces of Chaco and Santa Fe. Area: c.1,000,000 ha. Altitude: 50-60m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 9, 11, 12, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast area of slow-flowing rivers, riverine marshes, oxbow lakes, permanent and seasonal freshwater lakes and marshes, swamp forest, and seasonally inundated grassland, palm savanna and riverine forest. Two of the larger permanent lakes are Laguna del Toro and Laguna La Loca. Most of the wetlands are shallow, not exceeding 1.5m in depth. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Typha and Myriophyllum. Ina region of humid eastern chaco woodland and palm savanna. Land tenure: A mixture of private and state ownership. Protection: There are some small Provincial Reserves, e.g. the Laguna La Loca Provincial Reserve, but most of the area is unprotected. Land use: Cattle ranching, with some agriculture, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: One of the most important waterfowl areas in northern Argentina, with large concentrations of breeding birds and winter visitors from the pampas. Particularly important for Ardeidae (seven abundant species), Ciconiidae, Plegadis chihi, Chauna torquata, Anatidae and Rallidae. Recent censuses have revealed 80-100 Syrigma sibilatrix, 400-600 Egretta alba, 200-250 Ardea cocoi, 800-1,000 Mycteria americana, 250-300 Euxenura maguari, 800-1,000 Plegadis chihi, 300-400 Ajaia ajaja, 1,000-1,500 Chauna torquata, 80-100 Anas leucophrys, 80-100 Oxyura dominica, 80-100 Aramus guarauna, 80-100 Porphyrula martinica and 300-400 Jacana jacana. The area is also very important for Nearctic shorebirds, particularly Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, T. solitaria and Calidris melanotos. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None at present, but a proposal has been made to drain parts of the area. Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta, Sergio A. Salvador, Samuel Narosky, Rosendo Fraga and J. Peterson Myers. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Rio Iguazu and tributaries (14) Location: 25°40’S, 54°25’W; near Puerto Iguazu, Misiones Province. Area: Several thousand ha of wetlands. Altitude: 100-300m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 10 (also some 12 & 15). Site description: Fast-flowing rivers and streams, with rapids and waterfalls, in humid subtropical forest, and some small freshwater ponds, dams and marshes. Water levels rise considerably during the rainy season. "Tunnel" streams flowing north through heavy forest into the Rio Iguazu are mostly clear with a fairly regular flow. However, streams with headwaters outside the National Park become very turbid after rains because of erosion of the lateritic soils. The Rio Iguazu itself has changed radically in the last twenty years, as a result of extensive forest clearance and subsequent soil erosion in its watershed. A hydroelectric dam has been built at Dique Ossorio, 300 km up river in Brazil, and this influences the flow in the river; the hydroelectric turbines are shut down at the weekends and this results in a drop in water level at Iguazu on Mondays and a rise again at midday on Tuesdays. Road-building in the National Park has altered drainage patterns and created several small ponds and marshes near Iguazu Falls. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid subtropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Partly within the Iguazu National Park (49,200 ha) first initiated in 1909 and brought up to its present status in 1972; partly within the Iguazu National Reserve (6,300 ha) established in 1979; and partly unprotected. 41 Argentina Land use: Tourism in the National Park. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl occur in small numbers. Species typical of the riverine habitats and forested streams include Anhinga anhinga, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Cairina moschata and Heliornis fulica. The endangered Brazilian Merganser Mergus octosetaceus still occurs in very small numbers, and the even rarer nominate race of the Fasciated Tiger-Heron Tigrisoma fasciatum fasciatum may occur. Other fauna: The two rare otters Lutra platensis and Pteronura brasiliensisand the Brazilian Spectacled Caiman Caiman latirostris occur in the Park. Amphibians include Bufo marinus paraenemis, and the fishes include Pimelodus maculatus and P. clarias. Threats: The principal threat is the increasing turbidity of the Rio Iguazu and tributaries arising outside the Park as a result of watershed degradation. There is some illegal hunting and cutting of palms Euterpe edulis. Research and conservation: Detailed studies of the avifauna have been carried out by various workers. References: IUCN (1982); Parques Nacionales (1983). Source: Manuel Nores and Mauricio Rumboll. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Rio Uruguai (15) Location: 25°55’S, 53°50°-54°35’W; 60 km northeast of El Dorado, Misiones Province. Area: c.100 km of river. Altitude: 200m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 10. Site description: A small fast-flowing river and tributary streams draining a relatively undisturbed area of humid subtropical forest; clear-running, with many rapids and deep pools. The least spoiled of the rivers in Misiones. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid subtropical forest. Land tenure: Owned by the Local Government. Protection: None. Land use: None at present, except for some hunting. Waterfowl: Because of its undisturbed nature, the river has good populations of several species which are rare elsewhere in Misiones. The endangered Brazilian Merganser Mergus octosetaceus was found to be fairly common in the 1950s; five birds were observed by Andrew Johnson of FVSA in June 1984, and the species is still believed to breed in the area. Other fauna: The La Plata Otter Lutra platensis occurs. The rare parrot Amazona pretrei has recently been recorded (the only known site in Argentina). Threats: Plans exist to dam the river for hydroelectricity, apparently more for political than economic reasons. The resultant lake would flood 80 km of the valley. Research and conservation: A survey of 100 km of river by canoe in December 1983 amply demonstrated the significance of the Rio Uruguai as one of the last unspoiled rivers in the subtropical forests of northeastern Argentina. Every effort should be made to ensure that this area is protected in its pristine state, rather than destroyed with the construction of a dam of dubious economic viability. References: Partridge (1954). Source: Mauricio Rumboll. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Esteros del Ibera (16) Location: 27°30’-29°00’S, 56°30’-59°00’W; between the Parana and Uruguay Rivers, central Corrientes Province. Area: 1,100,000 ha. Altitude: 60m. Province and type: 8.32.11; 09, 11, 12, 13 & 16. ie Argentina Site description: A vast complex of permanent shallow freshwater lakes up to 5m deep; swamps with slow-moving water and extensive floating vegetation; slow-flowing rivers and streams with riverine forest; seasonal marshes; and seasonally inundated grassland. The principal lakes are Laguna Tigre, L. de Luna, L. Galarza, L. Parana, L. Ibera and L. Fernandez. Principal vegetation: In a region of gently undulating grassland with scattered Prosopis algarrobilla and Acacia caven; managed for cattle ranching. The lakes and swamps have extensive areas of Eichhornia sp and a rich growth of submergent vegetation. The dominant vegetation in the marshes includes Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites spp. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned, in large estancias of 20,000-60,000 ha and many small holdings; some areas are state owned (fiscal). Protection: None at present. Land use: Cattle ranching, hunting and fishing; there is a big hunting industry for fur-bearing mammals. Waterfowl: A very important area for chaco/pantanal waterfowl, with large breeding populations of Ardeidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae, and Rallidae. Chauna torquata and the tree ducks Dendrocygna spp are common, and Jacana jacana is abundant. Other fauna: Despite heavy hunting pressure, there are still significant populations of the Swamp Deer Blastocerus dichotomus (the most important population left in Argentina), Lura platensis, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, and Myocastor coypus. Caiman crocodilus and C. latirostris are both common. Threats: Excessive hunting has already exterminated the big cats, and is now threatening the deer and otter populations. A variety of drainage schemes have been proposed, notably a proposal in 1972 to drain over one million ha for ranching and agriculture. This scheme was abandoned because of the fragile soils which are highly suceptible to overgrazing and drought. There have also been proposals to build dams for hydroelectricity and irrigation along the Parana River, and there is currently a proposal to divert the waters of the Parana to reduce the extent of flooding in the rainy season. Research and conservation: The area has great potential for nature-oriented tourism on some of the larger estancias, and this has already started to be developed. There has been a proposal for the creation of a National Park of upto 500,000 ha since 1939, but no action has been taken to date. References: Erize et al (1981); Hancock & Perrins (1983). Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Marshes of the lower Rio Parana (17) Location: 31°40’S, 60°40’W to 34°20’S, 58°30’W; between Parana town and the Rio de la Plata, Entre Rios and Buenos Aires Provinces. Area: c.1,500,000 ha of wetlands along 370 km of river. Altitude: 0-30m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 09, 11 & 16. Site description: The vast riverine marshes and flood plain of the lower Rio Parana, with numerous permanent and seasonal freshwater lakes and marshes, slow-flowing river channels, low-lying islands, and extensive areas of seasonally flooded grassland. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Eichhornia and Typha. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: Very largely unprotected; there are several small Provincial Reserves in Buenos Aires Province in the south (Isla Botija, Isla Martin Garcia and Isla Laguna Alsina). Land use: Forestry and tourism. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for waterfowl notably Ardeidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae, Rallidae and shorebirds. Plegadis chihi and Chauna torquata are particularly abundant. Rallidae include Aramides spp, Laterallus melanophaius and L. leucopyrrhus, and the most abundant shorebirds are Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes and Calidris melanotos. Other fauna: The area is one of the last strongholds of the rare La Plata Otter Lutra platensis, and the Swamp Deer Blastocerus dichotomus still occurs. Threats: No information. References: WWF Red Data Book. ahs Argentina Source: Manuel Nores and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Melincue and nearby lakes (18) Location: 33°42’S, 61°28’W; 110 km southwest of Rosario, Santa Fe Province. Area: 12,000 ha. Altitude: 90m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 12 & 14. Site description: A large permanent shallow oligosaline and sulphurous lake with little aquatic vegetation (Laguna Melincue), and several small freshwater lakes and marshes nearby. Laguna Melincue is currently increasing in size. Principal vegetation: The freshwater lakes support a rich growth of aquatic vegetation dominated by Scirpus sp. Land tenure: A mixture of private and state (fiscal) ownership. Protection: None. Land use: None. Waterfowl: Laguna Melincue was formerly an important breeding site for Phoenicopterus chilensis and Larus cirrocephalus which nested on islands now submerged by the rising water levels (1,000-1,500 P. chilensis and 4,000-5,000 L. cirrocephalus). A wide variety of other species occur in smaller numbers, and "thousands" of Steganopus tricolor have been recorded. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None at present. Research and conservation: A proposal has recently been made for the establishment of a Provincial Reserve. Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta, Samuel Narosky and Sergio A. Salvador. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. Rio Dulce Marshes (19) Location: 29°40’-30°30’S, 62°12’-63°20’W; north of Mar Chiquita, Cordoba Province. Area: 500,000 ha. Altitude: 70m. Province and type: 8.21.4/8.25.7; 09, 11, 12, 14 & 16. Site description: A vast system of riverine marshes, permanent and seasonal shallow fresh to brackish lakes and marshes, and seasonally flooded grassland along the lower Rio Dulce. The principal lakes are Laguna de los Patos, L. Palma, L. de las Tortugas and L. Mistoles. Extensive areas are flooded to a depth of 0.5m during the wet season; during the dry season, salinities increase and bare salt flats are exposed. Principal vegetation: Both freshwater and brackish marsh vegetation, with small patches of forest on higher ground. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. Protection: A small part of the marshes is included within the Mar Chiquita Provincial Reserve; the remainder is unprotected. Land use: A little cattle ranching, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: A very important breeding area for a wide variety of species, and an important passage and "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds. Peak counts of breeding birds in recent years have included 2,000-3,000 Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 700-800 Egretta alba, 300,000-400,000 Egretta thula, 800-1,000 Euxenura maguari, 300,000-400,000 Plegadis chihi, 1,500-2,000 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 300-500 Anas georgica, 1,000-1,500 A. platalea, 800-1,000 Netta peposaca, 2,000-3,000 Fulica armillata, 6,000-8,000 F. Jleucoptera, 100-150 Nycticryphes semicollaris, 6,000-8,000 Himantopus himantopus and =G- Argentina 200,000-300,000 Larus maculipennis. The area is rich in Rallidae, including Porzana flaviventer, Laterallus spilopterus and Coturnicops notata. Eleven species of Nearctic shorebirds have been recorded including 400-500 Tringa melanoleuca, 600-800 Calidris fuscicollis, 200-300 C. bairdii, 800-1,000 Micropalama himantopus, 200-250 Limosa haemastica and 8,000-10,000 Steganopus tricolor. Up to 100 Coscoroba coscoroba and a small number of Cygnus melancoryphus occur as winter visitors from the south. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus is common. Threats: A dam on the Rio Hondo accelerates dessication of the marshes during the dry season and probably influences flooding during the rainy season. Research and conservation: A number of ornithological surveys have been conducted since 1973 by Nores and Yzurieta. References: Nores & Yzurieta (1980a). Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Mar Chiquita (20) Location: 30°45’S, 62°30’W; 150 km ENE of Cordoba, Cordoba Province. Area: 200,000 ha. Altitude: 70m. Province and type: 8.21.4/8.25.7; 14. Site description: A very large permanent highly saline lake, up to 4m deep, with some small islands, and brackish marshes at the mouths of rivers entering the lake. The delta marshes of the Rio Segundo are particularly extensive. In normal years, the level of the lake drops about 50 cm during the dry season. During a period of exceptional flooding starting in 1977, the lake level rose considerably; islands important for nesting birds were inundated and the salinity decreased. This produced a marked decline in the abundance and diversity of species. Principal vegetation: Most of the lake is devoid of vegetation, but there are marshes of Typha and Scirpus spp, and riverine thickets of Tamarix galica, at river mouths. In a region of halophytic steppe and xerophytic woodland. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Mar Chiquita Provincial Reserve. Land use: A little boat traffic. Waterfowl: The lake itself is rather poor for birds, but the delta marshes, particularly of the Rio Segundo, are extremely important for waterfowl of a wide variety of species, especially Nearctic migrants. Peak counts of breeding birds in recent years have included 400-500 Rollandia rolland, 2,000-3,000 Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 3,000-4,000 Bubulcus ibis, 2,000-3,000 Plegadis chihi, 5,000-6,000 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 250-300 Anasbahamensis, 700-1,000 A. cyanoptera, 4,000-5,000 A. platalea, 250-300 Netta peposaca, 800-1,000 Fulica armillata, 2,000-3,000 F. leucoptera, 2,500-3,000 Himantopus himantopus, 400-500 Larus cirrocephalus, 200,000-300,000 ZL. maculipennis, 150-200 Géelochelidon nilotica and 80-100 Sterna trudeaui. Sixteen species of Nearctic shorebird have been recorded including up to 100 Pluvialis dominica, 15,000 Tringa flavipes, 15,000 Calidris fuscicollis, 200 Micropalama himantopus, 600 C. melanotos and 500,000 Steganopus tricolor. The lake is of considerable interest for the number of typically coastal species which occur in small numbers at this inland sea on migration, e.g. Arenaria interpres, Calidris canutus, C. alba, C. pusilla and Sterna hirundo. ; Other fauna: Mammals include Myocastor coypus. Threats: None, other than occasional exceptional flooding. Research and conservation: Regular ornithological surveys have been conducted since 1973 by Nores and Yzurieta. References: Nores & Yzurieta (1975, 1979, 1980a & 1983a). =i7= Argentina Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Cajfiada de los Tres Arboles and Los Morteros (21) Location: 30°50’S, 62°00’W; between Seeber and Morteros, Cordoba Province. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 80-100m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 13 & 16. Site description: Temporary shallow freshwater ponds and marshes, and extensive areas of seasonally flooded grassland and arable land, to the southeast of Mar Chiquita. The area dries out completely during the dry season. Principal vegetation: Mainly flooded grassland, with some Scirpus marshes. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Agriculture and hunting. Waterfowl: Very important as a feeding area for large numbers of waterfowl during the wet season (the non-breeding season), and an important breeding area for several species. Maximum counts include 500-600 Bubulcus ibis, 300,000-400,000 Plegadis chihi, 800-1,000 Dendrocygna bicolor, 800-1,000 D. viduata, 400-500 Anas bahamensis, 250,000-300,000 A. georgica, 150,000-200,000 Netta peposaca, 8,000-10,000 Fulica leucoptera, and smaller numbers of Phoenicopterus chilensis, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Heteronetta atricapilla and six species of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: None at present. Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta and Sergio A. Salvador. Criteria for inclusion: la. Laguna Luduejia (22) Location: 31°15’S, 63°32’W; 60 km east of Cordoba, Cordoba Province. Area: 30 ha. Altitude: 150m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 12. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake and associated marshes in the valley of the Rio Primero, subject to considerable fluctuations in water level. Principal vegetation: The aquatic vegetation is dominated by Scirpus sp and Pistia sp. The lake is in an area of rolling semi-arid shrubland. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No hunting is allowed in the area. Land use: A little cattle ranching and fishing. Waterfowl: An interesting area because of the wide diversity of waterfowl which occur; fifty species of waterfowl have been recorded. Breeding species include Ixobrychus involucris, Oxyura vittata, O. dominica, Heteronetta atricapilla, Rallus maculatus, Porphyrula martinica, three species of Fulica, Nycticryphes semicollaris and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: None. Research and conservation: The avifauna has been studied by Nores and Yzurieta since 1977. Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Stee Argentina Laguna de Pocho (23) Location: 31°25’S, 65°11’W; 90 km west of Cordoba, Cordoba Province. Area: 50 ha. Altitude: 900m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 12. Site description: A semi-permanent shallow freshwater lake, up to 2m deep, and associated marshes, subject to wide fluctuations in water level and drying out in exceptionally dry years. Principal vegetation: Marshes of Scirpus sp. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for waterfowl, including Rollandia rolland, nine species of Anatidae, three species of Fulica, Nycticryphes semicollaris, and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None at present. Research and conservation: Studies of the avifauna have been carried out by Nores and Yzurieta since 1974. References: Nores & Yzurieta (1980a). Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Lagunas de Etruria (24) Location: 32°53’S, 63°13’W; 50 km south of Villa Maria, Cordoba Province. Area: 250 ha. Altitude: 160m. Province and type: 8.25.7/8.31.11; 12 & 16. Site description: A complex of small permanent shallow freshwater lakes and marshes, and seasonally flooded grassland, along the Arroyo Chazon. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Scirpus and Typha spp. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching, hunting and sport fishing. Waterfowl: An important breeding and passage area for waterfowl. Peak counts in recent years have included 1,500-2,000 Bubulcus ibis, 120-150 Euxenura maguari, 3,000-5,000 Plegadis chihi, 400-500 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 800-1,000 Dendrocygna bicolor, 800-1,000 D. viduata, 80-100 Coscoroba coscoroba, 80-100 Cygnus melancoryphus, 3,000-5,000 Anas georgica, 800-1,000 Netta peposaca, 80-100 Heteronetta atricapilla, and up to 10,000 Fulica of three species. Eight species of Nearctic shorebirds have been recorded, including up to 2,000 Pluvialis dominica. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: None at present. Research and conservation: Sergio Salvador has conducted studies in the area since 1978. References: Salvador (1983). Source: Manuel Nores and Sergio A. Salvador. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Cafiada Santa Lucia (25) Location: 33°08’S, 61°57’W; 140 km ESE of Villa Maria, Cordoba Province. Area: 3,300 ha. Altitude: 80m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 14. =19-= Argentina Site description: Two permanent shallow saline lakes, up to 2.5m deep, with some associated brackish marshes. There is little fluctuation in water level. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes with Distichlis scoparia. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sport fishing. Waterfowl: In March 1976, 32 species of waterfowl were’ present, including 3,000-4,000 Plegadis chihi, 250-300 Calidris fuscicollis and 4,000-5,000 Larus maculipennis. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None. Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rio Saladillo Marshes (26) Location: 33°25’S, 62°55’W; 110 km SSE of Villa Maria, Cordoba Province. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 100m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 12, 13 & 16. Site description: A complex of about twenty shallow freshwater lakes, up to 3m deep, seasonal fresh to brackish marshes, and large areas of seasonally flooded grassland along the Rio Saladillo. Most of the lakes retain water throughout the dry season, but the marshes dry out completely. Principal vegetation: Scirpus spp, Typha sp, Distichlis scoparia, various Chenopodiaceae in brackish areas, and small clumps of Geof froea decorticans and Tamarix galica. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None at present, but the owners do not generally allow hunting. Land use: A little cattle ranching, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: Probably the most important breeding area for waterfowl in Cordoba Province, and an important "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds. Censuses of breeding birds have included up to 1,000 Rollandia rolland, 5,000 Bubulcus ibis, 40 Euxenura maguari, 20,000 Plegadis chihi, 200 Coscoroba coscoroba, 250 Cygnus melancoryphus, 500 Heteronetta atricapilla, 200 Himantopus himantopus, 8,000 Fulica of three species, 700 Netta peposaca, and 20,000 Larus maculipennis, 1,500 Anas georgica, 500 Anas versicolor, and 500 Anas platalea. Counts of Nearctic shorebirds have included 100 Tringa melanoleuca, 150 Tringa flavipes, 600 Micropalama himantopus.1,000 Calidris fuscicollis, 500 Calidris bairdii, and 300 Calidris melanotos. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: There is a proposal to build a dam on the Rio Saladillo which would drastically reduce the extent of the marshes. Research and conservation: There is a proposal to create a Provincial Nature Reserve or National Park in the area. Nores, Yzurieta and Miatello have conducted a number of ornithological surveys in the area, particularly in 1973 and 1974. References: Nores & Yzurieta (1980a). Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta and Rodolfo Miatello. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna La Margarita (27) Location: 34°25’S, 64°00’W; 140 km SSE of Rio Cuarto, Cordoba Province. Area: 500 ha. Altitude: 150m. Province and type: 8.25.7/8.31.11; 12. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake, up to 3m deep, with abundant aquatic vegetation, and subject to some fluctuation in water level. Principal vegetation: Scirpus and Myriophyllum spp. == Argentina Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No habitat protection, but hunting is prohibited. Land use: Sport fishing. Waterfowl: A very important breeding area for some waterfowl. Counts conducted in 1974 and 1977 included up to 5,000 Rollandia rolland, 2,000 Podiceps occipitalis, 50 Theristicus (caudatus) melanopis (non-breeding visitor), 1,500 Plegadis chihi, 3,000 Anas georgica, 40 Oxyura vittata, 5,000 Fulica of three species and 10,000 Larus maculipennis. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Destruction of aquatic vegetation by fishermen. Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta and Rodolfo Miatello. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Lakes in Southwestern Cordoba Province (28) Location: 34°45’S, 64°45’W; 180 km SSW of Rio Cuarto, Cordoba Province. Area: 4,500 ha. Altitude: 200m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 14. Site description: A complex of permanent shallow saline lakes, up to 2.5m deep, with little fluctuation in water level and little aquatic vegetation. Principal vegetation: Some Myriophyllum sp; in a region of semi-arid woodland and scrub. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sport fishing. Waterfowl: An important wintering area, particularly for grebes Podicipedidae and coots Fulica spp. Counts made in the mid 1970s included up to 5,000 Rollandia rolland, 1,500 Podiceps occipitalis, 300 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 1,000 ducks, 25,000 Fulica armillata and 25,000 F. leucoptera. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Nores & Yzurieta (1980a). Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: la and 3a. Laguna del Viboron (29) Location: 32°53’S, 68°36’W; 20 km east of Mendoza, Mendoza Province. Area: 38 ha. Altitude: 650m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 12. Site description: A small permanent freshwater lake, up to 1.5m deep, with wide fluctuations in water level and abundant aquatic vegetation. One of the few significant wetlands in Mendoza Province. Principal vegetation: Marshes dominated by Scirpus spp; in a region of halophytic steppe with Chenopodiaceae. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sport fishing. Waterfowl: Little quantitative information is available; thirty-six species of waterfowl have been recorded. Other fauna: No information. an Threats: The waters of the Arroyo Leyes, the main river feeding the lake, are utilized for irrigation. References: Contreras & Fernandez (1980). Source: Manuel Nores. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. 254. Argentina Berisso Marshes (30) Location: 34°50’S, 57°52’W; northeast of La Plata, Buenos Aires Province. Area: 1,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.31.11; 07, 13 & 17. Site description: A complex of small permanent artificial ponds, up to 1m deep, with natural characteristics; freshwater marshes; and estuarine marshes along the shore of the adjacent Rio de la Plata. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha and Eichhornia spp. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: None. Waterfowl: The area supports a very diverse avifauna, and is especially rich in Rallidae (11 species including Laterallus melanophaius and L. Jeucopyrrhus), shorebirds, and Laridae. Phoenicopterus chilensis is common, and up to 100 Cygnus melancoryphus have been recorded. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: K limaitis (undated). Source: Manuel Nores, Juan F. Klimaitis and Samuel Narosky. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Laguna de Lobos (31) Location: 35°16’S, 59°06’W; 90 km SSW of Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires Province. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: 30m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 12 & 13. Site description: Permanent shallow freshwater lake, up to 3m deep, and seasonal marshes, with abundant aquatic vegetation. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Scirpus and Typha spp; in the pampas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Little human activity. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding waterfowl, particularly Ardeidae, Anatidae and Rallidae. Coscoroba coscoroba and Cygnus melancoryphus are common winter visitors, and several species of Nearctic shorebirds occur in significant numbers in the austral summer. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: None known. References: Fraga (undated). Source: Manuel Nores and Rosendo Fraga. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Laguna Las Perdices and Laguna del Monte (32) Location: 35°28’S, 58°49’W; 90 km south of Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires Province. Area: Laguna Las Perdices 832 ha; L. del Monte 400 ha. Altitude: 20-25m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 12. Site description: Two permanent shallow lakes, 2-3m deep, and associated marshes. Las Perdices is brackish; del Monte is fresh. The two lakes are connected by a canal, the flow from del Monte to Las Perdices being controlled by a sluice. Water from Las Perdices then drains = Argentina via a series of smaller lakes into the Rio Salado. Water levels in the lakes fluctuate slightly according to local rainfall. Principal vegetation: There are extensive marshes of Scirpus californicus at both lakes. Other aquatic plants at Las Perdices include Ceratophyllum demersum, Azolla spp, Lemna sp, Ricciocarpus sp and Myriophyllum brasiliensis. Land tenure: Las Perdices is largely privately owned (20% state owned); del Monte is privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: A considerable amount of sport fishing, principally for Hoplias malabaricus; some hunting of waterfowl and Coypus; water sports; and reed-cutting for basket- -weaving. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl of a wide variety; over 75 species have been recorded, including 14 species of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. The fishes, amphibians and reptiles have been well documented, and are listed by Rozenberg. Threats: The principal threat to the area is eutrophication and increased sedimentation resulting from the inflow of domestic sewage. There is also some industrial pollution, considerable disturbance from sport fishing and water sports, and collection of birds’ eggs for human consumption. Research and conservation: A project proposal has recently been prepared by the Municipal Authorities and the Camara de Diputados de Buenos Aires, on the basis of a recommendation made by local conservationists, to create an educational nature reserve (Reserva Natural Integral de Acceso Restringido). References: Rozenberg (undated). Source: Laura S. Rozenberg, Jorge Rodriguez Mata, Manuel Nores, Ricardo Banchs and Samuel Narosky. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Samborombon Bay, Punta Rasa and Campos del Tuyu (33) Location: 35°30’-36°22’S, 56°45’-57°23’W; northwest of San Clemente del Tuyu, Buenos Aires Province. Area: c.100,000 ha. Altitude: 0-4m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 02, 06, 07, 13 & 16. Site description: Samborombon Bay is a large bay along the south shore of the Rio de la Plata estuary with extensive intertidal mudflats, tidal salt marshes and network of tidal creeks. The bay is backed by a belt of coastal sand dunes and broad strip of seasonally flooded marshes and low-lying grassland, dissected by numerous slow-flowing streams. The area has remained relatively isolated and undisturbed. Principal vegetation: Salicornia sp, Spartina sp, Zizaniopsis brasiliensis, Juncus acutus, Distichlis sp, with some Scirpus californicus and Typha angustifolia. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned; the Military own the Punta Rasa area. Protection: Unprotected except for a private reserve in the southern part of the Campos del Tuyu (3,500 ha, with a 4,000 ha buffer zone; established in 1979 to protect a population of the Pampas Deer, and administered by FVSA), and a small Provincial Reserve in the north, FVSA has maintained a warden (agente de conservacion) at Punta Rasa since the end of 1984. Land use: Cattle ranching on the grasslands; fishing, water sports and other recreation along the coast. Waterfowl: A very important passage and wintering area for migratory shorebirds, including Patagonian species in the austral winter and Nearctic species in the austral summer. The -23- Argentina largest concentrations occur at the south end of the bay, in the Punta Rasa area. The freshwater marshes and wet meadows are also important for wintering Theristicus (c) melanopis, Plegadis chihi, Chauna torquata, Phoenicopterus chilensis, both species of swans, ducks and coots Fulica spp. The shorebirds of the area have been well documented by Myers & Myers (1979). The principal species include Pluvialis squatarola, P. dominica (abundant), Charadrius falklandicus, C. modestus, Eudromias ruficollis, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris alba, C. canutus (flocks of up to 100), C. fuscicollis (abundant), C. melanotos, Micropalama himantopus, Tryngites subruficollis, Limosa haemastica (up to 3,000 during migration), Steganopus tricolor and the seedsnipe Thinocorus rumicivorus. A variety of Laridae occur, including up to 3,000 wintering Sterna hirundo at Punta Rasa, and Rynchops niger is common. Other fauna: The Pampas Deer Ozotoceros bezoarticus celer population is one of the last in Buenos Aires Province. The Capybara Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris is common. Threats: A general increase in human activities is rapidly changing this relatively unspoiled area. There is a project to construct a deepwater harbour, and there are plans to drain important portions of the marshes. Research and conservation: A proposal has been made to establish a Provincial Reserve and perhaps eventually a Natural Monument at Punta Rasa, along with a Biological Station. The station could make use of the old naval buildings at Punta Rasa, and would be administered jointly by the FVSA and National Parks Service. References: Olrog (1967); Myers & Myers (1979). Source: Manuel Nores. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Chascomus Lakes (34) Location: 35°35’S, 58°01’W; 100 km SSW of Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires Province. Area: 150,000 ha. Altitude: 20m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 12. Site description: A vast complex of permanent shallow freshwater lakes, up to 4m deep, and associated marshes, in the pampas. The numerous lakes, some of up to several thousand ha in extent, include Laguna Chascomus, L. Vitel, L. Manantiales and L. de la Tablilla. Most of the lakes have abundant aquatic vegetation, and relatively stable water levels. Principal vegetation: Marshes of Scirpus and Typha spp. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: A lot of sport fishing in the lakes; cattle ranching in the surrounding pampas. Waterfowl: A very important area for breeding and wintering waterfowl, but few census data | available. Up to 5,000 Cygnus melancoryphus have been recorded at Laguna Chascomus. | Other fauna: No information. | Threats: None at present. Source: Manuel Nores and Sergio A. Salvador. Criteria for inclusion: la, 2b & 3a. Albufera Mar Chiquita (35) Location: 37°38’S, 57°24’W; 40 km NNW of Mar del Plata, Buenos Aires Province. Area: 5,500 ha. Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.31.11; 07. Site description: A permanent shallow coastal saline lagoon with a connection to the sea and little vegetation. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes with Distichlis sp around the edges of the lagoon;some stands of Typha sp and Scirpus sp. Land tenure: State owned. -24- Argentina Protection: None at present. Land use: A considerable amount of fishing. Waterfowl: An important wintering area for Anatidae and shorebirds; up to 500 Coscoroba coscoroba, 3,000 Cygnus melancoryphus and 2,000 Rynchops niger have been recorded. Also an important staging area in April for over 10,000 Calidris fuscicollis, and in October and November for Limosa haemastica, Micropalama himantopus and Steganopus tricolor. 600 Phoenicopterus chilensis were present in January 1982. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: There is a project for the establishment of a Provincial Reserve. References: Morrison et al (1985). Source: Manuel Nores, Sergio A. Salvador and J. Peterson Myers. Criteria for inclusion: la & 3a. Bahia Blanca (36) Location: 38°48’-39°25’S, 61°50’-62°25’W; south of Bahia Blanca town, Buenos Aires Province. Area: 200,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.31.11; 02, 03, 05, 06 & 07. Site description: A vast estuarine system of several small rivers, with extensive intertidal mudflats, numerous low islands, sandy beaches, coastal sand dunes, and some brackish marshes. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Known to be a breeding area for Phoenicopterus chilensis, and thought to be an important migration stopover and "wintering area" for Nearctic shorebirds. In an aerial survey in January/February 1982, substantial numbers of Calidris fuscicollis were observed. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Morrison (1983a). Source: Brian A. Harrington. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bahia Union, Bahia Anegada and the Rio Colorado Estuary (37) Location: 39°45’-40°40°S, 62°00’-62°28’W; 150 km south of Bahia Blanca, Buenos Aires Province. Area: 240,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.31.11/8.25.7; 02, 03, 05, 06 & 07. Site description: A vast shallow sea bay at the estuary of the Rio Colorado, with extensive intertidal mudflats and salt marshes, several small low islands, sandy beaches and some coastal sand dunes. The area includes Bahia San Blas at the south end of Bahia Anegada. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important migration stopover and "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds; 1,140 Limosa haemastica and large numbers of Calidris fuscicollis were recorded during an aerial survey in January/February 1982. There are also breeding colonies of Ardea cocoi, Phoenicopterus chilensis (2,275 birds including 300-400 breeding pairs in January 1982), Larus dominicanus and L. belcheri. Other fauna: No information. 205. Argentina Threats: No information. References: Morrison (1983a); Morrison et al (1985). Source: Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Laguna Blanca (38) Location: 39°02’S, 70°21’W; 30 km southwest of Zapala, Neuquen Province. Area: 1,700 ha. Altitude: 1,276m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 6m deep, fed by small streams and with little aquatic vegetation. There is little fluctuation in water level, and the lake partially freezes over in winter. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Scirpus sp; in a region of Patagonian steppe, with xerophytic vegetation of grasses Stipa, Poa and Festuca spp, and dwarf shrubs. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Laguna Blanca National Park (8,250 ha), and the Laguna Blanca National Reserve (3,000 ha). The Park was established in 1940, primarily to protect the large population of Cygnus melancoryphus. Land use: There is some cattle ranching in the area, and a public road through the Park passes along the lake shore. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding waterfowl. A census in January/February 1982 included 300 Rollandia rolland, 1,500 Podiceps occipitalis, 2,000-2,500 Cygnusmelancoryphus, 300 Chloephaga picta, 500 Anas sibilatrix, 1,000 Anas platalea, 800 Fulica armillata, 80 Oxyura vittata, and smaller numbers of five other species of ducks and several species of shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Cattle grazing around the lake have destroyed some of the aquatic vegetation. Research and conservation: A number of general studies have been conducted on the limnology of the lake, and the fauna and flora of the Park. References: Santos Gollan (1951); Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Manuel Nores and Dario Yzurieta. Criteria for inclusion: lc, 2b & 3a. Lago Huechulafquen and other wetlands in Lanin National Park and Reserve (39) Location: 39°07’-40°22’S, 71°10’-71°40’W; in Andes of western Neuquen Province, on Chilean border. Area: 30,500 ha of wetlands including Lago Huechulafquen (12,000 ha). Altitude: 850-1,200m. Province and type: 8.10.2/8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: Lago Huechulafquen is a large very deep freshwater lake with a little aquatic vegetation. There are also some twenty smaller freshwater lakes including Lago Quillen (2,800 ha), L. Tromen (2,700 ha), L. Lolog (3,800 ha) and L. Lacar (4,500 ha); a number of fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams; and areas of Andean bog. Principal vegetation: The Park and Reserve span the transition zone between the Nothofagus and Araucaria forests of the Andes and the Patagonian steppe to the east. Land tenure: The Park is state-owned; the Reserve is partly state owned and partly private. Protection: Within the Lanin National Park (194,600 ha) and Lanin National Reserve (184,400 ha) established in 1937. -26- Argentina Land use: Tourism and sport fishing. Waterfowl: Like all oligotrophic lakes of this type in the Argentinian and Chilean Andes, the lakes are of relatively little importance for waterfowl. Characteristic species include Podiceps major navasi, Theristicus (c) melanopis, Chloephaga poliocephala, Tachyeres patachonicus and Anas specularis. Other fauna: Mammals include the Southern River Otter Lutra provocax and Coypu Myocastor coypus; amphibians include Rhinoderma darwini; and fishes include Galaxias andHaplochiton spp. Threats: There are a number of introduced mammals in the area, and there is a considerable amount of disturbance from sport fishing and hunting. The Southern River Otter has almost been exterminated by hunting in the past. Research and conservation: Basic faunal and floral inventories have been conducted in the Park. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Manuel Nores and Sergio A. Salvador. Criteria for inclusion: 2a and 3a. Wetlands in Nahuel Huapi National Park and Reserve (40) Location: 40°20’-41°35’S, 71°10’-71°75’W; in Andes near San Carlos de Bariloche, Neuquen and Rio Negro Provinces. Area: 84,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 720-1,000m. Province and type: 8.10.2/8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: Lago Nahuel Huapi is a freshwater lake, 56,000 ha in area and up to 454m deep, with fringing marshes in sheltered bays. Other large lakes in the area include Lago Traful (7,200 ha), L. Espejo (3,800 ha) and L. Mascardi (3,600 ha). There are over 35 smaller freshwater lakes, numerous fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams, and areas of bog within the Park and Reserve. Principal vegetation: In the transition zone between the temperate rain forests of the Andes (principally Nothofagus spp) and the xerophytic steppe of Patagonia to the east, with Valdiviano Forest around Puerto Blest. Land tenure: The Park is state owned; the Reserve is partly state owned and partly private. Protection: Within the Nahuel Huapi National Park (330,000 ha) and National Reserve (428,100 ha) established in 1934 (although some protection was afforded to the area as early as 1904). Land use: Tourism and fishing. There is a considerable amount of boat traffic on L. Nahuel Huapi. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl occur in rather small numbers, including typical Andean species such as Podiceps major navasi, Chloephaga poliocephala, Anas specularis and Merganetta armata. L. Nahuel Huapi supports one of the few freshwater colonies of Phalacrocorax atriceps. Other fauna: The population of the Southern River Otter Lutra provocax occurring in this region is probably the only important self-sustaining population of this species left in the Argentinian lake district between 39°S and 43°S. Threats: Uncontrolled forest fires, introduced mammals including the Mink Mustela vison, and grazing by domestic livestock are causing some problems. Lage Nahuel Huapi is being polluted by effluents from the city of San Carlos de Bariloche, and oil and garbage from boat traffic. Research and conservation: A complete inventory of the fauna has been conducted in the Park (Plan Inventario, directed by M. Christie). References: Contreras et al (1980); Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Manuel Nores, Dario Yzurieta and Roberto Straneck. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. “97 Argentina Rio Nirihuau (41) Location: 41°05’S, 71°09’W; 10 km east of San Carlos de Bariloche, Rio Negro Province. Area: 1000 ha. Altitude: 764m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 10, 11 & 12. ! Site description: Riverine marshes along the lower Rio Nirihuau, from its mouth in Lago Nahuel Huapi 5 km upstream. The marshes flood in June/July creating a shallow lake which remains until February. Principal vegetation: In the ecotone between grassy steppe with Stipa speciosa and bushy steppe with Rosa moschata, Fabiana imbricata and Berberis buxifolia. Land tenure: A mixture of private and municipal ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Formerly cattle grazing, but the land has been heavily overgrazed and eroded, and will now support few animals, There are brick factories further upstream. Waterfowl: The area is interesting for the variety of species of waterfowl which have been recorded, particularly during the migration seasons. These include Andean species, Patagonian species and Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Urban expansion, industrial development, road construction and pollution from the brick factories all pose threats to the area. Research and conservation: The avifauna of the area has been studied by Mariano A. Gelain (1978-1983). Source: Mariano A. Gelain. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Wetlands in Los Alerces National Park and Reserve (42) Location: 42°33’-43°10’S, 71°35’-72°05’W; in Andes west of Esquel, Chubut Province. Area: 25,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 400-2,280m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 12, 15 & 19. Site description: Several large permanent freshwater lakes, up to 700m deep, and a hydroelectric dam which linked four former lakes and flooded over 1,000 ha of surrounding forest. Also numerous fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams, and Andean bogs. The principal lakes are Lago Futalaufquen (5,300 ha), L. Menendez (6,200 ha), L. Rivadavia (2,900 ha), and Futaleufu Dam (8,200 ha). Principal vegetation: In a region of Andean-Patagonian forest with large stands of Fitzroya cupressoides and Nothofagus spp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Los Alerces National Park (187,500 ha) and National Reserve (75,500 ha), established in 1937. Land use: Tourism in the National Park; generation of hydroelectricity. Waterfowl: A variety of southern Andean waterfowl occur, including Theristicus (c) melanopis and Anas specularis. Other fauna: There is a tiny population of the Southern River Otter Lutra provocax in the area. Amphibians include Bufo spinulosus, B. variegatus and Rhinoderma darwini; and fishes include Galaxias, Haplochiton, Patagonina and Percichthys spp. Threats: Forest fires, and a number of introduced mammals including the Mink Mustela vison have caused problems in the Park. Research and conservation: Basic faunal and floral surveys, and studies of the impact of Mustela vison on the native fauna, have been conducted. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. pee Argentina Lakes in Western Chubut (43) Location: 43°10’S, 70°25’W; near Esquel, Chubut Province. Area: 6,000 ha. Altitude: 750m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 14. Site description: Numerous saline lakes, freshwater springs and streams in a desertic region in the foothills of the Andes. Principal vegetation: In a region of sparse semi-desertic steppe vegetation. Land tenure: Privately owned in large estancias. Protection: None. Land use: Sheep grazing. Waterfowl: An important breeding site for Phoenicopterus chilensis; the colony held 3,000pairs in 1971/72, and 5,000 pairs in 1972/73. Also an important breeding area for a variety of Anatidae, including Cygnus melancoryphus. Other fauna: Guanaco Lama guanacoi occur in the area. Threats: None known in the mid 1970s, but no recent information. References: Munoz & Munoz (1975). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: Ic. Wetlands in Perito Francisco P. Moreno National Park and Reserve (44) Location: 47°53’S, 72°10’W; in the Andes in northwestern Santa Cruz Province, on the Chilean border. Area: 17,500 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 900-2,770m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: A series of deep freshwater lakes, fast flowing rivers and streams, and bogs in a mountainous area with glaciated land forms. The principal lakes are Lago Belgrano, L. Burmeister and L. Nansen. Principal vegetation: In a region of Andean-Patagonian forest dominated by Nothofagus spp, and Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Perito Francisco P. Moreno National Park (84,500 ha) and National Reserve (30,500 ha), established in 1937. Land use: A remote and little disturbed area; there is some grazing by domestic livestock in the east. Waterfowl: Little information; a variety of waterfowl characteristic of the southern Andes have been recorded. Other fauna: The local seedsnipe Attagis malouinus occurs. A variety of mammals occur inthe region including the South Andean Huemul Hippocamelus bisulcus. Fishes include Geotria, Patagonina, Galaxia and Percichthys spp. Threats: Some illegal hunting has been reported in the Park. References: Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Quiroga (45) Location: 48°25’S, 71°35’W; 220 km NNE of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 5,000 ha. Altitude: 1,300m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 12. : : Site description: A large permanent freshwater caldera lake, said to be ice-free in winter. Principal vegetation: Probably only submergent vegetation. -29- Argentina Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some sheep grazing. Waterfowl: No information available, but a potential wintering area for the Hooded Grebe Podiceps gallardoi. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The lake has not as yet been surveyed, but the Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina plans to do so in the near future. Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Meseta de Strobel (46) Location: 48°40°S, 71°20’W; 200 km NNE of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 100,000 ha. Altitude: 800-1,200m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 12 & 14. Site description: A basaltic plateau area with some 540 small lakes, mostly maars and calderas, with some volanic rift lakes. The lakes vary considerably in their limnological characteristics; ranging in salinity from fresh to hypersaline and alkaline, and in depth from very shallow to 10m. Water levels are rather stable, and most lakes freeze over in winter. The largest lake is Laguna del Islote (or L. del Medio), a freshwater caldera lake of 900 ha at the western edge of the plateau; this apparently does not freeze over in winter. Principal vegetation: About 60% of the lakes are almost covered with beds of Myriophyllum elatinioides; some have dense submergent Zanichellia and Potamogeton; and many have no vegetation other than phytoplankton. There are no emergent sedges. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sheep grazing. Waterfowl: An extremely important breeding and moulting area for waterfowl, particularly Podicipedidae, Anatidae and shorebirds; and much the most important area for Podiceps gallardoi hitherto discovered. In February 1984, over 1,250 P. gallardoi were observed, and the total population of the plateau was estimated at over 3,100 birds. The largest concentration was 729 birds, mainly failed breeders, at Laguna del Islote, which may well be an important wintering area for the species. Population estimates made on the basis of counts at Islote and 118 smaller lakes in February 1984 included 2,600 Podiceps occipitalis, 1,160 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 350 Cygnus melancoryphus, 3,700 Chloephaga picta, 2,500 Tachyeres patachonicus, 3,350 Lophonetta specularioides, 225 Charadrius falklandicus, 115 Charadrius modestus 18,900 Anas sibilatrix, 11,600 Anas georgica, 17,700 Anas platalea, and260 Pluvianellus socialis. Nearctic shorebirds included 250 Calidris fuscicollis, 980 Calidris bairdii and 430 Steganopus tricolor. It would appear that this region is the main late summer staging and moulting area for dabbling ducks in Santa Cruz Province. The large breeding population of Pluvianellus is also particularly noteworthy. Other fauna: Laguna de Islote is rich in amphipods Hyalella and most have snails Lymnaea diaphana. Threats: Overgrazing by sheep causes erosion of terrestrial habitats and prevents the formation of emergent vegetation along the lake margins. The diatomite deposits in some lakes might be subject to exploitation, but the area is still very remote and seldom visited. Research and conservation: The Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina is carrying out a programme of research in the region. In February 1984, the area was surveyed ornithologically by Jon Fjeldsa, Niels Krabbe, P. Brehmer and S. Brehmer, who investigated 119 lakes. Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -30- Argentina Lago Argentino, Lago Viedma and Los Glaciares National Park and Reserve (47) Location: 49°20°-50°40°S, 72°45’-73°30’W; in southwestern Santa Cruz Province, on Chilean border. Area: 250,000 ha. Altitude: mainly 215 - 300m, Park extends up to 3,500m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 12, 16 & 19. Site description: Lago Argentino (141,700 ha) and Lago Viedma (106,000 ha) are deep freshwater lakes in the Andean foothills, fed by numerous fast-flowing rivers and streams. There are several smaller lakes (500-1,000 ha), wet meadows and marshes in the area, and extensive glaciers, snow fields and bogs at higher elevations. Principal vegetation: Some of the smaller lakes have Scirpus beds and abundant submergent vegetation. In a region of Andean-Patagonian forests dominated by Nothofagus spp, with Patagonian steppe to the east. Land tenure: The Park is state owned; most of the National Reserve is state owned but there are some private holdings. Protection: The western quarter of Lago Viedma, the western arms of Lago Argentino, and all the smaller lakes are included within Los Glaciares National Park (445,900 ha) and Reserve (154,100 ha), established in 1937. The National Park was designated as a World Heritage Site in 1981. Land use: Tourism in the National Park. There are still several small settlements in the Reserve, with some cultivation and livestock. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for waterfowl, particularly Podicipedidae and Anatidae. The main concentrations are at the smaller lakes, marshes and wet meadows adjacent to Lago Argentino. The common breeding species include Chloephaga picta, Cygnus melancoryphus, Anas georgica, A. flavirostris, A. sibilatrix, A. platalea and Fulica armillata. Other noteworthy species include Podiceps major navasi, Theristicus (caudatus) melanopis, Chloephaga poliocephala, Anas specularis, Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea and O. vittata. The area is the southernmost breeding locality of the blackbird Agelaius thilius. Other fauna: The Coypu Myocastor coypus occurs. Threats: Uncontrolled forest fires have caused problems in the Park; there is some illegal hunting and locally overgrazing problems. Research and conservation: Basic studies on the fauna and flora of the Park have been conducted by the Direccion General de Parques Nacionales. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Meseta del Tobiano (48) Location: 49°32’S, 72°10’W; 90 km north of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: Area of plateau (aquatic and terrestrial systems) 12,500 ha. Altitude: 850m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 12, 13 & 14. Site description: A group of about 40 small fresh and brackish lakes on a high plateau near Lago Viedma. The larger deeper lakes are permanent, but the smaller lakes dry out in summer. Principal vegetation: The freshwater lakes have an abundant growth of M. yriophyllum elatinoides. In a region of treeless Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None. ; Waterfowl: An important breeding area for waterfowl, particularly Podicipedidae, Anatidae and coots Fulica spp. There is a population of about 150 pairs of Podiceps gallardoi conf ined to eight of the lakes, with most on Laguna Las Toscas (73 pairs), L. Encantada (28 pairs) and L. Ansiedad (21 pairs). Phoenicopterus chilensis is a common non-breeding visitor, and several species of Nearctic shorebirds occur, notably Calidris fuscicollis and C. bairdii. == Argentina Other fauna: No information. Threats: None. Research and conservation: The Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina has carried out avifaunal surveys and a programme for the protection of the P. gallardoi population which has included predator control, cross-fostering and captive rearing. In view of the recent discovery of a large and healthy population of P. gallardoi on the Meseta de Strobel, the necessity of such an intensive grebe management programme at the Meseta del Tobiano population is questionable. References: Erize (1983); Johnson (1983); Nuechterlein & Buitron (1983). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Laguna Los Escarchados (49) Location: 50°25’S, 71°33’W; 50 km east of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 150 ha. Altitude: 700m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake; the water level drops considerably during summer, and the lake freezes in winter. Principal vegetation: Extensive beds of Myriophyllum elatinoides. In a region of xerophytic steppe and scrub. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: The Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina established a Wildlife Reserve in agreement with the owners in 1979. Land use: Sheep and cattle grazing. Waterfowl: The type locality of the recently described Hooded Grebe Podiceps gallardoi and for some years thought to be the only breeding site for the species. The population was estimated at 140-150 birds in 1979, but numbers fluctuate widely, and there were only 28 birds (including 11 breeding pairs) in February 1984. A wide variety of other waterfowl breed or occur as non-breeding visitors. A census by Fjeldsa in February 1984 included 700 Anas georgica, 200 Anas platalea, 8 pairs of Pluvianellus socialis, 44 Podiceps occipitalis, 11 Coscoroba coscoroba, and many Charadrius falklandicus, Charadrius modestus, Calidris fuscicollis and Calidris bairdii. Other fauna: The Least Seedsnipe Thinocorus rumicivorus is common; 700 were recorded in February 1984. Threats: The Kelp Gull Larus dominicanus is reported to be a serious predator on Hooded Grebe chicks. In years of high water level, there is little growth of Myriophyllum and the small snail which constitutes the principal diet of Hooded Grebe chicks disappears. Research and conservation: Since the discovery of the Hooded Grebe in the early 1970s, the lake has been visited by a large number of ornithologists and bird-watchers. The grebe has been studied in considerable detail and various measures for its conservation have been proposed, including control of predators, cross-fostering and captive rearing. It now seems that the stronghold of the grebe lies 200 km to the north, on the Meseta de Strobel, and that the small Escarchados population is a marginal population which is not self sustaining. References: Rumboll (1974); Erize (1978, 1982 & 1983); Erize et ai (1981); King (1981); Nuechterlein & Johnson (1981); Storer (1981a); Nuechterlein (1982); Bremer & Bremer (1983); Nuechterlein & Buitron (1983). Source: Jon Fjeldsa and Manuel Nores. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Wetlands between Los Escarchados and Calafate (50) Location: 50°18’-50°20’S, 71°31’-71°55’W; 40 km east of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 70 ha. Altitude: 700m. 2§3- Argentina Province and type: 8.26.8; 12. Site description: Six small shallow fresh to slightly saline lakes, up to 5m deep, in arid eroded grassland. The lakes are as follows: Laguna Nevada (30 ha; fresh); three claypans near Laguna Nevada (total 10 ha; slightly saline); Laguna Blanquillo (10 ha; fresh); and Laguna Perdida (20 ha; fresh). The water levels fluctuate considerably according to local snowfall, and the claypans occasionally dry out. All freeze over in winter. Principal vegetation: Extensive beds of Myriophyllum elatinoides in the three lakes, and some Zanichellia in the claypans. In a region of arid Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sheep grazing. Waterfowl: Similar to Laguna Los Escarchados, with a variety of breeding waterfowl, and some Nearctic shorebirds. The commoner breeding species include Chloephaga picta, Anas georgica, A. platalea, Tachyeres patachonicus and Fulica armillata. Small numbers of Podiceps gallardoi breed at Laguna Nevada (up to 40 birds) and Laguna Blanquillo (up to 27 birds), and non-breeding individuals occur on the claypans. Other fauna: Brine shrimps Artemia sp occur in the claypans. Threats: None. Research and conservation: A number of ornithological surveys have been conducted by the Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina which is studying the area as part of its Hooded Grebe Project. Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Lago Sarmiento and wetlands on the Meseta de Las Vizcachas (51) Location: 50°25’-50°30’S, 71°50’-71°59’W; 30 km ESE of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: c.550 ha. Altitude: 750-1,200m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 12 & 14. Site description: Lago Sarmiento is a permanent shallow salt lake of 350 ha, with shores of gravel and boulders. The water level fluctuates widely, and the lake freezes over in winter. It lies on a basaltic plateau with six small freshwater volcanic lakes, totalling 200 ha, which also freeze over in winter, and have mainly rocky shores. Principal vegetation: Some of the small lakes have beds of Myriophyllum elatinoides; the others lack aquatic vegetation. In a region of Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sheep grazing and some horse rearing. Waterfowl: Similar to Laguna Escarchados and other lakes in the region, but Podiceps gallardoi has not been recorded. Probably an important moulting area for Anatidae. The commoner species include Chloephaga picta, Lophonetta specularioides, Anas georgica and A. platalea. Phoenicopterus chilensis occurs at Lago Sarmiento, and up to 200 Calidris fuscicollis have been observed. Other fauna: Brine Shrimps Artemia sp occur in Lago Sarmiento. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Avifaunal surveys have been conducted by Fjeldsa. Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. EI Tero Marshes (52) Location: 50°35’S, 71°15’W; 75 km ESE of Calafate, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 500 ha. Altitude: 200m. =362 Argentina Province and type: 8.26.8; 09, 11, 12 & 13. Site description: A complex of riverine marshes, shallow freshwater lakes, ponds and marshes, and rushy pastures; one of the few riverine marsh systems in Santa Cruz Province which has not been destroyed by sheep grazing. Principal vegetation: Ponds and creeks with species of Hydrocotyle, Hippuris, Caltha and Myriophyllum; marshes with Scirpus californicus. In the Fosecusas steppe. Land tenure: Privately owned (Hacienda El Tero). Protection: None. Land use: Some grazing, mainly by horses. Waterfowl: A _ variety of species typical of the region occur, including "hundreds" of Chloephaga picta and Cygnus melancoryphus. A pair of Podiceps gallardoi has nested on a nearby lake. The wet pastures are probably important for migrant shorebirds. Other fauna: Passerines and presumably other fauna characteristic of tall grassland still occur at El Tero. This fauna has been exterminated over much of Patagonia as a result of overgrazing. Threats: Overgrazing by sheep, leading to soil erosion, increased turbidity of rivers and streams, and the siltation of lake basins, may result in the degradation of this area in the same way that it has destroyed most other riverine marsh systems in the Province. Research and conservation: The Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina is discussing with the owners the possibility of conserving the area. Research into the management needs of this threatened habitat type is urgently required. Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Valdes Peninsula (53) Location: 42°30’S, 64°00’W; coastal Chubut Province. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; 300 km of coastline on two major bays. Altitude: 0-100m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 01, 04, 05, 06 & 07. Site description: The Valdes Peninsula is a hilly peninsula protruding 100 km out into the Atlantic Ocean. The principal wetland areas are Golfo San Jose on the north side of the peninsula, Golfo Nuevo on the south side, and a series of brackish lagoons on the east coast. G. San Jose and G. Nuevo are shallow sea bays with extensive intertidal mudflats and sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: In a region of dry thorn scrub and steppe. Land tenure: No information. Protection: The Golfo San Jose is a Provincial Reserve (Parque Marino Provincial) established in 1974. The Reserve includes a 100m strip of land surrounding the Gulf. There are also Provincial Reserves at Punta Norte in the north, Punta Piramides on Golfo Nuevo, Punta Delgada in the southwest, and Islas de los Pajaros. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: The intertidal mudflats and coastal lagoons comprise an important migration staging area and "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds. Up to 20,000 Calidris canutus have been recorded in April, and up to 10,000 Calidris fuscicollis and hundreds of Limosa haemastica have been observed in March/April and October/November. Other fauna: The bays around the peninsula are important calving and mating areas for the Right Whale Balaena glacialis. Orcinus orca, Otaria flavescens, Arctocephalus australis and Mirounga leonina also occur, along with large breeding colonies of sea-birds. Threats: No information. References: Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982); Morrison (1983a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: la, 1b & 2b. =34- Argentina Punta Tombo (54) Location: 44°03’S, 65°12’W; 90 km south of Trelew, Chubut. Area: 50 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.25.7; 01, 04 & 05. Site description: A peninsula of red volcanic rock with sand dunes, rocky shores and sand and pebble beaches, extending 3 km out into the Atlantic. Principal vegetation: Some semi-arid grassland with scattered shrubs. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Punta Tombo Provincial Faunal Reserve. Land use: A considerable amount of tourism. Waterfowl: Of prime importance for its enormous colony of sea-birds (see below). Breeding waterfowl include Podiceps major, Egretta alba, Tachyeres pteneres, Lophonetta specularioides, Haematopus palliatus, H. ater and Charadrius falklandicus. A variety of Nearctic shorebirds including Arenaria interpres, Calidris canutus, C. alba, C. fuscicollis and C. bairdii occur on passage. Other fauna: The peninsula supports the largest sea-bird colony on the Patagonian coast, with 2-3 million Magellanic Penguins Spheniscus magellanicus, large numbers of Phalacrocorax magellanicus, P. bougainvillii, P. albiventer and Larus dominicanus, and small numbers of Catharacta skua, Leucophaeus scoresbii and Sterna hirundinacea. There is also a large colony of the South American Sea-lion Otaria flavescens. Threats: There is some disturbance from tourism, and a potential threat from oil pollution. A proposal has been made for the commercial exploitation of the large penguin colony, but this has been rejected, at least for the time being. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted at the sea-bird colony, and the Animal Research and Conservation Center of the New York Zoological Society is involved in a wildlife conservation project at the site. An application has been made for the upgrading of the Reserve to a National Natural Monument. References: Korschenewski (1969); Boswall & Pryterch (1972); Boswall (1973); Erize et al (1981); Scolaro et al (1981). Source: Manuel Nores, Sergio A. Salvador and Samuel Narosky. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Bahia Bustamente (55) Location: 45°05’S, 66°20’W; 120 km NNE of Comodoro Rivadavia, Chubut Province. Area: 35,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 01, 04, 05 & 06. Site description: A shallow sea bay with extensive intertidal mudflats, sandy beaches and some rocky shores. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: A very important area for Nearctic shorebirds; particularly Limosa haemastica, Calidris canutus (up to 6,900), and C. fuscicollis. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Aerial censuses of shorebirds have been conducted. References: Harrington & Morrison (1980a & 1980b); Morrison (1983a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: la & 1b. 335- Argentina Golfo San Jorge from Caleta Olivia to Cabo Blanco (56) Location: 46°47’S, 67°32’W to 47°13’S, 65°45’W; south of Comodoro Rivadavia, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 160 km of coastline. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 01, 05 & 06. t Site description: A large sea bay with sandy beaches and an extensive intertidal zone of hard packed mud with a densely pitted surface, formed from dust blown off the Patagonian plains, and with a wealth of marine life including dense beds of mussels and rich algal growth. Principal vegetation: Marine algae. Land tenure: No information. Protection: There is a Provincial Reserve at Cabo Blanco in the extreme south; otherwise unprotected. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: A very important area for Nearctic shorebirds, particularly Limosa haemastica (up to 550), Calidris canutus (up to 1,300), and C. fuscicollis (up to 7,500). Also an important wintering area for Patagonian shorebirds such as Haematopus leucopodus and Charadrius modestus, and for Lophonetta specularioides. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The development of an oil industry in this area may cause problems in the future. Research and conservation: Aerial censuses of shorebirds have been carried out. References: Harrington & Morrison (1980a & 1980b); Morrison (1983a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. The Rio Deseado Estuary (57) Location: 47°45’S, 65°52’W; at Puerto Deseado, Santa Cruz Province. Area: 9,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 02, 03, 04 & 06. Site description: The estuarine system of the Rio Deseado, with several small islands, intertidal mud shores, and a rocky headland with sea-cliffs to the south. Principal vegetation: In a region of arid Patagonian shrubland and steppe. Land tenure: No information. Protection: The area was declared a Provincial Reserve in 1977, but the Reserve has never been properly instrumented. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important estuary for Nearctic shorebirds; 520 Limosa haemastica and 550 Calidris canutus were recorded during an aerial survey in January/February 1982. The area is also important for Tachyeres spp, Lophonetta specularioides and Haematopus spp. Other fauna: There are large breeding colonies of sea-birds on the headland to the south of the estuary (Punta Norte), including the largest colony of Phalacrocorax gaimardi in Argentina. Threats: No information. References: Erize et al (1981); Morrison (1983a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Bahia San Sebastian and Cabo Domingo (58) Location: 53°00’-53°25’S, 68°03’-68°33’W; 80 km NNW of Rio Grande, Tierra del Fuego. Area: 37,500 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 01, 05 & 06. 396- Argentina Site description: A large shallow sea bay with extensive intertidal mudflats, hard mud shore and coastal sand dunes. The muddy shore continues southeast along the coast to the region of Cabo Domingo. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds, principally Limosa haemastica (6,000-8,000), Calidris canutus (up to 1,000) and C. fuscicollis. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Several aerial and ground censuses of shorebirds have been conducted. References: Harrington & Morrison (1980a & 1980b); Williams & Pringle (1982); Morrison (1983a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: la & 1b. The Rio Grande Estuary and nearby coasts (59) Location: 53°48’S, 67°41’W; southeast from Rio Grande, on the Atlantic coast of Tierra del Fuego. Area: 4,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 02, 05 & 06. Site description: The estuary of the Rio Grande with extensive intertidal mudflats, and the intertidal muddy shores and pebble beaches to the northwest and southeast, including the Punta Maria area, 35 km southeast of Rio Grande. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds, including over 5,000 Calidris canutus, several thousand Calidris fuscicollis, and smaller numbers of Limosa haemastica and Calidris alba. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: There have been several aerial and ground censuses of the shorebirds. References: Harrington & Morrison (1980a & 1980b); Williams & Pringle (1982); Morrison (1983a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Lago Fagnano and wetlands in Tierra del Fuego National Park (60) Location: 54°50’S, 68°30’W; near Ushuaia, Tierra del Fuego. Area: Over 60,000 ha. Altitude: 0-1,000m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 01, 04, 10, 12 & 19. Site description: Lago Fagnano (at 150m) is a freshwater lake of about 60,000 ha fed by numerous fast-flowing streams. There are several much smaller lakes, peat bogs and extensive areas of bog in the surrounding hills. The nearby Beagle Channel coast is rocky. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid Nothofagus forest with abundant mosses. Land tenure: Land within the National Park is state owned. a Argentina Protection: 7,200 ha of Lake Fagnano, a portion of the Beagle Channel coast, and a number of small lakes, streams and bogs are included within the Tierra del Fuego National Park (63,000 ha), established in 1960. Land use: Tourism and sport fishing in the National Park. Waterfowl: A variety of breeding Anatidae including Chloephaga hybrida, C. picta, C. poliocephala, Tachyeres pteneres, T. patachonicus and Anas specularis. Other fauna: The Southern River Otter Lutra provocax occurs in the Park, and there are large populations of Guanaco Lama guanacoi and sea-lions Otaria flavescens. Threats: Introduced beavers Castor canadensis and rabbits Oryctolagus cuniculus are causing a problem in the Park. References: Erize et al (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Manuel Nores and Roberto Straneck. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. 338- BOLIVIA INTRODUCTION by Eliana Flores Bolivia is situated in the central part of the South American continent. It has an area of 1,098,581km? and a population of some six million, of which about 55% live in rural areas. Bolivia may be divided into three large regions: a) The highlands of the Andes. The Andes split into two branches in northern Bolivia; the western branch (Ramal Occidental or Cordillera Volcanica) with an average height of 4,800m, and the eastern branch (Ramal Oriental) with an average height of over 5,000m. The Andean plateau between the two branches has an average height of 3,800m, and constitutes an enormous, almost level, inland drainage system with a number of large lakes and salt basins, notably Lake Titicaca, Lake Poopo and the salars of Uyuni and Coipasa. The region is characterized by its cold and dry climate, with rainfall concentrated in the summer months and varying in intensity from north to south. b) The east slope of the Andes and sub-Andean ridges east of the Cordillera Oriental, at altitudes between 500 and 2,500m. The climate is mainly dry and temperate year round, or with dry winters and extremely hot summers, but in some valleys the climate is hot and humid. c) The lowlands, including the humid plains of the Beni in the north, the plains of the Chaco in the south and the Brazilian Shield in the east, at altitudes between 180 and 500m. The northern lowlands are characterized by their high temperatures and ten to twelve months of rain, while the Chaco areas in the south have a hot climate with dry winters. Bolivia includes parts of three of South America’s great hydrographic basins. The Amazon basin accounts for 60% of the country, and includes the Madre de Dios, Beni, Mamore and Itenez rivers which flow into the Amazon via the Rio Madeira. The basin of the Plata occupies the southern and southeastern parts of the country, and includes the Paraguay, Pilcomayo and Bermejo rivers. The third basin is the closed system of the altiplano which includes Lake Titicaca and Lake Poopo, the Rio Desaguadero linking the two lakes together, Salar de Uyuni and Salar de Coipasa. The wetlands of Bolivia include the following: a) Wetlands in the high Andes, including 6,326 sq. km of lakes, 1,354 sq. km of lagoons, and 184 sq. km of rivers, reservoirs and other artificial water bodies. b) Wetlands at intermediate elevations, limited to 21 sq. km of small lakes and reservoirs. c) Wetlands in the lowlands, including over 4,711 sq. km of lakes, and rivers and streams of 1,101 sq. km. The country has 12,179 sq. km of wetlands which are permanently flooded, and a further 12,012 sq. km of land which is flooded during the rainy season. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Governmental In the Ministerio de Asuntos Campesinos y Agropecuarios: Centro de Desarrollo Forestal; responsible for protected areas such as Refuges, Reserves and National Parks. Instituto Nacional de Fomento Lanero; since 1981, responsible for National Parks and National Reserves in the Altoandina Region. In the Ministerio de Planeamiento y Coordinacion: Direccion de Ciencia y Tecnologia; responsible for the coordination of research projects. =39- Bolivia Non-governmental In the Universidad Mayor de San Andres: Instituto de Geodinamica y Limnologia, created in 1971. Instituto de Ecologia, created in 1978 by an agreement between the Universidad Mayor de San Andres and the University of Gottingen, Federal Republic of Germany. One of its principal objectives is to support activities and initiatives directed towards the conservation of nature and the study of the ecology of the Beni Savanna. In the Academia Nacional de Ciencias: Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, created in 1980; its main objectives are to produce an inventory of the fauna and flora of Bolivia and to prepare scientific collections. Estacion Biologica Beni, created in 1982; its objectives are to study the fauna and flora of the savanna and forest ecosystems. Others Organizacion Pro Defensa de la Naturaleza (PRODENA). Sociedad Boliviana de Ecologia. Instituto Geografico Militar. Zoologico de Santa Cruz. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The Reserva Natural Lagunas de Beni y Pando was established in October 1981 for the protection of wetlands in the Departments of Beni and Pando, but the wetlands have never been afforded adequate protection. In the same way, the National Parks of Bellavista (established in 1946) and Isiboro-Secure (established in 1965) were created to protect drainage basins, but were never given adequate protection and have subsequently been partly deforested as a result of colonization and exploitation of timber. The Reserva Nacional Eduardo Avaroa was created in 1973 for the protection of James’ Flamingo Phoenicoparrus jamesi, but it lacks efficient protection, and hunting and egg-collecting continue. The Reserva Nacional Ulla-Ulla, created in 1972 and designated a Biosphere Reserve in 1977, comes under the administration of the Instituto Nacional de Fomento Lanero, and benefits from a resident staff and adequate infrastructure. The Refugio de Vida Silvestre de Huancaroma, created in 1975, gives some protection to the Short-winged Grebe Rollandia micropterum. The Reserva Nacional Manuripi Heath, created in 1975, lacks protection; however, because of the inaccessibility of the area, the wildlife is in effect protected. On‘1 May 1984, the Centro de Desarrollo Forestal imposed a complete ban on the hunting of wild animals for one year, with a view to conducting population censuses of wildlife, setting guidelines for the management of wildlife resources and drawing up appropriate hunting regulations. Few of the research programmes conducted in Bolivia have involved wetlands or waterfowl. Those which have include the following: a) An inventory of the high Andean avifauna initiated by E. Flores at the Museo Nacional de Historia Natural in 1981. b) Studies on the avifauna of the Reserva Nacional Ulla-Ulla by J. Cabot and P. Serrano at the Instituto Nacional de Fomento Lanero, under an agreement between the Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores and the Servicio de Cooperacion de Espana. Various expeditions have also been organized to the Reserva Nacional de Fauna Altoandina Eduardo Avaroa. c) A study of Ciconiidae at Espiritu, Department of Beni, by W. Hanagarth and M. O. Ribera. d) A study of the limnology of Lake Titicaca and Lake Poopo, and a study of the geology of the salars, by the Instituto de Geodinamica y Limnologia and the French Office de la Recherche Scientifique et Technique Outre Mer (ORSTOM). Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The principal threats to wetlands and waterfowl in Bolivia are the lack of adequate protection, uncontrolled hunting and, in the case of flamingos, the collection of eggs. -40- Bolivia BOLIVIA aA Bolivia WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets prepared by Eliana Flores of the Museo Nacional de Historia Natural, and contributions from Percy Baptista, Jose Cabot, H. E. M. Dott, Jon Fjeldsa, Werner Hanagarth, Raul Lara, Marco O. Ribera, Pilar Serrano and the Estacion Biologica de Dofiana (Javier Castroviejo). Lake Titicaca (1) Location: 16°20’S, 68°45’W; on Peruvian border, La Paz Department. Area: 830,000 ha in total; 369,000 ha in Bolivia. Altitude: 3,810m. Province and type: 8.47.14; 12 & 16. Site description: A large permanent freshwater lake, up to 272m deep, on a high Andean plateau; formed in the centre of a tectonic basin. There are extensive areas of emergent aquatic vegetation in shallow bays, and adjacent areas of seasonally inundated puna grassland, but much of the shoreline is steep and rocky. The water level fluctuates by about one metre. Principal vegetation: The dominant emergent around the shores and in water up to 3m deep is Schoenoplectus tatora. The lake is in the puna zone, with semi-arid steppe vegetation and sparsely vegetated rocky hillsides. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and fishing; cutting of reeds for boat-building and handicrafts; trout farming; local and international boat traffic; and grazing of domestic livestock in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for Andean waterfowl and Nearctic shorebirds. The commoner resident species include the very local Short-winged Grebe Rollandia micropterum, R. rolland, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Plegadis ridgwayi, Phoenicopterus chilensis (a non-breeding visitor), Chloephaga melanoptera, Anas flavirostris, A. georgica, A. puna, A. cyanoptera, Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea, Gallinula chloropus, Fulica americana, Vanellus resplendens, Charadrius alticola, Himantopus himantopus and Larus serranus. The commonest Nearctic shorebirds are Pluvialis dominica, which has been observed in huge numbers on migration, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris bairdii, C. melanotos and Steganopus tricolor. Other fauna: The lake has a rich and diverse endemic fish fauna, with fourteen species of Orestias. Threats: Pollution from domestic sewage is causing eutrophication in some bays; and nearby zinc, lead and magnesium mines could create a serious pollution problem in the future. Excessive fishing and the introduction of exotic fish species into the lake have caused a drastic decline in populations of the endemic fish species. Research and conservation: A number of limnological studies and fisheries investigations have been carried out, particularly by UMSA-ORSTOM since 1974. References: Niethammer (1953); Allen (1976); Hughes (1977); Carmouze et al (1977a, 1977b & 1981). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Wetlands in the Ulla-Ulla National Reserve . and Biological Reserve (2) Location: 14°45’-15°25’S, 69°00’-69°20’W; 200 km NNW of La Paz, La Paz Department. Area: c.1,120 ha of lakes and marshes. Altitude: 4,200-4,700m. =42- Bolivia Province and type: 8.36.12; 10, 12, 17 & 19. Site description: A wide diversity of interrelated wetland ecosystems in the high Andean puna zone; including edges of glaciers, small morraine lakes, larger freshwater lakes with abundant aquatic vegetation, peat bogs and bofedales with muddy areas, permanent and seasonal fast-flowing streams, and the Rio Suches, a relatively slow-flowing river. The principal lakes are Sorakocha (1 ha), Chojnakota (7 ha), Yokariakota (10 ha), Cololo (100 ha), and the Kello and Puyu-Puyu complex (300-600 ha). There are extensive muddy peat bog and _ bofedal systems between Laguna Kello and L. Puyu-Puyu, along the Rio Suches, and near the village of Ulla-Ulla. The latter are mostly artificial, being maintained by a system of low dykes. This irrigation system, which dates back to Inca times, is still being used. Water levels in the lakes and marshes fluctuate widely, and large areas dry out in winter (the dry season). The lakes are fed primarily by melting glaciers. Principal vegetation: Lakes and marshes with species of Elodea, Myriophyllum and Hydrocotyle, various algae and Cyperaceae; bofedales with abundant Distichia sp. In the high Andean puna zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Ulla-Ulla National Reserve (137,800 ha) established in 1972, and Ulla-Ulla Biological Reserve (200,000 ha) established in 1977. The Biological Reserve is a Biosphere Reserve. Land use: Llama and alpaca grazing; and trout fishing. Waterfowl: Almost the full range of high Andean waterfowl occur in the various wetland habitats present. The commoner breeding species include Podiceps occipitalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Plegadis ridgwayi, Chloephaga melanoptera (abundant), Lophonetta specularioides, Anas flavirostris, A. georgica, Fulica americana, F. gigantea (abundant), Vanellus resplendens, Charadrius alticola, Eudromias ruficollis, three species of Thinocoridae, and Larus _ serranus. Other interesting breeding species include Theristicus (c) branickii, Merganetta armata, Phegornis mitchellii and Recurvirostra andina. Five species of Nearctic shorebird are common visitors, Pluvialis dominica, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris bairdii and C. melanotos. Other fauna: The Vicuna Vicugna vicugna and Hippocamelus antisensis occur in the area. Threats: Alterations in the drainage systems, and future drainage schemes pose threats at some lakes; the bofedales of Ulla-Ulla are polluted by domestic sewage from the village; overgrazing by domestic livestock is a problem throughout the area; and there is some illegal hunting. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted in the Reserve in recent years, particularly on the Vicuna and waterfowl. References: Cabot & Serrano (1982 & in press); Ribera & Hanagarth (1982); Serrano & Cabot (1982); IUCN (1982); Cabot (in press); Serrano (in press). Source: Marco O. Ribera. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Rio Charazani (3) Location: 15°10°S, 68°50’W; 160 km NNW of ‘La Paz, La Paz Department. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 3,200-4,000m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 10. Site description: A fast-flowing relatively clear mountain river on the humid east slope of the Andes, rising in the Ulla-Ulla National Reserve. Water levels reach their highest during the wet summer months. Principal vegetation: Mainly herbaceous and shrubby vegetation along the river banks, with some patches of dense riverine forest at lower elevations. Land tenure: State owned. JAB e Bolivia Protection: None. Land use: Trout farming and fishing. Waterfowl: An important river for the Torrent Duck Merganetta armata which, because of its dependence on clear mountain rivers and streams, has disappeared from the many turbid and polluted rivers in the region. Other fauna: Passerines characteristic of fast-flowing rivers including Cinclodes fuscus, C. atacamensis and Cinclus leucocephalus. Threats: Deforestation and overgrazing in the watershed resulting in soil erosion and increasing turbidity of rivers and streams is now threatening this drainage system. There is also some pollution from nearby mines, and uncontrolled hunting and fishing. Research and conservation: The need for better management of watersheds throughout the region is apparent. Source: Marco O. Ribera. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Wetlands in the Tuni Condoriri National Park (4) Location: 16°10’S, 68°15’W; 45 km NNW of La Paz, La Paz Department. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 4,000-4,300m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 10, 12, 17 & 19. Site description: A group of small glacial lakes including Hichukhota and Khara Khota, fast-flowing mountain streams, and bofedales in the high Andes. Hichukhota (60-80 cm deep) is the only lake with aquatic vegetation. Water levels fluctuate seasonally, and the lakes freeze around their edges in winter. Some of the lakes have been modified by dams. Principal vegetation: In the puna zone, with Stipa, Festuca and Werneria spp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Tuni Condoriri National Park (14,828 ha) established in 1942. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock; recreation including winter sports. Some of the lakes are used for domestic water supply to La Paz, and there are tin mines in the area. Waterfowl: A variety of breeding waterfowl including Chloephaga melanoptera, Lophonetta specularioides, Anas puna and Fulica gigantea. Several species of Nearctic shorebirds occur on migration. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is a potential threat of pollution from nearby mines; and hunting is uncontrolled. Research and conservation: Better enforcement of the Park regulations is called for. References: Jungius & Pujol (1970); IUCN (1982); Montes (1982). Source: Percy Baptista and Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rio Desaguadero (5) Location: 17°28’S, 68°30’W; between Lake Titicaca and Lake Uru-Uru, La Paz and Oruro Departments. Area: 370 km of river. Altitude: 3,775m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 10 & 11. Site description: A large relatively fast-flowing river with muddy banks and some riverine marshes; the only river flowing out of Lake Titicaca. Formerly the river flowed into Lake Poopo, but in recent years it has changed its course and now flows into Lake Uru-Uru. There is relatively little fluctuation in water level, and the shores freeze at night. Principal vegetation: Parastrephia sp is dominant along the river banks. In the puna zone, with grassland of Festuca sp and Stipa sp, and cultivated Chenopodium quinoa. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. -44- Bolivia Land use: Livestock grazing; agriculture; hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: A variety of puna waterfowl including the local Short-winged Grebe Rollandia micropterum, Phoenicopterus chilensis, Phoenicoparrus andinus and Recurvirostra andina. Other fauna: Several native species of fishes and the introduced Basilichthys bonariensis (introduced in the 1950s). Threats: Excessive hunting. References: Carmouze et al (1977b). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lake Uru-Uru (6) Location: 18°05’S, 67°06’W; south of Oruro, Oruro Department. Area: 28,000 ha. Altitude: 3,693m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14. Site description: A large permanent shallow brackish lake in the high Andean puna zone, fed by the Rio Desaguadero, and with extensive emergent aquatic vegetation. There are wide fluctuations in water level, and at low levels, extensive areas of mud are exposed. The salinity varies from almost fresh to up to 16 p.p.t., and the waters are generally turbid. The lake dried out almost completely during the severe drought of 1983, but was flooded again by heavy rains in early 1984. Principal vegetation: Extensive beds of emergent Schoenoplectus tatora; the lake is surrounded by heavily grazed puna grassland with species of Stipa, Festuca and Werneria. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Subsistence fishing and some subsistence hunting. An indigenous ethnic group, the Urus, live on islands built of reeds. Waterfowl: A very important lake for breeding waterfowl, particularly Anatidae and Fulica americana, non-breeding flamingos, and Nearctic shorebirds. The commoner breeding species include Rollandia rolland, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Plegadis ridgwayi, Anas puna, A. cyanoptera, Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea, Fulica americana, Himantopus himantopus, Recurvirostra andina and Larus serranus. Rollandia micropterum was a common breeding bird, but apparently disappeared during the drought in 1983. The population of avocets is particularly important; up to 200 have been recorded, an unusually large concentration for this rather scarce and local species. Tens of thousands of flamingos occur as non-breeding visitors, including all three Andean species; 40,000 were present after recent flooding in 1984. Phoenicopterus chilensis appears to be the commonest, and up to 11,000 have been identified at one time, but 18,000 Phoenicoparrus andinus were recorded in December 1972, and up to 3,000 P. jamesi have been observed. Very large numbers of Nearctic shorebirds "winter" around the lake; in February 1981, there were thousands of Tringa melanoleuca and T. flavipes, and hundreds of Calidris bairdii, C. melanotos and Micropalama himantopus in one small bay at the north end of the lake. Steganopus tricolor is common at times, and Limosa haemastica has been recorded. Other fauna: Fishes include the native Pygidium barbouri and the introduced Basilichthys bonariensis. Threats: There is some pollution from domestic sewage from the town of Oruro to the north of the lake, but otherwise the lake does not appear to be under any serious threat at the moment. References: Kahl (1975); Pearson (1975a); Hurlbert (1978 & 1981). Source: Eliana Flores, Robert S. Ridgely and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -45- Bolivia Lake Poopo (7) Location: 18°50’S, 67°00’W; 60 km south of Oruro, Oruro Department. Area: 133,700 ha. Altitude: 3,685m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14. , Site description: A very large shallow saline lake, up to 3m deep, with turbid waters and extensive areas of exposed mud. The water level fluctuates seasonally, but the lake is in the process of drying out. The salinity is not uniform; it is highest (up to 26 p.p.t.) in the southwest, and lowest at the mouth of the river bringing fresh to brackish water from Lake Uru-Uru. Principal vegetation: Beds of Schoenoplectus tatora, Chara poopoensis and Ruppia sp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Subsistence fishing and hunting. Waterfowl: Presumably similar to Lake Uru-Uru. The Short-winged Grebe Rollandia micropterum is common, and the lake is particularly important for flamingos. 100,000 Phoenicopterus chilensis were present in January 1972, and 75,000 in February 1973. Up to 2,060 Phoenicoparrus andinus and 8,000 P. jamesi have been recorded, and P. jamesi is reported to have nested at the south end of the lake in the 1960s. Other fauna: The native fish Pygidium barbouri and the introduced Basilichthys bonariensis. Threats: A shift in the course of the Rio Desaguadero and the severe drought of 1983 have resulted in a significant drop in the lake level. There is some hunting of flamingos for food. Research and conservation: Some limnological studies and floral surveys have been conducted, but the avifauna remains poorly known, and detailed surveys are clearly called for. References: Allen (1921); Carmouze ef al (1977b); Vargas (?); Kahl (1975); Hurlbert (1978); Hurlbert & Keith (1979); Collot (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Corani (8) Location: 17°05’S, 65°50’W; 50 km northeast of Cochabamba, Cochabamba Department. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 3,200m. Province and type: 8.35.12; 15. Site description: A freshwater hydroelectric dam with clear waters, steep shores, wide fluctuations in water level, and little aquatic vegetation. Principal vegetation: In a montane grassland zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: Production of electricity; sport fishing. Waterfowl: In January 1984, there were 1,000 Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 300 Anas flavirostris and 500 Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea on the dam. Presumably an important area for wintering waterfowl, but unsuitable for breeding because of the wide fluctuations in water levels. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Eliana Flores and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Laguna Alalay (9) Location: 17°25’S, 66°07’W; at Cochabamba, Cochabamba Department. Area: 50 ha. Altitude: 2,558m. -46- Bolivia Province and type: 8.35.12; 12. Site description: A shallow freshwater lake with turbid waters, and surrounding muddy areas and wet grassland; on the outskirts of Cochabamba city. The water level fluctuates seasonally. Principal vegetation: In a semi-arid Andean valley, with heavily overgrazed grassland around the lake. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock around the lake. Waterfowl: A very wide variety of waterfowl of both high Andean and lowland species have been recorded, mainly as non-breeding visitors. Breeding species include Rollandia rolland, Podiceps occipitalis (up to 400 birds present), Charadrius collaris and Himantopus himantopus (up to 120). Common non-breeding visitors include Plegadis ridgwayi (up to 105), Anas puna (up to 200), Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea (up to 2,550), Fulica americana (up to 800), and Larus serranus (up to 250). Seven species of Nearctic shorebirds have been recorded, including up to 180 Calidris melanotos and up to 10,000 Steganopus tricolor. Unusual lowland species which have been observed include Dendrocygna autumnalis, Sarkidiornis melanotos and Rynchops niger. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The lake is polluted with domestic sewage from Cochabamba city, and there is a considerable amount of human disturbance. Research and conservation: Detailed avifaunal surveys were conducted by Dott between 1969 and 1974. The lake has considerable potential for conservation education and recreation. References: Dott (in press). Source: Jose Cabot and H. E. M. Dott. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Rio Sajama, Rio Tomaravi (Taramani) and Rio Lauca (10) Location: 18°00’-18°35’S, 68°45’-69°05’W; south of Sajama, Oruro Department. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 3,900-4,000m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 10, 14 & 19. Site description: Three fast-flowing high Andean rivers and their tributary streams; extensive areas of Andean bogs (bofedales); and some salt flats. The Rio Sajama rises on the Cerro de Sajama; Rio Tomaravi rises in Lake Huana Khota; and Rio Lauca rises in the Lauca National Park in northern Chile. During the severe drought of 1983, the rivers fell to unusually low levels, but the heavy rains of 1984 have restored normal flow. Principal vegetation: Bofedales with Oxychloe andina, Calamagrostis ouata and C. jamesii; salt flats with Salicornia sp; and marshy areas with Festuca and Parastrephia spp. In the puna grassland zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None; the Rio Sajama is fed by waters from snow melt in the Cerro de Sajama National Park (29,940 ha) established in 1945. Land use: Livestock grazing on the bofedales. Waterfowl: The area is rich in the typical high Andean waterfowl, including Plegadis ridgwayi and Chloephaga melanoptera. Other fauna: The rare Puna Rhea Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis occurs in the area. Threats: The Rio Lauca has been diverted for irrigation near its source in Chile, and there has been a considerable reduction in the flow of this river into Bolivia. This is contributing to the dessication of the Salar de Coipasa. Research and conservation: Some studies have been carried out on the plant communities of the region by the Instituto de Ecologia, UMSA. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. 247 - Bolivia Salar de Coipasa (11) Location: 19°15’S, 68°10’W; 180 km southwest of Oruro, Oruro Department. Area: 221,800 ha. Altitude: 3,692m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14. Site description: A vast salar (salt basin) and shallow yperstine lake; a relict of a large Pleistocene lake (Minchin). The lake receives water from the Rio Lauca, and a number of smaller rivers and streams. The lake is in the process of drying out. The salts include NaCl, and carbonates of sodium and borium. Principal vegetation: Salicornia sp in some areas. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock in surrounding areas by the Chipaya Indians. Waterfowl: A wide variety of high Andean species have been recorded, including all three species of Phoenicopteridae, Charadrius alticola, Phegornis mitchellii, Recurvirostra andina, three species of Thinocoridae, and six species of Nearctic shorebirds, but no census data are available. Other fauna: The Puna Rhea Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis and Vicuna Vicugna vicugna occur in the area. Threats: A project proposal exists for the exploitation of lithium, potassium and borium from the salar, and reduced flow in the Rio Lauca is contributing to the dessication of the salar (see site 10). Research and conservation: There is an urgent need for detailed faunal and floral investigations of this important salar. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Salar de Uyuni (12) Location: 20°10’S, 67°30’W; west of Uyuni, Potosi Department. Area: 1,058,200 ha. Altitude: 3,665m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14 & 19. Site description: A vast salar with very deep salt deposits; a salt crust averaging 22 cm thick covers a bed of rock salt. The lake is a relict of a large Pleistocene lake (Minchin), and is fed by the Rio Grande de Lipez. There are many small hypersaline lakes around the perimeter of the salar, and adjacent freshwater Andean bogs (bofedales). Principal vegetation: The salar itself has very little vegetation, but there are some areas of Salicornia sp. The bofedales are dominated by Oxychloe andina and _ species of Calamagrostis and Festuca. Land tenure: State owned, but concessions have been made to private companies for the exploitation of salt. Protection: None. Land use: Exploitation of salt (NaCl). Waterfowl: A wide variety of high Andean waterfowl occur around the small areas of open water and on the bofedales, but the area is primarily important for flamingos. 3,000-4,000 Phoenicopterus chilensis were found breeding in 1973, and Phoenicoparrus jamesi is reported to have nested along the northeast shore. Other fauna: No information. Threats: A project proposal exists for the exploitation of lithium, potassium and borium. References: Kahl (1975); Hurlbert & Keith (1979). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. -48- Bolivia Lagunas de Pastos Grandes (13) Location: 21°30’-21°56’S, 67°35’-68°05’W; 160 km southwest of Uyuni, Potosi Department. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 4,100-4,510m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14 & 19. Site description: A group of nine small permanent saline lakes in the altiplano, with surrounding salt flats and bofedales. The lakes are fed by underground sources, and the waters have a high sulphur content. The lakes are: Salar de Pastos Grandes (12,500 ha, 4.432m); Laguna Ramaditas (100 ha, 4,117m); Laguna Hedionda (300 ha, 4,121m); Laguna Cafiapa (40 ha, 4,140m); Laguna Cachi (140 ha, 4,490m); Laguna Khara (1,200 ha, 4,509m); Laguna Chulluncani (80 ha, 4,450m); and Laguna Khar Khota (200 ha, 4,112m). Principal vegetation: In the puna zone with semi-desertic steppe and dwarf scrub. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: A very remote area with little human habitation; some grazing of llamas and alpacas around Laguna Canapa. Waterfowl: A variety of high Andean waterfowl occur, and the area is particularly important for flamingos. All three Andean species have been recorded at all nine lakes, but the largest concentrations occur on Salar de Pastos Grandes (up to 2,250), Laguna Hedionda (up to 4,600), L. Cachi (up to 2,870), L. Khara (up to 990) and L. Chulluncani (up to 1,300). The bulk of the birds are Phoenicopterus chilensis and Phoenicoparrus jamesi, and over 4,000 of each have been observed at L. Hedionda. P. andinus is much less common, with peak counts of 650 at L. Cachi, 455 at Salar de Pastos Grandes, and 400 at L. Hedionda. Flamingos breed in the area, but the species involved is unknown. Other fauna: The Puna Rhea Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis and Vicuna Vicugna vicugna occur in the area. Threats: Hunting and collection of flamingo eggs for human consumption. References: Hurlbert (1978 & 1981); Hurlbert & Chang (1984). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Wetlands in Eduardo Avaroa National Faunal Reserve (14) Location: 22°00’-22°53’S, 66°56’-68°02’W; 240 km SSW of Uyuni, Potosi Department. Area: 23,450 ha of wetlands including Salar de Chalviri. Altitude: 4,250-5,780m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 10, 12, 14 & 19. Site description: A large number of small, mainly saline, lakes; the Salar de Chalviri; a number of fast-flowing acidic rivers and streams; and surrounding springs and bofedales. The principal lakes are Laguna Colorada (5,240 ha), L. Verde (2,110 ha), L. Kalina (1,600 ha), L. Catalcito (250 ha), L. Guayaques (130 ha), L. Loromayu (900 ha) and L. Honda (50 ha). —_L. Colorada and the Salar de Chalviri (11,500 ha) are described separately below. All the lakes except Laguna Totoral are saline, and several have permanent ice islands. L. Totoral is a small shallow freshwater lake with surrounding bofedales. The principal rivers are Rio Quetena and Rio Silala. Principal vegetation: Extensive bofedales with Oxychloe andina and Calamagrostis spp; and dry puna steppe with dwarf shrubs of Parastrephia sp. In the temperate subalpine desert and dry alpine temperate tundra zones. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Eduardo Avaroa National Faunal Reserve, established in 1973 (400,000 ha) and increased in size to 714,745 ha in 1981. Land use: There are several small settlements in the reserve, dependent on the rearing of llamas and alpacas, a little cultivation, and illegal hunting. The waters of the Rio Quetena supply Quetena Chico village, and there is a sulphur mine and military border post near Laguna Verde. Flamingo eggs are collected for human consumption. -49- Bolivia Waterfowl: A very rich area for high Andean waterfowl, particularly flamingos and the rare Fulica cornuta. The main concentrations of flamingos occur at L. Colorada and Salar de Chalviri (see below), and at L. Kalina (up to 12,900), L. Guayaques (up to 8,000) and L. Loromayu (up to 4,000). Although the region is best known for its large breeding colony of Phoenicoparrus jamesi at L. Colorada, all three Andean species are common. Phoenicopterus chilensis has bred at Loromayu (up to 2,000 birds) and occurs in large numbers at Kalina (up to 3,300); P. andinus occurs in large numbers as a non-breeding visitor, chiefly at Chalviri (up to 5,200), Kalina (up to 1,675) and Verde (up to 585); and P. jamesi has occurred in large numbers on Guayaques (up to 8,000) and Kalina (up to 4,200). The Horned Coot F. cornuta may be commoner here than anywhere else in its range. Small numbers have been recorded on L. Catalcito and L. Totoral, but a concentration of 2,800 has been observed on Laguna Pelada, one of the smaller lakes in the Reserve. Other interesting species in the Reserve include Recurvirostra andina, Attagis gayi, Calidris bairdii and Steganopus tricolor. Up to 670 C. bairdii have been observed on a single lake. Other fauna: The Puna Rhea Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis and Vicuna Vicugna vicugna occur in the Reserve. Threats: The collection of flamingo eggs for human consumption continues to disturb the breeding colonies, and there are some problems with illegal hunting in the Reserve. There is some pollution in Laguna Verde from effluents from the nearby sulphur mine. Research and conservation: A variety of faunal and floral studies have been conducted in the Reserve, and the breeding colony of P. jamesi at Laguna Colorada has received a considerable amount of attention. Limnological studies have been conducted at Salar de Chalviri by Hurlbert and Chang. The Laguna Verde area is of special palaeontological and archeological interest. References: Jungius & Pujol (1970); Morrison (1975); Hurlbert (1978 & 1981); INFOL (1980); Alzerreca (1982); IUCN (1982); Hurlbert & Chang (1983 & 1984). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Colorada (14a) Location: 22°10’S, 67°45’W; 210 km SSW of Uyuni, Potosi Department. Area: 5,240 ha. Altitude: 4,300m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14 & 19. Site description: A hypersaline lake of glacial origin receiving its water from a number of small streams and thermal springs; and surrounding bofedales. The salinity of the lake varies from 50 to 250 p.p.t., there are 100 ha of "ancient" ice islands, and the shores freeze at night. The water has a bright orange colour due to the presence of a dense population of the flagellate Dunaliella salina. Principal yegetation: Bofedales with Oxychloe andina and species of Calamagrostis and Festuca. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Eduardo Avaroa National Faunal Reserve. Land use: Livestock grazing (llamas and alpacas); and some tourism. Waterfowl: The main breeding area hitherto known of the James’ Flamingo Phoenicoparrus jamesi. Up to 26,000 individuals have been observed during the breeding season. Much smaller numbers of P. andinus (up to 1,000) and Phoenicopterus chilensis (up to 4,000) have been recorded, and both have nested. Other waterfowl include up to 250 Charadrius alticola and up to 107 Recurvirostra andina. For other information, see (14). 255: Bolivia Salar de Chalviri (14b) Location: 22°30°S, 67°33’W; 240 km SSW of Uyuni, Potosi Department. Area: 11,500 ha. Altitude: 4,388m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 14 & 19. Site description: An old salt lake (salar) in the process of drying out, with about a dozen saline lakes around its perimeter, separated from one another by salt flats, and fed by small streams and thermal springs. There are wet grassy areas at the northwest corner of the lake, and bofedales near the southeast shore. The salinity of the lakes varies from 8 to 100 p.p.t., there are some "ancient" ice islands, and the shores freeze at night. Principal vegetation: Wet grassy areas with Festuca and Anthobrium spp; bofedales with Oxychloe andina etc. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Eduardo Avaroa National Faunal Reserve. Land use: Some tourism, and illegal hunting of Vicunas. Waterfowl: An important salar for all three Andean flamingos. Up to 1,700 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 5,240 Phoenicoparrus andinus, and 3,760 P. jamesi have been recorded; P. chilensis has bred in large numbers, and 25 pairs of P. jamesi attempted to breed in 1975. Recurvirostra andina also occurs. For other information, see (14). Lagunas de San Ildefonso (15) Location: 19°40’S, 65°40’W; ESE of Potosi, Potosi Department. Area: c.2,000 ha. Altitude: 4,000-4,500m. Province and type: 8.35.12; 12. Site description: A group of over fifteen permanent shallow freshwater glacial lakes in the high Andes near Potosi. The lakes dried out for the first time in recorded history during the severe drought of 1983. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: The water is used for human consumption in Potosi. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Montes (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Pilcomayo (16) Location: 21°15’S, 63°30’W; Villa Montes, Tarija Department. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; river basin 9,810,000 ha. Altitude: 265-5,200m. Province and type: 8.21.4/8.35.12; 09, 10 & 16. Site description: A fast-flowing river rising in the eastern Andes and crossing the dry chaco woodland of southeastern Bolivia. The river floods in the summer months, inundating adjacent areas of grassland. Principal yegetation: Dry evergreen woodland with Aspidosperma quebracho in the lower reaches. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. =5]- Bolivia Land use: Fishing; some agriculture in the upper reaches and some forest exploitation in the lower reaches. Waterfowl: Similar to Rio Bermejo (site 17). Other fauna: The fish fauna includes Prohilodus nigricans, Mylossoma duriventre and Surubim lima. Threats: Uncontrolled hunting, fishing and exploitation of wildlife for the animal trade. References: Terrazas (1970); Alaharce & Lucero (1977); Montes (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Bermejo (17) Location: 22°45’S, 64°18’W; SSE of Tarija, Tarija Department. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; river basin 1,231,000 ha. Altitude: 420-1,000m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 10 & 16. Site description: A fast-flowing river, rising in the eastern Andes, flowing through dry chaco woodland and, during the summer floods, inundating extensive areas of grassland and arable land. Principal vegetation: Dry chaco woodland along the lower course of the river. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Livestock grazing; agriculture, particularly sugar cane production; and wood-cutting. Waterfowl: A variety of waterfowl characteristic of the chaco occur, including Syrigma sibilatrix, Ixobrychus involucris, Neochen jubata, Anas versicolor, A. leucophrys, Porphyriops melanops and Larus cirrocephalus. The Horned Screamer Anhima cornuta has also been recorded. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Overgrazing and soil erosion in the watershed. References: Montes (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bajfiados del Izozog and Rio Parapeti (18) Location: 17°50’S, 61°20’W to 19°30’S, 62°30’W; 140 km southeast of Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz Department. Area: 500,000 ha. Altitude: 300m. Province and type: 8.21.4; 9 & 12. Site description: A large area of seasonal shallow freshwater lakes and marshes comprising the inland delta of the Rio Parapeti, which flows for only three months of the year, in the austral summer. In the dry season, the water table drops to 15m below ground level, the river and marshes dry out almost completely, and some saline flats are exposed. Principal vegetation: In a region of dry deciduous chaco woodland. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching; wood-cutting for charcoal production. Waterfowl: No information, but the avifauna is presumably similar to that of other wetland areas in the chaco. Other fauna: The Spectacled Caiman Caiman crocodilus yacare is known to occur. Threats: There is a considerable amount of hunting for the animal trade; and the forests are rapidly being destroyed. References: Montes (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. 2592 Bolivia Banados de Otuquis (19) Location: 19°55’S, 58°05’W; 350 km southeast of San Jose de Chiquitos, Santa Cruz Department. Area: 185,000 ha. Altitude: 140m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 09 & 12. Site description: Seasonal shallow freshwater lakes and marshes on the flood plain of a small tributary of the Rio Paraguay, near its confluence with that river; at the western edge of the Pantanal Matogrossense. Principal vegetation: In a region of dry chaco woodland. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting for the animal trade, and boat traffic on the nearby Rio Paraguay. There are iron ore deposits in the region but these have not as yet been exploited. Waterfowl: No information, but presumably similar to other chaco wetlands. Other fauna: The Giant River Otter Pteronura brasiliensis and Spectacled Caiman Caiman crocodilus yacare are known to occur. Threats: Excessive exploitation of wildlife for the animal trade. References: Montes (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Baiiados de Petas and Bafiados de San Matias (20) Location: 16°18’-17°20’S, 58°20’-60°00’W; 200 km northwest of San Jose de Chiquitos, Santa Cruz Department. Area: 1,000,000 ha. Altitude: 130m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 09, 11, 13 & 16. Site description: A slow-flowing river with extensive riverine marshes, and a vast area of seasonal freshwater marshes, seasonally flooded palm savanna and seasonally flooded forest; the western portion of the Pantanal Matogrossense, the greater part of which lies in Brazil (see Brazil site 23). Principal vegetation: Beni savanna. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Caiman crocodilus yacare is known to occur. Threats: No information. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bafiados de San Ignacio (21) Location: 16°20’S, 61°00’W; 160 km north of San Jose de Chiquitos, Santa Cruz Department. Area: 200,000 ha. Altitude: 405m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 09, 11, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: Slow-flowing rivers and streams with riverine marshes and riverine forest; and large areas of seasonal freshwater marshes, and seasonally flooded forest and palm savanna; at the headwaters of the Rio Paragua and Rio Paraiso. Principal vegetation: Beni savanna. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching. -53- Bolivia Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Caiman crocodilus yacare is known to occur. Threats: No information. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteeria for inclusion: 0. Baiiado San Diego and Bafiado El Marfil (22) Location: 15°30’-16°20’°S, 60°15’°W; 200 km NNE of San Jose de Chiquitos, Santa Cruz Department. Area: 150,000 ha. Altitude: 180m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 09, 11, 12 & 16. Site description: Riverine marshes, seasonal shallow freshwater lakes and marshes, and large areas of seasonally flooded savanna along the upper Rio Paragua on the Brazilian border. Principal vegetation: Humid Beni savanna. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Itenez (Guapore) (23) Location: 13°31’S, 60°25’-61°50’W; between Puerto Villazon and Catamarca, Santa Cruz Department. Area: Over 200 km of river. Altitude: 225m. Province and type: 8.30.10/8.6.1; 09, 11, 16 & 18. Site description: A large deep meandering river with riverine marshes, seasonally flooded gallery forest, and extensive areas of seasonally flooded palm savanna, along the Brazilian border. Principal vegetation: Humid savanna with scattered palms and "islands" of forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: There is very little human activity on the Bolivian side of the river, but some agriculture on the Brazilian side. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Baures and Rio Zapecos (24) Location: 12°30’-16°20’S, 63°30’W; Bella Vista, Beni Department. Area: 500 km of river. Altitude: 180-500m. Province and type: 8.6.1/8.30.10; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. -54- Bolivia Site description: Large deep slow-flowing turbid rivers with riverine marshes, gallery forest and swamp forest; numerous permanent and seasonal freshwater lakes and marshes; and extensive areas of seasonally flooded savanna in the basin of the Rio Baures and its tributaries. Principal yegetation: Gallery forest with species of Cecropia, Ocroma and Inga; humid savannas with species of Paspalum, Cisaquirium and Panicum; lakes and marshes with species of Rinchelitrium and Killingea. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching, hunting, fishing and wood-cutting. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl typical of riverine marshes and flood plains was observed during a brief survey in November 1983, including Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Tigrisoma lineatum, Pilherodius pileatus, Cochlearius cochlearius, Ardea cocoi, Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Theristicus caudatus, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Ajaia ajaja, Dendrocygna viduata, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramides cajanea, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias and Jacana jacana. Other fauna: The Giant River Otter Pteronura brasiliensis, Spectacled Caiman Caiman crocodilus yacare and freshwater turtles Podocnemis spp occur. Fishes include Serrasalmus spilopleura, Colossoma brachipomum and Metynnis roosevelti. Threats: Uncontrolled hunting and fishing, and particularly the capturing of wildlife for the animal trade. Source: Eliana Flores and Raul Lara. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Rio Itonamas and Rio San Pablo (25) Location: 12°35’-15°42’S, 63°10’-64°20’W; Magdalena and San Pablo, Beni and Santa Cruz Departments. Area: Over 400 km of river. Altitude: 230-500m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: A complex of slow-flowing rivers with associated riverine marshes, gallery forest and swamp forest; numerous permanent and seasonal freshwater lakes and marshes; and large areas of seasonally inundated palm savanna. The region includes the San Luis, Cueva, San Alberto, San Ramon and Concepcion lake systems. Principal vegetation: Dense riverine thickets with species of Cecropia, Ochroma and Salix; humid tropical forest along the rivers; and palm savanna. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching and exploitation of timber. Waterfowl: No information is available specifically for this area, but the region is known to be very rich in waterfowl, and most if not all of the species listed by West for the lowlands of eastern Bolivia might be expected to occur. Other fauna: Apparently similar to the Rio Baures (site 24). Threats: Uncontrolled hunting and fishing, and particularly the capture of wildlife for the animal trade. References: West (1979). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Mamore (26) Location: 13°00’-16°00’S, 64°25’-65°00’W; Trinidad, Beni Department. Area: 400 km of river. Altitude: 140-155m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. -55- Bolivia Site description: The Rio Mamore and its flood plain from the confluence of the Rio Ichilo and Rio Grande to Puerto Abaroa. A large meandering turbid river, up to 12m deep, with associated oxbow lakes and riverine marshes, gallery forest and swamp forest; many permanent and seasonal freshwater lakes and marshes; and extensive areas of seasonally inundated grassland and palm savanna. The rainy season is from November to February. Principal vegetation: In a region of Beni savanna with some humid tropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: The river and its flood plain are unprotected, but nearby permanent lakes are included within the Lagunas de Beni y Pando National Reserve (see site 30). Land use: Navigation along the Mamore between Puerto Villaroel and Guayaramerin; hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for waterfowl, with most if not all of the species typical of the eastern lowlands of Bolivia occurring. Some of the commoner species include Anhinga anhinga, Ardea cocoi, Mycteria americana, Euxenura maguari, Jabiru mycteria, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Chauna torquata, Dendrocygna viduata, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramus guarauna, Porphyrula flavirostris, Jacana jacana, Hoploxypterus cayanus, Charadrius collaris, Phaetusa simplex and Sterna superciliaris. Other fauna: The area is rich in birds of prey, and Cathartes burrovianus, Rostrhamus hamatus, Circus buffoni and Busarellus nigricollis are common. The Giant River Otter Pteronura brasiliensis, the dolphin Inia geoffrensis and the Spectacled Caiman Caiman crocodilus yacare occur. Fishes include Salminus maxillosus, Myleus setiger and Cichla ocellaris. Threats: Uncontrolled hunting and fishing. Research and conservation: There is a great need for a more integrated approach to conservation of wildlife resources in the region. The riverine systems such as that of the Mamore should be considered along with the Beni and Pando lakes in an overall conservation plan for the area. References: Macias & Sejas (1974); Monje (1977); Montes (1982). Source: Eliana Flores and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Wetlands in the Isiboro-Secure National Park (27) Location: 15°33’-16°48’S, 65°09°-66°5S’W; Chipiriri and Puerto Totora, Cochabamba Department. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; the basin of the Rio Isiboro is 952,700 ha and that of the Rio Secure 46,670 ha. Altitude: 160-3,000m. Province and type: 8.6.1/8.35.12; 09, 10, 11, 12 & 16. Site description: Two rivers, the Rio Isiboro and the Rio Secure, and tributaries, from their sources in the yungas of the eastern Andes to their confluence in the Beni lowlands. The ~ Isiboro is a clear water river; the Secure is turbid. Along their lower courses, the rivers | meander across alluvial plains with riverine forest, shallow freshwater lakes and marshes, and seasonally inundated savanna. Principal vegetation: Humid subtropical montane forest in the yungas; humid tropical forest along the rivers and humid savanna in the lowlands. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Isiboro-Secure National Park (1,233,000 ha) established in 1965. The aim of the Park is to protect the river basins in their entirity, but none of the Park regulations have ever been enforced. Land use: Colonization is occurring in the area and the forest is being cleared for agriculture and cattle ranching. Waterfowl: Little information is avaliable, but it seems that the avifauna is similar to that of the Rio Mamore. Other fauna: A wide variety of mammals have been recorded including the Giant River Otter Pteronura brasiliensis and the dolphin Inia geoffrensis boliviensis. Threats: There is no control of hunting and fishing in the Park, and poaching for the fur trade is widespread. Colonists are establishing new settlements and clearing forest in the southern -56- Bolivia and northern parts of the Park. There is some disturbance from oil exploration, and there is a proposal to build a road across the Park, but this has been held up because of lack of finance. Research and conservation: The region is of particular interest as a Pleistocene refuge with a high degree of endemism in the flora and fauna. The University of Cochabamba and the Centro de Desarrollo Forestal have carried out studies on the natural resources of the Park, and the University of Wisconsin made a scientific expedition to the area in 1979. The need for proper enforcement of the Park regulations before the area has been irreparably damaged is apparent. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Wetlands in the Beni Biological Station (28) Location: 14°35’S, 66°20’W; northeast of San Borja, between Maniqui and Curiraba rivers, Beni Department. Area: c.130,000 ha. Altitude: 330m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 16 & 18. Site description: A large tract of seasonally flooded savanna flooding for five to seven months of the year, with gallery forest along the main water courses, scattered "islands" of forest and patches of low subhumid forest. Principal vegetation: Humid forest and savanna. Land tenure: State owned; administered by the Academia Nacional de Ciencias. Protection: A Biological Station, established in 1982. Land use: Extensive cattle ranching and scientific research. Waterfowl: A very important area for waterfowl typical of the Beni savanna, notably Ardeidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae and Rallidae. Species recorded include Anhinga anhinga, Tigrisoma lineatum, Pilherodius pileatus, Syrigma_ sibilatrix, Ardea cocoi, all three Ciconiidae, Harpiprion caerulescens, Theristicus caudatus, Phimosus infuscatus, Ajaia ajaja, Chauna torquata Dendrocygna autumnalis, D. viduata, Neochen jubata, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Eurypyga helias, Jacana jacana, Vanellus chilensis, Hoploxypterus cayanus, Sterna superciliaris and Rynchops niger. A variety of Nearctic shorebirds occur on passage including Bartramia longicauda. Other fauna: Mammals include Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Pteronura brasiliensis, Lutra enudris, Tapirus terrestris and Blastocerus dichotomus; reptiles include Caiman crocodilus yacare and Eunectes murinus. Threats: The principal threat is increasing human settlement and the associated cutting of forests and burning to increase pasture land. There is also a considerable amount of illegal hunting. Research and conservation: Five researchers with Spanish funding are currently studying the waterfowl, primates and fishes of the Biological Station as part of a broader study of the savanna and forest ecosystems. Better scientific facilities are required and proper wardening should be provided to enforce the laws, particularly with respect to human settlement. References: Cabot et al (undated). Source: Estacion Biologica de Donana. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Rio Yacuma (29) Location: 14°12’S, 66°22’W; Ballivian and Espiritu, Beni Department. Area: 250 km of river. Altitude: 230m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11 & 16. 257 Bolivia Site description: A slow-flowing river, up to 2.5m deep, with clear water during the dry season; riverine marshes; gallery forest; and extensive areas of seasonally inundated savanna with forested "islands". Flooding occurs from November to April. Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest along the rivers and on higher ground, and humid savanna. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: Part of the area is protected in the Estancias Elsner Wildlife Refuge, established in 1978. Land use: Cattle ranching. Waterfowl: A very important area for waterfowl. The commoner species include Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Harpiprion caerulescens, Theristicus caudatus, Phimosus infuscatus, Dendrocygna viduata, D. autumnalis, Neochen jubata, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Jacana jacana and Vanellus chilensis. Other species recorded include Cochlearius cochlearius, Agamia agami, Euxenura maguari, Ajaia ajaja, Chauna torquata and Amazonetta brasiliensis. Other fauna: Mammals include Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and Inia geoffrensis; and reptiles include Caiman crocodilus, Melanosuchus niger and Eunectes murinus. Threats: Excessive hunting throughout the region, and poaching in the reserve. Research and conservation: The Instituto de Ecologia has been conducting an inventory of the fauna and flora since 1980. In 1982, a study was initiated on the potential of the fauna to adapt to man’s alterations to the savanna ecosystem. References: Beck (1983). Source: Werner Hanagarth. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Beni and Pando Lakes (30) Location: 11°00’-14°30’S, 65°10’-67°20’W; in the Departments of Beni and Pando. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; scattered throughout a region of 3,500,000 ha. Altitude: 135-200m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of freshwater lakes, swamps, marshes and seasonally flooded grassland and forest in an area of some 3,500,000 ha between the Rio Beni and the lower Rio Mamore. The Rio Yata rises amongst a group of small permanent and seasonal lakes in the middle of the region. The Rio Beni and Rio Mamore are deep slow-flowing rivers with extensive sand banks, gallery forest, and numerous associated oxbow lakes and marshes. The principal lakes include Laguna Rogagua (35,000 ha), L. Huatunas (36,000 ha), L. Rogaguado (32,400 ha), Laguna Las Abras, L. Yusala, L. Carreras, and the lakes at the source of the Rio Yata. Most are deep permanent lakes with turbid waters, much floating vegetation, and extensive surrounding marshes. The best known lake ornithologically is Lago Tumi Chucua (500 ha), an old oxbow lake of the Rio Beni 20 km south of Riberalta. During the eight months rainy season, the riverine forest and vast areas of the adjacent Beni savanna are inundated. Principal vegetation: Extensive beds of floating aquatic vegetation, marshes of Cyperaceae and Juncacae, humid tropical forest, and high grassland with scattered shrubs (Beni savanna). Land tenure: The lakes are state owned; much of the intervening land is privately owned in large estancias. Protection: The lakes and their marshes constitute the Lagunas de Beni y Pando National Reserve established in 1961, but the size of the reserve has never been stipulated, and no effective protection measures exist. The intervening land, and presumably therefore most if not all of the seasonally inundated savanna, is unprotected. Land use: Hunting and fishing; navigation along the major rivers; cattle ranching; and some sugar cane cultivation in the north. The grasslands are periodically burned to improve the grazing. Large tracts remain difficult of access and little disturbed. -58- Bolivia Waterfowl: An extremely important region for waterfowl, with spectacular and almost totally undisturbed concentrations of birds in many areas. The Orinoco Goose Neochen jubata is common, and flocks of up to 250 can still be observed. Some of the other more interesting species in the area include Zebrilus undulatus (recorded at L. Tumi Chucua), Pilherodius pileatus, Cochlearius cochlearius, Agamia agami, all three Ciconiidae, Harpiprion caerulescens, Theristicus caudatus, Phimosus infuscatus, Ajaia ajaja, Anhima cornuta, Chauna torquata, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramus guarauna, Porphyrula flavirostris, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias and Hoploxypterus cayanus. A variety of Nearctic shorebirds have been observed on migration including Pluvialis dominica, Bartramia longicauda and Tryngites subruficollis. Other fauna: All five South American kingfishers Alcedinidae occur. Reptiles include Caiman crocodilus yacare and Podocnemis spp; fishes include Megalamphodus rogoaguae and Rivulus rogoaguae in the lakes, and Myleus setiger, Prohilodus nigricans and Pyrrhulina beni in the Rio Beni. Threats: Uncontrolled hunting and fishing is causing a problem in some areas. Research and conservation: The birds of Lago Tumi Chucua have been described by Pearson, the Alcedinidae have been studied by Van Remsen, and some basic faunal and floral investigations have been carried out, but much of the region remains very poorly known. Because the National Reserve is comprised of many separate entities, effective control is very difficult. The Reserve should be more clearly defined, and if possible consolidated with the inclusion of tracts of land separating some of the various lagoons. References: Gyldenstolpe (1947); Niethammer (1953); Macias & Sejas (1974); Pearson (1975a & 1975b); Monje (1977); Montes (1982); IUCN (1982). Source: Eliana Flores and J. Van Remsen. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Rio Madre de Dios (31) Location: 11°00’S, 66°10’W to 11°30’S, 67°30’W; WSW of Riberalta, Pando Department. Area: Over 200 km of river. Altitude: 135m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 9 & 11. Site description: A large slow-flowing river meandering through humid tropical forest, with numerous oxbow lakes, some up to 2,000 ha in extent, and associated marshes. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Navigation along the river; hunting and fishing; exploitation of rubber Hebea brasilensis and Brazil nuts Bertholetia excelsa. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Caiman crocodilus yacare is known to occur. Threats: Excessive hunting and fishing. Source: Eliana Flores. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -59- BRAZIL INTRODUCTION by Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Flavio Silva, Maria Alice dos Santos Alves and Susana de Moura Lara- Resende Brazil, with an area of 8,511,965 sq. km, is the fifth largest country in the world. It comprises almost half of the South American continent, and borders on all the countries in the continent except Chile and Ecuador. The population of about 125 million is over half that of all South America. The climate and topography vary greatly, but the country may be divided into five regions which, although based on political boundaries, roughly represent the major biogeographical zones. These are: a) Northern Region: the states and territories of Amazonas, Acre, Rondonia, Roraima, Amapa, Para and Maranhao. b) Northeast Region: the states of Piaui, Ceara, Rio Grande do Norte, Paraiba, Pernambuco, Alagoas, Sergipe and Bahia. c) Southeast Region: the states of Minas Gerais, Espirito Santo, Rio de Janeiro and Sao Paulo. d) Southern Region: the states of Parana, Santa Catarina and Rio Grande do Sul. e) West-central Region: the Distrito Federal and the states of Goias, Mato Grosso and Mato Grosso do Sul. The Northern Region includes the greater part of the Amazon Basin, the Amazon delta and adjacent coasts, the southern edge of the Guiana highlands in the extreme north, and the ecotone between the Amazon forests and the open areas of northeastern Brazil. Most of the Amazon basin has an elevation of less than 250m and is hot and humid, with an annual rainfall of between 1,500 and 3,000 mm. The greater part of the region remains under primeval humid tropical forest, although there are scattered patches of wet and dry savanna and extensive flood plain and lacustrine systems along the major rivers. The human density is extremely low, and although man has cleared large areas of forest along the navigable rivers and near the coast, enormous tracts remain almost uninhabited and unexplored. The wetlands of the region are very poorly known, except in some of the more densely populated areas near the delta and in central Amazonia. The Amapa coast and delta region have been fairly well surveyed and are known to be very important for the manatee Trichechus manatus and such notable waterfowl as Eudocimus ruber and Phoenicopterus ruber, although the latter no longer breeds. Work in central Amazonia has focussed largely on aquatic mammals, turtles and fishes. The Northeastern Region extends east from the mouth of the Rio Parnaiba, and includes the semi-arid hinterlands of northeastern Brazil with an average annual rainfall of only 600 mm, and a more humid eastern coastal strip with an average annual rainfall of 1,800 mm. The dominant vegetation type in the interior is "caatinga", which is characterized by deciduous, thorny scrubland with many cacti and other succulents, and more or less bare ground. Humid tropical forest formerly covered the coastal strip in the east, but most of this has now been cleared. There are two large perennial rivers in the region, the Sao Francisco and the Parnaiba, and many smaller rivers in the east. The extensive shoreline is comprised mainly of sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes, with mangroves in the estuaries and sea bays. In the semi-arid interior, numerous small dams have been constructed over the past one hundred years to maintain water supplies for livestock through the dry season, and these now constitute an important wetland habitat for wildlife, particularly Anatidae. In addition, there are two large dams on the Sao Francisco and one on the Parnaiba. The wildlife of the coastal zone is relatively well known, but little work has been carried out at the wetlands in the interior, and the importance of the large dams for waterfowl is unknown. Four species of sea turtle occur along the coast, and there are some small populations of Trichechus manatus in the larger estuaries. Phoenicopterus ruber formerly occurred but is now extinct in the region, and Eudocimus ruber is much reduced in numbers. 260= Brazil However, Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma, which is listed as "Indeterminate" in the WWE Red Data Book, occurs widely at coastal lagoons and dams in Ceara, Rio Grande do Norte, Alagoas and Bahia. The Southeastern Region is the most densely populated and industrialized part of the country. The climate is humid tropical to subtropical, with a well defined rainy season from December to March. The coastal plain and Atlantic slopes of the coastal mountain ranges were formerly forested, but extensive forest clearance for agriculture and settlement has left very little forest below 1,500m above sea level. In the interior, most of the original grassland and cerrado vegetation has been converted to pastureland for cattle or arable land. All of the large rivers have been dammed, some in many places, for hydroelectricity, irrigation and water supplies to urban areas. Along the coast, many of the coastal marshes and mangrove swamps have been reclaimed for agriculture, particularly around the main urban areas, and most of the remainder are under threat. The wildlife of the region is well documented. The massive changes brought about in the environment by man over the past two hundred years have resulted in the extinction or near extinction of many species in the region, including waterfowl such as Tigrisoma fasciatum, Eudocimus ruber and Mergus octosetaceus. Other species have however adapted well, and a variety of waterfowl including Dendrocygna viduata, Amazonetta brasiliensis and various Ardeidae have been able to take advantage of the large man-made wetlands and expand their ranges in the region. The Southern Region extends south from the Tropic of Capricorn to the border with Uruguay, and has a subtropical to temperate climate with warm summers and mild wet winters. The coastal mountain ranges of southeastern Brazil extend south to the region of Porto Alegre; thereafter the land is rolling with hills not exceeding 600m. The forested regions of the north give way to open pampas in Rio Grande do Sul and a landscape similar to that of Uruguay and Argentinian Pampas. The region is densely populated, and the standard of living is high. This region has some of the most extensive lacustrine systems in Brazil, and the greatest diversity of waterfowl of any region; Anatidae are particularly abundant, and several species occur here at the extreme northern edge of their range. Mangroves extend south along the coast to 28°30’S; from there to the Uruguayan border the shoreline is a sandy beach backed by sand dunes and a chain of some sixty lagoons. Lagoa dos Patos, which stretches for 250 km between Porto Alegre and Rio Grande, is the largest lake in Brazil, and together with Lagoa Mangueira, Lagoa Mirim, and associated lagoons, comprises a vast wetland system with close affinities to the Rio de la Plata wetlands. Some of the more interesting waterfowl include the two swans Cygnus melancoryphus and Coscoroba coscoroba, wintering Phoenicopterus chilensis, and a small population of Mergus octosetaceus on rivers in the west. The West-central Region is the only region to lack a coastline. The climate is continental, with an average annual rainfall of over 1,600 mm falling mainly between December and March, and a long dry season from April or May to September. The region is dominated by the central Brazilian tableland, with cerrado vegetation characterized by fairly open woodland with semideciduous, gnarled, low trees and coarse grassland. In the north, the region includes the ecotone between the humid tropical forests of the Amazon basin and the campos and cerrado of the highlands, with fingers of tropical forest extending south along the major river valleys to about 10° to 11°S. Human population density is low, and the predominant form of land use is cattle ranching on large estates. The region includes the headwaters of several great rivers, including the Paraguay, Guapore, Tapajos, Xingu, Tocantins and Araguaia. Heavy rainfall during the summer months and impeded drainage result in extensive seasonal flooding along the main rivers, creating some of South America’s largest wetlands; the Pantanal in the headwaters of the Rio Paraguay (150,000 sq. km) and the fluvial system of the middle Rio Araguaia (40,000 sq. km) are particularly impressive. Many of the wetland areas remain almost uninhabited and difficult of access, and wildlife populations are almost undisturbed. Waterfowl are particularly abundant, and several species which are becoming scarce or local in other parts of South America, still occur in large numbers. == Brazil Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research There are numerous organizations and institutions, both governmental and non-governmental, in Brazil which are concerned in some way with the environment and the conservation of natural resources. In 1982, the Ministry of the Interior published a 470 page book cataloguing over 300 bodies concerned with the environment (SEMA/SAP, 1982). At national level, the principal bodies are as follows: A t Instituto Brasileiro de Desenvolvimento Florestal (IBDF): within the Ministry of Agriculture, and with headquarters in Brasilia. Established in 1967; the principal governmental organization responsible for nature conservation and research. IBDF includes the National Parks Service, and is responsible for enforcing the Game Laws and Regulations. The Centro de Estudos de Migracoes de Aves (CEMAVE) in the National Park Service conducts ornithological research and coordinates bird banding throughout Brazil. IBDF publishes the results of its research in its technical and scientific journal "Brasil Florestal". Secretaria Especial do Meio Ambiente (SEMA): within the Ministry of the Interior, and with headquarters in Brasilia. Created in 1973 to set up and conduct research in Ecological Stations, and to conduct research on environmental pollution. Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Cientifico e Tecnologico (CNPq): with headquarters in Brasilia. Created in 1974 to promote scientific and technological research in Brazil. Fundacao Brasileira para Conservacao da Natureza (FBCN): the largest private conservation organization in Brazil, with headquarters in Rio de Janeiro. Established in 1958 to promote the conservation of nature. Associacao de Preservacao da Flora e Fauna (APREFFA): a private society with headquarters in Curitiba. Created in 1975 to promote nature protection and to campaign against over exploitation of wildlife and environmental pollution. Departamento Nacional de Aguas e Energia Electrica (DNAEE): within the Ministry of Mines and Energy, with headquarters in Brasilia. Established in 1965 to study the water resources of Brazil, to evaluate their potential for hydroelectricity, and to control water pollution. Associacao Brasileira de Engenharia Sanitaria e Ambiental (ABES): a private society with headquarters in Rio de Janeiro. Established in 1966 to campaign for improved control of environmental pollution and better basic sanitation. regional or state level, the principal organizations are as follows: Northern Region Conselho Estadual do Meio Ambiente (CEMA): based in Manaus; active in Amazonas. Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia (INPA): based in Manaus; active in Legal Amazonia. Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi: based in Belem; active in the Amazon Basin. Secretaria de Economia, Agricultura e Colonizacao - Departamento de Recursos Naturais: based in Porto Velho; active in Rondonia. Northeastern Region Coordenadoria de Recursos Naturais (SENART ): based in Sao Luis; active in Maranhao. Fundacao Instituto de Tecnologia e Meio Ambiente (SENART - ITEMA): based in Sao Luis; active in Maranhao. Laboratorio de Ciencias do Mar (UFCe - ABOMAR): based in Meireles-Fortaleza; active on the northeast coast. Superintendencia do Desenvolvimento do Estado do Ceara (SUDEC): based in Fortaleza; active in Ceara. Sociedade Norte Riograndense de Protecao do Meio Ambiente: based in Natal; active in Rio Grande do Norte. Universidade Federal do Rio Grande do Norte (UFRN): based in Natal; active in Rio Grande do Norte. Estacao Ecologica do Tapacura - Universidade Federal do Pernambuco: based in Sao Lourenco; active throughout the northeast. Companhia Pernambucana de Controle da Poluicao Ambieatal e Administracao de Recursos Hidricos (CPRH): based in Recife; active in Pernambuco. -6§2- Brazil Conselho Estadual de Protecao Ambiental (CEPRAM): based in Maceio; active in Alagoas. Administracao Estadual do Meio Ambiente (ADEMA): based in Aracaju; active in Sergipe. Secretaria Executiva de Control de Poluicao: based in Aracaju; active in Sergipe. Instituto de Biologia da Universidade Federal da Bahia (IB-UFBA): based in Salvador; active in Bahia. Centro de Pesquisas e Desenvolvimento (CEPED): based in Estrada de Camacari; active in Bahia. Southeastern Region Instituto Estadual de Florestas (IEF ): based in Vitoria; active in Espirito Santo. Comissao de Politica Ambiental (COPAM): based in Belo Horizonte; active in Minas Gerais. Instituto Estadual de Florestas (IEF ): based in Belo Horizonte; active in Minas Gerais. Secretaria de Estado de Ciencia e Tecnologia: based in Belo Horizonte; active in Minas Gerais. Comissao de Controle da Poluicao da Baia de Guanabara: based in Rio de Janeiro; active in Rio de Janeiro State. Comissao Estadual de Controle Ambiental (CECA): based in Rio de Janeiro; active in Rio de Janeiro State. Fundacao Estadual de Engenharia do Meio Ambiente (FEEMA): based in Rio de Janeiro; active in Rio de Janeiro State. Instituto Florestal (Secretaria da Agricultura): based in Sao Paulo; active in Sao Paulo State. Southern Region Associacao de Defesa e Educacao Ambiental: based in Curitiba; active in Parana. Superintendencia dos Recursos Hidricos e Meio Ambiente (SUREHMA): based in Curitiba; active in Parana. Fundacao de Amparo a Tecnologia e Meio Ambiente (FATMA): based in Florianopolis; active in Santa Catarina. Coordenadoria de Controle do Equilibrio Ecologico, Superintendencia do Desenvolvimento da Regiao Sul (Ministry of the Interior): based in Porto Alegre; active in Rio Grande do Sul. Fundacao Zoobotanica do Rio Grande do Sul (FZB): based in Porto Alegre; active in Rio Grande do Sul. Secretaria de Saude e Meio Ambiente: based in Porto Alegre; active in Rio Grande do Sul. Unidade de Preservacao e Controle de Recursos Naturais Renovaveis (Secretaria da Agricultura): based in Porto Alegre; active in Rio Grande do Sul. Associacao Gaucha de Protecao ao Ambiente Natural (AGAPAN): based in Porto Alegre; active mainly in Rio Grande do Sul. West-central Region Companhia de Agua e Esgoto de Brasilia (CAESB): based in Brasilia; active in the Federal District. Departamento de Botanica - ICBI: based in Goiana; active in Goias. Superintendencia Estadual do Meio Ambiente (SEMAGO): based in Goiana; active in Goias. Instituto de Preservacao e Controle Ambiental de Mato Grosso do Sul (INAMB): based in Campo Grande; active in Mato Grosso do Sul. Associacao para Defesa da Flora e Fauna do Pantanal: based in Corumba; active in the Pantanal Matogrossense. Progress in Wetland Conservation Legislation concerning the natural environment has been in effect in Brazil since 1934. The first law specifically related to wetlands was the Codigo de Aguas (1934), which regulated the use of rivers, lakes and lagoons. Since that time, a very large number of laws concerning the environment has been adopted. In general, however, the enforcement of the laws is poor. In 5§5= Brazil an attempt to educate lawyers and law enforcement personnel in environmental legislation, the Fundacao Brasileira para Conservacao da Natureza and Cia. Energetica de Sao Paulo have recently published a 510 page book summarizing all the nation’s environmental legislation (Camara, Strang & Moretzsohn Rocha, 1983). Commercial hunting has been banned throughout Brazil since 1967, and sport hunting permitted only in those states which are able to demonstrate on a scientific basis that an open season can be justified. Since 1980, the only state able to do this, and therefore the only state in which hunting has been permitted, is Rio Grande do Sul. Some of the main laws relating to wetlands and their wildlife are as follows: a) The Codigo de Aguas in 1934. b) A decree in 1948 approving the Convention for the Protection of Fauna, Flora and Scenic Natural Beauty in the Americas. c) A decree in 1961 regulating the pollution of inland and marine waters. d) A law in 1962 creating the Superintendencia de Desenvolvimento da Pesca, the agency responsible for fisheries in Brazil. e) A law in 1967 banning the commercial hunting of wildlife in Brazil, and establishing hunting seasons. All wildlife became the property of the Federation, and could only be hunted under permit. f) A law in 1967 creating the Instituto Brasileiro de Desenvolvimento Florestal (IBDF), the agency responsible for nature conservation throughout the country, and for managing National Parks and Biological Reserves. g) A decree in 1973 creating the Secretaria Especial do Meio Ambiente (SEMA), the agency responsible for Ecological Stations, and for research on environmental pollution. Ecological Stations have some similarities with Biological Reserves, and there is thus some overlap between SEMA and IBDF. h) A decree in 1975 approving Brazil’s adherence to the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species. i) Two decrees in 1975 relating to industrial pollution. j) A decree in 1979 approving Brazil’s adherence to the International Convention on Oil Pollution. Considerable progress has been made in the establishment of protected areas, and by 1983, over 12 million hectares were under Federal protection in a network of National Parks, Biological Reserves and Ecological Stations. The National Parks Service in IBDF is responsible for National Parks and Biological Reserves, and can create National Forest Reserves in which forest exploitation can occur. By the end of 1983, there were 25 National Parks, 14 Federal Biological Stations, and 14 National Forest Reserves. SEMA is responsible for Ecological Stations, which are established to preserve good examples of all Brazilian ecosystems and to serve as study areas for baseline research. SEMA can also designate Environmental Protection Areas and legislate over private property in regions of special interest. By October 1983, 23 Ecological Stations had been established, and a further seven were at the planning stage. Eighteen of these areas contain important wetland habitat. At state level, some state governmental entities create and preserve State Parks and Ecological Stations. The Codigo Florestal (Law No. 4771) allows for the establishment of permanent private reserves in which land use activities are restricted. In return, the owners are exempt from Federal land taxes. Private reserves can similarly be established through the regulations of IBDF, under the name of Refugios de Fauna (Faunal Refuges). The protected areas which include significant wetland habitat are as follows: Northern Region Cabo Orange National Park, on the north coast of Amapa: 619,000 ha; established 1980. Lencois Maranhenses National Park, on the east coast of Maranhao: 155,000 ha; established 1981. Lago Piratuba Biological Reserve, on the central Amapa coast: 395,000 ha; established 1980. Trombetas Biological Reserve, on the Rio Trombetas in Para: 385,000 ha; established 1979. =GA= Brazil Abufari Biological Reserve, in Amazonas: 288,000 ha; established 1982. Guapore Biological Reserve, on the Rio Guapore in Rondonia: 600,000 ha; established 1982. Maraca-Roraima Ecological Station, in Roraima: 92,000 ha. Maraca-Amapa Ecological Station, on the Amapa coast: 70,000 ha. Anavilhanas Ecological Station, on the lower Rio Negro in Amazonas: 350,000 ha. Cunia Ecological Station, in Rondonia: 100,000 ha. Juami-Japura Ecological Station, on the lower Rio Japura in Amazonas: 273,238 ha. Northeastern Region Praia do Peba Ecological Station, on the coast of Alagoas: 3,000 ha. Southeastern Region Serra da Canastra National Park, in the highlands of Minas Gerais: 71,525 ha; established 1972. Parapitinga Ecological Station, in Minas Gerais: 10,000 ha. Pirai Ecological Station, in Rio de Janeiro State: 4,000 ha. Jureia Ecological Station, in Sao Paulo State: 30,000 ha. Southern Region Iguacu National Park, on the Rio Iguacu in Parana: 170,000 ha; established 1939. Taim Ecological Station, on the south coast of Rio Grande do Sul: 32,000 ha. Guaraquecaba Ecological Station, in Parana: 73,640 ha. Carijos Ecological Station, in Santa Catarina: area unknown. Babitonga Ecological Station, in Santa Catarina: area unknown. West-Central Region Chapada dos Veadeiros National Park, in Goias: 60,000 ha; established 1972. Araguaia National Park, at Ilha do Bananal on the Rio Araguaia, Goias: 562,312 ha; established 1959. Pantanal Matogrossense National Park, in~the Pantanal, Mato Grosso: 135,000 ha; established 1981. Taiama Ecological Station, in the Pantanal, Mato Grosso: 12,000 ha. Cocos-Javaes Ecological Station, in Goias: 37,000 ha. Alto Guapore Ecological Station, on the upper Rio Guapore, Mato Grosso: area unknown. Progress in Research on Wetlands and Waterfowl A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the natural resources of Brazil, and the flora and fauna of the country are now relatively well documented. However, very little work has been done on wetland ecosystems and their wildlife except locally in Amazonas, Amapa, Para, Sao Paulo and Rio Grande do Sul. In Amazonia, the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia (INPA) has been particularly active in wetlands research, with major projects on fisheries resources, crocodilians, freshwater turtles and aquatic mammals. The Aquatic Mammal Project at INPA has in the past concentrated on Trichechus inunguis, but in recent years has expanded the scope of its activities to include the Cetaceans and otters Pteronura and Lutra. Some limnological work has been conducted on the flood plain systems near Manaus and on the lower Rio Tapajos, and attempts have been made to interpret the aquatic resources of central Amazonia using Landsat imagery. IBDF biologists, the Goeldi Museum in Belem, and the Museu Costa Lima in Macapa have carried out investigations on Trichechus manatus, sea turtles and waterfowl in the delta area and along the Para and Amapa coasts. In the south, J. G. Tundisi and colleagues of the Federal University of Sao Carlos have conducted limnological studies at man-made lakes in Sao Paulo and lacustrine systems in Rio de Janeiro (Henry & Tundisi, 1983; Matsumura-Tundisi & Tundisi, 1976; Rocha et al, 1982; Tundisi, 1981 & 1983a; Tundisi et al, 1978); and limnologists at the Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul have investigated the coastal lagoons of that state (Chomenko, 1981; Schwarzbold, 1982). As regards research on waterfowl, very little work has been done in Amazonia, and indeed rather few researchers have specialized in this group anywhere in Brazil. Recent investigations of note include aerial surveys of the entire Brazilian coastline for wintering shorebird -65- Brazil populations by Canadian Wildlife Service and IBDF biologists (Morrison, 1983a & 1983b); a survey of Phoenicopterus ruber and Eudocimus ruber populations on the Amapa coast by Teixeira and Best (1981); a study of game species and colonial waterbirds in the Pantanal by IBDF biologists (initiated in 1983); studies on game bird management and sport hunting in Rio Grande do Sul by biologists at the Fundacao Zoobotanica; experiments with the management of Amazonetta brasiliensis as a game species in Sao Paulo by a private timber company; and a detailed avifaunal survey of Rio Grande do Sul by Belton (1984). A study of the importance of Lagoa do Peixe, Rio Grande do Sul, for waterfowl, particularly wintering Nearctic shorebirds, will be initiated by S. Lara-Resende in 1985. Brazil does however have a very active bird banding programme coordinated by CEMAVE, and this has included a number of projects involving waterfowl. Recent banding projects have included the following: a) Colonially nesting Ardeidae, mainly Egretta alba and Ardea cocoi, in Amapa, by Antonio Carlos Farias of the Museu Costa Lima. b) Shorebirds and Laridae, particularly Sterna hirundo, on the northeast coast, by biologists from CEMAVE, the Canadian Wildlife Service, the Goeldi Museum and several local universities. c) Sterna spp in the Atol das Rocas Biological Reserve, by IBDF biologists. d) Sterna hirundinacea in Guanabara Bay, Rio de Janeiro, by Norma Crud Maciel and Dante Teixeira. e) Nearctic shorebirds in Rio de Janeiro, by Pedro Ernesto Correa Ventura and Elias Pacheco Coelho. f) Anatidae, particularly Dendrocygna viduata, in Sao Paulo, by the Sao Paulo Zoo, the Cia. Energetica de Sao Paulo, and a private timber company. g) Colonially nesting Ardeidae and Anhinga anhinga in Minas Gerais by Marco Antonio Andrade. h) Anatidae and sea-birds in Santa Catarina, by Lenir Alda do Rosario and colleagues. i) Anatidae and colonially nesting Ciconiiformes in Rio Grande do Sul, by Flavio Silva and colleagues. j) Shorebirds on the southern coast, by Martin Sander of the Universidade do Vale do Rio dos Sinos. k) Colonially nesting Ciconiiformes in the Pantanal, by the Instituto de Preservacao e Controle Ambiental in Mato Grosso do Sul. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The wetlands of Brazil are under heavy human pressure. Most of Brazil’s population is concentrated in the southeastern and southern regions, where the nation’s largest cities and advanced industrial development pose particularly serious threats to wetland ecosystems. In other parts of the country, agricultural development, especially the cultivation of rice, is the principal threat, while in coastal zones development for recreation and the destruction of mangrove forests for timber and fuel add to the pressures on wetlands. Despite the fact that hunting has been prohibited in all states except Rio Grande do Sul since 1980, the commercial exploitation of wildlife and subsistence hunting continue everywhere at a high level and threaten many populations of preferred species with local extinction. Northern Region The population density remains very low almost throughout the northern region and the destruction of wetland habitat for agricultural land has had a serious impact only at a very local level; e.g. in the Sao Luis area where wetlands have been reclaimed for rice culture and pastureland. However, one habitat type, namely the floodplains of white water rivers, has come under considerable pressure because of the fertility of the soils, and this habitat has now largely disappeared from the major navigable white water rivers of central and lower Amazonia. Elsewhere in the region, illegal commercial and subsistence hunting pose the most -66- Brazil serious threat to wetland fauna. Species under particular pressure include the crocodilians (notably Melanosuchus niger), the freshwater turtles (notably Podocnemis expansa and P. unifilis), the manatees Trichechus inunguis and T. manatus, and a variety of waterfowl including Eudocimus ruber, Neochen jubata, Dendrocygna spp and Porphyrula martinica. The flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber has become extinct as a breeding species in Brazil because of intensive persecution in the past. Pollution from pesticide runoff is beginning to affect some riverine systems, and the construction of a number of enormous dams in the coming decades will have a major impact on most of the large rivers of the region. Northeastern Region Most of the wetlands are situated on the densely populated coastal plain, where the large industrial centres of Salvador and Recife and many smaller cities create serious pollution problems. Almost all of the mangrove swamps are being affected by cutting and drainage, and coastal development for recreation is a problem in some areas. Illegal hunting is widespread; sea turtles, principally Eretmochelys imbricata, and Anatidae, principally Dendrocygna viduata, are particularly under pressure. Southeastern Region The long history of colonization, very dense human population and extensive industrial development have resulted in major changes to natural ecosystems throughout the southeast. Wetlands have been seriously affected by reclamation for agriculture and urban development, domestic and industrial pollution, contamination with pesticides and, along the coast, development for recreation and tourism. Large tracts of wetland habitat have been destroyed, and few areas remain in anything like pristine condition. Hunting, although now illegal throughout the region, continues to take a heavy toll, and several species of waterfowl have been exterminated locally or reduced to very low levels. In recent years, attempts have been made to control Dendrocygna viduata as a pest on rice crops, and Aldrin has been used illegally in at least one region in Sao Paulo. Southern Region Wetlands in the southern region have been subjected to all the same pressures as those in the southeast, but have not to date suffered as badly. The principal threat in most areas is the reclamation of land for rice growing which continues at an accelerating pace. Overgrazing by domestic livestock is a problem in some of the ranching areas in the south. In Rio Grande do Sul, there is an open season for sport hunting of Anatidae from 15 May to the end of August (15 June to the end of September for Netta peposaca), and some 12,000 hunters are licensed each year. However, despite poor law enforcement and a lack of management, waterfowl populations remain high. West-central Region Population pressures remain low throughout much of the west-central region, and although wetlands have been reclaimed for agriculture and ranching, the total area affected to date is relatively small. However, a large expansion in agriculture is planned in the region, and areas such as the Pantanal and middle Araguaia are increasingly coming under pressure. Deforestation of watersheds has affected flooding cycles and sedimentation rates in the floodplains of the major rivers, and the widespread use of pesticides on agricultural land is also beginning to affect the riverine systems. Illegal hunting is a serious problem, particularly the commercial exploitation of Caiman crocodilus yacare in the Pantanal. The skins are smuggled across the border into neighbouring Bolivia to enter the international trade. Subsistence hunting of waterfowl is widespread, but it is doubtful if this is having any detrimental effect on populations. However, there are indications that avicides are being used to kill ducks, mainly Dendrocygna spp, in rice growing areas in the Araguaia Valley (Rio Formosa). £67 Brazil BRAZIL Brasilia “19@ * 18 23 25°26 Jjo7 ee 30 28 24 ry 5 29 34 % 32 35 36 @41 : Eki 33 Oe p38 40 Oo 1000 2000 -68- Brazil WETLANDS Site descriptions based on information and data sheets provided by Maria Alice dos Santos Alves, Marco Antonio de Andrade, Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Joao Henrique Auler Junior, Marlise Becker, Lenir Alda do Rosario Bege, Robin C. Best, James M. Dietz, Selma Mattos Diniz, Jean-Luc Dujardin, Antonio Carlos da Silva Farias, Luiz A. Pedreira Gonzaga, Susana de Moura Lara-Resende, Norma Crud Maciel, Pedro Scherer Neto, Marcos da Silva Noffs, Fernando C. Novaes, David Oren, Benedito Vitor Rabelo, Paul Roth, Helmut Sick, Flavio Silva, Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira, Walter A. Voss and Carlos Yamashita. The Amazon Basin (1) Location: 5°00’N to 11°00’S, 48°00’W to 73°00’W; the Amazon Basin from the Delta near Belem and Macapa to the borders of the Guianas, Venezuela, Colombia, Peru and Bolivia, and the highlands of central Brazil. Area: The entire catchment is about 7,000,000 sq. km, of which nearly three-quarters (4,975,000 sq. km) lie in Brazil. No reliable estimate of the total area of wetland habitat is available. However, it has been estimated that in Brazil alone there are between 70,000 and 100,000 sq. km of floodplain habitat, and over 100,000 sq. km of lakes and swamps. There are 40,000 km of navigable stretches of river, and probably an even greater extent of wetland in the form of creeks and streams. Thus the total area of wetland in the Brazilian Amazon almost certainly exceeds 300,000 sq. km (30 million ha), and may be much more. Altitude: 0-300m; the major wetlands of central and lower Amazonia lie below 100m above sea level. Province and type: 8.4.1/8.5.1/8.6.1, with some 8.28.10 in the extreme north; 09, 10, 11, 12, 15, 16 & 18. Site description: The Amazon River and its tributaries comprise the greatest riverine system on earth, discharging one sixth of the fresh water entering the world’s oceans. The Brazilian portion of the Amazon Basin constitutes 58% of that country and over a quarter of the South American continent. The annual rainfall over much of the basin is between 2,000 and 3,000 mm; it exceeds 3,000 mm in the delta region in the east and in the Andean foothills in the west, and is as low as 1,600 mm in some north-central areas. Rain falls year round, with a peak between January and May and a low between July and November in the central and eastern areas. Three major divisions of aquatic system are widely recognized: a) Black water systems, arising on bleached sands and podzols of the central Amazon lowlands. The water is rich in dissolved humic substances, dark brownish in coloration, and transparent, with a low concentration of dissolved minerals and an extremely low pH (about 4). Black waters are amongst the most nutrient poor waters on earth and have a low productivity. b) White water systems, arising mainly in the Andes and foothills. The water is rich in inorganic particles in suspension and turbid, with a relatively high concentration of dissolved minerals and a pH of about 7. White waters have a fairly high nutrient content, and high productivity. c) Clear water systems, arising in the crystalline Precambrian shield of central Brazil in the south and the Guianas in the north. The water is greenish in coloration and transparent, with a very low to relatively high concentration of dissolved minerals, a pH ranging from very acid to neutral, and low to medium productivity. The two main clear water rivers are the Xingu and Tapajos. Junk (1983) recognizes eight main wetland habitats in the Amazon Basin: a) Rivers: all are influenced by wide fluctuations in water level. Rivers flowing south from the northern parts of the basin reach flood peaks between June and August; those flowing north into the Amazon, between February and June. The Amazon itself reaches its maximum normally at the end of June. The magnitude of the fluctuations decreases from west to east, with fluctuations of 16-20m in the Andean foothills, 8-15m at Manaus in central Amazonia, and 4-6m near the delta. b) Creeks: the Amazon basin has the greatest density of creeks on earth. They show a great diversity in water chemistry, extent of solar irradiation, rate of flow, and permanence, and =69- Brazil thus constitute a very complex system of different habitats with a huge diversity of aquatic organisms. (In one study, 40 species of fishes were found in a 300m stretch of forest creek 1-2m wide.) c) Deep closed lakes: deep lakes with more or less closed basins are rare in Amazonia. Probably the only real deep closed lake basins in the Brazilian portion are the Morro de 6 Lagos, a group of six small lakes in the highlands of the upper Rio Negro. The area is difficult of access, and the lakes have never been studied. d) Closed shallow lakes: these are very common in the savanna areas of Roraima. Some are perennial, others temporary; they are mainly oligotrophic, but some are eutrophic and these may have extensive swamps with a great diversity of wildlife. e) Open shallow lakes or floodplain lakes: these are shallow lakes which are connected with rivers for at least a part of the year, allowing an exchange of nutrients, energy and biological material on an annual basis. They include oxbow lakes, lateral levee lakes, lakes in abandoned channels, and lakes in depressions formed by uneven aggregations of sediments during floods. Most are subject to wide fluctuations in water level. f) Floodplains: these are areas which for parts of the year have aspects of terrestrial habitats, but for the remainder are flooded and united with the shallow floodplain lakes. Nutrient cycles are extremely complex, and the organisms living in these transitional systems show a wide range of special morphological, physiological and ethological adaptations. Extensive flooding occurs along white water rivers, forming enormous shallow lakes up to 40 km wide and 100 km long. Along the Solimoes-Amazon alone, there are over 6,400,000 ha of this "varzea" habitat in a strip 20 to 100 km wide. The higher ground is covered with forest; the low-lying areas are primarily overgrown with bushes and grasses during the dry period. Flooding occurs to a lesser extent along black water rivers, and here the flooded regions are covered by "igapo", a characteristic type of forest which can survive flooding for several months of the year. g) Swamps: these occur mostly along creeks and small rivers, and in long abandoned river channels where the groundwater table reaches the surface during most of the year. Although there are over 10,000,000 ha of swamps in central Amazonia, they have been little studied and their ecology remains poorly understood. h) Man-made lakes: these include large hydro-electric dams, fish ponds and areas of rice cultivation. Only three large dams have been completed in Amazonia to date, but many more are under construction or in the planning stages. There are only small areas of fish ponds and rice cultivation at present, but these too are likely to be extended enormously in the coming decades. Some of the most important wetland areas in the Amazon basin and the delta region are described separately below (site la - 1i, and site 2). Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest covers 68% of the Amazon basin. Non-forested terrestrial formations include dry savannas and areas of low vegetation on white sand known as campinas. Wetland habitat includes seasonally flooded forest along white water rivers (varzea); seasonally flooded forest along black water rivers (igapo); swamps with emergent macrophytes and stands of Mauritia flexuosa; and eutrophic lakes with fringing marshes of Cyperaceae and beds of Eichhornia sp, Pistia sp and the floating stages of Paspalum repens. Land tenure: A mixture of Federal, State and private ownership. Protection: Very little of the wetland habitat is under protection. Although a number of large National Parks, Biological Reserves and Ecological Stations have been established in wider Amazonia, and give some measure of protection to over eight million hectares, the emphasis has been very largely on preserving terra firma forests. Very little white water floodplain forest (varzea) has been protected, and no significant tracts of black water swamp forest (igapo) occur in any of the reserves. The commercial exploitation of wildlife was banned throughout the region in 1967, and full legal protection given to the manatee Trichechus inunguis and otters Pteronura brasiliensis and Lutra enudris in 1973, but enforcement of the regulations is almost non-existent outside the reserves. The following protected areas have been established in the Amazon proper; all include some wetland habitat, but only the Rio Trombetas Biological Reserve, and Anavilhanas, Maraca-Roraima and Juami-Japura Ecological Stations include large tracts of important wetland habitat: Jau National Park: 2,272,000 ha; established 1980. Along a western tributary of the Rio Negro. =70 Brazil Amazonia (Tapajos) National Park: 1,258,000 ha; established 1974. On the middle Rio Tapajos in southern Para and southeastern Amazonas. Pico da Neblina National Park: 2,200,000 ha; established 1979. On the upper Rio Negro on the Venezuelan border. Rio Trombetas Biological Reserve: 385,000 ha; established 1979. On the lower Rio Trombetas and Rio Maquera. Abufari Biological Reserve: 288,000 ha; established in 1982. Between the Rio Purus and the Rio Coari. Anavilhanas Ecological Station: 350,000 ha; established 1981. On the lower Rio Negro, and including a large archipelago in that river. Maraca-Roraima Ecological Station: 92,000 ha; established 1976. An island in the Rio Uraricuera, a tributary of the Rio Negro, in the extreme north. Rio Acre Ecological Station: 77,500 ha; established 1981. On the Rio Acre, a tributary of the Rio Purus, on the Peruvian border. Apiacas Ecological Station: 500,000 ha; date of establishment unknown. On the middle Rio Tapajos, in the transition zone between humid tropical forest and cerrado. Cunia Ecological Station: 100,000 ha; date of establishment unknown. On the upper Rio Madeira in northern Rondonia. Juami-Japura Ecological Station: 273,238 ha; date of establishment unknown. On the lower Rio Japura near its confluence with the Solimoes- Amazon. Land use: The human population of the Amazon Basin is extremely low, with an estimated total of only six million inhabitants in the entire basin of 7,000,000 sq. km. However, almost the entire population is concentrated along the main water courses and is very largely dependent on the rivers for transportation, and the floodplains for cultivation. There is a very important subsistence and commercial fishery; it has been estimated that the potential of the Amazon could exceed 600,000 metric tons of fish per year, but only a small fraction of this is currently being harvested. Fish farming in fish ponds is being attempted in some areas, and this activity is likely to increase enormously in the future. Agriculture is generally at a very primitive subsistence level except around the main centres of habitation where maize, rice and jute are the principal crops. Rice production is however increasing rapidly and is likely to take over large areas of floodplain in the future. There is also some cattle ranching in open areas. Hunting for food and for skins has long been an important activity in much of the Amazon and has focussed on the readily accessible wildlife of the rivers and riverbanks. There was a massive trade in skins of crocodilians, Capybara Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and otters in the 1950s and 1960s, but with the virtual extermination of some species over much of their ranges and the introduction in 1967 of legislation prohibiting commercial hunting, the level of harvest has dropped off considerably. Freshwater turtles continue to be harvested for food on a large scale, although the preferred species Podocnemis expansa is becoming increasingly rare. Waterfowl: The waterfowl of Amazonia have received remarkably little attention from ornithologists or ecologists, perhaps because they show none of the interesting speciation phenomena associated with Pleistocene forest refugia which have captivated so many biologists working in the Amazon in recent decades. In fact, the aquatic avifauna of the Amazon is extremely homogeneous; of the 30 species typical of rivers, creeks, oxbow lakes and wet forest, all but two occur throughout the Amazon Basin. Thus even those species which occur at very low densities, such as Zebrilus undulatus and Agamia agami, must, in terms of total population size, be relatively common birds. Characteristic species include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Tigrisoma lineatum, Zebrilus undulatus, Pilherodius pileatus, Egretta alba, Ardea cocoi, Agamia agami, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Anhima cornuta, Neochen jubata, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramides cajanea, Laterallus exilis, L. melanophaius, Porphyrula martinica, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias, Jacana jacana, Hoploxypterus cayanus, Charadrius collaris, Phaetusa simplex, Sterna superciliaris and Rynchops niger. The two humid forest species with restricted ranges in western Amazonia are Aramides calopterus and Laterallus fasciatus. A variety of species typical of large open wetlands such as the llanos of Venezuela or Pantanal of central Brazil have a rather patchy distribution in Amazonia, dependent on the presence of open lacustrine and floodplain systems or wet savannas. These include several Ardeidae, the three storks Ciconiidae, Theristicus caudatus, Ajaia ajaja, Dendrocygna viduata, D. autumnalis, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Oxyura dominica, Aramus guarauna, Vanellus chilensis and Himantopus himantopus. Eile Brazil Several species of Nearctic shorebirds cross Amazonia on a broad front on their way to and from wintering areas further to the south. Although few areas hold large numbers of birds at any one time, every wide river, floodplain lake and swamp provides some habitat for shorebirds during the migration seasons, and the basin as a whole must constitute a vital refuelling area for large sections of the entire population of some species. The principal species involved are Pluvialis dominica, Bartramia longicauda, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris fuscicollis, C. melanotos, Micropalama himantopus and Tryngites subruficollis. Two species Tringa solitaria and Actitis macularia remain in the Amazon throughout the northern winter, this constituting an important wintering area for these species. Because of the extent and relatively undisturbed nature of the wetland habitats, and the low human population density, none of the species typical of the Amazon are in any forseeable danger of extinction except for the Orinoco Goose Neochen jubata. As an inhabitant of wide rivers and riverbanks, this popular game species and surprisingly confiding bird has been particularly susceptible to hunting pressure, and has now disappeared from most of the navigable rivers of Amazonian Brazil. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus inunguis occurs widely in the Amazon Basin, but in much reduced numbers as a result of excessive hunting in the 1950s and 1960s. It has recently been introduced into the Curua-una Dam near Santarem to control the spread of aquatic vegetation. The two Cetaceans Sotalia fluviatilis and Inia geoffrensis are still common and widespread. The two otters, Pteronura brasiliensis and Lutra enudris, are much reduced in numbers as a result of intensive hunting in the past; the former is now confined to the remotest areas, and is thought to be the most endangered mammal in Amazonia. Despite heavy hunting pressure, the Capybara Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris is thriving, as forest clearance for agriculture and ranching provides increased foraging. The two larger crocodilians Caiman crocodilus and Melanosuchus niger are still widespread and C. crocodilus remains fairly common despite heavy hunting pressure, particularly in the 1950s and 1960s. M. niger is rare in all accessible unprotected areas, but some populations are beginning to recover under protection. Freshwater turtles include Podocnemis expansa, P. unifilis, P. dumeriliana, P. erythrocephala, P. sextuberculata, Chelus fimbriatus and Platemys platycephala. The larger Podocnemis have been subjected to heavy hunting pressure; P. expansa is now rare in many areas, and P. unifilis is declining, but the other commonly persecuted species, P. dumeriliana, remains common on black water and clear water streams in the Rio Negro basin. Some 1,500 species of fishes have been described, and it is supposed that about 2,000 occur. Some of the economically more important species include Astronotus ocellatus, Colossoma macropomum, Apapaima gigas and Cichla spp. Piranhas Serrasalmus spp are ubiquitous. The aquatic invertebrates are very poorly known; recent studies have indicated that in some families, up to 80% of the species remain undescribed. Threats: Traditional land use activities in the Amazon basin, such as slash and burn agriculture, timber extraction, rubber collection and hunting have concentrated on the riverine forests and floodplains which have always been readily accessible by way of the extensive network of navigable rivers. White water varzeas with their fertile soils have been the most seriously affected by human colonization and have almost completely disappeared from large areas in eastern Amazonia. However the black water floodplains are also increasingly coming under pressure, and as they have very little potential for agriculture or animal husbandry, their utilization is creating great ecological damage without providing any long term benefits. The threats to floodplain ecosystems are likely to increase greatly in the coming decades as these regions have been declared areas for intensive colonization and utilization for agriculture and ranching. Experiments with rice culture in the varzea have yielded positive results and there is likely to be a great increase in this form of cultivation in the near future. The other serious threat at present is the massive programme of dam _ building for hydroelectric power. As many as 40 dam projects have been put forward, affecting every major river in the basin. Three large dams have already been completed; the Curua-una Dam near Santarem in Para (10,000 ha), the Paredao Dam on the Araguari River in Amapa (10,000 ha), and the Tucurui Dam on the Tocantins River in Para (246,000 ha). Dams already under construction or in an advanced planning stage include the Balbina Dam on the Uatuma River (210,000 ha); the Samuel Dam on the Jamari (64,500 ha); the Porteira Dam on the Trombetas (140,000 ha); and the Babaquara Dam (610,000 ha) and Cararo Dam (120,000 ha) on the Xingu. These enormous dams will have a profound effect on the ecology not only of the rivers themselves but also of large tracts of surrounding land. Insufficient information is == Brazil available to predict the full consequences of these projects, but it is clear that flood cycles downstream of the dams will be reduced or eliminated, and the water chemistry, sediment load and discharge of the rivers will be altered. Many fish species make long spawning migrations which will be disturbed or completely interrupted by dam construction on some rivers. The Curua-una dam has been studied for several years, and the negative effects already observed include changes in fish fauna, mass development of aquatic macrophytes, and deterioration in water quality, principally in the form of a high oxygen deficit. Intensive studies were conducted in the Tucurui area prior to the construction work, and thus some baseline material is available to permit a better assessment of the impact of that dam. Other threats include deforestation in the catchment areas causing changes in the amount of discharge, sediments and dissolved substances in the rivers, and pollution from industrial wastes and pesticides from agricultural land. Pollution is a particularly serious problem on floodplains because contaminants deposited during periods of high water are likely to enter terrestrial food chains when the water recedes. Defoliant sprays have been used to clear forest at dam construction sites, and the effects of this have been felt far downstream. A great expansion in fish culture creates a potential threat to the native fauna, with the possible spread of diseases and parasites, and the introduction of exotic species. Tilapias have already escaped into the wild in parts of Amazonia. Excessive hunting, although illegal, continues to threaten some species, particularly the crocodilians, larger freshwater turtles and otters. The Cetaceans have never been seriously persecuted in the past, but they could be affected by the new fishing methods being introduced into the region, and an FAO report in 1961 went so far as to suggest that they be controlled as predators on fish stocks. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted by the Instituto Nacional de Pesquisas da Amazonia (INPA) based in Manaus. Attention has focussed on the fisheries resources, crocodilians, freshwater turtles and aquatic mammals, and relatively little work has been done on wetland ecosystems as such or wetland ecology. The Aquatic Mammal Project initiated at INPA in 1974 has been particularly active in studies on the status, biology, management and conservation of the manatee Trichechus inunguis, Cetaceans and otters, and plans to expand this work in the future. One aspect of the work has been the identification of critical areas for these species with a view to the establishment of appropriate wetland reserves. The limnology of the floodplain lakes around Manaus is relatively well known, and a detailed study of the limnology of the lakes on the lower Rio Tapajos has been made, but generally the limnology of Amazonian wetlands is very poorly studied. Goulding (1980) looked at the importance of floodplains for fish populations, and concluded that about 75% of the commercial fish catch in the Amazon depends on food chains originating in the flooded forests. Junk (1975 & 1983) has discussed the fisheries resources and wetland habitats of Amazonia, and Bayley and Moreiras (1978) made preliminary interpretations of the aquatic resources of the central Amazon Basin using Landsat imagery. Despite the volume of research which has already been carried out in the Amazon, there remains an urgent need for a large scale project on the overall importance of the floodplain ecosystems for wildlife, fisheries production and agriculture. The general problems for conservation in the wider Amazon Basin have recently been reviewed by Barrett (1980). Wetterberg et al (1976) made recommendations concerning priority areas for conservation, and identified thirty sites totalling 17,500,000 ha. In 1979, this proposal was incorporated in a proposed system for conservation units in Brazil adopted by the Federal Government. However, the emphasis was on forest refugia and terrestrial wildlife. It has often been assumed that the protection of the terrestrial ecosystems in Amazonia will automatically include an adequate protection of wetland habitats, but there is no reason to suppose that the theory of forest refugia should apply to aquatic communities; indeed, this seems unlikely to be the case in a contiguous riverine system. As Junk (1983) points out, the protection of riverine systems poses several special problems: rivers and floodplains are densely colonized and utilized for agriculture, animal husbandry and timber extraction; the rivers themselves are used for transportation and fisheries, and will in many cases in the future be used for the generation of hydroelectricity; pollution or changes in the discharge and sediment load in unprotected areas may have dramatic effects in distant protected areas; 273 - Brazil rivers and creeks are open systems, transporting organisms by drift, or allowing active migration over long distances. For adequate conservation of the system as a whole, it is essential that well defined aquatic habitats including entire watersheds, lake systems and archipelagos be protected in different sections of the main rivers. In addition, large reserves should be created in the floodplains so that adequate tracts of varzea and igapo are preserved to maintain commercially important fisheries and turtle populations. References: A very extensive literature exists on the Amazon Basin, and much of this has been listed by Junk (1975 & 1983) and Barrett (1980). Sources utilized in the present account include: Antas (1983); Barrett (1980); Bayley & Moreiras (1978); Best (1984); Costa (1983); Domning (1982); Goulding (1980); Hueck (1978); IUCN (1982); Junk (1975 & 1983); Kempf (1984); Marigo (1979); MINTER & SEMA (1977); Rebelo & Magnusson (1983); Rylands & Mittermeier (1983); Smith (1979 & 1980-1981); and Wetterberg et al (1976). Other publications relevant to the wetlands include Sioli (1964 & 1965); Marlier (1967); Schmidt (1973); Fittkau et al (1975); Rai (1978 & 1979); Rai & Hill (1981); Zaret et al (1981); Fittkau (1983); and Leopoldo (1983). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 123. The middle Rio Purus (1a) Location: 5°45’S, 64°25’W to 9°00°S, 68°35’W; the middle course of the Rio Purus from Sena Madureira downstream for 750 km to the Rio Tapaua, Amazonas. Area: Approximately 50,000 ha of lakes along 750 km of river. Altitude: 60-130m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A slow flowing white water river with adjacent seasonally flooded varzea forest, in humid tropical lowlands. The river is remarkable for its extremely meandering course and the high number of associated oxbow lakes and abandoned river channels. There are at least 150 lakes in excess of 200 ha, and several between 1,000 and 2,000 ha. Maximum flooding occurs in February. Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest and varzea forest. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None; the middle Purus was identified as a priority area for conservation by Wetterberg et al (1976). For other information see (1). Lakes on the lower Rio Japura (1b) Location: 1°25’-2°55’S, 65°02’-67°25’W; near the confluence of the Rio Japura and Rio Solimoes, Amazonas. Area: c.67,000 ha of lakes. Altitude: 70m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11, 12 & 18. Site description: A group of about 65 large freshwater lakes along the lower Rio Japura and between it and the Rio Solimoes, near the confluence of the two rivers. The Rio Auati Parana linking the Japura and the Solimoes cuts across the middle of the area. The principal lakes are: Lago de Maracai (3,800 ha); Lago Marimari (1,400 ha); Lago Parica (6,400 ha); Lago Panaua (2,200 ha); Lago Angaiara (2,900 ha); Lago de Guedes (3,400 ha); and Lago Jauato (1,800 ha). The Solimoes is a white water river with numerous islands and sand banks, and extensive areas of seasonally flooded varzea forest; the Japura is a black water river with igapo forest. Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest and varzea forest. Land tenure: No information. Protection: Largely included within the recently established Juami-Japura Ecological Station (273,238 ha). This area was listed as a priority area for conservation by Wetterberg et al (1976). Land use: No information. a4 Brazil Waterfowl: Known to be a very important breeding area for resident waterfowl and staging area for migrant Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: The entire wild population of the monkey Cacajao calvus calvus occurs in the forests of this region, and Melanosuchus niger is still relatively common. For other information see (1). The lower Rio Solimoes and lower Rio Purus (1c) Location: 2°30’-4°30’S, 60°00’-65°00’W; the Solimoes- Amazon from the Rio Japura to the Rio Negro, and the lower Rio Purus, Amazonas. Area: c.2,500,000 ha of wetlands including 350,000 ha of large lakes. Altitude: 25-70m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of broad river channels, islands and seasonally inundated varzea forest with hundreds of permanent and seasonal floodplain lakes, along 650 km of the Rio Solimoes from its confluence with the Japura to its confluence with the Negro, and along the lower 150 km of the Rio Purus. Maximum flooding occurs between February and May, and water levels are lowest between July and December. The principal lakes are: Lago Amana (19,100 ha); Lago Urini (4,100 ha); Lago de Tefe (16,100 ha); Lago Caiambe (4,100 ha); Lago de Coari (75,000 ha); Lago Mamia (24,700 ha); Lago Piorini (36,000 ha); Lago Badajos (24,000 ha); Lago Aiapu (20,000 ha); Lago Paricatuba (2,700 ha); and Lago Grande de Manacapuru (31,500 ha). Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest, varzea forest and some seasonally flooded grassland. Land tenure: A mixture of federal and private ownership. Protection: None; the Abufari Biological Reserve (288,000 ha), established in 1982, lies to the south, between the Rio Purus and Rio Coari. Land use: Subsistence hunting and fishing, and agriculture on a small scale. Waterfowl: Little information is available: some of the most important areas for waterfowl appear to be Lago Manacapuru, Lago Badajos and Lago Piorini. Large concentrations of Dendrocygna spp and Rynchops niger have been recorded at Manacapuru, and Neochen jubata still occurs in the Badajos area. Other fauna: An important area for Trichechus inunguis. The Abufari Biological Reserve is particularly important for Podocnemis expansa. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Robin C. Best and Susana de Moura Lara-Resende. For other information see (1). The lower Rio Negro (1d) Location: 0°10°-3°00’S, 60°20°’-65°00’W; the lower Rio Negro from Tapuruquaru to its confluence with the Solimoes-Amazon at Manaus, Amazonas and Roraima. Area: c.1,640,000 ha, including 1,240,000 ha of rivers and islands, and 400,000 ha of lakes and swamps. Altitude: 25-70m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: The lower 650 km of the Rio Negro, a black water river up to 20 km wide, with countless large and small islands, numerous channels, sandy beaches, and an extensive floodplain system with permanent and seasonal lakes and swamps, igapo forest and seasonally flooded grassland. There are hundreds of oxbow lakes and associated swamps along the lower courses of the Rio Branco, Rio Araca and Rio Unini, which enter the Negro in this area. The Anavilhanas Archipelago, a group of large and small islands in the Rio Negro, lies 100 km northwest of Manaus, and is about 90 km long and 15 km wide. Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest, igapo swamp forest, seasonally inundated "campinarana" grassland, and swamps. Land tenure: The Anavilhanas Archipelago is owned by SEMA. 5 Brazil Protection: The Anavilhanas Archipelago and a large area of adjacent terra firma forest are included in the Anavilhanas Ecological Station (350,000 ha) established in 1981; part of the western bank of the Rio Negro is included in the Jau National Park (2,272,000 ha) established in 1980. ; Land use: All land use activities are prohibited in the Ecological Station. Waterfowl: One of the richest areas for waterfowl in the Amazon, with a wide variety of resident species and large numbers of Nearctic shorebirds during the migration seasons. Other fauna: The rich mammalian fauna includes Pteronura brasiliensis, Trichechus inunguis and Hydrochoerus hydrochearis. Melanosuchus niger and Caiman latirostris are relatively common. Source: Joao Henrique Auler Junior, Susana de Moura Lara-Resende and David Oren. For other information see (1). Ilha Maraca (1e) Location: 3°15’-3°35’N, 61°22’-61°58’W; 120 km WNW of Boa Vista, Roraima Federal Territory. Area: 92,000 ha. Altitude: 150m. Province and type: 8.28.10; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: An island between the Santa Rosa and Maraca channels of the Rio Uraricoera, in a transition zone between savannas and humid tropical forest, with numerous water courses, freshwater lakes, swamps, palm groves, swamp forest (igarape), and seasonally inundated grassland. Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest, wet savanna, dense formations of Mauritia vinifera, and swamps with abundant aquatic vegetation. Land tenure: Owned by SEMA. Protection: Comprises the Maraca-Roraima Ecological Station (92,000 ha) established in 1976. Land use: An ecological research station, only slightly modified by man. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl of both swamp forest and wet savanna. Significant numbers of Nearctic shorebirds occur on migration. Other fauna: The area has a very diverse avifauna. Mammals include Pteronura brasiliensis and Tapirus terrestris. Source: Joao Henrique Auler Junior and David Oren. For other information see (1). The central Amazon and lower Rio Madeira (1f) Location: 1°15’-4°15’S, 55°40’-59°55’W; the Amazon from near Manaus to Obidos, and the lower Rio Madeira from the Borba region, Amazonas and Para. Area: Over 3,000,000 ha. Altitude: 10-70m. Province and type: 8.4.1/8.5.1/8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of broad river channels, sandy beaches, large and small islands, shallow freshwater lakes, swamps, varzea forest and seasonally flooded grassland in a belt 30-80 km wide along the Amazon River from its confluence with the Rio Negro 550 km downstream to the region of Obidos; and similar habitat along the lower 100 km of the Rio Madeira and lower stretches of the Rio Preto da Eva, Rio Urubu, Rio Uatuma, Rio Nhamunda, Rio Trombetas, Rio Maues Acu, Rio Canuma and Rio Madeirinha. There are several large lakes, including Lago de Erepecu (15,000 ha) and Lago Batata (8,500 ha) on the lower Rio Trombetas, and hundreds of smaller lakes throughout the region. Principal vegetation: Humid tropical forest, varzea forest, seasonally flooded grassland, and lakes and swamps with abundant aquatic vegetation. Land tenure: The Rio Trombetas Biological Reserve is largely owned by IBDF; important wetland areas between Nhamunda and Juruti are in an area under dispute between the states of Amazonas and Para. “aG= Brazil Protection: The lower Rio Trombetas, lower Rio Maquera and Lagoa Jacare are included in the Rio Trombetas Biological Reserve (385,000 ha) established in 1979; the remainder of the area is unprotected. Land use: Subsistence hunting, fishing and agriculture. Waterfowl: A very important area for a wide variety of resident and migratory waterfowl. Ilha Tupinambarana, a large island with lakes, varzea forest and seasonally inundated grassland in the Rio Solimoes, is particularly important for Nearctic shorebirds, and is thought to be one of the most important wetland areas for waterfowl in the Amazon. Numenius borealis was collected there at the end of the 19th century. Other fauna: Mammals include Pteronura brasiliensis, Lutra enudris, Trichechus inunguis and Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris; reptiles include Caiman crocodilus and Melanosuchus niger. There are important nesting beaches for Podocnemis expansa in the Rio Trombetas Biological Reserve. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Robin C. Best. For other information see (1). The lower Rio Tapajos and adjacent Amazon (1g) Location: 1°45’-4°50’S; 53°30°-55°50’W; the Rio Tapajos from its mouth upstream for 350 km, and the Rio Amazon between Obidos and Prainha, Para. Area: c.1,325,000 ha (350,000 ha along Tapajos, 975,000 ha along Amazon). Altitude: 10-60m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: The lower stretches of the Rio Tapajos, with extensive tracts of seasonally flooded igapo forest; and a vast complex of sand banks, islands, freshwater lakes, marshes and varzea forest along the Amazon between Obidos and Prainha. The principal lakes are Lago Grande do Curuai (40,000 ha), Lago Itandena (30,000 ha), Lago Piracacira (8,500 ha) and Lago Grande (25,000 ha). Water levels in the Rio Tapajos are highest between February and May, and lowest between July and December. Principal vegetation: Varzea and igapo forest rich in Euterpe oleracea and Mauritia flexuosa, with adjacent humid tropical forest. Land tenure: No information. Protection: Unprotected except for the southernmost 90 kms of the Rio Tapajos which are included in the Amazonia (Tapajos) National Park (1,258,000 ha) established in 1974. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Very little information available, but known to be an important area for passage Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Wildlife recorded in the National Park includes Pteronura brasiliensis, Sotalia fluviatilis, Inia geoffrensis, Trichechus inunguis, Tapirus terrestris, Melanosuchus niger, Caiman crocodilus, Podocnemis expansa and P. unifilis. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. For other information see (1). The lower Rio Xingu (1h) Location: 1°30’-3°00’°S, 51°55-53°05’W; the lower Rio Xingu from Belo Monte 180 km to the Rio Amazon, Para. Area: c.420,000 ha (150,000 ha of river, 270,000 ha of marshes and swamp forest). Altitude: 10-60m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: The broad lower stretches of the Xingu, over 10 km wide, with numerous sandy beaches and small islands, and an extensive area of marshes and seasonally flooded grassland to the west of its confluence with the Amazon. The river reaches its highest levels in February. Principal vegetation: In humid tropical forest. Land tenure: No information. =a — Brazil Protection: Turtle nesting beaches north of Altamira are protected during the breeding season; otherwise the area is unprotected. Land use: Fishing and some agriculture. Waterfowl: Little information available, but known to be important for passage Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Inia geoffrensis, Trichechus inunguis and Caiman crocodilus are known to occur. The beaches at Volta Grande do Rio Xingu north of Altamira are particularly important for nesting Podocnemis expansa. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. For other information see (1). The lower Rio Tocantins (1i) Location: 1°50’-3°25’S, 49°10’-49°45’W; the lower Rio Tocantins from Ilha Grande de Jutai to its mouth in the Rio Para, Para. Area: 205,000 ha of river and islands. Altitude: 0-30m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: The broad lower stretches of the Rio Tocantins, up to 15 km wide, with hundreds of small islands and sand banks. This stretch of river lies below the recently completed Tucurui Dam, and will be greatly affected by the dam. Principal vegetation: In humid tropical forest. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Little information available, but known to be important for passage Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Trichechus inunguis is reported to occur. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. For other information see (1). The Amazon Delta (2) Location: 1°10’N-1°35’S, 49°20’-51°55’W; the main channels of the Amazon west of Ilha Marajo, Para. Area: 3,500,000 ha of river and islands. Altitude: 0-15m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 02, 03, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of broad river channels, large and small low-lying islands, mangrove swamps, intertidal mudflats, brackish lagoons and marshes, palm swamps and seasonally flooded grassland and swamp forest. The region extends from the southwest tip of Ilha Grande de Gurupa 350 km northeast to Ilha do Brique, Ilha Janauco, Ilha Caviana, Ilha Mexiana and western Ilha Marajo. The maximum tidal variation is about 8m. Principal vegetation: Extensive mangrove swamps, brackish grassy marshes, and palm swamps with Euterpe oleracea, Raphia taedigera, Manicaria saccifera and Mauritia flexuosa. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; livestock rearing in some areas; and hunting. Waterfowl: Known to be rich in waterfowl, but no detailed surveys have been made. 7,500 Eudocimus ruber, 2,000 Dendrocygna autumnalis and several thousand Nearctic shorebirds were observed in the Ilha Caviana and Ilha Mexiana area in January 1982. Phoenicopterus ruber occurs as a non-breeding visitor in small numbers. Other fauna: There is still a significant population of Trichechus inunguis in the area, and this continues to be hunted, (at least 17 killed in 1977). T. manatus may also occur. The turtle Kinosternon scorpioides is common and locally important as a source of food. 378" Brazil Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Despite the obvious importance of the vast mangrove systems, the area remains very poorly studied. References: Smith (1979); Domning (1981); Morrison (1983a); Morrison et al (1985). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Cabo Orange and Rio Cassipore Marshes (3) Location: 2°30’-4°24’N, 50°50’-51°38’W; on the north Amapa coast, south from the French Guiana border to the region of Calcoene, Amapa Territory. Area: c.580,000 ha. Altitude: 0-Sm. Province and type: 8.4.1; 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: The estuarine systems of the Rio Oiapoque (Oyapock), Rio Cassipore and Rio Uaca, with extensive intertidal mudflats and mangrove swamps; and a vast area of fresh to brackish lagoons, including Lago Maruani, and seasonally flooded savannas with palm groves, swamp forest and islands of humid tropical forest. The tidal rise and fall is up to 9m; the rainy season is from February to June. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa; swamps with Montrichardia arborescens and Mauritia flexuosa; palm savannas with Euterpe oleracea, Chrysobalanus icaco and species of Echinoa, Panicum, Paspalum and Oryza. In the transition zone between humid tropical forest and open campos. Land tenure: The National Park is owned by Amapa Territory; adjacent areas are within the Oiapoque Indian Reservation. Protection: Cabo Orange National Park (619,000 ha), established in 1980, includes the greater part of the area and 120,000 ha of adjacent marine habitats. The remainder is within the Oiapoque Indian Reservation. Land use: Access to the National Park is difficult, and the area is little disturbed. There is some cattle ranching and agriculture in adjacent areas. Waterfowl: A very rich area for waterfowl, with large resident populations of Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, many Ardeidae, all three Ciconiidae, Theristicus caudatus, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Eudocimus ruber, Ajaia ajaja, Dendrocygna autumnalis, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramus guarauna, various Rallidae, Heliornis fulica, Jacana Jacana, Vanellus chilensis and Rynchops niger. A breeding colony of 1,000 pairs of E. ruber was located in 1971, and a total of 1,276 birds were observed at this site and at site 4 during an aerial survey in January 1982. Phoenicopterus ruber occurs regularly in small numbers, but there has been no evidence of breeding since 1971. Anhima cornuta was observed in 1983 near the French Guianan border. The area is very important for passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds: in an aerial survey in January 1982, over 28,000 shorebirds were observed along the Amapa coast, mainly small Calidris species but also significant numbers of Pluvialis squatarola, Numenius phaeopus and Tringa spp. Other fauna: Trichechus manatus, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Chelonia mydas and Dermochelys coriacea occur in the National Park. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Several avifaunal surveys have been conducted but otherwise the region remains poorly known. References: Spaans (1975a); Teixeira & Best (1981); IUCN (1982); Antas (1983); Morrison (1983a); Dujardin (1984); Morrison et al (1985). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Jean-Luc Dujardin, Antonio Carlos da Silva Farias, Benedito Vitor Rabelo and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 123. 79- Brazil Ilha de Maraca, Piratuba lakes and Campos do Macacoary (4) Location: 0°30’-2°30’N, 49°53’-51°00’W; between Calcoene and Macapa, coastal Amapa Territory. Area: c.1,200,000 ha including 850,000 ha of lakes and marshes and 150,000 ha of campos. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.4.1; 02, 03, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: Two large low-lying offshore islands, Ilha de Maraca and Ilha Tipioca, with with extensive mangrove swamps, brackish marshes, seasonally flooded savannas and small "islands" of scrubby forest; 300 km of the Amapa coast with extensive intertidal mudflats and mangrove swamps; a vast complex of some 75 fresh to brackish lakes and marshes north of the Rio Araguari, including Lago Piratuba (6,500 ha), Lago Novo (15,000 ha), Lago dos Gansos (2,700 ha) and Lago dos Bagres (2,200 ha); the estuarine system of the Rio Araguari; and the Campos do Macacoary, some 150,000 ha of seasonally flooded grassland and varzea forest. The main period of flooding is from February to June. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; lakes and marshes with Nymphaea rudgeana, Cabomba aquatica, Salvinia auriculata, Azolla sp, Nymphoides indica, Habenaria sp, Eichhornia crassipes, E. azurea, Pistia stratiotes, Ceratopteris pteroides, Echinodorus paniculatus, Utricularia foliosus, Typha domingensis, Neptunia oleracea, Montrichardia arborescens and species of Gramineae and Cyperaceae; palm savannas with species of Echinoa, Panicum, Paspalum and Oryza, pa the palm Mauritia flexuosa. Land tenure: Partly state owned and partly privately owned in large ranches; Piratuba Biological Reserve is owned by Amapa Territory, and Maraca-Tipioca Ecological Station is owned by SEMA. Protection: Ilha de Maraca and Ilha Tipioca are included within the Maraca-Tipioca Ecological Station (70,000 ha) established in 1981; part of the lake system and coastal areas north of the Rio Araguari are included within the Lago Piratuba Biological Reserve (395,000 ha) established in 1980. The Campos do Macacoary are unprotected. Land use: There is very little human activity in the Biological Reserve and Ecological Station, and the areas are difficult of access. In unprotected areas there is intensive fishing, cattle ranching and hunting, particularly for Dendrocygna spp. Waterfowl: A very rich area for waterfowl, with a similar avifauna to that of the Cabo Orange area (site 3). Phoenicopterus ruber is a regular non-breeding visitor; over 100 were observed on Ilha Maraca in 1978. Huge numbers of Dendrocygna viduata and D. autumnalis occur, and there are large passage and wintering populations of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Mammals include Pteronura brasiliensis, Leo onca, Trichechus inunguis, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Tapirus terrestris and possibly Trichechus manatus; reptiles include Melanosuchus niger, Caiman crocodilus, Chelonia mydas, Eunectes murinus and possibly Dermochelys coriacea. There is a very rich fish fauna in the lake system. Threats: Wardening in the reserves is reported to be poor, and there is some poaching. The principal threat in unprotected areas is the expansion of ranching activities, with large projects currently being implemented or in the planning stages. There is excessive hunting in some areas, and wholescale slaughter of moulting Dendrocygna spp has been reported. Research and conservation: Preliminary faunal and floral surveys have been conducted in the reserves, and aerial surveys have been mace by Teixeira and Best (1981) and Morrison (1983a). Antonio Carlos da Silva Farias is currently carrying out ecological studies on Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga and Ardeidae. References: Novaes (1974 & 1978); Spaans (1975a); MINTER & SEMA (1977); Teixeira & Best (1981); IUCN (1982); Antas (1983); Morrison (1983a). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Antonio Carlos da Silva Farias, David Oren, Benedito Vitor Rabelo and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Eastern Ilha Marajo and Baia de Marajo (5) Location: 0°10’-1°35’S, 48°22’-49°50’W; the eastern half of Ilha Marajo and adacent bay, Amazon delta, Para. -80- Brazil Area: 1,500,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.6.1; 01, 06, 07, 08, 12 & 16. Site description: A large sea bay with extensive intertidal mudflats and mangrove fringe; and tidal creeks, mangrove swamps, fresh to brackish lakes, marshes and seasonally flooded grassland on the eastern half of Ilha Marajo. The largest lake is Lago Arari (16,500 ha). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle; seasonally flooded grassland (campos). Land tenure: Ilha Marajo is mainly privately owned in large ranches. Protection: None. Land use: Extensive cattle ranching on Ilha Marajo. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but the area is known to be very rich in waterfowl, with a large resident population of Eudocimus ruber. Phoenicopterus ruber is an occasional non-breeding visitor. The area is very important for passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds, particularly Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Calidris alba and C. fuscicollis; Larus atricilla and Sterna hirundo winter in large numbers in the bay. Other fauna: Trichechus inunguis occurs; the turtle Kinosternon scorpioidesis common, and locally important as a source of food. Threats: Pollution from the city and port of Belem affects the bay, and there is overexploitation of the coastal mangroves. Research and conservation: Some ornithological surveys have been conducted, but the area remains poorly known. References: Teixeira & Best (1981). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 123. The Para and west Maranhao coast (6) Location: 0°32’-2°25’S, 44°30’-48°00’W; from Muraja on Baia de Marajo east for 450 km to Guimaraes and Baia do Cuma, Para and Maranhao. Area: c.1,000,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.6.1/8.29.10; 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09 & 11. Site description: An extremely indented coastline with over 35 major inlets and estuaries fringed with mangrove swamps and separated by headlands with white sand beaches and coastal sand dunes. The larger bays include Baia de Maracana, Baia de Gurupi, Baia de Turiacu and Baia do Cuma. There are numerous low-lying offshore islands, including the large islands of Maiau and Mangunca in the east; inland there are fresh to brackish lagoons and marshes, riverine marshes, areas of seasonally flooded grassland, palm groves and patches of forest. Tidal variation is up to 8m. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle; sandy areas with Chrysobalanus icaco, Bulbostylis capillaris and Ipomoea pescaprae. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, a little agriculture, and cutting of mangroves; recreation in the few readily accessible areas. Much of the coast is remote and almost undisturbed. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding waterfowl including Phalacrocorax olivaceus, many Ardeidae, Eudocimus ruber, Aramides mangle, Eurypyga helias and Rynchops niger; and a very important area for passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds. During an aerial survey of the western part in January 1982, over 27,000 shorebirds were counted, including 15,500 small Calidris sandpipers and significant numbers of Numenius phaeopus, Tringa spp, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, and Calidris alba. Other common species include Pluvialis Squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, C. wilsonius, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres and Limnodromus griseus. Larus atricilla and Sterna hirundo are also common winter visitors. Other fauna: Trichechus manatus formerly occurred throughout the region, but is now probably extinct in most areas. Many of the beaches are important for nesting sea turtles, and the = Brazil estuaries are a very important nursery ground for commercially important shrimp and fish populations. Threats: Mangroves are being destroyed in some areas, and there is considerable disturbance from tourist development in the Salgado region, between Marapanim and Salinopolis. Research and conservation: F. C. Novaes and colleagues of the Goeldi Museum in Belem have conducted ornithological surveys and banded waterfowl on the Para coast, and Morrison (1983a) carried out an aerial census of shorebirds in 1982. References: Novaes (1981); Antas (1983); Morrison (1983a). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Fernando C. Novaes and Paul Roth. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Baia de Sao Marcos and the Rio Mearim Estuary (7) Location: 2°22’-4°17’S, 44°10’-45°28’W; west and south of Sao Luis to the region of Bacabal, Maranhao. Area: Over 1,000,000 ha. Altitude: 0-15m. Province and type: 8.29.10; 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11, 12, 16 & 17. Site description: The vast estuarine system of the Rio Mearim, Rio Pindare, Rio Grajau and many smaller rivers, with several large islands, very extensive seasonally inundated fresh to brackish marshes, and about 80 freshwater lakes of several hundred to 6,000 ha in extent and up to 10m deep, draining into Baia de Sao Marcos. There are extensive mangrove swamps and intertidal mudflats around the bay. Principal yegetation: Mangrove swamps; coastal marshes with species of Fimbristylis, Cyperus, Dichromena, Panicum and various grasses and sedges covered at the highest tides; freshwater marshes; and gallery forest along the rivers. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching, agriculture and illegal commercial hunting of waterfowl; there are important fish and shrimp industries in the bay. Waterfowl: A very rich area for both breeding waterfowl and passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds. Resident species include Tigrisoma lineatum, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Mycteria americana, Jacana jacana, Porphyrula martinica, Vanellus chilensis, Charadrius collaris, Larus cirrocephalus, Phaetusa simplex and Sterna superciliaris. The commoner Nearctic shorebirds include Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, C. wilsonius, Numenius phaeopus, three species of Tringa, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris alba and C. pusilla. Sarkidiornis melanotos and Gelochelidon nilotica have been recorded. Other fauna: There is thought to be a sizeable population of Trichechus manatus in the estuary, and the area is of great importance as a nursery ground for commercially important fishes and shrimps. Threats: Wetlands are being drained for pastureland and rice cultivation; there is considerable pollution in the bay from the city of Sao Luis; and despite a ban on hunting in 1978, commercial hunting of waterfowl, particularly Porphyrula martinica, continues, possibly at a higher level than ever before. Research and conservation: Domning (1981) has proposed the establishment of a manatee reserve. References: Aguirre (1962); Domning (1981); Antas (1983). Source: Paul Roth and references. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Baia do Tubarao (8) Location: 2°15’-2°37’S, 43°20’-43°55’W; 70 km east of Sao Luis, Maranhao. Area: 130,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. 29D Brazil Province and type: 8.29.10; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A large sea bay fed by several small rivers, and with numerous large low-lying islands including Ilha de Santana, Ilha Carrapatal and Ilha Mucunambiba. Wetland habitats include intertidal mudflats, sandy beaches and mangrove swamps; the tidal rise and fall is up to 8m. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: The part within the National Park is owned by the Navy and Federal Government; the ownership of the remainder is unknown. Protection: The eastern part of the area is included within the Lencois Maranhenses National Park (155,000 ha) established in 1981. Land use: Fishing and recreation. Waterfowl: Eudocimus ruber formerly nested in the mangroves. The area is very important for passage and wintering shorebirds and Laridae, particularly Pluvialis squatarola, Numenius phaeopus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Arenaria interpres, Calidris canutus, C. alba, C. pusilla, C. minutilla, Larus cirrocephalus and Sterna spp. Other fauna: Sea turtles occur along the coast. Threats: Pollution from the city of Sao Luis; destruction of mangroves for fuel and timber; and development for recreation. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Paul Roth. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rio Parnaiba Delta (9) Location: 2°45’S, 41°45°W; between Tutoia and Parnaiba, Maranhao and Piaui. Area: 145,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.29.10; 02, 03, 05, 06, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: The estuarine and delta system of the Rio Parnaiba, with extensive fresh to brackish lakes and marshes, sandy beaches, coastal sand dunes, mangrove swamps, intertidal mudflats and numerous low-lying islands. The tidal rise and fall is up to 8m. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and recreation; ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Eudocimus ruber occurs as a non-breeding visitor at the eastern limit of its present distribution in Brazil. The area is very important for passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds, and for wintering Sterna spp. Other fauna: Trichechus manatus and Caiman latirostris are known to occur. Threats: Drainage of the marshes for agriculture, and destruction of mangroves for fuel and timber. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Paul Roth. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Rio Jaguaribe lakes and marshes (10) Location: 4°15’-5°30’S, 37°45’-38°30’W; 130 km southeast of Fortaleza, Ceara. Area: 80,000 ha, including 60,000 ha of riverine and coastal marshes and 20,000 ha of lakes. Altitude: 0-100m. Province and type: 8.20.4; 02, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11, 12, 16 & 17. Site description: The estuarine system and lower 160 km of the Rio Jaguaribe, with extensive riverine marshes, over 80 small lakes and dams on the surrounding plains, large areas of seasonally inundated grassland and arable land, a chain of small brackish coastal lagoons and marshes, coastal sand dunes, sandy beaches, mangrove swamps and intertidal mudflats. There is also a complex of salt pans near the coast. Principal vegetation: No information. -83- Brazil Land tenure: Mainly private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; agriculture; cattle ranching; and illegal hunting. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but the area is known to be important for passage and wintering shorebirds and Laridae. Dendrocygna viduata is common, and Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma has been observed on the coastal lagoons. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Illegal commercial hunting of waterfowl, mainly Dendrocygna viduata; pollution from the town of Aracati; drainage of the marshes for agriculture; and development for recreation. Research and conservation: Biologists from IBDF, two local universities and the Canadian Wildlife Service have banded shorebirds in the estuary. Source: Susana de Moura Lara-Resende and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Areia Branca and Macau coastal marshes and salt pans (11) Location: 4°55’-5°15’S, 36°10°’-37°15’W; on the coast between Areia Branca and Sao Bento do Norte, Rio Grande do Norte. Area: 70,000 ha (Areia Branca 27,500 ha, Macau and Sao Bento do Norte 42,500 ha). Altitude: 0-Sm. Province and type: 8.20.4; 02, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: 115 km of sea coast and several small estuaries, with sandy beaches, intertidal mudflats, mangrove swamps, sand dunes, brackish coastal lagoons and marshes, and large areas of salt pans, particularly around Areia Branca and Macau. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: Salt extraction. Waterfowl: Little information available, but known to be important for passage and wintering shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Susana de Moura Lara-Resende and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Coastal marshes near Natal (12) Location: 5°15’-6°22’S, 35°00’-35°30’W; the coast between Touros and Canguaretama, north and south of Natal, Rio Grande do Norte. Area: 43,500 ha, including 33,500 ha of estuaries and marshes, and 10,000 ha of lakes. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.20.4; 02, 05, 06, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: 140 km of sea coast, several small estuaries, and a chain of some 40 small lakes on the coastal plain at the extreme northeastern tip of Brazil; with sand beaches, intertidal mudflats, mangrove swamps, and fresh to brackish lakes and marshes. There is a belt of coral reefs about 2 km offshore. Principal vegetation: Mangroves dominated by Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Mainly private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; agriculture; cultivation of coconuts; and recreation along the coast. Waterfowl: Little information available, but known to be important for passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: An important area for Trichechus manatus. -84- Brazil Threats: Excessive exploitation of mangroves; overfishing; pollution from Natal city; tourist development; and drainage for agriculture. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. The Mamanguape Estuary (13) Location: 6°46’S, 34°57’W; 40 km north of Joao Pessoa, Paraiba. Area: 3,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.20.4; 02, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: The estuary of the Rio Mamanguape, with fringing mangrove swamps, sandy beaches, intertidal mudflats, and some brackish marshes. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the recently established Mamanguape Ecological Station (3,000 ha). Land use: Fishing and recreation. Waterfowl: Little information available but known to be important for migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: An important area for Trichechus manatus. Threats: Disturbance from recreation activities; the Ecological Station has no wardens. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Ilha de Itamaraca and the Rio Goiana Estuary (14) Location: 7°30’-7°50’S, 34°48’-34°55’W; 30-70 km north of Recife, Pernambuco. Area: 25,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.20.4/8.7.1; 02, 03, 05, 06 & 08. Site description: A large low-lying island with extensive mangrove swamps and ocean beaches; and the estuary of the Rio Goiana with mangrove swamps and intertidal mudflats. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; exploitation of mangroves; recreation; and farming on Ilha de Itamaraca. Waterfowl: Little information available, but the area is known to be important for migratory shorebirds, and Egretta caerulea occurs. Other fauna: An important area for Trichechus manatus. Threats: Destruction of mangroves; the use of chemicals to eliminate snails in a programme of disease control; and pesticide runoff from adjacent sugar cane plantations. The island suffers heavy disturbance from tourist recreation. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Maceio Lagoons and Praia do Peba (15) Location: 9°35’-10°10°S, 35°45’-36°15’W; from Maceio southwest along the coast for 70 km, Alagoas. Area: 19,000 ha. Altitude: 0-15m. Province and type: 8.7.1; 02, 05, 06, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: 110 km of sea coast with long sandy beaches, intertidal sandflats, sand dunes and offshore reefs; several small estuaries with mangrove swamps; and a chain of brackish coastal lagoons and marshes. -85- Brazil Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Mainly private ownership; the Ecological Station is state owned. Protection: 3,000 ha of sandy beach and sand dunes in the south are included within the Praia do Peba Ecological Station, established to protect turtle nesting beaches. Land use: Fishing. ; Waterfowl: Little information available, but known to be important for migratory shorebirds, and Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma has been recorded on the lagoons. Other fauna: Praia do Peba is an important nesting beach for the sea turtles Chelonia mydas and Caretta caretta; Lepidochelys olivacea may nest. Threats: There is some threat of oil pollution along the sea beaches. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. The Sergipe coast (16) Location: 10°45’-11°55’S, 37°00’-37°38’W; from the Aracaju area SSW along the coast to the Conde area, Sergipe and extreme northeastern Bahia. Area: 95,500 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.7.1; 02, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: 140 km of coastline with ocean beaches, and coastal sand dunes; and four large estuarine systems with extensive brackish lagoons and marshes, intertidal mudflats and mangrove swamps. The principal rivers are the Rio Sergipe, Rio Vaza-Barris, Rio Piaui, Rio Real and Rio Itapicuru. The area includes the very extensive Barra de Estancia marshes, and the Praia de Pirambu (beach). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and brackish marshes. Land tenure: Private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection; Praia de Pirambu is protected during the turtle nesting season. Land use: Fishing; exploitation of mangroves; and tourist recreation. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but the area is known to be important for migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: The estuaries are important for Trichechus manatus; and Praia de Pirambu is an important nesting beach for Chelonia mydas, Caretta caretta and Lepidochelys olivacea. Threats: Destruction of mangroves; excessive disturbance from tourist recreation; pollution from pesticide runoff; and oil exploration at Barra de Estancia. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Baia de Todos os Santos and central Bahia coast (17) Location: 12°35’-14°10’S, 38°25’-39°10’W; from the Salvador area south to the Camamu area, Bahia. Area: 180,000 ha. Altitude: 0-15m. Province and type: 8.7.1; 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: Baia de Todos os Santos is a large sea bay containing the estuary of the Rio Paraguacu, and with a narrow connection to the sea; there are extensive tidal mudflats and fringing mangrove swamps. To the south there is a chain of small estuaries and large low-lying islands, with tidal mudflats, mangrove swamps, brackish coastal lagoons and marshes, and ocean beaches, extending 150 km to the region of Camamu. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Mainly private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: The city of Salvador with its large industrial centre lies on Baia de Todos os Santos; elsewhere there is fishing, exploitation of mangroves, tourist recreation, and oil exploration. -86- Brazil Waterfowl: Little information is available. A variety of Ardeidae has been recorded, and the coastal mudflats constitute a major wintering area for Nearctic shorebirds, particularly Pluvialis squatarola, Numenius phaeopus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Calidris pusilla and C. minutilla. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is a considerable amount of pollution from the city of Salvador and oil exploration activities. References: Antas (1983). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 0. The Rio Pardo and Rio Jequitinhonha Estuaries (18) Location: 15°40’-15°50’S, 38°52’-39°00’W; near Canavieiras and Belmonte, Bahia. Area: 6,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.7.1; 02, 05, 06, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: The estuarine systems of the Rio Pardo and Rio Jequitinhonha, with extensive mangrove swamps, intertidal mudflats, brackish coastal lagoons and marshes, and adjacent sandy beaches; there are some freshwater lakes and marshes inland. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and exploitation of mangroves. Waterfowl: Little information is available. The area is known to be important for passage and wintering shorebirds and Laridae, particularly Numenius phaeopus and Sterna hirundo, and Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma has been recorded on the lagoons behind the beach. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in Brasilia National Park (19) Location: 15°40’S, 47°50’W; 10 km west of Brasilia, Distrito Federal. Area: c.1,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 1,350m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 10, 13 & 15. Site description: The Santa Maria Dam, a dam of 625 ha constructed in 1970, with a widely fluctuating water level, muddy margins, and aquatic vegetation restricted to the mouths of streams entering the dam; and numerous springs, streams and associated freshwater marshes on an undulating plateau. There is a well marked rainy season from October to April. Principal vegetation: In a region of upland savanna and cerrado, with stands of Mauritia flexuosa and gallery forest along the water courses. Land tenure: Owned by IBDF. Protection: Included within Brasilia National Park (28,000 ha) established in 1961. Land use: Scientific research and tourism in the National Park; the Santa Maria Dam is a water supply for the nearby city of Brasilia. Waterfowl: Over 40 species of waterfowl have been recorded, but most occur only in small numbers, and many only as occasional visitors. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Amazonetta brasiliensis and a variety of Rallidae including the rare Laterallus xenopterus and Micropygia schomburgkii. Common visitors include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Dendrocygna viduata and D. autumnalis. In recent years, Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma has become QF Brazil a regular visitor; 100-150 were observed in August and September 1980, and smaller numbers again in 1981 and 1983. Other fauna: The Park is one of the few known localities of the Brasilia Tapaculo Scytalopus novacapitalis which occurs in dense riverine thickets and. gallery forest. Mammals in the Park include Chrysocyon brachyurus and Ozotoceros bezoarticus. Threats: None; the National Park is well protected. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the fauna and flora of the National Park. References: IUCN (1982); Antas & Lara-Resende (1983a); Negret & Teixeira (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. The floodplain of the Rio Araguaia and Ilha do Bananal (20) Location: 9°15’-15°30’S, 49°35’-51°55’W; the middle Rio Araguaia, from Araguaia in the south 750 km downstream to Barreira do Campo, Goias and Mato Grosso. Area: c.3,800,000 ha of wetlands in a total area of 5,435,000 ha. Altitude: 180-240m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: The vast floodplain and lacustrine system of the middle Rio Araguaia, Rio Formosa and Rio das Mortes, including Ilha do Bananal between the Rio Araguaia and Rio Formosa. Ilha do Bananal, with an area of about 2,000,000 ha, is the largest fluvial island in the world. The whole system stretches for 750 km and is up to 100 km wide. During the period of flooding, from December to mid June, large areas of grassland, palm savanna and forest are inundated in vast shallow lakes; during the dry season, extensive sand banks and muddy areas are exposed. There are many permanent lakes with surrounding marshes, the largest of which is about 4,500 ha. Principal vegetation: In the transition zone between the humid tropical forest of the Amazon Basin and woody savannas (cerrados) of central Brazil, with gallery forest along the main water courses. Land tenure: Ilha do Bananal is owned by the Federal Government; the remainder is privately owned. Protection: The northern part of Ilha do Bananal is included within the Araguaia National Park (562,312 ha) established in 1959; the northeastern portion of the floodplain is included within the Coco-Javaes Ecological Station (37,000 ha); and the southern part of Ilha do Bananal is in an Indian Reservation. Land use: Extensive cattle ranching; fishing; and illegal hunting. Waterfowl: An extremely rich area for waterfowl, with a wide variety of resident breéding species, and many Nearctic shorebirds occurring on migration. Resident species include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Ixobrychus exilis, Tigrisoma lineatum, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Pilherodius pileatus, Cochlearius cochlearius, all three Ciconiidae, Theristicus caudatus, Ajaia ajaja, Anhima cornuta, all three Dendrocygna spp, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Porphyrula martinica, Eurypyga helias, Jacana jacana and Vanellus chilensis. There are large breeding colonies of Ardeidae, Ajaia ajaja and Mycteria americana. Other fauna: Mammals include Chrysocyon brachyurus, Pteronura brasiliensis, Lutra enudris, Leo onca, Tapirus terrestris, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Blastocerus dichotomus, Ozotoceros bezoarticus and Inia geoffrensis. Reptiles include Melanosuchus niger, Caiman crocodilus, Podocnemis expansa and Eunectes murinus. Fishes include Arapaima gigas, Cichla spp, Salminus hilarii, Serrasalmus spp, Electrophorus eletricus, various Pimelodidae, and many others. Threats: Wardening in the National Park is reported to be poor; a major highway is being constructed through the Park; illegal grazing of domestic livestock and poaching occur; and there is some illegal settlement. Outside the protected areas there is overgrazing by domestic livestock, drainage of wetlands for rice cultivation, modifications in the water courses for irrigation purposes, and pollution from pesticide runoff. There are reports of the use of pesticides to kill Dendrocygna spp along the Rio Formosa, to reduce the numbers feeding in rice fields. -88- Brazil Research and conservation: Preliminary faunal and floral surveys have been conducted in the National Park and Ecological Station, and a detailed management plan has been prepared for the Park. References: IBDF & FBCN (1981b); IUCN (1982); Antas (1983). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Susana de Moura Lara-Resende. Criteria for inclusion: 123. The upper Rio Xingu (21) Location: 10°05’-12°55’S, 51°55’-54°15’W; in northeastern Mato Grosso. Area: 850,000 ha. Altitude: 250-275m. Province and type: 8.30.10; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: Extensive tracts of riverine marshes, associated lakes, seasonally indundated grassland and swamp forest along the upper Rio Xingu and its tributaries including the Rio Suia-Micu, Rio Culuene, Rio Ronuro and Rio Steinen. Flooding occurs between October and April. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: An Indian Reservation, owned by the Federal Government. Protection: The area is afforded some protection by the local Indians. Land use: Traditional activities of the local Indians. Waterfowl: Very little information available; known to be an important area for both resident waterfowl and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: Blastocerus dichotomus, Trichechus inunguis, Melanosuchus niger and Podocnemis expansa are known to occur. Threats: There is an increase in ranching and agriculture in the surrounding areas, and the Indians themselves are adopting modern farming practices. Research and conservation: One of the most important and least disturbed wetland areas in central Brazil; identified as a priority area for conservation by Wetterberg et al (1976). References: Wetterberg et al (1976). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Susana de Moura Lara-Resende. Criteria for inclusion: 123. The Rio Guapore and Rio Cautario marshes (22) Location: 12°00°S, 64°50’W to 15°10’S, 59°30’W; along the Bolivian border from Mato Grosso to the region of Principe da Beira, Mato Grosso and Rondonia. Area: 1,400,000 ha. Altitude: 150-230m. Province and type: 8.6.1/8.30.10; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: Extensive freshwater marshes and swamps along the Rio Guapore from its headwaters near the town of Mato Grosso 700 km downstream along the Bolivian border to Near its confluence with the Rio Mamore; and swamps and riverine marshes along the lower Rio Cautario to its confluence with the Guapore. There are large tracts of seasonally flooded gallery forest and humid palm savanna with "islands" of forest. The dry season is from May to September. This wetland is contiguous with the Bolivian site 23. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Mainly private ownership; the Biological Reserve is owned by the Federal Government. Protection: The western part is included in the Alto Guapore Biological Reserve (600,000 ha) established in 1982; the southeastern part is included in the recently established Alto Guapore Ecological Station. Land use: Some hunting, fishing, cattle ranching and agriculture, but much of the area remains almost undisturbed. -89- Brazil Waterfowl: Very little information available, but known to be very rich in breeding waterfowl, and important for Nearctic shorebirds on migration. Species recorded include Pluvialis dominica, Limosa haemastica, Calidris melanotos, Micropalama himantopus and Steganopus tricolor. : Other fauna: Blastocerus dichotomus, Melanosuchus niger, Caiman crocodilus and Podocnemis expansa are known to occur. Threats: Ranching activities are being expanded in the area, and there is a considerable amount of illegal hunting, particularly of crocodilians. There are some small farms in the Biological Reserve. References: Antas (1983). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Pantanal do Mato Grosso (23) Location: 15°30’-21°30’S, 55°00’-59°00’W; northwestern Mato Grosso do Sul and southern Mato Grosso, on the Bolivian and Paraguayan borders. Area: 11,000,000 ha of wetlands in a total region of 15,000,000 ha. Altitude: 80-150m; (isolated peaks southeast of Corumba to 1,065m). Province and type: 8.30.10; 09, 11, 12, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast region of seasonally flooded savannas in the upper drainage of the Rio Paraguay and tributaries; with many slow-flowing, meandering rivers and streams, numerous small permanent freshwater lakes and marshes, areas of higher dry savannna, and belts and islands of xerophytic scrub (matorral) and humid deciduous forest. The region is bounded by the Serra dos Coroados ou S. Lourenco to the north, the Planalto de Mato Grosso to the east, and the Serra da Bodoquena and Serra de Maracaju to the south. The wetlands drain west, through a gap 50 km wide between the Corumba and Ladario hills and the Serra da Bodoquena. The natural drainage is very slow, rivers falling by as little as 3 cm per km, and the soils are poor and badly aerated. The annual rainfall is 1,200-1,400 mm, 80% of which falls between December and March. The main flooding occurs from the end of December to mid June. There are great seasonal fluctuations in the extent of flooding. The largest permanent wetlands, including lakes up to 10,000 ha in extent, are in the northwest on the Bolivian border. Although the greater part of the Pantanal lies in Brazil, 1,235,000 ha along the western edge lie in Bolivia, and 400,000 ha in the south lie in northern Paraguay (see Bolivia sites 19 and 20, and Paraguay site 1). Principal vegetation: Vast tracts of seasonally inundated savanna with scattered palms Copernica australis; patches of humid deciduous forest and gallery forest with species of Jacaranda, Caryocar, Vochysia and Tecoma; and marshes with species of Eichhornia, Azolla, Pistia and Cyperaceae. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned in large ranches. The Ecological Station is owned by SEMA. Protection: 137,000 ha are protected in the Pantanal Matogrossense National Park, established in 1981, and 12,000 ha in Taiama Ecological Station, also established in 1981. The remainder of the area is unprotected. Land use: The principal activity throughout the region is cattle ranching, which was introduced at the end of the 19th century. The region supports an important fishery, and there is a considerable amount of illegal hunting of crocodilians and fur-bearers for their hides, and live animals for the zoo and pet trade. There is a little agriculture, industry and mining, and in recent years some nature tourism. -90- Brazil Waterfowl: Probably the most important wetland area in South America in terms of waterfowl populations, with huge resident breeding populations of a wide variety of species typical of open freshwater marshes and wet savanna. Characteristic species include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Tigrisoma lineatum, Pilherodius pileatus, Syrigma sibilatrix, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides striatus, Egretta thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Mycteria americana, Euxenura maguari, Jabiru mycteria, Harpiprion caerulescens, Theristicus caudatus, Phimosus infuscatus, Ajaia ajaja, Chauna torquata, Dendrocygna viduata, D. autumnalis, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, a wide variety of Rallidae, Jacana jacana, Vanellus chilensis, Himantopus himantopus, Phaetusa simplex and Sterna superciliaris. The Pantanal is also very important for Nearctic shorebirds, particularly on passage to and from wintering areas further south. The commoner species are Pluvialis dominica, Bartramia longicauda, Tringa spp, Calidris fuscicollis, C. melanotos and Tryngites subruficollis. Other fauna: The region is rich in birds of prey including Cathartes burrovianus, Rostrhamus sociabilis, Circus buf foni, Buteogallus urubitinga, Busarellus nigricollis and Polyborus plancus. Mammals include Pteronura brasiliensis, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and _ Blastocerus dichotomus. Reptiles include Caiman crocodilus yacare and C. latirostris. Threats: Large tracts of the Pantanal remain remote and only slightly modified by man. However, there has recently been a great acceleration in development, and in many areas wetlands are threatened. The principal threats are: watershed deforestation resulting in increased turbidity and increased siltation rates; modifications to water courses and construction of dams and canals for irrigation projects; construction of hydroelectric dams; expansion of agriculture; introduction of domestic buffalo; pollution of rivers from industries, mines and pesticide runoff; increase in mining activities; overfishing; and extensive illegal hunting, particularly of Caiman crocodilus and Anatidae. The alcohol industry is being developed along the Rio Cuiaba, and is likely to cause serious pollution in that river in the future. Research and conservation: In recent years, a considerable amount of attention has been focused on the Pantanal, and a variety of faunal and floral investigations and bird banding programmes have been conducted or are in progress. The Instituto de Preservacao e Controle Ambiental in Mato Grosso do Sul has been particularly active in this regard. The region has tremendous potential for nature tourism, recreation and sport hunting, and there is a great need to establish a rational and integrated management plan for the entire area. It is essential that additional areas be protected; attempts are being made to enlarge the National Park to over 200,000 ha, but ideally a protected area should cover a complete watershed as a corridor, in order to ensure the survival of the complete spectrum of natural processes, ecosystems and species. References: Hueck (1978); Dourojeanni (1980); Mercedes-Benz do Brasil S.A. (1980); IUCN (1982). Source: Marlise Becker, Carlos Yamashita and references. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Floodplain of the Rio Parana (24) Location: 21°00’S, 51°45’W to 24°10’S, 54°25’W; between Tres Lagoas and the Paraguayan border, Sao Paulo, Parana and Mato Grosso do Sul. Area: Formerly c.625,000 ha. Altitude: 240-265m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 09, 11, 16 & 18. Site description: The extensive floodplain of the 440 km stretch of the Rio Parana downstream from Tres Lagoas, formerly 10-20 km wide, but now much reduced following the construction of huge hydroelectric dams on the Paranaiba (upper Parana) above Tres Lagoas. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. =o Brazil Threats: The Itaipu Hydroelectric Dam 60 km downstream on the Rio Parana, on the Brazil/Paraguay border, has flooded 146,000 ha of the valley and extends back to the lower portion of the present site. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in Serra da Canastra National Park (25) Location: 20°15’S, 46°40’W; 50 km north of Passos, Minas Gerais. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; National Park 73,000 ha. Altitude: 900-1,400m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 10 & 13. Site description: Cold clear highland springs, streams and associated bogs at the headwaters of several large rivers including the Rio Sao Francisco; on a high plateau of rolling grassland with steep escarpments. There are numerous waterfalls, rapids and pools up to 2m deep; water levels remain fairly constant throughout the year except during occasional flash floods in December and January. The annual rainfall is 1,300-1,700 mm. Principal vegetation: Sphagnum bogs; rolling grassland (campos limpios); open woodland (cerrado); and riparian forest. Land tenure: Owned by IBDF. Protection: Within the Serra da Canastra National Park (73,000 ha) established in 1972; the protection is excellent. Land use: Formerly a single large ranch with low density cattle grazing; now undisturbed except for some nature tourism and research activities. Waterfowl: The larger streams and bogs support small populations of Podiceps dominicus, Theristicus caudatus, Gallinago (g) paraguaiae and G. undulata. The area is of major importance for its resident population of the extremely rare Mergus octosetaceus. J. M. Dietz estimated the population in the Park and surrounding areas at about 50 birds in 1980. This species is dependent on clear, fast-flowing rivers and streams which have now become extremely rare outside protected areas as a result of watershed degradation and extensive soil erosion. Other fauna: The Brasilia Tapaculo Scytalopus novacapitalis was discovered in riverine thickets in the Park in October 1983; this species was previously thought to occur only in the vicinity of Brasilia. The Park has large populations of a variety of birds typical of tall grassland, a habitat becoming very rare in central Brazil. Mammals include Chrysocyon brachyurus and Ozotoceros bezoarticus. Threats: None, other than fires which destroy large areas of grassland each year. Research and conservation: Dietz (1980) conducted a study on Chrysocyon brachyurus, and IBDF has prepared a management plan for the Park. The Park contains one of the few remaining upland grassland areas with clear rivers and streams in central Brazil. References: Dietz (1980); IUCN (1982). Source: James M. Dietz, Helmut Sick and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Ninhal do Barreiro (26) Location: 20°05’S, 45°38’W; 45 km NNW of Formiga, Minas Gerais. Area: 1,000 ha. Altitude: 650m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 09, 12, 16, 17 & 18. Site description: A complex of slow-flowing rivers, marshes, freshwater lakes, and seasonally flooded grassland, arable land and patches of forest; in the upper basin of the Rio Sao Francisco. Principal vegetation: In a region of campos and cerrado. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No legal protection, but the owners afford the area some protection and restrict hunting. 29)- Brazil Land use: Cattle ranching, and some illegal hunting. Waterfowl: A very important breeding area for waterfowl of the upper Rio Sao Francisco, with large colonies of Egretta alba, Ardea cocoi and Ajaia ajaja. Other resident species include Nycticorax nycticorax, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta thula and Jabiru mycteria. Many other species of waterfowl occur on migration. Other fauna: Chrysocyon brachyurus and Caiman latirostris occur. Threats: Illegal hunting poses the only threat at present. Research and conservation: M. A. de Andrade is currently conducting a study of the avifauna, and banding nesting birds. Source: Marco Antonio de Andrade. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. The Rio Doce Estuary, Juparana lakes and Linhares marshes (27) Location: 18°35’-19°45’S, 39°41’-40°25’W; between Linhares and Sao Mateus, Espirito Santo. Area: 191,500 ha (180,000 ha of coastal marshes; 11,500 ha of inland lakes). Altitude: 0-30m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 02, 05, 07, 08, 09, 12 & 18. Site description: The estuarine system of the Rio Doce and 140 km of coastal marshes from Conceicao da Barra in the north to 30 km south of the Rio Doce in the south; with mangrove swamps, ocean beaches, fresh to brackish lakes and marshes, and areas of swamp forest; also inland a series of eight freshwater lakes with some fringing marshes in rolling hill country, the largest being Lagoa Juparana (5,500 ha). Principal vegetation: In the humid tropical forest zone, although most of the forest has now been cleared for ranching and agriculture. The 44,000 ha of Atlantic forest protected in Sooretama Biological Reserve and Reserva Florestal de Linhares (contiguous reserves) represent almost 50% of the primary forest remaining in the State of Espirito Santo. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned; Sooretama Biological Reserve is owned by IBDF, the Reserva Florestal de Linhares is owned by Companhia Vale do Rio Doce, and the beaches at the mouth of the Rio Doce are owned by Espirito Santo State. Protection: Some freshwater lakes, swamps and swamp forest are included in the Sooretama Biological Reserve (24,000 ha) established in 1943, and in Reserva Florestal de Linhares (20,000 ha); the beaches at the mouth of the Rio Doce (Comboios) are protected by IBDF during the turtle nesting season. The remainder is unprotected. Land use: Fishing and recreation along the coast; extensive cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas; illegal hunting. Waterfowl: Resident species include Podilymbus podiceps, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Ixobrychus exilis, Tigrisoma lineatum, Nycticorax nycticorax, Pilherodius pileatus, Butorides striatus, Egretta alba, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Porphyrula martinica, Jacana jacana and Vanellus chilensis. A number of migrant Nearctic shorebirds occur along the coast, and Sterna hirundinacea occurs at the limit of its non-breeding range during the austral winter. Other fauna: The beaches at the mouth of the Rio Doce are the only known regular nesting site of Dermochelys coriacea in Brazil. Threats: Beach development for recreation and exploration for oil along the coast; and illegal hunting. Research and conservation: Tundisi (1983a) has conducted limnological studies in the freshwater lakes of the Rio Doce valley. Research at Sooretama Biological Reserve has concentrated on the endangered forest fauna and flora. References: IUCN (1982); Tundisi (1983a). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. -93- Brazil Lagoa Feia and the Paraiba do Sul marshes (28) Location: 21°25’-22°10’S, 41°00’-41°35’W; south and east of Campos, Rio de Janeiro. Area: 68,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 02, 05, 07, 08, 09 & 12. Site description: The estuarine/delta system of the Rio Paraiba do Sul, with extensive mangrove swamps; sandy beaches along the coast; a complex of relatively shallow freshwater lakes and marshes in the delta area; and a chain of small brackish lagoons stretching along the coast to the south. Lagoa Feia in the southern part of the delta is much the largest lake; drainage schemes had reduced its area from 30,000 ha in 1933 to 17,000 in 1978, and eliminated many smaller lakes nearby. The water level in the lake is now controlled and there are only slight seasonal fluctuations. Principal vegetation: The aquatic vegetation includes Cyperaceae and species of Lichhornia, Pistia, Eleocharis, Chara, Elodea, Cabomba, Potamogeton, Lemna, Salvinia, Typha, Schoenoplectus and Echinochloa. Land tenure: Mainly private, with some state ownership. Protection: No legal protection, but some landowners prohibit hunting. Land use: Fishing; cattle ranching; cultivation of sugar cane for the alcohol industry; and exploration for oil. Waterfowl: A very important area for both resident and migratory waterfowl. Resident species include Podilymbus podiceps, Podiceps dominicus, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides striatus, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. viduata, D. autumnalis, Anas bahamensis, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Oxyura dominica, Aramus guarauna, Rallus nigricans, Porzana flaviventer, Laterallus melanophaius, Porphyriops melanops, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Jacana jacana, Charadrius collaris and Sterna superciliaris. Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma occurs in_ significant numbers; /xobrychus involucris and Rallus sanguinolentus occur at the northern limit of their range in southeastern Brazil; and Nycticryphes semicollaris has been recorded as a winter visitor. Common Nearctic migrants include Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, T. solitaria and Actitis macularia, and Anas discors has occurred as a vagrant. Other fauna: Lutra sp, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and Caiman latirostris occur. Sick (1967) describes an interesting case of local speciation in the seed-eater Sporophila bouvreuil, which demonstrates the zoogeographic isolation of this wetland. The subspecies confined to the Lagoa Feia swamps differs from other forms of the species in lacking a distinctive male plumage. Threats: The wetland is under serious threat from continuing drainage for agriculture, particularly the cultivation of sugar cane; land reclamation for urban and _ industrial development; pollution; disturbance from recreation; intensive illegal hunting; and the deliberate burning of marsh vegetation. Research and conservation: A variety of faunal and floral investigations have been carried out by the Museu Nacional and Fundacao Estadual de Engenharia do Meio Ambiente (FEEMA). References: Sick (1962, 1967 & 1968); Schneider & Sick (1962); Coimbra-Filho (1969a); Maciel & Araujo (1979); FEEMA (1980). Source: Luiz A. Pedreira Gonzaga, Norma Crud Maciel, Helmut Sick and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Rio de Janeiro lagoons (29) Location: 22°50’-23°00’S, 42°00’-43°25’W; between Rio de Janeiro and Cabo Frio, Rio de Janeiro. Area: 26,000 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 05, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: A chain of eleven large fresh to brackish coastal lagoons behind a sea beach from Lagoa Jacarepagua (1,400 ha) in the west to Lagoa de Araruama (15,000 ha) in the east; and a complex of salt pans, shallow saline lagoons and marshes south of Cabo Frio. Several of -94- Brazil the brackish lagoons have fringing mangroves and are influenced by the tides. Jacarepagua, Marapendi, Itaipu and Piratininga are in the outskirts of Rio de Janeiro and Niteroi. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Avicennia sp; marshes with Cyperaceae, Paspalum vaginatum, Typha sp and Acrostichum sp. Land tenure: A mixture of state, municipal and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; conch fishing; extraction of salt; recreation; and some illegal hunting. In a region of extensive urban and suburban development, with the large cities of Rio de Janeiro and Niteroi in the west. Waterfowl: Surprisingly rich in waterfowl in view of the proximity of the wetlands to large urban centres. Common residents include Podilymbus podiceps, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Butorides striatus, Egretta thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Dendrocygna viduata, Anas bahamensis, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Gallinula chloropus, Jacana jacana and Charadrius collaris. Other species recorded include Botaurus pinnatus, Ixobrychus involucris, Cochlearius cochlearius, Oxyura dominica and Porphyriops melanops. Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma is fairly common and known to breed; flocks of up to 80 have been recorded on Jacarepagua, Marapendi, Itaipu and Piratininga in recent years. A variety of Nearctic shorebirds occur on migration and in the austral summer, particularly on the salt pans and coastal lagoons near Cabo Frio. The commoner species include Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris alba, C. pusilla and C. fuscicollis. | Nycticryphes semicollaris has occurred as a winter visitor from the south. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The wetlands are under considerable pressure from urban expansion, the reclamation of land for industry and residential areas, and development for water sports and beach recreation. There is also a serious pollution problem from domestic and industrial waste, and some illegal hunting. Research and conservation: Various faunal and floral studies, including bird banding projects, have been carried out by the Museu Nacional and local universities. References: Sick & Pabst (1968); Sick & Teixeira (1979); Teixeira & Nacinovic (1981). Source: Susana de Moura Lara-Resende, Norma Crud Maciel and Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Guanabara Bay (30) Location: 22°40’-22°55’S, 42°58’-43°16’W; northeast of the city of Rio de Janeiro, Rio de Janeiro. Area: 45,000 ha including 5,000 ha of mangroves. Altitude: 0-2m. Proyince and type: 8.8.2; 01, 07 & 08. Site description: A large sea bay with narrow entrance to the sea between the cities of Rio de Janeiro and Niteroi; there are extensive mangrove swamps at Reconcavo in the northeast, and fringing fresh to brackish marshes and wet arable land. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Laguncularia racemosa and Avicennia sp; salt marshes with Spartina alterniflora; and marshes with Typha domingensis, Hibiscus pernambucensis and Acrostichum aureum. Land tenure: The bay is under Federal ownership (Marine Territory); the surrounding areas are mainly private. Protection: An Environmental Protection Area has recently been established to protect 5,000 ha of mangroves at Reconcavo. The remainder of the area is unprotected. Land use: Fishing; harvesting of crabs; exploitation of mangroves; and recreation. The city and port of Rio de Janeiro lie along the west shore of the Bay; other neighbouring areas are under cultivation. -95- Brazil Waterfowl: A wide variety of resident and migratory waterfowl occur, although in much smaller numbers than in former times. Common residents include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Dendrocygna viduata, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Aramides cajanea, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Jacana jacana and Charadrius collaris. Other fauna: Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Caiman latirostris and Paleosuchus niger occur. Threats: The shore of the bay is under intense pressure from urban and agricultural expansion, and only the large tracts of mangroves and swamp in the northeast remain relatively undisturbed. Here the principal threats are the destruction of mangroves for fuel and timber, drainage for agriculture, and pollution from pesticide runoff. Research and conservation: Faunal and floral studies have been carried out by the Museu Nacional, and FEEMA has conducted a study of the mangroves at Reconcavo. References: Araujo & Maciel (1979). Source: Norma Crud Maciel. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Guaratiba Bay (31) Location: 23°02’S, 43°37’W; west of Rio de Janeiro city, Rio de Janeiro. Area: 1,413 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 02, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: An area of mangrove swamps, brackish marshes and intertidal mudflats at the eastern end of a large sea bay. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Laguncularia racemosa and Avicennia sp; marshes with Paspalum vaginatum. Land tenure: A mixture of federal and state ownership. Protection: Within the Guaratiba Biological and Archeological Reserve, a state reserve. Land use: Fishing and recreation. Waterfowl: A variety of resident waterfowl and migrant Nearctic shorebirds occur, the residents including Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Ajaia ajaja, Jacana jacana and Charadrius collaris. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution, and encroachment of residential areas; the reserve is not clearly defined. References: Maia & Penna (1982). Source: Norma Crud Maciel. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. The lower Rio Ribeira, Iguape and Lagunas de Cananeia (32) Location: 24°25’-25°15’S, 47°15’-48°05’W; near Registro and Iguape, Sao Paulo. Area: 120,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.7.1; 02, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11 & 12. Site description: The extensive riverine marshes of the lower Rio Ribeira and tributaries; a complex of narrow coastal inlets, fresh to brackish lagoons, mangrove swamps and _ intertidal mudflats around Ilha Comprida and Ilha do Cardoso; and 100 km of ocean beach with coastal dunes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa; sandy areas and marshes with Jpomoea pescaprae, Spartina ciliata, Philoxerus portulacoides, Canavalia obtusifolia, Remirea maritima and Hydrocotyle umbellata. In a region of humid tropical forest (Atlantic forest). Land tenure: The Ecological Station is owned by SEMA; Ilha do Cardoso is owned by the state; other areas are mainly private. 96 Brazil Protection: The northeastern portion is included within the Jureia Ecological Station (30,000 ha); Ilha do Cardoso State Park includes 1,100 ha of Atlantic beach and 1,800 ha of mangroves; other areas are unprotected. Land use: Subsistence agriculture, and commercial fishing on a small scale. Waterfowl: An important area for both breeding and migrant waterfowl. Resident species include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Dendrocygna spp, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Aramides cajanea and Vanellus chilensis. Passage migrants include Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa spp, Calidris fuscicollis and Laridae. Other fauna: Procyon cancrivorus, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and Tapirus terrestris occur. Threats: Destruction of mangroves, and excessive disturbance from recreation at weekends. Research and conservation: A management plan has been prepared for Ilha do Cardoso State Park; and the Lagunas de Cananeia-Iguape area is under study for the creation of a protected area. References: Negreiros et al (1974); Noffs & Baptista-Noffs (1982). Source: Susana de Moura Lara-Resende and Marcos da Silva Noffs. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Baia de Laranjeiras and Baia de Paranagua (33) Location: 25°15’-25°35’S, 48°10’-48°45’W; between Paranagua and Guaraquecaba, Parana. Area: 76,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.7.1; 01, 02, 03, 07, 08 & 10. Site description: A large sea bay complex with deeply indented shoreline, numerous small islands, and the estuaries of several small fast-flowing rivers; there are some estuarine marshes and mangrove swamps. The bay is up to 10m deep, and has a tidal rise and fall of about Im. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid tropical forest (Atlantic forest). Land tenure: No information. Protection: The northeastern portion is included within the recently established Guaraquecaba Ecological Station (73,640 ha); the remainder is unprotected. Land use: Fishing. The area is little disturbed. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but the area is known to be rich in Ardeidae and Rallidae. Other fauna: There is a large breeding colony of Sula leucogaster and Fregata magnificens on an island in Paranagua Bay. The area is particularly important for its population of the endangered parrot Amazona brasiliensis. Threats: The surrounding forests are being destroyed, and there is some trapping of birds for the pet trade. Source: Pedro Scherer Neto. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Rio Iguacu and Iguacu Falls (34) Location: 25°05’-25°41’S, 53°40’-54°38’W; 20 km southeast of Foz do Iguacu, on the Argentinian border, Parana. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 150-275m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 10. Site description: Approximately 170 km of the Rio Iguacu, a large, relatively fast-flowing fiver with spectacular falls which drop 80m over a distance of 2,700m. The flow in the river has recently been affected by the construction of a large hydroelectric dam 300 km upstream at Osorio. Contiguous with Argentina site 14. Principal vegetation: In relatively undisturbed humid subtropical forest with some Araucaria angustifolia and the palms Euterpe edulis and Cocos romanzof fiana. Land tenure: The greater part of the National Park is owned by IBDF. -97- Brazil Protection: Included within the Iguacu National Park (170,086 ha), established in 1939 and modified in 1944. Land use: Tourism in the National Park. Waterfowl: A variety of waterfowl breed in the Park, including Anhinga anhinga, Mesembrinibis cayennesis, Cairina moschata, Heliornis fulica and Charadrius collaris. The rare Mergus octosetaceus was recorded as an occasional visitor until at least the 1970s, and the endangered nominate race of Tigrisoma fasciatum may still occur. Other fauna: There is a large roost of the rather local swift Cypseloides senex at the falls, and the endangered piping-guan Pipile jacutinga occurs in the surrounding forests. | Mammals include Pteronura brasiliensis, Lutra platensis, Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and Tapirus terrestris; reptiles include Caiman latirostris and Paleosuchus palpebrosus. Threats: Increasing turbidity of the Rio Iguacu and its tributaries as a result of watershed degradation outside the park, and alterations in flow caused by the hydroelectric dam at Osorio are the main problems. There is some encroachment by settlers, forest clearance and hunting in the Park, and tourists cause a considerable amount of disturbance, particularly in low-flying helicopters. Research and conservation: A variety of faunal and floral investigations have been conducted in the Park. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 3a & 3b. Tubarao Lagoons (35) Location: 28°02’-28°40’S, 48°40’-49°03’W; east of Tubarao, Santa Catarina. Area: 50,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.8.2; 02, 07 & 08. Site description: Lagoa do Mirim (18,000 ha), Lagoa Garopaba (3,500 ha), and about ten © smaller brackish coastal lagoons with extensive marshes between Garopaba in the north and Jaguaruna in the south. There are some mangrove swamps, here at the extreme southern limit of their occurrence on the Atlantic coast. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Lagoa do Sombrio (36) Location: 29°10°S, 49°40’W; 60 km southwest of Criciuma, Santa Catarina. Area: 5,060 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.32.11; 07. Site description: A large brackish coastal lagoon, up to 3m deep, and several small lagoons nearby, with brackish marshes and surrounding sandy areas. Water levels fluctuate with the local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Cyperaceae and Typha sp; in a region of open grasslandand scrub. Land tenure: A mixture of state and municipal ownership. Protection: None. -98- Brazil Land use: Cattle ranching in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Resident breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Gallinula chloropus, Fulica armillata and F. rufifrons. The wetland is of chief importance as a wintering area for waterfowl breeding further south; these include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Egretta alba, Ardea cocoi, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. viduata, Cygnus melancoryphus and Netta peposaca. Other fauna: The area is rich in passerines associated with wetland habitats. Threats: Drainage canals have been dug to reclaim land for cattle grazing. Research and conservation: Preliminary avifaunal surveys have been conducted in the area. Source: Lenir Alda do Rosario Bege and Selma Mattos Diniz. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Tramandai Lagoons (37) Location: 29°22’S, 49°48’W to 30°23’S, 50°20’W; from Torres south along the coast to 50 km south of Tramandai, Rio Grande do Sul. Area: 42,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.32.11; 07 & 12. Site description: A chain of lakes and lagoons with associated marshes stretching for 125 km along the coast of northern Rio Grande do Sul, separated from the sea by a belt of sand dunes 3-5 km wide. The great majority are fresh, but four lagoons near Tramandai (Tramandai, Armazem, Custodia and Gentil) are brackish with salinities ranging up to 30 p.p.t. The largest lakes are Itapeva (9,516 ha), dos Quadros (11,900 ha), Malvas (1,500 ha), Palmital (1,172 ha), Pinguela (2,908 ha), Tramandai (1,286 ha), Fortaleza (1,854 ha) and Porteira (1,868 ha). The maximum depth varies from about 1.5m to 3.5m, and the levels fluctuate seasonally by 50 cm to Im. Principal vegetation: Freshwater lakes and marshes with Scirpus californicus, S. giganteus, Paspalidium paludivagum, Eichhornia crassipes, E. azurea, Pistia stratiotes, Potamogeton sp, Salvinia sp, Elodea densa, Fuerena robusta, Nymphoides indica and Cabomba australis; brackish lagoons with Scirpus californicus, S. olneyi, Ruppia maritima, Trapa sp, Potamogeton pectinatus, Ceratophyllum demersum and Chara sp. Surrounding areas with dune vegetation, pastureland and rice cultivation. Land tenure: Mainly private ownership; some lakes are partly owned by the state or local municipalities. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching, traditional fishing and recreation. There is commercial fishing at some lakes, and pisciculture at Lagoa dos Quadros. The waters of Lagoa Rincao das Eguas and Lagoa Porteira are used to irrigate rice cultivation. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of breeding waterfowl and migrants from both the north and the south. Belton records over 65 species including Rollandia rolland, Podiceps major, Botaurus pinnatus, Ixobrychus involucris, Mycteria americana, Euxenura maguari, Chauna torquata, Anas georgica, A. versicolor, Netta peposaca (mainly a winter visitor), Cairina moschata, Oxyura dominica, Rallus sanguinolentus, R. nigricans, R. maculatus, Aramides saracura, Fulica armillata, F. leucoptera, Gallinago (g.) paraguaiae and Larus maculipennis. Migrant shorebirds include Charadrius falklandicus, C. modestus and Eudromias ruficollis from southern South America, and 13 regular visitors from the Nearctic. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is some pollution from domestic sewage at Lagoa Marcelino, Laguna Tramandai and Lagoa Armazem. Research and conservation: Limnological studies have been conducted at all the lakes by Chomenko (1981) and Schwarzbold (1982), and the avifauna has been studied by Belton (1984). Priority areas for protection include Lagoa Malvas, Lagoa Rincao I, Lagoa Rincao II and Lagoa Pombas. References: Chomenko (1981); Schwarzbold (1982); Belton (1984). Source: Walter A. Voss. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -99- Brazil Lagoa do Peixe and nearby lakes (38) Location: 30°24’S, 50°20’W to 31°55’S, 51°54’W; along the coast east of Lagoa dos Patos, Rio Grande do Sul. Area: 11,300 ha of lakes and lagoons. Altitude: 0-4m. Province and type: 8.32.11; 05, 07 & 12. Site description: A chain of 23 small freshwater lakes and marshes, and the large shallow brackish to saline Lagoa do Peixe (4,370 ha), stretching for 240 km along the inland side of the coastal sand dunes between Lagoa dos Patos and the Atlantic; the seaward side of the dunes is a continuous ocean beach. Lagoa do Peixe varies in depth from 10-80 cm, and the salinity ranges from 1-40 p.p.t.; the lagoon is connected to the sea by a channel during the rainy season (winter and spring). The shores are muddy and sandy, and there is little aquatic vegetation. Most of the freshwater lakes are under 500 ha in area, but Lagoa Quintao, Lagoa dos Barros and Lagoa Figueira in the north exceed 700 ha, and the southernmost lake, Lagoa Tuneira, is 1,760 ha. The maximum depths range from under Im to 11m, and levels fluctuate seasonally by about 50 cm. Lagoa Moleques and Lagoa Figueira are exceptional in being oligotrophic. Principal vegetation: Some sparse halophytic vegetation and Paspalum vaginatum at Lagoa do Peixe; freshwater lakes and marshes with Scirpus californicus, S. giganteus, Paspalidium paludivagum, Potamogeton illinoensis, Eichhornia azurea, Zizaniopsis bonariensis, Pontederia lanceolata, Echinodorus grandiflorus, Nymphoides indica, Ceratophyllum demersum and Chara sp. Sand dune vegetation to the east and grassland to the west, with some plantations of Pinus and Eucalyptus spp in northern areas, and native coastal scrub in the south. Land tenure: Private and public (Navy) ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching throughout; some recreation at lakes in the north; a little traditional fishing; commercial shrimp fishing at Lagoa do Peixe; sport hunting; and rice cultivation and forestry in surrounding areas. The waters of several lakes are used for irrigation in rice cultivation, particularly in the north. Waterfowl: A very important area for a wide variety of waterfowl. Lagoa do Peixe is particularly important as a staging area and wintering area for migrant waterfowl breeding further south and for Nearctic shorebirds. The southern migrants include Phoenicopterus chilensis (up to 200), Coscoroba coscoroba, Cygnus melancoryphus, Anas flavirostris, A. sibilatrix, A. georgica, Netta peposaca, Charadrius falklandicus (over 5,000), C. modestus (over 1,000) and Larus maculipennis. Nearctic migrants include Pluvialis dominica, Limosa haemastica (up to 1,000 on passage in April/May and October), Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris canutus (up to 20,000 on passage in April and May), C. alba, C. fuscicollis (many thousands), C. melanotos and Sterna hirundo (up to 8,000 in April and May). Common resident shorebirds include Haematopus palliatus, Vanellus chilensis and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Drainage of marshes at Lagoa do Fundo and Lagoa Pai Joao for forestry; fish farming with exotic species at Lagoa do Peixe; and destruction of coastal habitat for tourist recreation, particularly in the north. Forestry projects are affecting wind patterns and hence the movement of sand dunes, which has had a detrimental effect on some lakes. Proposals have been made to alter water levels in Lagoa do Peixe to improve fishing. Research and conservation: Some shorebird censuses and banding programmes have been carried out by CEMAVE, the Fundacao Zoobotanica do Rio Grande do Sul, and the University of Porto Alegre. Chomenko (1981) and Schwarzbold (1982) have conducted limnological studies at all the lakes; and a research project on the importance of Lagoa do Peixe for waterfowl has recently been initiated by Susana de Moura Lara-Resende. Areas particularly worthy of protection include Lagoa do Peixe and surrounding areas; Lagoa Tuneira in the south; Lagoa Rebeca, Lagoa Cinza, Lagoa Papagaio I and II, and Lagoa Ponche in the north; and the oligotrophic lakes Moleques and Figueira. References: Chomenko (1981); Schwarzbold (1982); Morrison (1983a); Belton (1984). Source: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas, Susana de Moura Lara-Resende, Flavio Silva and Walter A. Voss. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -100- Brazil Lagoa dos Patos (39) Location: 29°55’-32°00°S, 50°20’-52°15’W; south of Porto Alegre, Rio Grande do Sul. Area: 1,567,000 ha (Lagoa dos Patos 985,000 ha; other lakes and marshes 582,000 ha). Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.32.11; 09, 12, 13, 16 & 17. Site description: Lagoa dos Patos, the largest lake in Brazil, is a deep freshwater lake 250 km long by 50 km wide with a wide connection with the sea at Rio Grande in the south which enables shipping to enter the lake and service a large port at Porto Alegre in the extreme north. In the surrounding low-lying areas there are some 135 freshwater lakes of 100 to 2,000 ha in extent, extensive marshes, and large areas of seasonally flooded grassland and rice cultivation. Two of the most important areas for wildlife are the Lagoa do Capivari marshes (500 ha) and Pontal dos Gateados complex of lakes, marshes and wet grassland (5,000 ha) to the northeast of the main lake. Principal vegetation: Freshwater marshes with Scirpus spp, Zizaniopsis sp, Eichhornia crassipes, E. azurea and Salvinia sp; and woodland and shrubbery with Salix sp, Mimosa bimocronata, Cephalanthum glabratus and Erythrina cristagalli. Pastureland and _ rice cultivation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Mainly private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, cattle and horse ranching, rice cultivation and sport hunting. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for waterfowl, with large breeding populations of Ardeidae, Threskiornithidae and Anatidae, particularly in the the extensive marshes to the northeast of Lagoa dos Patos. There are several large mixed breeding colonies in the Lagoa do Capivari and Pontal dos Gateados areas, the largest with some 15,000 pairs. The principal species are Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides striatus, Egretta thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Euxenura maguari, Phimosus infuscatus, Plegadis chihi and Ajaia ajaja. Other breeding species include Botaurus pinnatus, Harpiprion caerulescens, Chauna torquata, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. viduata, Anas versicolor, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Aramus guarauna, Rallus sanguinolentus, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, three species of Fulica, Jacana jacana, Vanellus chilensis, Himantopus himantopus and Larus maculipennis. Coscoroba coscoroba breeds at Pontal dos Gateados at the northern limit of its range in Brazil. The area is also important for wintering Anatidae from southern South America, and Nearctic shorebirds, particularly Pluvialis dominica, Tringa spp, Calidris melanotos and Tryngites subruficollis. Other fauna: The marshes support a very large breeding population of Rostrhamus sociabilis. Mammals include Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and Myocastor coypus; and _ reptiles include Caiman latirostris and Platemys spixii. The whole system supports an extremely important fishery. Threats: There is a considerable amount of pollution in Lagoa dos Patos from the city, port and industrial areas of Porto Alegre in the north and Rio Grande in the south. Petrochemical installations and a cellulose factory near Porto Alegre are particularly harmful. In the surrounding wetlands, the principal threat is drainage for pastureland and rice cultivation. Hunting is inadequately controlled, and the breeding colonies of Ciconiiformes are heavily persecuted by egg collectors. Research and conservation: The Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul has conducted limnological studies, and biologists from IBDF and the Fundacao Zoobotanica do Rio Grande do Sul have banded waterfowl, particularly Ardeidae and Threskiornithidae. References: Belton (1984). Source: Flavio Silva. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Lagoa Mirim, Lagoa Mangueira and the Taim marshes (40) Location: 32°10’-33°40’S, 52°30’-53°30’W; near the Uruguayan border in extreme southeastern Brazil, Rio Grande do Sul. Area: 850,000 ha (Lagoa Mirim 230,000 ha; Lagoa Mangueria 80,200 ha). -101- Brazil Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.32.11; 05, 07, 12, 13, 16 & 17. Site description: Lagoa Mirim is a brackish lake with a hard sand and mud shoreline, and relatively little aquatic vegetation; its total area is approximately 330,000 ha, of which 230,000 lie in Brazil and the remainder in Uruguay (see Uruguay site 9). Lagoa Mangueira (80,200 ha) is a long narrow freshwater lake, up to 4m deep, paralleling the coast to the east of Lagoa Mirim. The rest of the area is a vast complex of some 120 shallow freshwater lakes and marshes, seasonally flooded grassland, rice cultivation, and higher areas of dry savanna and native woodland, with a broad strip of coastal sand dunes and ocean beach in the east. The larger lakes include Lagoa Caiuba (1,750 ha), Lagoa da Flores (1,130 ha), Lagoa Nicola (258 ha) and Lagoa Jacare (145 ha). Principal vegetation: Freshwater lakes and marshes with Scirpus californicus, Zizaniopsis bonariensis, Paspalidium paludivagum, Myriophyllum brasiliensis, Ceratophyllum demersum, Cabomba australis, Eichhornia crassipes, E. azurea, Pistia stratiotes, Echinodorus grandiflorus and Salvinia sp; scattered shrubs of Cephalatum, Mimosa and Salix; patches of native woodland with Ficus enormis, Erythrina cristagalli and bromeliads; and sand dune vegetation in the east. Also plantations of Pinus and Eucalyptus. Land tenure: Mainly under private ownership in large ranches; the Ecological Station is owned by SEMA. Protection: 32,038 ha of lakes, marshes and wet grassland, including Lagoa Nicola, Lagoa Jacare and the northern end of Lagoa Mangueira, are protected in the Taim Ecological Station. The remainder of the area is unprotected. Land use: Cattle, sheep and horse ranching; cultivation of rice and soya beans; fishing; sport hunting; and some forestry. Water is taken from some of the lakes for rice cultivation, and there is commercial fishing in Lagoa Mangueira. An international highway passes through the middle of the area (and the Ecological Station). Waterfowl: One of the richest areas for waterfowl in South America, with a great diversity of resident breeding species, winter visitors from southern breeding areas, and passage and "wintering" Nearctic shorebirds. Over sixty species of waterfowl were observed during a three day visit to the Taim area in January 1982. Common breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Rollandia rolland, Podiceps major, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Syrigma sibilatrix, Butorides striatus, Egretta thula, E. alba, Ardea cocoi, Mycteria americana, Euxenura maguari, Harpiprion caerulescens, Phimosus infuscatus, Plegadis chihi, Ajaia ajaja, Chauna torquata, Dendrocygna viduata, Coscoroba coscoroba, Cygnus melancoryphus, Anas flavirostris, A. georgica, A. versicolor, Netta peposaca, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Heteronetta atricapilla, Aramus guarauna, Aramides ypecaha, Porphyriops melanops, Gallinula chloropus, Fulica armillata, F. leucoptera, F. rufifrons, Jacana jacana, Haematopus palliatus, Vanellus chilensis, Charadrius collaris, Gallinago (g) paraguaiae, Himantopus himantopus, Larus maculipennis, Phaetusa simplex, Sterna superciliaris and Rynchops niger. Large numbers of southern Anatidae and shorebirds visit the area in the austral winter, including Anas sibilatrix, Charadrius falklandicus and C. modestus. Phoenicopterus chilensis occurs in small numbers, and Nycticryphes semicollaris has been recorded. Common Nearctic migrants during the migration seasons and in the austral summer include Pluvialis dominica, Limosa haemastica, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris alba, C. fuscicollis, C. melanotos, Micropalama himantopus and Tryngites subruficollis. Other fauna: Birds of prey are common, and include Rostrhamus sociabilis, Circus cinereus, C. buffoni and Falco peregrinus. Mammals include Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Myocastor coypus and Blastocerus dichotomus; and reptiles include Caiman latirostris and Platemys sp. Threats: The principal threats are drainage of wetlands for pastureland and cultivation, and the extensive use of pesticides on agricultural land. Grasslands are heavily overgrazed; there is a considerable amount of illegal hunting; and breeding colonies of Ardeidae and Threskiornithidae are persecuted by egg collectors. Wardening in the Ecological Station is reported to be inadequate. Research and conservation: There are excellent facilities for research at Taim Ecological Station, and a number of faunal and floral surveys have been carried out there. The Fundacao Zoobotanica do Rio Grande do Sul and CEMAVE have banded waterfowl, and Schwarzbold (1982) has conducted limnological studies of some lakes. References: Marigo (1977); MINTER & SEMA (1977); Schwarzbold (1982); Morrison (1983a); Belton (1984). -102- Brazil Source: Susana de Moura Lara-Resende, Flavio Silva and Walter A. Voss. Criteria for inclusion: 123. The lower Rio Ibicui and Rio Uruguay marshes (41) Location: 28°40’-29°40’S, 56°05’-56°55’W; between Sao Borja and Uruguaiana, Rio Grande do Sul. Area: 107,500 ha. Altitude: 60m. Province and type: 8.32.11; 09, 11, 12, 16 & 17. Site description: A complex of freshwater lakes and seasonally inundated alluvial plains along the Rio Ibicui and its tributaries, with extensive areas of rice cultivation. Much of the natural wetland habitat has been converted into rice fields. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Rice cultivation and grazing. Waterfowl: Belton records over 55 species of waterfowl typical of the basin of the Rio de La Plata. Residents include Anhinga anhinga, Botaurus pinnatus, Ixobrychus involucris, Tigrisoma lineatum, Euxenura maguari, Phimosus infuscatus, Chauna torquata, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. viduata, Amazonetta brasiliensis, Cairina moschata, Oxyura dominica, Aramus guarauna, Aramides ypecaha, Porphyriops melanops, Gallinago (g.) paraguaiae, Phaetusa simplex, Sterna superciliaris and Rynchops niger. Migrant include a variety of Anatidae and Charadrius modestus from the south, and Pluvialis dominica, Bartramia longicauda, Tringa spp, Calidris fuscicollis and C. melanotos from the Nearctic. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Continuing drainage of wetlands for agriculture. Research and conservation: The avifauna of the region has been studied by Belton (1984). References: Belton (1984). Criteria for inclusion: 0. Dams in Brazil (42) Type: 15. Site description: In recent decades, a number of enormous dams have been constructed in Brazil for hydroelectricity, irrigation and water supply to urban centres. Many others are under construction or in the planning stages, and within the next twenty years virtually every major river in the country will have been dammed, sometimes in several places. Some of the principal dams already completed are as follows: Boa Esperanza Dam: 6°40°7°30’S, 43°30’45°00’W; on the upper Rio Parnaiba, Maranhao and Piaui; 155,000 ha; 110m above sea level. Abras Dam: 4°20°S, 40°27’W; on the upper Rio Acarau, Ceara; 28,500 ha; 200m. Oros Dam: 6°15’S, 39°00’W; on the upper Rio Jaguaribe, Ceara; 32,500 ha; 200m. Sao Francisco Dam: 9°00°11°20’S, 40°50’43°10’W; on the Rio Sao Francisco, Bahia; 900,000 ha; 380m. Parnaiba Dams: 19°35’20°48’S, 50°40’51°38’W; two contiguous dams on the Rio Parnaiba, Mato Grosso do Sul, Sao Paulo and Minas Gerais; 150,000 ha; 305m. Tres Marias Dam: 18°30°S, 45°15’W; on the upper Rio Sao Francisco, Minas Gerais; 120,000 ha; 595m. Furnas Dam: 20°30’21°30’S, 45°15’46°20’W; on the Rio Grande and lower Rio Sapucai, Minas Gerais; 180,000 ha; 745m. Rio Tiete Dams: 21°25’S, 49°30’W; a chain of dams on the Rio Tiete, Sao Paulo; over 100,000 ha; 400m. Paranapanema Dam: 23°15’S, 49°00°’W; on the Rio Paranapanema, Sao Paulo; 60,000 ha: 370m. -103- Brazil Itarare Dam: 23°20°S, 49°40’W; on the Rio Itarare, Sao Paulo and Parana; 65,000 ha; 550m. Passo Fundo Dam: 27°40°S, 52°45’W; on a tributary of the Rio Uruguay, Rio Grande do Sul; 15,000 ha; 550m. Rincao da Estrela Dam: 28°55’S, 53°10’W; on the upper Rio Jacui, Rio Grande do Sul; 35,000 ha; 300m. Itaipu Hydroelectric Dam: 24°30’S, 54°20’W; on the Rio Parana on the Paraguayan border, Parana; 146,000 ha; 195m. Large dams completed, under construction, or in the planning stages in the Amazon Basin are listed under site 1. Most of the dams have deeply indented shorelines, widely fluctuating water levels, and little aquatic vegetation, except at river mouths. In general, they are of little importance for native wildlife, although some have developed important fisheries following the introduction of exotic species. Several dams are known to be of importance for Nearctic shorebirds on migration (e.g. the Parnaiba, Rio Tiete and Paranapanema dams), and some resident waterfowl have adapted well to the new conditions, particularly Phalacrocorax olivaceus, several Ardeidae and Dendrocygna viduata. In the east and northeast, the rare WNetta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma has recently begun to occur in significant numbers on dams. Tundisi (1981) has conducted limnological studies at 35 dams in Sao Paulo State, and researchers elsewhere are increasingly taking an interest in these new water bodies, but on the whole, the importance of the dams for wildlife and their ecological effects on neighbouring and downstream areas remain poorly known. -104- CHILE INTRODUCTION by Roberto P. Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa Chile is situated in the south of the South American continent. It has an area of approximately 624,593km? and a population of 11 million (1979). According to Mann’s classification of climax vegetation types (Mann, 1964), Chile possesses five main communities: desert, thicket (matorral), savanna, steppe and montane. However, a more recent and precise classification is that of Castri (1968), based on bioclimatic zones. On this classification, Chile is divided into the following zones: a) Desertica litoral; the narrow coastal strip of desert from Arica to central Atacama. b) Desertica del interior; the interior desert between the littoral zone and the Andes, from Arica to central Atacama. c) Tropical marginal; the subdesert of the Pacific slope between the interior desert and the altiplano, from Tarapaca to central Atacama. d) Tropical de altura; the altiplano of the Andes from Tarapaca to central Atacama. e) Mediterranea periarida; the transition zone between the desert and arid Mediterranean zones, between the coast and the base of the Andes from central Atacama to northern Coquimbo. f) Mediterranea arida; the arid Mediterranean zone from the Andean foothills of Atacama and Coquimbo to central Aconcagua. g) Mediterranea semiarida; the semi-arid Mediterranean zone in the coastal zone and coastal ranges of Aconcagua, and in Valparaiso and north central Santiago. h) Mediterranea subhumeda; the subhumid Mediterranean zone from central Santiago through O’Higgins and Colchagua to central Curico, Talca and Maule. i) Mediterranea humeda; the humid Mediterranean zone in the coastal zone and coastal ranges of Curico and Talca, and in eastern and southern Maule, eastern Linares, Concepcion, Nuble, Bio-Bio and eastern Malleco. j) Mediterranea perhumeda; the very humid Mediterranean zone including Arauco, half of Cautin, the region between the humid Mediterranean zone and the Andes in Malleco, central Osorno and a small region to the south of Valdivia. k) Oceanica con influencia mediterranea; a humid temperate zone including southern Cautin, much of Valdivia, much of Osorno, Llanquihue and Chiloe. 1) Oceanica templado-frio; a cold temperate zone in northwestern Aysen and from the coast to eastern Aysen. m) Oceanica sub-antartica; the subantarctic zone of southern Aysen and the western half of Magallanes. n) Oceanica trans-andina; the southern Andes and Patagonian region of eastern Aysen and southeastern Magallanes. 0) Andina; the high Andean zone above the tree-line from central Atacama to Malleco and northern Magallanes. This bioclimatic diversity gives rise to a wide variety of wetland types, including salars in desertic regions, subantarctic tundra, peat bogs, estuaries, saline rivers, oligotrophic lakes, Andean meadows (bofedales), fiords with relatively fresh surface waters, etc. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Governmental Servicio Nacional Forestal (CONAF) and Servicio Agricola Ganadero (SAG), in the Ministerio de Agricultura. Instituto Antartico Chileno (INACH), in the Ministerio de Asuntos Exteriores. Corporacion de Fomento (CORFO), in the Ministerio de Hacienda. Consejo Monumentos Nacionales, in the Ministerio de Educacion Publica. -105- Chile Servicio Nacional de Obras Sanitarias (SENDOS), in the Ministerio de Obras Publicas. Universidad de Chile. Non-governmental Instituto de la Patagonia. Comite Pro Defensa de la Fauna y Flora (CODEF). Sociedad Vida Silvestre de Chile. Universidad Austral de Chile. Universidad de La Concepcion. Universidad de Valparaiso. Universidad Catolica de Chile. Comite de Limnologia de Chile. Instituto de Ecologia de Chile. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research In 1981, Chile ratified the Ramsar Convention and thus became the first country in the Neotropical Realm to join the Convention. On ratification, Chile designated a wetland of 4,877 ha to the north of Valdivia for inclusion in the Ramsar Convention List of Wetlands of International Importance. The wetland had been formed by subsidence during an earthquake in 1960. No further wetlands have been designated for inclusion in the List because Chile has not as yet established the technical, administrative and scientific body necessary for the application of a suitable wetlands policy as recommended by the Ramsar Convention. However, the National System of Protected Areas (Sistema Nacional de Areas Protegidas) currently includes some 14,428,513 ha of which at least 6,809,626 ha (47%) are wetlands. Chile has 35 National Parks (six of which are Biosphere Reserves), 30 Forest Reserves, five Natural Monuments and 16 Nature and Scientific Sanctuaries (Santuarios de la Naturaleza e Investigacion Cientifica). A new law has recently been passed creating a system of State Protected Areas (Sistema Nacional de Areas Silvestres Protegidas del Estado). This contains three categories of conservation area: National Parks, National Monuments and Forest Reserves. Although the total area of the protected zones represents 19% of the total area of Chile, the protected areas do not give adequate coverage to the wetlands, since the National Parks, Forest Reserves and so on were not created with this specific aim in mind. Furthermore, the 7,422,275 ha of Forest Reserves can be disregarded since these are areas for the exploitation of timber and rational use of forest resources; livestock grazing and farming are permitted, and environmental protection is not given proper attention. Within the National System of Protected Areas, wetlands are best represented in southern Chile, i.e. in the "oceanico subantartico" and "oceanico templado-frio" bioclimatic zones, and poorly represented in the Mediterranean bioclimatic zones and coastal zone. However, with the new legislation concerning the "Sistema Nacional de Areas Silvestres Protegidas del Estado" having been approved at high level in Government, it is hoped that the situation can be improved, and an adequate representation of all the bioclimatic zones and ecosystems of Chile included within the system of protected areas. To achieve this, it would be necessary to include additional wetland areas such as river mouths of importance for migratory waterfowl, or some of the many lakes and salars in the high Andes, of importance for flamingos. The areas proposed for protection total some 3,157,050 ha, 68% of which is comprised of wetlands; protection of these areas would give adequate representation to Chile’s wetlands in the reserve network. No large scale programme for the study of waterfowl has as yet been established in Chile. An attempt is being made to establish an international programme for the banding and colour-marking of the Black-necked Swan Cygnus melancoryphus, and it is hoped that an in-depth study of this species will be initiated at the Santuario de la Naturaleza e Investigacion Cientifica "Carlos Anwandter" in Valdivia, with the aim of managing and maintaining the existing population. Migratory shorebirds have been banded in a programme initiated in 1983 by the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, the Universidad Austral de Chile, the Universidad de Antofagasta and others. -106- Chile Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The principal threats to wetlands and waterfowl in Chile are various. In the estuaries and on the coast, there is direct and indirect pollution from discharge of domestic waste from cities; this is particularly serious in the Bio-Bio and Aconcagua rivers. Industrial pollution is also a problem, particularly near cities such as Iquique, Chafaral and Coquimbo. Other problems include the collection of birds’ eggs, illegal hunting, violations of the hunting laws (particularly with respect to bag limits), drainage of land for rice cultivation, the use of insecticides, and pollution from mining activities. Man’s gradual modification of the natural environment is a serious problem; rivers have been canalized, river banks have been deforested, and in many parts of the country domestic livestock have been introduced into wetlands and have trampled and destroyed aquatic vegetation. The oligotrophic lakes in the south are beginning to be visited by tourists and used for recreation; this is causing disturbance to waterfowl, particularly during the breeding season. Finally, it can be said that the country in general does not possess a high degree of conservation awareness. -107- Chile CHILE 0 500 -108- Chile WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa, information from Jon Fjeldsa and Carlos Guerra, and the literature. Wetlands in Lauca National Park (1) Location: 18°25’S, 69°10’W; 120 km east of Arica, Region I. Area: 49,850 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 4,500-4,600m. Province and type: 8.36.12; 10, 12, 14 & 19. Site description: A number of permanent fresh, brackish and saline lakes and marshes on a high Andean plateau with large areas of perennial Andean meadowland (bofedales) and fast flowing mountain rivers and streams. The principal lakes are Chungara (fresh, 2,200 ha, 4,520m), Cotacotani (brackish, 450 ha, 4,350m), Parinacota (brackish, 40 ha, 4,350m) and the Salar de Surire (saline, 25,000 ha, 4,140m). The wetlands are situated in the arid Andean steppe zone. Principal vegetation: Wet meadowlands (bofedales) with Oxcycloe andina, Gentiana prostata, Hipochoeris eriolaena, Hypsela oligophylla etc, shrubby steppe (tolares) with Baccharis, Parastrephia, Fabiana, Verbena etc, and puna grassland with Festuca acanthophylla, Stipa leptostachys and Stipa frigida. Land tenure: Mainly state owned (fiscal), with some private holdings. Protection: In the Lauca National Park (484,000 ha) established in 1980, and Biosphere Reserve (520,000 ha) established in 1981. Land use: Traditional pastoral farming by native Indian communities and a little tourism. Waterfowl: The park has a very rich and varied avifauna with large numbers of most of the typical high Andean waterfowl and a very high population of Fulica gigantea (several thousand birds). Merganetta armata is common on the rivers; Charadrius alticola, Eudromias ruficollis, Phegornis mitchellii, Recurvirostra andina and Attagis gayi breed, and Fulica cornuta has occurred. All three Andean species of flamingo occur in large numbers at Salar de Surire (up to 4,000 Phoenicopterus chilensis, 5,000 Phoenicoparrus andinus and 6,000 P. jamesi), and P. chilensis breeds. P. jamesi is thought to have nested in 1972. Much smaller numbers of flamingos occur at times on several of the other lakes. Several Nearctic shorebirds occur during the austral summer, notably Calidris bairdii and Steganopus tricolor. Other fauna: Other interesting wildlife in the park includes Pterocnemia pennata tarapacensis, Lama guanacoe, Vicugna vicugna and Hippocamelus antisensis. Threats: There is a proposal to use the waters of Lake Chungara for irrigation, and the construction of a railroad has caused erosion problems. Overgrazing by llamas and alpacas, and exploitation of mineral deposits are also causing problems. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted in the park, much of this on the Vicuna, and a management plan for the park has been produced. References: Kahl (1975); McFarlane (1975b & 1975c); Hurlbert (1978 & 1981); Torres et al (1978); IUCN (1982); CONAF (undated). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Caritaya Dam (2) Location: 19°01’S, 69°19’W; 120 km southeast of Arica, Region I. Area: 650 ha. Altitude: 3,600m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 15. Site description: A small freshwater reservoir in the high Andes just southwest of Lauca National Park. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. -109- Chile Land use: No information. Waterfowl: The most northerly known breeding locality of the Horned Coot Fulica cornuta; three nests were found in 1957. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: McFarlane (1975b). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Wetlands in Isluga National Park (3) Location: 19°15’S, 68°44’W; 80 km east of Huara, Region I. Area: Several thousand hectares of wetlands. Altitude: 4,500m. Province and type: 8.36.12/8.37.12; 10, 12, 14 & 19. Site description: Permanent fresh, brackish and saline lakes, wet Andean meadowland (bofedales), and fast flowing rivers and streams on a high Andean plateau. The area includes several thousand hectares of the vast Salar de Coipasa on the Bolivian border, but there are no large freshwater lakes. Principal vegetation: Similar to Lauca National Park. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: In the Isluga National Park (400,000 ha). Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Presumably similar to that of Lauca National Park. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Salar de Huasco (4) Location: 20°18’S, 68°52’W; 135 km east of Iquique, Region I. Area: 6,000 ha. Altitude: 4,000m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: High Andean salt basin inundated by summer rains, with nearby snow melt bogs and bofedales. Principal vegetation: Bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation (see Lauca National Park). Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Presumably similar to Lauca National Park; the Andean Flamingo Phoenicoparrus andinus is reported to have bred. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Kahl (1975). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Salar de Ascotan (5) Location: 21°30’S, 68°18’W; 240 km southwest of Iquique, Region II. Area: 37,800 ha salar with numerous small lakes totalling 325 ha. Altitude: 3,722m. -110- Chile Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: High Andean salt basin inundated by summer storms and with a number of highly saline lakes around its perimeter; and nearby snow melt bogs and bofedales. Principal vegetation: Bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation (see Lauca National Park). Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Important for flamingos: up to 250 Phoenicoparrus jamesi have been observed, and P. andinus is reported to have bred. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Kahl (1975); Hurlbert (1978). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Salar de Atacama (6) Location: 23°25’S, 68°20’W; 200 km east of Antofagasta, Region II. Area: 280,000 ha. Altitude: 2,300m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: High Andean salt basin with many small saline lakes inundated by summer storms, and nearby snow melt bogs and bofedales. Principal vegetation: Bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation (see Lauca National Park). Land tenure: Public and/or private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: The principal and perhaps only regular breeding site of the Andean Flamingo Phoenicoparrus andinus. The other two Andean flamingos P. jamesi and Phoenicopterus chilensis occur as nonbreeding visitors in small numbers. Other fauna: No information. Threats: New roads have provided easier access to flamingo nesting areas and the collection of eggs for human consumption is becoming a serious problem. Research and conservation: Studies are underway for the establishment of one or more protected areas by CONAF in collaboration with the New York Zoological Society. References: Hurlbert (1978, 1981 & 1982). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: lc. Salares de Aguas Calientes and Lagunas de Miscanti (7) Location: 23°00’-24°00’S, 67°08’-67°48’W; 300 km east of Antofagasta, Region II. Area: Approximately 100,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 4,150-4,550m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: A complex of high Andean salt basins and salt lakes inundated by summer storms, with nearby snow melt bogs and bofedales. The principal wetlands are as follows: Salar de Tara: 3,500 ha open water, 4,325m Salar de Pujsa: 600 ha open water, 4,525m Salar de Quisquiro: 7,000 ha salar with 400 ha open water, 4,185m Salar de Aguas Calientes I: 12,000 ha salar with 500 ha open water, 4,211m Laguna Lejia: 210 ha, 4,325m Salar de Aguas Calientes II: 500 ha open water, 4,195m Laguna de Miscanti: 1,400 ha, c.4,250m. All are hypersaline, and the Salar de Pujsa has permanent ice islands. Principal vegetation: Bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation (see Lauca National Park). -111- Chile Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important feeding and nesting area for flamingos: up to 5,000 flamingos have been observed at one time, and up to 2,500 Phoenicoparrus jamesi, 730 P. andinus and 310 Phoenicopterus chilensis have been identified. P. jamesi has probably bred at Salar de Tara, and P. chilensis is known to have bred at Salar de Pujsa and at Salar de Quisquiro. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Hurlbert (1978, 1981 & 1982); Hurlbert & Chang (1984). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3b. Salar de Aguas Calientes III (8) Location: 25°00’S, 68°38’W; 190 km ENE of Taltal, Region II. Area: 1,400 ha. Altitude: 3,670m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: High Andean salt lake with permanent ice islands, and nearby bofedales. Principal vegetation: Bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for flamingos: up to 760 Phoenicoparrus andinus and 150 Phoenicopterus chilensis have been recorded, with much smaller numbers of Phoenicoparrus jamesi. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Hurlbert (1978 & 1981); Hurlbert & Chang (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Lagunas Brava, del Jilquero, Escondida and Verde, Salar de Piedra Parada and Salar de Pedernales (9) Location: 25°40’-27°00’S, 68°25’-69°15’W; 180 km east of Chanaral, Region III. Area: c.100,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 3,500-4,250m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: High Andean salt basins and salt lakes inundated by summer storms, with nearby snow melt bogs and bofedales. Principal vegetation: Bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: All three Andean species of flamingos are known to occur; this is the most southerly locality for Phoenicoparrus jamesi in the Andes. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Hurlbert et al (1976); Hurlbert (1978); Hurlbert & Keith (1979). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -112- Chile Laguna Santa Rosa and Lago del Negro Francisco (10) Location: 27°05’-28°00’S, 69°10’-69°13’W; 170 km east of Caldera, Region III. Area: 3,000 ha. Altitude: Santa Rosa 3,760m; Negro Francisco 4,000m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 14 & 19. Site description: Four permanent high Andean mixosaline lakes with surrounding bofedales. Laguna Santa Rosa consists of three small lakes totalling 70 ha in extent; Lago del Negro Francisco is a large lake of about 2,800 ha. Principal vegetation: There is a limited growth of Ruppia filifolia in Laguna Santa Rosa. Surrounding areas have typical bofedal and Andean steppe vegetation. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Laguna Santa Rosa is an important breeding area for Fulica cornuta; some 100 birds and 30 nests were found there in 1956. Small numbers of the flamingos Phoenicopterus chilensis and Phoenicoparrus andinus have been observed. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Johnson (1965); Hurlbert (1978). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Caleta Vitor (11) Location: 18°44’S, 70°19’W; 30 km south of Arica, Region I. Area: 500 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02, 04, 05 & 09. Site description: Coast of sea bay with rocky and sandy shores, coastal sand dunes and estuary of the Rio Vitor. Principal vegetation: Some marsh vegetation at the mouth of the river including species of Scirpus, Phragmites, and Typha. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for migrant shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution from nearby towns. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Caleta Camarones (12) Location: 19°12’S, 70°17’W; 75 km south of Arica, Region I. Area: 500 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02, 04, 05 & 09. Site description: Coast of sea bay with rocky and sandy shores, coastal sand dunes and estuary of the Rio Camarones. Principal vegetation: Some marsh vegetation near the river mouth including species of Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for migrant shorebirds and Laridae. -113- Chile Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Caleta Loa (13) Location: 21°25’S, 70°04’W; 130 km south of Iquique, Region II. Area: 500 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02, 04, 05 & 09. Site description: Coast of sea bay with rocky and sandy shores, coastal sand dunes, and estuary of the Rio Loa. Principal vegetation: Some marsh vegetation at river mouth including species of Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for migrant shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Peninsula de Mejillones (14) Location: 23°03’S, 70°27’W; between Antofagasta and Mejillones, Region II. Area: 2,500 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 03, 04, 05 & 06. Site description: The Mejillones Peninsula (50 km x 20 km) with rocky sea coast, sea cliffs and rocky offshore islets, and the two large sea bays, Bahia Mejillones del Sur and Bahia de San Jorge, to the north and south of the peninsula respectively, with extensive intertidal sand flats, sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes. Principal vegetation: Some marine algae in the intertidal zone. In the desertic coastal scrub — (matorral) and cactus zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Commercial and traditional fishing and fishmeal industry, with mining and chemical industries on the nearby coast. Waterfowl: The most important "wintering" area for Nearctic shorebirds along the northern coast of Chile, and a very important breeding area for Humboldt current sea-birds. The two bays are particularly important for feeding Larus modestus which has declined greatly in numbers in recent years due to the loss of nesting sites in the coastal desert. Other fauna: The marine otter Lutra felina, the sea-lion Otaria flavescens and the fur sea Arctocephalus australis occur. Threats: Pollution from the chemical and fishing industries, overfishing, and disturbance from fishermen, tourism and guano collectors. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted in the area by Carlos Guerra and others, particularly on Larus modestus and Arctocephalus australis. References: Zarate (1983); many publications by Guerra et al (1981-1983 and in prep). Source: Carlos G. Guerra, Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -114- Chile Taltal Bay (15) Location: 25°23’S, 70°31’W; 4 km west of Taltal, Region II. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02 & 05. Site description: A sea bay with sandy beaches, coastal sand dunes and estuary of the Quebrada Taltal. Principal vegetation: In desertic coastal scrub and cactus zone. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for migrant shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bahia Chaiiaral (16) Location: 26°21’S, 70°37’W; near Chanaral town, Region III. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02 & 05. Site description: A sea bay with sandy beaches, coastal sand dunes and estuary of the Quebrada del Salado. Principal vegetation: In desertic coastal scrub and cactus zone. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for migratory shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution with chemical products. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Coast between Huasco and Carrizal (17) Location: 28°04’-28°28’S, 71°10’W; 50 km northwest of Vallenar, Regions III and IV. Area: c. 2,000 ha (50 km of sea coast). Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02 & 05. Site description: 50 kilometres of sea coast with several small bays with sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes, and three small estuaries. Principal vegetation: In semi-desertic coastal scrub and woodland zone. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution from mining activities and industrial waste. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -115- Chile Bahia de Coquimbo (18) Location: 29°53’S, 71°19’W; north of Coquimbo town, Region IV. Area: 2,040 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.24.7; 01, 02 & 05. Site description: A sea bay and estuary with sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes. Principal vegetation: In semi-desertic coastal scrub and woodland zone. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Embalse La Paloma and Embalse Recoleta (19) Location: 30°50’S, 71°12’W; near Ovalle, Region IV. Area: La Paloma 2,000 ha; Recoleta 500 ha. Altitude: 500m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10 & 15. Site description: Two freshwater reservoirs with some fringing marshes, and associated fast-flowing rivers and streams with some riverine forest. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Phragmites and Typha. Land tenure: Public and/or private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for Anatidae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in Lago Pefiuelas Forest Reserve (20) Location: 33°10’S, 71°32’W; near Quilpue, Region V. Area: c.3,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 335m. Province and type: 8.23.6; 10, 12 & 16. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake (Lago Pefiuelas) and associated marshes, fast-flowing streams and some seasonally inundated grassland. Principal vegetation: In an area of thorn-bush savanna with plantations of introduced tree species. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Lago Pefiuelas Forest Reserve (9,095 ha) established in 1981. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for Anatidae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Rottman & Glade (1973); Drouilly & Ibarra (1978). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -116- Chile Laguna EI Peral (21) Location: 33°30’S, 71°38’W; 50 km south of Valparaiso, Region Y. Area: 16 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.23.6; 12. Site description: A small permanent freshwater lake and associated marshes. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Phragmites and Typha. Land tenure: State owned (Ministry of Education). Protection: A Nature Sanctuary. Land use: Some tourist recreation on nearby beaches. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl occur, including Cygnus melancoryphus, and species of ducks Anatidae, grebes Podicipedidae and herons Ardeidae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Disturbance from tourism causes some problems. References: Gonzalez (1975); Schlatter (1975); Riveros et al (1981). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. El Convento and Estero Yali (22) Location: 33°48’S, 71°46’W; 20 km SSW of San Antonio, Region V. Area: 8,450 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.23.6; 02, 05, 06, 07, 09 & 11. Site description: An estuarine system with a slow-flowing river, riverine marshes, wet meadows, fresh to brackish lagoons and marshes, intertidal mudflats and sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important wetland area for a wide variety of waterfowl including Anatidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Some illegal hunting causes problems. References: Johnson & Ewer (1969). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Laguna Torca (23) Location: 34°46’S, 72°03’W; 80 km northwest of Talca, Region VI. Area: 170 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.23.6; 07. Site description: A permanent coastal brackish lake with associated fresh to brackish marshes. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Phragmites and Typha. Land tenure: State owned (Ministry of Education). Protection: A Nature Sanctuary. Land use: Tourism; there are plantations of exotic pines nearby. Waterfowl: A variety of waterfowl including Cygnus melancoryphus, Plegadis chihi and various grebes, herons and ducks. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Disturbance from tourism and the exploitation of timber. agiz2 Chile References: Drouilly (1969); Gonzalez (1977). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Laguna del Maule (24) Location: 36°04’S, 70°30’W; 120 km southeast of Talca, Region VII. Area: 16,800 ha. Altitude: 2,900m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: A large permanent freshwater Andean lake and associated fast-flowing rivers, marshes and snow melt bogs. Principal vegetation: In a region of high Andean steppe. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Drouilly & Montecinos (1976). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Itata Estuary (25) Location: 36°24’S, 72°51’W; 50 km NNE of Concepcion, Region VIII. Area: 2,550 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.22.5; 02, 07, 09, 11, 16 & 19. Site description: The estuarine system of the Rio Itata, with riverine marshes, seasonally flooded grassland, peat bogs and coastal brackish to saline marshes. Principal vegetation: In a region of coastal scrub and woodland, with some sparsely vegetated sandy areas. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Hualpen Peninsula (26) Location: 36°40’S, 73°07’W; north of Talcahuano, Region VIII. Area: 1,000 ha. Altitude: 0-50m. Proyince and type: 8.22.5; 01, 04, 05, 13 & 16. Site description: A sea bay and peninsula with rocky and sandy shores; marshes and seasonally flooded grassland inland. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Phragmites and Typha. Land tenure: State owned (Ministry of Education). Protection: A Nature Sanctuary. Land use: No information. -118- with freshwater Chile Waterfowl: An important area for migratory Anatidae and shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Jorge Juan (1976). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Bahia Arauco (27) Location: 37°14’S, 73°25’W; 55 km southwest of Concepcion, Region VIII. Area: 5,250 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.22.5; 01, 02, 04, 05, 09 & 11. Site description: A large sea bay and estuary with rocky and sandy shores, coastal sand dunes, and slow-flowing river and associated riverine marshes. Principal vegetation: In an area of coastal woodland and sand dunes. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for migratory Anatidae and shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution from iron and coal industries on the coast. References: Jorge Juan (1976). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in Laguna del Laja National Park (28) Location: 37°21’S, 71°19’W; 160 km ESE of Concepcion, Region VIII. Area: Laguna del Laja 10,440 ha. Altitude: 1,000m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: A large permanent freshwater lake with some marshes, fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams, and bogs fed by snow melt. Principal vegetation: In a region of Andean steppe dominated by Festuca spp. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Laguna del Laja National Park (11,600 ha). Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Paicavi Estuary and Lago Lleu-Lleu (29) Location: 38°10’S, 73°20’W; 180 km north of Valdivia, Region VIII. Area: 26,250 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.22.5; 02, 05, 09 & 12. Site description: An estuarine system with sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes, a slow-flowing river with associated marshes, and a large freshwater lake and marshes. Principal vegetation: In a region of coastal woodland and sand dune vegetation. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. -119- Chile Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Lago Budi (30) Location: 38°53’S, 73°18’W; 100 km north of Valdivia, Region IX. Area: 14,400 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 02, 05, 06, 07, 09 & 11. Site description: An estuarine system with sandy beaches, intertidal mudflats, brackish to saline coastal lagoons and marshes, coastal sand dunes, and slow-flowing river with riverine marshes. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Adjacent areas are under cultivation. Waterfowl: An important area for Anatidae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Excessive hunting, both legal and illegal; expansion of agriculture. References: SAG (1981). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bahia Queule and Rio Queule (31) Location: 39°23’S, 73°12’W; 50 km north of Valdivia, Region IX. Area: 2,100 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 02, 05, 09 & 11. Site description: Sea bay and estuarine system of the Rio Queule, with sandy beaches, coastal sand dunes and riverine marshes. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Traditional fishing. Waterfowl: An important area for shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Cruces and Carlos Anwandter Sanctuary (32) Location: 39°47’S, 73°16’W; north of Valdivia city, Region X. Area: 4,877 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 09, 10, 11 & 16. Site description: A complex of rivers and streams with sandbars and islands, associated riverine marshes and seasonally inundated grasslands in a depression caused by subsidence during an earthquake in 1960. Water levels rise by up to 1m during periods of flooding. -120- Chile Principal vegetation: Marshes with Sagittaria chilensis, Scirpus californicus, Hydrootyle volksmanni, Typha angustifolia, Phragmites sp, Senecio spp, Juncus spp and _ sedges Cyperaceae. In a region of Valdiviano woodland. Land tenure: State owned (Ministry of Education). Protection: Protected in the Carlos Anwandter Nature and Scientific Investigation Sanctuary. Designated as a Ramsar site in 1981; the only Ramsar site in Chile. Land use: Nature tourism and research. Waterfowl: An important area for Anatidae including Cygnus melancoryphus, Podicipedidae and Ardeidae. Other fauna: The Osprey Pandion haliaetus is a regular non-breeding visitor. Threats: Some pollution from run-off of pesticides from nearby agricultural land. Research and conservation: The wetland is managed as a field study area for the Universidad Austral de Chile. References: Schlatter (1976b); Durrschmidt (1980); Schlatter & Morales (1980); IUCN (1982 & 1984). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Rio Rahue (33) Location: 40°27’S, 73°16’W; 20 km northwest of Osorno, Region X. Area: 9,000 ha. Altitude: 50m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 10, 11 & 18. Site description: A complex of fast-flowing rivers and streams, and associated marshes and swamp forest. Principal vegetation: In a region of Valdiviano forest. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Forestry. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Excessive hunting is reported to be a problem. References: Schlatter et al (1983). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. The Chilean Lake District (34) Location: 38°22’-41°20°S, 71°15’-73°00’W; Regions IX and X. Area: c.300,000 ha of lakes and associated marshes. Altitude: mainly 100-1,000m; most of the large lakes are below 300m. Province and type: 8.10.2/8.22.5/8.37.12; 10, 11, 12, 16, 18 & 19. Site description: A chain of large, permanent, deep, freshwater lakes in the foothills of the southern Andes stretching from Temuco in the north to the region of Puerto Montt in the south. The principal lakes are Lago Colico (5,400 ha), Lago Villarrica (19,000 ha), Lago Calafquen (15,000 ha), Lago Ranguipulli (15,000 ha), Lago Rinihue (9,250 ha), Lago Pirehueico (3,200 ha), Lago Ranco (44,000 ha), Lago Maihue (4,750 ha), Lago Puyehue (17,000 ha), Lago Rupanco (25,000 ha), Lago Todos los Santos (21,000 ha), Lago Llanquihue (85,000 ha) and Lago Chapo (4,900 ha). The region abounds in fast-flowing rivers and streams, and there are numerous small freshwater lakes, marshes and bogs at higher elevations in the Andes. Most of the large lakes in the lowlands are much disturbed and of little importarice for wildlife. Of the lakes listed above, only Todos los Santos lies within a Protected Area. Areas thought to be of special importance are treated separately below. -121- Chile Wetlands in Conguillio y Los Paraguas National Park (34a) Location: 38°22’S, 71°38’W; 20 km ENE of Curacautin, Region IX. Area: 16,000 ha. Altitude: 1,200m. Province and type: 8.22.5/8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: Three large deep freshwater lakes (Lago Conguillio, Laguna Verde and Laguna Captren) with some associated marshes, a fast flowing river (Rio Truful-Truful) and tributaries, and Andean bogs fed by snow melt in a region of volcanic activity. Principal vegetation: In a region of Nothofagus forest with some Araucaria araucana, and Andean-Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: Mainly state owned (fiscal), with some private holdings. Protection: Within the Conguillio y Los Paraguas National Park (58,000 ha) established in 1940. Land use: Tourism in both summer and winter. Waterfowl: A variety of breeding species including Podicipedidae, Chloephaga spp, Fulica spp and Larus serranus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is some disturbance in the park from neighbouring properties. Research and conservation: A management plan for the park has been prepared by CONAF. References: CONAF & FAO (1974); IUCN (1982). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands in Alto Bio-Bio Forest Reserve (34b) Location: 38°42’S, 71°16’W; Araucania, Region IX. Area: 7,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 2,000m. Province and type: 8.22.5/8.37.12; 10 & 12. Site description: Freshwater lakes and marshes, and fast-flowing rivers and streams. Principal vegetation: In region of mountain forests of Araucaria and Andean-Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Alto Bio-Bio Forest Reserve (35,190 ha) established in 1981. Land use: Forestry. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands in Villarrica National Park (34c) Location: 39°25’S, 72°00’W; 50 km east of Loncoche, Region IX. Area: 21,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 900m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: Permanent freshwater lakes and marshes, fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams, and high Andean bogs fed by snow melt in a region of volcanic activity. Principal vegetation: In a region of Nothofagus and Araucaria forest and Andean grassland. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Villarrica National Park (65,400 ha) established in 1940. Land use: Tourism in the National Park. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Forest fires and illegal settlers cause some problems in the park. Research and conservation: A management plan for the National Park has been produced. -122- Chile References: Castro et al (1974); IUCN (1982). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands in the Puyehue and Vicente Perez Rosales National Parks (34d) Location: 40°40’-41°06’S, 72°15’-72°30’W; 60 km east of Osorno, Region X. Area: 45,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 200-500m. Province and type: 8.10.2/8.37.12; 10, 12, 16 & 19. Site description: A large freshwater lake of 12,500 ha (Lago Todos los Santos), its associated marshes, fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams, riverine marshes, seasonally flooded meadows, and Andean bogs fed by snow melt in a region of volcanic activity. The most extensive marshes are at the mouths of rivers entering the lake. The lake is probably several hundred metres deep. Principal vegetation: Wet meadows and delta marshes with Phragmites communis, Holcus lantus, Plantago lanceolata, Hydrocotyle poepeggie, Juncus leseurii and Rumex sp. In a region of Valdiviano rain forest (lower slopes), and Nothofagus forest and Andean steppe (higher elevations). Land tenure: Mainly state owned (fiscal), with some private holdings. Protection: Within two contiguous National Parks: Puyehue National Park (104,017 ha) established 1941, and Vicente Perez Rosales National Park (220,000 ha) established 1926. Land use: Tourism in the National Parks. There is a regular passenger boat service across the lake. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl with large populations of several species, notably Podiceps major and Chloephaga poliocephala. Other fauna: The Southern River Otter Lutra provocax and the Coypu Myocastor coypus occur. Threats: There is some disturbance from tourism and the private inholdings in the parks. The National Electricity Corporation (ENDESA) has included Lago Todos los Santos in its hydroelectric development plans. Development of the lake is scheduled for initiation in 1986, and will involve the construction of a low barrage at the lake’s outlet to raise the water level. This is likely to result in severe shoreline erosion and will change flooding patterns in marshes at river deltas (W.E. Klohn, pers. com. to WWF/IUCN). Research and conservation: Very few studies have been conducted in the parks other than preliminary inventories of the fauna and flora. The Park is managed by CONAF, and there is a small visitor centre and museum at Petrohue. References: Greenquist (1982); IUCN (1982). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Reloncavi Estuary (35) Location: 41°40’S, 72°21W; 40 km southeast of Puerto Montt, Region X. Area: 28,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 02, 04, 05, 06, 07, 10 & 11. Site description: The estuarine system of the Rio Reloncavi, with rocky and sandy beaches, intertidal mudflats, salt marshes, riverine marshes and wet meadows. Principal vegetation: In a region of Nothofagus forest. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Traditional fishing and exploitation of algae. Waterfowl: An important wintering area for Anatidae and shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. -123- Chile Threats: Increased human settlement, overfishing and over-exploitation of the marine algae. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in Alerce Andino National Park (36) Location: 41°27’S, 72°30’W; 40 km east of Puerto Montt, Region X. Area: 2,200 ha. Altitude: 0-350m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 02, 04, 06, 07, 09, 12 & 19. Site description: Estuarine coast with rocky shores, intertidal mudflats and salt marshes; small freshwater lakes and marshes; fast-flowing mountain streams; and Andean bogs; in a region of volcanic activity. Principal yegetation: In a region of Nothofagus and Fitzroya forest with some Mirtaceae scrub at low elevations. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the newly created Alerce Andino National Park (39,225 ha). Land use: National Park. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Isla Coihuin - Pelluco (37) Location: 41°29°S, 72°51’W; 5 km east of Puerto Montt, Region X. Area: 5,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 02, 05, 06, 07, 09, 11 & 16. Site description: Sea bay coast with sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes; small estuarine system with intertidal mudflats and salt marshes; and river with riverine marshes, wet meadows and seasonally flooded grassland. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Traditional fishing and exploitation of algae. Waterfowl: An important area for shorebirds and Laridae including Nearctic migrants (Limosa haemastica, Numenius phaeopus and Larus pipixcan). Other fauna: No information. Threats: Over-exploitation of the marine algae. Source: Roberto Schlatter, Luis A. Espinosa and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. The Rio Quenuir and Rio Maullin Estuaries (38) Location: 41°35’S, 73°40’W; 60 km west of Puerto Montt, Region X. Area: 3,600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 02, 05, 06, 07, 09, 11, 16 & 18. Site description: Sea bay coast with sandy beaches and coastal sand dunes; estuarine system of the Rio Maullin with intertidal mudflats, brackish coastal lagoons and salt marshes; and the lower Rio Maullin with its associated riverine marshes, seasonally flooded grassland and swamp forest. 2104- Chile Principal vegetation: Marshes with Scirpus, Typha and Phragmites; in a region of Nothofagus forest. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Traditional fishing and exploitation of algae. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Over-exploitation of the marine algae. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in Chiloe National Park (39) Location: 42°40’S, 73°57’W; 90 km south of Ancud on Chiloe Island, Region X. Area: 16,400 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 0-800m. E Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 03, 04, 05, 06, 12, 13 & 18. Site description: Sea coast with small rocky offshore islands, rocky and sandy shores, coastal sand dunes and some intertidal mudflats; and inland freshwater lakes, marshes, bogs and swamp forest. Principal vegetation: In a region of Nothofagus forest and Mirtaceae scrub. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Chiloe National Park (43,057 ha). Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The Marine Otter Lutra felina and sea-lion Otaria flavescens occur. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Archipelago off Eastern Chiloe Island (40) Location: 42°35’S, 73°30’W; archipelago east of Castro, Chiloe Island, Region X. Area: 250,000 ha. Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 12, 13, 18 & 19. Site description: An archipelago of numerous islands and islets centered around Isla Quinchao, with rocky and sandy shores, coastal sand dunes, extensive intertidal mudflats and_ salt marshes. There are many small freshwater lakes, marshes, peat bogs and area of swamp forest on the larger islands. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Public and/or private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: A very important area for waterfowl with a variety of breeding and non-breeding Anatidae and shorebirds, the latter including both Nearctic migrants (Limosa haemastica, Numenius phaeopus and Tringa melanoleuca) and migrants from the south (Charadrius modestus). Phoenicopterus chilensis also occurs as a non-breeding visitor. Other fauna: The Marine Otter Lutra felina probably occurs. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: la & 3a. -125- Chile Yelcho-Pumalin Delta (41) Location: 42°58’S, 72°45’W; 170 km south of Puerto Montt, Region X. Area: 109,350 ha. Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 02, 03, 05, 07 & 10. Site description: Sea bay and delta marshes of the Rio Yelcho-Pumalin, with sandy beaches, tidal salt marshes and small offshore islands. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Private and/or public. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An important area for Phoenicopterus chilensis, Anatidae and shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Construction of roads, excessive forest exploitation and increased human settlement. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Guamblad Fjord and San Pedro Canal (42) Location: 43°18’S, 73°50’W; at southeast tip of Chiloe Island, Region X. Area: 9,720 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.10.2; 01, 02, 03, 05, 07, 09 & 11. Site description: Sea coast and small estuaries with sandy beaches, brackish to saline marshes, small offshore islands and riverine marshes. Principal vegetation: In a region of Nothofagus forest. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands in the Southern Andes (43) Location: 43°56’-46°51°S, 71[40’-72[52’W; in the Southern Andes of Chile from 180 km NNE to 170 km SSE of Puerto Aisen, Regions X and XI. Area: Over 300,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 100-1,500m (mainly 500-1,000m). Province and type: 8.37.12/8.10.2; 10, 12, 16, 18 & 19. Site description: A chain of small to very large freshwater lakes and associated marshes stretching through the southern Andes of Chile from Lago Patena in the north to the vast Lago Buenos Aires in the south. There are numerous fast-flowing mountain rivers and streams and highland bogs throughout the region, and areas of seasonally flooded grassland, wet meadows and swamp forest. Principal vegetation: In a region of Nothofagus forest and patagonian steppe. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). The Dos Lagunas Natural Monument is owned by the Ministry of Education. Protection: Large portions of the region are protected in a network of Forest Reserves and National Parks as follows: 8,690 ha of wetlands in Lago Palena Forest Reserve (41,380 ha) 42,480 ha of wetlands in Puyuhuapi Forest Reserve (184,700 ha) 7,425 ha of wetlands in Rosselot National Park (67,500 ha) -126- Chile 6,800 ha of wetlands in Puerto Cisnes Forest Reserve (136,000 ha) 1,050 ha of wetlands in Lago Las Torres Forest Reserve (35,000 ha) 2,800 ha of wetlands in Rio Simpson National Park (41,160 ha) 10,000 ha of wetlands in Dos Lagunas Natural Monument (10,000 ha) 26,930 ha of wetlands in Cerro Castillo Forest Reserve (179,550 ha) 41,030 ha of wetlands including part of Lago Buenos Aires (160 km long) in Lago General Carrera Forest Reserve (178,400 ha) 3,100 ha of wetlands in Lago Jeinimeni Forest Reserve (38,700 ha) Land use: No information. Waterfowl: An abundant waterfowl fauna includes typical Southern Andean species such as Podiceps major, Theristicus caudatus melanopis, Chloephaga poliocephala, C. picta, Anas specularis and Merganetta armata. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. The Chilean Fjordland (44) Location: 44°40’-53°00’S, 72°30’-75°10’W; from the region of Puerto Aisen in the north to 100 km west of Punta Arenas in the south, Regions XI and XII. Area: Approximately 5,500,000 ha of wetland habitat. Altitude: 0-1,000m, but mainly below 300m. Province and type: 8.10.2/8.11.2; 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 10, 12, 13, 16, 18 & 19. Site description: The fjord coastline and associated offshore islands of southern Chile stretching in a belt up to 220 km wide for over 1,000 km from the Golfo de Guafo in the north to the Straits of Magellan in the south. The coastline is mainly rocky, with some stretches of sandy beach, small estuaries with intertidal mudflats and salt marshes, and patches of coastal sand dunes. There are countless small islands in various archipelagos, many with high sea cliffs. Inland from the coast there are numerous freshwater lakes, marshes, peat bogs, fast-flowing rivers and streams, wet meadows, areas of seasonally flooded grassland and some swamp forest. On the higher ground and in the south there are extensive areas of tundra and bogs fed by melting glaciers and snow. Principal vegetation: At lower elevations, humid forests of Nothofagus spp, Tepualia stipularia, Laurelia sp and Pernettya sp, and scrub with species of Escalonia, Ribes and Gunnera; at higher elevations, Magellanic pampa and Magellanic tundra. Land tenure: Mainly state owned (fiscal). Protection: Almost the entire region is included within a chain of National Parks and Forest Reserves as follows: Isla Magdalena National Park (360,000 ha); an archipelago 80 km NNW of Puerto Aisen, containing 90,000 ha of wetlands. Las Guaitecas Forest Reserve (850,000 ha); a large archipelago (Archipielago de Los Chonos) west of Puerto Aisen, containing over 550,000 ha of wetlands. Isla Guamblin National Park (10,625 ha, established 1967); a remote and seldom visited island at the western edge of the Archipielago de Los Chonos, with 800 ha of wetlands. Taitao Forest Reserve (915,000 ha); a region of fjord coastland and mountains 180 km southwest of Puerto Aisen, containing almost 500,000 ha of wetlands. San Rafael National Park (1,350,000 ha, established 1959); a region of fjord coastland and mountains 200 km SSW of Puerto Aisen, containing 540,000 ha of wetlands. Included with Guayaneco National Park in a Biosphere Reserve (1,380,613 ha, established in 1979). Guayaneco National Park (30,498 ha); a small archipelago 320 km southwest of Puerto Aisen, containing 18,300 ha of wetlands. Included with San Rafael National Park in a Biosphere Reserve. Rio Pascua Forest Reserve (1,196,510 ha); a region of fjord coastland, islands and mountains south of the Golfo de Penas, containing nearly 900,000 ha of wetlands. -127- Chile Alacalufes Forest Reserve (2,674,000 ha); a vast tract of fjordland and islands stretching from the Rio Pascua Forest Reserve to the entrance to the Straits of Magellan, and containing over 1,600,000 ha of wetlands. O’Higgins, Torres del Paine and Monte Balmaceda. National Parks (three contiguous National Parks totalling 1,930,000 ha); a region of fjord coastland and mountains stretching north from Puerto Natales for 350 km, and containing 965,000 ha of wetlands. The parks incorporate four large lakes; Lago O’Higgins, Lago Sarmiento, Lago del Toro and Lago Balmaceda. Torres del Paine National Park was established as a Biosphere Reserve of 163,000 ha in 1978. Isla Riesco Forest Reserve (303,750 ha); a large island on the north shore of the Straits of Magellan 100 km west of Punta Arenas, containing 164,000 ha of wetlands including Lago Riesco. Land use: Tourism in some of the National Parks. Waterfowl: An extremely important breeding area for southern waterfowl, notably species of grebe Podicipedidae, the swans Cygnus melancoryphus and Coscoroba coscoroba, the geese Chloephaga poliocephala, picta and hybrida, many ducks including Lophonetta specularioides, Tachyeres pteneres, T. patachonicus and Anas sibilatrix, and Fulica spp. Phoenicopterus chilensis occurs as a non-breeding visitor, and large numbers of Anatidae overwinter in the sheltered fjords. Several Nearctic shorebirds occur during the austral summer, particularly Limosa haemastica, Numenius phaeopus, Calidris bairdii and C. alba. Other fauna: There are large breeding colonies of sea-birds on many of the islands, and the sea-lion Otaria flavescens and fur seal Arctocephalus australis are common. Lutra felina occurs along the coasts, and L. provocax is known from San Rafael National Park. Amphibians include Bufo variegatus and Pleurodema bufonina. Threats: Much of the area is very remote, seldom visited and under no threat at present. There is some marine pollution from oil tankers in the Isla Guamblin National Park; the opening up of a ship canal across the Ofqui isthmus will cause some ecological disturbance in the San Rafael National Park; and uncontrolled tourism in the O’Higgins, Torres del Paine and Monte Balmaceda National Parks is causing some damage to the ecosystems. Research and conservation: A management plan has been produced for the Torres del Paine National Park, but otherwise very little research has been done in the area other than preliminary investigations of the fauna and flora of some of the national parks, e.g. San Rafael and Torres del Paine. References: Markham (1970); Pisano (1971); CONAF (1975); Cardenas (1976); Universidad de Chile de Valparaiso (1978); Riveros (1979); Rau (1980); IUCN (1982); Clark et al (1984). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Wetlands in the Hernando de Magallanes and Alberto d’Agostini National Parks and Isla Holanda Forest Reserve (45) Location: 52°45’S, 74°45’W to 55°15’S, 68°00’W; southwest Tierra del Fuego and archipelagos south of the Straits of Magellan and Beagle Channel, Region XII. Area: 980,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 0-700m. Province and type: 8.11.2/7.4.9; 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 10, 12, 13, 14 & 19. Site description: The fjordland of southwestern Tierra del Fuego, the Isla Santa Ines archipelago and the Isla Holanda archipelago, together stretching for 580 kms from the west end of the Straits of Magellan to near Cape Horn. Numerous islands, sea bays and fjords with rocky and sandy coasts; small estuaries with intertidal mudflats and salt marshes; fast-flowing rivers and streams; small freshwater lakes and marshes; some small inland salt lakes; extensive areas of tundra and peat bog; and low elevation glaciers and snow fields. Principal vegetation: In a region of Magellanic forest and Magellanic tundra. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Protected within the two contiguous National Parks, Hernando de Magallanes and Alberto d’Agostini (1,600,000 ha), and the adjacent Isla Holanda Forest Reserve (300,000 ha). Land use: Some fishing for shellfish. -128- Chile Waterfowl: An important area for breeding Anatidae including the geese Chloephaga poliocephala,’ C. picta and C. hybrida, Lophonetta specularioides, Tachyeres pteneres, various Anas spp and Merganetta armata. Other fauna: There are large breeding colonies of sea-birds on many of the islands, and the sea-lion Otaria flavescens and otter Lutra felina occur. Threats: Some birds are captured for use as bait in crab fishing. References: Humphrey et al (1970); Parmalee & MacDonald (1975); Sielfeld (1977). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Wetlands in Cabo de Hornos National Park (46) Location: 55°45’S, 67°30’W; at the extreme southern tip of the continent, Region XII. Area: 38,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 0-100m. Province and type: 7.4.9; 01, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 10, 12 & 19. Site description: The many small islands in the Cape Horn Archipelago with rocky and sandy coasts; sheltered bays with intertidal mudflats and salt marshes; numerous small streams, freshwater lakes and marshes; extensive peat bogs and areas of tundra; and permanent snow fields on high ground. Principal vegetation: In a region of Magellanic tundra and humid Magellanic forest with Nothofagus nitida and N. antarctica. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Cabo de Hornos National Park (63,093 ha) established in 1945. Land use: Very remote and seldom visited. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for many waterfowl including Nycticorax nycticorax, Theristicus caudatus melanopis, Chloephaga poliocephala, picta and hybrida, Lophonetta specularioides, Tachyeres pteneres, T. patachonicus, various Anas spp, and a variety of shorebirds including Haematopus leucopodus, H. ater, Charadrius modestus and _ the rare Gallinago s. stricklandii. Small numbers of several Nearctic shorebirds occur, notably Tringa melanoleuca, Calidris fuscicollis and C. bairdii, and the local seedsnipe Attagis malouinus occurs. Other fauna: There are a number of sea-bird colonies, and Falco. peregrinus cassini breeds. Mammals include the two otters Lutra felina and L. provocax, and Otaria flavescens and Arctocephalus australis. Threats: None at present. Research and conservation: Apparently none other than preliminary studies of the fauna and flora. References: Olrog (1950); Venegas (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Blanca and the Seno de Otway and Segunda Angostura area (47) Location: 52°25’S, 71°10’W; north of Punta Arenas on the Straits of Magellan, Region XII. Area: c.500,000 ha. Altitude: 0-100m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 10, 12, 13, 16 & 19. Site description: An area of Patagonian steppe and tundra with numerous freshwater lakes, marshes and peat bogs, between the Seno de Otway (a large sea bay) and the Segunda Angostura (a branch of the Straits of Magellan). There are rocky and sandy sea shores, small offshore islands, and small estuaries with intertidal mudflats and salt marshes. Inland, the principal lakes are Laguna Blanca (17,500 ha), Laguna El Toro and Laguna Cabeza del Mar. There are numerous small fast-flowing rivers and streams, and areas of seasonally flooded grassland. -129- Chile Principal vegetation: In the Patagonian steppe zone. Most of the lakes have little vegetation, although some have dense islands of Carex sp and Caltha sp. Land tenure: Private and/or public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: There is some human settlement for ranching, and much of the forest has been cleared. Waterfowl: The area supports large numbers of breeding waterfowl of a wide variety of species including Theristicus caudatus melanopis, Chloephaga poliocephala, C. picta, Tachyeres patachonicus, eight species of Anas, Netta peposaca, Fulica armillata, F. leucoptera and several species of shorebirds. Fjeldsa observed seven Chloephaga rubidiceps in the area in November 1981; this species is now endangered on the South American mainland. A number of Nearctic shorebirds, notably Limosa haemastica, Calidris fuscicollis and C. bairdii, occur in the austral summer. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Some of the marshes are being drained for pastureland. Source: Roberto Schlatter, Luis A. Espinosa and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: la, 2a & 3a. Wetlands in Laguna Parrillar Forest Reserve (48) Location: 53°25’S, 71°17°W; 40 km southwest of Punta Arenas, Region XII. Area: 7,100 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 900m. Province and type: 8.11.2; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: A number of freshwater lakes and marshes, fast-flowing rivers and streams, and extensive bogs fed by snow melt in a mountainous area by the Straits of Magellan. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid Magellanic forest. Land tenure: State owned (fiscal). Protection: Within the Laguna Parrillar Forest Reserve (20,814 ha) established in 1981. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Los Cisnes Natural Monument and nearby lakes (49) Location: 53°14’S, 70°22’W; north of Porvenir, on Tierra del Fuego, Region XII. Area: 15,000 ha of wetlands. Altitude: 0-Sm. Province and type: 8.26.8; 12 & 14. Site description: A complex of relatively shallow fresh, brackish and saline lakes and associated marshes near the northwest coast of Tierra del Fuego. The area includes Lago los Cisnes and Laguna Deseada. Principal vegetation: In a region of Patagonian steppe with some low scrub. Land tenure: The Natural Monument is state owned (Ministry of Education); the remainder is privately owned. Protection: Lago los Cisnes is included within the Los Cisnes Natural Monument (2,358 ha); the remainder of the area is unprotected. Land use: Cattle ranching on unprotected and surrounding land. Waterfowl: An important breeding and wintering area for large numbers of waterfowl including Phoenicopterus chilensis (over 1,500 in July 1976), Cygnus melancoryphus (over 100 in July 1976), Coscoroba coscoroba (over 100 in July 1976), Chloephaga picta, and several species of ducks and shorebirds. The very local Magellanic Plover Pluvianellus socialis is fairly common in this area. -130- Chile Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Humphrey et al (1970); Jory et al (1974). Source: Roberto Schlatter, Luis A. Espinosa and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: la & 3a. Bahia Inutil, Laguna Larga and surroundings (50) Location: 53°30’S, 69°20’W; west-central Tierra del Fuego, Region XII. Area: 429,000 ha (including terrestrial habitats). Altitude: 0-60m. Province and type: 8.26.8; 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 07, 10, 12, 16 & 19. Site description: A large sea bay (Bahia Inutil) with sandy beaches, small islands, and several small estuaries with intertidal mudflats and salt marshes; and the adjacent steppe with numerous fresh and brackish lakes and marshes, fast-flowing rivers and streams, areas of seasonally flooded grassland and bogs. The largest lake is Laguna Larga. Principal vegetation: In a region of Patagonian steppe. Land tenure: Public and/or private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Ranching. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. References: Humphrey et al (1970). Source: Roberto Schlatter and Luis A. Espinosa. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -131- COLOMBIA INTRODUCTION by Luis G. Naranjo Colombia is situated in the extreme northeast of South America. It has a surface area of 1,141,736 sq.km and a population of 25,614,000. The country borders on the Caribbean Sea and the Pacific Ocean, and in both drainages there are many rivers, lagoons, marshes, mangrove swamps, estuaries, gulfs and bays providing suitable habitat for numerous species of waterfowl. The topography of the country is dominated by the northern extremity of the Andes which is divided into three main branches, the Ramal Occidental, Cordillera Central and Cordillera Oriental. Colombia’s four main drainage basins are characterized by their climatic conditions and typical plant formations: a) The Caribbean watershed (435,000 sq.km) includes the rivers which flow into the Caribbean Sea, the chief of which is the Rio Magdalena with its tributaries, the Cauca, Cesar, San Jorge, etc. In the lowlands of the Magdalena basin, to the east of the Gulf of Uraba, there is an extensive area of lakes and marshes which is perhaps the most important wetland system in Colombia from the point of view of waterfowl. The principal wetlands in this system are the Cienagas del Magdalena (2,890 sq.km), Cienagas del San Jorge (753 sq.km), Cienagas del Sinu (345 sq.km) and Cienagas del Cauca (247 sq.km). All the wetlands in this system are worthy of special attention, not only because they constitute important natural refuges for resident and migratory waterfowl, but also because they support one of the richest fish communities in northern South America. The basin of the Rio Atrato, in the western Caribbean lowlands, is separated from the basin of the Magdalena by the northern end of the western Andes. It is of great biogeographical interest in that its humid climate supports tropical rain forest, in contrast to the relatively arid conditions on the rest of the Caribbean coast of Colombia. b) The Pacific watershed (90,000 sq.km) includes a large number of short rivers with abundant flow which generally enter the sea through estuarine systems with mangrove swamps. Some of the principal rivers are the San Juan, Patia, Baudo and Mira. Because of its high rainfall, this watershed includes some of the richest humid tropical forests in Colombia. c) The Amazon watershed (332,000 sq.km) includes the basins of several large tributaries of the Amazon, notably the Putumayo, Caqueta and Vaupes. In addition to the main rivers, there is an intricate network of small rivers, channels and associated lakes. Much of the watershed is poorly known. d) The Orinoco watershed (263,000 sq.km) includes several large tributaries of the Orinoco, notably the Arauca, Meta and Vichada. It comprises the region known as the Llanos Orientales and has large areas of seasonally flooded marshes, permanent swamps, and numerous river channels and streams. Some geographers recognize a fifth watershed, the basin of the Rio Catatumbo (18,500 sq.km), which is usually included in the Caribbean watershed. This system flows into the Gulf of Maracaibo in Venezuela and includes the Zulia, Sardinata, Tarra and Tachira rivers. In the highlands of Colombia, there are bogs, marshes and oxbow lakes important for resident and migratory waterfowl along the upper course of the Rio Cauca, between the Ramal Occidental and the Cordillera Central, and similarly along the upper course of the Rio Magdalena, between the Cordillera Central and the Cordillera Oriental. Finally, in the high Andes, there are many glacial lakes, paramo wetlands and mountain rivers important for a variety of waterfowl, many of which are endemic to Colombia. -132- Colombia Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Until the 1960s, conservation was very much an unexplored field in Colombia, and only occasional measures had been taken. Research on renewable natural resources was conducted primarily by the universities and museums such as, for example, the Universidad Nacional de Colombia and its Instituto de Ciencias Naturales in Bogota. At present, the organizations dedicated to conservation are as follows: Governmental The Instituto Nacional de los Recursos Naturales Renovables y del Ambiente (INDERENA), created by the Government in 1968 within the Ministerio de Agricultura. INDERENA is responsible for controlling the exploitation of renewable natural resources and furthering research necessary for the implementation of a conservation policy in accordance with the development of the country. The Codigo Nacional de Recursos Naturales Renovables y de la Proteccion del Medio Ambiente provides the legislative instrument under which the management, exploitation and conservation of wildlife resources, land and water is considered. An extensive network of Reserves, National Parks and Faunal and Floral Sanctuaries administered by INDERENA gives some legal protection to a total of 3,958,750 ha of Colombian territory. The Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca (CVC). This administers some protected areas such as the Laguna de Sonso and Bosque de Yotoco Reserves, and Las Hermosas and Los Farallones de Cali National Parks. The Corporacion de los Rios Sinu y San Jorge. The Corporacion del Golfo de Uraba. CAR, which operates in the altiplano of Cundiboyaca. Non-governmental The Fundacion Merenberg para la conservacion del bosque andino. The Fundacion Herencia Verde. The Sociedad Vallecaucana de Ornitologia. As regards research, during the last two decades governmental organizations such as COLCIENCIAS, the Fundacion para la Educacion Superior (FES), and the Instituto Colombiano para el Fomento de la Educacion Superior (ICFES), have given considerable financial support to research work. However, most of the research has been directed from certain specialized universities and institutes. These include the following: In Bogota: the Universidad Nacional de Colombia, the Instituto de Ciencias Naturales, the Universidad de los Andes, and the Museo del Mar. In Cali: the Universidad del Valle and the Instituto Vallecaucano de Investigaciones Cientificas (INCIVA). In Medellin: the Universidad de Antioquia and the Museo del Colegio San Jose. In Cartagena: the Centro de Investigaciones Pesqueras in INDERENA and the Universidad Jorge Tadeo Lozano. In Santa Marta: the Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas de Punta Betin. However, the study of wetlands in Colombia has only been directed towards fishing and research related to aquaculture. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research In 1974, the Colombian Government passed a law, the "Codigo Nacional de Recursos Naturales Renovables y de la Proteccion del Medio Ambiente", in which regulations were established for the use, supply and management of hydrobiological resources including both the wetlands themselves and matters relating to fishing activities, aquaculture and mariculture. A further law, passed in 1978, introduced regulations for the management, exploitation, conservation and preservation of fauna which, although not totally aquatic, is dependent during part of its life cycle on aquatic ecosystems. Under this legislation, INDERENA and the autonomous regional -133- Colombia corporations concerned with environmental conservation are responsible for, and have the right to control, any type of human activity related to wetlands. A law passed in 1977 dealt with aspects concerning the establishment of reserves under the Codigo Nacional de Recursos Naturales. : Within the national system of parks and reserves, wetlands are represented in the following: National Parks (Parques Nacionales Naturales) El Tuparro (548,000 ha); swamps, marshes, seasonally flooded plains, channels and rivers in the llanos. El Cocuy (306,000 ha); high Andean lakes and torrents. Amacayacu (170,000 ha); floodplains, channels and rivers in the Amazon drainage. Sumapaz (154,000 ha); high Andean lakes and torrents. Los Farallones de Cali (150,000 ha); Andean torrents. Las Hermosas (125,000-ha); high Andean lakes and torrents. Sanquianga (89,000 ha); floodplains, brackish channels and mangrove swamps. Purace (83,000 ha); high Andean lakes and torrents. Los Katios (72,000 ha); coastal waters, mangrove swamps, rivers and forest lakes. Chingaza (50,000 ha); high Andean lakes and torrents. Los Nevados (38,000 ha); high Andean lakes and torrents. Isla de Salamanca (21,000 ha); sea coasts, brackish lagoons, mangrove swamps and hypersaline pools. Tayrona (15,000 ha); small rivers, shallow bays and rocky coasts. Faunal and Floral Sanctuaries (Santuarios de Fauna y Flora) Arauca (90,000 ha); seasonally flooded plains, rivers, channels, swamps and oxbow lakes on the Ilanos. Cienaga Grande de Santa Marta (23,000 ha); freshwater lakes, swamps and flooded forest. Faunal Sanctuaries (Santuarios de Fauna) Los Flamencos (7,000 ha); brackish lagoons, shallow brackish marshes and coastal lagoons connected with the Caribbean. Nature Reserves (Reservas Naturales) Laguna de Sonso (2,000 ha); a lake adjacent to the Rio Cauca, and adjoining oxbow lakes. Although there are many protected areas which are important for waterfowl, only three, Isla de Salamanca, Los Flamencos and Laguna de Sonso, were created especially for the conservation of their avifauna. The funds allocated by the Government for maintaining and wardening the National Parks, Reserves and Sanctuaries are small, and therefore the accomplishments in terms of conservation are more theoretical than practical. The policy of expansion in agriculture and ranching in Colombia in the last two decades has affected some areas formerly of importance for waterfowl. In general, priorities for land-use conflict with the Codigo Nacional de Recursos Naturales Renovables y de la Proteccion del Medio Ambiente. This law establishes that a major obligation in any development is to conduct environmental impact studies to determine to what extent a land-use project is harmful or beneficial. Since the beginning of the last decade, a considerable amount of research has been conducted on the limnology and fisheries potential of various important wetlands. The INDERENA/FAO programme for the development of the continental fishery in Colombia, the Universidad Jorge Tadeo Lozano in Bogota and Cartagena, and the Instituto de Investigaciones Marinas de Punta de Betin have accumulated a large number of unpublished reports which would be useful in the development of a strategy for the management and conservation of wetlands. Research on waterfowl, however, has long been neglected in Colombia, and only in recent years have any serious projects been undertaken. These include studies of the following: a) The feeding ecology of shorebirds (Charadriidae and Scolopacidae) in the Bay of Buenaventura (J. W. Beltran, Universidad del Valle). b) Waterfowl use of the Cienaga Grande de Santa Marta (J. E. Botero, University of Wisconsin). -134- Colombia c) The chronological distribution and habitat utilization of shorebirds (Charadriidae and Scolopacidae) in the Bay of Buenaventura (R. Franke, Universidad del Valle). d) The taxonomy, zoogeography and ecology of the sea-birds of the Caribbean coast of Colombia (L. G. Naranjo, Universidad Jorge Tadeo Lozano). e) The natural history of the Horned Screamer Anhima cornuta (L. G. Naranjo, Universidad del Valle). f) The ecology and behaviour of the Wattled Jacana Jacana jacana in the Cauca Valley (R. Velosa, Universidad del Valle). In addition, a number of articles and publications have appeared concerning particular species of waterfowl or the bird communities at particular wetlands. -135- Colombia COLOMBIA (@) 200 400 [tite a beray Km -136- Colombia WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Luis German Naranjo and Jorge E. Botero, with contributions from German I. Andrade, Juan G. Arango, Elisabeth Buttkus, Jon Fjeldsa, Carolina Murcia and Marco A. Serna. Bahia Hondita (1) Location: 12°25’N, 71°43’W; 100 km NNE of Uribia, Guajira Department. Area: 4,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 01. Site description: A shallow inlet, up to 2m deep, of Bahia Honda, with little tidal variation. Principal vegetation: In a region of semi-arid scrub (matorral). Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection, but INDERENA is responsible for controlling hunting and fishing. Land use: Exploitation of salt, and fishing. Waterfowl: An important area for Phoenicopterus ruber; several hundred occur each year, and the species is reported to have nested. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is a considerable amount of disturbance from human activities in the area. References: Serna (1984). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 1b. Bahia Portete (2) Location: 12°13’N, 71°55’W; 60 km NNE of Uribia, Guajira Department. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 01, 05, 06 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay with little tidal fluctuation, almost closed off from the open sea by a sand barrier. The salinity is high (40 p.p.t.), and there are some tidal mudflats and small patches of mangroves. The bay is the most important mangrove/mudflat system on the Guajira Peninsula. Principal vegetation: Mangroves dominated by Rhizophora mangle, with some Avicennia germinans. In a region of semi-arid scrub (matorral). Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: Supposedly protected by INDERENA. Land use: Exploitation of salt, and coal mining. Docks are currently being built to facilitate the transportation of the coal. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl has been recorded including Pelecanus occidentalis, Egretta rufescens, Euxenura maguari, Eudocimus ruber (common), E. albus (scarce), Ajaia ajaja, Himantopus himantopus and many Nearctic shorebirds. The area is particularly important for Phoenicopterus ruber which occurs regularly as a non-breeding visitor, and may have nested. Other fauna: Conirostrum bicolor and Dendroica peiechia occur in the mangroves, and Pandion haliaetus is a regular winter visitor. Threats: Disturbance from shipping, particularly in the transportation of coal, and some associated contamination of shallow water areas. Research and conservation: Serna has documented the avifauna of the area, and environmental impact studies have recently been carried out in relation to the construction of docks for the coal industry, but the results of these have not as yet been published. A372 Colombia References: Serna (1984). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. Salinas de San Juan and Cienaga de San Agustin (3) Location: 11°45’N, 72°30’W; 50 km ENE of Riohacha, Guajira Department. Area: c.11,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A coastal zone stretching for some 20 km, with a narrow strip of intertidal sand and mud-flats, a low sandy beach ridge, and a chain of shallow saline lagoons with mangrove swamps. Approximately 4,000 ha of low-lying salt flats periodically inundated by high tides were converted into salt pans for salt extraction in the early 1970s. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; saline marshes with Sporobolus virginianus and Batis maritima; and offshore beds of Thalassia sp and Diplanthera sp. In a region of semi-arid woodland with Prosopis sp, Acacia sp and various Cactaceae. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership; all but 100 ha of the Nature Sanctuary is state owned. Protection: 7,000 ha of coastal lagoons and marshes are included within Los Flamencos Faunal Sanctuary, established in 1977. Land use: Exploitation of salt and fishing. There is some traditional fishing in the Nature Sanctuary, but otherwise the area is very little disturbed. Waterfowl: Phoenicopterus ruber occurs throughout the year as a non-breeding visitor, andup to 1,300 have been recorded. In June 1974, Sprunt observed large numbers of Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Egretta tricolor, E. thula, Eudocimus albus, shorebirds and Laridae, along with 100 Egretta rufescens (probably breeding in the mangroves), 100 Mycteria americana and 200-250 Ajaia ajaja. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Very little research seems to have been conducted in this important area. References: Sprunt (1976); IUCN (1982); Serna (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. Cienaga Grande de Santa Marta (4) Location: 10°44’-11°00°N, 74°15’-74°31’W; east of Barranquilla, Magdalena Department. Area: 50,000 ha. Altitude: 0-20m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 02, 07, 08, 09, 12 & 18. Site description: A complex of wetland habitats near the mouth of the Rio Magdalena, including large shallow brackish to saline lagoons and mangrove swamps near the coast, and extensive freshwater lakes, marshes and swamp forest flooded by the Rio Magdalena further inland. The lagoons are up to 3m deep, but water levels fluctuate seasonally by up to 60 cm, and during the dry season, large portions of the marshes dry out. Salinities range from as high as 45 p.p.t. near the coast to fresh in the south. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; fresh to brackish marshes with Nymphaea sp, Eichhorniasp, Typha sp and various Cyperaceae; and swamp forest with Erythrina fusca. In a region of semi-arid tropical woodland. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. 95% of the Sanctuary is state owned. -138- Colombia Protection: 23,000 ha of the wetland are included within a National Park and Sanctuary, the "Parque Nacional Natural y Santuario Faunistico Cienaga Grande de Santa Marta", established in 1977. Elsewhere, there are restrictions on hunting, fishing and the exploitation of timber. Land use: Intensive traditional fishing, particularly for oysters and shrimps; sport and subsistence hunting; exploitation of mangroves for timber; navigation; and _ recreation. Agriculture and cattle ranching in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: The most important wetland area for waterfowl on the Caribbean coast of Colombia, with large concentrations of both resident breeding species and Nearctic migrants. There are important breeding populations of Phalacrocorax olivaceus, a variety of Ardeidae and Threskiornithidae, Chauna chavaria and Anatidae (Dendrocygna bicolor, D. autumnalis, D. viduata, Anas bahamensis, Cairina moschata and probably Oxyura dominica). Phoenicopterus ruber is a regular non-breeding visitor in groups of up to several hundred. The area is particularly important for its large concentrations of wintering Anatidae. Up to 25,000 ducks have been observed at one time; the peak counts of the commonest species have been 20,000 Anas discors, 4,000 A. americana, 2,000 A. clypeata and 1,000 Aythya affinis. The rare Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma has been recorded on several occasions in recent years, and Sarkidiornis melanotos has occurred. Many Nearctic shorebirds and Laridae occur as non-breeding visitors, but no census data are available. Other fauna: The Osprey Pandion haliaetus is a regular non-breeding visitor. There is a very diverse fish fauna, and there are significant populations of Caiman crocodilus fuscus, * Crocodylus acutus and the manatee Trichechus manatus. Threats: Drainage in surrounding areas, canalization of river channels, blocking off of springs, water pollution, and increased sedimentation as a result of watershed degradation, have all had detrimental effects on the morphology and hydrology of the system, and pose a serious threat to the entire region. The breeding colonies of Ardeidae and Threskiornithidae have been heavily persecuted by people collecting eggs and young birds, and there was no breeding from 1978 to 1980. Research and conservation: Several studies have been made on the fauna and flora of the Cienaga, notably by Botero in 1979 and 1980; and there have been numerous projects by INVEMAR and INDERENA on the fisheries and aquaculture. References: Naranjo (1979b); Botero (1982 & 1983); IUCN (1982). Source: Jorge E. Botero and Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Isla de Salamanca National Park (5) Location: 10°57’-11°06’N, 74°22’-74°58’W; east of Barranquilla, Magdalena Department. Area: 21,000 ha. Altitude: 0-8m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: Isla de Salamanca is a long narrow coastal barrier island separating the Cienaga Grande de Santa Marta from the sea, and with the mouth of the Rio Magdalena to the west. There are long sandy beaches and sand dunes, and a series of shallow brackish lagoons and mangrove swamps connected to the sea by channels at high tide. Water levels in the lagoons fall during the dry season. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; saline marshes with Sesuvium portulacastrum and Batis maritima; brackish marshes with Typha domingensis; and some Erythrina fusca. In a region of semi-arid tropical woodland with Acacia farnesiana, Prosopis juliflora and Libidivia coriaria. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: The island constitutes the "Parque Nacional Natural Isla de Salamanca", established in 1977. Wardening and management are however reported to be inadequate. Land use: Traditional fishing, recreation, and navigation in the surrounding waters. Waterfowl: Similar to that of the Cienaga Grande de Santa Marta, with large numbers of breeding and wintering Ardeidae, Threskiornithidae, Anatidae, shorebirds and Laridae. -139- Colombia Other fauna: Over 170 species of birds have been recorded on the island. There is a great diversity of fishes, amphibians and reptiles, and the manatee Trichechus manatus occurs. Threats: The construction of a road along the island has caused changes in salinity in some of the lagoons and this has resulted in the death of large areas of mangroves. Automobile traffic causes constant disturbance, and high tension power lines through the park cause considerable bird mortality. Pollution from domestic sewage and industrial waste is a serious problem in the Rio Magdalena. The illegal hunting of sea turtles and iguanas, and the collection of birds’ eggs and chicks for human consumption also cause problems. Research and conservation: Several faunal and floral surveys have been conducted in the park, and the avifauna is particularly well known. Unfortunately, enforcement of the Park regulations is very poor. References: Toro et al (1975); Franky & Rodriguez (1977); Naranjo (1979a, 1979b & 1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Cienaga del Totumo (6) Location: 10°45’N, 75°14’W; 45 km northeast of Cartagena, Atlantico Department. Area: 2,100 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.17.4; 07. Site description: A shallow brackish coastal lagoon, up to 1.2m deep, connecting with the sea through a channel, the Cano Amansaguapos. A dam and sluice have been constructed across the channel and water flow is controlled. The salinity of the lagoon has decreased since the construction of the dam, and the water is now almost fresh. Principal vegetation: In a region of dry tropical woodland with Crescentia cujete, Acacia farnesiana, Libidivia coriaria, Prosopis juliflora, Bombacopsis quinata and Lecythis minor. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Traditional fishing, extraction of salt, and occasional hunting; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important lagoon for both resident and migrant species, particularly fish-eating birds and Laridae. Residents include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, Dendrocygna autumnalis, Charadrius wilsonius and C. collaris. Nearctic migrants include Butorides virescens, Ardea herodias, Anas discors, twelve species of shorebirds and several gulls and terns Laridae. Other fauna: The area is rich in birds of prey and Psittacidae. Reptiles include Caiman crocodilus, Crocodylus acutus, Chrysemys scripta, Iguana iguana and Pseudoboa newiedii. Threats: The decreasing salinity of the lagoon is presumably affecting fish populations, and pollution from pesticide run-off is likely to cause problems in the future. Research and conservation: A preliminary limnological investigation was made by Mercado; and avifaunal studies were conducted by Naranjo between 1977 and 1979. The lagoon merits protection as an important wintering area for migratory waterfowl. References: Mercado (1971). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Cienaga de Guajaro (7) Location: 10°30’N, 75°08’W; 45 km east of Cartagena, Atlantico Department. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 9m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 15, 16 & 17. -140- Colombia Site description: A complex of thirteen shallow interconnecting freshwater lakes and associated marshes behind the dam of the Canal del Dique; with adjacent seasonally inundated grassland and rice-growing areas. The principal lakes are Guajaro, Bonanza, Cabildo, Celosa, Playon del Hacha and Puerco. Water levels fluctuate according to the level in the Rio Magdalena, and reach a maximum of 4.5m. Principal vegetation: Lakes and marshes with Eichhornia crassipes and species of Eleocharis, Pistia and Typha; gallery forest with Cecropia and Aeschynomene spp; and dry tropical woodland with Prosopis juliflora. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection; INDERENA controls the fishing and hunting. Land use: Traditional fishing, subsistence hunting, occasional sport hunting, and navigation; with rice-growing, other agriculture and cattle ranching in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for species typical of the cienagas of northern Colombia, notably species of Podicipedidae, Ardeidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae, Anatidae and Rallidae (see Cienaga de Zapatosa (14)). Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus has been recorded. Threats: Pollution in the Rio Magdalena and Canal del Dique, and pesticide run-off from adjacent agricultural land are the main threats. Research and conservation: INDERENA and FAO have carried out several limnological and fisheries investigations in the area. References: Ducharme (1975). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Cienaga de la Virgen (8) Location: 10°27’N, 75°30’W; north of Cartagena, Bolivar Department. Area: 2,250 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow brackish coastal lagoon, averaging 1.5m deep, with some mangrove swamps; in communication with the sea through several channels, and fed by freshwater streams. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus, Pelliciera rhizophorae and Rhizophora mangle; dry tropical woodland in surrounding areas with Prosopis juliflora, Acacia farnesiana and Libidivia coriaria. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection, but there are regulations concerning fishing and some pollution control. Land use: Commercial and traditional fishing. The city of Cartagena almost surrounds the lagoon, and there are various industries sited on its shores; elsewhere there is some cattle ranching, agriculture and tourist recreation. Waterfowl: An important lagoon for breeding, passage and wintering species. Residents include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. rufescens, Eudocimus albus, Dendrocygna autumnalis and Himantopus himantopus; South American migrants include Charadrius collaris, Phaetusa simplex and Rynchops niger; and Nearctic migrants include Anas discors, nineteen species of shorebirds, and eight species of Laridae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The main threat is pollution from Cartagena city, including thermal pollution and contamination with hydrocarbons, heavy metals and domestic sewage. Mangroves are being cut down and parts of the wetland are being filled in. Tourist recreation and hunting cause excessive disturbance. Research and conservation: The Marine Museum and Faculty of Marine Biology at the Jorge Tadeo Lozano University in Bogota have accumulated a great deal of information on various aspects of the lagoon including the pollution problem, and much of this has been written up in several University dissertations. The bird fauna of the lake has been well documented by Naranjo. fn Colombia References: Mercado (1968); Naranjo (1979b). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Bahia de Cartagena (9) Location: 10°20’N, 75°33’W; south of Cartagena, Bolivar Department. Area: 12,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A large sea bay with several small islands, and the mouth of the Canal del Dique; wetland habitats include shallow inshore waters, intertidal mudflats, sandy beaches, brackish to saline coastal lagoons, and mangroves swamps. Tidal variation in the bay is less than one metre. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; woodland with Bombacopsis quinata, Lecythis minor and Astronium graveolens. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: The city of Cartagena, the Mamonal Industrial Estate and various oil installations border on parts of the bay; and there is tourist recreation and traditional fishing elsewhere. Waterfowl: Important for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Residents include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. rufescens, Charadrius wilsonius and Himantopus himantopus. Nearctic migrants include Ardea herodias, seventeen species of shorebirds, Larus atricilla and seven species of terns Chlidonias, Hydroprogne and Sterna. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The principal threat is pollution including thermal pollution and contamination with chemicals, heavy metals, domestic sewage and rubbish. Tourist recreation causes excessive disturbance. Research and conservation: The Marine Museum and Faculty of Marine Biology at the Jorge Tadeo Lozano University in Bogota have conducted oceanographic and biological studies in the bay. References: Naranjo (1979b). Source: Luis G. Naranjo and Elisabeth Buttkus. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Corales del Rosario National Park (10) Location: 10°10’N, 75°45’°W; off the Caribbean coast of Cartagena Municipality, Bolivar Department. Area: 18,700 ha (mainly marine). Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.17.4; 01, 03 & 08. Site description: A marine park including part of Isla de Baru and the waters around the Archipelago del Rosario. The only terrestrial part of the Park is along the western edge of Isla de Baru, where there are mangrove swamps. The Park contains the most important coral platform area in Colombian waters. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Constitutes the Corales del Rosario National Park (18,700 ha) established in 1977. Land use: Tourism, water sports and sport fishing. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for Pelecanus occidentalis (one of only four breeding sites on the Caribbean coast of Colombia), and Fregata magnificens. Other fauna: Very rich coral reefs, with 60 species of coral and a diverse associated fauna. -142- Colombia Threats: Disturbance from tourist recreation, particularly the use of power boats, and illegal fishing. Some of the islands are being developed for tourism. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research in marine biology has been conducted in the Park. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Cienaga de Lorica (11) Location: 9°10’N, 75°43’W; east of Lorica, Cordoba Department. Area: 11,800 ha. Altitude: 23m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 12 & 16. Site description: A complex of permanent freshwater lakes and marshes, and seasonally inundated plains along the Rio Sinu. The level in the Rio Sinu fluctuates seasonally by 4.5m. Principal vegetation: Lakes and marshes with Eichhornia crassipes and species of Eleocharis, Pistia and Typha; gallery forest with Cecropia and Aeschynomene spp; and dry tropical woodland with Prosopis juliflora. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection; the Corporacion Autonoma Regional de los Rios Sinu y San Jorge controls fishing, and hunting is prohibited. Land use: Traditional fishing, navigation, and illegal sport and subsistence hunting. Cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: The most important wetland system in the Rio Sinu watershed, with large populations of waterfowl typical of the cienagas of northern Colombia (see Cienaga de Zapatosa (14)). The very local Laterallus albigularis cerdaleus occurs. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is some pollution from pesticide run-off, and a considerable amount of illegal hunting. References: Ducharme (1975). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Golfo de Uraba (12) Location: 7°55’-8°40’N, 76°44’-77°20’W; between Acandi and Turbo, Departments of Antioquia and Choco. Area: c.200,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 01, 02, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A large sea bay on the Caribbean coast fed by several important rivers with extensive estuarine marshes, intertidal mudflats and mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Extensive mangrove swamps. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection. INDERENA and the Corporacion Autonoma de Uraba are responsible for protecting the fauna and flora of the region. Land use: Traditional fishing and navigation. Exploitation of timber, cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A very important area for a wide variety of waterfowl, including several species which are rare elsewhere in Colombia. The area is particularly rich in Nearctic migrants, with large numbers of wintering Ardeidae, Anatidae, shorebirds and Laridae. No census data are however available. Other fauna: No information. ui45= Colombia Threats: Urban expansion and increasing settlement along the rivers, pollution from domestic sewage, and forest clearance. Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Cienaga de Chilloa (13) Location: 9°10’N, 74°04’W; 15 km northwest of El Banco, Magdalena Department. Area: 20,000 ha. Altitude: 25m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 12, 16 & 17. Site description: A large permanent freshwater lake and marshes fed by the Rio Magdalena, with surrounding areas of seasonally inundated grassland and arable land. The water level fluctuates with that of the Rio Magdalena, which varies in depth from 4 to 7.3m. Principal vegetation: Lake and marshes with Eichhornia crassipes, Pistia stratiotes and species of Eleocharis and Typha. In a region of dry tropical woodland. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection. INDERENA controls hunting and fishing activities. Land use: Traditional fishing, sport and subsistence hunting, and navigation; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl, with a species composition similar to that of the nearby Cienaga de Zapatosa (14). Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution in the Rio Magdalena, pesticide run-off from adjacent agricultural land, and inadequate control of hunting. Research and conservation: The lake does not appear to have been studied in any detail. Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Cienaga de Zapatosa and nearby lakes (14) Location: 9°05’N, 73°50’W; between El Banco, Chimichagua and Tamalameque, Magdalena Department. Area: 34,000 ha. Altitude: 30m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 12, 16 & 17. Site description: A vast complex of freshwater lakes and marshes along the Rio Cesar near its confluence with the Rio Magdalena; and adjacent areas of seasonally inundated grassy plains and agricultural land. Principal vegetation: Lakes and marshes with Eichhornia crassipes and species of Eleocharis, Pistia and Typha; gallery forest with Cecropia and Aeschynomene;and dry tropical woodland with Prosopis juliflora etc. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection. INDERENA controls the fishing and is responsible for prohibiting hunting. Land use: Traditional fishing, illegal sport and subsistence hunting, and navigation; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: The Zapatosa complex is the principal wetland area in the lacustrine system of the middle Rio Magdalena, and supports important populations of many resident and migratory waterfowl. Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta thula, E. alba and Ardea cocoi are particularly abundant. Other resident breeding species include Podiceps dominicus, Anhinga anhinga, Botaurus pinnatus, Ixobrychus involucris, Tigrisoma spp, Pilherodius pileatus, Egretta -144- Colombia caerulea, Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Theristicus caudatus, Phimosus infuscatus, Eudocimus albus, Ajaia ajaja, Chauna chavaria, all three Dendrocygna species, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Cairina moschata, Oxyura dominica, Aramus guarauna, seven species of Rallidae, Jacana jacana, Himantopus himantopus, Phaetusa simplex and Rynchops niger. Vanellus chilensis and Burhinus bistriatus are common on the surrounding plains. Common Nearctic migrants include Ardea herodias, Anas discors, A. cyanoptera, Tringa solitaria, T. melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Actitis macularia, Larus atricilla, and Chlidonias nigra. Other fauna: Birds of prey are common, and include Cathartes burrovianus, Pandion haliaetus and Rostrhamus sociabilis. Odocoileus virginianus and Alouatta seniculus occur in the surrounding woodland. Threats: Pollution in the Rio Magdalena and its tributaries affects the area, and there is some run-off of pesticides from adjacent agricultural land. Forest clearance continues, and hunting is uncontrolled. Research and conservation: Together with the cienagas of the lower Rio Magdalena and the lacustrine systems of the Sinu and San Jorge rivers, the Zapatosa complex constitutes the most important wetland area in northern Colombia. However, the area remains unprotected and very poorly known. References: Ducharme (1975). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Cienaga de Ayapel (15) Location: 8°19°N, 75°05’W; east of Ayapel, Cordoba Department. Area: 12,800 ha. Altitude: 55m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake and marshes by the Rio San Jorge. Principal vegetation: Similar to that of Cienaga de Zapatosa (14). Land tenure: Largely privately owned, with some state owned. Protection: No habitat protection. The Corporacion Autonoma de los Valles del Sinu y San Jorge is responsible for controlling the fishing and prohibiting hunting. Land use: Traditional fishing, illegal sport and susbsistence hunting, navigation and recreation; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: No avifaunal surveys have been conducted, but according to local reports, an important area for waterfowl, comparable to the other main cienagas in the region (e.g. Cienaga de Zapatosa). Other fauna: No information. Threats: Fish populations have declined as a result of overfishing, and hunting is totally uncontrolled. Research and conservation: INDERENA has conducted some limnological investigations. References: Ducharme (1975). Source: Jorge E. Botero and Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 0. The lower Rio Atrato and Los Katios National Park (16) Location: 6°50’-8°05’N, 76°45’-77°13’W; the lower Rio Atrato basin from the region of Opogodo to near its mouth on the Golfo de Uraba, Departments of Choco and Antioquia. Area: c.670,000 ha. Altitude: 0-150m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 09, 11, 12 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of freshwater lakes and marshes with surrounding swamp forest and seasonally flooded forest along the lower course of the Rio Atrato. The Cienaga de -145- Colombia Tumarado is one of the principal lakes in the area. Flooding occurs during the rainy season from April to November. Principal vegetation: Lakes with extensive areas of Eichhornia azurea, Pistia stratiotes and Linocharis flava; marshes with Montrichardia arborescens and Polygonum acuminatum; and swamp forest with species of Raphia, Erythrina, Pachira, Prioria, Ficus and Heliconia. In a region of very humid tropical forest. Land tenure: The small part within Los Katios National Park is state owned. The ownership of the remainder is unknown. Protection: Approximately 27,000 ha of wetlands including Cienaga de Tumarado are within Los Katios National Park (72,000 ha), established in 1973. The remainder is unprotected. Land use: Traditional fishing and exploitation of timber; some cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Fifty-seven species of waterfowl have been listed for Los Katios National Park by Rodriguez, including several which are rare elsewhere in Colombia such as Amaurolimnas concolor, Heliornis fulica and Eurypyga helias. Other noteworthy species include Pilherodius pileatus, Cochlearius cochlearius, Agamia agami, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Ajaia ajaja, Chauna chavaria, Cairina moschata and eleven species of Nearctic shorebirds. The area as a whole is undoubtedly of very great importance for waterfowl, particularly as much remains remote and relatively undisturbed. Other fauna: About 400 bird species have been recorded in the National Park, including a variety of birds of prey dependent on wetlands, and all five South American kingfishers Alcedinidae. Caiman crocodilus, an otter Lutra sp, and Baird’s Tapir Tapirus bairdii occur in the Park, and presumably elsewhere in the region. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: A variety of faunal and floral investigations have been conducted in the National Park, and the birds have been well documented by Rodriguez, but little seems to be known about the large tracts of wetland outside the Park. References: IUCN (1982); Rodriguez (1982). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Wetlands in Arauca Faunal and Floral Sanctuary (17) Location: 6°36’-6°53’N, 71°05’-71°25’W; in the eastern llanos of Colombia, Arauca Intendencia. Area: Area of wetlands unknown (Sanctuary 90,000 ha). Altitude: 150m. Province and type: 8.27.10; 09, 11, 16 & 17. Site description: A large area of seasonally inundated grassland, savanna and agricultural land along the Rio Arauca and its tributaries. The plains dry out during the dry season, but there are some permanent marshes along the main water courses. Principal vegetation: Swamps with groves of Mauritia flexuosa; gallery forest and riverine thickets with Ficus insipida, Bombacopsis quinatum, Ceiba pentandra, Tabebuia sp and clumps of the bamboo Guadua angustifolia. Land tenure: 70% state owned and 30% privately owned. Protection: Within the Santuario de Fauna y Flora Arauca (90,000 ha) established in 1977. Land use: Subsistence hunting and fishing, some illegal sport hunting, cattle ranching and agriculture. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl typical of the llanos of eastern Colombia and the Orinoco basin of Venezuela. The families Ardeidae, Ciconiidae, Threskiornithidae, Anhimidae, Anatidae and Rallidae are well represented, and specialities include Euxenura maguari, Eudocimus ruber, Neochen jubata and Amazonetta brasiliensis. Other fauna: Mammals include WHydrochoerus hydrochaeris, Lutra enudris, Pteronura brasiliensis, Tapirus terrestris and Odocoileus virginianus; and reptiles include Caiman crocodilus and Crocodylus intermedius. Threats: Continuing colonization and an associated increase in agriculture and illegal hunting. It is reported that wardening and management of the Sanctuary are inadequate. -146- Colombia References: IUCN (1982). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Wetlands in El Tuparro National Park (18) Location: 5°00’-5°34’N, 67°52’-69°10’W; in the eastern llanos between Rio Tomo and Rio Tuparro, Vichada Comisario. Area: c.470,000 ha. Altitude: 125m. Province and type: 8.27.10; 09, 11, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast alluvial plain between the Tomo and Tuparro rivers, bounded in the east by the Orinoco River, along the Venezuelan border. Wetland habitats include slow-flowing rivers with associated riverine marshes and riverine forest, and large tracts of seasonally flooded grassland and palm savanna. 85% of the National Park is subject to seasonal flooding. Principal yegetation: Seasonally flooded grassland with species of Paspalum, Stipa and Andropogon, and groves of the palm Mauritia flexuosa. Land tenure: Almost entirely state owned, with some small private holdings. Protection: Within the El Tuparro National Park (548,000 ha), established as a "Territorio Faunistico" in 1970, and upgraded to a "Parque Nacional Natural" in 1980. Land use: Almost none. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Reptiles include Caiman crocodilus, Crocodylus intermedius, Eunectes murinusand a variety of freshwater turtles; mammals include Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris and Pteronura brasiliensis. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Some faunal and floral investigations have been conducted in the Park. ‘References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Wetlands in Amacayacu National Park (19) Location: 3°02’-3°47’S, 69°59’-70°25’W; in extreme southeastern Colombia, northwest of Leticia, Amazonas Department. Area: Area of wetlands unknown (Park 170,000 ha). Altitude: 100m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: Alluvial plains along the Amazon, Amacayacu and Cotuhe rivers, on the Peruvian border. Wetland habitats include slow-flowing rivers and associated oxbow lakes and marshes, forest streams, swamp forest and seasonally flooded forest. Principal vegetation: Oxbow lakes and marshes with Pseudobombax munguba and floating beds of Victoria amazonica, Eichhornia sp and Pistia sp; groves of Mauritia palms,and swamp forest with Calycophyllum spruceanum, Ficus insipida and Ogodeia sp. In a region of relatively undisturbed humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Almost entirely state owned, with some small private holdings. Protection: Within the Amacayacu National Park (170,000 ha) established in 1975. Land use: Some settlement and primitive cultivation along the river banks by indigenous groups; subsistence hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: A variety of species typical of western Amazonia were observed during a brief survey in September 1976, including Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Pilherodius pileatus, Butorides =)A7= Colombia Striatus, Egretta alba, Ardea cocoi, Anhima cornuta, Jacana jacana, Charadrius collaris, Phaetusa simplex, Sterna superciliaris and Rynchops niger. Other fauna: Birds of prey observed in September 1976 included Pandion haliaetus, Leptodon cayanensis and Busarellus nigricollis. Mammals recorded for the Park include the manatee Trichechus inunguis and an otter Lutra sp; reptiles include Melanosuchus niger and Eunectes murinus gigas. Threats: Colonization along the river banks, and ensuing destruction of riverine habitat and increased persecution of wildlife. Research and conservation: The wetland habitats of Amacayacu National Park probably do not differ significantly from those of comparable areas in much of western Amazonia. The area is however still relatively undisturbed, and must rank as a good example of this complex of wetland communities, particularly at the National level. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lake Tota (20) Location: 5°32’N, 72°56’W; 45 km east of Tunja, Boyaca Department. Area: 5,620 ha. Altitude: 3,015m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 12 & 16. Site description: A permanent freshwater Andean lake, up to 67m deep, with fringing marshes, wet meadows and arable land. The level of the lake has been lowered, and much of the original marsh vegetation converted into meadows. Principal vegetation: Large beds of submergent Elodea sp, and floating Myriophyllum brasiliense, Azolla filiculoides, Lemna minor and Ricciocarpus sp; marshes in shallow bays with Typha latifolia, Scirpus californicus and some Cortaderia sp; and bogs with Hydrocotyle ranunculoides, Polygonum punctatum, Rumex sp and Juncus sp. The surrounding land is largely under cultivation, with some Eucalyptus and conifer plantations, and patches of the native humid montane forest. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Trout fishing; tourist recreation including sailing and water skiing; cutting of reeds for thatching and mattress making; and utilization of water for irrigation and domestic consumption by 22,000 people in the surrounding villages. There are several hotels on the lake shore. Waterfowl: One of the most important lakes for waterfowl in the Colombian Andes, still supporting healthy populations of most of the endemic species and subspecies of the region. The Colombian Grebe Podiceps (nigricollis) andinus appears however to be extinct. This grebe was abundant when first collected in 1945, and was subsequently found on several lakes in the Bogota Savanna. However, by the late 1950s it was restricted to Lake Tota, and by 1968 the population was down to 300 birds. There are reliable records of odd individuals until 1977 (R. Ridgely), but none were located in thorough surveys in 1981 (J. Fjeldsa) and 1982 (Adams et al). In their survey in July and August 1982, Adams et al estimated breeding populations of other species as follows: Podilymbus podiceps 150-200 pairs; Ixobrychus exilis bogotensis 50-100 pairs; Oxyura jamaicensis andina 15-25 pairs; Rallus semiplumbeus 30-50 pairs; Porphyriops melanops bogotensis 40-50 pairs; Porphyrula martinica less than 25 pairs; and Fulica americana columbiana 500-600 pairs. Fjeldsa, in his survey of the previous year, estimated that there were 200 territories of Rallus semiplumbeus and 500-600 adult and juvenile Porphyriops melanops. Gallinago nobilis is common in the marshes, and a variety of lowland species have occurred at the lake as occasional visitors. Anas discors, Porzana carolina and Actitis macularia are common winter visitors from the Nearctic. Other fauna: The marshes around the lake support an important population of the very local Apolinar’s Marsh Wren Cistothorus apolinari. Adams et al estimated the breeding populationin 1982 to be between 30 and 50 pairs. Trout were introduced into the lake in the 1940s. Since then the endemic fish have virtually disappeared, and in 1981 local fishermen reported that -148- Colombia they catch only one or two a year. The invertebrate community has been described by Adams et al. Threats: A variety of threats have been reported, including excessive hunting pressure, the extensive burning of marsh vegetation, harvesting of reeds, disturbance from tourism, the use of pesticides on adjacent agricultural land, and eutrophication caused by an inflow of domestic sewage and organic fertilizers. The introduction of trout undoubtedly had a drastic effect on the ecology of the lake, and the lowering of the water level in the past caused a reduction in the extent of the marshes, but no further reduction in water level is anticipated. Adams et al consider the lowering of the lake level and excessive hunting to be the principal causes for the decline in bird populations, but the introduction of trout must have been a contributing factor, and eutrophication and pollution may now pose the most serious threats. Research and conservation: A number of studies have been conducted at the lake, the most thorough being those of Fjeldsa in 1981 and Adams ef al in 1982. The latter authors made a variety of recommendations with regard to the conservation of the lake, including the creation of appropriate reserves, and the development of voluntary agreements between the local authorities and landowners to protect the shoreline. References: IGAC (1977); Adams et al (1982); Adams & Slavid (1984). Source: Jon Fjeldsa and Carolina Murcia. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna de Fuquene (21) Location: 5°32’N, 73°45’W; 100 km NNE of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: c.4,000 ha. Altitude: 2,510m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 12. Site description: A shallow freshwater lake and marshes in the Ubate Valley on the Bogota Savanna; a relict of the former Lake of Humboldt which has been decreasing in size since the Pleistocene. In recent decades the lake has been greatly reduced in size by drainage for agriculture, although it remains the largest wetland area on the Bogota Savanna. The water is used for irrigation, and the level now shows wide seasonal fluctuations. Principal vegetation: Some submergent vegetation including Potamogeton illinoiensis; bedsof floating Limnobium stoloniferum, Bidens laevis and Azolla sp; and marshes with Scirpus californicus, Hydrocotyle sp, Typha sp and Ludwigia sp. Surrounded by extensive areas of wet pastureland. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting, carp fishing, some reed-cutting and recreation; livestock rearing and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Formerly a breeding area for Podiceps (nigricollis) andinus, Anas georgica niceforoi (both now extinct) and Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma, and an important wintering area for ducks, but relatively few birds now use the area. In October 1981, Fjeldsa recorded small numbers of Podiceps dominicus, Ixobrychus exilis bogotensis, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta alba, Rallus semiplumbeus, Porphyriops melanops bogotensis, Fulica americana, Charadrius semipalmatus and Actitis macularia. Other fauna: Adams ef al found several Cistothorus apolinari in the marshesin 1982, and thought that it might be commoner here than at Lake Tota. Fjeldsa also recorded Agelaius icterocephalus bogotensis in the marshes. Various fishes including carp and trout have been introduced into the lake. Threats: Hunting pressure is extreme and it appears that at times there are more hunters than birds. The drainage of the marshes continues, and there is a very high siltation rate as a result of soil erosion in the surrounding watershed. Research and conservation: Very little information is available except for the reports of brief visits by Fjeldsa in 1981 and Adams et al in 1982. The lake remains one of the most important wetlands on the Bogota Savanna, and further sudies should be initiated as soon as possible to determine what steps if any might be taken to halt further deterioration. References: Olivares (1967); Adams et al (1982). -149- Colombia Source: German Ignacio Andrade and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 2b. Laguna de Cucunuba (22) Location: 5°17’N, 73°48’W; 70 km northeast of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 35 ha. Altitude: 2,640m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 12. Site description: A shallow freshwater lake and marshes on the Bogota Savanna; once a part of Laguna de Fuquene and a relict of the large Pleistocene Lake of Humboldt. The water level is subject to wide seasonal fluctuations, and the lake dries out completely in the dry season. Much of the surrounding marshland has been drained for pasture; the lake is now greatly reduced in size, and there is little open water. Principal vegetation: Large areas of floating Limnobium sp and Azolla sp; and marshes with Scirpus californicus and Typha sp. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: The waters of the lake are used for irrigation; and there is some reed-cutting, hunting, and livestock grazing in the marshes. Waterfowl: Presumably the lake once supported breeding populations of most of the waterfowl of the Bogota Savanna, but with the reduction in extent of open water, several species have disappeared. In October 1981, Fjeldsa observed small numbers of Podilymbus podiceps, Ixobrychus exilis bogotensis, Rallus semiplumbeus and Porphyriops melanops bogotensis. Other fauna: Agelaius icterocephalus bogotensis is common and Cistothorus apolinari occurs in the marshes. Threats: Drainage for pasture continues; there is heavy hunting pressure; and the lake is silting up as a result of serious soil erosion in the surrounding hills. References: Olivares (1967). Source: German Ignacio Andrade and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Laguna de Suesca (23) Location: 5°10’N, 73°47’W; 60 km northeast of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 300 ha. Altitude: 2,640m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater glacial lake with fringing marshes. Principal vegetation: A little floating vegetation, and some marshes with Scirpus and Typha. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting, fishing and reed-cutting; livestock grazing, some cultivation and Eucalyptus plantations in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Very few waterfowl occur at present, mainly Porphyriops melanops bogotensis and Fulica americana. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Heavy hunting pressure, and some pollution and eutrophication. Research and conservation: In view of its size and lack of serious threats, this is potentially one of the most important wetlands on the Bogota Savanna, but as long as intensive hunting is permitted, the lake is unlikely to support much wildlife. References: Olivares (1967); Adams et al (1982). Source: German Ignacio Andrade. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -150- Colombia Embalse de Neusa (24) Location: 5°10’N, 73°58’W; 50 km north of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 750 ha. Altitude: 2,890m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 15. Site description: A reservoir, built in 1951, with widely fluctuating water levels and a highly mobile shoreline. There are some marshes, particularly at the north end. Principal vegetation: Extensive beds of Elodea sp, and some reedbeds. Much of the watershed is heavily forested with Cupressus and Pinus spp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Water supply; fishing; and recreation including camping and water sports. The area is a very popular resort for people from Bogota, with upto 1,000 cars present at weekends. Waterfowl: A variety of waterfowl have been recorded including breeding Podilymbus podiceps, Anas flavirostris, Oxyura jamaicensis andina, Porphyriops melanops bogotensis and Fulica americana. Common Nearctic migrants include Anas discors, Tringa solitaria, T. melanoleuca and Actitis macularia. Other fauna: The dipper Cinclus leucocephalus occurs on nearby streams. Threats: Eutrophication caused by agricultural run-off, and excessive disturbance from tourist recreation, particularly at weekends, seem to be the only threats. Research and conservation: The area has great potential as a multipurpose nature conservation and public recreation area. Gast has recommended that disturbance free sanctuaries be created, that grazing by cattle and sheep be limited, and that the aquatic vegetation be managed to improve the habitat for waterfowl. References: Gast (1979); Adams et al (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. La Florida Marshes (25) Location: 4°45’N, 74°10’W; near El Dorado Airport, Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 100 ha. Altitude: 2,550m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 13. Site description: A complex of shallow freshwater ponds, up to 2.5m deep, and marshes on the flood plain of the Rio Bogota. Principal vegetation: Ponds with beds of submergent Potamogeton sp, and floating Limnobium sp and Azolla sp; marshes with species of Scirpus and Typha. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection. A part of the area is included in the "Parque de la Florida", a public recreation area. Land use: Public recreation. One of the ponds is used for boating; a road bisects the marshes; and there is a golf course nearby. Waterfowl: Despite the proximity of the site to Bogota, and the considerable disturbance from recreation, the ponds and marshes support a wide variety of waterfowl in significant numbers. Twenty-five species have been recorded including Ixobrychus exilis bogotensis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Bubulcus ibis, Anas cyanoptera, A. discors, Oxyura jamaicensis andina, O. dominica, Rallus semiplumbeus, Porzana carolina, Porphyriops melanops bogotensis (up to 130), Gallinula chloropus (up to 150), Fulica americana, Gallinago nobilis and five species of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: There is a large population of Agelaius icterocephalus bogotensis, and thereare several pairs of Cistothorus apolinari. Threats: There is considerable pollution in the Rio Bogota, and a Government proposal exists to control the flooding of the river and eventually drain the entire area. Research and conservation: The marshes remain one of the most important wetlands in the Bogota Savanna, and would be an ideal site for a conservation education programme. References: Olivares (1967); Adams et al (1982). -151- Colombia Source: Juan Gonzalo Arango, German Ignacio Andrade and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Funza Marshes (26) Location: 4°40’N, 74°10’W; near Funza, west of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 30 ha. Altitude: 2,550m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 13. Site description: A complex of shallow freshwater ponds, up to 2.5m deep, and marshes on the flood plain of the Rio Bogota. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Scirpus and Typha. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and livestock grazing. Waterfowl: Small populations of /xobrychus exilis bogotensis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Rallus semiplumbeus, Laterallus exilis, Porphyriops melanops bogotensis, Porphyrula_ martinica and Fulica americana. Porzana carolina is a winter visitor. Other fauna: Populations of Cistothorus apolinari and Agelaius icterocephalus bogotensis. Threats: Canalization and filling in of the marshes; and pollution with domestic sewage from the Rio Bogota. There is a Government project to control the flooding of the Rio Bogota and eventually drain the marshes completely. References: Olivares (1967). Source: Juan Gonzalo Arango. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Laguna de La Herrera (27) Location: 4°40’N, 74°16’W; 15 km west of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 350 ha. Altitude: 2,550m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 12. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake, up to 3m deep, with extensive marshes on the Bogota Savanna. A relict of the much larger Pleistocene Lake of Humboldt. The lake and marshes were greatly reduced by drainage schemes in the early 1970s. Principal vegetation: Extensive beds of floating vegetation and muddy areas with species of Azolla, Limnobium, Ludwigia and Hydrocotyle; marshes with Scirpus californicus and Typha sp. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and reed-cutting; livestock grazing and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Formerly an extremely important wetland for waterfowl of the Bogota Savanna and a breeding site for Podiceps (nigricollis) andinus, Anas georgica niceforoi and Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma, but much reduced in importance in recent years. A wide variety of species still occur including Ixobrychus exilis bogotensis, Bubulcus ibis (roost of up to 1,100), Egretta caerulea, E. thula, Rallus semiplumbeus (common), Porphyriops melanops bogotensis (up to 50), Porphyrula martinica and Gallinago nobilis. Anas discors, Porzana carolina and several Nearctic shorebirds are common winter visitors. Other fauna: There is a small population of Cistothorus apolinari, and Agelaius icterocephalus bogotensis is common. Threats: Progressive drainage for pasture land, pollution from the Rio Bogota, destruction of marsh vegetation by cattle, excessive hunting, and the development of limestone quarries on the west side of the lake have been the principal threats. However, there is now a Government project to control the flooding of the Rio Bogota which would destroy the wetland completely. Research and conservation: Despite its diminished size, Laguna de La Herrera remains one of the most important wetlands on the Bogota Savanna, and could still be restored to something -152- Colombia approaching its original condition. Apparently a proposal has already been made for the establishment of a reserve, but no action has been taken. Studies are urgently required to determine what might be done to conserve the area before it is lost completely in the proposed flood control project for the Rio Bogota. References: Olivares (1967); Adams et al (1982). Source: Juan Gonzalo Arango, German Ignacio Andrade and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Laguna de Pedropalo (28) Location: 4°40’N, 74°20’W; 25 km west of Bogota, on the east side of the Santa Magdalena valley, Cundinamarca Department. Area: 60 ha. Altitude: 2,100m. Proyince and type: 8.34.12; 12. Site description: A small permanent freshwater lake, up to 30m deep, with fringing marshes and stable water level. Principal vegetation: One third of the lake surface is covered with Lemna sp, and there are fringing marshes of Typha and Scirpus. In a region of subtropical cloud forest. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting. There is some cultivation in the surrounding area. Waterfowl: There is a large population of Podiceps dominicus and small populations of Oxyura Jamaicensis andina, Porphyriops melanops bogotensis and Fulica americana. Porzana carolina occurs in winter. Other fauna: Cistothorus apolinari is thought to occur. There are very high densities of amphipods in the lake, and trout have been introduced. Threats: Excessive hunting, and the introduction of trout. References: Olivares (1967). Source: German Ignacio Andrade and Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Laguna de San Ramon (29) Location: 4°35’N, 74°10’W; west of Bogota, Cundinamarca Department. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 2,700m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 15. Site description: A permanent artificial lake, up to 2m deep, with stable water level and narrow fringing marshes, in pastureland on the Bogota Savanna. Principal vegetation: Fringing marshes and shrubbery. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No legal protection, but the owners prohibit hunting. Land use: Livestock grazing and ornamental gardening in the surrounding areas. Waterfowl: During a brief visit in October 1981, Fjeldsa observed 18 adult Oxyura jamaicensis andina with seven pulli. This subspecies, which is confined to the Andes of Colombia, is declining throughout its range and is now rare. Other breeding species included Podilymbus podiceps, Porphyriops melanops bogotensis and Fulica americana columbiana. Other fauna: Agelaius icterocephalus bogotensis was observed in October 1981. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: One of the few wetlands on the Bogota Savanna which is neither seriously threatened nor disturbed by hunters. Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a. -153- Colombia Laguna Chingaza (30) Location: 4°30’N, 73°50’W; between Alto La Bandera and Villaguardia, Cundinamarca Department. - Area: 150 ha. Altitude: 3,300m. Province and type: 8.34.12; 12 & 19. Site description: A permanent freshwater glacial lake, over 10m deep, with surrounding bogs, in the paramo zone. Principal vegetation: A little submergent Ranunculus kunthianus; bogs with species of Carex, Chusquea and Sphagnum; in a region of paramo vegetation and temperate cloud forest. Land tenure: Approximately 90% of the National Natural Park is state owned; the rest is privately owned. Protection: Within the Chingaza National Natural Park (50,000 ha) established in 1977. Land use: The water is used for human consumption. Waterfowl: Breeding species observed during a brief visit in October 1981 included Anas flavirostris, Rallus semiplumbeus, Fulica americana columbiana, Gallinago nobilis and G. stricklandii jamesoni. Other fauna: Cinclus leucocephalus occurs along nearby streams, and the Mountain Tapir Tapirus pinchaque occurs in the area. Threats: None known. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Jon Fjeldsa. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Laguna del Otun (31) Location: 4°47’N, 75°26’W; 30 km SSE of Manizales in the Cordillera Central, Risaralda Department. Area: 150 ha. Altitude: 3,980m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12 & 19. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake of glacial origin, with surrounding bogs; in the high Andean paramo zone. The lake receives it water from snow melt on Nevado de Santa Isabel. Principal vegetation: Paramo vegetation with Espeletia sp and the grasses Calamagrostis and Festuca. Land tenure: No information. (60% of the land in the National Park is state owned, the rest is privately owned.) Protection: Within Los Nevados National Natural Park (38,000 ha) established in 1977. Land use: Sport fishing. Some agriculture nearby. Waterfowl: The lake supports important breeding populations of Anas flavisrostris andium, Oxyura jamaicensis andina and Fulica americana. Gallinago stricklandii jamesoni occurs in the surrounding bogs, and Merganetta armata on nearby rivers and streams. Several Nearctic migrants occur on passage, particularly Anas discors. Other fauna: The Mountain Tapir Tapirus pinchaque and Spectacled Bear Tremarctos ornatus are thought to occur in the area. The trout Salmo gairdnieri has been introduced into the lake. Threats: The introduction of trout has affected the ecology of the lake, and there have been some modifications to the wetland as a result of road construction. Adjacent agriculture and occasional fires on the paramo may be causing problems. Research and conservation: The Sociedad Caldense de Ornitologia in Manizales has conducted bird censuses at the lake. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Jorge E. Botero. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -154- Colombia Laguna de Sonso (32) Location: 3°52’N, 76°21’W; 3 km west of Buga, Valle Department. Area: 594 ha permanently flooded. Altitude: 935m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 11, 12, 17 & 18. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake and marshes adjacent to the Rio Cauca, and part of an old natural system of seasonal lakes and marshes along the Rio Cauca. Most of the seasonal marshes have now been drained for agriculture and pasture land. There are some small remnants of native swamp forest. Principal vegetation: Patches of swamp forest with Erythrina poeppigiana, E. glauca and Anacardium excelsum. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: The permanently flooded areas and surrounding marshes are included within a Nature Reserve administered by the Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca. Land use: Traditional fishing and some tourism. Cattle ranching and intensive agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A very important wetland for waterfowl, with a wide variety of breeding species and winter visitors. Residents include Anhinga anhinga, Botaurus pinnatus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Egretta caerulea, Ardea cocoi, Anhima cornuta, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. autumnalis, Oxyura dominica, Rallus nigricans, R. maculatus, Porphyrula martinica, Jacana jacana and Himantopus himantopus. Nearctic migrants include /xobrychus exilis, Butorides virescens, Anas discors, A. cyanoptera and several shorebirds. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a regular winter visitor. Threats: Drainage ditches have been dug through the marshes, and some of the springs have been blocked off. Sedimentation rates have increased and eutrophication is occurring as a result of agricultural activities, and there is some industrial pollution. Research and conservation: The Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca has conducted Studies on the hydrology of the area and management of the vegetation; and Naranjo is currently undertaking a study of the small population of Anhima cornuta. References: Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca (1981). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Rio Cauca marshes (33) Location: 4°05’N, 76°18’W to 3°18’N, 76°30’W; between Jamundi and Tulua on the Rio Cauca, Valle Department. Area: 100 km of river. Altitude: 970-975m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A series of thirteen permanent freshwater oxbow lakes, up to 4m deep, and associated marshes along the Rio Cauca, with remnants of the native swamp forest. The lakes increase in extent during the rainy season with flooding from the Rio Cauca. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha angustifolia, Eichhornia crassipes and Pistia Stratiotes; patches of swamp forest with Erythrina spp, Anacardium excelsum, Ceiba pentandra, Clorophora tinctoria and Gustavia occidentalis. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No habitat protection. The Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca is responsible for prohibiting hunting. Land use: Traditional fishing; cattle ranching and agriculture in adjacent areas. _ Waterfowl: An important chain of wetlands for waterfowl, with an avifauna similar to that of Laguna de Sonso (32). _ Other fauna: No information. Threats: Drainage for agriculture; eutrophication caused by agricultural run-off; pollution from the Rio Cauca and from pesticides used on adjacent agricultural land; and illegal hunting. -155- Colombia Research and conservation: The Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca has done some studies in the area. References: Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca (1981). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Rio Cali (34) Location: 3°30’N, 76°40’W; 10 km west of Cali, Valle Department. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 2,000m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 10. Site description: A fast-flowing mountain river with a rocky bottom, and rocky and sandy — shores. During the rainy season, the flow increases considerably. Principal vegetation: The river flows through remnants of the native humid low montane forest, and cleared areas with cultivation and plantations of Eucalyptus and Cupressus. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: The Corporacion Autonoma Regional del Cauca is responsible for protecting the area, and hunting and wood-cutting are prohibited. Land use: An important water source for the city of Cali. There is some sport fishing and tourist recreation along the river, and cattle ranching and agriculture in adjacent areas. Waterfowl: The river supports a breeding population of Merganetta armata. Other fauna: Cinclus leucocephalus nests along the river, and the native forests support a variety of species which are dependent on this natural riverine habitat, including Rupicola peruviana, Sayornis nigricans and Serpophaga cinerea. Threats: Forest clearance for agriculture continues despite efforts to protect the watershed and maintain a pure water supply for Cali. A recent prolonged drought has accelerated soil erosion in the area. References: Espinal (1968). Source: Carolina Murcia. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. i Laguna San Rafael (35) Location: 2°25’N, 76°22’W; 30 km east of Popayan, Cauca Department. Area: 100 ha. Altitude: 3,200m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 10, 12 & 19. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, surrounding peat bogs, and nearby fast-flowing mountain streams, at the source of the Cauca and Magdalena rivers, in the high Andes. The lake is considerably reduced in extent during the dry season. Principal vegetation: In a region of paramo vegetation and elfin cloud forest, with abundant Espeletia sp, and species of Weinmania, Clusia, Persea, Blechnum, Cortaderia, Senecio, Puya, Eryngium, Sphagnum and Polytrichum. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Purace National Park (83,000 ha), established in 1961 and extended in 1977. Hunting and fishing are prohibited. Land use: Livestock grazing and some subsistence hunting and wood-cutting by the inhabitants of small settlements in the Park; and some tourism. Waterfowl: Anas flavirostris occurs on the lake, and Merganetta armata on the rivers and streams. Anas discors occurs on migration. Other fauna: The Park has a rich mammalian fauna including the Spectacled Bear Tremarctos ornatus and Mountain Tapir Tapirus pinchaque, and it is possible that some condors Vultur gryphus still occur. Threats: Illegal hunting and wood-cutting by the inhabitants of the Park. -156- Colombia Research and conservation: The Park is of particular importance in that it affords some protection to the upper watersheds of the Cauca and Magdalena Rivers. References: IGAC (1977). Source: Carolina Murcia. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Laguna de La Cocha (36) Location: 1°05’N, 77°10’W; 10 km southeast of Pasto, Narifio Department. Area: 4,200 ha. Altitude: 2,700m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake of volcanic origin, fed by several rivers and with a small island. Principal vegetation: In the humid montane forest zone. Land tenure: No information. Protection: The lake itself is unprotected, but the island is protected in La Corota Floral Sanctuary, administered by INDERENA and the University of Nariiio. Land use: Trout fishing; recreation. Waterfowl: There is a small population of Podiceps occipitalis, possibly the only population of this species still surviving in Colombia. Anas flavirostris also occurs. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: One of the few significant lakes in the southern Andes of Colombia and the largest, but apparently very poorly known. References: IGAC (1977). Source: Carolina Murcia. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Laguna del Trueno (or Piusbi) (37) Location: 1°55’N, 77°50’W; 100 km northwest of Pasto, Narifio Department. Area: 2,000 ha. Altitude: 150m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake with a large island, near the Rio Patia in the western foothills of the Andes. Principal vegetation: In virgin humid tropical forest. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. A very remote area, inaccessible by road and undoubtedly little disturbed. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information, but probably none. Research and conservation: The only significant lake in the humid tropical forests of southwestern Colombia, but very difficult of access and apparently never surveyed. References: IGAC (1977). Source: Carolina Murcia. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -157- Colombia Delta marshes of the Rio San Juan and Rio Baudo (38) Location: 4°00’-5°30’N, 77°15’-77°30’W; on the Pacific coast from Bahia de Malaga to Cabo Corrientes, 10-170 km north of Buenaventura, Choco Department. Area: c.220,000 ha. , Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 01, 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of coastal marshes including Bahia de Malaga, the delta of the Rio San Juan, and the estuaries of a number of smaller rivers including the Rio Baude, north to Cabo Corrientes. Wetland habitats include extensive intertidal mudflats, particularly in Bahia de Malaga; brackish coastal lagoons and marshes; mangrove swamps; slow-flowing rivers and riverine marshes; and swamp forest. Principal vegetation: In a region of very humid tropical forest. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information is available, but the avifauna is likely to be similar to that of Bahia de Buenaventura (39). Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Very little information is available on this large and remote coastal wetland complex. The Fundacion Herencia Verde has recently conducted an avifaunal survey of the area, but the results have not yet been published. Source: Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bahia de Buenaventura (39) Location: 3°50’N, 77°10’W; at Buenaventura, Valle Department. Area: c.20,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 01, 02, 03, 05, 06, 08 & 09. Site description: A shallow sea bay and estuarine system of several rivers, with small offshore islands, sandy beaches, intertidal mudflats and extensive mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Pelliciera rhizophorae and Rhizophora spp. In a region of very humid tropical forest. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: The city of Buenaventura, which has the largest port on the Pacific coast of Colombia, lies at the east end of the bay, and there is a considerable amount of boat traffic in the bay. Other activities include fishing, hunting, wood-cutting and tourist recreation. Waterfowl: A very important area for both breeding and wintering waterfowl. Resident breeding species include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Oxyura dominica, Charadrius wilsonius and Rynchops niger. The area is particularly important as a wintering area for Nearctic shorebirds (thirteen species) and Laridae (eight species), but no census data are available. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a regular winter visitor. No information is available on the aquatic mammals or reptiles of the area. Threats: Pollution from the city of Buenaventura and from shipping; indiscriminate cutting of mangroves; and excessive hunting. Research and conservation: Naranjo et al have conducted a preliminary investigation of the avifauna of the bay, and Franke and Beltran commenced monthly censuses of shorebirds in July 1984. References: Borrero (1968); Ralph & Chaplin (1973); Naranjo & Beltran et al (in press). Source: Luis German Naranjo. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -158- Colombia Wetlands in Sanquianga National Natural Park (40) Location: 2°22’-2°43’N, 78°06’-78°37’W; 100 km northeast of Tumaco, Nariiio Department. Area: c.100,000 ha. Altitude: 0-100m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 02, 03, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09 & 11. Site description: A complex of estuaries and islands in the delta area of several rivers including Rio Sanquianga, with sandy beaches, coastal sand dunes, intertidal mudflats, tidal salt marshes, brackish lagoons, mangrove swamps, and some freshwater riverine marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangroves with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Pelliciera rhizophorae and Rhizophora spp. In the humid tropical forest zone. Land tenure: Mainly state owned; about 10% of the National Park is in private holdings. Protection: The greater part of the wetland area lies within Sanquianga National Natural Park (89,000 ha) established in 1977. Land use: Selective exploitation of timber, and general wood-cutting by local inhabitants. Waterfowl: Known to be an important area for migratory waterfowl, but no details are available. The avifauna is presumably similar to that of Bahia de Buenaventura (39). Other fauna: The area is of great importance for fisheries production, particularly for species of Arca. The Capybara Hydrochoerus hydrochaeris occurs. Threats: Excessive felling of timber. Research and conservation: Little work has been done on the fauna and flora of the region. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. -159- ECUADOR INTRODUCTION by Fernando Ortiz Ecuador, the third smallest country in South America, has a surface area of 270,670km? and a population of over seven million. The country is divided into three distinct regions: the Pacific lowlands in the west, the Andes in the centre, and the lowlands of the Amazon basin in the east. Although Ecuador lies on the equator, its climate is by no means uniformly hot and humid. Generally, two seasons can be identified; a winter season from December to May, with high temperatures and heavy rainfall, and a dry season during the rest of the year. However, in northern coastal regions and the Amazon lowlands there is heavy rainfall throughout the year. Half of the country is covered in humid tropical forest. This oocurs throughout the lowlands of upper Amazonia, on the eastern slopes of the Andes, and in the coastal lowlands of the northwest. Further south along the coast, semideciduous forest gives way to arid tropical woodland and eventually, in the extreme south, to desertic scrub (matorral). In the Andes, humid temperate forest gives way at high altitude to Andean grassland and paramo vegetation. A general review of the wetlands of Ecuador has recently been given by the author (Ortiz, 1983). M. Steinitz-Kannan and P. Colinvaux are using the lakes of Ecuador to test limnological hypotheses developed from studies of seasonal lakes at high latitudes. The great advantage of this selection of equatorial lakes for research is the coupling of minimal seasonal changes with immense variety. At close to zero latitude, there are glacial lakes of the paramo with a temperature range of 1°C to 16.8°C, and permanent lakes of the lowland rain forest with temperature ranges of 25.8°C to 28.2°C. Diurnal changes in temperature probably exceed annual changes. Lakes lie in deserts, in marshes of the coastal plain, and in montane cloud forest; they are virgin, or with long histories of disturbance; polymictic, oligomictic or with aberrant chemistry; occupying the basins of maars, river channels, grabens, calderas, kettles, and moraine-dammed fjords; behind volcanic dams, primary Andean landforms, and emergent coast lines. Ancient and permanent lakes have been discovered for the first time in the Amazon basin; one of them (Ayauchi), a blue-water oligotrophic lake with oxygen to 20m, has been isolated from rivers or flooding for seven thousand years (M. Steinitz-Kannan, pers. com.). Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The principal institutions concerned with wildlife conservation and research in Ecuador are as follows: a) Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganaderia; Programa Nacional Forestal. Departamento de Areas Naturales y Vida Silvestre: the department responsible for the establishment and administration of national parks, natural recreation areas, ecological reserves and faunistic reserves. About 9.6% of the country is legally protected within this system of protected areas. The department is also the administrative authority for CITES in Ecuador. b) Ministerio de Recursos Naturales; Subsecretaria de Recursos Pesqueros. Direccion General de Recursos Pesqueros: the agency that controls fishing activities both at sea and in freshwater bodies, and gives authorization for the construction of shrimp ponds. Instituto Nacional de Pesca: the institute responsible for fisheries research. Emphasis has been given to research on marine species, and the freshwater resources with no export potential have been neglected. Direccion General de Medio Ambiente. c) Ministerio de Relaciones Exteriores; Direccion General de Soberania Maritima y Aerea; Departamento de Soberania Maritima. -160- d) e) f) g) h) j) k) Ecuador Fundacion Charles Darwin: this began as an almost 100% foreign organization based in Europe, but is now about 75% Ecuadorean in its composition. The Foundation fosters conservation in the Galapagos Islands by promoting research and enlisting international support. Estacion Charles Darwin: this was created in 1964 and is responsible for conducting research in the Galapagos Islands. In addition to its success in research, the Station has been instrumental in the creation of the Servicio del Parque Nacional Galapagos, which has become the best manned conservation unit in Ecuador. Ministerio de Defensa. Colegio Militar Eloy Alfaro: this Military School maintains a zoological garden in Quito. Instituto Geografico Militar: this is the source of all official geographical information for Ecuador. The Institute houses the Center for Remote Sensing (CLIRSEN) which has conducted forest inventories in the Amazon watershed. Universidad Central del Ecuador. (The largest and oldest university in Ecuador. All of the universities are autonomous, but receive financial support from the Government through the Ministry of Finance.) Instituto de Ciencias Naturales: this Institute houses an herbarium and is the centre for botanical studies at the Central University. It publishes a journal "Ciencia y Naturaleza". Universidad Estatal de Guayaquil. Escuela de Biologia and Museo de Zoologia (Facultad de Ciencias Naturales): the only pure biology department in a natural science faculty in the country. The Faculty maintains an herbarium and a zoological collection, and is responsible for the operation of the recently established field station at Jauneche in humid tropical forest in Guayas Province. Escuela Superior Politecnica del Litoral. Departamento de Ciencias del Mar: this has conducted some projects dealing with environmental issues and some research on mangroves. Pontificia Universidad Catolica del Ecuador. Departamento de Biologia (Facultad de Pedagogia): this department maintains an herbarium and a zoological museum, and has collaborated for ten years with the Centro Cientifico Rio Palenque, where students can carry out field work in an area of humid tropical forest. The University produces a journal, "Revista de la Universidad Catolica" in which the Department of Biology publishes its work. Consejo Nacional de Cultura; Casa de la Cultura Ecuatoriana. Museo Ecuatoriano de Ciencias Naturales (Seccion Academica de Ciencias Biologicas y Naturales): created in 1979, the Museum maintains scientific collections and puts strong emphasis on public education through its exhibits. It is an autonomous entity nominally affiliated to the Casa de la Cultura. Sociedad Ecuatoriana de Biologia. A society for professional biologists, organizing annual meetings and providing a link between individual biologists and government agencies. Fundacion Natura. The largest private conservation body in Ecuador and one which has won the confidence of international oganizations. The Foundation obtains funds from agencies such as WWF, IUCN and US-AID, and supervizes the funding of conservation projects in Ecuador. It also conducts a campaign of environmental education through the media and has made a number of documentary films which have been shown throughout the country. In 1984, it initiated a programme of environmental education in primary and high schools which will run for four years and is expected to reach most schools. In late 1984, the Foundation established a sanctuary for Andean fauna and flora, the "Bosque Protector Pasochoa", near Quito. Progress in Wetland Conservation The following parks and reserves in the Sistema Nacional de Conservacion y Manejo de Areas Silvestres include significant areas of wetland: Parque Nacional Cotopaxi: high Andean oligotrophic lakes, ancient glacial basins and associated bogs; comprising 5% of the total area of the park. Parque Nacional Sangay: high Andean oligotrophic lakes, ancient glacial basins and associated bogs. -161- Ecuador Parque Nacional Podocarpus: high Andean oligotrophic lakes, ancient glacial basins and associated bogs. Area Nacional de Recreacion Cajas: high Andean oligotrophic lakes, ancient glacial basins and associated bogs. : Parque Nacional Machalilla: mangrove swamps; comprising 1% of the total area of the park. Parque Nacional Yasuni: varzea forest and oxbow lakes along the Tiputini, Yasuni and Nashifio rivers; comprising 10% of the park. This region of humid tropical forest is one of the most important pleistocene refuges in Amazonia (the Napo Refuge). Parque Nacional Galapagos: saline coastal lagoons, mangrove swamps and small freshwater lakes of volcanic origin in the Galapagos Islands. Reserva Cotacachi-Cayapas: two oligotrophic lakes, Cuicocha and Cristococha (or Donoso de Pifian), with surrounding high Andean paramo. Cuicocha is in a volcanic crater and Cristococha is in a glacial basin. Reserva Ecologica Cayambe-Coca: Lake San Marcos, Lake Purcianta and other high Andean oligotrophic lakes together with associated bogs; comprising 5% of the total area of the reserve. Reserva Manglares Churute: mangrove swamps; comprising 50% of the total area of the reserve. Reserva Faunistica Cuyabeno: a network of lakes which partially dry out during the dry season; comprising 50% of the total area of this humid tropical forest reserve in the Napo Refuge. It is anticipated that wetlands will receive an adequate measure of protection if and when Ecuador ratifies the Ramsar Convention. The Fundacion Natura has requested the National Congress to take this step, and to implement adequate coordination between the Fundacion, the Departamento de Areas Naturales y Vida Silvestre in the Ministeria de Agricultura, and other governmental bodies which are responsible for wetlands, e.g. Direccion de Pesca, Instituto Ecuatoriano de Recursos Hidraulicos and Comandancia de Marina. On ratification of the Ramsar Convention, it would be possible for Ecuador to strengthen the protection of wetlands within its system of protected areas and also to provide a measure of protection to important wetlands outside the system, such as San Pablo, Yahuarcocha, Yambo and Colta lakes, and mangrove areas in the Santiago-Cayapas Delta, in Muisne-Cojimies, in the Portoviejo Delta and in the Gulf of Guayaquil (which contains 70% of the mangroves in coastal Ecuador). Major Threats to Wetlands The Fundacion Natura has pointed out that industrial and agricultural development constitute one of the most serious and immediate threats to wetlands both inland and on the coast. The Universidad Catolica has also drawn attention to the disappearance of wetlands, particularly along the coast, and considers this to be the most serious problem for conservation in Ecuador. A number of major projects have recently been initiated to drain coastal wetlands for increased rice production and livestock rearing. Another serious problem is that posed by the explosive expansion of the shrimp industry along the coast. Recent information suggests that more than 20% of the mangroves have disappeared as a result of this expansion, and the remainder is seriously threatened. In addition, mangroves are gradually being chopped down for timber, charcoal and the extraction of tannin (E. Arellano, pers. com.). As a result of the uncontrolled expansion of shrimp ponds, there has been on increase in the occurrence of malaria, and it has become necessary to import pesticides to combat this problem. In the Andes, large areas of native vegetation have been converted to pasture land. However, the most serious threats to wetlands are eutrophication, e.g at San Pablo, Yahuarcocha and Poza Honda lakes, and dessication, e.g. at Ifaquito-La Carolina and Yaguachi-Daule-Vinces. The development of the petroleum industry in the Amazon basin has facilitated colonization by settlers with agricultural interests. Transportation networks have been expanded without regard for the boundaries of protected areas; this has been the case at, for example, the Reserva Faunistica Cuyabeno, where some pollution has already been observed (E. Asanza, pers. com.). This increasing activity in the Amazon region has been accompanied by widespread deforestation and transformation of wetland ecosystems. Conservationists have not as yet been able to solve the problems facing wetlands, because -162- Ecuador Ecuador lacks a proper wetlands conservation policy. The root of the problem lies in the lack of suitable expertize in the field. Very little is known of the size, distribution and characteristics of wetlands in Ecuador. It is essential that information be obtained on the role of wetlands both in terms of their importance for animal and plant species, and the influence they have on other environmental variables, and vice versa. There is almost no information on the use of the wetlands by the different species, or on the importance of adjoining areas for agriculture. -163- Ecuador GALAPAGOS ISLANDS ECUADOR O 100 200 eee OOO Km -164- Ecuador WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield, with contributions from Eduardo Asanza, Nancy Hilgert, Felix Man-ging, Robert S. Ridgely, Miriam Steinitz-Kannan and Carlos Valle. Lagunas del Cuyabeno (1) Location: 0°05’S, 76°10’W; west of Cuyabeno, Napo Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 280m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11, 12 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of freshwater lakes and marshes in the fluvial system of the Rio Cuyabeno; including thirteen main lakes and extensive areas of swamp forest. Principal vegetation: Lakes with typical igapo vegetation; in a region of humid to very humid tropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within a faunal reserve, the "Reserva de Produccion Faunistica Cuyabeno", established in 1979. Figueroa (1983) gives the area as 254,760 ha. Land use: Subsistence hunting and fishing by indigenous Indian groups; the Government has authorized petroleum exploration. Waterfowl: One of the richest areas in Ecuador for waterfowl. Seventy species have been recorded, including virtually all of the waterfowl typical of western Amazonia, but no census data are available. Species of particular note include Tigrisoma fasciatum, Zebrilus undulatus, Cochlearius cochlearius, Agamia agami, all three Ciconiidae, Anhima cornuta, Sarkidiornis melanotos, Amaurolimnas concolor, Porphyrula flavirostris, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias and Gallinago undulata. Thirteen species of Nearctic shorebirds have been recorded on migration. Other fauna: The area has an extremely rich avifauna including a wide variety of birds of prey dependent on wetland habitats and all five South American kingfishers Alcedinidae. Other faunal elements are similarly well represented. Threats: Although designated a Faunal Reserve, the area has no game wardens, hunting is unrestricted, and there are no controls to prevent habitat destruction. Illegal fishing methods are employed including dynamiting and poisoning. An Oil Company has constructed a network of roads for exploration in the Reserve, and there is oil pollution along the river banks and edges of lagoons. Research and conservation: As in most of eastern Ecuador, very little work has been done on the fauna and flora other than some basic inventories. Asanza has recently produced a bird list for the area, but otherwise the Reserve remains very poorly known. The need for proper enforcement of the Reserve regulations is apparent. References: Figueroa (1983); Asanza (undated). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela, Paul Greenfield and E. Asanza. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. The upper Rio Napo and tributaries (2) Location: 0°30’S, 77°30’-75°20’W; Napo Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 200-330m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: Slow-flowing rivers, riverine marshes, and associated oxbow lakes and swamp forest of the upper Rio Napo, Rio Suno, lower Rio Sumaco and Rio Aguarico. Two of the principal oxbow lakes, Limoncocha and Taracoa, are described separately below. Principal vegetation: In humid to very humid tropical forest. Land tenure: The rivers are state owned; the settled areas along the river banks are now privately owned. -165- Ecuador Protection: None, but the region borders on the Yasuni National Park to the south. Land use: Hunting, fishing, exploitation of timber and cultivation of oil palms. Waterfowl: A very rich area for waterfowl species typical of western Amazonia. Some of the more noteworthy species known from the area include Tigrisoma fasciatum, Pilherodius pileatus, Jabiru mycteria, Aramides calopterus, Anurolimnas castaneiceps, Laterallus fasciatus, Eurypyga helias and Hoploxypterus cayanus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Colonization by settlers along the river banks continues to erode the riverine habitats, particularly to the west of Coca, and a big oil palm plantation near Coca is likely to be extended in the future. Tree-felling is unrestricted, and there is some illegal use of dynamite and poisons (Verbascum and cyanide) in fishing activities. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of basic survey work has been carried out at Limoncocha and Taracoa (see below), and Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983) conducted limnological studies at Lago Agrio and Laguna Santa Cecilia, two small oxbow lakes near the town of Lago Agrio. There remain, however, large tracts of the upper Rio Napo which are still very remote and poorly known. References: Chapman (1926); Pearson (1972a); Pearson et al (1977); Steinitz-Kannan eft al (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela, Paul Greenfield and Robert S. Ridgely. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Lago Limoncocha and the Rio Jivino (2a) Location: 0°24’S, 76°37°W; on the Rio Napo, 40 km east of the confluence of the Rio Coca and Rio Napo, Napo Province. Area: Lago Limoncocha 120 ha. Altitude: 240m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09 & 11. Site description: Lago Limoncocha is an old oxbow lake of the Rio Napo. The water level in the lake fluctuates according to rainfall in the eastern Andes, and according to the level in the nearby Rio Jivino, a small tributary of the Rio Napo which floods into the lake at high water levels. Principal vegetation: In humid tropical forest (average annual rainfall 2,940 mm). Land tenure: The lake is state owned; some of the surrounding land is owned by indigenous communities. Protection: None. Land use: Subsistence hunting and fishing, exploitation of timber, and tourism. Waterfowl: A very rich oxbow lake for western Amazonian waterfowl, with sixty species recorded. The commoner species include Anhinga anhinga, Butorides striatus, Ardea cocoi, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramus guarauna, Heliornis fulica, Anurolimnas castaneiceps, Laterallus exilis, Porphyrula martinica, P. flavirostris, Jacana jacana and Hoploxypterus cayanus. Fifteen species of Nearctic shorebirds have been recorded on passage, the commonest being Tringa Solitaria, Actitis macularia, Calidris bairdii and C. melanotos. Other fauna: Nearly 500 species of birds have been recorded in the Limoncocha area, along with a wide variety of Amazonian species of fishes, reptiles and amphibians. The local mammalian fauna has however suffered badly from hunting. Threats: Uncontrolled hunting and fishing, and indiscriminate wood-cutting. There has been a tremendous increase in colonization by settlers in recent years, and there were reports of dynamiting for fishes in 1983. Research and conservation: The fauna and flora of the lake and its surroundings have been well studied and documented. Limoncocha has become a popular locality for nature tourism, and a proposal has been made to designate the area as a faunal and floral reserve. However, no steps have as yet been taken to implement this, and destruction of the forests around the lake continues at an ever-increasing rate. References: Pearson (1972a & 1972b); Pearson et al (1977); Ortiz (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -166- Ecuador Laguna Taracoa (2b) Location: 0°26’S, 76°46’W; on the south bank of the Rio Napo, east of Coca, Napo Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 240m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 11 & 18. Site description: An old black water oxbow lake and inlet of the Rio Napo, with surrounding low-lying swamp forest and seasonally flooded palm forest. The lake is 2-3m deep. Principal vegetation: Lake with abundant aquatic vegetation, swamps with Mauritia palms. In humid tropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection, but a local tour company tries to prohibit hunting. The area borders on the Yasuni National Park to the east. Land use: Tourism; and some hunting, fishing and exploitation of timber by a local Indian community. An oil company pumps water from the lake. Waterfowl: A very rich lake for Amazonian waterfowl, with a fauna similar to that of Limoncocha. Cochlearius cochlearius, Agamia agami and Anurolimnas castaneiceps are fairly common. Other fauna: Almost 500 species of birds have been recorded, including many which are not normally considered as waterfowl, but which are closely linked to forest streams, lake edge habitats and seasonally flooded "varzea" forest, e.g. the rather scarce hummingbird Topaza pyra which nests on limbs protruding over forest streams. A wide variety of Amazonian fishes, amphibians, reptiles and mammals occur, including Caiman crocodilus and Melanosuchus niger. Threats: Oil exploration and the construction of a road to the west end of the lake has opened up the area to encroachment by local Indians and recent colonists. There have been rumours of the use of dynamite and poisons in fishing activities. Research and conservation: Avifaunal surveys have been conducted by Greenfield. There are few areas in Ecuador with as rich a fauna and flora as Laguna Taracoa and which at the same time are as accessible for tourism. Unfortunately, the local tour company (Metropolitan Touring) has so far failed to secure rights over the land. The Government should therefore be encouraged to establish a reserve in this area, perhaps by extending the boundaries of the nearby Yasuni National Park. Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Wetlands in Yasuni National Park (3) Location: 0°26’-1°09’S, 75°26’-76°41’W; along the Rio Yasuni and Rio Nashifio, 50 km west of Coca, Napo Province. Area: Area of wetlands unknown. Altitude: 200-250m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11, 12 & 18. Site description: The alluvial plains of the Rio Yasuni and Rio Nashifio, with numerous oxbow lakes and riverine marshes, freshwater lakes and swamps, and large areas of swamp forest. Principal vegetation: In humid tropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Yasuni National Park (679,730 ha) established in 1979, but as the Park regulations are not enforced, the area is in effect unprotected. Land use: Hunting, fishing, exploitation of timber, and oil exploration. Waterfowl: A wide variety of western Amazonian waterfowl, including such characteristic species as Anhinga anhinga, Ardea cocoi, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Cairina moschata, Opisthocomus hoazin, Aramus guarauna, Heliornis fulica, Phaetusa simplex and Sterna superciliaris. Other fauna: A rich Amazonian fauna still largely intact, with large populations of crocodilians and cetaceans in the rivers. Threats: Unrestricted squatting by settlers, with associated forest clearance, hunting and fishing. The construction of a network of roads for oil exploration has opened up the area to colonization, and the colonists have now formed their own organizations to pressure the Government into declassifying parts of the National Park for settlement. The Department of National Parks seems powerless to prevent this. -167- Ecuador Research and conservation: Only preliminary faunal investigations have been carried out in the Park, but it is clear that the area is still very rich in wildlife. As Yasuni National Park constitutes almost the only protected area in the Amazonian region of Ecuador, every effort should be made to enforce the Park regulations and prevent further colonization in the area. References: Vreugdenhil (1979); IUCN (1982). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Rio Pastaza and tributaries (4) Location: 1°30’-2°35’S, 76°40’-78°00’W; between Pastaza and the Peruvian border, Pastaza Province. Area: 250 km of river. Altitude: 250-800m. Province and type: 8.5.1; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: The Rio Pastaza and its tributaries, including Rio Bobonanza and Rio Rutuno, and the Sarayacu zone on the Rio Bobonanza. Wetland habitats include slow-flowing rivers, oxbow lakes and marshes, and swamp forest. Principal vegetation: In humid tropical forest. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Primitive agriculture and livestock rearing around many small settlements; subsistence hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: Little information available, but the area appears to support a very rich waterfowl community including a variety of uncommon species such as Zebrilus undulatus, Neochen jubatus and Aramides calopterus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Human colonization proceeds at a rapid rate. Research and conservation: The area is still very poorly known. Source: Fernando Ortiz and Clemencia Vela. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Lago Yaguarcocha (5) Location: 0°23’N, 78°05’W; north of Ibarra, Imbabura Province. Area: 230 ha. Altitude: 2,210m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A permanent relatively shallow freshwater lake of volcanic origin and with hard alkaline eutrophic waters, at medium elevation in the Andes. The maximum depth is 9m, but there is a very wide littoral zone, and the level of the lake is apparently decreasing. The lake is fed by water from the Rio Tahuando and local rainfall; it never freezes. Principal vegetation: Eighty-four species of phytoplankton have been recorded, the highest number from any lake in Ecuador. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: There is an automobile race track around the lake. Waterfowl: A variety of Andean waterfowl occur including up to 25 Podiceps occipitalis, 225 Anas georgica, 50 Oxyura jamaicensis ferruginea, 40 Fulica americana/ardesiaca and 22 Larus serranus. Podilymbus podiceps is common, and several Nearctic migrants occur on passage, including Anas discors and Porzana carolina. The very rare Southern Pochard Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma was observed on the lake as recently as February 1981. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The basin of the lake has been modified by the recent construction of an automobile race track around the lake. Erosion and siltation resulting from this have affected the shallow -168- Ecuador areas of the lake, and a recently constructed channel between the lake and the Rio Tahuando is at least partly responsible for a lowering in water level, although climatic changes are also almost certainly involved. Research and conservation: The limnology of the lake has been studied by Steinitz-Kannan et al. References: Colinvaux & Steinitz (1980); Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Cuicocha (6) Location: 0°18’N, 78°24’W; 55 km NNE of Quito in the Western Cordillera, Imbabura Province. Area: 657 ha. Altitude: 3,068m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A deep freshwater volcanic crater lake with two large islands, on the slopes of Cotacachi Mountain. The largest lake in Ecuador, with clear oligotrophic waters up to 132m deep; in a closed basin with cliffs rising up to 400m above the water. The water level is maintained by snow melt and rainfall balanced by evaporation and seepage. Principal vegetation: Beds of Potamogeton sp and Myriophyllum sp, and a narrow f ringe of Scirpus sp. Seventy-nine species of phytoplankton have been recorded. The western island is covered in montane forest. In the paramo and humid montane scrub zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Cotacachi-Cayapas Ecological Reserve (204,420 ha) established in 1968 and increased to its present size in 1979. Land use: Tourism; there is a restaurant and recreation area on the lake shore, and regular boats trips around the lake at weekends. Waterfowl: There are small resident populations of Podiceps occipitalis (up to 44 adults) and Fulica americana/ardesiaca. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Motor boat trips cause a considerable amount of disturbance, particularly at weekends. Research and conservation: Studies have been conducted on the limnology of the lake and the grebe population, and a management plan has been produced for the Ecological Reserve. References: Ortiz (1977); Hilsenbeck (1979); Colinvaux & Steinitz (1980); IUCN (1982); Figueroa (1983); Steinitz~-Kannan et al (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz and Clemencia Vela. Criteria for inclusion: 3b. Lago San Pablo (7) Location: 0°13’N, 78°14’W; 5 km southeast of Otavalo, at the foot of Mt Imbabura, Imbabura Province. Area: 620 ha. Altitude: 2,661m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 48m deep and with a wide shallow littoral zone, Occupying an ancient closed basin on an interandean plateau. The second largest lake in Ecuador; formerly oligotrophic, but now much polluted and becoming eutrophic. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Scirpus sp; beds of submergent Potamogeton sp and Ceratophyllum sp; a variety of algae including Microcystis aeruginosa and Lyngbya birgei: and 74 species of phytoplankton including Pediastrum boryanum and Scenedesmus quadricauda. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None, although the lake is near the northern border of the Cayambe-Coca Ecological Reserve. -169- Ecuador Land use: Water sports, particularly sailing; hunting and fishing; reed-cutting for weaving; and utilization of the water for irrigation. There are many chalets, restaurants and a sailing club on the shores of the lake. Waterfowl: Formerly an important lake for waterfowl and a locality for the rare Netta erythrophthalma erythrophthalma, but relatively few birds present in recent years. A census in September 1983 included 11 Podilymbus podiceps, 130 Anas georgica, breeding Gallinula chloropus and Fulica americana ardesiaca, and small numbers of four species of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The lake is undergoing eutrophication as a result of pollution with domestic sewage from holiday homes and other facilities on the lake shore; and there is excessive disturbance from human activities in general. Research and conservation: The limnology of the lake has been studied by Steinitz-Kannan et al. References: Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela, Paul Greenfield and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Laguna de San Marcos (8) Location: 0°07’N, 78°25’W; on the northeast slopes of Cayambe Volcano, Napo Province. Area: 39 ha. Altitude: 3,414m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 35m deep, occupying a glacial fjord on the northeastern slopes of Mt Cayambe. The lake is oligotrophic, with very acidic and strongly stratified waters; it is fed by several streams from melting glaciers. The water level remains fairly constant. Principal vegetation: There are some patches of Myriophyllum and Potamogeton in shallow areas at the north end of the lake. Eighty-two species of phytoplankton have been recorded, with the Chrysophyta Dinobrion sertularia predominating. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Cayambe-Coca Ecological Reserve (403,103 ha) established in 1970 and increased to its present size in 1979. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The planktonic fauna has been described in some detail by Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983). The lake is of great limnological interest as a true fjord lake with very acidic waters and marked stratification. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: The lake has been the subject of detailed limnological investigations. References: Steinitz-Kannan et al (1982 & 1983); Figueroa (1983). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. The upper Rio Blanco (9) Location: 0°02’S, 78°48’W; 40 km northwest of Quito, Pichincha Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: c.2,100m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 10. Site description: Fast-flowing rivers and streams in the upper Rio Blanco drainage on the Pacific slope of the Andes west of the town of Mindo. One of the few areas on the Pacific slope of Ecuador with relatively undisturbed subtropical forest, and clear water rivers and streams. -170- Ecuador Principal vegetation: In humid subtropical montane forest. Land tenure: Mainly state owned, but with private holdings around the town of Mindo. Protection: None at present. Land use: Some forest clearance and agriculture. Waterfowl: Few true waterfowl occur, but these include Tigrisoma fasciatum, Merganetta armata and the very local Aramides wolfi. Other fauna: The area is very rich both faunistically and floristically. Over 300 bird species have been recorded many of which, although not typical waterfowl, are closely associated with the rivers and streams. The Spectacled Bear Tremarctos ornatus is reported to be relatively common. Threats: There is a plan to construct a road between Mindo and Ulloa which would open up this remote area to further forest clearance and colonization. Research and conservation: A proposal exists to create a protected area in the region, with the headquarters in Mindo, but apparently there is some political opposition to this. Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Lakes and bogs at Papallacta Pass (10) Location: 0°18’S, 78°10’W; in the western part of the Cayambe-Coca Ecological Reserve, Napo Province. Area: c.700 ha. Altitude: 4,100m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12 & 19. Site description: Numerous small freshwater lakes, marshes and Andean bogs near Papallacta Pass. Many of the lakes and bogs are difficult of access, and few have been investigated. Principal vegetation: In the paramo zone, with some elfin forest of Polylepis sp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Cayambe-Coca Ecological Reserve (403,103 ha) established in 1970 and increased to its present size in 1979. Land use: A little cattle grazing, burning of grassland and hunting. Waterfowl: A variety of high Andean waterfowl have been recorded, including Anas flavirostris, Gallinago nobilis, G. stricklandii jamesoni and Larus serranus. It is possible that the rare Theristicus (c) branickii still occurs in the area. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: A management plan has been prepared for the Ecological Reserve, but the wetlands remain very poorly known. References: Paucar & Reinoso (1978); IUCN (1982); Figueroa (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lago Papallacta (11) Location: 0°22’S, 78°10’W; 25 km west of Baeza, Napo Province. Area: 38 ha. Altitude: 3,920m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 10 & 12. Site description: A small permanent freshwater lake, up to 5.5m deep, formed by a landslide across the Rio Papallacta. The Rio Papallacta and other streams feeding the lake are still relatively unspoiled. -171- Ecuador Principal vegetation: Fringing marshes of Scirpus californicus and Junus sp . The predominant phytoplankton is the diatom Synedra ulna chaseana. In the paramo zone, with some damp meadows and patches of cloud forest near the lake. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None, but close to the boundary of the Cayambe-Coca Ecological Reserve. Land use: Some farming, quarrying of rock, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: A variety of high Andean waterfowl occur in small numbers, including Anas flavirostris and Gallinago nobilis. Merganetta armata still nests along the Rio Papallacta. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Excessive disturbance from human activities, particularly hunting. Research and conservation: Limnological studies have been carried out by Steinitz-Kannan et al. References: Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna La Mica (12) Location: 0°33’S, 78°12’W; on the south slope of Cerro Antisana, ESE of Quito, Napo Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 4,100m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake in the high Andes, deriving its water from snow melt on Antisana. Principal vegetation: In the paramo zone. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No legal protection, but the land owners restrict access. Land use: Some hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: A variety of high Andean species have been recorded including Podiceps occipitalis, Theristicus (c) branickii, Anas flavirostris, A. georgica, Vanellus resplendens, Attagis gayi and Larus serranus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Limpiapungo Lake and Paramo (13) Location: 0°40’S, 78°30’W; in Cotopaxi National Park, Cotopaxi Province. Area: Area of wetlands unknown; Limpiapungo Lake | ha. Altitude: Lake at 3,800m; National Park 3,300-6,000m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12 & 19. Site description: Limpiapungo Lake is a permanent freshwater lake, up to 65 cm deep, in a basin at the intersection of valley systems below the snow-capped peak of Cotopaxi Volcano. There are glacial features in the vicinity, but the lake itself is not of glacial origin. There are extensive areas of bog and wet grassland in the surrounding paramo. Principal vegetation: There is a benthic mass of Phormidium sp in the lake. The typical paramo vegetation includes Hyperium laricifolium, Brachyotum lepidifolium, Chuquiragua lancifolia, Polylepis incana, Buddelia incana, Oreopanax argentata and some Cyperaceae. Land tenure: About 50% state owned and 50% privately owned. Protection: Within the Cotopaxi National Park (33,393 ha) established in 1975. Land use: Tourism in the National Park. -172- Ecuador Waterfowl: A variety of high Andean waterfowl occur, including Theristicus (c) branikii, Anas flavirostris, A. georgica, Fulica americana/ardesiaca, Vanellus resplendens, Gallinago stricklandii jamesoni, Attagis gayi and Larus serranus. Anas discors and five species of Nearctic shorebirds have been recorded in small numbers. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Some minor disturbance from tourism. The wardening in the National Park is inadequate and there have been reports of illegal hunting. Research and conservation: Limnological studies have been carried out by Steinitz-Kannan et al. References: Colinvaux & Steinitz (1980); IUCN (1982); Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983) Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna de Colta (14) Location: 1°45’S, 78°44’W; 15 km southwest of Riobamba, Chimborazo Province. Area: 240 ha. Altitude: 3,420m. Province and type: 8.33.12; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater Andean lake, up to 3.5m deep, created by a lava flow some 2,000 years ago. The lake is fed by several seasonal streams; it shows some annual fluctuations in water level according to local rainfall, and has been decreasing in size for several decades. Principal vegetation: Most of the lake is surrounded by dense stands of Scirpus californicus. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: The local Indians utilize the reeds for weaving handicrafts. Waterfowl: A variety of both highland and lowland species have been recorded, including nine species of Nearctic shorebirds, and up to 200 Anas discors. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known, other than a natural decrease in the water level. Research and conservation: Some limnological studies have been conducted. References: Chapman (1926); Steinitz-Kannan et al (1983) Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lakes in the Cuenca area (15) Location: 2°50’S, 79°15’W; in the southern Andes of Ecuador, 30 km west of Cuenca, Azuay Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: c.4,000m. Province and type: 8.37.12; 12. Site description: Over 95 small glacial lakes, up to 100 ha in extent, and numerous ponds in the high Andes of southern Ecuador. Two small lakes in the Andes to the east of Cuenca, Laguna de Kingora near Sigsig, and Lago de Culebrillas on Cerro Yanaurco, are presumably similar. Principal vegetation: In the paramo zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Partly within the Cajas National Recreation Area (27,323 ha) established in 1977 and redefined in 1979. The Recreation Area includes some 250 small lakes and ponds. AGB: Ecuador Land use: Recreation, particularly trout fishing. Waterfowl: A variety of high Andean waterfowl were recorded at Laguna de Kingora and Lago de Culebrillas at the end of the nineteenth century, but no information seems to be available on any of the lakes in this area since then. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The demands of Cuenca city for water pose a potential threat to many of the lakes. Research and conservation: The lakes are of considerable limnological interest, and the entire area has great potential for outdoor recreation and conservation education. References: Figueroa (1983); Ortiz (1983). Source: Miriam Steinitz-Kannan. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. The lower Rio Santiago and Rio Cayapas (16) Location: 1°12’-1°25’N, 78°51’-79°02’W; near San Lorenzo and Borbon, Esmeraldas Province. Area: 65,000 ha. Altitude: 0-20m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 02, 08, 09 & 11. Site description: The estuarine system of the Santiago and Cayapas Rivers with extensive mangrove swamps; and meandering rivers, riverine marshes, and associated oxbow lakes and marshes in the nearby lowlands. The extent of the riverine marshes varies considerably according to rainfall. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps at the river mouths. In relatively undisturbed humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Partly state owned, and partly privately owned by indigenous groups. Protection: None. The Rio Cayapas rises in the Cotacachi-Cayapas Ecological Reserve in the Western Andes. Land use: Exploitation of timber, hunting, fishing (particularly for clams), and agriculture. There are extensive plantations of bananas, papayas and other tropical fruits around Borbon. Waterfowl: The waterfowl of the region are very poorly known, but most if not all of the species typical of the western humid tropical zone of Ecuador might be expected to occur. Species observed during a brief survey of the mangrove areas in March 1980 included Pelecanus occidentalis, a variety of Ardeidae, several Nearctic shorebirds, Larus atricilla, L. pipixcan and Chlidonias nigra. Other species known to occur include Agamia agami, Heliornis fulica and Aramides wolfi. Other fauna: Over 10 Ospreys Pandion haliaetus were observed in March 1980. The sea turtle Chelonia mydas occurs on nearby beaches. Threats: Forest clearance and uncontrolled hunting. The larger mammals have been almost exterminated in the area. Research and conservation: Undoubtedly still a rich area for wetland species, but very poorly known. A thorough survey is clearly called for. References: Chapman (1926). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela and Paul Greenfield. Criteria for inclusion: 0. The lower Rio Chone and Bahia de Caraquez (17) Location: 0°40’S, 80°15’°W; between the towns of Chone and Bahia de Caraquez, Manabi Province. Area: 5,000 ha. Altitude: 0-20m. Province and type: 8.3.1; 02, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A slow-flowing river (Rio Chone) with associated oxbow lakes, marshes and swamp forest; and its estuary in Bahia de Caraquez, with tidal mudflats, mangrove swamps, and brackish coastal lagoons and marshes. =gA- Ecuador Principal vegetation: Extensive mangrove swamps and swamp forest. In a region of humid tropical to semi-arid tropical forest. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: A variety of waterfowl typical of the western lowlands of Ecuador were observed by Chapman in the 1920s, but no information has become available since then. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Wetland habitat is being lost to shrimp farming; there is contamination with pesticides used in the control of malaria; and offshore drilling for oil poses a potential threat of pollution. Research and conservation: The area is particularly important for its rich mangrove and estuarine communities. Some work has recently been done on the mangroves by the Escuela Superior Politecnica del Litoral, and a proposal was made by the Universidad Catolica in Quito and the Canadian Wildlife Service to carry out a wetland evaluation project in the region in 1983/84. References: Chapman (1926). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela, Paul Greenfield and Nancy Hilgert. Criteria for inclusion: 2b, 2c & 3a. Ecuasal Lagoons (18) Location: 2°17°S, 80°55’W; 8 km southeast of Salinas; Guayas Province. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.19.4; 07. Site description: A complex of artificial saline lagoons with some associated saline marshes, near the sea coast. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None, but access to the area is partly restricted by the owners. Land use: Commercial extraction of salt. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of shorebirds and Laridae, including seventeen Nearctic migrants. The commonest Nearctic shorebirds are Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris alba, C. pusilla, C. minutilla and Steganopus tricolor (up to 1,000). Thirty pairs of Larus cirrocephalus were found breeding in July 1978, the first breeding record for Ecuador and the northernmost on the Pacific coast of South America. Himantopus himantopus is common, and Phoenicopterus chilensis has occurred as an occasional visitor. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus and Falco peregrinus occur as non-breeding visitors. Threats: Hunting may be a problem. Research and conservation: Several avifaunal surveys have been conducted in the area in recent years, particularly by Greenfield and Ridgely. References: Marchant (1958); Ridgely & Wilcove (1979); Ridgely (1980). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela, Paul Greenfield and Nancy Hilgert. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. The Santa Elena Peninsula and Gulf of Guayaquil (19) Location: 1°20’-3°00’S, 79°30’-81°00’W; Guayas Province. Area: c.650,000 ha. Altitude: 0-30m. Province and type: 8.19.4; 02, 03, 06, 07, 08, 09, 11, 12, 16, 17 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of slow-flowing rivers and associated marshes, freshwater lakes, swamp forest, seasonally flooded grassland, rice growing areas, and seasonally flooded -175- Ecuador arable land at the head of the Gulf of Guayaquil; and the estuarine systems of the Gulf with low-lying offshore islands, extensive intertidal sand and mud-flats, and mangrove swamps. The wetland habitat has been greatly reduced in extent and much fragmented by land reclamation for agriculture and urban development, and large areas have been converted into rice.paddies, salt ponds and shrimp farms. The most important sites within this region are described separately below. Principal yegetation: Approximately 200,000 ha of mangrove swamps remain in the Gulf proper. Land tenure: Formerly largely state owned, but now the greater part is privately owned. Protection: Largely unprotected. There is a mangrove reserve of 35,042 ha (the Manglares-Churute Ecological Reserve, established in 1979) and a faunal and floral reserve at Cerro Churute, but these are poorly enforced. Land use: Urban development at Guayaquil and many smaller towns in the region; agriculture, particularly rice growing; shrimp farming; hunting; and fishing. There are now some 50,000 ha of shrimp farms in the Gulf of Guayaquil; about half replaced mangrove swamps and the remainder were sited in "salitrales", low-lying salty areas with little vegetation. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for waterfowl of a wide variety of species, and probably one of the most important wintering areas for Nearctic shorebirds in South America. Over eighty species are known or thought to occur including many Ardeidae, Anatidae, shorebirds and Laridae, but no census data are available. Other fauna: Crocodylus acutus still occurs in the Babahoyo area, but it is now practically extinct. Threats: The destruction of the wetland habitat continues at a rapid rate as land is reclaimed for urban growth and agriculture. About one eighth of the mangroves have already been destroyed for shrimp farms, and this continues. There is a considerable amount of hunting, particularly of Anatidae and of birds thought to prey on shrimps. Research and conservation: Several avifaunal surveys have been conducted in the region, notably by Chapman (1926), Marchant (1956) and Felix Man-ging of the University of Guayaquil, but remarkably little work seems to have been done on other wildlife. References: Chapman (1926); Marchant (1958 & 1960); Paynter & Taylor (1977); Ortiz (1983). Source: Fernando Ortiz, Clemencia Vela, Paul Greenfield and Felix Man-ging. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Abras de Mantequilla (19a) Location: 1°30’S, 79°38’W; 10 km east of Vinces, Guayas Province. Area: c.10,000 ha. Altitude: 30m. Province and type: 8.19.4; 12, 16 & 17. Site description: A complex of freshwater lakes and marshes, seasonally flooded savannas, and wet arable land; one of the few wetland areas still relatively undisturbed in the Santa Elena Peninsula. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Mainly state owned, with some private holdings. Protection: None. Land use: Some agriculture and hunting. Waterfowl: Leveque recorded a variety of waterfowl typical of the lowlands of western Ecuador, but no work seems to have been done in the area since then. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: A remote area, difficult of access, and still relatively unspoiled. 7i0%o0s way PERE: negus ip dsopderrent of the tmyct of thi mioduiy y : moan of hunting doring the Ae sew: d a stud od 420i mereka pngleat eget (ioondidan viet! The eshkicrnsth i ctar ; henwo ateid phere ‘ Reforsaveln Ruaiia (F954) Ganete (197), & , me se rooney sand? ren (TOSO® Pincpwredeiset al. COR), Poa: f viip) taslnotbigt) So ohteaee fertt, Kugiiton ef of (ISEB Ly Hirer! Roiemrotai of wee Gourde: jonkan A. Slashed, Las & % 4 2olararo tot oVignmisn) | Criteria forecluslie 123 ; Lot TOR ano tat ort a ot Ttiw if stb aft te badeifdemo goiedt a avroac: D efis gin! A :moltawies nes bua dois gem ac of anh womroo cid? m8 crust baghsew «i uleveh. edt ybure iOpen : vallow Leressar . “ter Location VSi'i¥, 42°239'% ua e Arne 3,400 | 5 ee Affitudc. 63 : ‘ Piivione Gag Orbe: 5 10,09, 71 (9? heicaD i Gre teseeipdea: A ‘ a} a Neodits fi paceaatibebviinG@ stasdien } sono: Geni ore Iq hop WTR We wiew ‘Cheol Ole kytaanhet ; “A Ol aay se > oS th scuiered tt emi Wt ivees; Une tomtage! ge ‘ kh OGsOd. cs Boome (gbvieg! paves tel orieky ovens ge: aut heat Levin? oi odk tained O2A: nowebim (bier wdlinageentwreit elas daar Diw sovid gttiwoll-wole = jovonkO off 2a Primary +cpciateoa: 471 Rela ; 1h Tropa We piers fo on mois sarin ou nee +] Crd Qeewee: A privotely beeed rote. = pete Peete Se hope! jive tncsnge; i paar ee at Vaunal torn veh yey aes B} eer ayy we: _ woKamsobahy y so tE, paar nit Be Rettdirsd. give vidaiweaat adnate OH ew) whsusiedahys | ee hig Pati bro amu adn ie et: “ew aartrs «if Anay Shesses poate . hi rsa? (eu wierrini lL ob # m epmamcborsd ot wetrce ca aden es inesON ee ©» (ESR1) 10 26 xnav Re COUNTRY REPORTS Central America 2TAOWAA YATUUOS sshemA istine> BELIZE INTRODUCTION by Dora Weyer Belize is a small Central American nation bordered on the north and northwest by Mexico, and on the west and south by Guatemala. Formerly a British dependency, it achieved full independence in 1981. With an area of some 23,000 km? and a population of only about 150,000, the population density is the lowest in Central America. The climate is tropical with a poorly defined rainy season from mid May to mid January. The coastlands are low and swampy with extensive mangrove swamps and both fresh and saline lagoons. In the north the land is low and flat, with large tracts of pine savanna and hardwood forest, but in the west and southwest there is a heavily forested mountain massif rising to over 1,000 m. The coastal waters are generally shallow, and there is an almost continuous line of reefs and cays 22 to 90 kms offshore, stretching the full length of the country. This is the largest barrier reef in the Northern Hemisphere. Much of the country remains virtually undisturbed by man. There has been very little agricultural activity until recently, and the selective logging methods employed in the past were not, on the whole, too destructive. The Maya Mountains in the south are extremely rugged and large parts remain inaccessible. Unfortunately, in the last few years the influx of refugees from El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras has severely increased the rate of destruction of habitat and the illegal killing of wildlife. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The Government agency involved with the conservation of wetlands and their wildlife in Belize is the Department of Forestry, with headquarters in Belmopan. The only non-governmental institution involved is the Belize Audubon Society. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research Interest in the conservation of wildlife is just beginning, due primarily to the work of the Belize Audubon Society. However, Government officials are now becoming cognizant of the need for conservation of natural resources, and the upper classes of society are more and more evincing an interest in the country’s fantastic wealth of game and non-game species. Government passed two laws in November 1981 of importance to wildlife and wildlands conservation. The first law laid the legal groundwork for the establishment of national parks and wildlife refuges. Half Moon Cay Reserve was the first result of that legislation, and Crooked Tree Wildlife Reserve followed in December 1984. This last includes eight lagoons, the incoming creeks, and some 16-24 kms of Black Creek, a forested creek draining six of the lagoons, and emptying into the Belize River. The Crooked Tree area is critical to waterfowl during the dry season. Its status as a protected refuge for these birds (and reptiles and mammals) is being made possible by funding from the Wildwings Foundation of New York City. The second legislation passed in November 1981 was a revision of the game laws. These new laws forbid the taking of all waterbirds with the exception of migrant ducks. Like many other countries in the region, Belize is suffering severe economic restraints. Despite the best efforts of Government, it has been impossible to finance the game wardens and administrative personnel necessary for running a wildlife refuge or enforcing the game laws. Therefore all monies for such undertakings must come from outside help. The Belize Audubon Society has been trying, through a weekly five minute radio programme and through the schools and public communications, to build up a social and cultural change of thought as regards wildlife of all kinds. To date, this programme has been only partially effective, and has particularly failed with the rural population which does most of the illegal hunting, many rural families depending on wild game for their protein. Much of -305- Belize the reason for this failure has been lack of money for printing and for transportation to get out to the schools. Recently, the Government education department has been able to cooperate more fully in getting materials published and out to the rural schools. WWF Norway is donating funds for rural wildlife education, and RARE, now under the aegis of WWF-US, is donating posters and financing a continuing workshop course for one of Belize’s leading teachers and for an employee of the Fisheries Department. Very little research has been conducted on the wildlife of Belize, particularly in areas away from the central and most densely populated part of the country. The author and colleagues have conducted a number of avifaunal surveys of wetlands throughout the country since the late 1960s, and in recent years aerial surveys have been conducted by the Belize Audubon Society, with the support of the W.W. Brehm Fund in the Federal Republic of Germany. The aerial surveys have concentrated on the status of the Jabiru Jabiru mycteria, an endangered species in Central America. Other recent research relevant to wetlands has included a study of the status of Morelet’s Crocodile Crocodylus moreletii by Abercrombie et al (1980). The IUCN is assisting the Government of Belize in the development of a national conservation strategy (Hunkeler, 1983), and the U.S. Agency for International Development funded a Country Environmental Profile which was published in 1984. -306- Belize BELIZE Belize City N 2 y (@) 50 Ce | Km -307- Belize WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Dora Weyer of the Belize Audubon Society Marshes along the lower Rio Hondo (1) Location: 18°05’-18°30°N, 88°22’-88°45’W; along the Mexico/Belize border from Yo Creek to the river mouth, Orange Walk and Corozal Districts. Area: Unknown; c.60 km of river. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A slow-flowing river in the lowlands, bordered by extensive swamp forests subject to inundation during the rainy season. Principal vegetation: Swamps with forested hammocks, and swamp forest; in a region of semi-humid forest. Land tenure: Various; the State owns all areas below high water mark. Protection: None. Land use: Primitive agriculture and subsistence hunting. There are several villages on higher ground in both countries, and two villages on Albion Island at the edge of the swamp. The region was formerly occupied by Mayans. Waterfowl: Poorly known; Aramus guarauna is common, and Dendrocygna autumnalis and Cairina moschata are reported to occur. During an aerial survey in April 1984, a pair of Jabiru mycteria was found nesting just south of San Antonio on Albion Island, but no colonies of Ardeidae were located. Other fauna: The area is reportedly still very rich in wildlife. Leo onca and Tapirus bairdii occur, and crocodilians, probably both Crocodylus acutus and C. moreletii, are common. The Central American Otter Lutra anectens presumably occurs. Threats: The only threat at present seems to be excessive hunting. Research and conservation: A poorly known area which is difficult of access and remains relatively undisturbed. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Marshes along the lower New River (2) Location: 18°15’-18°22’N, 88°25’W; SSW of Corozal town, Corozal District. Area: Unknown; c.35 km of river. Altitude: 1-2m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 08, 09, 11, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: An extensive and almost impenetrable complex of forested swamps, freshwater marshes, mangrove swamps and seasonally flooded plains along the lower New River; flooding to a depth of 3-4m during the rainy season. Principal vegetation: Semi-humid forest, mangrove swamps and high grass and Scirpus marshes. Land tenure: Mostly state owned (up to the high water mark), with some private holdings in drier areas. Protection: None. Land use: Cultivation of sugar cane in cleared areas. There is one sugar mill in the immediate ° area at Libertad, and another up river at Tower Hill. Waterfowl: Poorly known; species likely to be present in significant numbers include Tigrisoma mexicanum, Cochlearius cochlearius, Dendrocygna autumnalis, Cairina moschata, Rallus longisrostris, Aramides axillaris, A. cajanea, Porzana flaviventer and Laterallus ruber. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The main threat is pollution from the sugar mills, which discharge oil and bagasse effluent into the river. -308- Belize Research and conservation: The area is inaccessible by road, and has never been properly surveyed. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Shipstern Lagoon and Shipstern Cay (3) Location: 18°18’N, 88°07’-88°10’W; in northeastern Corozal District. Area: Lagoon 4,200 ha; Cay | ha. Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 01, 03, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: A large shallow fresh to brackish coastal lagoon, up to 3m deep, with fringing marshes and mangrove swamps, subject to tidal influence and flooding during the rainy season. The lagoon is almost fresh at its inland end, and brackish near the coast. Shipstern Cay is a small offshore island with mangrove swamps in the adjacent shallow sea bay. Principal yegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle, and grassy marshes. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; fishermen occasionally collect eggs and young birds from the breeding colony on Shipstern Cay. Waterfowl: Shipstern Lagoon was formerly the site of a large colony of Egretta alba and Mycteria americana, but this was abandoned in 1982. In 1984, there were about 54 pairs of E.alba and 12 pairs of Phalacrocorax olivaceus nesting on two small cays in the lagoon. Rallus longirostris occurs in the mangroves. Shipstern Cay still holds 200 pairs of Eudocimus albus (the second largest colony in Belize), 12 pairs of Egretta rufescens (two-thirds of the Belize population), and 10 pairs of E. tricolor. Other fauna: About 50 pairs of White-winged Doves Zenaida asiatica were nesting at Shipstern Lagoon in 1982. This species is rare elsewhere in Belize. Threats: Persecution of the breeding colony of egrets and storks at Shipstern Lagoon resulted in its abandonment in 1982; there is some persecution at the colony at Shipstern Cay, eggs and young birds being taken for sale in Chetumal in Mexico. There is some pollution from the pulp plant in Chetumal, and this is likely to pose an increasing threat to inshore waters. Research and conservation: Several avifaunal surveys have been conducted by Dora Weyer. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2b, 2c & 3a. Lagoons and marshes near High Bluff (4) Location: 18°06’N, 88°07’W; inland from High Bluff on the coast south of Shipstern Lagoon, Corozal District. Area: c.2,500 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent brackish coastal lagoon and extensive marshes, with several Mangrove cays; subject to tidal fluctuations. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and grassy marshes. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and hunting. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for Ciconiiformes; up to 100 pairs of Egretta alba,300 pairs of Mycteria americana and 2 pairs of Ajaia ajaja (the only breeding birds in Belize) have nested, along with small numbers of Phalacrocorax olivaceus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The only threat seems to be excessive hunting. -309- Belize Research and conservation: Aerial surveys of breeding birds were conducted by Dora Weyer and Ford Young between 1972 and 1977, and again in 1984. The breeding populations of waterfowl have decreased in recent years as a result of persecution. It is essential that this formerly important breeding site be protected while some birds continue to use it. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2b, 2c & 3a. Cays west of Ambergris Cay (5) Location: 17°57’N, 88°06’W to 18°04’N, 87°57’W; five small cays west of Ambergris Cay in the northern Barrier Reef. Area: Under 4 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 01, 03 & 08. Site description: Five mangrove covered cays in a shallow sea bay (Bahia Chetumal) within the coastal barrier reef. The cays are as follows: Cayos Pajaros (two small cays, each less than 100m across); Cayo Rosario; Mosquito Cay; and Savannah Cay. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: None, other than the occasional raiding of birds’ nests by fishermen. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for Ciconiiformes, with some cormorants and pelicans. Breeding species include Pelecanus occidentalis (7 nests on Cayos_ Pajaros’ in 1984), Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. rufescens (4-5 nests on Cayos Pajaros in 1984), Eudocimus albus (large colonies on Cayos Pajaros and Cayo Rosario in 1969, — but no birds nesting in 1984), and Ajaia ajaja (a large colony on Cayo Rosario in 1969, but no birds in 1984). Phalacrocorax auritus probably nests on Mosquito Cay, and Cochlearius cochlearius probably nests near Savannah Cay. Other fauna: The Osprey Pandion haliaetus nests on Cayo Rosario, and the bay supports a very rich marine fauna. Threats: The breeding colonies of waterfowl are much persecuted by fishermen for food, and the populations are now greatly reduced in size. Research and conservation: Aerial and boat surveys were conducted by Dora Weyer and Ford Young between 1969 and 1975, and again in 1984. Unless the cays are given some protection in the near future, their breeding birds will disappear. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2b, 2c & 3a. Bennett’s Lagoon (6) Location: 17°58’N, 88°10’W; on the coast 50 km north of Belize City, Corozal District. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07 & 08. Site description: A brackish coastal lagoon with several mangrove covered cays, and surrounding mangrove swamps and brackish marshes; subject to tidal influence. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and grassy marshes. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some hunting, but otherwise little disturbed. Waterfowl: Birds observed during surveys in February and April 1984 included 50 breeding pairs of Egretta alba, 200 breeding pairs of Mycteria americana, a number of Rallus longirostris and a few Aramus guarauna. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is some persecution of the breeding birds. -310- Belize Research and conservation: Several aerial surveys have been conducted by Dora Weyer, Ford Young and Martin Meadows. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2c. Northern River Lagoon (7) Location: 17°52’N, 88°13’W; on the coast 40 km north of Belize City, Belize District. Area: 800 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07 & 08. Site description: A large brackish coastal lagoon with surrounding brackish marshes and a few mangrove covered cays; subject to tidal influence. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and grassy marshes. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some fishing, but otherwise very little disturbed. Waterfowl: Birds observed during aerial surveys in February and April 1984 included 140 breeding pairs of Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 80 breeding pairs of Egretta alba, and 200 wintering Fulica americana. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Some disturbance from fishermen. Research and conservation: Aerial surveys were conducted by Dora Weyer, Ford Young and Martin Meadows in 1984. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Crooked Tree Lagoon (8) Location: 17°45’N, 88°32’W; 45 km northwest of Belize City, Orange Walk and Belize Districts. Area: 8,000-10,000 ha, possibly more. Altitude: 15m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 09, 11, 12 & 18. Site description: A complex of permanent and seasonal, shallow freshwater lakes and marshes, some very shallow, drying out in the dry season (March to May), and others up to 3m deep, retaining water throughout most dry seasons. Several creeks drain into and out of the lakes, and extensive areas of the surrounding swamp forests flood during the rainy season. The area includes Calabash Pond, Revenge Lagoon, Crooked Tree Lagoon, Western Lagoon, Poorhaul Creek Lagoon, Spanish Creek Lagoon, Southern Lagoon, Mexico Lagoon, Jones Lagoon and almost the entire length of Black Creek to the Belize River. Principal vegetation: Abundant submergent aquatic vegetation in the lagoons; extensive shrub borders to the lagoons; forests of Haematoxylum campechianum (the only large stands remaining in Belize); mixed pine savannas with some hardwoods; and hardwood forest, particularly along Black Creek. Land tenure: Largely state owned, including all land below high water mark. There are some private holdings, and large areas under disputed ownership. Protection: The greater part of the basin, including all the lagoons listed in the site description, has been included in the Crooked Tree Wildlife Reserve, established in December 1984. Land use: The area was the centre of the logwood Haematoxylum campechianum industry in the 19th century, but there is now little forestry in the area. There is some cattle ranching near Crooked Tree village, and an important fishery, particularly during the dry season. There is also some hunting and sport fishing by tourists and "weekend" hunters from Belize City. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for waterfowl, and critical habitat during the dry season, when birds concentrate in very large numbers around the permanent lagoons. Seventy-four species of waterfowl have been recorded. Peak numbers have included many -311- Belize thousands of Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 32 Tigrisoma mexicanum, 70 Nycticorax nycticorax, 400 Cochlearius cochlearius, 200 Butorides virescens, 200 Egretta caerulea, 100 E. tricolor, 1,000 E. thula, 2,600 E. alba, 22 Ardea herodias, 1,000 Mycteria americana, 24 Jabiru mycteria (the entire Belize population), 2,000 Eudocimus albus, 34 Ajaia ajaja, 1,000 Anas discors, 32 Cairina moschata, 2,000 Aramus guarauna, 1,000 Fulica americana, 160 Himantopus himantopus and 125 Hydroprogne caspia. The rare Agamia agami has been recorded along the forested creeks in the reserve. Breeding species include Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Cochlearius cochlearius, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta thula, E. alba, Jabiru mycteria (one pair), Aramus guarauna, a variety of Rallidae, Heliornis fulica, Jacana spinosa (abundant), and MHimantopus himantopus. Twenty-seven species of Nearctic shorebird have been recorded on migration and in winter, including up to 800 Tringa flavipes, 70 T. solitaria, 70 Limnodromus griseus, 100 Calidris fuscicollis and 250 C. melanotos. Other fauna: The area is very rich in wildlife. About 260 species of birds have been recorded, including 99 species of Nearctic migrants. Birds of prey are common; up to 34 Lesser Yellow-headed Vultures Cathartes burrovianus have been observed in spring and some may breed. Other breeding species include Pandion haliaetus, Leptodon cayanensis, Rostrhamus sociabilis, Buteogallus anthracinus, B. urubitinga and Busarellus nigricollis. Mammals include the Central American Otter Lutra anectens, and reptiles include Crocodylus moreletii and all the species of freshwater turtle known from Belize. The lagoons are famous for their large tarpon Megalops atlantica. Threats: A major highway has recently been constructed within a few kilometres of the lagoon, providing all-weather access to the area and resulting in a great increase in hunting activities and other forms of disturbance. A farm-to-market road is now being constructed through the area. Research and conservation: Numerous avifaunal surveys were conducted in the area by Dora Weyer and colleagues of the Belize Audubon Society between 1968 and 1984, but access has always been difficult during the dry season when the birds are conecntrated here, and comprehensive counts at that season have been impossible. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Burrell Creek Lagoon (9) Location: 17°35’N, 88°26’W; on Burrell Creek, 26 km WNW of Belize City, Belize District. Area: 2 ha. Altitude: 3-4m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12 & 18. Site description: A small freshwater lake and marshes, 2-3m deep, and surrounding swamp forest, subject to seasonal flooding. Burrell Creek drains pasture land upstream. Principal vegetation: In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Land below high water mark is state owned; adjacent dry lands are owned by Tennessee Agriculture Ltd. Protection: No legal protection, but present and past owners of surrounding land have afforded the lake some protection. Land use: Occasional hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: There is a small breeding colony of Cochlearius cochlearius (15-20 nests), andthe area is excellent habitat for the rare Agamia agami. Other fauna: Lutra anectens, Tapirus bairdii and Crocodylus moreletii are known to occur. Threats: The nearby village of Burrell Boom is expanding towards the lake shore. Research and conservation: Several avifaunal surveys have been conducted by Dora Weyer since 1969. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -312- Belize Mussel Creek (10) Location: 17°35’N, 88°28’W; 15 km west of Burrell Boom, Belize District. Area: Unknown; c.30 km of creek. Altitude: 4m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A slow flowing river with associated riverine lakes and marshes, meandering through swamp forest. The river is subject to seasonal flooding, and can reach a depth of 5-6m. It rises in Cox, Mucklehany and Cook’s Lagoons, and flows into the Belize River. Principal vegetation: Riverine marshes, swamp forest with patches of wild cane, and humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Areas below high water mark and much of the shoreline are state owned; elsewhere there are several small privately owned farms. Protection: None, but at the request of the Belize Audubon Society, the Government has put up signs prohibiting shooting where the road crosses the creek. Land use: Fishing, including some fishing with illegal nets; and hunting. Waterfowl: After Crooked Tree Lagoon (site 8), perhaps the richest area for waterfowl in Belize. There are no large breeding colonies of Ardeidae, but the large colonies of Phalacrocorax olivaceus include a scattering of Egretta alba along with some Anhinga anhinga. Other species known to breed include Tigrisoma mexicanum, Cochlearius cochlearius, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens, Agamia agami, Jabiru mycteria, Dendrocygna autumnalis, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Laterallus ruber, Heliornis fulica, and Jacana spinosa. Botaurus pinnatus is of regular occurrence, and probably breeds. Other fauna: The area is rich in birds of prey and kingfishers Alcedinidae. Large individuals of Boa constrictor have been seen, Crocodylus moreletii presumably occurs, and large Tarpon Megalops atlantica are present. The Central American Otter Lutra anectens was observed in December 1984. Threats: None at present except for some illegal sport hunting, and subsistence hunting by local inhabitants. Research and conservation: The Belize Audubon Society "Belize City Area" Christmas bird counts include a small part of this complex. Dora Weyer has conducted regular avifaunal Surveys since 1969, and has proposed that a wildlife reserve be created in the area. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Big Falls Rice Ranch (11) Location: 17°29’N, 88°31’W; on the Belize River 40 km west of Belize City, Belize District. _ Area: 1,200 ha. Altitude: 15m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 17 & 18. Site description: A complex of canals and shallow freshwater impoundments, up to 30 cm deep, for rice cultivation, with surrounding swamp forests created by run-off. The water levels are manipulated for rice growing. Principal vegetation: Rice fields and swamp forest, with high grasses and shrubs on dry ground by the canals; in a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Formerly owned by the Big Falls Rice Farm, but now held in receivership under Government supervision, and up for sale. Protection: No habitat protection, but hunting has been prohibited, except for Anatidae, until the area is sold. Land use: Rice cultivation; there is some shooting of ducks which damage the crops. Waterfowl: A very important feeding area for a wide variety of waterfowl including many Ardeidae, Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Eudocimus albus, Ajaia ajaja, large numbers |0f Dendrocygna autumnalis and Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna and several Rallidae. Many waterfowl breed around the edges of the rice fields and in adjacent swamp forest, including Tigrisoma mexicanum, Jabiru mycteria, Aramus guarauna, Rallus maculatus, Aramides cajanea, Porzana flaviventer, Laterallus ruber and Porphyrula martinica. Wintering -313- Belize Nearctic migrants include up to 2,000 Anas discors, a few A. acuta, and up to 1000 Porzana carolina. Other fauna: The surrounding forests are rich in wildlife, including Leo onca and Tapirus bairdii. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Dora Weyer and the Belize Audubon Society have conducted a number of avifaunal surveys. The status of the area remains uncertain until the land is sold. However, several duck-hunting clubs have shown an interest in the property. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Cox’s Lagoon, Mucklehany Lagoon and Cook’s Lagoon (12) Location: 17°30’N, 88°30’W; at the headwaters of Mussel Creek, 35 km west of Belize City, Belize District. Area: Several thousand ha. Altitude: 10m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12 & 18. Site description: Three permanent freshwater lakes with some marshes and swamp forest, subject to seasonal flooding. Principal vegetation: Marshes with grasses, sedges and palms; and swamp forest. Mucklehany Lagoon is surrounded by humid tropical forest, Cook’s Lagoon is surrounded by pine savanna, and Cox’s Lagoon has both habitats in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Partly state owned and partly owned by the Big Falls Rice Farm, with some small — private holdings. Protection: None. Land use: Occasional hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: Poorly known; Jabiru mycteria has nested to the west of Mucklehany Lagoon, and local inhabitants report large numbers of Dendrocygna autumnalis and Cairina moschata nesting here. Other fauna: Tapirus bairdii and Crocodylus moreletii are abundant, especially near Cox’s and Mucklehany Lagoons. Threats: None at present, but there is a potential threat from development for rice cultivation and cattle ranching. Research and conservation: Dora Weyer has conducted several avifaunal surveys by boat, and two aerial surveys with Ford Young and Martin Meadows in 1984, but the area remains relatively poorly known. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Faber’s Lagoon and marshes to the north and east (13) Location: 17°28’N, 88°16’W; 12 km west of Belize City, Belize District. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07, 08 & 12. Site description: A complex of shallow fresh and brackish coastal lagoons, mostly under 2m deep, with adjacent mangrove swamps. Some of the lagoons are subject to tidal influence. Principal vegetation: Freshwater marshes and mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and some hunting. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Eudocimus albus and Dendrocygna autumnalis. Podilymbus podiceps, Podiceps dominicus and Jacana spinosa are common on the freshwater lagoons, and Rallus longirostris is common in the mangroves and brackish marshes. -314- Belize Other fauna: The Central American Otter Lutra anectens has been reported,and both Crocodylus acutus and C. moreletii breed here. Threats: Belize City is encroaching on the area; nearby land has been filled for industry and housing developments, and the lagoons are likely to be used as refuse dumps. Research and conservation: Dora Weyer has conducted several avifaunal surveys in the area. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Northern Lagoon (14) Location: 17°22’N, 88°19’W; 20 km southwest of Belize City, Belize District. Area: 3,200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent brackish coastal lagoon and associated fresh to brackish marshes, with mangrove swamps and a mangrove covered cay (Bird Cay); subject to tidal influence. During high tides there is slow drainage through the marshes directly to the sea, but at other times most water drains out through the Southern Lagoon (site 15). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and sedge and grass marshes; a few coconut palms on Bird Cay, and pine savanna to the west. Land tenure: State owned, but Bird Cay is under the care of the Belize Audubon Society. Protection: Supposedly under the protection of the Belize Audubon Society, but funds are lacking to support a warden. Land use: Duck hunting and fishing; the lagoon forms part of the inland boat passage from Gales Point, but this is no longer heavily used (only 3 to 5 small boats a day). Waterfowl: One of the most important breeding areas for waterfowl in Belize; the main colony is on Bird Cay, with some overspill onto other small cays and mangroves along the shore. Breeding birds include 20-25 pairs of Phalacrocorax olivaceus, 12-15 pairs of Anhinga anhinga, 20-30 pairs of Egretta thula, 400-600 pairs of E. alba (the second largest colony in Belize), and 400-500 pairs of Eudocimus albus (the largest colony in Belize). Nycticorax nycticorax, Cochlearius cochlearius, Egretta caerulea and E. tricolor nest in smaller numbers. One pair of Jabiru mycteria has nested near the lagoon for many years. The lagoon often holds 1,000-2,000 Aythya affinis in autumn, but the birds move to a feeding area just east of St. George’s Cay for much of the winter. Other fauna: Manatees Trichechus manatus are occasional visitors. Threats: None at present except for uncontrolled hunting and occasional vandalism by "tourists" at the breeding colonies. Research and conservation: Regular avifaunal surveys have been conducted by Dora Weyer and the Belize Audubon Society since 1971. The lagoon is under no immediate threat, and with better wardening could be maintained as one of the most important breeding areas for herons and ibises in Belize. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Southern (Manatee) Lagoon (15) Location: 17°15’N, 88°20’W; 30 km SSW of Belize City, Belize District. Area: 3,200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07 & 08. Site description: A deep brackish coastal lagoon and extensive mangrove swamps bordered in the east by a sedge and grass marsh; at the mouth of the Manatee River. The lagoon is subject to tidal influence and has a direct outlet to the sea through an extension of the Manatee River. Submergent vegetation is fairly abundant at the northern end, where the canal from the Northern Lagoon (site 14) enters. The area between the Northern and Southern Lagoons is all mangrove swamps. -315- Belize Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, and sedge and grass marshes; pine savanna to the west. Land tenure: Mostly state owned, with some private holdings. Protection: None. Land use: Mainly subsistence fishing, with some hunting and tourist recreation. The village of Gales Point lies at the south end of the lagoon. In the late 1960s and early 1970s, there was a logging and plantation operation to the south, but this has now been abandoned. Parts of the area are still relatively undisturbed. Waterfowl: There are no large breeding colonies of Ciconiiformes, but the lagoon is an important feeding area for many species. Resident species which are known or thought to breed include Tigrisoma mexicanum, Butorides virescens, Aramus guarauna, Rallus longirostris, Aramides axillaris and A. cajanea. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus is common, particularly in the lower Manatee River; the otter Lutra anectens and crocodilians Crocodylus acutus and C. moreletii undoubtedly occur. Threats: None at present, except for some hunting pressure. Research and conservation: Several avifaunal surveys have been conducted by Dora Weyer and the Belize Audubon Society since 1968. There is currently a proposal to create a Manatee Reserve which would include the southern portion of the lagoon (around the village of Gales Point), and the lower part of the Manatee River. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Laguna Seca (16) Location: 17°38’N, 89°03’W; southeast of the Rio Bravo Escarpment, 10 km north of Gallon Jug, Orange Walk District. Area: 300 ha. Altitude: 120m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12. Site description: A shallow freshwater lake with extensive sedge and grass marshes, subject to flooding during the rainy season. Principal vegetation: Sedge and grass marshes. Land tenure: Owned by Belize Estates Ltd., a logging company. Protection: None. Land use: A very remote and undisturbed area: Indians cultivate marijuana on the nearby escarpment, and may hunt around the lake. Waterfowl: Apparently very poor for waterfowl, but Jabiru mycteria has been reported in the area. Other fauna: Abercrombie et al found a number of Crocodylus moreletii in the area in 1978, and local inhabitants estimated the population at hundreds. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Abercrombie et al surveyed the lake in 1978, and Dora Weyer, Ford Young and Martin Meadows conducted two aerial surveys in 1984. References: Abercrombie et al (1980). Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Punta Ycacos Lagoon (17) Location: 16°15’N, 88°40’W; 20 km northeast of Punta Gorda, Toledo District. Area: 9,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 01, 02, 03, 05, 08 & 09. Site description: A large shallow sea bay incorporating the mouths of the Rio Grande, Seven Hills Creek, Middle River, Golden Stream, Deep River, Freshwater Creek and Payne’s Creek. The salinity in the bay varies from slightly brackish at the river mouths in the west to saline in -316- Belize the east. There are almost a hundred small to medium-sized mangrove covered cays in the bay, and extensive mangrove swamps and grass and sedge marshes along its western fringe. Four sand and coral cays (the Snake Cays) lie just outside the bay. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, and grass and sedge marshes. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: A considerable amount of fishing; and illegal hunting of waterfowl and manatees, particularly by fishermen from nearby Guatemala. Waterfowl: In previous years the mangrove cays supported a large breeding colony of Egretta alba, and a pair of Jabiru mycteria were found nesting in the early 1970s. Both have now disappeared, presumably as a result of persecution. Other fauna: There is still a small population of the manatee Trichechus manatus, despiteheavy hunting pressure. Threats: Heavy hunting pressure on all wildlife has resulted in drastic declines in populations in recent years. Research and conservation: A number of avifaunal surveys were conducted by Dora Weyer and Ford Young between 1969 and 1984. The area now supports little wildlife, but the habitat remains relatively undisturbed, and under proper protection populations would soon recover. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. The upper Moho River, Aguacaliente Swamp and Mafredi Lagoon (18) Location: 16°11°N, 88°58’W; east and south of Mafredi village, 18 km WNW of Punta Gorda, Toledo District. Area: c.1,600 ha. Altitude: 200m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 10, 12 & 18. Site description: A complex of fast-flowing rivers, freshwater lakes and swamps, and extensive tracts of swamp forest; subject to seasonal flooding. Parts of the marshes are now cultivated for rice. Principal vegetation: Freshwater marshes, swamp forest, pure stands of Lonchocarpus sp, wild cane, bamboo and rice fields. Land tenure: Various; Mafredi Lagoon and much of the flooded area is state owned. Protection: None. Land use: Subsistence hunting by local Indians; rice growing east and south of Mafredi, south of Blue Creek and east and northeast of Aguacate. Much of the area is difficult of access and almost undisturbed. Waterfowl: There are no large breeding colonies of Ciconiiformes, but many species occur in fair numbers, and Jabiru mycteria, Dendrocygna autumnalis, Cairina moschata and Aramus guarauna have been recorded. Other fauna: Tapirus bairdii is abundant, and the Central American Snapping Turtle Chelydra Serpentina occurs. The latter is known in Belize only from this region. Threats: There is an increase in agriculture, and refugees are pouring into the area and clearing for slash and burn agriculture. There is also excessive hunting by the local Indians. Research and conservation: Dora Weyer has conducted five avifaunal surveys of parts of the area, but further field study is urgently required. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. The lower Temash River and Temash Lagoon (19) Location: 16°00’N, 89°00’W; 25 km WSW of Punta Gorda, Toledo District. | Area: Uncertain, but probably at least 20,000 ha of mangroves and 35 km of river. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 07, 08 & 09. -317- Belize Site description: A very deep brackish coastal lagoon, subject to tidal influence, and extensive tracts of mangrove swamp stretching for over 30 km inland along the lower Temash River. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle, with trees up to 30m in height. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing in the lagoon, and some hunting. Waterfowl: Poorly known; no large breeding colonies of Ciconiiformes have been located, but a variety of species occur, including Nyctanassa violacea and possibly Tigrisoma lineatum. The area appears very suitable for Aramides axillaris. Other fauna: Little information is available, but there are known to be large numbers of the Black Howler Monkey Alouatta palliata in the area. Threats: None at present, other than hunting and fishing. Research and conservation: One brief avifaunal survey has been conducted by Dora Weyer. This large unspoiled area clearly merits further study. Source: Dora Weyer. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -318- COSTA RICA Area: 50,899 km? Population: 2,270,000. We have received no introduction to this inventory from our correspondents in Costa Rica. WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Julio E. Sanchez. Lagunas del Rio Cafas (1) Location: 10°20’N, 85°37’W; 6 km NNW of Santa Cruz, Guanacaste Province. Area: 1,000 ha. Altitude: 60m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A group of permanent freshwater lakes and marshes, up to lm deep, formed by the flooding of the Rio Camas and local rainfall, and greatly reduced in size during the dry season. Principal vegetation: Floating beds of Nymphaea ampla, N. lutea, Eichhornia crassipes and Pistia stratiotes; marshes with Typha domingensis. In a region dry tropical forest. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Subsistence fishing, some sport fishing, and extensive cattle ranching. Waterfowl: A very important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding birds include 50 pairs of Podilymbus podiceps, 25 pairs of Podiceps dominicus, 10 pairs of Ixobrychus exilis, 15 pairs of Tigrisoma lineatum, 30 pairs of Butorides virescens, 200 pairs of Dendrocygna autumnalis, 40 pairs of Aramus guarauna, 25 pairs of Rallus maculatus, 40 pairs of Porphyrula martinica and 300 pairs of Jacana spinosa. Average counts of non-breeding visitors include 500 Bubulcus ibis, 100 Egretta thula, 500 E. alba, 250 Mycteria americana and 30 Himantopus himantopus. Average counts of Nearctic migrants include 12 Ardea herodias, 40 Anas americana, 300 Anas discors, 50 Tringa flavipes, 100 Tringa solitaria, 45 Actitis macularia, 160 Calidris minutilla and 140 C. melanotos. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a common winter visitor, and Caiman crocodilus occurs. Threats: The area is being drained for rice cultivation, and there is some pollution. Hunting is uncontrolled. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands in Palo Verde National Park and Wildlife Refuge (2) Location: 10°20’N, 85°20’W; 20 km south of Bagaces, Guanacaste Province. Area: c.6,000 ha. Altitude: 2-10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 08, 09, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: A complex of shallow freshwater lakes, up to 1.5m deep, marshes and swamp forest in the floodplain of the Rio Tempisque, with some mangrove swamps along the river. During the rainy season, flooding from the Rio Tempisque forms a single large shallow lake. Large areas dry out by the end of the dry season (March and April), and the permanent lakes become brackish. The principal lakes are Laguna Palo Verde, a seasonal lake of 1,200 ha in the Wildlife Refuge, and Laguna Nicaragua, a seasonal lake of 4,100 ha in the National Park. There are two mangrove covered islands, Isla San Pablo (15 ha) and Isla Pajaros (2 ha), in the estuarine portion of the river subject to tidal influence. -319- Costa Rica wy "re es! 09 Ov Oc O VOld VLSOOD -320- Costa Rica Principal vegetation: Abundant aquatic vegetation including floating beds of Nymphaea ampla N. lutea, Nymphoides sp and Eichhornia crassipes; marshes of Typha domingensis, Eleocharis mutata, Paspalum paludivagum and Parkinsonia aculeata; swamp forest; and mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle. In the dry tropical forest zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Included within the Palo Verde National Park (9,466 ha) established in 1980, and the contiguous Palo Verde (Dr Rafael Lucas Rodriguez Caballero) National Wildlife Refuge (7,524 ha) established in 1979. Land use: Scientific research and some nature tourism. Access is restricted to certain areas. There is some illegal grazing of domestic livestock. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl; over sixty species have been recorded. There are important breeding colonies of Ciconiiformes on Isla Pajaros and Isla San Pablo; the average numbers of nesting pairs during the years 1981 to 1983 were as follows: Nycticorax nycticorax 250; Nyctanassa violacea 100; Cochlearius cochlearius 210; Bubulcus ibis 17,500; Egretta caerulea 50; E. thula 250; E. alba 2,650; Mycteria americana 3,000; Eudocimus albus 1,000; Plegadis falcinellus 12; and Ajaia ajaja 1,000. There were also some 90 pairs of Anhinga anhinga. Common breeding species elsewhere in the wetlands include Podilymbus podiceps, Podiceps dominicus, Ixobrychus exilis, Tigrisoma mexicanum, Butorides virescens, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. autumnalis (several hundred pairs), Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Rallus maculatus, Porphyrula martinica and Jacana spinosa. The area is the main locality for Jabiru mycteria in Costa Rica, with eight breeding pairs in recent years. Oxyura dominica is present in small numbers and probably breeds. The wetlands are also important as feeding areas for birds breeding elsewhere in the region, particularly during the dry season (February to March). Peak counts have included up to 1,000 Ajaia ajaja, 20,000 Dendrocygna autumnalis and 400 Cairina moschata. Common passage and wintering birds from the Nearctic include Ardea herodias, Anas americana, A. acuta, A. discors (up to 20,000), A. clypeata, Porzana carolina, Fulica americana and many shorebirds, particularly Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Tringa solitaria, Calidris mauri and C. minutilla. Other fauna: There is a small breeding population of Rostrhamus sociabilis, and Pandion haliaetus is a common winter visitor. Reptiles include Crocodylus acutus, Caiman crocodilus and [guana iguana. Threats: The wetlands are under serious threat from a variety of sources. Eutrophication is Occurring at a rapid rate, and areas of open water and Nymphaea spp are being replaced by a dense growth of Typha domingensis, Cyperaceae and Gramineae. Pesticide run-off from nearby rice, cotton and sugar cultivation is causing a serious toxicity problem in the river. In 1982 and 1983, 40% of the trees on Isla Pajaros died, and many nesting sites were destroyed. The largest irrigation project in Costa Rica is soon to be initiated nearby, and there is a proposal to exclude Laguna Nicaragua from the National Park so that it can be drained for the cultivation of sugar cane. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of faunal and floral research has been conducted in the Wildlife Refuge. A detailed management plan has been prepared for the Refuge, and some management has been implemented, including the cutting, burning and clearing of excess vegetation, construction of artificial impoundments, and erection of nest-boxes for Dendrocygna autumnalis. However, it is clear that unless better control is gained of the quantity and quality of the water entering the wetlands, much of the importance of this unique area will be lost. References: Stiles & Smith (1977); Leber (1980); IUCN (1982); Vaughan et al (1982). Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna Mata Redonda (3) Location: 10°19’N, 85°25’W; 20 km north of Nicoya, Guanacaste Province. Area: 900 ha. Altitude: 30m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. -321- Costa Rica Site description: A seasonal freshwater lake, up to 2m deep, on the south bank of the Rio Tempisque, surrounded by pastureland. The lake is at its most extensive between August and October, and dries out completely in March and April. Principal vegetation: Floating Eichhornia crassipes, Nymphaea ampla, N. lutea, Nymphoidessp and Pontederia sp; emergent Eleocharis spp, Thalia geniculata and Ipomoea carnea. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching and hunting. Waterfowl: A very important feeding area for waterfowl during the early part of the dry season (January to mid March), with almost the same species as the nearby Palo Verde lakes. Concentrations at this time have included up to 5,000 Mycteria americana, 1,000 Ajaia ajaja, 20,000 Dendrocygna autumnalis, 20,000 Anas discors and 500 Aramus guarauna. Some 75 pairs of the latter also breed. The lake is one of the main feeding areas of the Jabiru mycteria breeding at the Palo Verde lakes. Other fauna: About 10 pairs of Rostrhamus sociabilis breed. The freshwater turtle Kinosternon scorpioides is abundant, but Caiman crocodilus now occurs in much reduced numbers as a result of excessive persecution. There is an endemic bivalve Nephronais tempisquensis in the area. Threats: The main threats are contamination with pesticides from nearby areas of rice cultivation; the future construction by the government of dykes and canals to regulate water levels; and uncontrolled hunting of ducks. Research and conservation: The lake clearly merits protection as an important component of the Palo Verde wetland complex. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: la, 1b, 2a & 2c. Laguna Zonzapote and Corral de Piedra (4) Location: 10°15’N, 85°18’W; 20 km northeast of Nicoya, Guanacaste Province. Area: 2,800 ha. Altitude: 2m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A seasonal fresh to brackish lake on the south bank of the Rio Tempisque, south of the Palo Verde lakes. The lake becomes brackish as the water level falls, and is completely dry from February to April. Principal vegetation: Floating Eichhornia crassipes, Nymphaea ampla and N. lutea; emergent Eleocharis mutata, Thalia geniculata and Typha domingensis. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching, hunting, and some fishing and harvesting of shrimps. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for resident waterfowl, and a very important wintering area for a variety of migrants. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps (up to 100 pairs), Podiceps dominicus, Tigrisoma mexicanum, Nycticorax nycticorax, Cochlearius cochlearius (40 pairs), Dendrocygna bicolor, D. autumnalis, Aramus guarauna (30 pairs), Porphyrula martinica, Jacana spinosa, Charadrius wilsonius and Himantopus himantopus (15 pairs). Concentrations of non-breeding birds and Nearctic migrants have included up to 2,000 Egretta thula, 6,000 Mycteria americana, 2,000 Eudocimus albus, 75 Plegadis falcinellus, 1,000 Ajaia ajaja, 400 Anas americana, 4,000 A. discors, 100 A. clypeata and 5,000 shorebirds. Other fauna: Eight pairs of Rostrhamus sociabilis breed, and up to 6 Pandion haliaetus have been observed in winter. Crocodylus acutus and Caiman crocodilus occur. Threats: The main threats are contamination with pesticides, drainage for the cultivation of rice, and uncontrolled hunting. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. -322- Costa Rica Estero Madrigal (5) Location: 10°17’N, 85°09’W; 30 km SSE of Bagaces, Guanacaste Province. Area: 300 ha. Altitude: 10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 09, 11 & 18. Site description: A wide stretch of slow-flowing river with riverine marshes and swamp forest, draining out through a narrow channel, and constituting one of the few permanently flooded wetlands in the Rio Tempisque valley. The river is up to 6m deep, and water levels remain fairly constant. Principal vegetation: Floating beds of Eichhornia crassipes and Pistia stratiotes; marshes with Typha domingensis, Thalia geniculata and Mimosa sp; swamp forest with Anacardium excelsum predominating. Surrounded by pastureland and cultivated areas with rice and sugar cane. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No legal habitat protection, but one of the landowners protects his property. Land use: Hunting; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for waterfowl, and a very important refuge at the end of the dry season, when most other wetlands in the area have dried out. Breeding species include Phalacrocorax olivaceus (1,000 pairs in February 1985), Tigrisoma mexicanum (30 pairs), Cochlearius cochlearius (15 pairs), Bubulcus ibis (500 pairs), Egretta alba (100 pairs), Mycteria americana (100 pairs), Jabiru mycteria (1 pair in 1983), Dendrocygna autumnalis (250 pairs), Cairina moschata (5-10 pairs) and Aramus guarauna (20 pairs). These and other species breeding in the Rio Tempisque valley concentrate in large numbers in this area during the dry season, along with many Nearctic Anatidae and shorebirds. Other fauna: Rostrhamus sociabilis and Busarellus nigricollis are common inthe dry season, and Caiman crocodilus occurs. Threats: The main threats are contamination with pesticides, drainage for the cultivation of rice and sugar cane, and uncontrolled hunting. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Estero Piedras (6) Location: 10°08’N, 85°03’W; 30 km south of Cafias, Guanacaste Province. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of shallow brackish coastal marshes and mangrove swamps, partly seasonal and partly tidal, and an area of salt pans (Salina Bonilla). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; and brackish marshes with Cyperaceae, principally Fimbristylis sp. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No special protection, but there is a general law which prohibits the cutting of mangroves. Land use: Salt extraction and a little illegal cutting of mangroves. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for birds breeding on Isla Pajaros to the northwest, and a very important passage and wintering area for migratory shorebirds and Laridae. Feeding concentrations have included up to 500 Egretta alba, 800 Mycteria americana, 600 Eudocimus albus, 300 Ajaia ajaja and 300 Himantopus himantopus. Charadrius wilsonius breeds. Common passage and wintering birds include Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, Ardea herodias, many shorebirds (notably Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, Numenius phaeopus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Actitis macularia, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris spp and Micropalama himantopus), Larus atricilla, Sterna hirundo and S. albifrons. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a winter visitor. Threats: Road construction through the wetland has affected the hydrology of the marshes; large areas of mangroves were destroyed in the construction of 405 ha of shrimp ponds at Chomes; the illegal cutting of mangroves continues; and there is uncontrolled hunting. -323- Costa Rica Research and conservation: Some shorebirds have been banded at Salina Bonilla. References: Stiles & Smith (1977). Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Estero Mata de Limon (7) Location: 9°55’N, 84°42’W; near Barranca, Puntarenas Province. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of brackish coastal lagoons, up to 2m deep, brackish marshes and mangrove swamps, partly seasonal and partly tidal. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, and brackish marshes. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No special protection, but there is a general law which prohibits the cutting of mangroves. Land use: Recreation and salt extraction. Waterfowl: A feeding area for Phalacrocorax olivaceus and various Ciconiiformes, and an important passage and wintering area for migratory shorebirds and Laridae, with almost the same species as Estero Piedras (site 6). Other fauna: No information. Threats: The construction of dykes has affected the hydrology of the wetland; mangroves have been destroyed and replaced with salt pans; and there is a potential threat of pollution from a nearby harbour, currently under construction. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Corcovado (8) Location: 8°33’N, 83°36’W; 40 km west of Puerto Jimenez, Puntarenas Province. Area: 1,200 ha. Altitude: 10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12 & 18. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 4m deep, surrounded by marshes, palm Swamps and swamp forest, and with a river channel passing through it. The water level fluctuates considerably, and extensive flooding occurs during the rainy season. Principal vegetation: Extensive marshes with Gramineae, mainly Pennisetum sp, which covers the greater part of the lake; large tracts of the palm Raphia taedigera; and swamp forest with Pterocarpus officinalis, Inga vera, Euterpe sp and Cecropia spp. In a region of very humid tropical forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Included within the Corcovado National Park (36,000 ha) established in 1976. Land use: None; much of the area is very difficult of access. Waterfowl: A very rich area for both breeding and wintering waterfowl; fifty species have been recorded, but no census data are available. Resident species include Podiceps dominicus, Anhinga anhinga, Ixobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Cochlearius cochlearius, Agamia agami, Mycteria americana, Eudocimus albus, Ajaia ajaja, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Amaurolimnas concolor, Aramides cajanea, Porphyrula martinica and Jacana spinosa. Passage and wintering species include Ardea herodias, Anas discors and many Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a winter visitor, and Caiman crocodilus occurs. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research is being conducted on the fauna and flora of the National Park, and a Master Plan has been produced. -324- Costa Rica References: Vaughan (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lago Dabagri (9) Location: 9°37’N, 83°16’W; 90 km ESE of San Jose, Limon Province. Area: 25 ha. Altitude: 1,000m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12 & 18. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, c.5m deep, surrounded by marshes, wet grassland and flooded forest; in the highlands, on the Caribbean slope of the Cordillera de Talamanca. Principal vegetation: Cyperaceae swamps; and flooded forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Included within La Amistad National Park (192,000 ha) established in 1979. Land use: None; there are several Indian Reservations near the lake. Waterfowl: Very poorly known. Waterfowl observed during a single visit in 1981 included Podiceps dominicus, Butorides virescens, Porphyrula martinica and Jacana spinosa. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Gandoca (10) Location: 9°35’N, 82°36’W; on the Caribbean coast near the Panamanian border, Limon Province. Area: 780 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 07 & 18. Site description: A brackish coastal lagoon of 30 ha, up to 6m deep, subject to tidal influence; two nearby marshes; adjacent flooded forest; and sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Flooded forest and extensive tracts of the palm Schelia rostrata. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Mainly state owned, with some private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and hunting; cultivation of cocoa and some cattle ranching nearby. Waterfowl: Very poorly known. Pelecanus occidentalis is common, and is reported to breedon a small island nearby (Punta Mona). A variety of Ardeidae, Nearctic shorebirds and Laridae were observed during two brief visits to the lagoon, but the marsh areas have never been investigated. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus' manatus occurs in the area; and the adjacent humid tropical forests have an extremely diverse fauna. Threats: The native forests are being destroyed for the cultivation of an African palm, and this is likely to affect the wetland ecosystem. Research and conservation: The area is difficult of access, and remains very poorly known. The Asociacion de Desarrollo has presented a proposal to the Government for the establishment of a protected area, but no decision has as yet been taken. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. -325- Costa Rica Wetlands in Tortuguero National Park (11) Location: 10°25’N, 83°27’W; 30 km NNE of Siquirres, Limon Province. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 08, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: A vast complex of palm swamps and fresh to brackish marshes crossed by many narrow channels; a large area of seasonally flooded grassy marshes; and some mangrove swamps behind a long sea beach. Principal vegetation: Floating beds of Eichhornia crassipes; marshes with Gramineae and Cyperaceae; palm swamps with Raphia taedigera; mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle; and beach vegetation with Coccoloba uvifera. In a region of humid tropical forest, with very high rainfall (5,000 mm) and no marked dry season. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Tortuguero National Park (18,947 ha) established in 1970. Land use: None. Waterfowl: A very important area for migratory Ardeidae and shorebirds. Shorebirds recorded in large numbers along the coast include Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, C. collaris, Numenius phaeopus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, T. solitaria, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris alba, C. pusilla, C. mauri and C. minutilla. Mesembrinibis cayennensis is known to occur in the swamps. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus is still thought to occur; and the sea turtles Chelonia mydas, Eretmochelys imbricata and Dermochelys coriacea nest along the beach. Threats: The hunting of turtles and collection of their eggs are still a problem in the Park. Research and conservation: General faunal and floral surveys have been conducted in the Park; a considerable amount of research has been carried out on the sea turtles; and a preliminary management plan has been prepared. References: IUCN (1982). Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Barra del Colorado (12) Location: 10°32’-10°45’N, 83°32’-83°53’W; on the Caribbean coast near the Nicaraguan border, Limon and Heredia Provinces. Area: 53,550 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 07, 09 & 12. Site description: A vast complex of interconnected freshwater lakes and marshes, brackish coastal lagoons and marshes, and palm swamps, behind a long sandy beach. The lagoons near the coast are subject to tidal influence. Principal vegetation: Freshwater lakes with floating beds of Eichhornia crassipes; marshes with Gramineae and Cyperaceae; and palm swamps with Astrocarium olatum and Raphia taedigera. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Commercial fishing; cattle ranching and agriculture nearby. Waterfowl: A wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl have been recorded, but no census data are available. Resident species include Pelecanus occidentalis, Anhinga anhinga, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Mesembrinibis cayennensis, Aramides cajanea, Laterallus albigularis and Porphyrula martinica. Migrants and wintering birds include Ardea herodias, Anas discors, Aythya affinis, Fulica americana, many Nearctic shorebirds, Larus atricilla, Chlidonias nigra and Sterna hirundo. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus still occurs in the area. Fishes include Lepisosteus tropicus. Threats: A road is being constructed through the region, and this will inevitably lead to accelerated exploitation of the natural ecosystems. Research and conservation: A proposal has been made for the establishment of a National -326- Costa Rica Wildlife Refuge (Refugio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre) incorporating the wetland. Source: Julio E. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. -327- EL SALVADOR INTRODUCTION based on information provided by Carolina Calderon of the Embassy of El Salvador in London. El Salvador, the smallest country in Central America, has an area of 21,200 km?, and a population of almost five million. It is situated on the Pacific watershed and has a coastline of approximately 260 km. The terrain is very mountainous, and the country is crossed by a chain of volcanoes (e.g. Santa Ana, San Vicente, San Miguel and San Salvador), some of which are still active. These mountains separate the Pacific coastal plain in the south from the plain of the Rio Lempa in the north. The Rio Lempa is the main river in El Salvador; it cuts through the mountain chain and eventually flows into the Golfo de Fonseca. The rainy season extends from May until October, and temperatures are uniformly high. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The principal bodies concerned with environmental conservation and research are as follows: Direccion General de Recursos Naturales Renovables, the government agency responsible for the conservation of nature and research. Instituto Salvadorefio de Turismo (El Salvador Tourist Institute), which cooperates in projects concerned with nature protection. Parque Zoologico Nacional, dedicated to environmental education and research. Museo de Historia Natural, dedicated to research and education. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research No National Parks or equivalent reserves have as yet been officially protected by law in El Salvador, but some zones are managed as such, for example the Parque Nacional Cerro Verde (500 ha), the Parque Nacional Walter Thilo Deininger (732 ha), the Refugio Faunistico Laguna Jocotal (1,000 ha), Barra de Santiago, and Bosque El Impossible. Research currently in progress includes a study of the reproductive biology of Dendrocygna autumnalis at Laguna Jocotal by Jose A. Gomez Ventura, and research on sea turtles at Barra de Santiago by Manuel F. Benitez Arias. -328- El Salvador YOQVAIVS 13 v La ud as JQpenjes ues Le OS uy -329- El Salvador WETLANDS No data sheets were received from El Salvador. The site descriptions are based on personal communication with Manuel F. Benitez Arias and Jose A. Gomez Ventura, and the meagre literature. Laguna de Guija (1) Location: 14°15’N, 88°32’W; 30 km north of Santa Ana, on the Guatemalan border. Area: 4,300 ha, of which 3,000 ha are in El Salvador. Altitude: 427m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A large freshwater lake with several small islands and fringing marshes; in the mountains of northwestern El Salvador, on the Guatemalan border. A new hydroelectric dam at the lake’s outlet generates electricity for the western part of the country. (See Guatemala site 6). Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: Generation of electricity; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The fish fauna includes endemic species of Poecilidae, particularly of the genus Heterandria. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Lago de Coatepeque (2) Location: 13°52’N, 89°33’W; 15 km south of Santa Ana. Area: 2,200 ha. Altitude: 850m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A freshwater caldera lake with a small island; on the slopes of Volcan de Santa Ana. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and recreation. There are many houses around the lake. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Barra de Santiago (3) Location: 13°42’N, 90°00’W; on the coast 30 km west of Sonsonate, in extreme western El Salvador. Area: 4,800 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A chain of small brackish lagoons, marshes and mangrove swamps behind a sea beach. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. -330- El Salvador Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The beaches are an important nesting area for sea turtles. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: M. F. Benito Arias is conducting research on the sea turtles. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Lago de Ilopango (4) Location: 13°40’N, 89°13’W; 15 km east of San Salvador. Area: 6,600 ha. Altitude: 450m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A deep freshwater lake in a volcanic crater in the mountains close to San Salvador city. In 1880, geological disturbance resulted in the appearance of an island in the lake, and a lowering in water level. The channel draining the lake has since become blocked, and the water level has risen again. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: A popular area for recreation, including water sports. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Some pollution has been reported. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Lempa estuary and coastal lagoons (5) Location: 13°17’N, 88°50’W; 60 km southeast of San Salvador. Area: 11,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: The estuary of the Rio Lempa, associated coastal marshes and mangrove swamps, and a long narrow coastal lagoon to the west, with sand beaches along the coast. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Punta San Juan lagoons (6) Location: 13°10’-13°18’N, 88°16’-88°45’W; 40 km southwest of San Miguel. Area: 37,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: An extensive system of brackish coastal lagoons with mangrove swamps, and adjacent sand beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. -331- El Salvador Protection: None. Land use: Shrimp farming. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Laguna Jocotal (7) Location: 13°19’N, 88°15’W; 17 km SSW of San Miguel, Department of San Miguel. Area: 1,200 ha at maximum level. Altitude: 20m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12 & 18. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 3m deep, and marshes, to the north of the Rio Grande de San Miguel, and at the base of San Miguel Volcano. The lake is eutrophic, and most of the surface is covered with floating vegetation. There is a relict patch of swamp forest to the east of the lake. Water levels fluctuate widely; during the rainy season, the Rio Grande overflows and floods upto 1,200 ha; during the dry season the lake is reduced to 500 ha. Principal vegetation: Submergent beds of Aydrilla verticillata, Ceratophyllum demersum and Najas sp; extensive floating beds of Eichhornia crassipes with some Pistiastratiotes, Salvinia sp and Lemna sp; emergent Nymphaea ampla; fringing marshes of Phragmites communis, Typha angustifolia and Saggitaria lancifolia; and some swamp forest. In the subtropical humid forest zone, but the forest around the lake has been cleared. Land tenure: Mostly privately owned. Protection: Within the Laguna Jocotal Wildlife Sanctuary (about 1,000 ha) established in 1978. Land use: Fishing; agriculture (mainly cotton) and livestock grazing to the east. Three hundred families live around the lake. Waterfowl: A very rich area for waterfowl, with a large breeding population of Dendrocygna autumnalis. Other common species include Butorides virescens, Dendrocygna bicolor, Oxyura dominica (up to 500 in winter), Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana, Jacana spinosa and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The major threat is pesticide run-off from nearby cotton plantations. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the flora and fauna of the lake, and particularly the waterfowl. M.F. Benitez Arias has studied the Rallidae, and J.A. Gomez Ventura is currently studying the Dendrocygna autumnalis population. The Dendrocygna population is being managed by the local inhabitants for food. References: Benitez Arias (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Golfo de Fonseca (8) Location: 13°23’N, 87°52’W; in extreme southeastern El Salvador, on the Honduran border. Area: 11,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 06, 08 & 09. Site description: The western extremity of the Golfo de Fonseca, the greater part of which lies in Honduras and Nicaragua. A vast estuarine system with intertidal mudflats, mangrove swamps and sandy beaches. (See Honduras site 5 and Nicaragua site 1). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. -332- El Salvador Waterfowl: No information, but presumably similar to Nicaragua site 1. Other fauna: No information, but presumably similar to Honduras site 5 and Nicaragua site 1. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -333- GUATEMALA INTRODUCTION based on information provided by Juan Carlos Godoy, Ruben Velasquez and Luis M. Villar Anleu, and information extracted from Cabrera and Willink (1973) and USAC & INGUAT (1981) Guatemala, with an area of 108,889 km? and a population of 7,500,000, has the highest population density of any country in Central America. It is crossed from west to east by three mountain chains which unite in a central massif. There are at least thirty-three volcanoes in the youngest chain; almost ten of these are currently active, and earthquakes and earth tremours are frequent. There are numerous rivers distributed in three watersheds; the Pacific, the Golf of Mexico (Atlantic), and the Caribbean (Atlantic). The country has 240 km of coast on the Pacific and 110 km on the Caribbean. Guatemala can be divided into four physiographical regions: a) The Pacific plain, some 50 km wide, characterized by high rainfall during the rainy season (May to October). b) The Pacific cordillera, made up of the southern slopes of the central massif. The terrain is very rugged with dense, humid tropical vegetation. c) The inner highlands, with numerous volcanoes and peaks up to 4,211m. The majority of the Guatemalan population lives in this region. d) The lowlands of Peten-Caribe, a karst limestone region with abundant vegetation. The Peten subregion is a large plain in the north of the country, with maximum heights of 500m and dense tropical vegetation; the Caribbean subregion in the east has some mountain spurs and very humid tropical vegetation. According to Cabrera and Willink (1973), two biogeographical provinces occur in Guatemala: a) The Central American Montane Province in the Caribbean Domain, at the southern limit of the Holarctic Realm. This province, corresponding in Guatemala to Udvardy’s Madrean-Cordilleran Province (1.21.12), is transitional between the Holarctic and Nearctic Realms; although it includes tree species belonging to Holarctic genera, most of the other forest elements are clearly Neotropical. The province occupies the interior highlands of the country. b) The Pacific Province in the Amazonian Domain. This province, corresponding in Guatemala to Udvardy’s Campechean (8.1.1) and Central American (8.16.4) Provinces, occupies both the Pacific and the Atlantic lowlands. It is characterized by high humidity and high temperatures. The dominant vegetation is humid tropical forest, with mangroves along the coasts. The wetlands of Guatemala can be grouped into three categories: a) Rivers, in some forty basins; most have short, rapid courses. b) The great estuarine, coastal lagoon and canal system extending for some 100 km along the Pacific coast. This incorporates the deltas of several rivers of the Pacific watershed and has extensive mangrove swamps; it comprises a rich habitat for Ardeidae, Anatidae and other waterfowl. c) Lakes and ponds, of which there are about 350 in the whole country, ranging in size from less than 1 ha to 58,960 ha (Lago de Izabal). The many small seasonal and permanent water bodies in the Department of Peten are particularly worthy of mention. They are known locally as "aguadas" and are characteristic formations of karstic limestone regions. They are of considerable importance to all forms of wildlife in the region. -334- Guatemala Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Governmental The Instituto Nacional Forestal (INAFOR) is the body responsible by law for the administration of National Parks and some recreation areas, and also has jurisdiction over the country’s wildlife. The Instituto Guatemalteco de Turismo (INGUAT ) actively participates in conservation and collaborates with CECON. The Direccion General de Antropologia e Historia (DIGAHE) is responsible for the conservation of the national cultural heritage. It works in collaboration with INAFOR, and administers Tikal National Park and the World Heritage sites of Quirigua and Antigua Guatemala. The Universidad de San Carlos de Guatemala (USAC) is dedicated to education at university level and research. It collaborates on conservation matters with INAFOR, DIGAHE, INGUAT and others. The Centro de Estudios Conservacionistas (CECON), within the Universidad de San Carlos, is dedicated to environmental research, the conservation of nature and the management of Protected Biotopes. It produces official publications and has a programme of environmental education. Non-governmental Asociacion Guatemalteca de Historia Natural Asociacion de Amigos del Bosque Asociacion Defensores de la Naturaleza Asociacion Pro-Defensa del Medio Ambiente Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The first National Parks in Guatemala were established in 1955. The establishment of these National Parks and equivalent areas was the result of isolated symbolic actions, rather than a logical scheme to achieve conservation of natural and cultural resources. At the present time, those wildlife areas which are being most effectively conserved and managed are the Protected Biotopes, administered by CECON with the collaboration of INGUAT, INAFOR, DIGAHE, Instituto Nacional de Transformacion Agraria (INTA) and Empresa de Desarrollo de el Peten (FYDEP). Of the four Biotopes currently in existence, three play an important role in the conservation of wetlands: Cerro Cahui (which includes areas of Lake Peten-Itza); Chocon-Machacas (which includes mangroves, lagoons and swamps on the Atlantic coast); and Monterrico (which includes part of the mangrove system of the Pacific coast). Projects and research currently being conducted in relation to wetlands and waterfowl include the following: a) A project for the protection and possible captive breeding of Podilymbus gigas at Lake Atitlan, by CECON and INAFOR in collaboration with the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and World Wildlife Fund - U:S. b) An inventory project entitled "Tierras Humedas y Vegetacion en Guatemala", directed by Juan Carlos Godoy (CECON). c) A study of the biology and ecology of Anatidae in Guatemala, directed by Luis M. Villar Anleu (CECON). d) A study of the biology and ecology of the Podicipediformes of Guatemala, directed by H. A. Kihn (CECON). Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The most imminent threats to wetlands in Guatemala include pollution from fertilizers, pesticides and human waste, and contamination with mineral residues, as is the case at Lago de Izabal. At lakes in the highlands, the most serious problems are increased sedimentation caused by soil erosion in deforested areas and the construction of houses on the lake shores. -335- Guatemala Other important factors are the loss of habitat and illegal and uncontrolled hunting. Some lagoons of special importance for migratory waterfowl have been drained for agricultural use. There has recently been an increase in sport hunting, but this has not as yet been rationalized with respect to bag limits or to the type of weapons or methods that can be employed. -336- Guatemala GUATEMALA 10 Guatemala . 90 -337- Guatemala WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Luis M. Villar Anleu, Juan Carlos Godoy and Ruben Velasquez of the Centro de Estudios Conservacionistas (CECON). Manchon Lagoons (1) Location: 14°29’N, 92°03’W; on the Pacific coast 40 km west of Mazatenango, San Marcos Department. Area: 13,850 ha. Altitude: 0-4m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 07, 08 & 09. Site description: A large complex of interconnecting shallow brackish lagoons, up to 5m deep, mangrove swamps and marshes in the estuarine and delta systems of several small rivers; the principal river is the Rio Ococito. The lagoons are subject to tidal inundation near the coast and flooding from the rivers, the water level fluctuating by up to 2m. They are separated from the sea by a sand barrier 100m wide. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Pachira aquatica; marshes dominated by Gramineae and Cyperaceae. Land tenure: Mainly owned by the state and local municipalities, but there are some private holdings. Protection: The mangroves are protected by law, but this is not enforced. Otherwise the area is unprotected. Land use: Fishing, pisciculture, shrimp farming, salt extraction, recreation and tourism. The lagoons are used for transportation, and there are housing developments in the area. Waterfowl: A very important area for both resident and migratory waterfowl; over seventy species have been recorded. Common residents include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, a variety of Ardeidae, Mycteria americana, Eudocimus albus, Dendrocygna autumnalis (abundant), Cairina moschata, Aramides cajanea, Fulica americana and Jacana spinosa; other residents include Tigrisoma mexicanum, Jabiru mycteria, Ajaia ajaja, Aramus guarauna, Heliornis fulica, Haematopus palliatus, Charadrius wilsonius and Himantopus himantopus. A wide variety of Nearctic Anatidae and shorebirds occur on migration and in winter; the commoner species include Anas americana, A. discors, Charadrius vociferus, Numenius phaeopus, Tringa solitaria, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Actitis macularia and Calidris mauri. Other fauna: There are important populations of Psittacidae in the area, and the crocodilians Crocodylus acutus and Caiman crocodilus fuscus occur in the lagoons. Threats: There is excessive exploitation of all natural resources in the area, and intensive use of pesticides, including D.D.T., in the watersheds of the five main rivers entering the lagoons. Research and conservation: CECON has conducted faunal and floral surveys, and prepared a proposal for the establishment of appropriate reserves and protected areas. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Rio Acome Estuary (2) Location: 13°57’N, 91°05’W; on the Pacific coast, 90 km southwest of Guatemala City, Escuintla Department. Area: 3,100: ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: The small estuary of the Rio Acome with mangrove swamps, brackish marshes and adjacent coastal sand dunes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and sand dune vegetation. Land tenure: Mainly under private ownership, with some parts state owned. Protection: No effective protection although the area has been designated as a "Parque Nacional Lineal". -338- Guatemala Land use: Cattle ranching, and cultivation of cotton, sugar, some rice and some maize, in the surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Similar to Manchon Lagoons (site 1), but with more Ardeidae and fewer Anatidae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Contamination with pesticides, and expansion of pasture land and agriculture. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Monterrico Lagoons (3) Location: 13°54’N, 90°28’W; 15 km south of Taxisco, Santa Rosa Department. Area: 4,325 ha. Altitude: 0.6-1.5m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 05, 07, 08, 09 & 18. Site description: A coastal belt of small estuaries, brackish lagoons and marshes about 2 km wide, bordered on the seaward side by sand beaches. The principal river is the Rio Maria Linda. There are large areas of seasonally flooded marshes, shallow seasonal lagoons, and mangrove swamps along the major tidal channels. The salinity in the marshes increases during the dry season (December to May). A narrow interrupted band of swamp forest borders the landward edge of the marshes and extends in a narrow riparian strip as gallery forest along the streams draining into the marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle and Avicennia germinans; other plants include Laurus borbonica, Carapa guianensis, Myroxylum pereirae, Swietenia humilis, Sterculia cartaginensis, Ceiba aesculifolia, Lonchocarpus guatemalensis, Enterolobium cyclocarpum, Pithecolobium lanceolatum, Dalbergia cubilquitzensis, Gliricidia guatemalensis, Tabebuia penthaphylla, Bombax aallipticum, Pachira aquatica, Coccoloba caracasana and Cynometra retusa. There is dry tropical scrub forest inland from the marshes. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership, with some of the state owned lands leased to private individuals. Protection: Part of the area was designated as a "Protected Biotope" in 1978, and has been well protected since then by CECON. Land use: Fishing, shrimping, salt extraction, exploitation of mangroves for timber, transportation by boat, and recreation. Waterfowl: Known to be a very rich area for a wide variety of waterfowl, particularly Ardeidae and Nearctic migrants, but little information available. During field work between 1968 and 1976, Dickerman recorded several species new for Guatemala including Porzana flaviventer, Calidris bairdii and Sterna albifrons. He also observed small groups of Limosa haemastica on spring migration. Other fauna: The sea turtle Chelonia mydas nests of the beaches. Threats: Human settlement in the area, with extensive utilization of the mangroves for construction and fuel; and the development of salt pans. Research and conservation: Faunal and floral investigations have been conducted by CECON, and Dickerman carried out ornithological field work in 1968, 1973, 1974 and 1976. References: Dickerman (1975 & 1977); Godoy (1981); Rodriguez (1981). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rio Paz Estuary (El Jiote) (4) Location: 13°49’N, 90°15’W; 30 km southeast of Taxisco, Santa Rosa Department. Area: 1,300 ha. _ Altitude: 0-0.4m. _ Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05 & 08. Site description: The estuary of the Rio Paz, with mangrove swamps and adjacent sand beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and sand dune vegetation. -339- Guatemala Land tenure: Owned by the state and local municipality, with some lands leased to private individuals. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, shrimping, exploitation of mangroves for timber, salt extraction, and recreation; plantations and cultivation nearby. Waterfowl: Similar to sites 1, 2 and 3; particularly important for Ardeidae. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Godoy (1980). Source: Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Laguna Grande (5) Location: 13°53’N, 90°11’W; 37 km ESE of Taxisco, Jutiapa Department. Area: 270 ha. Altitude: 35m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake and marshes, 13 km inland from the coast near the El Salvador border. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Extensive cattle ranching in the area. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Laguna de Guija (6) Location: 14°16’N, 88°33’W; 35 km east of Jutiapa, on the El Salvador border, Jutiapa Department. Area: Total area of lake 4,300 ha; 1,380 ha in Guatemala. Altitude: 427m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 12. Site description: A large permanent freshwater lake with fringing marshes, spanning the Guatemala / El Salvador border. (See El Salvador site 1) Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Mainly private. Protection: None. Land use: Cattle ranching and agriculture in the area. Waterfowl: No detailed information available, but known to be an important area for migratory Anatidae. Other fauna: The fish fauna includes endemic species of Poecilidae, particularly of the genus Heterandria. Threats: No information. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. -340- Guatemala Laguna de Ayarza (7) Location: 14°25’N, 90°07’W; 45 km ESE of Guatemala City, Santa Rosa Department. Area: 1,400 ha. Altitude: 1,407m. Province and type: 1.21.12 (Nearctic); 14. Site description: A permanent brackish lake of volcanic origin, up to 230m deep and with a narrow fringe of emergent aquatic vegetation (less than 100m wide). There are slight annual fluctuations in water level, and there has been a 2m variation in water level over a period of eight years. Principal vegetation: Fringing marshes of Scirpus sp. In a region of thorn woodland. Land tenure: The land surrounding the lake is privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing; recreation, including swimming and boating, particularly at weekends. Cultivation of maize, beans and sugar cane in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: The lake has a resident population of Podilymbus podiceps and Fulica americana, and Cairina moschata may occur. One of the most important sites in Guatemala for migratory Anatidae, with Dendrocygna bicolor, D. autumnalis and Anas discors predominating. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Excessive disturbance from recreation activities, particularly at weekends. Source: Ruben Velasquez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna EI Pino (8) Location: 14°20’°N, 90°23’W; 30 km SSE of Guatemala City, Santa Rosa Department. Area: 72 ha. Altitude: 1,022m. Province and type: 1.21.12 (Nearctic); 12. Site description: A permanent almost freshwater lake, up to 18m deep, with extensive fringing marshes; fed by several small streams. There are slight annual fluctuations in water level, and the level has varied by 1.6m over a 16 year period. Principal vegetation: Submergent beds of Elodea canadensis; floating beds of Eichhornia crassipes; and marshes with Eleocharis elegans and Scirpus californicus. Surrounding areas with Casuarina sp, Cupressus lusitanica, Inga xalapensis and Pinus spp. Land tenure: 20% of the shoreline is state owned; the remainder is private. Protection: The lake was declared a National Park, but is managed as a recreation area. Land use: Subsistence fishing, collection of snails, sport fishing, and recreation, including swimming and camping. There are coffee plantations in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Common breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Bubulcus ibis, Gallinula chloropus, Fulica americana and Jacana spinosa. Dendrocygna bicolor may breed. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Urban development, intensive recreation, and accelerated eutrophication caused by the inflow of organic waste. References: Valenzuela (1982). Source: Ruben Velasquez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lago de Amatitlan (9) Location: 14°28’N, 90°35’W; 15 km south of Guatemala City, Guatemala Department. Area: 1,525 ha. Altitude: 1,187m. Province and type: 1.21.12 (Nearctic); 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 33m deep, subject to fluctuations in water level of about 1.4m. -341- Guatemala Principal vegetation: Beds of Elodea canadensis and Ceratophyllum demesum. Land tenure: A mixture of municipal and private ownership. Protection: No legal protection at present. Land use: Recreation; production of hydroelectric and thermoelectric energy. The lake is a very popular weekend resort for the inhabitants of Guatemala City. Waterfowl: Very few waterfowl; Fulica americana and Charadriidae occur seasonally. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The lake is under pressure from a variety of sources including: pollution from pesticides, hydrocarbons, domestic sewage and fertilizers; increased sedimentation as a result of erosion in surrounding watersheds; the construction of a causeway dividing the lake into two sections; and the construction of a marina and 900 weekend homes near the lake shore. Research and conservation: The lake has been well studied and well documented. A National Commission for the Improvement and Restoration of Lago de Amatitlan has been created, and this includes representatives of government institutions, non-governmental bodies and the local | municipalities. A project for the restoration, conservation, protection and improvement of the lake has been drawn up, but this has not as yet been approved. References: Weiss et al (?); Calzada (1974); Silva (1975); Vasquez (1975); Tabarini de Abreu (1981); Instituto Nacional de Electrificacion (undated). Source: Ruben Velasquez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lago de Atitlan (10) Location: 14°42’N, 91°12’W; at Santiago Atitlan, 65 km west of Guatemala City, Solola Department. Area: 12,650 ha. Altitude: 1,562m. Province and type: 1.21.12 (Nearctic); 12. Site description: A large permanent freshwater lake, up to 324m deep, surrounded by mountains and with three volcanic peaks rising to 3,550m on the south side. The lake is fed by a number of small streams; it has no surface outflow, water being lost through evaporation and seepage. The lake is oligotrophic; there are extensive fringing marshes in some areas, particularly along the south shore and in the Bahia de Santiago. Annual fluctuations in water level amount to about Im, the level reaching its lowest at the end of the dry season (November to May). The level also fluctuates by up to 22m on a 40 year cycle; the lake is currently in the low phase of this long-term cycle. The level dropped by seven metres during an earthquake in 1976, and as a result, much of the marsh vegetation disappeared. Principal vegetation: Submergent and floating beds of Chara sp, Nitella sp, Potamogeton fragillimus, P. pectinatus, Eichhornia crassipes, Azolla filiculoides, Najas guadalupensis, Lemna valdiviana and Callitriche sp; marshes with Scirpus californicus, Typha domingensis and Cyperus odoratus. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned, with some parts owned by the state and local municipalities. Protection: The lake itself was declared a National Park in 1955, but the shores remain unprotected and the park has never been properly administered or managed. All hunting of waterfowl has been prohibited since 1959, and a World Wildlife Fund Sanctuary of 2 ha was established in 1968 near Santiago Atitlan to protect several pairs of the endemic grebe. Land use: Fishing, reed-cutting for handicrafts (baskets, carpets, furniture, etc.), and recreation. The bass Micropterus salmoides and M. dolomieui were introduced into the lake in 1958 and 1960 by a Tourist Commission, in an attempt to promote sport fishing. About 50,000 people live in the watershed of 548 kmN, and land surrounding the lake is intensively cultivated for maize, beans and coffee. Waterfowl: The lake is best known for its endemic flightless grebe, the Atitlan Grebe Podilymbus gigas. No accurate censuses were made of the population until 1960. However, it is thought that there were about 400 birds at the turn of the century, and perhaps 100 breeding pairs in 1929. There were 200 birds in 1960, 80 in 1964, 135 in 1969 and 240 in 1975. Since then the population has declined rapidly; there were only 55 in May 1983, and “349. Guatemala probably no more than 45 in late 1984. Other breeding species include /xobrychus exilis, Butorides virescens, Egretta alba, Gallinula chloropus, Jacana spinosa and Himantopus himantopus. A variety of other waterfowl occur on migration and in winter, including large numbers of Anas americana, Aythya affinis and Fulica americana, and smaller numbers of Ardea herodias, Anas clypeata, Oxyura jamaicensis, Porzana carolina, Actitis macularia, Gallinago gallinago and Larus atricilla. Other fauna: The lake supports a normal zooplankton fauna, but there are very few reptiles and amphibians, and it is doubtful if there were any native limnetic fishes. However, many species of fishes have been introduced, including the bass Micropterus salmoides and M. dolomieui, and the tilapia Tilapia mossambica. Threats: The principal threats to the lake and its marshes include: the construction of holiday homes, hotels and recreation facilities along the shoreline; contamination with domestic sewage; increased siltation as a result of soil erosion on the surrounding hills; and general disturbance from human activities. There is still some illegal hunting of waterfowl, and reed-cutting, although prohibited for a part of the year, is permitted during the grebe breeding season (April and May). The natural fall in lake level has resulted in a loss of nesting habitat for the grebe, and the introduced bass may be a serious predator on grebe chicks. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the endemic grebe, particularly by LaBastille between 1960 and 1973, and by Velasquez in recent years. Other studies have focussed on the potential of the lake for tourism, its limnology, and the introduced fishery. In early 1984, CECON and INAFOR, with the assistance of the US. Fish and Wildlife Service, initiated a captive breeding programme for P. gigas. It seems very unlikely that the grebe will survive in the wild for many more years, unless immediate steps are taken to improve the integrity of the National Park, and an appropriate management plan is implemented. References: Clark (1908); Meek (1908); Atwood (1933); Carnet & Donville (1957); Williams (1960); Bowes & Bowes (1962); Cazali & Prado (1963); Crowe (1967); Dorris & Summerfelt (1967); Instituto Nacional de Electrificacion (1967); Powers & Bowes (1967); Instituto Geografico Nacional (1969 & 1970); Weiss (1971); LaBastille (1972, 1974 & 1983); IUCN (1982). Source: Ruben Velasquez. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Laguna de Yolnabaj (11) Location: 16°03’N, 91°34’W; on the Mexican border, 80 km north of Huehuetenango, _ Huehuetenango Department. Area: 385 ha. Altitude: 1,142m. Province and type: 1.21.12 (Nearctic); 12. _ Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake and marshes in the northern foothills of : the Sierra de los Cuchumatanes. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: A mixture of private and municipal ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and fishing; wood-cutting and the cultivation of maize in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 0. al -343- Guatemala ~ Bujajal-Polochic Marshes (12) Location: 15°23’N, 89°30’W; west of Lago de Izabal, Izabal Department. Area: 18,500 ha. Altitude: 2.5-4m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 09, 11, 13 & 16. Site description: The extensive largely seasonal marshes and floodplain of the Rio Polochic, with some small permanent fresh and brackish lakes; at the west end of Lago de Izabal. Principal vegetation: Lakes and marshes with Chara vulgaris, Ceratopteris pteridoides, Acrostichum daneaefolium, Azolla caroliniana, Salvinia auriculata, Nymphaea _ ampla, Utricularia foliosa, Jussiaea natans, Hymenocallis littoralis, Pistia stratiotes, Vallisneria americana, Pontederia sagittata and Typha domingensis; riverine forest with Pachira aquatica, Lonchocar pus guatemalensis, Cecropia mexicana, Acacia hindsii and Bucida buceras. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Extensive cattle ranching, some rice growing, and hunting. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae. Other fauna: A few Crocodylus moreletii and possibly Tapirus bairdii occur. Trichechus manatus may reach this area from Lago de Izabal. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The vegetation of the region has been described by Poll. References: Poll (1983). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lago de Izabal (13) Location: 15°30’N, 89°10’W; near the Caribbean coast of eastern Guatemala, Department of Guatemala. Area: 58,960 ha. Altitude: 1m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 09, 12, 16, 17 & 18. Site description: The largest lake in Guatemala; permanent, slightly brackish, up to 16m deep, and with fringing marshes along about 60% of the shoreline and some swamp forest. The water level fluctuates seasonally by about 0.9m. The lake is often influenced by strong winds from the northeast, particularly in the afternoons. Principal vegetation: Marshes with species of Chara, Potamogeton, Scirpus and Typha; and swamp forest. In a zone of humid tropical forest, but most of the forests have been cleared for pastureland. Land tenure: 30% privately owned in farms, and the remainder in municipal ownership. Protection: No effective protection, although a part of the lake was included in the Rio Dulce National Park (24,200 ha) established in 1956. Land use: Traditional fishing, transportation and recreation. Waterfowl: An important wetland for a wide variety of resident and migratory waterfowl. Resident species include Podilymbus podiceps, Anhinga anhinga, Tigrisoma mexicanum, Nyctanassa violacea, Cochlearius cochlearius, Butorides virescens, Egretta tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Ajaia ajaja, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Laterallus ruber, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias, Jacana spinosa and Himantopus himantopus. Common passage migrants and winter visitors include Charadrius vociferus, Tringa solitaria, Actitis macularia, Larus atricilla and Chlidonias nigra. Other fauna: The Osprey Pandion haliaetus is a fairly common migrant. The manatee Trichechus manatus and Morelet’s Crocodile Crocodylus moreletii occur, but both are very rare. The fish Cichlasoma maculicauda is abundant and of great importance in the local economy. Threats: There is a serious pollution problem from pesticides used in intensive agricultural developments on adjacent land, and there is a potential threat from the possible revival of nickel mining activities in the area. -344- Guatemala Research and conservation: Only preliminary investigations of the fauna and flora have been carried out, and further work is urgenty required in view of the serious problem from pollution. References: Brinson & Nordie (1975); IUCN (1982). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Golfete and the Rio Dulce and Rio Chocon (14) Location: 15°45’N, 88°50’W; between Lago de Izabal and Bahia de Amatique on the Caribbean coast, Izabal Department. Area: c.10,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 07, 08, 09, 16, 17 & 18. Site description: A very slow-flowing river between Lago de Izabal and the Caribbean, with a wide lake-like section (Golfete) 16 km long by 7 km at its widest, and up to 13m deep. The water level fluctuates seasonally by about 0.9m. There are mangrove swamps near the coast; swamp forests inland; and extensive marshes, wet meadows and seasonally flooded plains, particularly along the lower Rio Chocon. Winter flooding creates one large lake. In summer, as the water level falls, sea water intrudes into the Rio Dulce, and the water becomes brackish up to Lago de Izabal. Some of the best wetland habitat is in the delta marshes of the Rio Chocon, on the north shore of Golfete. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle and Pachira aquatica; lakes and marshes with species of Typha, Scirpus, Ceratophyllum, Vallisneria and Cabomba; and swamp forest with Pithecolobium belizense, Pterocarpus officinalis, Spondias mombin, Terminalia amazonia and the palm Desmoncus ferox. In a region of humid tropical forest, although most of the original forest has now been cleared. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: A strip one km wide along the shore of the river is included in the Rio Dulce National Park. The northern portion of Golfete, the delta of the Rio Chocon and adjacent land are included in the "Biotopo Chocon-Machacas" reserve (7,600 ha), established for the conservation of the manatee and managed by CECON with the assistance of INGUAT. The southern shore of Golfete is unprotected. Land use: Traditional fishing, transportation and recreation. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of waterfowl including several which are rare elsewhere in Guatemala. Residents include Podilymbus podiceps, Pelecanus cccidentalis, Anhinga anhinga, Tigrisoma mexicanum, Nyctanassa violacea, Cochlearius cochlearius, Butorides virescens, Egretta thula, E. alba, Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Ajaia ajaja, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Laterallus ruber, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias, Jacana spinosa and Himantopus himantopus. A number of Nearctic shorebirds and Laridae have been recorded on migration and in winter, the commoner species including Charadrius vociferus, Tringa solitaria and Actitis macularia. Other fauna: The Osprey Pandion haliaetus is a common non-breeding visitor. The Central American Otter Lutra anectens, Baird’s Tapir Tapirus bairdii and the manatee Trichechus manatus occur in small numbers, and the area supports a rich fish fauna. Threats: A project for intensive agricultural development in the region threatens to alter much of the wetland habitat. There is some pollution from domestic sewage, and some illegal hunting. Surrounding areas are rapidly being deforested. Research and conservation: The region is of considerable geological interest in that it lies on the Polochic Fault which cuts across Guatemala from east to west, and delimits the North American and Caribbean tectonic plates. Some preliminary studies have been conducted on the fauna and flora, and a master plan has been prepared for the Biotopo Chocon-Machacas. The area under management includes five small lakes with an average size of 20 ha, and seven small tributaries. References: USAC & INGUAT (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. -345- Guatemala La Graciosa marshes (15) Location: 15°50’N, 88°33’W; north of Puerto Barrios, Izabal Department. Area: 6,000 ha of marshes. Altitude: 0-0.5m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 01, 03, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A brackish inlet with brackish marshes, mangrove swamps and coastal sand dunes, on the eastern shore of Bahia de Amatique, a shallow sea bay 40 km long by 18 km wide. The tidal rise and fall is about 90 cm. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. In a region of humid tropical forest, with vegetation similar to site 14. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No habitat protection. Land use: Fishing, transportation and recreation. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl, with almost the same species as Golfete and the Rio Dulce (site 14). The area is particularly important for Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus and migratory Laridae, e.g. Larus atricilla and Sterna maxima. Other fauna: The Osprey Pandion haliaetus is a common non-breeding visitor, and the manatee Trichechus manatus is known to occur. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Some preliminary avifaunal surveys have been conducted in the area. There are plans for the establishment of a reserve (Biotopo Protegido) at Punta de Manabique, at the northern edge of the bay. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Laguna de Lachua (16) Location: 15°55’N, 90°40’W; 85 km west of El Achiotal, Alta Verapaz Department. Area: 5,600 ha. Altitude: 173m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12 & 18. Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake and marshes surrounded by seasonally inundated forest, in the valley of the Rio Chixoy near the Mexican border. Principal vegetation: Marshes and swamp forest with Cabomba aquatica, Acrostichum sp, Cyperus sp, Eleocharis sp, Andropogon sp, Phragmites sp, Lonchocarpus guatemalensis, Pachira aquatica, Chrisobalanus icaco, Bucida burceras, Achras zapota and Sabal morrisiana. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None at present. Land use: Occasional hunting and fishing; the area has not been developed and remains relatively undisturbed. Waterfowl: Species known or thought to breed include Podiceps dominicus, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Porphyrula martinica and Gallinula chloropus. Anas americana and Aythya af finis have been recorded on migration. Other fauna: Five species of kingfisher Alcedinidae occur around the lake. Threats: Agricultural development in the immediate vicinity. Research and conservation: Preliminary botanical and avifaunal surveys have been carried out, and it has been suggested that a National Park or Biotope Reserve be established at the lake. References: Ponciano (1982a & 1982b). Source: Juan Carlos Godoy and Ruben Velasquez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -346- Guatemala Petexbatun and Las Pozas Lakes (17) Location: 16°27’N, 90°14’W; west and south of Sayaxche, Peten Department. Area: 5,050 ha. Altitude: 110m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 09, 12 & 16. Site description: A complex of permanent shallow freshwater lakes and marshes, with surrounding areas of seasonally flooded marshes and grassland. Principal vegetation: Lakes with submergent beds of Potamogeton, Chara and Nitella; marshes with species of Cyperus, Eleocharis and Acrostichum; and flood zone with species of Spilanthes, Panicum, Scleria, Rynchospora and Heliconia. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: A mixture of private and municipal ownership. Protection: No habitat protection, although archeological sites in the area are protected. Land use: Wood-cutting and cultivation of maize and beans in surrounding areas; some tourism at the archeological sites. Waterfowl: Similar to Lago Peten-Itza (site 19). Other fauna: The fish fauna includes the scarce Lepisosteus tropicus and economically important species such as Petenia splendida and species of Cichlasoma. Threats: None known. References: Aguilar (1974). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Yaxja and Sachab Lakes (18) Location: 17°03’N, 89°25’W; 30 km ESE of Tikal, Peten Department. Area: 1,925 ha. Altitude: 158m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12 & 16. Site description: A group of permanent, fairly shallow freshwater lakes with surrounding marshes, and seasonally flooded plains to the north. Principal vegetetation: Aquatic vegetation including species of Cabomba, Naias, Nitella, Chara, Typha, Eleocharis, Pistia, Cyperus and Cladium, with some Vigna repens, Cassytha filiformis, Pithecolobium platylobum, Cucurbita radicans and Asclepias curassavica. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: A mixture of private and municipal ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and recreation; wood-cutting nearby, and extensive agriculture to the south. Waterfowl: Similar to Peten-Itza (site 19). Other fauna: The rich fish fauna includes a variety of Cichlidae and Poecilidae. Threats: None known. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lago Peten-Itza and Petenchel (19) Location: 16°59’N, 89°50’W; 30 km southwest of Tikal, Peten Department. Area: 10,370 ha. Altitude: 112m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12 & 18. Site description: A group of permanent freshwater lakes with fringing marshes and swamp forest; fed by several small streams and with no surface outflow. Lago Peten-Itza (30 km long by up to 5 km wide, and up to 45m deep) is much the largest of the group, and the largest lake in this region of Guatemala. The lake level fluctuates seasonally by about 38 cm, but there are also long-term fluctuations of about 8m over a 50-60 year cycle. Soils in the region are calcareous. -347- Guatemala Principal vegetation: Lakes with beds of Elodea sp and Ceratophyllum sp; marshes with species of Typha and Scirpus; and swamp forest. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Municipal ownership. Protection: A five km stretch of the northeast shore of Lago Peten-Itza is included in the Biotopo Cerro Cahui reserve, managed by CECON with the assistance of INGUAT; the remainder of the area is unprotected. Land use: Traditional fishing, some hunting of turtles, transportation, and a little recreation. The area is relatively undisturbed. Waterfowl: Little information is available on the waterfowl of this area and other similar wetlands in northern Guatemala (sites 17 to 24). Species known or thought to be resident include Podilymbus podiceps, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Tigrisoma mexicanum, WNycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Cochlearius cochlearius, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Agamia agami, Mycteria americana, Jabiru mycteria, Cairina moschata, Aramus guarauna, Aramides cajanea, Laterallus ruber, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana, Heliornis fulica, Eurypyga helias, Jacana spinosa, Charadrius collaris and Himantopus himantopus. Passage migrants and winter visitors include Ardea herodias, Dendrocygna autumnalis, Charadrius vociferus, Tringa solitaria, Actitis macularia and Larus atricilla. Other fauna: Birds of prey include Pandion haliaetus, Rostrhamus sociabilis, Buteogallus anthracinus and Busarellus nigricollis. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Some preliminary botanical and avifaunal studies have been conducted, but further work is required. References: USAC & INGUAT (1980). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Perdida (20) Location: 17°04’N, 90°13’W; 65 km WSW of Tikal, Peten Department. Area: 1,825 ha. Altitude: 68m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake and surrounding marshes on calcareous soils; fed by several small streams and with no surface outflow. Principal vegetation: The dominant species include Eleocharis intersticta, Phragmites communis, Nymphaea ampla, Spilanthes americana, Viguiera dentata, Passiflora foetida, Cucurbita radicans, Cereus undatus and Pachira aquatica. Land tenure: A mixture of private and municipal ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Wood-cutting and some intensive agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Similar to Lago Peten-Itza (site 19). Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Los Medanos lakes and marshes (21) Location: 17°16’N, 90°29’W; 90 km west of Tikal, Peten Department. Area: 9,600 ha. Altitude: 67m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 09, 11, 12 & 18. Site description: A complex of small permanent freshwater lakes, marshes and swamp forest near the Rio San Pedro, and the riverine marshes along that river; in a low-lying karst region. -348- Guatemala Principal vegetation: The dominant species include Rynchospora aristata, Scleria hirella, Wedelia parviceps, Cyperus luzulae and species of Trachypogon, Andropogon, Paspalum, Axonopus and Leptocorypium. Land tenure: A mixture of state and municipal ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Some wood-cutting and agriculture in surrounding areas; there is an archeological site (El Peru) nearby. Waterfowl: Similar to Lago Peten-Itza (site 19). Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Lundell (1937); Godoy (1984). Source: Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rio Escondido and marshes (22) Location: 17°17’N, 90°51’W; west of El Naranjo, near the Mexican border, Peten Department. Area: 17,900 ha. Altitude: 45m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 10, 11, 13 & 18. Site description: A fast-flowing river and extensive shallow freshwater marshes and swamp forest, with some small freshwater lakes. Principal vegetation: Swamp forests with Conostegia xalapensis, Erytroxylon areolatum, Eugenia capuli, Mimosa albida, Simaruba glauca, Acrocomia mexicana, Curatella americana, Acacia spadicigera and species of Brosimum, Bucida, Casia, Enterolobium, Licania, Guarea, Pouteria, Luehea, Spondias and Cochlospermum. In a region of humid tropical forest. Land tenure: Unknown. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting, fishing, wood-cutting, and capture of animals for the zoo and pet trade, for sale in Guatemala and for exportation. Waterfowl: Similar to Lago Peten-Itza (site 19). Other fauna: Crocodylus moreletii occurs. Threats: None known. References: Godoy (1984). Source: Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. EI Tigre lakes (23) Location: 17°37’N, 90°56’W; 40 km north of El Naranjo, in extreme northwestern Guatemala near the Mexican border, Peten Department. Area: 16,700 ha. Altitude: 50m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 12, 16 & 18. Site description: A group of small permanent freshwater lakes and marshes with surrounding irregularly flooded grassland and swamp forest; in a low-lying karst region. Principal vegetation: Marshes and swamp forest with Eleocharis retroflexa, Fuirena simplex, Pachira aquatica, Haematoxylum campechianum, Talisia floresii, Diospyros bumelioides, Cupania belizense, Achras zapota, Cestrum panamensis, and species of Croton, Phyllanthus, Caesalpinia, Cryosophila, Sabal and Swietenia. Land tenure: Within state and private concessions for the exploitation of timber and oil resources. Protection: None. Land use: Very little at present; some hunting of large mammals, and some exploitation of Achras zapota (the chewing-gum tree). Waterfowl: Similar to Lago Peten-Itza (site 19). -349- Guatemala Other fauna: Crocodylus moréletii occurs. Threats: Development of the petroleum industry. References: Lundell (1937). Source: Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Rio Candelaria and marshes (24) Location: 17°45’N, 90°42’W; 60 km NNE of El Naranjo, on the Mexican border, Peten Department. Area: 17,500 ha. Altitude: 60m. Province and type: 8.1.1; 10, 11, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: A complex of small permanent shallow freshwater lakes, marshes, seasonally flooded grassland and swamp forest. Principal vegetation: Natural grassland subject to seasonal flooding; in a region of humid tropical forest with trees less than 6m high. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Very little; some cattle ranching nearby, and some illegal capture of wildlife for exportation by Mexican poachers. Waterfowl: Similar to Lago Peten-Itza (site 19). Other fauna: Crocodylus moreletii occurs. Threats: Development of the petroleum industry. References: Lundell (1937); Godoy (1984). Source: Luis M. Villar Anleu and Juan Carlos Godoy. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -350- HONDURAS INTRODUCTION based on information provided by Wilberto Aguilar and Mercedes Sierra Reyes, and information taken from Campanella et al (1982) Honduras, the second largest country in Central America, is also that with the greatest geological and biological diversity. The total area is 112,088km?, and the population, according to 1980 estimates, some 3,691,000. The topography is very mountainous, and more than 75% of Honduran territory has gradients greater than 25%. Three main regions can be distinguished: the highlands and inner valleys, the Caribbean lowlands, and the Pacific lowlands. The highlands and inner valleys, comprising 81.7% of the country, consist of mountain ranges with peaks up to 2,849m and intermontane basins at 990-1,400m; the poor soils are stony and acidic. The Caribbean lowlands, comprising 16.4% of the country, are narrow alluvial floodplains stretching for 640 km along the Caribbean coast and extending in valleys into the interior. The Pacific lowlands, comprising 1.9% of the country, include 124 km of mangrove coast around the Golfo de Fonseca, and the narrow floodplains of several rivers such as the Rio Choluteca. The climate of the Caribbean lowlands is dominated by the east and southeast trade winds which change direction in winter as cold currents move along the coast, giving rise to winds from the north and west and some rain. The main rainy season is from the middle of April to October, the region receiving more than 2,400 mm of rain annually. In the interior highlands, the annual rainfall is less than 1,000 mm, while in the Pacific lowlands, the annual rainfall varies from 400-2,000 mm, depending on local topography. Temperatures throughout the country are generally determined by altitude. Although the southwest Caribbean is not noted for having a high incidence of hurricanes, the north coast of Honduras and the Islas de la Bahia have been struck by thirteen hurricanes and eight tropical storms during the present century. The classification of Monroe (1968) recognizes eight major natural habitats in Honduras, as follows: a) Lowland tropical rain forest, limited to the Caribbean drainage at elevations up to 750m, and consisting of broadleaf evergreen forests with some deciduous species. b) Tropical deciduous forest (monzon), replacing rain forest when marked seasonality in the rainfall constitutes the predominant climatic pattern. This forest is the dominant vegetation in the Pacific lowlands, but because of modification of the habitat for cultivation and grazing, it is now restricted to a few scattered enclaves along rivers and streams. c) Cloud forest, consisting of humid broadleaf forests in the highlands, at elevations between 1,350 and 2,300m in the south, and between 900 and 2,800m in the Caribbean basin. d) Dry thorny shrubland, occurring in the south and in some zones in the centre of the country. e) Mixed pine and oak forests in the highlands of western Honduras, at elevations between 600 and 1,800m. The dominant species are Quercus sp, Pinus oocarpa and P. pseudostrobus. f) Lowland pine savanna, dominated by the Caribbean Pine Pinus caribea, with some tracts of gallery forest along the main rivers. g) Mangrove swamps, occurring widely on both coasts. On the Caribbean coast, the dominant mangrove species are Rhizophora mangle and Laguncularia racemosa. Erythrina cristagalli and Pachira acuatica appear behind the mangroves. On the Pacific coast, the dominant mangroves are Rhizophora mangle, R. samoensis, Conocarpus erectus, Laguncularia racemosa, Avicennia bicolor and A. germinans. h) Coastal wetlands, including areas adjacent to the Bahia de Omoa, the Rio Ulua and the eastern lakes of the Caribbean coast, together with the wetlands around the Golfo de Fonseca on the Pacific coast. -351- Honduras Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The principal organizations concerned with environmental conservation in Honduras are: The Direccion General de Recursos Naturales Renovables (DIGERENARE), a governmental body created in 1974 to protect the nation’s flora and fauna. The Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales in DIGERENARE conducts appropriate research. The Asociacion Hondurena, a non-governmental conservation body. Progress in wetland conservation and research The Direccion General de Recursos Naturales Renovables has drawn up an inventory of potential areas for the development of a national system of protected areas (Sistema Nacional de Areas Silvestres). It is hoped that six management categories can be developed: National Parks, Biosphere Reserves, Natural Monuments, Biological Reserves, Wildlife Refuges and National Recreation Areas. Twenty-four areas have been listed in the preliminary selection. These include "La Tigra" (7,651 ha) as a National Park, "Rio Platano" as a Biosphere Reserve, "Cuevas de Talaube" as a Natural Monument, the "Montana de Celaque" as a Biological Reserve, and the "Refugio de Manati" between the Cuero and Salado Rivers as a Wildlife Refuge. However, it is also hoped that refuges will be created for cats, crocodiles and Cunniculus paca. Recent research includes the following: a) A study of the current status of the wildlife (including birds) of the Rio Platano Biosphere Reserve (M.J. Marcus, Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales, 1981) b) An inventory of the birds of Honduras (Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales and Universidad Nacional Autonoma, 1980). c) An inventory of the avifauna of the lakes of Cortes Department, initiated in 1983. Major Threats to Wetlands The principal threats to wetlands in Honduras are changes in the water regime resulting from extensive deforestation, and pollution caused by fishermen. -352- Honduras OOL edjebipnbe, SVYNGNOH =353- Honduras WETLANDS Site descriptions based on information provided by Wilberto Aguilar, Gustavo Adolfo Cruz and Mercedes Sierra Reyes of the Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales. Laguna de Los Micos and the Rio Ulua Delta (1) Location: 15°22’-15°55’N, 87°30’-87°55’W; in the Sula Valley, east and northeast of San Pedro de Sula, Departments of Cortes and Atlantida. Area: c.55,000 ha. Altitude: 0-25m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 07, 08, 09, 11 & 12. Site description: The lower Rio Ulua from the region of La Lima to its delta, with riverine marshes and about a dozen small freshwater lakes; the extensive fresh to brackish marshes and mangrove swamps of the delta; and Laguna de Los Micos (5,400 ha) in the eastern delta. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Some preliminary faunal and floral studies have been conducted in the area by the Departamento de Fauna Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales. Source: Wilberto Aguilar and Mercedes Sierra Reyes. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Laguna de Guaymoreto and the Rio Aguan Delta (2) Location: 15°45’-16°00’N, 85°30’-85°55’W; west of Bahia de Trujillo, Colon Department. Area: c.34,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 07, 08, 09 & 11. Site description: A large brackish coastal lagoon (4,300 ha) and the estuarine and delta system of the Rio Aguan to the east; with fresh to brackish marshes and mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus is known to occur. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: The area is currently under study for the possible creation of a reserve for manatees. Source: Wilberto Aguilar and Mercedes Sierra Reyes. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Laguna de Ibans, Laguna de Brus and the Rio Platano (3) Location: 15°35’-15°55’N, 84°20’-84°55’W; on the Caribbean coast between Rio Tinto and Rio Patuca, Department of Gracias a Dios. Area: c.110,000 ha. Altitude: 0-20m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 07, 08, 09, 11 & 16. -354- Honduras Site description: Two large brackish coastal lagoons, Laguna de Ibans (6,600 ha) and Laguna de Brus (11,500 ha); the mangrove swamps and fresh to brackish marshes of the lower Rio Platano; and a complex of freshwater lakes, marshes and seasonally flooded grassland and pine savanna near the mouth of the Rio Patuca. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; swamp forest; seasonally flooded grassland; pine savannas with Pinus caribea; and gallery forest along the Rio Platano and main tributaries. In the humid tropical zone. Land tenure: Largely state owned. Protection: Partly included within the Rio Platano Biosphere Reserve (350,000 ha) established in 1980, and designated as a World Heritage Site in 1982. Land use: Little disturbed; a remote area, with some small indigenous communities. Waterfowl: Known to be a very rich area for waterfowl, but no details available. Other fauna: Over 375 species of birds have been recorded in the Biosphere Reserve. The Central American Otter Lutra anectens, manatee Trichechus manatus and crocodilians Crocodylus acutus and Caiman crocodilus fuscus occur. Threats: There is some illegal hunting, and a possible threat from the exploitation of forests in the area. Research and conservation: Basic inventories of the natural and cultural resources have been conducted in the Biosphere Reserve. The area is of considerable archeological and anthropological interest. References: DIGERENARE & CATIE (1980); Marcus (1981); IUCN (1982). Source: Wilberto Aguilar and Mercedes Sierra Reyes. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Laguna de Caratasca and nearby lagoons (4) Location: 14°55’-15°55’N, 83°10’-84°15’W; on the Caribbean coast of eastern Honduras, near the Nicaraguan border, Department of Gracias a Dios. Area: 370,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 07, 08, 09, 11 & 16. Site description: A vast complex of fresh to brackish coastal lagoons and marshes, mangrove swamps, and areas of seasonally flooded grassland, between the mouth of the Rio Patuca in the west and Rio Coco (Segovia) on the Nicaraguan border in the east. The principal lagoons are Laguitara (5,700 ha), Tibalakan (3,500 ha), Siska (1,700 ha), Warunta (12,500 ha), Caratasca (80,000 ha), Kohunta (7,000 ha) and the Apolka complex (2,200 ha). The lagoons and marshes are fed by a number of small rivers. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: The largest wetland complex in Honduras, and one of the remotest areas in the country. It remains very poorly known, and clearly merits proper investigation. Source: Wilberto Aguilar and Mercedes Sierra Reyes. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Golfo de Fonseca (5) Location: 13°00’-13°30’N, 87°15’-87°50’W; 90 km SSW of Tegucigalpa, on the El Salvador and Nicaraguan borders, Department of Valle Choluteca. Area: 71,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.16.4; 02, 05, 06, 08 & 09. -355- Honduras Site description: An extensive system of estuaries with intertidal mudflats, mangrove swamps and sand beaches, on a large sea bay shared by Honduras, El Salvador and Nicaragua. (See El Salvador site 8, and Nicaragua site 1.) Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle, Avicennia sp, Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus; Hippomane mancinella on drier sites. Land tenure: Almost entirely state owned. Protection: All the mangrove areas are included in the Golfo de Fonseca Forest Reserve (50,000 ha) established in 1958. Land use: Fishing, exploitation of salt, and wood-cutting. Waterfowl: No information, but presumably similar to Nicaragua site 1. Other fauna: There are commercially important populations of clams, and the area is an important nursery ground for commercially important fishes and shrimps harvested in the Golfo de Fonseca. Large numbers of the sea turtle Lepidochelys olivacea nest on the beaches, and there are small populations of Crocodylus acutus and Caiman crocodilus fuscus. Threats: The cutting of mangroves for fuel. Research and conservation: Studies have been conducted on the sea turtles by DIGERENARE, and some work has been carried out on the mangrove resources. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Lago de Yojoa (6) Location: 14°55’N, 88°00’W; 70 km south of San Pedro Sula, Departments of Comayagua, Santa Barbara and Cortes. Area: 9,000 ha. Altitude: 635m. Province and type: 1.21.12 (Nearctic); 12. Site description: A large permanent freshwater lake and marshes in the mountains of western Honduras; the only large freshwater lake in the interior of the country. The maximum depth is 30m; the level fluctuates seasonally by about 3m and reaches its highest in winter and spring. A canal and several diversion dams have enlarged the catchment area of the lake. Principal vegetation: The aquatic vegetation includes species of Vallisneria, Potamogeton, Typha, Nymphaea, Cabomba, Eichhornia, Panicum, Cyperus, Scirpus and Nelumbo. In a region of very humid subtropical forest. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: The lake is included within a Multiple Use Area (34,628 ha) established in 1971 to protect the watershed. Land use: Commercial and sport fishing for introduced bass, tourism and recreation; cattle ranching and agriculture in surrounding areas. There is a considerable amount of human settlement around the lake. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl. Dendrocygna autumnalis and Cairina moschata are resident, and Anas discors is a common non-breeding visitor. Both Jacana spinosa and Jacana jacana have been reported. Other fauna: The introduced bass Micropterus salmoides supports sport and commercial fisheries. Threats: The many threats to the lake include: pollution from domestic sewage and waste from nearby mines; contamination with fertilizers and pesticides from adjacent agricultural land; increased siltation as a result of deforestation of the watershed; and alteration of the shoreline for the construction of houses. Research and conservation: DIGERENARE has conducted limnological studies, and G.A. Cruz is conducting research on the vegetation and on the population of Micropterus salmoides. threw : ‘4 ope ties 4 mn: . we , worms = we aren to develo HebddinaD” t mag) wey a run seSpens int wt . ~, Baseteeh sad commer sa! ton rf ¢ Mathowht Park contains port of the mons Towmgre hws, A MAR? geTRan’ pieg has been prepsred,. det & Ae & very, a sealed oe. Hog Thiran snd fore. Heterencits Deilele & Mocsioy (1978X TION (1982) Deigade (1983 & int aa Searvce Saw eehorowoer Pee 2. ; CWlinven tgytechontes 3 4° ; ANGUILLA INTRODUCTION Little information was received on the current situation in Anguilla. The following account is based on material provided by Edouard Benito-Espinal and the literature, principally Towle (1979), Putney (1982) and Goodwin et al (1984). Anguilla is a low-lying limestone island with several small offshore islets, situated in the northern Leeward Islands of the Lesser Antilles, 8 km north of Saint Martin. It has an area of about 90 km? and a maximum elevation of about 65m. Formerly associated with St. Kitts and Nevis, Anguilla seceded in 1969 and is now a Dependent Territory of the United Kingdom; it has a population of about 8,000. The island lies in the Northeast Trade Winds, and has a dry tropical climate. The average annual rainfall is about 1,000 mm, almost half of this falling in the wet season from August to November. The predominant natural vegetation is dry woodland and scrub with some cacti, but most of this has now been modified by shifting agriculture and grazing, or lost to urban development. The island has about fifteen saline ponds and many small mangroves swamps of considerable importance for both resident and migratory waterfowl, but there are no freshwater wetlands of any significance. There are many sandy beaches with nesting sea turtles, several islets with breeding colonies of sea-birds, and extensive offshore coral reefs. Waterfowl recorded by Edouard Benito-Espinal during a brief survey of five saline ponds in November 1984 included Pelecanus occidentalis, Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta thula, E. alba, Anas bahamensis, A. discors, Porzana carolina, Himantopus himantopus and over 650 Nearctic shorebirds of eleven species. The Ministry of Tourism and Natural Resources is responsible for environmental conservation in the island. Considerable attention is being given to the establishment of a system of marine parks to combat the depletion of coral reef fauna and marine species caused by heavy commercial fishing and spear fishing, but little interest has been shown in the preservation of terrestrial systems. According to Putney (1982), no protected areas had been established prior to 1982, but five areas had been proposed for protection. Only one of these, a reserve in the Prickly Pear Cays, included any wetland habitat. Many of the island’s salt ponds offer potential as part of an expanded salt industry, or for the culture of brine shrimps (Artemia sp), and a study has been conducted in relation to the latter (Goodwin et al, 1984). However, some of the smaller ponds are being used for the disposal of solid waste, several ponds are under pressure from the development of nearby tourist resorts, and at least one pond is being considered for the development of a marina. In addition, the government permits dredging of sand at three ponds for construction purposes, this being regarded locally as a conservationist policy, since sand was previously mined from the beaches. Apt = Anguilla ANGUILLA BARBUDA BARBADOS BERMUDA Bridgetown oe Km -422- Anguilla WETLANDS Site descriptions based on Towle (1979), Putney (1982), Goodwin et al (1984) and some waterfowl counts made by Edouard Benito-Espinal in November 1984. Wetlands on Scrub Island (1) Location: 18°17’N, 62°57’W; on Scrub Island, off the eastern tip of Anguilla. Area: c.30 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Three small salt ponds with some associated mangrove swamps and adjacent sand beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure::Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None, other than a little tourism. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae, Anatidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: There are some coral reefs offshore. Threats: None known. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Savannah Pond (2) Location: 18°15’N, 62°59’W; near Savannah Bay, at the east end of Anguilla. Area: 20 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A small saline lagoon, up to 70 cm deep, with fringing mangrove swamps; behind the sandy beaches of Savannah Bay. Salinities of 81-87 p.p.t. were recorded in December 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; low scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some tourist development to the west, and livestock grazing to the south. The area is sparsely populated and little disturbed. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae, including Nyctanassa violacea, passage Anas discors, migratory shorebirds and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: There are extensive coral reefs in Savannah Bay. Threats: None known. The nearby Mt. Fortune Pond is being filled. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Cauls Pond (3) Location: 18°13’N, 63°02’W; in the centre of the island, 4 km east of Crocus Bay. Area: 60 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A large saline lagoon with fringing mangrove swamps; the largest lagoon on Anguilla. -423- Anguilla Principal vegetation: Mangroves; cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some grazing of domestic livestock in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae, Anatidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Identified by Putney as one of the largest saline lagoons in relatively unaltered condition in the Lesser Antilles. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Long Salt Pond (4) Location: 18°13’N, 63°01’W; near Sandy Hill Bay on the south coast. Area: 23 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A saline lagoon, less than 50 cm deep, with brackish marshes and some mangroves to the west, and sandy beaches to the east. Salinities of 110-112 p.p.t. were recorded in December 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and brackish marshes; low scrub and dune vegetation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Formerly used for salt production and shrimp farming. There is some grazing in surrounding areas and urban development nearby. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs. Threats: None known. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Road Salt Pond (5) Location: 18°12’N, 63°06’W; near Road Bay, on the north shore of the island. Area: 45 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07. Site description: A saline lagoon, up to 1m deep, with muddy shoreline, behind a sea beach. An intake ditch is opened once yearly to allow sea water to enter for salt production, and a diked trench encircles the pond to prevent rainwater run-off from entering. Principal vegetation: Cactus scrub and dry woodland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: The pond is state owned and leased for salt production; surrounding areas are privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Salt production. There is some grazing in surrounding areas, and urban and tourist development nearby. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. About 200 shorebirds were present in November 1984, mainly Tringa flavipes, Arenaria interpres, Calidris pusilla and Micropalama himantopus. Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs. -424- Anguilla Threats: The pond has been greatly modified for salt production, and is being encroached upon by a nearby residential area. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Rendezvous Pond (6) Location: 18°11’N, 63°07’W; at Rendezvous Bay, on the south coast. Area: 25 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A saline lagoon, up to 40 cm deep, with fringing mangroves, behind a sea beach. The pond dries out periodically. A salinity of 131 p.p.t. was recorded in December 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; dry scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: The pond is state owned; surrounding areas are privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Tourism along the coast. The pond was once leased from the government for salt production. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae, Anatidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Residential development is taking place to the north of the pond. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Meads Bay Pond (7) Location: 18°11’N, 63°08’W; at Meads Bay, on the north coast. Area: 20 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A saline lagoon over 1m deep, with fringing mangroves and adjacent sandy beach. Run-off from nearby hills enters through a culvert. Salinities of 100-116 p.p.t. were recorded in December 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; dry scrub inland and sea-grass beds offshore. Land tenure: The pond is state owned; surrounding areas are privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sand mining; tourism along the coast and urban development inland. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs. Threats: Sand is being dredged from the pond for resort construction. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Cove Pond (8) Location: 18°11’N, 63°09’W; at Cove Bay, on the southwest coast. Area: 75 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. ~435- Anguilla Site description: A saline lagoon over 4m deep, with fringing mangroves and an adjacent sandy beach. Salinities of 125-130 p.p.t. were recorded in December 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; low woodland and scrub to the north. Land tenure: The pond and land to the north are state owned; the adjacent coast is privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sand mining; tourism along the coast. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. 160 shorebirds were present in November 1984, mainly Tringa flavipes, Arenaria interpres, Calidris pusilla, Micropalama himantopus and Himantopus himantopus. Anas bahamensis also occurs. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Sand is being dredged from the pond for construction purposes, tourist resorts are being developed to the east and southeast, and the Government is considering the site for the development of a marina. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). k06HSource: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. West End Salt Pond (9) Location: 18°10’N, 63°10’W; near the western tip of the island. Area: 18 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A saline lagoon, less than Im deep, with fringing mangroves; behind a sea beach. A dike on the west shore retards infiltration from a nearby fresh water spring, and remnants of a sea water control system used in salt production still exist. Salinities of 134-138 p.p.t. were recorded in December 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; low forest and scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: The pond was used for salt production until 1976, and more recently, an aquaculture project for lobsters was established, but this is no longer in operation. There is tourism along the coast. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Over 280 shorebirds were present in November 1984, mainly TJringa flavipes, Arenaria interpres and Calidris pusilla. Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs. Threats: No information. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands on Dog Island (10) Location: 18°17’N, 63°15’W; on Dog Island, 15 km northwest of the western tip of Anguilla. Area: c.10 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05 & 07. Site description: Two small saline lagoons with adjacent sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Dry scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None; the island is uninhabited. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae, Anatidae and migratory shorebirds. -426- Anguilla Other fauna: Sea turtles use the beaches for nesting and there are important sea-bird colonies on several tiny offshore islets. Threats: Negotiations have taken place between the Anguilla Government and the U.S. Navy for the possible use of the island as a gunnery and bombing range. References: Towle (1979); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. ~AN ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA INTRODUCTION No information was received on the current situation in Antigua and Barbuda. The following account is based on Stoddart et al (1973), IUCN (1982) and Putney (1982). Antigua and its two dependencies Barbuda and Redonda lie in the Leeward Islands of the Lesser Antilles, to the north of Guadeloupe and to the east of Saint Kitts-Nevis. Antigua, with an area of 280 km/?, is the largest of the group. It is a limestone and volcanic islandrising to over 400m in the southwest. Barbuda is a low-lying island of pleistocene and _ recent limestones, 45 km north of Antigua. Of its total area of 161 km?, about 20% is occupied by shallow lagoons and mudflats. Redonda is an uninhabited rocky islet 50 km to the west of Antigua, between Nevis and Montserrat. Antigua became independent in 1981 and has a population of about 72,000 with an economy based on agriculture, light industry and tourism. Barbuda remains almost undeveloped; the population is less than 1,000 and most of these live in the only village on the island. The islands lie in the Northeast Trades and have a rather dry tropical climate, with mean annual temperatures of approximately 27°C and an average annual rainfall of less than 1,000 mm. The predominant native vegetation is dry evergreen woodland and cactus scrub, but this has been much altered by human activities, particularly on Antigua. Both main islands are rich in wetlands, mainly brackish to saline lagoons and mangrove swamps, and Barbuda is particularly noted for the abundance of its wildlife. There are many sandy beaches with nesting sea turtles around both islands; extensive offshore coral reefs and sea-grass beds, particularly around Barbuda; and several islets with sea-bird colonies off the east coast of Antigua. The Ministry of Agriculture and Supply (formerly the Ministry of Agriculture, Lands and Fisheries) has official responsibility for conservation in the islands. The Marine Parks Act of 1972 provides the legal basis for the establishment of Marine Parks which are administered by the Fisheries Department. The Antigua National Trust Act, also of 1972, has provision for the setting up of parks, reserves and monuments. There is no office in the Government specifically responsible for matters relating to wetlands or laterfowl. Only three protected areas had been established by 1981; two marine parks protecting offshore coral reefs, and a reserve at Cape Shirley in southern Antigua. None of these contains wetlands. However, of the areas under consideration for protection in 1981, two incorporated wetlands; a proposed reserve on Barbuda including the whole of Codrington Lagoon and mangrove swamps to the northwest, and a proposed reserve on Antigua including Guiana Island, with some mangrove swamps at the west end and nearby islets with sea-bird colonies. -428- Antigua and Barbuda WETLANDS No recent information is available on the wetlands of Antigua and Barbuda. Descriptions of the six main wetland areas are based almost entirely on Stoddart et al (1973), Putney (1982) and Goodwin et al (1984). Other wetlands, probably of only local importance, include several saline ponds and about ten small patches of mangroves in bays along the southern coast of Antigua, and mangrove swamps and associated marshes in Cobb Cove, on the northeast coast of Barbuda. (For map, see Anguilla.) Parham Harbour and Guiana Bay (1) Location: 17°07’N, 61°45’W; on the northeast coast of Antigua. Area: 600 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A chain of mangrove swamps, brackish to saline marshes and coastal mudflats around a series of shallow sea bays (Parham Harbour, Guiana Bay and Mercer’s Creek Bay), and several small offshore islands with some mangroves. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus, and brackish to saline marshes with Batis maritima, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Sporobolus virginicus, Heliotropium curassavicum, Philloxerus vermicularis, Egletes prostrata, Bacopa monnieri and Eleocharis geniculata; sea-grass beds offshore, and dry woodland and cactus scrub inland. Land tenure: A mixture of public and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Most of the area is relatively undisturbed; there are some small settlements in the vicinity, and a tanker terminal and oil pipeline on the Parham Peninsula. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: There are sea-bird colonies and sea-turtle nesting areas on islands in Guiana Bay and Mercer’s Creek Bay. Threats: Domestic pollution and pollution from the tanker terminal on Parham Harbour. Research and conservation: Identified by Putney as one of the largest remaining stands of relatively unaltered mangroves in the Lesser Antilles. A proposal has been made for the creation of a protected area incorporating the islands in Guiana Bay; this would include a small patch of mangroves at the west end of Guiana Island. References: Putney (1982); Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Five Island Harbour (2) Location: 17°06’N, 61°53’W; south of Five Islands on the west coast of Antigua. Area: c.200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 07 & 08. Site description: Mangrove swamps and associated brackish to saline marshes by a sea bay. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; cactus scrub inland. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock nearby. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution from industrial and domestic waste from urban areas to the east. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -429- Antigua and Barbuda _ Salt Ponds of western Antigua (3) Location: 17°07’N, 61°53’W; along the west coast of Antigua. Area: 201 ha (seven ponds). Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Seven saline ponds along the west coast of Antigua from Runaway Bay in the north to Lignumvitae Bay in the south. McKinnon’s Pond: 40 ha; a large salt pond up to 50 cm deep with some mangrove swamps, behind a sea beach. The pond dries out completely in exceptionally dry years. The sea beach occasionally breaches during storms allowing the ingress of sea water. Cocks Hill Pond: 10 ha; an enclosed salt pond behind a sea beach. Jolly Hill Pond: 100 ha; an enclosed salt pond less than 1m deep with surrounding brackish marshes. The pond dries out completely during dry periods. Deep Bay Pond: 18 ha; an enclosed salt pond 1-2m deep, behind a sea beach. The pond is currently being dredged. York’s Pond: 13 ha; a salt pond with mangrove swamps, behind a sea beach; formerly enclosed but now open to the sea via a channel dredged by local residents. Pinching Bay Pond: 12 ha; a small coastal lagoon with mangrove swamps, connected to the sea by a narrow channel. Galley Bay Pond: 8 ha; an enclosed salt pond with dense stands of mangroves, behind a sea beach. A salinity of 236 p.p.t. was recorded at Deep Bay Pond in December 1983; salinities at five of the other ponds ponds ranged from 36 to 53 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and some Laguncularia racemosa at McKinnon’s, York’s, Pinching Bay and Galley Bay Ponds, and brackish marshes at Jolly Hill Pond; cactus scrub, low forest and some grassland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Mostly privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Solid waste disposal at Cocks Hill Pond, marina development at McKinnon’s and Deep Bay Ponds, and livestock grazing around Jolly Hill Pond. There are numerous tourist resorts in the area, several immediately adjacent to ponds, and there is intensive recreation on nearby beaches. Waterfowl: A very important group of ponds for migratory shorebirds, particularly during the autumn passage when flocks of up to 2,000 Calidris pusilla have been observed (Maurice B. Hutt, pers. com.). Other fauna: Marine fishes have invaded York’s Pond since it was opened to the sea, and occasionally enter McKinnon’s Pond during storms. The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs in Deep Bay Pond. Threats: Of the seven ponds, only Pinching Bay Pond remains undisturbed and under no immediate threat. McKinnon’s Pond has been committed by the Government for the development of a marina, and an oil refinery to the east has caused some pollution. Cocks Hill Pond is used as a rubbish dump and is badly polluted. Jolly Hill Pond is likely to be filled by the development company which owns it. Deep Bay Pond and the surrounding land are being developed into a marina and resort area; a channel was dredged from the pond to the nearby beach in 1983 and this is likely to be opened to the sea. York’s Pond has already been connected to the sea by a channel, and now constitutes a sea water pond. A resort hotel on the northwest shore of Galley Bay Pond causes some disturbance there. Research and conservation: Jolly Hill Pond has been identified by Putney as one of the largest remaining natural salt ponds in relatively unaltered condition in the Lesser Antilles. It seems likely, however, that this pond will be completely destroyed in the near future. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -430- Antigua and Barbuda Codrington Lagoon (4) Location: 17°40’N, 61°51’W; in north and west Barbuda. Area: 3,550 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A large saline lagoon of 2,650 ha, separated from the sea by a sand barrier and with a narrow connection to the sea at its north end; there are several small islands in the lagoon, about 900 ha of mangrove swamps, particularly in the north, and associated brackish to saline marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; beds of Batis maritima; brackish to saline marshes with Sesuvium portulacastrum, Sporobolus virginicus, Salicornia perrenis, Borrichia arborescens and Heliotropium curassavicum; cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Almost entirely public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: The small settlement of Codrington lies on the east shore of the lagoon; otherwise the area is little disturbed. Waterfowl: The area is known to be very rich in waterfowl, particularly Ardeidae, migratory shorebirds and Laridae, but no details are available. Other fauna: There is a breeding colony of Fregata magnificens in the mangroves. Sea turtles nest on the adjacent beaches, and there is an important lobster fishery in the lagoon. Threats: A little pollution from domestic waste from Codrington settlement. Research and conservation: The mangrove swamps constitute one of the largest remaining stands of relatively unspoiled mangroves in the Lesser Antilles. The entire lagoon and mangrove swamps to the northwest have been proposed as protected areas. References: Stoddart et al (1973); Putney (1982); Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Bull Hole and inland mangroves of Barbuda (5) Location: 17°35’N, 61°46’W; in south-central Barbuda. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of permanent and seasonal brackish pools with extensive mangrove swamps completely isolated from the sea, and some surrounding mudflats and brackish marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangroves, principally Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus, with some stands of Rhizophora mangle; mudflats with patchy cover of Sesuvium portulacastrum, Sporobolus virginicus and Heliotropium curassavicum; and sedge marshes with Fimbristylis ferruginea and Eleocharis cellulosa. Cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Some grazing of domestic livestock in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: The endangered West Indian Tree-Duck Dendrocygna arborea is a resident breeding bird. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The mangrove swamps are of considerable botanical interest in having no direct communication with the sea; they have been the subject of a detailed study by Stoddart et al. References: Stoddart et al (1973); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. -431- Antigua and Barbuda The Flashes (6) Location: 17°33’N, 61°45’W; near Cocoa Point at the southeast tip of Barbuda. Area: 150 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A group of shallow hypersaline lagoons and salt flats subject to periodic flooding during high spring tides or after heavy rain. Parts remain permanently flooded and there is some sparse mangrove woodland. Principal vegetation: Scattered mangroves Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa, Batis maritima and species of Salicornia; cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Some of the lagoons are used for salt production. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: There are sea turtle nesting areas on nearby beaches. Threats: No information. References: Stoddart et al (1973); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -432- BAHAMAS INTRODUCTION by The Bahamas National Trust The Bahama Islands are an archipelago in the southwestern North Atlantic between latitudes 20°50’N and 27°25’N, and longitudes 70°00’W and 80°32’W. The islands vary greatly in size and are principally distributed on four shallow banks with seas less than 9m deep. These are the Great Bahama, Little Bahama, Cay Sal and Caicos Banks. Most of the eastern and southern islands are detached from the major banks and are surrounded by waters which reach depths of between 2,000 and 4,000m. The various banks total approximately 125,000 sq. km, but only about 14,000 sq. km are above sea level. It is generally considered that the dry land includes 29 inhabited islands, some 660 cays and almost 2,400 rocky islets ("rocks"). The total population of the Commonwealth of The Bahamas was about 225,000 in 1978. The islands and cays are low-lying, with an average elevation of only 10m. Many of them have low hills which may reach 30-60m in height. The dominant vegetation is low, dense and thorny, the major vegetation types being as follows: a) Mangrove swamps and marshes. The Black Mangrove Avicennia germinans, White Mangrove Laguncularia racemosa and Red Mangrove Rhizophora mangle are found throughout the islands. Other species associated with mangrove swamps and brackish to saline marshes include Conocarpus erectus, Typha sp, Dichromena latifolia, Cladium sp, Eleocharis sp, Tillandsia sp, Polypodium polypoides, Najas marina and Utricularia purpurea. In addition, there are some small areas of freshwater marsh with Acrostichum sp, Cabomba sp, Potamogeton sp and Ceratophyllum demersum. b) Beach vegetation. Sandy beaches occur widely throughout the archipelago and have a characteristic flora including Canavalia obtusifolia, Batis maritima, Ipomoea pescaprae, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Cyperus mariscus, Coccoloba uvifera, Suriana_ maritima, Chrysobalanus icaco, Conocarpus erectus, Coccothrinax argentata and Casuarina litorea. c) Swashes. These are extensive areas of mudflats bordering mangrove swamps, ponds and lagoons, characteristically with little or no permanent vegetation. Mangroves may attempt to grow but the shoots seldom reach a height of more the 10-15 cm. d) Pine forests or “barrens". Tracts of pine woodland with numerous palms; the dominant species are Pinus elliottii, P. caribea, Acoelorrhaphe wrightii, Sabal palmetto, Thrinax morrisii and Coccothrinax argentata. e) Mixed broad-leaf coppice. Mixed broad-leaf woodland with a wide variety of trees, shrubs and bromeliads including species of Baccharis, Mimosa, Tamarindus, Acacia, Pithecellobium, Swietenia, Bursera, Ficus, Clusia and Tillandsia. Almost every major island contains some wetland habitat, and several islands, such as Grand Bahama, Abaco, Andros and Great Inagua, have enormous tracts of wetland. The great majority of this is comprised of shallow brackish to saline lagoons, mangrove swamps, coastal flats and intertidal mudflats. Many areas are difficult of access and remain very poorly known. The present inventory has been based to a large extent on a report compiled for IUCN by G. Carleton Ray on critical marine habitats of the wider Caribbean area. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The governmental organization responsible for environmental conservation in the Bahamas is the Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Local Government, with its headquarters in Nassau, New Providence. The only non-governmental conservation body is The Bahamas National Trust, also based in Nassau. This was created in 1959 by an Act of Parliament, and now has over 1,000 members. The Trust is concerned with the conservation of wildlife, particularly threatened and endangered species, the protection of critical habitats, and the preservation of places of historic interest and great natural beauty. Programmes include public and school education, protection and study of the flamingos on Great Inagua, and sea turtle research. The Trust publishes a journal of natural history, the "Bahamas Naturalist". -433- Bahamas Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research In 1905, an Act entitled "The Wild Birds (Protection) Act" was established with the cooperation and guidance of the U.S. National Audubon Society. This statute law was revised in 1965 (Chapter 28, Wild Birds Protection Act). Subsidiary legislation of this Act defines Section 4 (Reserves) and lists areas throughout the Bahamas which are recognized as Wild Birds Protection Reserves. The Act was further revised and strengthened in 1972. Section 4 of the Wild Birds Protection Act currently lists twenty-five sites as Wild Bird Reserves. In addition to these, The Bahamas National Trust has under its jurisdiction eight national parks; three of these parks (Inagua National Park, Conception Island National Park and Lake Cunningham National Reserve) are specifically protected for their waterfowl populations. In August 1983, The Bahamas National Trust submitted to the Government a proposal entitled "The Development of a National Park System for the Commonwealth of The Bahamas". This proposal identifies fifty-two sites throughout the islands which the Bahamas National Trust feels should be given some degree of protection, and defines three suitable categories of protection, namely National Parks, National Reserves and Protected Areas. Although the Trust has had no official response from the Government concerning this proposal, it is optimistic that in due time the proposal will be accepted. Research work conducted to date on the wetlands and/or waterfowl of the Bahamas has been limited almost entirely to general survey work and studies of the flamingos Phoenicopterus ruber on Great Inagua. The most recent survey providing some information on waterfowl was that conducted by Alexander Sprunt IV of the U.S. National Audubon Society on the status and conservation of sea-birds in the Bahamas (Sprunt, 1984). This survey, carried out jointly with officials of The Bahamas National Trust, has involved visits to many of the outer islands, and continues with annual expeditions, usually during May, to update the information. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl Some wetland habitat has undoubtedly been lost to development for tourism and _ other purposes, particularly in the northern part of the archipelago, but it does not as yet appear to be a prominent factor in the decline of waterfowl populations. Very little is known about the effects of pollution in Bahamian waters. No major oil spills have occurred, but major shipping lanes, some heavily used by tankers, pass through the area. Hunting pressure on waterfowl is very light, and egg-collecting is prohibited under the Wild Birds Protection Act, but the extensiveness and remoteness of many parts of the Bahamas make enforcement of the laws and regulations impossible. Some egg-collection does take place, but only on a subsistence level. There have been no reports of incidental bird mortality from commercial fishing in Bahamian waters, but this must occur, and the situation should be monitored. -434- Bahamas : “NV 1SI d399v = 6L bo GNV1SI DNO1 = WWNAXA 167 Ne LVAD se = d # ‘ a “ ; SOHGNV GNV1SI wo a Ta VHaHLNaTa\ nesseny:” “Sanvisi SININIG -. AWYaa of ADNACIAO’d MAN Oovay wvaHD *\ SGNVTSI VNVHVd SHL -435- Bahamas WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Alexander Sprunt IV, Susan Holowesko and colleagues at The Bahamas National Trust. Grand Bahama Northern Coast (1) Location: 26°40’N, 78°30’W; the entire north coast of Grand Bahama from West Point to East End Point. Area: 49,800 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: Extensive coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), and numerous small offshore islands (cays) with mangrove swamps, stretching for 165 km along the north coast of Grand Bahama. Geological features known as blue holes are scattered throughout the region. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; broad-leaf coppice with scattered, and in some cases extensive, pine woodland (pine barrens) on the adjacent mainland. Land tenure: 60% state owned (Crown Land), 40% owned by the Grand Bahama Development Co. Ltd. Protection: None. Land use: The region is undeveloped and the mangrove areas are at present undisturbed, but there has been a considerable amount of exploitation of the pine forests. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Several rare species of Crustaceans, and in some cases forms new to science, have been discovered in the blue holes. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The Bahamas National Trust has identified the southeast portion of the wetland (encompassing Big Harbour Cay, Sweetings Cay and Lightbourn’s Cay) as one of 52 priority sites in its National Parks System Proposal of 1983. The area contains the last remaining stand of virgin pine forest on Grand Bahama. References: Bahamas National Trust (1983). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. The Marls (2) Location: 26°25’N, 77°10’W; from Cooper’s Town to Sandy Point, along the west coast of Great Abaco Island. Area: 38,400 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: Extensive mangrove swamps and coastal flats, with numerous mangrove covered islands, intertidal mudflats and sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; sandy scrub, pine forest and mixed broad-leaf coppice on higher ground. Land tenure: 98% state owned (Crown Land), 2% privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Commercial and sport fishing; hunting, mainly for Columba leucocephala, during the open season. Waterfowl: Little information available. Anas bahamensis is known to breed; Phoenicopterus ruber is a regular feeding visitor and may breed; and recent reports suggest that there may be a small breeding colony of Pelecanus occidentalis in the area. -436- Bahamas Other fauna: An important nursery ground for juveniles of many marine animals including the Spiny Lobster Panulirus argus and several commercially important fishes. The rare and endangered Bahama Parrot Amazona leucocephala bahamensis occurs in the pine forests adjoining the southern end of the wetland. Threats: There is no forseeable threat to the wetlands at present, but the area is difficult to monitor and there is a fair amount of illegal hunting. Research and conservation: The Bahamas National Trust has identified The Marls as one of 52 priority areas for protection in its National Parks System Proposal of 1983, and _ has recommended the establishment of a National Reserve. No official response has as yet been received. References: The Bahamas National Trust (1983); Sprunt (1984). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 2c. North Bimini (3) Location: 25°45’N, 79°15’W; 5 km NNE of Alice Town, Bimini Islands. Area: 800 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay and lagoon with extensive fringing mangroves, tidal mudflats and several low sandy islets; bordered by island masses on three sides. Water levels are influenced by rainfall and to a lesser extent the tides. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; sandy scrub on the islets. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: Commercial fishing and tourist recreation. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The eastern part of the area is reportedly an important nursery ground for juvenile Spiny Lobsters Panulirus argus. The critically endangered Bimini Boa Epicrates Striatus fosteri is confined to three of the Bimini Islands including North Bimini; it is found in mangroves, coppice and scrub, and presumably occurs at this site. Threats: The Biminis are exposed to heavy tourist traffic. Many Florida-based fishing and diving operations offer one-day package trips to the Islands, and much of the marine environment is suffering from over-use. The Bimini Boa is seriously threatened as a result of collecting by amateur herpetologists, habitat destruction and general human persecution. References: WWF Red Data Book. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 2c. Great Harbour Cay (4) Location: 25°43’N, 77°51’W; in the northern Berry Islands. Area: 1,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 03, 06 & 07. Site description: A shallow coastal lagoon with extensive coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), and many small islands; bordered on three sides by island masses and open to shallow sea at the southern end. There is some tidal influence in the lagoon. Principal vegetation: Sandy scrub and scattered areas of mixed broad-leaf coppice on the adjacent islands. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: Local fishing, with a heavy emphasis on lobster. Waterfowl: No information. -437- Bahamas Other fauna: An important nursery ground for juvenile Spiny Lobster Panulirus argus Threats: As the Berry Islands are developed, there is the possibility that the wetlands could be threatened by expansion of the airstrip on Great Harbour Cay. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. The Bluff Wetlands (5) Location: 25°30’N, 76°40’W; at the northwest tip of Eleuthera Island. Area: 1,600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: Extensive coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), sandy beaches, and a few stands of mangroves; around shallow sea bays south and northeast of The Bluff. Principal vegetation: Some mangrove; mixed broad-leaf coppice inland. Land tenure: Partly public land (commonage) and partly privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: A popular area for sport fishing and commercial fishing, with some minor development. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The Bluff wetlands and the adjacent Corrie Sound are an important nursery ground for juveniles of many marine animals, particularly Spiny Lobsters Panulirus argus. Threats: Over-fishing may be a problem. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 2c. Lake Cunningham (6) Location: 25°04’N, 77°25’W; 7 km west of Nassau, New Providence. Area: 70 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent shallow brackish lake, up to 1.5m deep, with some fringing mangrove swamps, mangrove covered islands, and low-lying swampy areas. The water level is dependent on rainfall, and there is some drying out ai the east end during dry periods. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Conccarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle, and some brackish marshes. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land), with private properties bordering the lake’s shoreline. Protection: A Wildbird Reserve, as defined in the Wildbirds Protection Act. Land use: Until 1983, little disturbed, but now used for powerboat racing. Waterfowl: Few birds breed, but a wide variety of species has been recorded on passage and in winter, notably Phalacrocorax sp (almost certainly P. auritus), many Ardeidae, Anas discors, Aythya collaris, A. affinis, Fulica americana and many shorebirds. Oxyura jamaicensis has occurred in small numbers in recent years. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The Ministry of Tourism recently granted permission to a local (and international) powerboat racing organization to use the lake as a site for international racing events. Vegetation between the lake and a nearby road has been cleared and parts of the eastern marshes have been filled. Research and conservation: The Bahamas National Trust is attempting to have the frequency of boat races brought down to a minimum, and to have the vegetation around the lake restored. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -438- Bahamas Lake Killarney (7) Location: 25°03’N, 77°26’W; 10 km WSW of Nassau, New Providence. Area: 1,050 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07. Site description: A permanent shallow brackish lake, up to 1.5m deep, with surrounding low-lying swampy areas. The water level fluctuates with local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Brackish swamps. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: Occasional bird hunting. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The lake is threatened by possible extension of Nassau’s international airport which would involve the filling in of the southwest portion of the lake. Research and conservation: The Bahamas National Trust has identified Lake Killarney as one of 52 priority sites for protection in its National Parks System Proposal of 1983, and has recommended the establishment of a National Reserve. References: The Bahamas National Trust (1983). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lightbourn Creek (8) Location: 25°03’N, 77°32’W; 17 km WSW of Nassau, New Providence. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow tidal creek, 1m deep at low tide, bordered by dense mangrove swamps and tidal mudflats. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: Owned by the New Providence Land Development Company. Protection: Lightbourn Creek has been declared a Wildbird Reserve under the Wildbirds Protection Act. Land use: Although designated a Wildbird Reserve, permission has been granted for dredging, filling and development. Some dredging and filling have taken place. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: An important nursery ground for juvenile fishes and Spiny Lobsters Panulirus argus. Threats: The Creek is currently the focus of a legal battle between residents of the area and a development company which has plans to fill the creek and construct condominiums on the adjacent point. The protection status of the creek is being challenged at this time. Research and conservation: One of the last virgin stands of mangrove swamp in the New Providence and Paradise Island area. It was an oversight that the area was not included in the initial National Parks System Proposal of The Bahamas National Trust, and it will undoubtedly be included at some later date. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Millers Sound and Bonefish Pond (9) Location: 25°00’N, 77°25’W; 10 km southwest of Nassau, New Providence. Area: 600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 06, 07 & 08. -439- Bahamas Site description: A complex of tidal marshes with some mangroves, and adjacent permanent and semi-permanent brackish ponds fed by rainfall. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes and a few isolated stands of mangroves. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: Some sport hunting for birds, and fishing. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: As New Providence continues to be developed at a rapid pace, there is an ever present threat of filling in and drainage for development. Research and conservation: The Bahamas National Trust has identified this wetland as one of 52 priority sites for protection in its National Parks System Proposal of 1983, and has recommended the establishment of a National Reserve. It is hoped that the Government will move quickly on this proposal and give Millars Sound and Bonefish Pond adequate legal protection before it is too late. The area has been identified as the most ideal location for the re-introduction of Phoenicopterus ruber on New Providence. References: The Bahamas National Trust (1983). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Western Andros (10) Location: 24°30’N, 78°00’W; the western side of Andros Island from near Owens Town to the southern tip of the island. Area: 270,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A vast complex of low-lying islands and tidal channels, up to 2m deep, with extensive coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), sandy beaches, numerous shallow brackish lagoons and ponds, and some mangrove swamps. Water levels are dependent both on the tides and on local rainfall. Blue holes (inland pools connected with the sea through subterranean cave systems) occur throughout the area. Principal vegetation: A few stands of mangroves; areas of open scrub with seasonal marsh, mixed broad-leaf coppice and pine forest scattered throughout on higher ground. Land tenure: 98% state owned (Crown Land), 2% privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: There is very little human activity in the area. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but the area is known to be very important for a wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Jxobrychus exilis, Egretta rufescens, Anas bahamensis and Haematopus palliatus; Phoenicopterus ruber is a regular feeding visitor and may breed. The rare West Indian Tree-Duck Dendrocygna arborea still occurs in the area and _ probably breeds. Eudocimus albus and Plegadis falcinellus have been recorded on passage, and Ardea herodias and Anas discors are common in winter. Other fauna: Southern Andros is a very important breeding area for the White-crowned Pigeon Columba leucocephala, the most popular game-bird in the Bahamas. An endemic subspecies of the rare Bahamian Rock Iguana occurs on the island. Threats: Unknown, but probably none. Research and conservation: The blue holes are currently being studied by the British Cave Diving Expeditions. The Bahamas National Trust included the northwestern corner of this huge wetland in its National Parks System Proposal of 1983, and recommended the establishment of a National Reserve. References: The Bahamas National Trust (1983). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -440- Bahamas Shroud Cay (11) Location: 24°30’N, 76°45’W; near the northwest end of the Exuma Cays. Area: 800 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: Extensive brackish marshes, coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), and some small isolated stands of mangroves; with an eastern fringe of higher ground and a chain of small sandy islands and cays along its western fringe. Parts of the interior of the marsh dry out between June and September. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes and some mangrove swamps; broad-leaf coppice and sandy scrub on higher ground. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: Protected within the Exuma Cays Land and Sea Park (45,584 ha), established in 1958 and under the jurisdiction of the Bahamas National Trust. Land use: Controlled sport fishing. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: A critical nursey ground for juvenile Queen Conch Strombus gigas, the most important source of protein for Bahamians. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The area was surveyed by the Exuma Cays Expedition in 1958. References: IUCN (1982). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 2c. Little San Salvador Interior (12) Location: 24°34’N, 75°56’W; 20 km west of the north end of Cat Island. Area: 270 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07. Site description: A permanent brackish lagoon with open connection to the sea, several small islands, and some permanent brackish marshes along the southern shore. The lagoon occupies much of the interior of Little San Salvador Island. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes; sandy scrub on the islands and south shore, mixed broad-leaf coppice on the north shore. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Unknown, but probably none. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bennett’s Harbour Creek (13) Location: 24°32’N, 75°36’W; 10 km SSE of Arthur’s Town, Cat Island. Area: 1,950 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07, 08 & 13. Site description: A shallow tidal creek opening to the sea at Alligator Point, and bordered by low-lying brackish swamps with some small freshwater ponds, and isolated stands of mangroves. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes and mangrove swamps; patches of scrub and small areas of mixed broad-leaf coppice on higher ground. Land tenure: 10% state owned (Crown Land), 90% privately owned. -441- Bahamas Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The endangered Cat Island Turtle Pseudemys felis, endemic to the island and confined to shallow freshwater ponds near the west coast, occurs in ponds bordering Bennett’s Harbour Creek and around the settlement of Bluff to the south. Threats: The main wetlands are probably under no threat. The Cat Island Turtle is threatened by land development around some of the ponds, and capture for food and for pets. Research and conservation: Studies are being conducted on the Cat Island Turtle by The Bahamas National Trust, the Ocean Research and Education Society, Inc., and the Animal Research and Conservation Center of the New York Zoological Society. References: WWF Red Data Book. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. San Salvador Interior (14) Location: 24°03’N, 74°28’W; the interior of San Salvador Island. Area: 5,625 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of permanent shallow saline lagoons and ponds with extensive brackish to saline marshes, and a coastal lagoon (Pigeon Creek) with open connection to the sea. Pigeon Creek is tidal; the water level in the other lagoons and marshes is influenced by rainfall. 1&k10HPrincipal vegetation: Brackish and saline marshes, and a few isolated stands of man; mixed broad-leaf coppice on higher ground. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: There is very little human activity in the area. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but the area is known to be important for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl of a wide variety of species. Breeding birds include Podilymbus podiceps, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, several Ardeidae, Charadrius vociferus and Sterna albifrons. The rare West Indian Tree-Duck Dendrocygna arborea may still occur on the island. Other fauna: Several pairs of Pandion haliaetus breed. Threats: Probably none. Research and conservation: It has been many years since a proper survey of this island was conducted. Miller carried out some avifaunal studies in the mid 1970s, and a major survey is planned for 1985. References: Miller (1978). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Conception Island Interior (15) Location: 23°50’N, 75°07’°W; the interior of Conception Island, between Cat Island and Rum Cay. Area: 675 ha. Altitude: 0m. | Province and type: 8.38.13; 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent shallow saline lagoon with several islands and a narrow connection with the open sea. The lagoon occupies much of the interior of Conception Island and is surrounded by mudflats, mangrove swamps and brackish to saline marshes. It is less than 1m deep at high water, and parts of the marshes dry out at low water. -442- Bahamas Principal vegetation: Brackish to saline marshes and mangrove swamps; mixed broad-leaf coppice and patches of sandy scrub on higher ground. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land); leased to The Bahamas National Trust on a 99 year lease. Protection: The Island is protected in a Land and Sea Park of 810 ha under the jurisdiction of The Bahamas National Trust. It is unlawful to remove any plant or animal life, with the exception of the daily bag limit of certain edible marine species. Land use: The island is uninhabited, and is visited only by cruising yachts and Haitian refugees. Waterfowl: Little information available, but known to be an important stop-over for migratory birds. Other fauna: There are colonies of sea-birds on the nearby Booby Cay and South Rocks, and Green Sea Turtles Chelonia mydas nest on the beaches. Threats: There are no existing or forseeable threats to the wetland habitat. Haitian refugees have, in the past, contributed to a litter problem on the beaches, and it is probable that the waterfowl are occasionally exploited by the refugees. Research and conservation: On-going research by The Bahamas National Trust and the U/S. National Audubon Society consists of surveys (annual when possible) of sea-bird populations and the general condition of the environment. References: IUCN (1982). Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands on Rum Cay (16) Location: 23°40’N, 74°48’W; on Rum Cay, northeast of Long Island. Area: 416 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07. Site description: Five permanent land-locked brackish lagoons with some seasonal marshes, including Lake George (300 ha), Bay Pond (20 ha), Long Pond (20 ha), Lime Pond (20 ha), and one other pond (56 ha). The water levels fluctuate according to local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Open scrub with seasonal marshes; mixed broad-leaf coppice on higher ground. Land tenure: Almost exclusively state owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: There is little human activity in the area. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Stuart Manor Wetlands (17) Location: 23°37’N, 76°00’W; near the west end of Great Exuma, 30 km northwest of Georgetown. Area: 1,350 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay with extensive coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), some mangrove swamps, and several small islands. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes and some mangrove swamps; mixed broad-leaf coppice and some open scrub on higher ground. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: There is little human activity in the area. -443- Bahamas Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Unknown, but probably none. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Joe’s Sound and Glenton Sound (18) Location: 23°38’N, 75°20’W; at the northern tip of Long Island. Area: 1,500 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), scattered stands of mangroves, sandy beaches and tidal channels between Galliot Cay and the north end of Long Island. Principal vegetation: Brackish marshes and some mangroves; sandy scrub on Galliot Cay and predominantly mixed broad-leaf coppice on the Long Island coast. Land tenure: Mainly state owned (Crown Land), with some private holdings. Protection: None. Land use: There is an airstrip on Galliot Cay and a large settlement (Stella Maris) nearby. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is a possible future threat to the wetlands from the expansion of tourist facilities in the area. Control of fish-eating birds at shrimp and fish farms near Deadman’s Cay to the south may be affecting waterfowl populations. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. New Found Harbour and Grand Pa’s Channel (19) Location: 23°08’N, 75°08’W; on the west coast of Long Island, near Deadman’s Cay. Area: 5,700 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes) in a shallow sea bay, with several sandy islands and scattered patches of mangroves. Principal vegetation: Saline marshes and some mangrove swamps; mixed broad-leaf coppice and some areas of open scrub on the islands and coast of Long Island. Land tenure: Mainly state owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: Shrimp farming and fish farming, both on the increase. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: A new shrimp and fish farming operation has recently been set up in the Deadman’s Cay area. Some problems have arisen with fish-eating birds feeding in the ponds, and control measures may be affecting waterfowl populations island-wide. i Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -444- Bahamas The Bight of Acklins (20) Location: 22°40’N, 74°05’W; the south coast of Crooked Island and northwest coast of Acklins Island. Area: 14,200 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of coastal flats and intertidal mudflats with very little vegetation (swashes), offshore cays and scattered stands of mangroves around a large shallow sea bay (The Bight of Acklins). Principal vegetation: Saline marshes and mangrove swamps; mixed broad-leaf coppice on the cays and mainland coast. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land). Protection: None. Land use: Possibly some subsistence fishing, but generally very little disturbed. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Unknown, but probably none. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Inagua National Park and Lake Rosa (21) Location: 21°05’N, 73°30’W; Great Inagua Island. Area: 32,600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. ' Site description: Lake Rosa is a permanent shallow brackish lake, up to 1.5m deep, with small islands scattered throughout, and a fringe of brackish marshes; there are dense mangrove swamps on the northern and eastern borders, and the lake is surrounded by a broad belt of open scrub with seasonal marshes. Other wetlands in the National Park include: (a) Union Creek, a saline lagoon with opening to the sea, extensive salt marshes and scattered mangroves; (b) a permanent brackish marsh with many scattered pools and some mangroves, south of Palacca Point; and (c) Close in Point Lakes, a permanent brackish marsh with dense mangrove swamps, northwest of South East Point. Principal vegetation: Brackish to saline marshes, mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Conocarpus erectus, and open scrub with seasonal marshes; some broad-leaf coppice on higher ground. Land tenure: State owned (Crown Land); under the jurisdiction of The Bahamas National Trust on a 99 year lease (until 2062). Protection: Most of the island’s wetlands are completely protected within the Inagua National Park (74,333 ha) established in 1965, but the west end of Lake Rosa is apparently unprotected. The National Park is patrolled by three National Trust wardens. Land use: None. Waterfowl: A very important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl of a wide variety of species, and particularly important for its large breeding colony of the Caribbean Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber ruber. The Inagua population was estimated at about 21,000 birds (6,000 breeding pairs) in the early 1970s, but under close protection, the population has risen to an estimated 40,000-50,000 birds in recent years. Other breeding species include Pelecanus occidentalis (100-200 pairs), Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. rufescens (200 pairs), E. alba, Ajaia ajaja (50 pairs), Dendrocygna arborea (tens of birds), Anas bahamensis, Charadrius vociferus, C. alexandrinus, Himantopus himantopus, Gelochelidon nilotica and Sterna albifrons (several colonies including one of 300 pairs). Eudocimus albus and Plegadis falcinellus occur on passage, and Ardea herodias is common in winter. Other fauna: The endangered Inagua Island Turtle Chrysemys malonei, endemic to Great Inagua, is restricted to a few fresh or brackish pools on the island. The rare Bahama Parrot Amazona leucocephala bahamensis occurs only on this island and on Abaco. -445- Bahamas Threats: There is no forseeable threat to the wetland habitat other than the ever present natural threat of hurricane damage. Waterfowl populations are threatened to a very limited extent by introduced Wild Boars Sus scrofa. Research and conservation: A number of avifaunal surveys have been conducted in the National Park, and there is a Green Sea Turtle Chelonia mydas captive breeding project at Union Creek. References: Allen (1956); Sprunt (1975 & 1984); IUCN (1982); WWF Red Data Book. Source: The Bahamas National Trust. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -446- BARBADOS INTRODUCTION based on information provided by Maurice B. Hutt Barbados, the most easterly of the Caribbean islands, lies about 150 km east of the Lesser Antillean island arc and 300 km NNE of Trinidad. With an area of only 430 km? and a population of about 300,000, Barbados is one of the most densely populated islands in. the world. A British Colony from 1627, the island achieved independence within the Commonwealth in 1966. The climate is tropical, but because of the cooling influence of the NE Trade winds, temperatures rarely exceed 32°C. The average annual rainfall varies from about 1,150 mm on the coast to 1,900 mm in the hills; most falls during the rainy season from June to November. The topography is rolling, with hills rising to 338m, and much of the land is under cultivation, particularly for sugar cane. Tourism is extremely important in the island’s economy, and there are extensive tourist developments on the south and west coasts. Native vegetation is now more or less confined to a few small patches in the hills and along the exposed east coast which has remained relatively undeveloped. There are extensive offshore coral reefs and sea-grass beds, but very few natural wetlands on the island. These include several small permanent and seasonal brackish to saline coastal lagoons and three patches of mangroves. However, each year the island’s wealthier hunters create shallow impoundments of up to 2 ha in extent on agricultural land, to attract migratory shorebirds which pass over the island in large numbers during the autumn migration season (mid July to mid October). In the early 1960s, as many as twenty such ponds, or "trays" as they are known, were created each year. Since then the number has decreased to about eight or ten. Very few species of waterfowl breed on the island and only Bubulcus ibis is common. However, the endangered nominate race of the Yellow Warbler Dendroica petechia petechia is endemic to the island, and almost confined to the mangrove swamps. Many species of waterfowl occur on passage and in winter, particularly Ardeidae and shorebirds, but numbers are generally small except during adverse weather conditions in autumn, when large numbers of shorebirds may be grounded. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The governmental statutory body responsible for the natural environment is the National Conservation Commission, formerly the Parks and Beaches Commission established in 1970. This is primarily concerned with administering the one national park and a number of public recreation areas and beaches. There are several non-governmental bodies in Barbados with interests in conservation. Caribbean Conservation Association (CCA). This international organization with fifteen member states in the wider Caribbean has its headquarters in St. Michael, Barbados. It was created in 1967 to ascertain the conservation needs of the Caribbean area and to coordinate conservation activities throughout the region. The CCA has programmes related to environmental education, environmental legislation, museums and historic sites, and natural area management, and publishes a bulletin "Caribbean Conservation News" in English, Spanish and French. Barbados National Trust. This was created in 1961 and incorporated by Statute in 1962; its objectives are the preservation and conservation of the country’s cultural and natural heritage, and it has been particularly active in preserving sites of historical interest. The Trust was instrumental in revising the Schedule to the Wild Birds’ Protection Act in 1979. Barbados Wildlife Protection Association. This was launched in August 1983 to campaign for the protection of wildlife, especially migratory shorebirds, and for the preservation of wildlife habitats of all description. University of the West Indies. The Department of History at UWI in Barbados provides assistance in raising the level of public consciousness of environmental issues, and is embarking on a programme of environmental studies. -447- Barbados Progress in Wetland Conservation The Marine Areas (Preservation and Enhancement) Act of 1976 provides the legal basis for the establishment of coastal and marine parks and reserves. One small marine reserve was created in 1980 on the west coast of the island, and there is a proposal dating from 1979 to create a national park of about 5,000 ha on the east coast. This would include a strip of land up to 2 km wide stretching for 34 km along the coast from Archer’s Bay to Ragged Point and incorporating Long Pond, one of the three most important wetlands on the island. One of the other two important wetlands, Graeme Hall Swamp, is partly protected as a no-hunting area, while the other, Chancery Lane Swamp, has been proposed for the establishment of a wildlife sanctuary. The Wild Birds’ Protection Act first became law in 1907, and at that time gave protection to only eleven species, mainly resident birds believed to be beneficial to agriculture. A revised Schedule to the Act giving protection to 46 species including all Ardeidae and four uncommon shorebirds was passed in 1979. Subsequent proposals for revisions giving complete protection to migratory shorebirds have met with considerable opposition. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The major threats to wetlands in Barbados are urban expansion and development for tourism. The Government is proposing to construct a sewage disposal plant at Graeme Hall Swamp, and there are housing developments planned or in progress at this swamp and Chancery Lane Swamp. There is also some pollution at Graeme Hall Swamp. Heavy hunting pressure, particularly during the autumn migration season, causes a considerable amount of disturbance to waterfowl populations, and takes a significant toll of the shorebirds visiting the island. In the early 1960s, when some twenty ponds were managed specifically for hunting, as many as 40,000 shorebirds were shot in a single season. Although the number of ponds has decreased in recent years, the use of diesel pumps to maintain optimum water levels and the use of decoys, whistles and amplified tape-recordings to attract birds continue to ensure large bags, and up to 4,000 birds can still be shot at a single pond in a good year. The predominant species in the hunters’ bags are Tringa flavipes (50%), Calidris melanotos (25%) and Pluvialis dominica (10%). Other species commonly shot include Pluvialis squatarola, Limosa haemastica, Numenius phaeopus, Tringa melanoleuca, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris alba and Micropalama himantopus. -448- Barbados WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Maurice B. Hutt. (For map, see Anguilla.) Graeme Hall Swamp (1) Location: 13°04’N, 59°34’W; 5 km east of Bridgetown, Christchurch Parish. Area: 31.6 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A large brackish pool, up to 4m deep, a small brackish pond, and a brackish sedge marsh and mangrove swamp dissected by parallel drainage channels; separated from the sea by a main road and narrow strip of built-up land. The water level varies by up to 40 cm according to rainfall. Principal vegetation: One quarter of the area is a mangrove swamp with Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; most of the remainder is a sedge marsh, with some clumps of Pluchea carolinensis and Leucena leucocephala. Land tenure: 20 ha are state owned; the remainder is privately owned and up for sale. Protection: No habitat protection. All hunting has been prohibited on the area owned by the state since 1980, and no shooting is allowed on the privately owned land. Land use: A considerable amount of fishing, cattle grazing in the sedge marsh, some grass-cutting for cattle feed, and recreation (model boat racing) on the main pond. Waterfowl: The main breeding area for Bubulcus ibis in Barbados, with a colony of over 5,000 birds, and the main breeding site for Gallinula chloropus (10-15 pairs). Butorides virescens also breeds. An important area for a wide variety of passage and wintering waterfowl. Wintering birds include Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Porzana carolina and Tringa solitaria. Common passage migrants include Anas discors, Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris pusilla and C. minutilla. Many other Nearctic shorebirds occur regularly in small numbers, and a wide variety of species have been recorded as vagrants. Other fauna: The swamp is the stronghold of the nominate race of the Yellow Warbler Dendroica petechia petechia, an endangered subspecies confined to Barbados. Threats: There is an increasing amount of pollution from the adjacent coast road. The Government is proposing to construct a sewage disposal plant on its land, and the privately owned lands are up for sale to developers wishing to construct condominiums. Research and conservation: The only permanent wetland of its type in Barbados, and particularly interesting floristically. As a relatively unspoiled wetland ecosystem in a heavily populated island, the swamp has great potential for educational purposes, and clearly merits protection. Hutt has recently made a detailed proposal for the establishment and management of a wildlife refuge and ecological reserve. References: Putney (1982); Hutt (1983). Source: Maurice B. Hutt. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Chancery Lane Swamp (2) Location: 13°04’N, 59°30’W; 1 km south of Grantley Adams International Airport, and 14 km east of Bridgetown, Christchurch Parish. Area: 16 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A seasonal brackish lagoon and saline marshes, separated from the sea by a 120m wide belt of sand dunes. The lagoon floods with rain water during the rainy season (July to December), and dries out in February or March. Old earth banks separate the flooded area into several shallow pools. The swamp is bordered inland by limestone coral cliffs. -449- Barbados Principal vegetation: Halophytic vegetation; some Conocarpus erectus; and sand plant communities. Land tenure: Owned by a syndicate of hunters. Protection: None. Land use: Waterfowl hunting during the open season (15 July to 15 October). Waterfowl: An important area for migratory shorebirds; the commonest birds in shooting bags are Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Arenaria interpres, Calidris alba and C. melanotos. A variety of Ardeidae and shorebirds occur in small numbers in winter. Other fauna: The endangered nominate race of the Yellow Warbler Dendroica petechia petechia breeds. Threats: There is a considerable amount of disturbance from hunting during the autumn migration season, and from the nearby international airport. There are housing developments on two sides of the wetland, and a hotel may be constructed on pastureland to the southeast. Research and conservation: Putney has identified the wetland as a site with multiple resource values, and Hutt has proposed the establishment of a wildlife sanctuary and ecosystem reserve. The plant communities in the sand dunes are of great botanical interest, and the whole area clearly merits protection. References: Putney (1982). Source: Maurice B. Hutt. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Long Pond (3) Location: 13°16’N, 59°34’W; on the east coast, north of Bathsheba, St. Andrew Parish. Area: 4 ha. Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 02, 05, 07 & 10. Site description: A shallow brackish lagoon with a muddy margin, separated from the sea by a sand bar. The lagoon lies in the estuary of the Scotland River, a small stream draining the northeastern part of the island. During storms and high tides, the sand bar breaks through, allowing the ingress of sea water. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Livestock grazing and occasional hunting; some cultivation of coconuts nearby. Waterfowl: An important area for passage shorebirds, notably Charadrius semipalmatus, Numenius phaeopus, Tringa solitaria, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Calidris alba, C. pusilla and C. minutilla. Egretta caerulea and Ardea herodias occur in winter. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The lagoon is used as an unofficial rubbish tip, and sand is extracted from the dunes to the south. Research and conservation: A proposal for the establishment of a national park along the east coast of the island and including Long Pond is currently under consideration. All hunting and exploitation of sand would be prohibited in the park. References: Hutt (1979). Source: Maurice B. Hutt. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. -450- BERMUDA INTRODUCTION adapted from a report entitled "Taking Stock of Bermuda’s Wetland Heritage" prepared for this Directory by David B. Wingate Bermuda is a group of coral limestone islands and tiny islets in the western Atlantic, about 1,200 km northwest of the Turks and Caicos Islands and 1,280 km southeast of New York. It was discovered in the 16th century, settled by the British in 1609, and has been a British Crown Colony since 1684. With an area of only 55 km? and a population of some 57,000, the islands have one of the highest population densities in the world. The islands benefit from the warming effect of the Gulf Stream but lie within the zone of the westerlies which frequently attain gale force during the winter months (December to April). Hurricanes are occasional to rare between June and November. The climate is mild with temperatures ranging from 20°C to 30°C, and moderate, fairly evenly distributed rainfall averaging 1,470 mm per annum. The Colony’s chief source of income is the tourist industry; international business is also important and there is some light industry, but agriculture is relatively unimportant. The ten largest islands, comprising over 90% of Bermuda’s territory, form a narrow chain now linked by causeways and bridges. The topography of the islands is rolling, with hills rising to almost 80m. Most of the islands’ native forests and swamp forest have long since disappeared and there are no permanent rivers or streams, but other wetland systems are still well represented. These include the following: a) Shallow marine bays. This is by far the largest wetland habitat in Bermuda, covering approximately 1,000 ha. However, the shallow bays are virtually sterile in terms of their ability to support waterfowl; they are used mainly by Ardea herodias, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres and Ceryle alcyon. Three species of sea grasses are common; Thalassia testudinum, Cymodocea manatorum and Diplanthera wrightii. b) Rocky coastline. Bermuda has approximately 140 km of rocky coastline, but this is relatively unimportant for waterfowl other than a few shorebirds. c) Sandy beaches. The 9 km of sandy beaches, with a rich beach wrack of sargasso weed and intertidal fauna, provide important feeding habitat for passage and wintering shorebirds, notably Pluvialis squatarola, Arenaria interpres and Calidris alba. d) Marine tidal mudflats. Because tidal amplitudes are small (0.5-1.3m) and intertidal gradients are typically steep, the total area of intertidal mudflat is extremely small and confined to two localities, Stoke’s Harbour (0.6 ha) and Spanish Point (0.8 ha). The mudflats are used mainly by Pluvialis squatarola and Numenius phaeopus. e) Mangrove swamps. Bermuda is the most northerly site of mangrove distribution in the world. In 1980, there was a total of 16.7 ha of mangrove swamps scattered in small stands from one end of the islands to the other, in bays or inland peat basins. The largest surviving stand (2.9 ha) is at Hungry Bay, Paget. Most of the stands consist of a combination of Red Mangrove Rhizophora mangle and Black Mangrove Avicennia germinans. Buttonwood Conocarpus erectus is a common associate on the rocky margins of mangrove swamps. Although some mangroves swamps have been destroyed in the past (particularly in the 1940s), it is doubtful whether the total area of mangroves ever exceeded 25 ha. By 1984, 3.6 ha (22%) of mangroves were fully protected within managed nature reserves. The mangroves are particularly important for Nyctanassa violacea and Ceryle alcyon. f) Tidal salt water ponds and lagoons. There were approximately 22 ha of enclosed tidal ponds and lagoons in Bermuda in 1900, and most of these remain essentially unchanged to this day. Only one pond (Bartram’s Pond) has been filled in with rubbish, and this has since been restored as a slightly tidal brackish pond. The saline ponds are used mainly by Podilymbus podiceps. -451- Bermuda g) Non-tidal fresh to brackish ponds. In 1900, there were about 7.5 ha of fresh to brackish pond habitat in Bermuda. However, wetland restoration and conservation measures initiated in 1966 at Spittal Pond and the creation of two new ponds have increased this area to 9.4 ha. The ponds typically have fringing marshes of Typha angustifolia or Paspalum vaginatum, submergent Ceratophyllum demersum or Ruppia maritima, and large populations of the introduced minnow Gambusia affinus. They provide breeding habitat for the small surviving populations of Gallinula chloropus and Fulica americana, and support the majority of passage and wintering Podilymbus podiceps, Ardeidae, Anatidae and a variety of passage shorebirds. h) Inland peat marshes. Excluding shallow sea bays, peat marsh savannas and hammock comprise the largest portion of Bermuda’s wetland habitat. This is also the habitat type which has been most extensively reduced by landfill and/or ditching. In 1900, the total area of vegetated peat marsh was 116.5 ha. Of this, 68 ha (58%) have been modified by drainage or ditching to produce arable land or wet pasture land, or destroyed completely by landfill. Although relatively poor for waterfowl, the peat marshes are of great botanical interest because the flora is almost exclusively native, in contrast to the situation elsewhere in the islands. The native flora ranges through several seral stages of development from open water ponds to peat marsh hammock. Dominant species in the early seral stages include Typha angustifolia, Scirpus validus, Acrostichum excelsum, Cladium jamaicensis and Pteridium caudatum. As the peat builds up, Baccharis glomeruliflora and Myrica cerifera bushes begin to appear, and finally hammock vegetation of M. cerifera, Sabal bermudana and Juniperus bermudiana takes over. In the early 1940s, all of the peat marshes were extensively ditched to provide better drainage into permanent water channels where Gambusia af finus was introduced as a biological control for mosquitos. The marshes are particularly important for Gallinago gallinago. i) Farm ponds. The two or three ephemeral farm ponds, with a maximum of 0.4 ha of open water and mudflat, are extremely rich habitats attracting a large variety of shorebirds during the migration seasons. j) Temporarily flooded meadows and arable land. After heavy rains, approximately 2 ha of low-lying marsh edge pastures, arable land, etc. may be subject to temporary flooding and thus provide feeding habitat for migratory shorebirds, notably Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, T. solitaria, Gallinago gallinago, Calidris minutilla and C. melanotos. The birds of Bermuda have been described by Wingate (1973). The number of species and individuals of waterfowl breeding on the islands is insignificant, and there are no surviving endemic species or subspecies. The endemic subspecies of Nyctanassa violacea became extinct in early colonial times, but the nominate race was successfully introduced between 1976 and 1978 (Wingate, 1982), and now numbers approximately 80 birds. The only other breeding species are Anas platyrhynchos (descendants of feral birds introduced in the 1950s), Gallinula chloropus and Fulica americana. Podilymbus podiceps was probably resident in pre-colonial times, but this century is known to have bred only in 1957 and 1985. On the other hand, a large number of species of waterfowl occur on passage and in winter. Bermuda lies under a West Atlantic flyway between North and South America, and although the vast majority of birds using the flyway overfly the islands, adverse weather conditions can ground significant numbers of birds. Some 45 species of waterfowl regularly overwinter, but except in the case of a few species of shorebirds, numbers are very small. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Bermuda Government: Ministry of Planning, Agriculture and _ Fisheries. All Government-owned lands are vested in the Public Works Department, but management of wetland areas is carried out by the Conservation Division and (for marine habitats) the Fisheries Division of the Department of Agriculture and Fisheries. Both divisions are also involved in wetland research with the aim of enhancing this resource. Bermuda National Trust. Nature reserves acquired and owned by the Bermuda National Trust are managed by the Open Spaces Committee with the advice and assistance of the Government Conservation Division. -452- Bermuda Bermuda Audubon Society. Nature reserves acquired and owned by this Society are managed by the Society’s Executive Committee with advice and assistance from the Conservation Division. Bermuda Biological Station for Research. The Bermuda Biological Station does not own any wetland reserves, but supports an extensive laboratory facility and library with a resident scientific staff. It caters to visiting scientists from abroad, and has carried out environmental surveys and research on marine pollution and inshore water quality under contract from the Bermuda Government. In addition to the numerous research studies already published in its Contribution series, there is a very detailed study of Bermuda’s fresh/brackish marsh and mangrove areas being undertaken at present by Martin Thomas of the University of New Brunswick, Canada. Progress in Wetland Conservation The destruction of wetlands began early in Bermuda’s history, with the clearing of mangroves for boat anchorages and harbours, and conversion of peat marshes into arable land. In about 1900, the Government adopted a policy of reclaiming marshes completely in an attempt to control the mosquito problem, and in the 1930s, began to use wetlands for the disposal of garbage. After 1950, garbage disposal became the major factor in marsh reclamation and the pace of reclamation accelerated until by the late 1960s, many of the smaller ponds and peat marshes had been totally destroyed. It was in order to fight this problem that the Bermuda Audubon Society became incorporated in 1960. This Society not only raised funds to purchase certain marshes and hold them in trust as nature reserves, but also began to turn around the public attitude toward wetland habitats. This change in attitude was favoured by the deliberate introduction in 1943 of the Top Minnow Gambusia affinus which quickly became a successful biological control for mosquitos and helped indirectly in the local extinction of the mosquito Aedes egyptii, a carrier of yellow fever. By the early 1970s, the smaller outlying marshes were either filled in or secured as nature reserves, with the result that all of Bermuda’s garbage had to be channelled into the remaining central garbage dump site in the east basin of Pembroke Marsh. The installation of a pulverization plant at that site and the opening of a dump at Castle Harbour finally made it possible to stop expanding into the remains of Pembroke Marsh. Lack of suitable disposal sites has now dictated a further technological refinement of garbage disposal, and plans are underway for a central incineration facility with ancillary recycling and compacting plants by 1987. Thus, after decades of destruction, the future of wetland conservation in Bermuda looks bright. The aesthetic, scientific and economic value of wetlands is now generally recognized, and efforts are being made to save and restore them, not only by the voluntary conservation agencies, but also at Government level through protective planning legislation. Not only did the 1983 Development Plan designate all of the remaining wetland areas as Nature Reserves under the provisions of the Nature Reserve Zoning Category, but since 1970, the area of wetland habitat has actually increased as a result of deliberate restoration projects initiated by the Bermuda Audubon Society and the Bermuda National Trust. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The major threat facing Bermuda’s wetlands in the future will probably be eutrophication from increasing nutrient enrichment of the ground water. Bermuda already has one of the highest national population densities in the world, and yet there is only one sewage system serving Hamilton City, a few major hotels and the Hospital. Elsewhere, each housing unit has its own sewage pit excavated into the limestone bedrock. As housing densities have increased, nutrient enrichment of the groundwater from cesspits has increased correspondingly. It is possible, however, that the increasing need to exploit groundwater to augment domestic water supplies will dictate more general use of sewage collection and treatment systems before wetland pollution becomes critical. -453- Bermuda At Spittal Pond, the growing problem of eutrophication has been aggravated further by sheet run-off containing manure from an adjacent badly overgrazed dairy farm. By the mid 1970s, the problem had become so severe that summer die-off of the fish populations became routine. In 1979, a 30 cm diameter flushing valve was installed to deal with this problem. It is connected to the sea below low-tide level, and makes it possible to flush the pond, using the tides as the pumping mechanism, whenever this becomes necessary. Although nota solution to the problem, it has at least enabled the water quality to recover somewhat. Hunting pressure was high in colonial times, and undoubtedly led to the rapid extinction of some unusually tame endemic species or subspecies, such as the local Yellow-crowned Night Heron Nyctanassa violacea. However, all hunting was prohibited in Bermuda in 1943, and a total ban on firearms, imposed in 1973 and continued with minor exceptions ever since, has put a stop to illegal hunting. -454- Bermuda WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by David B. Wingate, Conservation Officer at the Department of Agriculture and Fisheries. (For map, see Anguilla.) Lover’s Lake (1) Location: 32°22’N, 64°42’W; Ferry Point West, St. George’s Island. Area: 0.65 ha. Altitude: 0.1m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A saline pond, up to 4m deep, with fringing mangrove swamps. The water level rises and falls with the tides via underground channels. Principal vegetation: Black Mangroves Avicennia germinans; submergent beds of Ruppia maritima and Thalassia testudinum; some Salicornia sp and Sesuvium portulacastrum. Land tenure: Owned by the Government of Bermuda. Protection: A Nature Reserve established in 1980, and an integral part of a larger National Park. Land use: None. Waterfowl: A wintering area for Podilymbus podiceps and Nyctanassa violacea. Other fauna: A wintering area for Ceryle alcyon. The pond is an important sanctuary for the endemic Killifish Fundulus bermudae, and has an interesting invertebrate fauna. Threats: None foreseen. Research and conservation: The only inland water body in Bermuda in which the minnow Gambusia affinus has not been introduced. Reafforestation of the area surrounding the lake with native flora would be desirable. Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 2b. Trott’s Pond and Mangrove Lake (2) Location: 32°19’N, 64°42’W; adjacent to Paynter’s Road, Tucker’s Town. Area: Trott’s Pond 4.0 ha; Mangrove Lake 12.3 ha. Altitude: 0.2m. Proyince and type: 8.38.13; 07 & 08. Site description: Two saline lakes, up to 2m deep, with fringing mangroves; subject to slight tidal fluctuations. Principal yegetation: Mangroves Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle; submergent beds of Ruppia maritima. Land tenure: Bermuda Properties Limited (a private golf club) owns Trott’s Pond and most of Mangrove Lake; the Bermuda National Trust owns the west end of Mangrove Lake. Protection: The west end of Mangrove Lake is in a Nature Reserve; the rest of the wetland area was zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan, but no conservation measures have as yet been taken. Land use: None. Waterfowl: A wintering area for Podilymbus podiceps, Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Aythya collaris, A. affinis, Gallinula chloropus and Fulica americana. Other fauna: A wintering area for Seiurus noveboracensis. The lakes support the largest remaining populations of the endemic Killifish Fundulus bermudae. The introduced minnow Gambusia af finus is abundant, and there is an interesting invertebrate fauna. Threats: Eutrophication and possible pollution from fertilizers, pesticides and herbicides used on the adjacent golf course. Research and conservation: The lakes have been studied in connection with the geological processes of "gytta" and oil formation, and constitute an important visual amenity. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 2b. -455- Bermuda Shelly Bay Marsh (3) Location: 32°20’N, 64°44’W; Shelly Bay, Hamilton Parish. Area: 1.8 ha. Altitude: 0.1m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A small saline lagoon, up to 2.5m deep, and salt marsh with extensive mangrove swamps. The water level rises and falls with the tides via underground channels. Principal vegetation: Red Mangroves Rhizophora mangle, Salicornia sp, Paspalum vaginatum and Fimbristylis castanea. Land tenure: Owned by the Government of Bermuda. Protection: A Nature Reserve, established in 1970. Land use: In 1970, part of the marsh was filled in, and this area is now a playing field. There is still some illegal dumping of rubbish. Waterfowl: A wintering area for Ardeidae, Fulica americana, Porzana carolina and other Rallidae. Other fauna: A wintering area for Ceryle alcyon and Seiurus noveboracensis. Threats: There are some minor problems from illegal dumping of rubbish and human disturbance. Research and conservation: One of the few tidal salt marshes in Bermuda. The open water area was enlarged and deepened by dragline in 1970. Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Spittal Pond (4) Location: 32°18’N, 64°43’W; South Shore, Smith’s Parish. Area: 3.9 ha. Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 07 & 13. Site description: A permanent shallow brackish lagoon with fringing mudflats and marshes. The water level fluctuates by about 75 cm with rainfall and periodic flooding from the sea, and mudflats are exposed at low water levels. Two small freshwater ponds were excavated in 1966. Principal vegetation: Submergent beds of Ruppia maritima and fringing Paspalum vaginatum. Land tenure: Owned by the Bermuda National Trust. The Bermuda Government owns and manages the surrounding land as a National Park. Protection: A Nature Reserve established in 1954; part of a National Park. Land use: Bird-watching and hiking; some livestock grazing. Waterfowl: About 40 pairs of feral Anas platyrhynchos breed. The pond is a major refuge for passage shorebirds, notably species of Tringa, Limnodromus and Calidris, and a wintering area for Podilymbus podiceps, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Anas rubripes, A. crecca, A. americana, A. discors, Aythya collaris, A. affinis and Fulica americana. Other fauna: The introduced minnow Gambusia affinus is abundant, and plays an important role both in the biological control of mosquitos and as a prey species for Ardeidae. The eel Anguilla anguilla is common, and mullet Mugil sp occasionally become established after severe hurricane flooding. Threats: There is some eutrophication from run-off from an adjacent dairy farm, and occasional botulism in summer. Research and conservation: An important area for outdoor recreation and educational tours, with interesting geological features. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -456- Bermuda Devonshire Marshes (5) Location: 32°18°N, 64°45’W; between Vesey Street/Parson’s Road and Middle Road/Jubilee Road, Devonshire Parish. Area: 28.3 ha (eastern section 19.6 ha, western section 8.7 ha). Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 13, 16, 18 & 19. Site description: Two large peat marsh basins, lacking open water except in mosquito control ditches; with sawgrass swamp, bracken savanna, wet pasture and, in the western section, swamp forest. The marshes are periodically flooded by heavy rains, and the water is almost fresh (salinity 4 p.p.t.). The eastern and western sections are separated by a narrow strip of dry ground with a highway. The marsh basin lies within Bermuda’s largest freshwater lens. Principal vegetation: Extensive stands of sawgrass Cladium jamaicensis, bracken fern Pteridium caudatum and Osmunda ferns, with scattered Myrica cerifera, Ilex vomitoria and small patches of Juniperus bermudiana and Sabal bermudana swamp forest including the naturalized palm Phoenix reclinata. Marsh edge pastures are dominated by Paspalum urvillei and Panicum purparescens. Land tenure: The eastern section is partly privately owned and partly owned by the Bermuda Audubon Society and the Bermuda National Trust; the western section is privately owned. Protection: Part of the eastern section has been.acquired as a Nature Reserve; the rest of the wetland was zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan, but no other conservation measures have been taken. Land use: Livestock grazing and the cutting of grass for fodder. Fresh water is extracted from filtration galleries around the marsh edge for domestic use. Waterfowl: An important area for some passage and wintering waterfowl, notably Botaurus lentiginosus, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, Plegadis falcinellus, Porzana carolina and Gallinago gallinago. Other fauna: A variety of introduced species occur in the marsh, including the Orange-cheeked Waxbill Estrilda melpoda, the toad Bufo marinus, and _ the frogs Eleutherodactylus johnstonei and E. gossei. Threats: The future exploitation and land use of the marsh is still in dispute. Research and conservation: The largest of the peat marsh basins in Bermuda, and one which has never been used for the dumping of rubbish. A portion of the western section retains virgin stands of the endemic Bermuda Cedar and Bermuda Palmetto forest. It is recommended that the entire marsh be acquired as a nature reserve and water conservation area. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Pembroke Marsh East (6) Location: 32°18’N, 64°47’W; on the north edge of Hamilton City, Pembroke Parish. Area: 5.8 ha. Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 13. Site description: An extensive freshwater Typha swamp with some open water channels; up to 3m deep. There are only slight fluctuations in water level. The channels were extended by draglining in 1979. Principal vegetation: Mainly Typha angustifolia with some Ceratophyllum demersum and Cladium jamaicensis. Land tenure: Owned by the Government of Bermuda. Protection: Zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan. Land use: There is a rubbish dump on land adjacent to the marsh. Waterfowl: A minimum of 6 pairs of Gallinula chloropus and 1 or 2 pairs of Fulica americana breed; Podilymbus podiceps bred in 1957. A wide variety of waterfowl have been recorded on passage and in winter, including Podilymbus podiceps, Botaurus lentiginosus, Ixobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Butorides virescens, Ardea herodias, Anas crecca, A. discors, Aythya collaris, A. affinis, Porzana carolina and Porphyrula martinica. A57- Bermuda Other fauna: The introduced minnow Gambusia affinus occurs. Threats: Pollution from windblown refuse and leaching from the neighbouring rubbish dump. Research and conservation: An important green belt and visual amenity on the boundary of Hamilton City. The future status and boundaries of the proposed nature reserve have not as yet been established. The adjacent rubbish dump could be phased out and the land used for recreational parkland and playing fields. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Hungry Bay Mangrove Swamp (7) Location: 32°17’N, 64°45’W; Hungry Bay, South Shore, Paget East. Area: 2.9 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 01 & 08. Site description: A tidal mangrove swamp, up to Im deep at high water, in a shallow sea bay with a relatively narrow opening to the sea. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; some Salicornia sp. Land tenure: The ownership is in dispute; either owned by the Government of Bermuda or by two private estates. Protection: Zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan. A Tree Preservation Order protects the mangroves. Land use: Some recreational use of the tidal channels by boat traffic. Waterfowl: A wintering area for Nyctanassa violacea. Other fauna: Ceryle alcyon and Seiurus noveboracensis are winter residents. The swamp supports the only significant surviving populations of the Giant Land Crab Cardisoma guanhumi and Land Hermit Crab Cenobita sp on Bermuda. The Mangrove Crab Goniopsis cruentatus also occurs. Threats: Channels have been cut through the mangroves to enable boats to reach private properties bordering the swamp. Research and conservation: The largest mangrove swamp in Bermuda, and one of Bermuda’s largest and most interesting natural areas. It is recommended that the mangrove swamp and the peninsula of land between the swamp and the sea be acquired and managed as a nature reserve. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Paget Marsh Nature Reserve (8) Location: 32°16’N, 64°46’W; adjacent to Middle Road, Paget Parish. Area: 8.8 ha. Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 08, 16 & 18. Site description: A complex of swamp forest, marshy savanna and mangrove swamp with a perimeter drainage ditch; up to 1.5m deep and with a salinity of 6 p.p.t. The water level rises and falls slightly with the tides and rainfall. Principal vegetation: Swamp forest with the endemic Bermuda Cedar Juniperus bermudiana and the endemic Bermuda Palmetto Sabal bermudana; Myrica cerifera bushes; marshes with Cladium jamaicensis, Typha angustifolia, Scirpus americanus, the endemic sedge Carex bermudiana, and Acrostichum excelsum; and mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Owned by the Bermuda National Trust and the Bermuda Audubon Society. Protection: A Nature Reserve, established between 1955 and 1966. -458- Bermuda Land use: Nature-oriented recreation; there is a nature trail for educational guided tours and self-guiding tours. Some virgin forest was cut in 1983 in a timber stealing operation. Waterfowl: Of very little importance for waterfowl. Butorides virescens, Anas discors, Porzana carolina, Gallinula chloropus and Gallinago gallinago occur on passage and in winter. Other fauna: A _ variety of introduced species occur, including the Orange-cheeked Waxbill Estrilda melpoda, the toad Bufo marinus, and the frogs Eleutherodactylus johnstonei and E. gossei. Threats: The threat of timber theft continues as living and dead cedars within the reserve are of great value. Research and conservation: The largest surviving remnant of Bermuda’s pre-colonial swamp forest, and of primary importance as a reserve for native marsh flora. It is the most important locality for the endemic Bermuda Sedge Carex bermudiana, and is rich in fungi. All non-native species of flora are being culled to preserve this remnant of forest in its natural condition. The ditch surrounding the marsh could be widened in places to form ponds without any damage to the native flora. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Warwick Pond (9) Location: 32°16’N, 64°48’W; adjacent to Middle Road, Warwick Parish. Area: 2.3 ha. Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 13. Site description: A shallow freshwater pond, up to 20 cm deep, with mudflats at the north end and a broad fringing marsh. There are slight fluctuations in water level associated with the tides. Principal vegetation: Mainly Paspalum vaginatum with some Scirpus americanus and Fimbristylis castanea. Land tenure: Privately owned (Graham Powell Estate). Protection: Zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan. Land use: Livestock grazing on the edge of the marsh. Waterfowl: Gallinula chloropus bred in 1984. The mudflats at the north end of the pond are an important feeding area for passage shorebirds, notably Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris pusilla, C. minutilla, C. fuscicollis, C. melanotos and Micropalama himantopus. Wintering birds include Podilymbus podiceps, various Ardeidae, Anas discors, Porzana carolina and Fulica americana. Other fauna: The endemic Killifish Fundulus bermudae occurs. Warwick Pond is the only freshwater pond in which this species occurs and it is likely that the form occurring here is unique to the pond. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: M. Thomas is conducting a detailed study of the pond. It is recommended that the area be acquired by the Bermuda National Trust or Government for a nature reserve. Possible management could include deepening of the south end of the pond by dredging, and introduction of Ruppia maritima. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Somerset Long Bay Pond (10) Location: 32°18’N, 64°52’W; Long Bay Lane, Somerset Island, Sandy’s Parish. Area: 0.4 ha. Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.38.13; 13. -459- Bermuda Site description: A freshwater pond, up to 2m deep, with three small islands and scattered mangroves. The pond was recreated in 1973 by dredging on the site of an old rubbish dump, and deepened in 1980. There are slight changes in water level with rainfall, and the salinity is 4 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Scattered Black Mangroves Avicennia germinans on the islets, fringing Paspalum vaginatum, and submergent beds of Ruppia maritima. Land tenure: Acquired by the Bermuda Audubon Society in 1970. Protection: Protected as a Nature Reserve by the Bermuda Audubon Society since 1970. Land use: Recreation on the adjacent public beach. The grass around the pond is periodically cut for cattle fodder. Waterfowl: Long Bay Pond and the nearby private Pitman’s Pond are becoming the most important breeding area for Gallinula chloropus and Fulica americana in Bermuda, and Podilymbus podiceps bred in 1985. A variety of waterfowl occur in winter, including P. podiceps, several Ardeidae, Anas discors, Aythya collaris and Porzana carolina. Other fauna: The minnow Gambusia af finus was introduced in 1973 and is now abundant. Threats: There is some minor disturbance from people using the adjacent beach. The area has been fenced off to reduce public disturbance, but the fencing and boundary hedges should be improved. Research and conservation: Long Bay Pond forms an integral part of a public beach and park area. It lies in the Somerset freshwater lens, and is particularly rich because of the exceptional freshness of its water. References: Hayward et al (1981). Source: David B. Wingate. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Other significant wetlands Other significant wetlands in Bermuda include the following: Bartram’s Pond, St. George’s Island (0.4 ha): a brackish pond, up to 2m deep, with two islets excavated in 1983, submergent Ruppia maritima and fringing Paspalum vaginatum. Owned and managed as a Nature Reserve by the Bermuda Audubon Society. Cloverdale Marsh, Devonshire East (0.25 ha): a man-made, slightly brackish pond, up to 1.5m deep, excavated within a peat marsh; with Typha angustifolia, Cladium jamaicensis and Conocarpus erectus. Owned by the Cloverdale Condominium Owners Association, and managed as a Water Garden and private Nature Reserve. Gallinula chloropus breeds. Edmund Gibbons Nature Reserve, Devonshire East (1.8 ha): a slightly brackish swamp, up to 2m deep, with native swamp "hammock" flora including Juniperus bermudiana, Sabal bermudana, Myrica cerifera, Typha angustifolia, Cladium jamaicensis and Conocarpus erectus. Owned by the Bermuda National Trust and managed as a Nature Reserve. Gallinula chloropus breeds. Seymour’s Pond, Southampton Parish (0.2 ha): a shallow, slightly brackish pond, up to 0.5m deep, with submergent Ruppia maritima and fringing Paspalum vaginatum. Owned by the Bermuda Audubon Society and managed as a Nature Reserve since 1963. Gallinula chloropus breeds. Evan’s Pond, Southampton West (1.8 ha): an enclosed saline pond, up to 3m deep, with fringe of mangroves Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle. Owned by the Government of Bermuda and two private estates; zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan. A roosting site for Ardeidae. -460- Bermuda Ireland Island Lagoon, Ireland Island South (2.4 ha): a saline lagoon with fringing mangroves Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle, and Turtle Grass Thalassia testudinum; connected with the sea by a channel and subject to tidal influence. Owned by the Government of Bermuda (West End Development Corporation), and zoned as a nature reserve in the 1983 Development Plan. A roosting site for Ardeidae. -461- BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS INTRODUCTION No information was received on the current situation in the British Virgin Islands. The following account is based on CCA/ECNAMP (1981), Lettsome (1981), IUCN (1982 & 1983), Putney (1982) and Goodwin et al (1984). The Virgin Islands are a group of small islands between Puerto Rico and the Leeward Islands. The smaller eastern group comprises the British Virgin Islands, a British Crown Colony of 153 km?, while the larger western group is a United States Territory. The forty or so islands, rocks and cays in the British Virgin Islands are all of volcanic origin except for Anegada, a low-lying island of coral and limestone to the northeast of the main group. The population of about 12,000 is concentrated on the four main islands, Tortola, Virgin Gorda, Anegada and Jost Van Dyke, and most of the smaller islands are uninhabited. The economy of the islands is heavily based on tourism. The climate is dry subtropical, with maximum summer temperatures of about 30°C, minimum winter temperatures of 19°C, and an average annual rainfall of less than 1,200 mm in most areas. The dominant natural vegetation is cactus scrub and dry woodland, but on the main islands, much of this has been modified by grazing or lost to urban development. Much the largest wetland in the British Virgin Islands is a complex of saline lagoons and mangrove swamps at the west end of Anegada. However, there are over twenty smaller lagoons and salt ponds, and about twenty-five stands of mangroves scattered throughout the islands. The ponds are of considerable importance as feeding areas for migratory shorebirds, and the mangrove swamps provide feeding and nesting areas for a variety of Ardeidae, and nursery grounds for many commercially important fishes and crustaceans, such as Megalops atlantica, Lutjanus griseus, Caranx hippos, Epinephelus itajara and Panulirus argus. Some of the mangrove fringed lagoons also provide safe shelters for boats during hurricanes and tropical storms. There are many long sandy beaches important for nesting sea turtles, several islets and cays with sea-bird colonies, and extensive offshore coral reefs and beds of sea grasses (Thalassia testudinum, Syringodium filiforma and Diplanthera wrightii) throughout the archipelago. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The Ministry of Natural Resources is the governmental body responsible for conservation. The National Parks Trust, based in Tortola, was established in 1961 as a Statutory Body under the portfolio of the Ministry of Natural Resources. It is responsible for the development and management of national parks, marine parks and other reserves, and is currently establishing a Botanic Garden and Museum. The British Virgin Islands Conservation Society was established in 1978 to promote historical and cultural development and preservation of the environment. It is doubtful, however, if this society is still active. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The National Parks Ordinance of 1961 and the Marine Parks and Protected Areas Ordinance of 1979 provide the legal basis for the establishment of national parks, marine parks and other protected areas. Other relevant legislation includes the Endangered Animals and Plants Ordinance (1976), Wild Birds Protection Ordinance, Salt Ponds Ordinance, and Protection of Trees and Conservation of Soil and Water Ordinance. Eleven terrestrial protected areas and one marine park had been established by the end of 1980. Only one of these contains any significant wetland habitat, namely the Flamingo Pond Bird Sanctuary (449 ha) at the west end of Anegada, established in 1977. Many other areas have been proposed for protection; those incorporating wetlands include large reserves at the east end of Anegada and off the north coast of Virgin Gorda. -462- British Virgin Islands A Parks and Protected Areas Project is currently being executed by the National Parks Trust and the Eastern Caribbean Natural Area Management Programme (ECNAMP), with funding from Jackson Hole Preserve, Inc. This aims to develop a system of parks and protected areas in which the utilization of marine and coastal resources is consistent with national objectives for development. The eight areas so far designated for management are all shallow marine areas and small offshore islands; they include areas important for fisheries production, sea turtles and nesting sea-birds. Research has focussed primarily on the marine resources of the islands, but Lettsome (1981) has prepared an inventory of critical terrestrial ecosystems and mangrove areas, and Goodwin et al (1984) have studied salt ponds with a view to assessing their potential for mariculture. Major Threats to Wetlands Most of the wetlands in the British Virgin Islands are under threat. Several salt ponds and mangrove communities have already been lost to development, and by 1981, of the twenty stands of mangroves known on Tortola, only four remained in an unaltered condition. Threats include land reclamation for development, dredging for marina construction, sand mining, the dumping of solid waste and the cutting of mangroves for timber, fuel and animal fodder. Two of the three salt ponds on Virgin Gorda have recently been opened to the sea and dredged or partly filled for tourist development, and at least three of the six ponds on Tortola are under imminent threat. -463- British Virgin Islands ~) oi 4 — iy i) %d6 VaHyOS NISUYIA ats a) VIOLYOL SNAG NVA LSOFr 39 Ca? So IKE vA VaVSANV SGNV1S! NIDYIA HSILIdd -464- British Virgin Islands WETLANDS Site descriptions based on the literature, principally Lettsome (1981), Putney (1982) and Goodwin et al (1984). Flamingo Pond Bird Sanctuary (1) Location: 18°44’N, 64°22’W; at the west end of Anegada Island. Area: 449 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of interconnected saline lagoons (Flamingo Pond, 225 ha; Bones Bight Pond, 25 ha; and Red Pond, 150 ha), with several small islands and a single narrow connection with the sea. The lagoons, which are less than Im deep, are subject to slight tidal influence, and there are some mangrove swamps in tidal areas near the coast. Salinities of 55-87 p.p.t. were recorded in January 1984. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; cactus scrub and dry woodland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: The ponds and the land to the south are state owned; land to the north is privately owned. Protection: Protected as the Flamingo Pond Bird Sanctuary (449 ha) established in 1977. Land use: Some fishing in the mangroves; grazing in surrounding areas and a little tourism along the adjacent coast. Waterfowl: A very important area for migratory waterfowl, particularly shorebirds. Phoenicopterus ruber was formerly a regular winter visitor, but few have been reported in recent years. Other fauna: The endemic Iguana pinguis and the worm snake Typhlops catapontus occur in the reserve, and fish are present in the lagoons. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Much the largest wetland in the British Virgin Islands; identified by Putney as one of the largest remaining saline lagoons in relatively unaltered condition in the Lesser Antilles. References: Lettsome (1981); IUCN (1982); Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. East End Pond (2) Location: 18°42’N, 64°17’W; at the eastern tip of Anegada Island. Area: c.100 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A saline lagoon 60 ha in extent and up to 20 cm deep, with open connection to the sea, mangrove swamps along the south, west and east shores and along the adjacent coast, and limestone pavement to the north. A salinity of 26 p.p.t. was recorded in January 1984. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle; cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: The ponds and land to the north are state owned; land to the south and east is privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some grazing of domestic livestock in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: An important nursery ground for juvenile fishes and crustaceans. Threats: None known. -465- British Virgin Islands Research and conservation: Within a proposed protected area including the eastern end of Anegada and adjacent marine areas. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands of Beef Island (3) Location: 18°27’N, 64°32’W; on the western half of Beef Island, off the east end of Tortola. Area: c.35 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Five shallow saline ponds behind sea beaches: Goose Hole Pond (14 ha), Bluff Bay Pond (7 ha), Trellis Bay Pond (2 ha), Sprat Point (Banana Wharf) Pond (4 ha) and Conch Bay Pond (4 ha); and a small mangrove swamp at Hans Creek. There are mangroves at all the ponds except Sprat Point; Goose Hole and Trellis Bay Ponds occasionally dry out completely; and Goose Hole Pond is open to the sea via a culvert. Salinities of 20-37 p.p.t. were recorded at the ponds in November 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle, and beach vegetation with the rare Coccoloba swartziae; coastal woodland, cactus scrub and some grassland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned; Conch Bay Pond is state owned. Protection: Sprat Point Pond is protected by the government because of the great botanical interest of the adjacent native coastal woodland. Other areas are unprotected. Land use: The mining of sand for construction purposes at Bluff Bay Pond, and the harvesting of salt at Conch Bay Pond and Sprat Point Pond. There is a large airport near Conch Bay Pond, and a popular recreation beach to the north. Waterfowl: An important nesting area for Ardeidae and feeding area for a variety of waterfowl, notably migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs in Conch Bay Pond, and sea turtles nest on the nearby beaches. Threats: None known, other than some disturbance from tourist recreation, and sand mining activities at Bluff Bay Pond. Research and conservation: Sprat Point Pond and Hans Creek have been identified by Lettsome as critical areas for protection. The government is considering purchasing Goose Hole Pond in order to preserve it. References: Lettsome (1981); Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands of Eastern Tortola (4) Location: 18°27’N, 64°34’W; around the eastern end of Tortola, from Josiah’s Bay to Paraquita Lagoon. Area: c.30 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow brackish lagoon of 8 ha, Josiah’s Bay Pond, with fringing mangrove swamps and brackish marshes behind a sea beach; and three coastal mangrove swamps: Paraquita Lagoon, Fat Hogs Bay and Beef Island Channel. Josiah’s Bay Pond has been connected to the sea by a channel to allow partial drainage during periods of heavy rainfall; a salinity of 7 p.p.t. was recorded in November 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle, and brackish marshes; dry woodland and scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. -466- British Virgin Islands Protection: None. Land use: Livestock grazing in the marshes around Josiah’s Bay Pond. Paraquita Lagoon, Fat Hogs Bay and Beef Island Channel provide safe shelters for boats during hurricanes and tropical storms. Waterfowl: An important area for resident Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: The mangrove swamps are nursery grounds for juveniles of marine fishes and lobsters Panulirus argus, and mullet Mugil sp occur in Josiah’s Bay Pond. Threats: The dumping of solid waste and wood-cutting at Paraquita Lagoon; land reclamation for development, erosion and wood-cutting at Fat Hogs Bay; and wood-cutting at Josiah’s Bay Pond. Research and conservation: All four areas have been identified by Lettsome as critical areas in need of protection. References: Lettsome (1981); Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Other wetlands Other important wetlands include the following: Brandy Point Pond, Prickly Pear Cay; a small saline pond with mangroves (Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa), rich in wildlife. South Sound Mangroves, Virgin Gorda; one of the few unspoiled mangrove systems in the islands. Pond Bay Salt Pond, Virgin Gorda; a small brackish pond with mangroves (Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle), behind a sea beach. State owned; the surrounding land is leased to a resort corporation which apparently intends to retain the pond in an undeveloped state. Sea Cow Bay, Tortola; one of the largest mangrove systems in the islands, with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle. An important nursery ground for marine fishes and crustaceans, and a shelter for boats during storms. Threatened by the dumping of solid waste, land reclamation for development, and wood-cutting. Cane Garden Pond, Tortola; a brackish pond with fringing mangroves (Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa), behind a sea beach. Rich in bird life, and identified by Lettsome as a critical area for protection, but used as a rubbish dump and polluted with domestic sewage. The owners have requested permission to fill the pond. Belmont Pond, Tortola; a saline pond with fringing mangroves (Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa), behind a sea beach. Identified by Lettsome as a critical area for protection. East End Harbour, Jost Van Dyke; one of the largest mangrove systems in the islands, and an important nursery ground for marine fishes and crustaceans. References: Lettsome (1981); Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). -467- THE CAYMAN ISLANDS INTRODUCTION by Patricia Bradley The Cayman Islands are three low-lying oceanic islands totalling some 263 km? in extent at the extreme western end of the Greater Antilles in the Caribbean Sea. The islands are emergent peaks of the Cayman Ridge, a range of submarine mountains extending from Cuba to the Mysteriosa Bank in Honduras. The islands lie approximately 240 km south of Cuba and 280 km northeast of Jamaica. They are surrounded by steep ocean trenches; the Bartlett Trough southeast of Grand Cayman attains a depth of 6,000m. Grand Cayman (197 sq. km), the largest and most westerly island, lies 86 km west-southwest of Little Cayman (28 sq. km), which lies 7 km due west of Cayman Brac (38 sq. km). Grand Cayman and Little Cayman are encircled by extensive coral reefs enclosing areas of shallow water; the largest is the 60 sq. km North Sound, Grand Cayman. The islands each have a central core of Bluff limestone of mid-Miocene to Oligocene origin, believed to be over 400 m thick, and a low (3-4m) coastal platform of Pleistocene ironshore, a marine consolidation of sand, lagoonal mud, coral and molluscs. The modern mangrove ecosystems developed during the Holocene, and are underlain by peats, plastic muds and bedrock. Rivers and streams are absent. The Cayman Islands, at a latitude between 19°N and 20°N, are in the heart of the northeast trade wind belt which dominates the Caribbean. This stable wind system, in conjunction with the moderating influence of the sea on very small land masses, makes for a relatively unchanging climate, modified only by small seasonal variation, by the regular intrusion of cold fronts moving south from the U.S.A. during the winter, and by the occasional tropical storm or hurricane during the summer and autumn months. Rainfall occurs principally in the summer months, commencing usually in May, and rising to a maximum in October. The Grand Cayman average annual rainfall for the period 1974-1983 was 133 cm. Cayman Brac is significantly drier, with an annual average of 122 cm in the wettest central zone. Tidal fluctuation is of low amplitude, characteristic for the Western Caribbean, and normally in the range 12 to 50 cm. The fluctuation pattern is of the mixed diurnal/semidiurnal type, usually dominated by the semidiurnal component. Average sea water level shows a degree of seasonal variation with a tendency to higher levels in the summer months: this, in conjunction with the seasonal distribution of rainfall, is reflected in the flooding of the extensive mangrove swamps of Grand Cayman, which usually dry out during the winter, and often remain flooded for long periods during the summer. The strong northerly winds associated with winter cold fronts may however bank water in the North Sound sufficiently to cause extensive mangrove inundation at times of relatively low average sea level. Long term periodicity in mean sea level is becoming apparent as tide records are extended over the years; this involves an amplitude of the order of 10 cm. The Cayman Islands have been settled since 1666. In 1863, the islands were annexed to Jamaica under the British Colonial System, and they remained so until 1962 when Jamaica became independent and the Cayman Islands were proclaimed a Crown Colony. Caymanians have a close affinity with the sea, and crafts include boat building and rope weaving. The main agricultural production is fruit, vegetables, cattle, goats and poultry. In 1979, population estimates for the three islands were: Grand Cayman 15,000; Cayman Brac 1,600; and Little Cayman 74. Over 200,000 tourists visited the islands in 1983. The wetlands of the Cayman Islands show patterns typical of tropical ecosystems, namely seasonal rainfall and great fluctuations in water level due to evapotranspiration; tidal influence is also a significant factor. The six wetland ecosystems present are as follows: Mangrove swamps Conocarpus swamps Typha swamps Sedge swamps Seasonal pools on flooded grassland Coastal systems -468- . Cayman Islands a) Mangrove swamps cover 36% of Grand Cayman, 40% of Little Cayman and 1% of Cayman Brac. A number of brackish to highly saline ponds are associated with the mangroves; the majority of these are seasonal. The mangrove ecosystem has been divided into seven communities (Woodroffe 1979): Avicennia forest; pioneer, low marine, tall marine, and non-marine Rhizophora; mixed mangrove forest; and Laguncularia/Conocarpus woodland. A major gap in knowledge of the wetland ecosystems of the Cayman Islands is any understanding of the importance of the extensive central mangrove swamp, the largest area of inland mangrove in the Caribbean, to the general wetlands of Grand Cayman as a whole. b) Monospecific Conocarpus woodland and thicket form swamps on Bluff limestone in the eastern part of Grand Cayman and Little Cayman. Other plants present include Tillandsia sp and Rhabdadenia biflora. c) Typha swamps are dependent on rainfall and evapotranspiration, and all dry out seasonally. They are decreasing in extent on Grand Cayman and occur minimally on Cayman Brac and Little Cayman. The dominant plants are Typha domingensis, Sagittaria leucifolia, Cladium Jamaicensis, Acrostichum aureum and Rhabdadenia biflora. d) Sedge swamps occur around seasonally flooded ponds on agricultural land in Grand Cayman; the predominant vegetation is Eleocharis sp. e) Seasonal pools on flooded grassland provide temporary wetland habitat for some waterfowl. f) The coastal systems include coral rubble, sandy beaches, steep bluffs and ironshore, with the vegetation dependent on the degree of exposure to wind and waves. The strand scrub and littoral hedge is a band of coastal woodland 10-50m from the sea and dominated by Coccoloba uvifera. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The department of Government concerned with conservation policy is the Portfolio of Agriculture, Lands and Natural Resources; it recommends to Cabinet conservation measures considered necessary throughout the Cayman Islands. The only organization involved in wetland research is the Mosquito Research and Control Unit, a department of Agriculture, Lands and Natural Resources in the Government of the Cayman Islands. Both organizations are based in George Town, Grand Cayman. There are at present no non-governmental conservation organizations concerned with wetlands and waterfowl. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The legislative measures taken to date to conserve wetlands in the Cayman Islands and the areas which have been declared Animal Sanctuaries are as follows: a) The Animals Law (Law 8 of 1976) Part VII, Section 70; establishing two sanctuaries, Meagre Bay Pond (38 ha) and Colliers Bay Pond (32 ha) on Grand Cayman. b) The Animals (Sanctuaries) Regulations, 1980; establishing a sanctuary of 24 ha on Cayman Brac, including the two Westerly Ponds and Salt Water Pond. c) The Animals (Sanctuaries) Regulations, 1982; establishing a sanctuary of 72 ha on Little Cayman, including Booby Pond and an area to the north of the fringing mangroves called The Rookery. The Development Plan of 1977 concerns Grand Cayman only; it was modified slightly in 1980, and adopted by the Cayman Islands Government in 1981. The Plan calls for the incorporation of 97% of Grand Cayman’s wetlands into urban and agricultural schemes, a process that will take several years. By 1980 all the wetlands west of 81°10’W, with the exception of Meagre Bay Pond (Animal Sanctuary), had been returned from the possession of the Crown to private Ownership to implement the Development Plan. However, a fringe of mangroves is to be retained around parts of North Sound to act as a hurricane barrier. -469- Cayman Islands The Oxford University Expedition to the Cayman Islands in 1938 was the first natural history survey of the islands and included papers on wetlands, geology, the flora and the fauna. Since 1965, all research on wetlands has been coordinated with or carried out by the Mosquito Research and Control Unit. Research at the MRCU dates back to 1965 and has been dominated by work related to the control of brackish floodwater mosquitos. In order to provide the detailed ecological background information needed for an integrated mosquito control programme, this work has included a diversity of wetlands research. In addition, resident and visiting scientists at MRCU’s Natural Resources Laboratory have generated a body of work less related to mosquito control interests. Recent publications of note include mangrove species zonation maps for the islands, and studies on the flight behaviour of the dominant pest mosquito Aedes taeniorhynchus, the ecology of mangrove fishes, and mangrove swamp morphology and development in Grand Cayman. Unpublished work of interest includes long term records of tidal and meteorological data used in the routine prediction of mosquito emergence, and studies on water movements in mangroves and autogeny in Aedes taeniorhynchus. From 1964 to 1972, D.W. Johnston carried out a study of the avifauna and ecology of the Cayman Islands (Johnston, 1975 & Johnston et al, 1971), and A.W. Diamond published on the birds of Little Cayman in 1975 (Diamond, 1975a & 1975b). Other published work is mostly in the form of check lists, and only mentions waterfowl as part of the total avifauna. No details of a waterfowl banding programme are known. Some authors mention banding mist-netted birds but there has been no correlation with Cayman Islands Government or any follow-up programme. The only present avifaunal research is by the author, and involves the preparation of a check-list for the three islands; a study of the size of the breeding population of Dendrocygna arborea; observations on the colony of Fregata magnificens and Sulidae on Little Cayman; and a study of the population dynamics of Egretta thula and Egretta tricolor. However, plans exist to undertake a programme of banding nesting Ardeidae, Sulidae and Fregata magnificens in Little Cayman in 1985. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The pace of implementation of the Development Plan for Grand Cayman is increasing, and there are extensive development projects planned for 1985-1986 in the western part of the island. These include a golf course and road building, hotel, marina, condominium and housing developments. All will involve the wholescale destruction of wetlands. The ultimate removal of 97% of the island’s wetland habitat would mean a dramatic decline in wildlife populations, and every effort should be made to persuade the Cayman Islands Government to introduce further conservation measures before it is too late. Waterfowl populations are threatened not only by the loss of habitat but also by a lack of control on hunting, the extensive game list including several rare species, and by the large number of feral dogs and cats which roam the islands. Dendrocygna arborea is especially at risk, and continued illegal shooting of birds is now significant in the small population which remains. In Cayman Brac, there is a proposal that the Westerly Ponds should be filled in as they are considered a hazard to aircraft, and the mangroves between the Westerly Ponds and Salt Water Pond are already being cleared for runway extension. The marshes are privately owned and part of this wetland is used as a public rubbish dump. The total waterfowl population of Cayman Brac is at risk if the Westerly Ponds are filled as there is insufficient alternative wetland habitat to support viable populations. At present, the island supports a thriving and surprisingly rich waterfowl population which finds refuge in an Animal Sanctuary amid the activity of the airport and tourist hotels. In Little Cayman, hunting poses a serious threat to waterfowl; strict control or cessation would allow the now reduced populations of ducks to increase in numbers and would give the endangered West Indian Tree Duck Dendrocygna arborea protection at breeding sites, thus ensuring the survival of the Cayman Islands’ only breeding duck. The heronry with five breeding species of Ardeidae, at the back of the Rookery, has not been included in the Sanctuary; it is privately owned and there is a possibility that the area will be affected by road and airport runway development. -470- Cayman Islands Acknowledgements The author wishes to thank Mr Fred Burton for his unpublished data on climate, and the following for their assistance during the field work and in the preparation of this inventory: The Honourable John McLean, Mr Kearney Gomez, Mr Joe Parsons, Dr Owre, Mr Peter Foye, Mrs Gelia Fredericks, Mr Mark Latham, Mr Richard Prosser, Mr Tony Fenton, Mr Rudolph Davis, Mr Derek Banks, Mrs Ruth Smestad Anglin, Mr Melbourne Watler, Mr Stacey Watler, Miss Elo Estaban, Mr J. Ryan, Dr H. Teas, Mr Mike Emmanuel, Mr Jack Ebanks, Mr Bert Ebanks and Mr Sibert Watler. -471- Cayman Islands CAYMAN ISLANDS CAYMAN BRAC GRAND CAYMAN GeorgeTown Cayman Islands WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Patricia Bradley, Department of Agriculture, Lands and Natural Resources. Barkers Wetland (1) Location: 19°23’N, 81°23’W; on the northeast point of West Bay Peninsula, Grand Cayman. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: 0.5-0.7m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A mixed mangrove swamp on a promontory, with several small brackish lagoons behind a 2m beach ridge, a sandy beach to the north, and the mangrove fringe of North Sound to the south. The three main ponds are Sea Pond (3.7 ha), Vulgunnes Pond (5.4 ha) and Palmetto Pond (6.0 ha). Sea Pond is connected to the sea by a fissure in the underlying rock and shows delayed tidal influence; the other two ponds are connected by canals and are also affected by the tides. Salinities range from 33 to 49 p.p.t.; and water levels fluctuate seasonally from a high in December to a low in May, when large areas are dry. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; saline marshes and flats with Sporobolus virginicus, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Salicornia bigleovia, Batis maritima and Philoxerus vermicularia; beach communities with Thrinax radiata, Hymenocallis sp, Terminalia catappa, Caesalpinia sp, Cenchus sp, Coccoloba uvifera, Stachytarpheta jamaicensis, Ipomoea macrantha, I. pescaprae, Paspalum sp, Spartina patens and Thespesia populnea. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting, fishing, recreation and livestock grazing. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Butorides virescens, Anas platyrhynchos (introduced), Gallinula chloropus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Many Ardeidae breeding elsewhere on the island feed and roost at Barkers Wetland; counts have included up to 15 Nyctanassa violacea, 65 Bubulcus ibis, 20 Egretta caerulea, 138 E. tricolor and 350 E. thula. Passage and wintering species include Ardea herodias, Anas discors, Fulica americana, Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris pusilla, C. minutilla and Chlidonias nigra. The area is also interesting for the number of uncommon migrants which have occurred. Other fauna: The White-crowned Pigeon Columba leucocephala breeds in the mangroves. Fishes include Megalops atlantica, Gambusia caymanensis and Limia caymanensis; Decapoda include Cardisoma sp, Pachygraspus transversus, Uca sp, Goniopsis crientata and Mithrax sp. Threats: Coastal lands are being cleared for housing development and road building; ponds are being filled in with material dredged from North Sound; some areas are being used for the dumping of rubbish; and there is uncontrolled hunting of waterfowl. Land around Palmetto Pond has been purchased and plans have been drawn up for a condominium/marina complex which would destroy the pond. Research and conservation: The fauna and flora of the area have been well documented. The destruction of Palmetto Pond might be avoided if the private developers could be persuaded to retain the pond as a natural feature within their complex. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. South Sound Swamp and Half Way Pond (2) Location: 19°17’N, 81°22’W; 4 km southeast of Hog Sty Bay, Grand Cayman. Area: 309 ha. Altitude: 0-0.5m. -473- Cayman Islands Province and type: 8.39.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A large mangrove swamp, underlain by mangrove peat and Bluff limestone, behind a beach ridge; the adjacent shore of South Sound; and a brackish Typha swamp of 7.2 ha at Half Way Pond to the north (the only significant Typha swamp remaining in Grand Cayman). Water levels fluctuate according to rainfall and evaporation, and the Typha swamp dries out in summer. Principal vegetation: Mangrove forest with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus, Rhizophora mangle, Acrostichum aureum, Ipomoea macantha, Rhabdadenia biflora, Batis maritima, Philoxerus sp, Tillandsia sp, Cassytha sp, Heliotropium sp and Cynodon sp; brackish swamp with Typha domingensis, Sagittaria lancifolia, Ruppia maritima, Vigna luteola, Cladium jamaicensis, Blechum serrulatum and Acrostichum aureum; and beach communities similar to site 1. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Housing development and agriculture around the wetland. The area provides a park-like habitat close to George Town with extensive traffic-free recreation areas and a wetland habitat for study by five schools along the boundary. Waterfowl: An important area for a variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl, with almost the same species as Barkers Wetland (site 1). Additional species in the Typha swamp include Porphyrula martinica (breeding), and [xobrychus exilis (winter visitor). Other fauna: The endemic grackle Quiscalus niger caymanensis breeds; and Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus, F. columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter. Threats: Clearing and filling for development are already making serious inroads into the mangrove swamp; the main lagoon was filled in March 1984, two large areas in the centre of the swamp were cleared for building in late 1984, and the Typha swamp is now threatened. The Development Plan schedules use of the area for light industry and housing, and the entire swamp is likely to be filled within three to four years. References: Woodroffe (1979). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Prospect Marsh (3) Location: 19°17’N, 81°19’W; 11 km east of Hog Sty Bay, Grand Cayman. Area: 38 ha. Altitude: 1m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. Site description: Two permanently flooded marl pits, up to 3m deep, with fringing mangrove swamps, and cleared marshy land subject to seasonal flooding with brackish water (salinity 17 p.p.t.). The seasonal marshes are dry for about 30% of the year. Principal vegetation: Mangrove forest with Avicennia germinans, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; seasonally flooded marshes with Rhabdadenia biflora, Typha domingensis, Cladium jamaicensis and Sesuvium portulacastrum. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and dumping of rubbish. The marsh area was originally cleared for the construction of a golf course. Waterfowl: An important area for a variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl, with almost the same species as Barkers Wetland (site 1). Counts of breeding birds have included up to 90 Egretta tricolor, 500 E. thula and 50 Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter. The area has a very rich bird fauna, and many of the subspecies endemic to the Cayman Islands occur, including Amazona leucocephala caymanensis. Fishes include Megalops atlantica and Decapoda include Cardisoma sp. Threats: The principal threat at present is excessive hunting, but the area is likely to be developed as soon as an investor can be found. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 2b. -474- Cayman Islands Westerly Freshwater Wetlands (4) Location: 19°16’N, 81°18’W; 1 km north, east and west of Savannah, Grand Cayman. Area: Lower Valley Wetland 0.8 ha; Savannah Wetland 1.0 ha; Newlands Wetland 1.4 ha. Altitude: 3-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07, 08 & 13. Site description: A complex of small, permanent and seasonal fresh to brackish ponds, marshes and mangrove swamps in three small wetland areas lying over a freshwater levee in 475 ha of agricultural land. Salinities range from fresh to 10 p.p.t., and water levels fluctuate with seasonal rainfall and evapotranspiration. Much of the marsh area dries out in summer. Principal vegetation: Originally, the predominant vegetation was a monospecific thicket of Conocarpus erectus, but the great majority of this has been cleared for livestock grazing and urban development. In addition to C. erectus, the predominant vegetation now includes Laguncularia racemosa, Acrostichum aureum, Typha domingensis, Panicum purpurascens, Eleocharis mutata, Sesuvium portulacastrum and Cladium jamaicensis. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and livestock grazing. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of breeding waterfowl, with almost the same species as Barkers Wetland (site 1), but also large populations of Dendrocygna arborea (counts of up to 32 birds at Lower Valley Wetland and up to 30 at Newlands Wetland) and Porphyrula martinica (up to 25 at Newlands). Passage and wintering birds include Ardea herodias, Anas discors, Fulica americana and a variety of shorebirds, notably Gallinago gallinago. Other fauna: Falco columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter. Threats: There is uncontrolled hunting in the area, and housing development is gradually taking over the surrounding agricultural land. Research and conservation: The owner of Savannah Wetland has agreed to ban hunting on his land if the Government will provide the "no hunting" signs. The owner of Lower Valley Wetland might similarly be persuaded to ban hunting. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Central Mangrove Swamp and Booby Cay (5) Location: 19°20’N, 81°16’W; east side of North Sound, Grand Cayman. Area: 4,677 ha (including Booby Cay 57 ha). Altitude: 0-0.5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 03, 07 & 08. Site description: An extensive mixed mangrove forest enclosing several hundred small saline ponds which flood in the wet season; and a mangrove covered cay lying offshore in a marine sound. The water level in the mangroves is dependent on tidal inundation along the border of North Sound, and on a combination of rainfall, evapotranspiration and tides in the interior. Salinities at ponds in the interior range from 34-46 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; Tillandsia sp, Rhabdadenia biflora, Batis maritima and Acrostichum aureum. Land tenure: The mangrove swamp is privately owned except for a 150m fringe around North Sound which, like Booby Cay, is owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government). Protection: The 150m wide fringe of mangroves around North Sound and Booby Cay are protected from development. Land use: Hunting along the perimeter of the swamp; harvesting of nestlings of Ardeidae at the Booby Cay colony. Waterfowl: Booby Cay supports an important breeding colony of Ardeidae with 250 pairs of Egretta caerulea, 70 pairs of E. tricolor and over 1,000 pairs of E. thula in the 1984/85 season. Up to 150 Bubulcus ibis have been observed, but none were found breeding in 1984/85. The Central Mangrove Swamp constitutes a major feeding area for the birds nesting on Booby Cay, and a breeding area for other species such as Butorides virescens, Dendrocygna arborea (54 birds recorded in two flocks), and Gallinula chloropus. Anas discors and a variety -475- Cayman Islands of shorebirds occur on migration and in winter. Other fauna: Other birds frequenting the mangroves include Columba leucocephala, Amazona leucocephala caymanensis, Quiscalus niger caymanensis, Dendroica petechia and wintering Seiurus noveboracensis. Threats: Mangroves have been cleared and development has begun along the south and east edges of the swamp, and is to continue around the perimeter. There is uncontrolled hunting in the swamp. Research and conservation: This large area of inland mangrove is unique in the Caribbean, and clearly merits further study. New Marine Parks Regulations propose to create a "Zone of Regeneration" to include a 300m eastern coastal mangrove belt, Booby Cay, and the waters to the north, east and south. If declared law, hunting and fishing would be banned and boat traffic would be restricted, thus protecting the heron colony. It is possible that further areas of mangrove could be purchased by the Government at a later date. References: Woodroffe (1981). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3b. Meagre Bay Pond and Pease Bay Pond (6) Location: 19°17’N, 81°13’W; at Pease Bay, Grand Cayman. Area: Meagre Bay Pond 38.4 ha; Pease Bay Pond 8.2 ha. Altitude: 0.5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. Site description: Two shallow hypersaline lagoons with mangrove swamps, and rocky outcrops to the east and north. The ponds are dependent on delayed tidal influence, rainfall and evapotranspiration; water levels fluctuate considerably, and large areas dry out in the dry season. Salinities range from 35-38 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Conocarpus erectus; also Batis maritima, Philoxeris vermicularis, Sesuvium portulacastrum and Ruppia maritima. Land tenure: Meagre Bay Pond is owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government); Pease Bay Pond is privately owned. Protection: Meagre Bay Pond is protected under the Animals Sanctuaries Law; Pease Bay Pond is unprotected. Land use: Illegal hunting at Meagre Bay Pond; hunting, recreation and housing development along the shores of Pease Bay Pond. Waterfowl: An important breeding, passage and wintering area for a wide variety of waterfowl, with almost the same species as Barkers Wetland (site 1). Counts at Meagre Bay Pond have included up to 170 Podilymbus podiceps, 96 Egretta tricolor, 610 E. thula, 16 E. alba, 60 Tringa melanoleuca, 150 Himantopus himantopus and 100 Sterna albifrons. Dendrocygna arborea is a fairly common resident; up to 36 have been observed at Meagre Bay Pond, and birds occasionally feed at night at Pease Bay Pond. Wintering Anatidae include up to 95 Anas discors and small numbers of A. americana, A. clypeata and Aythya af finis. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus, F. columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter. The mangrove swamp to the north of the ponds is a major breeding site for Amazona leucocephala caymanensis. Threats: There are pressures from increased urbanization around Pease Bay Pond, and hunting is uncontrolled. Research and conservation: A recent proposal to extend the Meagre Bay Sanctuary has been turned down. An appeal could be made to the owners of Pease Bay Pond to protect it and declare it a "no hunting" zone. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. -476- Cayman Islands Conocarpus Swamps and Frank Sound Wetland (7) Location: 19°19’N, 81°10’W; in the interior of eastern Grand Cayman, extending to the southeast coast. Area: 1,071 ha. (North Swamp 443 ha, Central Swamp 148 ha, South Swamp 348 ha, Frank Sound 132 ha). Altitude: 0.6-6.0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Three extensive monospecific thickets of Conocarpus erectus in an interior basin of the island. The swamps enclose a number of slightly brackish seasonal ponds and marshes, and there is some mixed mangrove swamp in the southern section. The nearby Frank Sound wetland is a mixed mangrove swamp behind a 2m beach ridge, enclosing a sedge marsh and with seasonally flooded brackish marshes and a Conocarpus swamp to the north. Water levels are dependent on rainfall and evapotranspiration; the Conocarpus swamps dry out completely in the dry season, but there is some tidal influence in the southern part of Frank Sound wetland. Principal vegetation: Thickets of Conocarpus erectus; mixed mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, C. erectus and Rhizophora mangle; also Rhabdadenia biflora, Tillandsia sp, Panicum purpurascens, Cladium jamaicensis, Eleocharis mutata and Cyperus sp. Land tenure: The North and South Swamps are owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government); Frank Sound wetland and the Central Swamp are privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and livestock grazing. A sealed road bisects the South Swamp. Waterfowl: The North and South Swamps are very difficult of access and poorly know; large numbers of Ardeidae have been observed feeding in the North Swamp, and it is possible that both swamps are major wintering areas for waterfowl. The Central Swamp was a traditional breeding site for Dendrocygna arborea but recent clearing has resulted in the disappearance of the species from that area. A variety of breeding, passage and wintering birds have been recorded at Frank Sound wetland, including up to 12 D. arborea which breed there. Other fauna: Falco peregrinus, F. columbarius and Ceryle alcyon have been recorded in winter. The swamps are a major breeding area for Leptoptila jamaicensis collaris, Amazona leucocephala caymanensis (up to 130 observed in the Central Swamp), and Dendroica petechia. Threats: There is uncontrolled hunting; and the mangroves are being cleared for development around the Central and South Swamps, and along the northern and southern boundaries of Frank Sound wetland. There are no threats at present to the large North Swamp. Research and conservation: The undisturbed North Swamp (443 ha) and the South Swamp (348 ha) are both clearly worthy of protection. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Malportas Pond, Rock Pond and Point Pond (8) Location: 19°21°N, 81°12’W; near North Side Town, Grand Cayman. Area: 414 ha (Malportas Pond 52 ha, Point Pond 2.4 ha). Altitude: 0.5-1.0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow saline lagoon (Malportas Pond) with fringing mangroves and five Mangrove covered islets; a small shallow brackish pond (Point Pond) with mixed woodland fringe; and a Conocarpus swamp (Rock Pond) to the west. The three wetlands lie between limestone ridges, and there is a 6m high beach ridge to the north of Point Pond. The lagoons are permanent, but water levels fluctuate greatly according to rainfall and evapotranspiration, and Malportas Pond is 90% dry by April. There is some tidal influence at Malportas Pond during the wet season. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Conocarpus erectus; also Sesuvium portulacastrum, Paspalum sp, Tillandsia sp, Batis maritima, Spartina patens, Ruppia maritima, Canvalia sp, Ipomoea macrantha, Hymenocallis latifolia, Terminolia catappa, Cynodon sp, Caesalpinia sp, Philoxerus vermicularia and Coccoloba uvifera. -477- G ayman Islands Land tenure: Owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government). Protection: Recently declared an Animal Sanctuary. Land use: Hunting. A road passes close to the ponds, and there are houses on the south and west borders of Point Pond. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl, with almost the same species as Barkers Wetland (site 1). Small numbers of Dendrocygna arborea have been recorded at both ponds. The area is particularly important for breeding Sterna albifrons, and wintering Anas discors and Gallinago gallinago. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco columbarius and Ceryle alcyon have been recorded in winter. Threats: There is increased urban development, particularly in the west, and recent agriculture and housing projects have extended to within 300m of Malportas Pond. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Colliers Bay Pond (9) Location: 19°20’N, 81°05’W; at the eastern tip of Grand Cayman. Area: 32.5 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent shallow saline lagoon with a wide fringe of mangroves in the west, one mangrove covered islet, and a beach ridge to the east. The water level is dependent on rainfall and evapotranspiration; the depth reaches a maximum of 70 cm in the wet season (September to January) and is at its lowest in May. The salinity is 35 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Conocarpus erectus; also Sesuvium portulacastrum, Batis maritima, Ipomoea macularia, I. pescaprae, Cynodon sp, Caesalpinia sp, Bidens sp, Sporobolus virginicus and beach communities. Land tenure: Owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government). Protection: An Animal Sanctuary. Land use: Bird-watching. A main road crosses the northeast end of the pond, and there is a hotel nearby. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl, with almost the same species as Barkers Wetland (site 1). The area is particularly interesting for the variety of uncommon transients which have occurred. Other fauna: Falco columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter. Threats: There is some illegal hunting. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Westerly Ponds, Salt Water Pond and The Marshes (10) Location: 19°41’N, 79°51’-79°54’W; near Gerrard Smith Airport, on the southwest coast of Cayman Brac. Area: 43.8 ha (Westerly Ponds 16.8 ha; Salt Water Pond 7.8 ha; The Marshes 19.2 ha). Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Three permanent saline lagoons (the two Westerly Ponds and Salt Water Pond), 0.5-1.0m deep, with mangrove fringes and three mangrove covered cays, separated from the sea by a sand ridge; and an area of mangroves with seasonal pools and muddy areas on an exposed ironshore bedrock platform parallel to the coast (The Marshes). The lagoons are subject to tidal influence. Salinities vary from 42-69 p.p.t., and there are wide fluctuations in -478- Cayman Islands water level, the Westerly Ponds becoming 60% dry by May, and The Marshes drying out completely during the summer. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus (particularly in The Marshes) and Rhizophora mangle; also Sporobolus virginicus, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Coccoloba uvifera, Cladium jamaicensis, Caesalpinia crista, Hymenocallus sp, Ipomoea macantha, I. pescaprae, Cassaytha sp, Hippomane mancinella and Cenchus sp. Land tenure: Westerly Ponds and Salt Water Pond are owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government); The Marshes are privately owned. Protection: Westerly Ponds and Salt Water Pond were declared an Animal Sanctuary in 1980. The Marshes are unprotected. Land use: Dumping of asphalt drums (Westerly Ponds) and rubbish (The Marshes); quarrying for marl at The Marshes. There is an airport runway on the northern boundary of Westerly Ponds, two hotels to the south, and a gravel crushing plant between the two lagoons. Waterfowl: A very important group of wetlands for a wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Ardeidae breeding on Little Cayman use the area for feeding; small numbers of Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor and E. thula are present year round, and up to 250E. tricolor and 500 E. thula have been recorded during the spring migration season. Common passage migrants and winter visitors include Anas discors (up to 100), Fulica americana, many Nearctic shorebirds and Chlidonias nigra. Dendrocygna arborea breeding on Little Cayman are reported to fly over to Westerly Ponds to feed at night, returning to Little Cayman before dawn. Other fauna: The area supports a rich resident avifauna, and Falco columbarius, Ceryle alcyon and Seiurus noveboracensis occur in winter. Threats: The dumping of rubbish and asphalt drums is gradually reducing the extent of the wetlands, and causing a serious pollution problem at Westerly Ponds. The flights of Ardeidae and Anas discors at Westerly Ponds are regarded as a hazard to aircraft and proposals have been made to fill in the lagoons completely to get rid of the birds. Much of the mangrove swamp between Westerly Ponds and Salt Water Pond has already been filled in for an airport runway extension. Research and conservation: The three wetlands together provide secure breeding, feeding and roosting habitat for a wide range of bird species, and constitute the only major wetland site on Cayman Brac. They lie close to three tourist hotels, and are thus of great educational and recreational value. Steps should be taken to purchase The Marshes as a Sanctuary, particularly if the decision is taken to fill in the Westerly Ponds. References: Johnston et al (1971); Olson et al (1981). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Westerly Wetland and Preston Bay Ponds (11) Location: 19°39’N, 80°06’W; 1 km west of the airstrip, Little Cayman. Area: 8.5 ha. Altitude: 3m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A chain of small brackish lagoons with a mangrove fringe, and seasonal rainwater pools; on exposed ironshore behind a coral rubble beach. Salinities range from 20-40 p.p.t., and water levels fluctuate according to rainfall and evaporation. Principal vegetation; The mangroves Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus_ erectus, with Acrostichum aureum, Ruppia maritima, Coccoloba uvifera, Thespesia populnea, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Ambrosia hispida, Cordia sequestria, Sporobolus virginicus, Borrichia arborescens and Salicornia bigelovia. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: The principal area on the island for the collection of crabs Cardisoma sp; alsoduck hunting. -479- Cayman Islands Waterfowl: Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus and Himantopus himantopus. Bubulcus ibis, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor and E. thula from the breeding colony near Booby Pond (site 12) use the area as a feeding site, and Anas discors and many Nearctic shorebirds occur on passage and in winter. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco columbarius and Alcyon ceryle occur in winter. Threats: Road building schemes and a proposal for condominium and villa developments on the coast to the south of the wetland pose potential threats to the area. References: Stoddart (1980b). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Booby Pond and nearby Heronry (12) Location: 19°40’N, 80°04’W; east of the airstrip, Little Cayman. Area: 50 ha, including 6 ha of woodland. Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A largely seasonal hypersaline lagoon, up to 70 cm deep, with extensive mangrove fringe, bounded to the south by a coastal sand beach; and a mixed woodland on platform rock to the north of the mangrove fringe. The salinity is 69 p.p.t.; the water level fluctuates widely according to rainfall, evapotranspiration and the tides, and the lagoon dries out in summer. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; Thespesia populnea and Cordia sp; and mixed woodland with Bursera simaruba, Canella winterana, Guipera discolor, Coccothrinax jamaicensis, Ficus aurea, Myrcianthes fragrans, Cephalocerus swartzii and Plumeria obtusa. Land tenure: Booby Pond is owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government); the adjacent beach and the heronry are privately owned. Protection: Booby Pond and its mangrove fringe are included in an Animal Sanctuary in which hunting and the taking of eggs are prohibited. Other areas are unprotected. Land use: Sport fishing, hunting, bird-watching and tourist recreation along the beach. Booby Pond is used as a public dump, and eggs (of Sulidae) and nestlings (of Ardeidae) are collected for food. Waterfowl: Booby Pond is an important feeding area for resident and migratory Ardeidae, and passage and wintering Nearctic shorebirds. Peak counts have included up to 95 Egretta tricolor, 550 E. thula, 200 Tringa melanoleuca, 50 T. flavipes and 50 Limnodromus griseus. Breeding species include Nyctanassa violacea and Sterna albifrons (up to 83 birds recorded). Dendrocygna arborea is reported to visit the lagoon at night to feed. The woodland supports a breeding colony of Ardeidae; counts of breeding adults have included 28 Bubulcus ibis, 16 Egretta caerulea, 85 E. tricolor and 500 E. thula. Other fauna: Falco columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter. There are large breeding colonies of Sula sula (up to 7,000 birds) and Fregata magnificens (up to 350 birds), and the Cayman Island endemics Elaenia martinica caymanensis and Quiscalus niger bangsi breed. Threats: Asphalt drums and rubbish are being dumped into the lagoon, and there is illegal taking of eggs of Sulidae and nestlings of Ardeidae. Research and conservation: Studies have been conducted on the breeding sea-birds. Because of its easy access and close proximity to major tourist facilities, the wetland has great value for nature tourism. The resiting of the public rubbish dump away from the Sanctuary has been approved. The woodland containing the heronry should be included in the Animal Sanctuary, either by purchase by the Government or as a private sanctuary declared by the owners. References: Beard (1955); Diamond (1975a & 1975b); Stoddart (1980b). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2b, 2c & 3a. -480- Cayman Islands Tarpon Lake and Wearis Bay Wetlands (13) Location: 19°41’N, 80°02’W; 3.5 km east of the airstrip, Little Cayman. Area: 236 ha. Altitude: 0.5-1.0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. Site description: An extensive coastal mangrove forest behind a beach ridge, with a permanent saline lagoon (15.6 ha), up to 1.5m deep, and many seasonally flooded ponds. The salinity of the lagoon is 24.5 p.p.t., and the water level fluctuates according to rainfall and evapotranspiration. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus, Rhizophora mangle and Rhabdadenia biflora. Land tenure: Owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government). Protection: None. Hotel guides taking tourists fishing have banned the use of live bait. Land use: Sport fishing for Tarpon, waterfowl hunting and tourist recreation. Access to the lagoon is on a board walk through mangrove forest. Waterfowl: Important for breeding and wintering waterfowl of a wide variety of species. The area is particularly important for breeding Dendrocygna arborea; up to 32 birds have been observed in a single flock. Other breeding species include Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus and Himantopus:-himantopus (up to 120 birds). Wintering birds include Ardea herodias, Anas discors, Aix sponsa, Aythya affinis, Fulica americana and small numbers of shorebirds. Other fauna: Quiscalus niger bangsi and Dendroica petechia breed. The Tarpon Megalops atlantica is common, and the sea turtle Chelonia mydas has been introduced. Threats: There is uncontrolled hunting, including illegal hunting of the protected Dendrocygna arborea. Research and conservation: The lagoon should be included in an Animal Sanctuary which would necessitate a change in the Animals Law (1976) to allow fishing within a sanctuary. References: Stoddart (1980b); Woodroffe (1980). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. North Mangrove Swamp (14) Location: 19°42’N, 80°03’W; 8 km northeast of the airstrip, Little Cayman. Area: 103 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A long narrow coastal mangrove swamp with several saline lagoons, up to 1m deep, and many seasonal ponds, bounded to the south by a low limestone ridge. Water levels are dependent on rainfall, evapotranspiration and the tides, and the ponds dry out completely during the dry season. Principal yegetation: Monospecific mangrove swamps of Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government). Protection: None. Land use: Waterfowl hunting. Waterfowl: An important area for passage and wintering Ardeidae, shorebirds and Anatidae, and a feeding area for Ardeidae and Dendrocygna arborea from nearby breeding sites. Concentrations of Ardeidae have included up to 60 Egretta tricolor and 300 E. thula. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Gallinula chloropus and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: Quiscalus niger bangsi breeds in the mangroves, and Pandion haliaetus and Falco columbarius occur in winter. Threats: Uncontrolled hunting is the only threat at present. Research and conservation: The wetland has potential value for nature tourism and should be protected as an Animal Sanctuary. References: Stoddart & Giglioli (1980). Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -481- Cayman Islands Charles Bight Wetland and Sesuvium Swamp (15) Location: 19°42’N, 79°59’W; 14 km east of the airstrip, Little Cayman. Area: 77 ha. (Charles Bight 50 ha; Sesuvium Swamp 27 ha). Altitude: 0-3m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07, 08 & 13. Site description: A permanent saline lagoon and several seasonal brackish ponds in an extensive mangrove swamp; and a seasonal freshwater marsh with scattered pools (Sesuvium Swamp) to the east. Water levels are dependent on rainfall and evapotranspiration; the marsh dries out completely during the dry season. Sesuvium Swamp is the only herbaceous marsh of its type in the Cayman Islands. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus at Charles Bight; marshes with Sesuvium microphyllum, S. portulacastrum and Typha domingensis at Sesuvium Swamp. Land tenure: Owned by the Crown (Cayman Islands Government). Access to the wetland is across private land. Protection: None. Land use: Some hunting at Charles Bight Wetland. Waterfowl: Charles Bight Wetland is an important area for breeding and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Nyctanassa violacea, Dendrocygna arborea (up to 27 birds recorded), Himantopus himantopus (up to 65 birds) and Sterna albifrons. Up to 170 Anas discors have been recorded in winter, along with small numbers of several other Anatidae. Little information is available for Sesuvium Swamp, but it is known to be an important feeding area for Dendrocygna arborea. Other fauna: Columba leucocephala and Quiscalus niger bangsi breed. Fishes include Gambusia sp. Threats: There is illegal hunting of Dendrocygna arborea and uncontrolled hunting of migrant Anatidae at Charles Bight Wetland. Sesuvium Swamp is very difficult of access and under no immediate threat. Research and conservation: The wetlands constitute one of the most important breeding areas for the rare Dendrocygna arborea in the Cayman Islands and should be protected as Animal Sanctuaries. The wetlands have great potential value for nature tourism, particularly since Little Cayman is an island where natural pursuits are the main tourist attraction. Source: Patricia Bradley. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. -482- CUBA INTRODUCTION by Orlando Garrido The Cuban Archipelago has a surface area of 110,922 km?, 95% of which comprises the island of Cuba, 1.7% the island of La Juventud (Isle of Pines) and 3.3% the adjacent islets. The population is estimated at some 10 million. The main island of Cuba is 1,258 km long and up to 191 km wide. The north coast is 3,209 km long, the south coast 2,537 km. Both coasts have numerous bays (e.g. Honda, Cabafas, Mariel, Habana, Matanzas, Nuevitas, Puerto Padre, Gibara, Banes, Nipe, Cienfuegos, Guantanamo and Santiago de Cuba) and offshore islets or cays (e.g. Romano, Coco, Real, Cantiles, Rosario and Largo del Sur). The many lakes and lagoons include Las Playas, Ariguanabo, Del Tesoro, Cayo Redondo, Grande, La Leche, Sigua, La Redonda, Los Gatos and El Pesquero. The two principal marshes are Zapata on the main island and Lanier on La Juventud; the main delta marshes include Birama in the Cauto delta, those in the southwest and south of Sancti Spiritus Province, and those in the north of Santa Clara Province. The rainy season extends from May to October, and the dry season from November to April. Rainfall is abundant and well distributed, and in general the climate is pleasant, with only occasional hurricanes. A quarter of the main island is mountainous. The Sierra de los Organos, to the west of La Habana, reaches heights of up to 750m; the Sierra de Trinidad near the centre of the island rises to a peak at 1,100m; and the Sierra Maestra in the east, to a peak at 1,980m. There are extensive forests of pine and other species in some parts of the island of Cuba, especially in the west but to a lesser extent also in the east, and in various parts of the island of La Juventud. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research There are few organizations dedicated to conservation and/or research in Cuba, and all are governmental. They are as follows: Direccion Nacional de Flora y Fauna; created in 1984 and responsible for the research and conservation of flora, fauna and the environment. Confederacion Ornitologica; primarily concerned with exotic birds and birds in captivity. Academia de Ciencias de Cuba (Instituto de Zoologia); created in the early 1960s to carry out scientific research. Universidad de La Habana (Escuela de Biologia); primarily concerned with teaching activities, but also carries out research projects. Centro Biologico de Managua; primarily concerned with maintaining exotic animals in captivity, including some species of waterfowl, but also carries out occasional research projects. Ministerio de Agricultura (INDAF); concerned with research on game animals, as well as studies of the fishes of lakes and dams. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The following Nature Reserves (Reservas Naturales) have been established in Cuba: El Veral, on the Guanahacabibes Peninsula Maria la Gorda, on the Guanahacabibes Peninsula Caguanes, on the north coast of Santa Clara Province Cupeyal, on the north coast of Santa Clara Province Jaguani, in the extreme east of the island. -483- Cuba All these reserves were established during the 1960s and are under the jurisdiction of the Academia de Ciencias. Many other areas are protected as National Monuments, National Parks, Faunal Refuges and Natural Tourist Areas. Examples include the Cienaga de Zapata, the Cienaga de Lanier, and all the cays of the Cuban Archipelago, where the hunting and capture of wildlife are prohibited. The protection of the cays is of special importance because of their ecological fragility and great importance for wildlife. For example, 35,000 adult and 10,000 juvenile Phoenicopterus ruber were recently observed on Cayo Coco. Some dams and lagoons are used for international sport fishing, e.g. Guama and Zaza, and various international shooting reserves have been established, e.g. Presa de Mamposton in Pinar del Rio Province and Laguna de la Redonda. A further international shooting reserve is currently being created on the outskirts of Birama in the Cauto Delta. In recent years, the area of wetlands in Cuba has increased considerably, thanks to the State’s water policy which has involved the creation of over 29 reservoirs and dams with capacities ranging from 40 to 1,020 million cubic metres. A variety of research projects have been carried out in Cuba. Bird banding programmes were conducted in the 1940s and again in 1974. Around 1967, public protest resulted in the initiation of a programme for the control of Dendrocygna bicolor in the Jibaro rice fields in southern Sancti Spiritus Province. However, an analysis of ducks (Dendrocygna bicolor, D. arborea and Anas bahamensis) killed by 100 hunters during a 30 day period revealed that the damage caused by ducks feeding on rice was not serious; the damage caused by the hunters was much greater, but this was not taken into consideration. The programme of the Direccion Nacional de Flora y Fauna involves the banding of birds at various localities, and a complete study of the principal wetlands and waterfowl, including both native and migratory species since it appears that wintering populations are largely made up of migrants and not native birds as was widely supposed. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl Until relatively recently, many marshes were affected by fires set in the herbaceous vegetation to facilitate the collection of freshwater turtles, but with the creation of refuges and protective legislation, this problem appears to have disappeared. Apart from fires, natural floods and droughts, there are no serious factors which might influence the deterioration of wetlands or waterfowl populations. However, Dendrocygna spp are hunted indiscriminately in some areas, despite the fact that there are regulations concerning their capture. -484- Cuba GNLN3aAnr V130 V1SI eueqeHey vanod -485- Cuba WETLANDS No data sheets were received from Cuba. The site descriptions are based on personal communication with Orlando H. Garrido, and some material and literature provided by him. Bahia de Guadiana and San Julian Marshes (1) Location: 21°55’-22°10’N, 84°00’-84°55’W; at the western tip of Cuba between Golfo de Guanahacabibes and Ensenada de Cortes, Pinar del Rio Province. Area: 67,500 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of mangrove swamps, coastal brackish marshes, and numerous small brackish to saline lagoons along the north side of Peninsula de Guanahacabibes, around Bahia de Guadiana, and across the western tip of Cuba to Ensenada de Cortes. The principal lakes include Laguna de Lugones and Laguna del Jovero. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Partly included in El Veral Nature Reserve, and partly in Maria la Gorda Nature Reserve. Land use: A little tourist recreation; there is a tourist camp at the west end of the peninsula. Waterfowl: The Cuban endemic Rallus elegans ramsdeni occurs. Other fauna: The Cuban endemics Dendroica petechia gundlachi and Agelaius assimilis occur. Threats: No serious threats. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Archipielago de Sabana (2) Location: 22°35’N, 79°20’W to 23°15’N, 81°00’W; off the north coast between Cardenas and Caibarien, Matanzas Province. Area: 335,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 03, 07 & 08. Site description: An archipelago of offshore cays with mangrove swamps and coral reefs, 190 km long by up to 25 km wide, including Cayo Mono, Cayos del Pajonal and Cayo Fragoso; and the adjacent mainland coast with shallow sea bays, mangrove swamps, brackish coastal lagoons and some areas of salt pans. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, mainly Rhizophora mangle with some Avicennia germinans. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None at present. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: The Cuban endemics Ardea herodias repens and Rallus elegans ramsdeni occur. Other fauna: Rostrhamus sociabilis plumbeus and Agelaius assimilis occur in the coastal marshes; Mimus gundlachii gundlachii occurs on some cays; and Dendroica petechia gundlachi occurs in the mangroves. The Rat Hutia Capromys auritus is now confined to the central channels of Fragoso Cay at the eastern end of the archipelago. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Some bird banding has been carried out by Garrido and the late Garcia Montafa. All the cays in Cuba will eventually be protected by a law currently in the process of being adopted. References: Garrido (1973b & in press); Varona (1980). Source: Orlando H. Garrido. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. -486- Cuba Archipielago de Camaguey (3) Location: 22°40’N, 79°15’W to 21°30’N, 79°10’W; off the north coast between Caibarien and Bahia de Nuevitas. Area: 450,000 ha. Altitude: 0-60m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 03, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: An archipelago of numerous large and small offshore cays with mangrove swamps, tidal mudflats and coral reefs; and the adjacent shallow sea bays Bahia La Gloria and Bahia de Nuevitas, with extensive mangrove swamps, brackish lagoons and marshes. The archipelago is 250 km long and up to 35 km wide, and includes Cayo Santa Maria, Cayo Coco, Cayo Romano, Cayo Guajaba and Cayo Sabinal. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, mainly Rhizophora mangle with some Avicennia germinans; deciduous woodland, particularly on Cayo Romano and Cayo Guajaba. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: The three cays, Coco, Romano and Guajaba, are protected in reserves. Land use: Some cultivation on Cayo Romano and Cayo Guajaba. Waterfowl: Phoenicopterus ruber occurs in very large numbers and is reported to breed in Bahia de Nuevitas. 35,000 adults and 10,000 immatures were observed in 1983 on Cayo Coco. The rare endemic race of the Sandhill Crane Grus canadensis nesiotes has been reported from Cayo Romano, and Ardea herodias repens occurs. Other fauna: Rostrhamus sociabilis plumbeus occurs in the marshes and Accipiter gundlachii has been reported on Cayo Coco. Mimus gundlachii gundlachii occurs on some cays, and Dendroica petechia gundlachi breeds throughout. A population of the Zapata Sparrow Torreornis inexpectata has recently been discovered on Cayo Coco, and given subspecific status (varonai). Threats: Monkeys have been introduced on Cayo Guajaba. References: Garrido (1976 & in press); Acosta & Berovides (undated). Source: Orlando H. Garrido. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Turiguano Swamp and Cayo Los Pajaros (4) Location: 22°10’N, 78°35’W; 10 km north of Moron, Camaguey Province. Area: 77,500 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of brackish coastal lagoons, mangrove swamps and tidal mudflats around a shallow sea bay, and offshore cays. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Ardea herodias repens breeds on Cayo Los Pajaros. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: A hunting reserve may be established in the area. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Manati and Puerto Padre (Punta Malagueta) (5) Location: 21°15’N, 76°20’W; 50 km northwest of Holguin. Area: 40,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07 & 08. ae Cuba Site description: A chain of brackish coastal lagoons with mangrove swamps and offshore coral reefs. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Bahia de Nipe (6) Location: 20°47’N, 75°40’W; southwest of Banes. Area: 67,500 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of large brackish coastal lagoons and mangrove swamps around a shallow sea bay with coral reefs. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Moa and Punta Caba£as (7) Location: 20°40’N, 74°50’W; 90 km ESE of Banes. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 03 & 06. Site description: Extensive intertidal mudflats along a sea coast, with small offshore islands and coral reefs. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Guantanamo Bay (8) Location: 20°00’N, 75°10’W; 20 km SSE of Guantanamo. Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 02, 07 & 08. Site description: A sea bay and the estuarine system of the Rio Jaibo, with fringing mangroves swamps and brackish marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. -488- Cuba Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Rallus elegans ramsdeni is known to occur. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Sierra Maestra Lakes (9) Location: 20°05’-20°15’N, 76°15’-76°58’W; between 50 and 120 km west of Santiago de Cuba. Area: 6,000 ha. Altitude: c.120m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 12. Site description: A group of four freshwater lakes in the foothills of the Sierra Maestra, approximately 700, 800, 1,600 and 2,900 ha in size. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Cienaga de Birama and the Rio Cauto Delta (10) Location: 20°35’N, 77°10’W; north of Manzanillo. Area: 67,500 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 02, 06, 07, 08 & 09. Site description: The extensive estuarine system of the Rio Cauto with large brackish lagoons, mangrove swamps and intertidal mudflats; on the Golfo de Guacanayabo. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Phoenicopterus ruber is reported to breed, and Ardea herodias repens and Rallus elegans ramsdeni are known to occur. Other fauna: Dendroica petechia gundlachi breeds in the mangroves. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Jardines de La Reina (11) Location: 20°31’N, 78°19’W to 21°08’N, 79°27’W; off the Golfo de Ana Maria on the south coast. Area: 75,000 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A chain of numerous small cays stretching for 135 km, with mangrove swamps, brackish lagoons and marshes, intertidal mudflats and coral reefs. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. -489- Cuba Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Phoenicopterus ruber is an abundant non-breeding visitor, and Ardea herodias repens is known to occur. Other fauna: Dendroica petechia gundlachi breeds in the mangroves. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: Ic. Golfo de Ana Maria (12) Location: 20°42’N, 78°00’W to 21°35’N, 79°10’W; on the south coast between Rio Najasa and Rio Jatibonico. Area: 85,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 02, 03, 06, 07, 08 & 09. Site description: A chain of brackish to saline coastal lagoons, marshes and mangrove swamps along 180 km of coast between the mouths of the Rio Najasa and the Rio Jatibonico, including the delta marshes of the Malafama, Altamira and San Pedro rivers, and some small offshore islands (the Ana Maria Cays). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Cabrera’s Hutia, a small rodent of the genus Capromys, is endemic to the Ana Maria Cays. Threats: No information. References: Varona (1980). Criteria for inclusion: 2a. Jibaro Wetlands (13) Location: 21°00’N, 79°10’-80°00’W; south of Sancti Spiritus. Area: 37,500 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 02, 07, 08, 09 & 17. Site description: A strip of coastal brackish lagoons, marshes, mangrove swamps and extensive areas of rice cultivation stretching for 90 km from the delta of the Rio Agabama to the Rio Jatibonico, and including the deltas of several smaller rivers. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and rice fields. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Plegadis falcinellus, Rallus elegans ramsdeni and R. maculatus are known to occur. The rice paddies formerly supported large populations of Dendrocygna bicolor, D. arborea and Anas bahamensis, but the numbers declined drastically following the commencement of a pest control programme in 1974. Other fauna: Asio flammeus has recently been discovered breeding in the rice fields. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Some research was conducted by Garrido on the feeding habits of Dendrocygna spp and Anas bahamensis in 1967, following complaints from rice growers that the birds were damaging their crops. References: Godinez (undated). Source: Orlando H. Garrido. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -490- Cuba Bahia de Cienfuegos (14) Location: 22°05’N, 80°26’W; at Cienfuegos. Area: 8,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07. Site description: A large brackish coastal lagoon with narrow connection with the sea. The town of Cienfuegos is situated on the northeast shore. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Zapata Swamp and Las Salinas (15) Location: 22°00’-22°40’N, 80°50’-82°10’W; 100 km southeast of La Habana, Matanzas Province. Area: 340,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 01, 02, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: A vast complex of brackish to saline lagoons and marshes, mangrove swamps and intertidal mudflats along the Zapata Peninsula (a pleistocene limestone peninsula), and between the peninsula and the mainland coast; also long sandy beaches and some rocky shores on the outer coasts, and an area of abandoned salt pans (Las Salinas). The main swamp is between Ensenada de la Broa and Bahia de Cochinos; this includes Laguna del Tesoro, the only significant freshwater lake in the marshes and the source of the Rio Hatiguanico. Most of the marshes dry out in the dry season (November to April), but there are numerous small hollows that remain flooded (casimbas) and provide a dry season refuge for crocodiles and turtles. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; extensive swamps of Cladium jamaicensis with wooded hummocks. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Largely included within the Zapata National Park (300,000 ha). Land use: Some recréation and nature tourism, mainly around Laguna del Tesoro. Waterfowl: An extremely important area for a wide variety of breeding and wintering waterfowl; about 70 species have been recorded. The Zapata Rail Cyanolimnas cerverai is apparently confined to the swamp. The bird is not common, but recent observations indicate that it may be more widespread in the swamp that was previously supposed, and it appears not to be in any real danger. The swamp is also the most important breeding area for the endangered Cuban race of the Sandhill Crane Grus canadensis nesiotes. The population in the swamp is currently thought to number 30-40 birds. Other resident species include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phalacrocorax olivaceus, Anhinga anhinga, Ixobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. rufescens, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias repens, Mycteria americana, Eudocimus albus, Plegadis falcinellus, Ajaia ajaja, Oxyura jamaicensis, Aramus guarauna, Rallus elegans ramsdeni, R. maculatus, Porzana flaviventer, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana, Jacana spinosa and Charadrius vociferus. Phoenicopterus ruber is a regular non-breeding visitor in large numbers; up to 3,000 have been observed at Las Salinas. Many Nearctic Ardeidae, Anatidae, shorebirds and Laridae are common on passage and in winter, and Anas discors is abundant. Other fauna: There are two passerines endemic to the swamp; the rare Zapata Wren Ferminia cerverai, and the nominate race of the Zapata Sparrow Torreornis inexpectata. The Snail Kite Rostrhamus sociabilis plumbeus is still very common, and the rare Gundlach’s Hawk Accipiter gundlachii breeds. The endangered Bachman’s Warbler Vermivora bachmani was observed twice by Garrido in the early 1960s. Pandion haliaetus and Falco peregrinus occur in winter. -491- Cuba The very rare rodent Capromys nanus is known only from the swamp and has not been reported since 1937. The manatee Trichechus manatus occurs in the Rio Hatiguanico. The Cuban Crocodile Crocodylus rhombifer still occurs in the wild, but most individuals have been translocated to enclosures at Laguna de Tesoro where there has been some hybridization with captive C. acutus. Other reptiles include Chamaeleolis chamaeleonides, the lizards Anolis luteogularis calceus (endemic to the swamp) and A. allisoni, and the freshwater turtle Chrysemys decussata. Amphibians include the frog Osteopillus septentrionalis. Threats: An introduced mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus has recently invaded the swamp and could pose a serious threat to the endemic wren, and accidental fires could seriously threaten the endemic rail. References: Bruner (1934); Garrido & Garcia Montafa (1975); Garrido (1980 & in press); Varona (1980); WWF Red Data Book. Source: Orlando H. Garrido. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Archipielago de Los Canarreos (16) Location: 21°38’N, 81°10’-82°30’W; east of Isla de La Juventud (Isle of Pines). Area: 15,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 03, 05 & 08. Site description: A chain of cays stretching for 140 km, to the east of Isla de La Juventud. The principal cays are Cayo Largo, Cayo Rosario and Cayo Cantiles. Principal yegetation: Mangrove swamps; the terrestrial vegetation is dominated by the palm Coccothrinax sp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No information. Land use: A densely populated archipelago with extensive tourist development. Waterfowl: Ardea herodias repens occurs. Other fauna: There is an endangered subspecies of the West Indian Red-bellied Woodpecker Centurus superciliaris florentinoi on Cayo Largo, and an endemic rodent Capromys garridoi (Garrido’s Hutia) on Cayo Largo and some of the smaller cays. Threats: Development for tourism poses a threat on Cayo Largo, and monkeys have been introduced on Cayo Cantiles and Cayo Rosario. References: Bond (1950); Garrido & Schwartz (1969 & undated); Varona (1980); Garrido & Lee (undated); Garrido (in press). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Cienaga de Lanier and Ensenada de La Siguanea (17) Location: 21°35’N, 82°35’-83°00’W; south-central and western Isla de La Juventud (Isle of Pines). Area: 45,000 ha. Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.39.13; 07, 12 & 16. Site description: A belt of small fresh to brackish lakes and marshes across south-central Isla de La Juventud from Ensenada de La Siguanea to the east coast, and a chain of brackish coastal lagoons, marshes and wet savanna along the east shore of Ensenada de La Siguanea north to Los Indios. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Cienaga de Lanier is included in a protected area, but the details are unknown. Land use: No information. -492- Cuba Waterfowl: One of the two largest remaining populations of the endangered Cuban Sandhill Crane Grus canadensis nesiotes is found in the marshes and wet savannas between Siguanea and Los Indios; recent estimates put the population at between 30 and 40 birds. Other noteworthy waterfowl occurring in the area include Ardea herodias repens, Dendrocygna arborea, Rallus elegans ramsdeni and R. maculatus. Other fauna: Agelaius assimilis and Dendroica petechia gundlachi breed. There is a tiny population of the endangered Cuban Crocodile Crocodylus rhombifer in the marshes, one of only two populations still existing in the wild. Caiman crocodilus fuscus has been introduced and is rather common. Threats: The introduced population of Caiman crocodilus fuscus poses a serious threat to the tiny remnant population of Crocodylus rhombifer. References: WWF Red Data Book; Garrido (in press). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. -493- DOMINICA INTRODUCTION No information was received on the current situation in Dominica. The following account is based on James (1979), IUCN (1982) and Putney (1982). Dominica, the most northerly of the Windward Islands, is a mountainous volcanic island 751 km? in extent, with peaks rising to 1,447m. The annual rainfall ranges from under 1,200 mm on the west coast to over 7,600 mm in the highlands. Much of the island remains forested, with dry woodland in the western lowlands and rain and cloud forest in the interior. Dominica became fully independent in 1979; it has a population of about 80,000 and an economy based on agriculture, particularly the cultivation of bananas and coconuts. The island was devastated by Hurricane David in 1979 and the tourist industry is only now beginning to recover. Dominica possesses few wetlands; there are no salt ponds and only four small stands of mangroves. However, there are several large patches of Pterocarpus officinalis swamp forest with associated freshwater marshes, and many smaller stands of P. officinalis, in the northern third of the island. Most of the swamp forest is privately owned and under threat from agricultural expansion. (This type of forest is an endangered ecosystem almost throughout the Caribbean). The government department responsible for conservation is the Forestry Division in Roseau. The National Parks and Protected Areas Act of 1975 provides the legal basis for a park system. One national park has been established to date, the Morne Trois Pitons National Park (6,840 ha) established in 1975. This contains many interesting volcanic features including the world’s second largest boiling lake and a small freshwater lake. There is also a Forest Reserve of 22,000 ha in the north central part of the island. Potential units in Dominica’s National Park System include three proposed reserves incorporating significant tracts of swamp forest; the Cabrits National Park and Indian River Natural Monument in the northwest, and the Hampstead National Seashore on the north coast. -494- Dominica DOMINICA GRENADA o 7 (+d Roseau MONTSERRAT 2 Plymouth Castries Kingstown 0 8 ‘ 0.5 ST. LUCIA ee ST. VINCENT we" Km Km -495- Dominica WETLANDS No recent information is available on the wetlands of Dominica. The following site descriptions are based on James (1979), Putney (1982) and Putney et al (1983). Cabrits Swamp (1) Location: 15°35’N, 61°28’W; at the base of the Cabrits Peninsula, on the northwest coast. Area: 45 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07, 08, 09, 13 & 18. Site description: A complex of fresh to brackish marshes, waterlogged grassland and swamp forest with some mangroves. The swamp is fed by three streams entering along its eastern boundary, and drained by one channel at its southeastern edge; sea water flows into the marsh via this channel during high tides. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Acrostichum spp and Eleocharis mutata, and wet grassland and swamp forest with Annona glabra, Pterocarpus officinalis, Haematoxylum campechianum and Laguncularia racemosa; dry scrub and woodland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some grazing and cultivation nearby. Waterfowl: A nesting area for Ardeidae (Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens and Egretta caerulea), and a feeding area for migratory Anatidae and other waterfowl. Other fauna: The tree lizard Anolis bimaculatus oculatus is common; there is a rich fish fauna including freshwater species and the juveniles of marine species; and the crabs Cardisoma guanhumi and Uca spp are abundant. The sea turtles Chelonia mydas and Eretmochelys imbricata nest on nearby beaches. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The Cabrits Peninsula has been identified by Putney as an area with multiple resource values, and has been incorporated in a proposed national park. References: James (1979); Putney (1982); Putney et al (1983). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Indian River Flats and Lagon (2) Location: 15°34’N, 61°28’W; near Glanvillia and Portsmouth, on the northwest coast. Area: c.45 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 09, 13, 16 & 18. Site description: Freshwater marshes, seasonally flooded grassland and swamp forest on the floodplain of the lower Indian River and at Lagon, to the northwest. Principal vegetation: Swamp forest dominated by Pterocarpus officinalis, with Annona glabra, Pandanum sp, Chimarrhis cymosa and Pavonia scabra; marshes with Acrostichum spp and Eleocharis mutata. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Boat rides up the Indian River into the Pterocarpus swamp provide a popular tourist attraction. The towns of Glanvillia and Portsmouth are close to the wetlands, and there is cultivation in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Similar to Cabrits Swamp (site 1). Other fauna: Similar to Cabrits Swamp (site 1). Threats: Clearing of swamp forest for the cultivation of coconuts and bananas. Research and conservation: The marsh and swamp forest formations of the Indian River have been incorporated in a proposed protected area, the Indian River Natural Monument. -496- Dominica References: James (1979); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. North Coast Swamps (3) Location: 15°35’N, 61°22’W; on the north coast between Thibaud and Wesley. Area: Unknown. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 08, 09, 13 & 18. Site description: Pterocarpus swamp forest and freshwater marshes extending inland for 3-4 km along the lower stretches of several rivers and streams (particularly the Torite, Anse de Mai, Salee and Woodford Hill Rivers), and small patches of mangroves at Hampstead Bay and near the mouth of the Anse de Mai River. Most of the Pterocarpus forest and the two mangrove swamps are found on a ten kilometre stretch of coastal lowlands between the Torite and Woodford. Hill Rivers. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa, swamp forest with Pterocarpus officinalis and some Annona glabra, and freshwater marshes with Acrostichum spp and Eleocharis mutata. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cultivation and some tourism in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Similar to Cabrits Swamp (site 1). Other fauna: Similar to Cabrits Swamp (site 1). Threats: Clearing of swamp forest for the cultivation of coconuts and bananas. Research and conservation: The northeast coast of Dominica has been identified by Putney as an area with multiple resource values. Some of the swamp forest and the two mangrove swamps have been incorporated in a proposed protected area, the Hampstead National Seashore, extending from Sandwich Bay at Thibaud to Wesley. References: James (1979); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. . Lakes in Morne Trois Pitons National Park (4) Location: 15°21’N, 61°19’W; in the south-central highlands northeast of Roseau. Area: A few ha. Altitude: c.850m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 12. Site description: A volcanic lake at boiling temperature and a small freshwater lake, on the slopes of Morne Trois Pitons (1,387m). Principal vegetation: Humid cloud forest in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: Protected within the Morne Trois Pitons National Park (6,840 ha) established in 1975. Land use: Tourism in the National Park. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The boiling lake is the second largest of its type in the world. The National Park contains the largest tract of unaltered cloud forest in the Lesser Antilles. References: IUCN (1982); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3b. -497- DOMINICAN REPUBLIC INTRODUCTION by Cecilia Hernandez and Tomas Vargas The Dominican Republic, with its offshore islands of Saona, Beata and Catalina, covers 48,442 km? and comprises 74% of the island of Hispaniola, the remainder being in Haiti. In 1980, the population was estimated at 5,430,000. According to the classification of Holdridge (1967), nine life zones and seven transition zones are represented in the Dominican Republic: a) Subtropical montane shrub (2.07% of the country). b) Dry subtropical forest (20.25%), represented in Parque Nacional del Este and Parque Nacional Isla Cabritos. c) The transition zone between dry subtropical forest and humid subtropical forest (0.31%). d) The transition zone between humid subtropical forest and dry subtropical forest (1.03%), represented in Parque Nacional del Este. e) Humid subtropical forest (45.70%), represented in Parque Nacional del Este and Parque Nacional Jose del C. Ramirez. f) The transition zone between humid subtropical forest and very humid subtropical forest (0.32%). g) Very humid subtropical forest (14.5%), represented in Parque Nacional Los Haitises and Parque Nacional J. Armando Bermudez. h) The transition zone between very humid subtropical forest and subtropical rain forest (0.05%). i) Subtropical rain forest (0.12%). j) The transition zone between humid low montane forest and dry low montane forest (0.05%). k) Humid low montane forest (6.63%), represented in Parque Nacional Jose del C. Ramirez and Parque Nacional J. Armando Bermudez. 1) The transition zone between humid low montane forest and very humid low montane forest (0.50%). m) Very humid low montane forest (7.34%), represented in Parque Nacional Jose del C. Ramirez and Parque Nacional J. Armando Bermudez. n) The transition zone between very humid low montane forest and low montane rain forest (0.04%). 0) Low montane rain forest (0.07%), represented in Parque Nacional Jose del C. Ramirez. p) Very humid montane forest (0.63%), represented in Parque Nacional Jose del C. Ramirez and Parque Nacional J. Armando Bermudez. The mountains of the Dominican Republic consist of four parallel mountain chains extending from the northwest to the southeast: Cordillera Central, Cordillera Septentrional, Sierra de Neiba and Sierra de Bahoruco. The climate is humid tropical with great regional and local variations. Rainfall is high throughout the year, with considerable daily variation, and evaporation is intense. The period of highest rainfall is from May to November and the period of least rainfall, from November to April. The existing information on wetlands in the Dominican Republic is very limited. In 1980, Bonnelly de Calventi and Garcia de Geralde drew up an inventory of the nation’s water bodies on the basis of existing maps. According to these authors, the Dominican Republic possessed 270 lakes, lagoons and ponds varying in size from 0.01 to 25.75 km. However, it is thought that many of these have since disappeared. One of the main causes has been the drainage of wetlands for agriculture and pasture land, a frequent activity in the Dominican Republic in recent years. Other causes include the extraction of sand and the exploitation of salt at saline lagoons. On the other hand, after Hurricane David in 1979, some wetlands increased in size. This was the case at Lago Enriquillo, the largest wetland in the country and perhaps the best studied. -498- Dominican Republic Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Real progress in the study and conservation of natural resources, including wetlands, did not begin until 1978. However, a variety of institutions and other bodies with interests in wildlife and conservation had existed before this time, and many of these are still active today. Some have reorientated their work while others have been modified. The organizations dedicated to conservation and/or research at the present time are listed below. Most include wetlands and waterfowl within their programmes: Departamento de Vida Silvestre, responsible for the management and conservation of the nation’s wildlife. Departamento de Recursos Pesqueros, responsible for carrying out research on marine flora and fauna, particularly from the point of view of commercial development but with regard for conservation. Departamento de Inventario de Recursos Naturales. Departamento de Tierras y Aguas. Departamento de Educacion Ambiental. Centro de Biologia Marina, Universidad Autonoma de Santo Domingo (CIBIMA-UASD); this carries out research on the commercial exploitation of marine resources, and also conducts some studies at inland waters. Jardin Botanico Nacional "Dr Rafael Moscoso". Direccion Nacional de Parques, responsible for the development, administration, control and management of a system of protected areas with a view to conserving and perpetuating the nation’s natural and cultural heritage. Museo Nacional de Historia Natural (MNHN). Parque Zoologico Nacional, concerned with public education, recreation and research. Direccion General de Foresta. A number of Ecological Societies and Conservation Groups, including: Sociedad Ecologica del Cibao (SOECI). Sociedad Dominicana para la Conservacion de los Recursos Naturales. Instituto Dominicano de Bioconservacion. Grupo Ambiente de la UCMM. Junta Campesina para el Desarrollo Forestal de la Provincia de Peravia, Bani Sociedad Dominicana de Ornitologia. Twenty-four Ecological Societies and five Environmental Education Groups (Grupos de Educacion Ambiental). Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The Dominican Republic currently has eighteen protected areas, included within three categories: National Parks Los Haitises, established 1976 Cabo Frances Viejo, established 1964 De Puerto Plata, established 1971 Litoral del Sur, established 1968 J. Armando Bermudez, established 1956 Jose del C. Ramirez, established 1958 Isla Cabritos, established 1974 Del Este, established 1975 Monte Cristi, established 1983 Jaragua, established 1983 Sierra de Bahoruco, established 1983 Scientific Reserves La Cacatica, established 1976 Loma Isabel de Torres, established 1983 Valle Nuevo, established 1983 Lagunas Redonda y Limon, established 1983 -499- Dominican Republic Laguna de Cabral o Rincon, established 1983 Cayos Siete Hermanos, established 1983 National Historical Parks Zona de la Vega Vieja, established 1977 In 1983, the Departamento de Vida Silvestre completed a study on the Barahona Peninsula in the south and southeast of the country; this includes various wetlands such as Laguna Rincon and Laguna de Oviedo. Two protected areas were created as a result of this study; Parque Nacional Jaragua, which includes Laguna de Oviedo, and Reserva Cientifica Laguna de Cabral or Rincon. The study, which also involved the Direccion Nacional de Parques, the Museo Nacional de Historia Natural and the Jardin Botanico, was to a considerable extent responsible for preventing a large part of the area from being buried under tons of domestic sewage in an agro-industrial project. The sewage was to have been brought in from the U.S.A. by the Atlantic Forests Products Company. Projects currently in progress concerning wetlands and their fauna include the following: a) A study of Lago Enriquillo with a view to proposing an extension to the Parque Nacional Isla Cabritos which would give protection to the lake itself (Departamento de Vida Silvestre). b) An inventory and evaluation of the different types of ecosystems in the Dominican Republic, with a view to the management and exploitation of wildlife (Departamento de Vida Silvestre). c) A wetlands programme including inventory projects covering coastal lagoons, mangroves, sea-grass beds and coral reefs (CIBIMA-UASD). d) Biological investigations of aquatic fauna and flora (CIBIMA-UASD). e) A programme for non-traditional aquatic resources (CIBIMA-UASD). f) A conservation programme for aquatic resources and environmental protection (CIBIMA-UASD). g) A study of the fauna of the Gran Cafada in the Jardin Botanico Nacional (MNHN). h) Biological and ecological studies of marine turtles (MNHN). i) Studies of the biology and reproduction of species in Lago Enriquillo (MNHN). Projects already completed include: a) The development of fishing in the Dominican Republic (Instituto Dominicano de Tecnologia). b) A study of the natural resources of Laguna del Rincon (Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura). c) Research on six habitats important for the Dominican Republic’s indigenous fauna: II Laguna Saladilla and III Laguna Salada (Universidad Nacional Pedro Henriquez Urefa). d) A study of wildlife areas on the Barahona Peninsula and Isla Beata, and proposal for the creation of a National Park (Departamento de Vida Silvestre, MNHN and Direccion Nacional de Parques). e) A cartographic inventory of the inland water bodies of the Dominican Republic (CIBIMA-UASD). Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl Because of the lack of information on the wetlands of the Dominican Republic, it is impossible to determine the full extent to which these ecosystems are threatened. However, it is known that wetlands are under threat from a variety of sources including drainage for agriculture and pasture land, the felling and burning of mangroves and other vegetation bordering lakes and lagoons, and excessive fishing, particularly at those wetlands around which there are human populations who depend on this activity as a means of subsistence. Other detrimental activities having a direct effect on waterfowl populations include: the use of pesticides; egg-collecting, particularly the eggs of species of Ardeidae, Threskiornithidae, Anatidae, Rallidae and Laridae; excessive hunting practiced without any effective controls; the mining of sand and stone for construction purposes, which is posing a serious threat in some estuaries; and tourist development without prior study of the environmental impact. -500- Dominican Republic In recent years, the country’s wetlands have been exposed to new threats such as the dumping of industrial waste and the establishment of shrimp-farming projects. The latter problem is apparent in the recently created Monte Cristi National Park, where there is a proposal to exploit the natural riches of the area in the development of a shrimp industry. -501- Dominican Republic VNVOININOG VONENnd3aY -502- Dominican Republic WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets compiled by Cecilia Hernandez and Tomas A. Vargas of the Departamento de Vida Silvestre, with information from Venecia Alvarez, Idelisa Bonnelly de Calventi, Geraldino Caminero, Julio Cicero, Jurgen Czerwenka, Maria E. Feliz de Cedeé£o, Nelson Garcia, Manuel Gonzalez, Sixto J. Inchaustegui, Matilde Mota, Ramon O. Sanchez, Miguel Silva, Domingo A. Siri and Servio R. Sosa. Lago Enriquillo (1) Location: 18°28’N, 71°39°W; 60 km WNW of Barahona, Provinces of Bahoruco and Independencia. Area: 26,500 ha. Altitude: 46m below sea level. Province and type: 8.40.13; 14, 16 & 17. Site description: A large permanent hypersaline lake, 35 km long and up to 8m deep, in an old sea channel; the largest lake in the Antilles. The water is sulphuric; the salinity varies from 40 to 90 p.p.t.; and the level fluctuates in cycles of many years. There is one large island, Isla Cabritos, and several small islands. The lake is fed by seasonal streams, and there are areas of seasonally flooded marshes, wet grassland and irrigated cultivation along the shore. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha sp, Pistia stratiotes and Nasturtium officinale. In the subtropical dry forest and subtropical thorn woodland zones, with Prosopis juliflora, Neoabbottia paniculata, Uniola virgata, Phyllostylon brasiliensis and Bursera simaruba. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Isla Cabritos is a National Park of 2,600 ha, established in 1974; the lake itself and its surrounding marshes are unprotected. Land use: Fishing and waterfowl hunting. Agriculture, livestock grazing and wood-cutting for charcoal production in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A very important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl of a wide variety of species, and one of the most important localities in Hispaniola for the Caribbean Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber. Flamingos may have nested regularly in the 19th century, but the only reports of breeding in recent decades were in 1975 and 1977 when colonies of 20-30 pairs were located. Up to several hundred birds are regular as non-breeding visitors, and 500-600 were recorded in January 1978. Other common species include /xobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. rufescens, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Eudocimus albus (breeding), Plegadis falcinellus (breeding), Ajaia ajaja, Anas bahamensis, Gallinula chloropus, Himantopus himantopus (breeding) and Sterna albifrons. Common Nearctic migrants include Anas discors, a wide variety of shorebirds, Larus atricilla, Hydroprogne caspia and Sterna hirundo. Other fauna: The lake supports an important population of the American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus, recently estimated at between 175 and 250 individuals. The iguanas Cyclura cornuta cornuta and C. ricordii occur around the lake and on Isla Cabritos. The introduced Tilapia mossambica supports a small local fishery. Threats: Freshwater streams in the surrounding hills and subterranean waters have been diverted for irrigation, reducing the inflow into the lake and resulting in a gradual falling in level. The marshes are being converted into pasture and agricultural land, and the surrounding forests are being destroyed for charcoal. There is indiscriminate hunting of waterfowl, and some crocodiles are shot for "sport", as curios, or for "medicinal" oils. Research and conservation: A number of faunal and floral investigations have been carried out at the lake, and a major study of the Crocodylus acutus population is currently in progress. Lago Enriquillo is of great scientific interest as a fossil marine ecosystem and should be protected from any further degradation. References: Bonnelly de Calventi (1978 & 1980); Wiley & Wiley (1979); Bonnelly de Calventi & Garcia de Geralde (1980); Pe£a Franjul et al (1980). Source: Idelisa Bonnelly de Calventi, Maria E. Feliz de Cedefo, Nelson Garcia, Sixto J. Inchaustegui and Domingo A. Siri. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -503- Dominican Republic Laguna Limon (2) Location: 18°24’N, 71°43’W; south of Lago Enriquillo, 17 km ESE of Jimani, Independencia Province. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 10m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 08 & 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 2m deep, with some mangroves and abundant aquatic vegetation. The lake was partially drained for agriculture in the early 1970s. Principal vegetation: Mangroves Conocarpus erectus. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, hunting and exploitation of wood for charcoal. Waterfowl: An important area for resident and migratory waterfowl, with one of the largest populations of Fulica caribaea in the Dominican Republic. Other residents include Podilymbus podiceps and Oxyura jamaicensis. A variety of Anatidae occur on migration, the commonest being Anas discors. Formerly an important feeding area for Phoenicopterus ruber, but none have been recorded since the drainage in the early 1970s. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Disturbance from hunting and fishing. Source: Manuel Gonzalez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Bermesi (3) Location: 18°18’N, 71°27’W; 3-4 km west of Angostura, Independencia Province. Area: 125 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 08 & 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 1m deep, with associated marshes and some mangroves. The level of the lake fluctuates according to local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha domingensis, and mangroves Conocarpus erectus. Surrounded by natural pastures and xerophytic woodland. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None, but the lake is difficult of access and little disturbed. Land use: Some hunting; cattle ranching, agriculture and exploitation of wood for charcoal in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for resident and migratory waterfowl, with a large population of Fulica caribaea. Large numbers of Anatidae, principally Anas discors, and shorebirds occur on migration. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Diversion of water for irrigation and overgrazing by domestic livestock are the principal threats. Source: Manuel Gonzalez. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna de Rincon (Laguna de Cabral) (4) Location: 18°17’N, 71°15’W; 1 km north of Cabral, Barahona Province. Area: 3,000 ha. Altitude: 141m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 08, 12 & 16. Site description: A permanent fresh to brackish lake, up to 6m deep, with associated marshes, some mangroves and surrounding seasonally flooded grassy plains. The lake is fed by the Rio Yaque del Sur and several smaller streams. There is a small seasonal freshwater lake (Laguneta Seca) 0.5 km to the north. -504- Dominican Republic Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha domingensis, Potamogeton nodosus, Sagittaria lancifolia, Arundo donax, Nelumbo lutea, Nymphaea ampla and Ceratophyllum demersum; mangroves Conocarpus erectus. In the dry subtropical forest zone. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Laguna de Rincon was declared a Scientific Reserve in August 1983, but no special protection measures have been implemented, pending a study of the social problems which may arise. Laguneta Seca is unprotected, but there is a proposal to include the lake within the limits of the Scientific Reserve. Land use: Intensive fishing for various species of fishes, freshwater shrimps and turtles, and waterfowl hunting; cattle ranching, agriculture and exploitation of wood for charcoal in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of resident, passage and wintering waterfowl. Resident species include Podiceps dominicus, Egretta caerulea, Ardea herodias, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana and Jacana spinosa. Common passage migrants and non-breeding visitors include Plegadis falcinellus, Phoenicopterus ruber (up to 155 in recent years), Anas discors, A. acuta, A. clypeata, Aythya affinis (up to 1,000), many shorebirds, and Hydroprogne caspia. Over 1,000 Tringa flavipes were present in March 1984. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a regular winter visitor. The lake is the principal locality and centre of distribution of the endemic freshwater turtle Chrysemys decorata. Threats: The marshes are being drained for agriculture, and the mangroves uprooted and burned. The Government plans to divert the main river entering the lake for agricultural projects nearby. Intensive fishing and indiscriminate hunting cause a considerable amount of disturbance. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the fauna and flora of the lake. Although declared a Scientific Reserve in 1983, the diversion of water supplies and destruction of mangroves continues, and unless some action is taken in the very near future, much of the lake ecosystem will be destroyed and the locally important fishery lost. References: Inchaustegui (1978 & 1983); Wiley & Wiley (1979); Bonnelly de Calventi (1980); Departamento de Vida Silvestre (1980a); Bolay et al (1983); Salcedo et al (1983). Source: Geraldino Caminero, Nelson Garcia, Manuel Gonzalez and Sixto J. Inchaustegui. Criteria for inclusion: lc, 2b & 3a. Laguna de Oviedo (5) Location: 17°46’N, 71°21’W; near Oviedo, Pedernales Province. Area: 2,488 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent highly saline coastal lagoon, up to 9m deep, with muddy shores, Mangrove swamps and several small islands; separated from the sea by a belt of sand dunes 200-400m wide. The lagoon has no direct connection with the sea except during storms. The water level fluctuates considerably according to local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Beds of Ruppia maritima; mangrove swamps with Conocarpus erectus; some brackish marshes with Typha sp. In the subtropical dry forest zone, with Prosopis sp and various cacti. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Jaragua National Park, established in 1983 but not as yet fully implemented. Land use: Fishing, waterfowl hunting, and extraction of salt; uncontrolled livestock grazing and agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Pelecanus occidentalis, Egretta rufescens and Eudocimus albus. Many Nearctic Anatidae and shorebirds occur on migration and in winter, and Phoenicopterus ruber is a regular visitor in small numbers. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a winter visitor. The freshwater turtle Chrysemys decorata occurs in the streams entering the lagoon, and the iguana Cyclura cornuta occurs on the islands. -505- Dominican Republic Threats: Part of the lagoon has been converted into salt pans for salt extraction; there is indiscriminate hunting of waterfowl, particularly Anatidae; and there were plans to use areas around the lagoon for the disposal of domestic sewage. Research and conservation: The fauna and flora of the lagoon are poorly known, and clearly merit further study. References: Departamento de Vida Silvestre (1983). Source: Venecia Alvarez, Jurgen Czerwenka and Sixto J. Inchaustegui. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Laguna Salada (Laguna de Bucan de Base) (6) Location: 17°41’N, 71°28’W; 15 km SSW of Oviedo, Pedernales Province. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent brackish coastal lagoon, up to 2m deep, with some brackish marshes and mangrove swamp. The water level fluctuates seasonally according to local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and brackish marshes; in a region of xerophytic and halophytic plant communities. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Within the Jaragua National Park, established in 1983 but not as yet fully implemented. Land use: Occasional hunting and fishing; the area is practically undisturbed by man. Waterfowl: A very important area for resident and migratory waterfowl. Breeding species include Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta tricolor, E. rufescens, Eudocimus albus, Plegadis falcinellus, Gallinula chloropus, Charadrius wilsonius, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus and Himantopus himantopus. Up to 440 Phoenicopterus ruber have been recorded in recent years, and the species has nested (three small colonies totalling 77 pairs were located in January 1978). Pelecanus occidentalis is common year round, and Anas discors and a variety of shorebirds are common on passage and in winter. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is some disturbance from fishing activities. Research and conservation: The avifauna has been studied by Pefa Franjul. References: Pef£a Franjul (1978a); Wiley & Wiley (1979); Departamento de Vida Silvestre (1983). Source: Sixto J. Inchaustegui and Ramon O. Sanchez. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. Laguna de Puerto Viejo (7) Location: 18°21’N, 70°51’W; 15 km southwest of Puerto Viejo, Azua Province. Area: 694 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 03 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay with six small islands (Islas de Barrera), mangrove swamps and coral reefs. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; dry subtropical forest with Prosopis sp and various cacti on the adjacent mainland. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing and wood-cutting. Waterfowl: The islands are important for breeding Pelecanus occidentalis and six species of Ardeidae, and the bay is important for passage and wintering shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: An important area for the manatee Trichechus manatus. The rich marine fauna includes the crustaceans Panulirus argus and Callinectes sp, and the molluscs Strombus gigas and Crassostrea rhizophorae. -506- Dominican Republic Threats: Overfishing. The bay has suffered some modification as a result of an irrigation scheme on the adjacent mainland. References: Gonzalez et al (1978). Source: Venecia Alvarez and Matilde Mota. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2c & 3a. Laguna de Don Gregorio and Laguna de Los Reyes (8) Location: 18°15’N, 70°15’W; 45 km southwest of Santo Domingo, Peravia Province. Area: 20 ha & 6 ha respectively. Altitude: 5m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 12 & 17. Site description: Two permanent freshwater lakes, up to 6m deep, and associated marshes with rice-growing areas, near the Rio Nizao. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha domingensis, Eleocharis sp, Neptunia oleracea, Ludwigia sp and Ceratophyllum sp; and rice-fields. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, hunting of waterfowl and freshwater turtles, rice cultivation, and a little sheep grazing. Waterfowl: The lakes support a small population of resident waterfowl and some Nearctic Anatidae occur on migration. Other fauna: The two lakes are the only known locality for a small and heavily exploited population of freshwater turtles with characters intermediate between Chrysemys decussata vicina and C. decorata. The Medicinal Leech Hirudo medicinalis occurs. Threats: Drainage of the marshes for rice cultivation, and indiscriminate hunting and fishing. References: Inchaustegui (1975). Source: Julio Cicero and Sixto J. Inchaustegui. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Estuaries of the Rio Higuamo and Rio Soco (9) Location: 18°27’N, 69°15’W; near San Pedro de Macoris, San Pedro de Macoris Province. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 02, 08, 09 & 11. Site description: Riverine marshes along the lower courses of the Higuamo and Soco Rivers, and mangrove swamps at the river mouths. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and a great variety of riverine vegetation. Land tenure: Public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Exploitation of mangroves. Waterfowl: Known to be important for a variety of waterfowl, particularly Ardeidae, but little information is available. Other fauna: The crab Cardisoma guanhumi is common. Threats: The construction of a dam on the Rio Soco has modified the vegetation along that river, and the mangroves are being overexploited. Source: Venecia Alvarez. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -507- Dominican Republic Wetlands in Parque Nacional del Este (10) Location: 18°15’N, 68°45’W; southeast of La Romana, Altagracia Province. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 03, 04, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Sea coasts with rocky shores and sandy beaches around the island of Saona and on the adjacent mainland, and mangrove swamps, particularly on the mainland coast. There are four small saline lagoons on Saona Island: Laguna Los Flamencos, Laguna Canto de la Playa, Laguna Tortuga and Laguna EI Cuerno. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; beaches with the coconut palm Cocos nucifera. In a region of subtropical dry forest and subtropical moist forest. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: Included within the Parque Nacional del Este (43,400 ha) established in 1975. Land use: Fishing, particularly for lobsters and conch, also hunting and tourism. There is some slash-and-burn agriculture in the Park. Waterfowl: Little information is available, but Phoenicopterus ruber is known to occur asan occasional visitor. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus is an occasional visitor, and the sea turtle Dermochelys coriacea nests on the beaches. There are some coral reefs in inshore waters. Threats: Overfishing of lobsters and conch, and hunting of manatees. Research and conservation: Some studies have been carried out on the birds and reptiles of the Park, and a management plan has been prepared. References: IUCN (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Laguna Limon (11) Location: 18°58’N, 68°51’W; 20 km east of Miches, El Seibo Province. Area: 488 ha. Altitude: 5m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 08 & 12. Site description: A permanent freshwater lake, up to 1.4m deep, fringing marshes and some mangrove swamps; separated from the sea by a sand barrier, and fed by several arroyos. There is very little fluctuation in water level. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle; beaches with the coconut palm Cocos nucifera; and relict stands of Pterocarpus officinalis, a species now on the verge of extinction in the region. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: Recently included within a Scientific Reserve (Reserva Cientifica Natural), but this has not as yet been fully implemented. Land use: Fishing; there is also some rice cultivation, harvesting of coconuts, cattle ranching and hunting in the area. Waterfowl: Known to be an important area for resident and migratory waterfowl, but no details are available. Other fauna: The lake supports an important population of the freshwater turtle Chrysemys decussata vicina. Threats: The aquatic fauna is not under immediate threat; however, there is a potential threat from the expansion of rice-growing in the area, and there is considerable disturbance from hunting. Deforestation is a problem throughout the region. Research and conservation: Some studies have been carried out on the fauna and flora of the lake. References: Direccion Nacional de Parques (1980); INDOTEC (1980); Alvarez & Bonnelly de Calventi (1983); Mejia & Gonzalez (undated). Source: Sixto J. Inchaustegui and Servio R. Sosa. Criteria for inclusion: lc, 2b & 3a. -508- Dominican Republic Laguna Redonda (12) Location: 19°01’N, 68°57’W; 10 km ENE of Miches, El Seibo Province. Area: 700 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent brackish coastal lagoon, up to 2m deep, with fresh to brackish marshes, some mangrove swamps, and a narrow connection with the sea. There are slight fluctuations in water level according to the tides. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; marshes with Typha domingensis; coconut palms Cocos nucifera; and some Pterocarpus of ficinalis. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: Recently included within a Scientific Reserve (Reserva Cientifica Natural), but this has not as yet been fully implemented. Land use: Fishing; there is some rice cultivation, cattle ranching and hunting in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Known to be an important area for resident and migratory waterfowl but no details are available. Other fauna: The lagoon supports an important population of the freshwater turtle Chrysemys decussata vicina. Threats: The intensive cultivation of rice poses a threat to the wetland habitat, and there is uncontrolled grazing of domestic livestock and excessive disturbance from hunting. Research and conservation: Some studies have been carried out on the fauna and flora of the lagoon. References: INDOTEC (1980); Alvarez & Bonnelly de Calventi (1983). Source: Sixto J. Inchaustegui and Servio R. Sosa. Criteria for inclusion: lc, 2b & 3a. Estuaries of the Rio Yuna and Rio Barracote (13) Location: 19°10’N, 69°38’W; on the Bahia de Samana, south of Sanchez, Samana Province. Area: Several thousand ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 02 & 08. Site description: The estuaries of the Yuna and Barracote Rivers, with extensive mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: Under public ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Exploitation of mangroves. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The locally endangered oyster Crassostrea rhizophorae occurs in the mangroves. Threats: Exploitation of the mangroves for the construction of buildings for the tobacco industry has greatly reduced the extent of mangrove swamp, and caused serious erosion. Source: Venecia Alvarez. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Laguna de Saladilla (14) Location: 19°39’N, 71°43’W; 6 km southeast of Pepillo Salcedo, Monte Cristi Province. Area: 2,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 08 & 12. -509- Dominican Republic Site description: A permanent shallow fresh to brackish lake and marshes with some mangroves; separated from the sea by a belt of coastal sand dunes. The salinity is variable, and the water level fluctuates according to flooding in the nearby river. Principal vegetation: Mangroves with Rhizophora mangle; marshes with Typha domingensis, Pistia stratiotes, Eichhornia sp, Ceratophyllum sp and Lemna sp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, and hunting of waterfowl and freshwater turtles. Agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An extremely rich area for waterfowl, with a wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering species. Residents include Podilymbus podiceps, Butorides virescens, Egretta tricolor, Ardea herodias, Dendrocygna arborea, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica americana and Jacana spinosa. Regular non-breeding visitors include Pelecanus occidentalis, Phoenicopterus ruber and Anas bahamensis. A variety of Nearctic ducks occur in winter; the most common are Anas americana, A. discors, Aythya affinis and A. collaris, but Anasacuta, A. cyanoptera, A. clypeata, Aythya americana and Oxyura jamaicensis also occur regularly. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a winter visitor. The American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus has been recorded on a number of occasions, and the freshwater turtle Chrysemys decussata vicina is common. Threats: There is some pollution in the lagoon, and overfishing and excessive hunting are causing problems. Research and conservation: Some faunal surveys have been conducted in the area, and the avifauna is relatively well known. References: Pefa Franjul (1977); OEA (1977); Wiley & Wiley (1979). Source: Sixto J. Inchaustegui and Miguel Silva. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Cayos Siete Hermanos (15) Location: 19°51’N, 71°49°W; in the Caribbean, 12-25 km west of Monte Cristi, Monte Cristi Province. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 03, 05 & 08. Site description: A group of seven small sandy islands with some mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; low scrub with Batis sp, Sesuvium sp and some cacti; marine vegetation including species of Penicillus, Dictyota and Sargassum. Land tenure: Under public ownership. Protection: Included within a Scientific Reserve established in 1983. Land use: Exploitation of birds’ eggs and molluscs. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: There are large breeding colonies of the terns Sterna fuscata and Anous stolidus, and significant numbers of the manatee Trichechus manatus. Threats: The tern colonies and mollusc populations are being overexploited, and the terrestrial vegetation has been disturbed by egg-collectors. Research and conservation: Further studies are required to determine the full importance of the islands. It has been recommended that the Monte Chico and Ratas Cays be maintained as Scientific Reserves, and that the other islands be made into a National Park. References: Alvarez (1980). Source: Venecia Alvarez. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. -510- FRENCH ANTILLES INTRODUCTION based on information provided by Edouard Benito-Espinal of the Delegation Regionale a l’ Architecture et a l’Environnement, Ministere de l’Environnement et du Cadre de Vie. The French Antilles form two Overseas Departments of France; one comprises Martinique, and the other comprises Guadeloupe, its offshore islands Marie-Galante, Les Saintes and La Desirade, and two more distant islands, Saint-Barthelemy and the French part of Saint-Martin. Martinique, Guadeloupe and its offshore islands lie in the northern Windward Islands, Saint-Barthelemy and Saint-Martin in the northern Leewards. As Departments of France, the islands have the same political status as any Department in European France. Martinique is 1,100 sq. km in extent and has a population of about 400,000; the Department of Guadeloupe is 1,790 sq. km in extent (Guadeloupe 1,510 sq. km, Marie-Galante 153 sq. km, Saint-Martin 54 sq. km and Saint-Barthelemy 21 sq. km) and has a population of about 330,000. The economy is based on agriculture, particularly sugar, bananas and pineapples, and to an increasing extent on tourism. Martinique and the western part of Guadeloupe (Basse-Terre) are mountainous and volcanic, rising to peaks of 1,397m and 1,484m respectively. High rainfall in the interior supports luxuriant tropical rain and cloud forest. The eastern part of Guadeloupe (Grande-Terre) and the other islands are low-lying limestone islands with dry woodland and cactus scrub. The climate throughout the islands is tropical with mean annual temperatures of around 26°C, and a fairly well defined dry season in the winter months. The average annual rainfall varies greatly from 800-1,500 mm on the smaller islands and Grande-Terre to over 7,500 mm in the highlands of Basse-Terre and Martinique. In both Guadeloupe and Martinique there are important wetlands, mainly mangrove swamps and saline lagoons. The mangrove swamps of mainland Guadeloupe (9,668 ha) and Martinique (2,200 ha) include the largest tracts of mangroves in the Lesser Antilles, while the many lagoons on Saint-Martin and Saint-Barthelemy include the Grand Etang de Simsonbaai (1,250 ha), the largest saline lagoon in the Lesser Antilles. There are, however, no wetlands of any significance on La Desirade or Les Saintes islands. A wide variety of waterfowl occur on passage and in winter, particularly Ardeidae, Anatidae and migratory shorebirds, but few species breed and only Bubulcus ibis is common (with a population of about 6,000 birds on mainland Guadeloupe alone). Hunting pressure is heavy on Martinique, Guadeloupe, Marie-Galante and Saint-Martin, and is thought to be at least partly responsible for the paucity of breeding birds. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The principal governmental bodies concerned with environmental conservation are: Direction de la Protection de la Nature, Ministere de la Qualite de la Vie; responsible for the establishment of parks and reserves, and setting the hunting regulations. Delegation Regionale a l’Architecture et a l’Environnement, Ministere de l’Environnement et du Cadre de Vie. This conducts research on the fauna and flora of the islands. Office National des Forets (ONF); responsible for the administration of parks and reserves. The ONF has conducted some research on mangroves. Institut Scientifique et Technique des Peches Maritimes (ISTPM). This conducts studies on marine resources and aquaculture. Institut National de la Recherche Agronomique (INRA). Research includes studies of fauna and flora, and water pollution. The principal non-governmental bodies concerned directly with nature conservation are the -511- French Antilles Union Regionale des Associations du Patrimonie et de l'Environnement en Guadeloupe (URAPEG), an association of all nature conservation groups in Guadeloupe, and the Union Regionale des Associations de Protection de l’Environnement a la Martinique (URAPEM). The latter is an association of five conservation groups in Martinique, the Societe pour l’Etude de la Protection et l’Amenagement de la Nature en Martinique (SEPANMAR), the Societe des Amis du Parc, the Alliance Nature et Developpement, the Association pour Nature et Environnement (APNE) and ASSAUPAMAR. SEPANMAR is a regional branch of SEPANRIT based in Bordeaux, France. The University of the French Antilles and French Guiana (Centre Universitaire Antilles-Guyane) is very active in conservation related fields, and has conducted research on fauna and flora, marine resources and pollution. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research As Departments of France, Guadeloupe and Martinique have the same legislation as that country. This includes the law of July 1960 which applies to the establishment of national parks, and the law of July 1976 which applies to all aspects of conservation, including reserves. No wetland reserves have as yet been created in the Department of Guadeloupe, but a reserve of 4,700 ha is currently being implemented in the Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin. This reserve, which will comprise a part of the Parc National de la Guadeloupe, will incorporate extensive mangrove swamps, coral reef formations, sea-grass beds and the offshore island of Fajou. Other areas proposed for protection include the Pointe des Chateaux lagoons in southeast Guadeloupe and the Marais de Folle Anse in western Marie-Galante. In Martinique, there is one managed nature reserve of 517 ha, the Reserve Naturelle de La Caravelle, which incorporates several small sea bays with mangroves and littoral vegetation. In addition, there are three "reserves maritimes de chasse" containing important wetland habitat; Baie de Fort-de-France (250 ha), Etang des Salines (90 ha) and Baie des Anglais (60 ha). All were established in 1976. Hunting is prohibited by law, but enforcement is reported to be poor. Hunting legislation dates from 1953, when the legislation of Metropolitan France was extended to cover Guadeloupe and Martinique. The hunting regulations are revised each year by the Direction de la Protection de la Nature in the Ministere de la Qualite de la Vie. In recent years, all waterfowl have been protected except for the commoner Anatidae and larger shorebirds, which may be hunted on certain days of the week between mid July and the end of February on Martinique, Guadeloupe, Marie-Galante and Saint-Martin. Almost all of the research conducted to date on wetlands in the French Antilles has focussed on mangrove ecosystems and pollution problems. Most important has been a recent multidisciplinary study of mangroves throughout the islands coordinated by Jacques Portecop at the Centre Universitaire Antilles-Guyane. Other relevant research has included a detailed review of hunting in the Department of Guadeloupe by Benito-Espinal (1982) and a study of the flora and avifauna of islands in the Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin by Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984b). Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl Wetlands throughout the French Antilles are under threat from urban and _ industrial development, the construction of roads, airports, tourist hotels and marinas, and drainage for agriculture. The situation is particularly severe on Saint-Martin, where numerous hotel projects have seriously disturbed the saline lagoon ecosystems. Mangroves are being affected by seaborne oil pollution, and there is widespread pollution from domestic sewage, industrial waste (including heavy metals) and pesticide run-off. Some wetlands are being used as rubbish dumps, and in several areas sand mining is having a detrimental effect on nearby mangrove and marine ecosystems. Mangroves are also destroyed by hunters to provide open water areas attractive to migratory shorebirds. -512- French Antilles Hunting poses a serious threat to waterfowl populations on the main islands. There are at least twenty-four hunting clubs in the hunting federations (Federations Departementales des Chasseurs) in Martinique and Guadeloupe, over 4,200 licensed hunters, and perhaps as many as 4,000 illegal hunters. Although only a small number of species of waterfowl are legitimate game, the regulations are often ignored and many protected species are shot. Heavy hunting pressure at the start of the open season in July is particularly harmful to resident waterfowl which are still breeding at that time. Other significant threats to breeding waterfowl include illegal egg-collecting and predation by introduced predators. -513- French Antilles FRENCH ANTILLES GUADELOUPE 7 Grande-terre Pointe-a-Pitre Basse -terre MARIE-GALANTE ST.MARTIN MARTINIQUE Marigot _—-~ Forit-de-France ST. BARTHELEMY ee? a (0) 10 s Km O 5 = -514- WETLANDS Site descriptions based on information provided by Edouard Benito-Espinal of the Ministere de Environnement et du Cadre de Vie, and Jacques Portecop of the Centre Universitaire Antilles-Guyane. Baie de Fort-de-France (1) Location: 14°34’N, 61°01’W; southeast of Fort-de-France and west of Lamentin, Martinique. Area: 2,200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01 & 08. Site description: Extensive mangrove swamps and associated brackish to saline marshes, including the Marais du Lamentin and Marais de Riviere Salee; bordering a shallow sea bay. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; sea-grass beds in the southern part of the bay and cultivation inland. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. Protection: No habitat protection; 250 ha in the southeast are included within a Reserve de Chasse Maritime (established in 1976), in which hunting is prohibited. Land use: Solid waste diposal in the south; extensive cultivation and urban and _ industrial development nearby. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of waterfowl. Breeding species include Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens, Oxyura dominica, Gallinula chloropus and probably Egretta caerulea, E. thula and E. alba. Passage migrants and winter visitors include Nycticorax nycticorax, Egretta tricolor, Ardea herodias, Dendrocygna bicolor, Anas americana, A. discors, A. clypeata, Aythya affinis, Himantopus himantopus and eighteen species of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a regular passage migrant. Threats: There is a considerable amount of industrial and domestic pollution, and heavy hunting pressure during the hunting season. Research and conservation: Identified by Putney as one of the largest remaining contiguous areas of relatively unspoiled mangroves in the Lesser Antilles and an area with multiple resource values. The greater part of the area has been proposed for protection. Enforcement of the existing Reserve de Chasse Maritime is reported to be poor. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Marais de Sainte Anne (2) Location: 14°28’N, 60°52’W; north of Sainte Anne, near the southern tip of Martinique. Area: c.250 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01 & 08. Site description: Mangrove swamps bordering a shallow sea bay. Principal vegetation: Mangroves. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Cultivation and some urban and tourist development in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Domestic pollution. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -515- French Antilles Etang des Salines (3) Location: 14°24’N, 60°53’W; SSE of Sainte Anne, at the southern tip of Martinique. Area: 240 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A large saline lagoon and several small saline ponds with extensive fringing mangrove swamps and brackish to saline marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and brackish to saline marshes; dry woodland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: A mixture of public and private ownership. Protection: No habitat protection; the principal lagoon is included in a Reserve de Chasse Maritime (90 ha, established in 1976), in which hunting is prohibited. Land use: None. Waterfowl: Breeding species include Butorides virescens, Oxyura dominica and Gallinula chloropus; passage migrants and winter visitors include Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Dendrocygna bicolor, Anas americana, A. discors, Porzana carolina and a variety of shorebirds. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a regular passage migrant. Threats: Illegal hunting. Research and conservation: Identified by Putney as one of the largest remaining relatively unspoiled saline lagoons in the Lesser Antilles. With the Baie des Anglais (site 4), an area with multiple resource values. The prohibition on hunting is reported to be poorly enforced. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Baie des Anglais (4) Location: 14°25’N, 60°51’W; southeast of Sainte Anne, near the southern tip of Martinique. Area: c.120 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 05 & 08. Site description: Mangroves and associated marshes around a sea bay, with sandy beaches in the south. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and brackish to saline marshes. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. Protection: No habitat protection; 60 ha are included in a Reserve de Chasse Maritime (established in 1976), in which hunting is prohibited. Land use: Cultivation in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: Breeding species include Butorides virescens, Oxyura dominica and Gallinula chloropus; passage migrants and winter visitors include Egretta caerulea, Ardea herodias, Anas americana, A. discors, Porzana carolina and a variety of shorebirds. Other fauna: The sea turtle Eretmochelys imbricata nests on the beaches and there is a sea-bird colony on a small offshore islet. Threats: Illegal hunting. Research and conservation: This area and the Etang des Salines (site 3) have been identified by Putney as an area with multiple resource values. The prohibition on hunting is reported to be poorly enforced. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -516- French Antilles Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin (5) Location: 16°20’N, 61°35°W; between northern Basse-Terre and northern Grande-Terre, Guadeloupe. Area: c.7,000 ha (including 6,068 ha of mangroves). Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 03, 07, 08 & 18. Site description: A large shallow sea bay with extensive mangrove swamps, brackish to saline coastal lagoons with associated marshes, and swampy Pterocarpus forest; between Port-Louis in the east and Sainte-Rose in the west. The bay and swamps connect with the Petit Cul-de-Sac Marin to the south via the Riviere Salee which separates Grande-Terre from Basse-Terre. The main mangrove swamps, from east to west, are the Petit Canal area, Marais des Jumeaux, Marais Monnerville, Marais Z’Herbe a Cecile, Marais Lambi, Riviere Salee and the delta of the Grande Riviere a Goyaves. There are several small islands with mangrove swamps in the bay, notably Ilet a Fajou and Ilet a Christophe. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Rhizophora mangle and some Conocarpus erectus; swamp forest with Pterocarpus officinalis; and marshes with Cladium jamaicensis, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Sporobolus virginicus, Eleocharis mutata, E. intersticta, Lippia nodiflora, Wedelia calicina, Ipomoea pescaprae, Pluchea odorata, Nephrolepis rivularis, Cyperus alopecuroides, Rhynchospora holochoenoides and Acrostichum aureum. There are very extensive sea-grass beds offshore (6,700 ha), moist forests to the west, and dry woodland to the east. Land tenure: Almost entirely public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and fishing; agricultural land, and urban and industrial development inland. Waterfowl: A very important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Ixobrychus exilis, Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis (several thousands), Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Rallus longirostris manglecola, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Fulica caribaea and probably Oxyura dominica. The small islands in the bay are particularly important for nesting Ardeidae, and there is a very large breeding colony and roost of B. ibis on Ilet a Christophe. Regular passage migrants and winter visitors include Egretta tricolor, Ardea herodias, Plegadis falcinellus, Dendrocygna bicolor, Anas americana, A. bahamensis, A. discors, Aythya affinis, Porzana carolina, Fulica americana, about fifteen species of Nearctic shorebirds, Larus atricilla and several Sterna spp. Pelecanus occidentalis is a regular visitor in small numbers. A sample of 639 waterfowl shot be seven hunters in the Petit Canal area in 1983 and 1984 included 416 Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, 56 Limnodromus griseus, 47 Numenius phaeopus, 42 Tringa flavipes, 21 Tringa melanoleuca, small numbers of nine other shorebirds, 18 Anas discors and 2 Plegadis falcinellus. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus and Ceryle alcyon occur on passage and in winter. The sea turtles Chelonia mydas and Eretmochelys imbricata nest on the islands and there are extensive coral reefs and important fishery resources in the bay. Threats: The principal threat is continuing drainage and filling in of the swamps for agricultural land, urban expansion and industrial development. There is some pollution from domestic sewage and pesticides used on adjacent agricultural land, and heavy hunting pressure during the open season. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the mangrove ecosystems, particularly at Ilet a Fajou, and the avifauna of the area is well known. The mangrove swamps comprise the largest remaining area of relatively unspoiled mangroves in the Lesser Antilles. Putney has identified the Petit Canal area as an area with multiple resource values, and the whole region as one of the priority areas for conservation in the Lesser Antilles. About 4,700 ha including the Lambi mangroves, Ilet a Fajou and extensive sea-grass beds are part of the proposed Parc National de la Guadeloupe. References: IUCN (1982); Putney (1982); Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984a & 1984b). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal and Jacques Portecop. Criteria for inclusion: 123. -517- French Antilles Pointe d’Antigues Marsh (6) Location: 16°27’N, 61°32’W; north of Port-Louis, northwest Grande-Terre, Guadeloupe. Area: 100 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Extensive fresh to brackish coastal marshes and adjacent mangrove swamps behind 2 sea beach. The marsh floods during the rainy season (July to December) and dries out almost completely during the dry season. Principal yegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus, and marshes with Eleocharis mutata, Lippia nodiflora, Ipomoea pescaprae and Mariscus planifolius; dry woodland and cactus scrub inland. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Hunting. Tourist recreation along the beach and cultivation in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A breeding area for Ixobrychus exilis, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus and possibly Egretta caerulea, and an important feeding area for several other species of Ardeidae. Passage migrants and winter visitors include nine species of Anatidae, Porzana carolina, 19 species of migratory shorebirds and Larus atricilla. In a sample of 469 waterfowl of 21 species shot by hunters during August and September 1983 and 1984, the commonest species were Tringa flavipes (39%), Pluvialis dominica (20%), Calidris melanotos (13%), Arenaria interpres (5%) and Limnodromus griseus (4%). Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus and Ceryle alcyon occur on passage and in winter. Threats: Plans exist to drain the entire marsh for the construction of a coal-fired power station, and there is heavy hunting pressure during the open season. References: Putney (1982); Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984a). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal and Jacques Portecop. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Moule Mangroves (7) Location: 16°20’N, 61°20’W; east and west of Moule on the northeast coast of Grande-Terre, Guadeloupe. Area: c.50 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 02, 05 & 08. Site description: Mangrove swamps in the Baie du Nord Ouest and the small estuary of the Riviere d’Audoin, and adjacent sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus, Rhizophora mangle and Thespesia populnea; littoral vegetation, dry woodland and cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: The town of Moule lies between the two swamps and there is cultivation inland. Waterfowl: An important area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: There are coral reefs offshore. Threats: Pollution from domestic waste, and heavy hunting pressure during the open season. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal and Jacques Portecop. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Pointe des Chateaux Lagoons (8) Location: 16°15’N, 61°11°W; at the eastern tip of Grande-Terre, Guadeloupe. Area: c.25 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. -518- French Antilles Province and type: 8.41.13; 05 & 07. Site description: A group of shallow saline lagoons and adjacent sandy beaches on a peninsula at the extreme eastern tip of the island. Principal vegetation: Littoral vegetation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Tourist recreation along the coast. Waterfowl: An important area for migratory shorebirds, particularly during the autumn passage. Common species include Tringa flavipes, T. solitaria, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Arenaria interpres, Actitis macularia, Calidris pusilla and C. melanotos. Other fauna: The sea turtle Eretmochelys imbricata nests on the beaches and there are coral reefs offshore. Threats: Illegal sand mining. Research and conservation: The entire peninsula has been proposed as a protected area. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Marais de Folle Anse (9) Location: 15°56’N, 61°19’W; south of St-Louis, on the west coast of Marie-Galante Island. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07, 08, 10 & 18. Site description: A complex of fresh to brackish marshes, mangrove swamps and Pterocarpus swamp forest behind a sea beach. The Riviere de St-Louis flows through the northern part of the marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle, swamp forest with Pterocarpus officinalis, fresh to brackish marshes with Cladium jamaicensis, and littoral vegetation; extensive beds of sea-grasses offshore. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Hunting and sand mining; agriculture and grazing inland. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of waterfowl. Ixobrychus exilis, Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus and Porphyrula martinica breed, and Bubulcus ibis, Egretta thula and E..alba are common feeding visitors. Regular passage migrants and winter visitors include Ardea herodias, Dendrocygna bicolor, Anas discors, A. clypeata, Oxyura dominica, Porzana carolina and fourteen species of Nearctic shorebirds. Other fauna: Sea turtles nest on beaches in the south. Threats: The principal threats are the extraction of sand from the beach between the marshes and the sea, and domestic pollution from the town of St-Louis to the north. There is heavy hunting pressure during the open season. Research and conservation: The wetland was identified by Putney as an area with multiple resource values, and has been included in a proposed protected area. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal and Jacques Portecop. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Grand Etang de Simsonbaai (10) Location: 18°04’N, 63°07°W; near the west end of Saint Martin / Sint Maarten Island. Area: 1,250 ha; about 630 ha in French territory. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. -519- French Antilles Site description: A large permanent saline lagoon, up to 6m deep, with a salinity of 33 p.p.t., and with some fringing mangroves; there is a narrow channel connecting the lagoon with Baie Nettle to the north. About 50% of the lagoon lies in the Dutch part of the island (see Netherlands Antilles site 11). Principal vegetation: Patches of mangroves with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: A mixture of public and private ownership. Protection: None. (The Dutch portion of the lagoon has been designated a protected area.) Land use: Tourist development around much of the lagoon and grazing of domestic livestock in the east. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for a variety of Ardeidae, migratory shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: There is an important lobster and conch fishery in the lagoon. Threats: The lagoon is under serious threat from the development of marinas, tourist hotels and other facilities along much of the shoreline, and domestic pollution from the town of Marigot in the northeast. Research and conservation: The largest natural saline lagoon in the Lesser Antilles, but now much degraded, particularly on the Dutch side of the border. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal and Jacques Portecop. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Etangs de Grand Case (11) Location: 18°06’N, 63°03’W; near Grand Case, on the north coast of Saint Martin. Area: 70 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: Three shallow saline lagoons with muddy shorelines; there are small patches of mangroves at two of the lagoons. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; dry woodland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock around the lagoons and urban development nearby. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for waterfowl, particularly Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Late autumn counts in 1983 and 1984 included up to 15 Pelecanus occidentalis, 77 Egretta thula, 10 Gallinula chloropus, 106 Tringa flavipes, 20 Actitis macularia and 40 Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Domestic pollution from the town of Grand Case. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Etang Chevrise and Cul-de-Sac (12) Location: 18°06’N, 63°02’W; on the northeast coast of Saint Martin. Area: c.30 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A saline lagoon (Etang Chevrise) with muddy shoreline, and an area of mangrove swamps around a small sea bay (Cul-de-Sac). Principal vegetation: Mangroves; extensive sea-grass beds offshore and dry woodland inland. Land tenure: Etang Chevrise is public land (state owned); the Cul-de-Sac area is privately owned. -520- : French Antilles Protection: None. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock and urban development around Cul-de-Sac. Waterfowl: A feeding area for Pelecanus occidentalis, Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Late autumn counts in 1983 and 1984 included up to 105 Egretta thula and smaller numbers of five other species of Ardeidae and nine species of shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Seaborne pollution in Cul-de-Sac bay. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Etang aux Poissons (13) Location: 18°04’N, 63°02’W; on the east coast of Saint Martin. Area: 140 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow saline lagoon with mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; littoral vegetation on the adjacent coast and dry woodland inland. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Tourism along the coast. Waterfowl: A feeding area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: Identified by Putney as one of the largest remaining relatively unaltered saline lagoons in the Lesser Antilles. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Wetlands on Saint-Barthelemy (14) Location: 17°54’N, 62°50’W; east and central Saint-Barthelemy. Area: c.45 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Six saline lagoons: Grande Saline (16 ha) in the interior of the island, Etang du Grand Cul-de-Sac (7 ha), Etang du Petit Cul-de-Sac (3.5 ha) and Etang de Toiny (1.5 ha) near the east end of the island, and Etang de St. Jean (8 ha) and Etang de Public (3 ha) near Gustavia; and an area of mangroves and sandy beaches at Anse de Marigot on the northeast coast. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus at Anse de Marigot; also some mangroves at Etang du Grand Cul-de-Sac, Etang du Petit Cul-de-Sac and Etang de St. Jean, and beds of Ruppia maritima. Cactus scrub and secondary vegetation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: The saline lagoons are public land (state owned); other areas are privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Grazing of domestic livestock; tourism along the coast, and urban development north of Etang de St. Jean. Waterfowl: The lagoons provide a feeding area for a wide variety of passage and wintering waterfowl, particularly migratory shorebirds. Birds recorded during a survey of three ponds in December 1983 included Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Ardea herodias, Anas discors, Porzana carolina, Fulica americana, Himantopus himantopus and over 170 Nearctic shorebirds of nine species. -521- French Antilles Other fauna: No information. Threats: Pollution from domestic waste at Grande Saline, and seaborne pollution at Anse de Marigot. References: Putney (1982); Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984a). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -522- GRENADA INTRODUCTION No information was received on the current situation in Grenada and its dependencies in the Grenadines. The following account is based on Vincent (1981), IUCN (1982 & 1983) and Putney (1982). Grenada and its dependencies in the southern Grenadines are the most southerly of the Windward Islands in the Lesser Antilles. Grenada is a mountainous volcanic island rising to a peak at 840m; it is 344 km? in extent and has a humid tropical climate supportingextensive rain and cloud forests in the interior. The Grenada Grenadines to the northeast of Grenada comprise some twenty low-lying limestone islands and rocks with cactus scrub and dry woodland. Only the three largest islands, Carriacou, Petit Martinique and Ronde, are inhabited. Grenada achieved full independence in 1974; the islands have a population of about 110,000 and an economy based on agriculture, particularly the cultivation of spices. There are several small wetlands on the main island, including a crater lake, fresh and saline ponds in the lowlands, and mangroves along the south coast. The only wetlands in the Grenadines are some small patches of mangroves on Carriacou and a saline pond with mangroves on Saline Island, a tiny island off the south coast of Carriacou. There are many beaches with nesting sea turtles (Chelonia mydas, Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata), offshore islets with sea-bird colonies and patches of coral reef throughout the islands, and extensive sea-grass beds off the east and south coasts of Grenada and off western Carriacou. The government department responsible for conservation is the Forestry Division within the Ministry of Agriculture. The Grenada Historical Society, a non-governmental body created in 1976, is concerned not only with the preservation of historical sites but also with the protection of areas for conservation purposes, and has worked in close collaboration with the Government on a project for the establishment of a protected area around a small lake (Levera Pond). Relevant legislation includes the Ordinance for the Protection of Forests, Soil and Water Conservation (1949, 1954 and 1958), the Ordinance for the Protection of Birds and other Wildlife (1956, 1964 and 1966), and the Ordinance for the Protection of Territorial Waters against Oil Spills (1934 and 1958). By 1981, only two protected areas had been established; Grand Etang Forest Reserve (1,544 ha) established in 1910 in the interior highlands of Grenada, and a protected area incorporating an islet off northwestern Carriacou. -523- Grenada WETLANDS No recent information is available on the wetlands of Grenada and the southern Grenadines. The following site descriptions are based on Lack & Lack (1973), Vincent (1981) and Putney (1982). (For map, see Dominica.) Levera Pond (1) Location: 12°13’N, 61°37’W; at the northeast tip of Grenada. Area: c.30 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07, 08 & 16. Site description: A brackish pond with an average depth of 3m, completely surrounded by mangrove swamps and seasonally flooded grassland. Flooding occurs during the wet season, from June to December; at high levels the pond breaks through to the sea, and during periods of high tides and storms there is an inflow of sea water. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Rhizophora mangle with Laguncularia racemosa and a few stands of Avicennia germinans, some submergent vegetation, and fresh to brackish marshes; cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: A mixture of public and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Some harvesting of crabs. Waterfowl: A breeding area for Ardeidae (Bubulcus ibis and Egretta caerulea), and a feeding and roosting area for a wide variety of migratory waterfowl from both North and South America. Species recorded include Podilymbus podiceps, Pelecanus occidentalis, Anhinga anhinga, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Ardea herodias, Eudocimus ruber, Dendrocygna arborea, Oxyura jamaicensis, Gallinula chloropus, Fulica caribaea, seventeen species of Nearctic shorebirds and Larus atricilla. Other fauna: Over 80 species of birds have been recorded in the Levera area, including most of Grenada’s resident birds, and migrant Pandion haliaetus, Falco columbarius and Seiurus noveboracensis. Iguana iguana forages in the swamp; a variety of fish species including the introduced Tilapia mossambica are common; and crabs, mainly land crabs Geocarcinus sp, are abundant. Threats: Some of the mangroves have been destroyed, and large quantities of mud and silt are being deposited in the pond because of erosion in the watershed. Research and conservation: Identified by Putney as an area with multiple resource values. Levera Pond and the nearby Sugar Loaf, Green Island and Sandy Island have been incorporated in a proposed protected area. References: Vincent (1981); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Lake St. Antoine (2) Location: 12°11’N, 61°37’W; 2 km northeast of Tivoli, in the northeast lowlands of Grenada. Area: c.25 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 12. Site description: A small freshwater lake and marshes. Principal vegetation: Freshwater marshes; dry woodland in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some tree crops and grazing in the area. Waterfowl: A breeding area for Podilymbus podiceps, Oxyura jamaicensis and Fulica caribaea and Ardeidae (30 observed in 1971). Other fauna: No information. -524- Grenada Threats: No information. References: Lack & Lack (1973); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Grand Etang (3) Location: 12°05’N, 61°42’W; in the southern highlands of Grenada, 7 km northeast of St. George’s. Area: 15 ha. Altitude: c.500m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 12. Site description: An old freshwater crater lake with some fringing marshes. Principal vegetation: Freshwater marshes; tropical rain forest in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: Within the Grand Etang Forest Reserve (1,544 ha) established in 1910. Land use: Multiple use forestry in the reserve. Waterfowl: Butorides virescens occurs in the marshes. Other fauna: The introduced monkey Ceropithecus mona occurs in the reserve. Threats: No information. References: Lack & Lack (1973); IUCN (1982); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Calivigny Mangrove Swamps (4) Location: 12°00’N, 61°44’W; along the south coast of Grenada between Prickly Bay and St. David’s Point. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Mangrove swamps, associated brackish to saline marshes and sandy beaches in Prickly Bay, Woburn Bay and Westerhall Bay; the largest mangrove system in the southern Windward Islands. Principal yegetation: Mangroves; cultivated land and cactus scrub inland, and sea-grass beds offshore. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Sand mining in Prickly Bay, solid waste disposal in Woburn Bay, and tourism in Westerhall Bay; cultivation inland. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: There is a sea-bird colony on Hog Island in Woburn Bay; the sea turtles Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata nest on the beaches; and there are very rich marine resources offshore. Threats: There is some seaborne pollution in the area. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Point Salines Ponds (5) Location: 12°00’N, 61°47’W; at the southwest tip of Grenada. Area: A few ha. Altitude: Near sea level. -525- Grenada Province and type: 8.41.13; 05 & 07. Site description: Two small saline lagoons with fringing mudflats and adjacent sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Cultivation and cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None. Waterfowl: An important area for migratory shorebirds. Lack & Lack recorded thirteen species of shorebirds including large numbers of Tringa flavipes, Calidris pusilla, C. minutilla and Micropalama himantopus. Eudocimus ruber has been recorded. Other fauna: The sea turtle Dermochelys coriacea nests on the beaches. Threats: No information. References: Lack & Lack (1973); Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Carriacou Mangroves (6) Location: 12°28’N, 61°29’W; at the west end of Carriacou Island, Grenadines. Area: c.100 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 05 & 08. Site description: Coastal mangrove swamps and adjacent sandy beaches in three small bays. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and littoral vegetation; dry woodland inland, and some sea-grass beds offshore. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Grazing by domestic livestock on adjacent land. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: Sea turtles nest on the beaches, and there are commercially important beds of the tree-oyster /sognomon alatus. Threats: There is some seaborne pollution. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Saline Island Pond (7) Location: 12°26’N, 61°28’W; on Saline Island, to the south of Carriacou in the Grenadines. Area: A few ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A small saline lagoon with fringing mangrove swamps and nearby sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangroves. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: None; the island is uninhabited. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The sea turtle Eretmochelys imbricata nests on the beaches, and there are coral reefs offshore. Threats: There is some seaborne pollution around the island. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -526- HAITI INTRODUCTION based on information provided by Joseph Felix, Rony Kavanaght, James O. Keith, Paul Paryski, James J. Talbot and Charles A. Woods The Republic of Haiti occupies the western third of the island of Hispaniola and has a population of over 5.5 million. With an area of 27,750 sq. km and coastline of 1,500 km, it is the third largest state in the Caribbean after Cuba and the Dominican Republic. The land area includes several large islands, La Gonave (680 sq. km), La Tortue (180 sq. km), Ile-a-Vache (52 sq. km) and the Cayemites (45 sq. km), as well as a number of smaller islands and cays. The topography is extremely rugged, with three mountain ranges extending from east to west across the country and rising to peaks of up to 2,674m. The climate is tropical, tempered by sea breezes; temperatures in coastal regions range from 20°C to 35°C, and the main rainfall occurs during the summer months. Due to the mountainous topography, the annual rainfall shows great regional variations, from less than 300 mm in the northwest to over 4,000 mm in the mountains of the southwest. The economy is based to a large extent on agriculture, with coffee, sugar and sizal as the main export crops. The dense human population, intensive agriculture and heavy reliance on charcoal for fuel have resulted in extreme degradation of terrestrial environments, and very little natural vegetation now remains intact except in some of the remotest mountain regions. The aquatic ecosystems have, however, fared rather better. Extensive tracts of freshwater marsh, particularly on the floodplain of the Artibonite River and in the Forte Liberte area, have been converted into rice paddies, but the country’s largest inland lake, Etang Saumatre, and most of the 22,000 ha of coastal mangrove swamps have remained almost undisturbed. The fishing industry is poorly developed and remains predominantly artisanal, but there are many aquaculture projects involving tilapia and carp, and some mariculture projects have recently been proposed. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The main governmental agencies concerned with environmental conservation are as follows: Ministere de lAgriculture, des Ressources Naturelles et du Developpement Rural (MARNDR); the ministry concerned with agriculture, fisheries, forestry, soil conservation, wildlife protection and rural development. Within this ministry, the Service des Ressources en Peches is concerned with marine and freshwater fisheries and aquaculture, the Service des Ressources Forestieres et Protection de la Faune with forestry and wildlife protection (including the establishment of hunting regulations), and the newly created Service Protection Environment et Faune (Direction des Ressources Naturelles) with national parks and the preservation of the environment. Institut de Sauvegarde du Patrimonie National (ISPAN). Founded in 1979 to protect Haiti’s cultural and natural heritage, ISPAN was responsible for developing a national parks programme with the assistance of the U.S. Agency for International Development (US-AID). However, in 1983 it became a division of the newly created INAHCA, and its responsibilities were restricted to the administration of La Citadelle National Park, a tiny national park in the north of the country. Institut National Haitien de la Culture et des Arts (INAHCA). This new institute, created in 1983 under the patronage of President Duvalier’s wife, has taken over the National Parks Programme from ISPAN, and is responsible for the conservation of Haiti’s natural heritage. It is currently setting up a new Museum of Natural Sciences in Port-au-Prince. There are no non-governmental bodies directly concerned with conservation in Haiti, and indeed there is little concern or support for conservation amongst the general public. There is, however, a local Natural History Society and an Audubon Bird Club in Port-au-Prince with some support from well educated Haitians. -527- Haiti Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research Haiti has a considerable amount of environmental legislation dating back to the Rural Code of 1826, which prohibited unauthorized cutting of trees. The Convention on the Protection of the Flora, Fauna and National Sceneries of the American Continent was approved in 1941, and the Decree of March 1963 on National Parks and Natural Areas provided the legal basis for the establishment of protected areas. Other relevant legislation includes a decree of 1978 and law of 1979 concerning fisheries and marine resources, which prohibit the cutting of mangroves. No wetlands are under protection. However, there are several small National Parks, including La Citadelle Henri Christophe (La Citadelle La Ferriere), and in 1983 two new National Parks, both of 2,000 ha, were created in the mountains of the southwest (Parc National La Visite and Parc National Macaya). The emphasis of these large National Parks is watershed conservation and the protection of endemic fauna and flora. The Service Protection Environment et Faune has issued a list of protected animals and plants including forty-three species of birds. The hunting regulations issued by the Service des Ressources Forestieres et Protection de la Faune set open seasons and bag limits for Anatidae and some other waterfowl, but law enforcement is very poor and bags in excess of 100 ducks per day have been reported. However, there are only about one hundred licensed hunters in the country. Very little research has been conducted on wetlands or wetland fauna. Rony Kavanaght at the Section d’Aquaculture et d’Hydrobiologie in the Service des Ressources en Peches, MARNDR, has conducted some studies on sea turtles and also a little work on inland wetland systems. Charles A. Woods and colleagues at the Florida State Museum with the support of US-AID have been conducting research on Haitian wildlife for over fifteen years and are currently initiating a major inventory of biological resources throughout Hispaniola. Although most of the research to date has focussed on the montane forest fauna, particularly the endemic mammals, the work has included a detailed study of the population of Crocodylus acutus at Etang Saumatre (by John Thorbjarnarson), and a survey of the status of the manatee Trichechus manatus in Haitian waters (by Galen B. Rathbun, Charles A. Woods and Jose A. Ottenwalder). The Country Environmental Profile carried out by US-AID in early 1985 stresses the importance of Haiti’s coastal mangroves and marine resources, suggests several potential sites for marine reserves, and includes information collected by Mara A. McDonald and Tom Greathouse on the wetlands and their waterfowl. Major Threats to Wetlands The only serious threats to wetlands in Haiti at the present time are continued conversion of freshwater marshes to rice growing areas and drainage for other forms of cultivation. Some mangroves are cut for charcoal, and pollution from domestic sewage may be a problem locally, but pesticides are not widely used and there is relatively little disturbance from hunting and fishing activities. -528- Haiti ~€ *{ QOUMdq-Ne-}0d aS) re oe Ov oz oO ILIVH -529- Haiti WETLANDS Site descriptions based on information provided by James O. Keith, Jose A. Ottenwalder, Paul Paryski, James J. Talbot, John Thorbjarnarson and Charles A. Woods. The Caracol area and Baie de Forte Liberte (1) Location: 19°45’N, 71°56’-72°12’W; east along the coast from Cap Haitien to the border with the Dominican Republic. Area: 12,500 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 05, 07, 08 & 17. Site description: A large sea bay east of Cap Haitien, with extensive mangrove swamps and offshore coral reefs; and an almost entirely enclosed sea bay (Baie de Forte Liberte) with mangrove swamps and adjacent sandy beaches to the east. There is extensive rice cultivation inland. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; rice fields. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: An important rice growing area. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus occurs in the area. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: The US-AID Country Environmental Profile identifies Baie de Forte Liberte (Labadie and Cadrasse) as a potential site for a marine reserve. References: Rathbun et al (1982). Source: James O. Keith and James J. Talbot. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. The floodplain and delta of the Artibonite River (2) Location: 19°15’N, 72°40’W; south of Gonaives, 90 km NNW of Port-au-Prince. Area: 47,500 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 02, 07, 08, 09 & 17. Site description: The lower Riviere de l’Artibonite, with extensive brackish coastal lagoons, mangrove swamps and saline flats in the delta, and large areas of rice cultivation inland. Most of the marshes of the floodplain have been converted to rice paddies. The bays and reefs along the coast of the delta have an abundance of marine vegetation. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; rice fields. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: There is an important fishery in the delta; the floodplain is an important rice growing area; and there is some cutting of mangroves for fuel. Waterfowl: One of the most important wetlands for waterfowl in Haiti. Species recorded include Podilymbus podiceps, Phalacrocorax auritus, Pelecanus occidentalis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta rufescens (rare), Plegadis falcinellus (common), Anas bahamensis, A. discors, Oxyura jamaicensis, Rallus longirostris, Fulica caribaea, Jacana spinosa, Charadrius wilsonius, Larus atricilla and Gelochelidon nilotica. 600-700 Phoenicopterus ruber were present in May 1982, and 150-200 in May 1983. Other fauna: There is a small population of the manatee Trichechus manatus in the delta. Threats: The wetlands of the floodplain continue to be converted into rice paddies. References: Rathbun et al (1982). Source: James O. Keith, Jose A. Ottenwalder, Paul Paryski and James J. Talbot. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. -530- Haiti Etang Saumatre (3) Location: 18°35’N, 72°00’W; 35 km east of Port-au-Prince. Area: 11,300 ha. Altitude: 15m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 13 & 14. Site description: A large permanent brackish lake, up to 30m deep, with sparse aquatic vegetation; much of the shoreline is narrow and sandy, but there are extensive areas of shallow lagoons and mudflats along the eastern and western shores, and some freshwater springs with small marshes. The salinity of the lagoon is about 10 p.p.t. The water level fluctuates annually by about 50 cm, but there are longer term fluctuations of at least 2m with periods of drought and increased rainfall. Principal vegetation: Only several species of algae in the lagoon itself; some fringing Conocarpus erectus thickets, and fresh to brackish marshes with Typha domingensis. In a region of dry subtropical forest. Land tenure: The eastern shore is state owned; most of the western shore is privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing on a small scale, some duck hunting in winter and, locally, intensive cutting of Conocarpus erectus for charcoal. Waterfowl: A very important breeding, passage and wintering area for a wide variety of waterfowl. There is a breeding colony of 300-400 pairs of Ciconiiformes at the east end of the lagoon, with Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Eudocimus albus and Plegadis falcinellus. Other breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Ixobrychus exilis, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus, Jacana spinosa, Charadrius vociferus, Himantopus himantopus and probably Sterna albifrons. Up to 300 Phoenicopterus ruber have been recorded as non-breeding visitors, and Dendrocygna arborea and Fulica caribaea occur regularly. Large numbers of Anatidae and shorebirds occur in winter, mainly Anas americana, A. discors (abundant), Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius wilsonius, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes and Actitis macularia. Other common migrants include Larus atricilla, Hydroprogne caspia, Sterna maxima and S. hirundo. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is present year round, Falco peregrinus occurs on passage, and Ceryle alcyon is a common winter visitor. There is a large viable population of the American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus, and the freshwater turtle Chrysemys decorata and iguana Cyclura cornuta are common. Threats: The Conocarpus thickets are being cut down for charcoal, and there is some hunting of flamingos and Anatidae. Research and conservation: Basic faunal and floral inventories have been carried out, and Thorbjarnarson has conducted a detailed study of the Crocodylus acutus population. References: Wiley & Wiley (1979); Thorbjarnarson (in prep). Source: John Thorbjarnarson and Jose A. Ottenwalder. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Lac Caiman (4) Location: 18°38’N, 72°08’W; 20 km NNE of Port-au-Prince. Area: 2,500 ha. Altitude: 12m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07 & 12. Site description: A permanent, shallow, slightly brackish lake of 750 ha with extensive fresh to brackish marshes to the east, and some marshes and muddy areas at the west end. Principal vegetation: Extensive marshes with Typha domingensis. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing on a small scale; agriculture and livestock grazing in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl, particularly in winter. Breeding birds include Podilymbus podiceps, Gallinula chloropus and a large population of Fulica caribaea. A variety of Ardeidae, Plegadis falcinellus and Phoenicopterus ruber are regular non-breeding visitors; 50 P. ruber and 150 P. falcinellus were present in March 1984. Wintering species -531- Haiti include a variety of Anatidae, notably Anas americana and A. discors, many shorbirds, Larus atricilla, Gelochelidon nilotica and Hydroprogne caspia. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: James O. Keith and Derek A. Scott. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Miragoane Lakes (5) Location: 18°24’N, 73°03’W; between Miragoane and Petit Goave, 75 km west of Port-au-Prince. Area: 4,500 ha. Altitude: 10m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 12. Site description: Two small freshwater lakes with extensive surrounding marshes, near the south shore of the Canal du Sud. The larger lake, Etang Miragoane, is very deep. Principal vegetation: Marshes with Typha sp; in the subtropical moist forest life zone. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Paul Paryski and James J. Talbot. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Cayemite Islands and Baie des Bararderes (6) Location: 18°32’N, 73°40’W; 140 km west of Port-au-Prince. Area: 11,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01 & 08. Site description: Extensive mangrove swamps along the south side of the Cayemite Islands and in the Baie des Bararderes. There are shallow reefs offshore. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; abundant marine vegetation offshore. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus may occur in the area. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: The US-AID Country Environmental Profile identifies Cayemite Islands as a potential site for a marine reserve. References: Rathbun et al (1982). Source: Paul Paryski and James J. Talbot. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Lakes above Les Cayes (7) Location: 18°19’N, 73°50’W; in the hills 19 km northwest of Les Cayes. Area: c.300 ha. Altitude: c.180m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 12. -532- the Haiti Site description: A group of three small freshwater lakes with fringing marshes in the foothills of the eastern slopes of the Massif du Sud. The only significant mountain lakes in Haiti. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: No information. Source: Paul Paryski. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Les Cayes Marshes (8) Location: 18°11’N, 73°49’W; west of the town of Les Cayes. Area: 7,000 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 05, 13 & 17. Site description: A complex of small pools, marshes and wet arable land with numerous canals, adjacent to a shallow sea bay with sandy beaches (Baie des Cayes). Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: The marshes are known to be very important for waterfowl, but no census data are available. Species recorded include Pelecanus occidentalis, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Eudocimus albus, Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius wilsonius, C. vociferus, Tringa solitaria, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Calidris alba and Gelochelidon nilotica. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus may occur in the bay. Threats: No information. References: Rathbun et al (1982). Source: James O. Keith, Paul Paryski and James J. Talbot. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Baie d’Aquin (9) Location: 18°14’N, 73°23’W; 35 km east of Les Cayes. Area: 9,600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 03, 04, 07 & 08. Site description: A brackish lagoon with extensive mangrove swamps to the west; and a large sea bay with small offshore islands, mangrove swamps and rocky sea shores. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: A variety of Ardeidae were observed during an aerial survey in May 1983. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus may occur in the bay. Threats: No information. References: Rathbun et al (1982). Source: Paul Paryski and Jose A. Ottenwalder. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -533- Haiti Eastern Ile-a- Vache (10) Location: 18°04’N, 73°35’W; 20 km southeast of Les Cayes. Area: 1,700 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01 & 08. Site description: Extensive mangrove swamps at the eastern end of Ile-a-Vache, with coral reefs offshore in the Canal de !’Est. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The manatee Trichechus manatus may occur in the area. Threats: No information. Research and conservation: The US-AID Country Environmental Profile identifies the area as a potential site for a marine reserve. References: Rathbun et al (1982). Source: Paul Paryski and James J. Talbot. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Wetlands of Ile de La Gonave (11) Location: 18°55’N, 73°00’W; on the north and southwest coasts of Ile de La Gonave. Area: At least 5,000 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A chain of coastal lagoons, mangrove swamps and brackish marshes stretching along the north coast of the island, and one large lagoon and marsh on the southwest coast. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps and brackish marshes. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl: Known to be an important area for waterfowl, but few data are available. Small breeding colonies of Ardeidae (Bubulcus ibis, Egretta caerulea, E. thula and E. alba) were located at La Cayenne and Gros Mangle during an aerial survey in May 1982, and small flocks of Phoenicopterus ruber have been observed (37 birds in May 1982, and 50-60 in May 1983). Other fauna: Columba leucocephala occurs in the mangroves. Threats: No information. Source: Jose A. Ottenwalder and Charles A. Woods. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -534- JAMAICA INTRODUCTION by Patrick W. Fairbairn and Ann Haynes Jamaica, with an area of 10,962 km?, is the third largest island in the Caribbean. It lies 140 km south of Cuba and 730 km west of Haiti, and has a population of about 2.1 million (1977). The island is crossed by a range of mountains reaching 2,256m in the east and descending gradually towards the west, with a series of spurs and forested valleys running north and south. The climate is tropical, with a fairly high humidity; temperatures on the coast average 27°C and there is a rainy season during the summer months (May to September). Much of the native vegetation, particularly in the lowlands, has been cleared for agriculture, mainly sugar, tobacco, bananas, coffee and palm products. Most of Jamaica’s wetlands are coastal, and these include shallow sea bays, tidal creeks and brackish to saline lagoons with mangrove swamps. There are large freshwater swamps and peat marsh systems along the Black River and at Negril, but otherwise there are few freshwater wetlands of any significance. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research Governmental The Natural Resource Conservation Department (NRCD) is the only agency with an explicit concern for the management of wetland areas. Its present activities are scientific, legal (through the Wild Life Protection Act), advisory (through the development control process of the Town and Country Planning Department), and coordinative, with the ultimate prospect of managing selected wetlands as National Parks or wildlife reserves. The Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica (PCJ), a quasi-governmental body devoted to development of indigenous energy resources, has a current interest in mining peat from the island’s two largest wetlands. It also plans to manage a smaller coastal wetland area as a crocodile sanctuary and semi-private beach resort. So far its activities have concentrated on scientific research. The Fisheries Division has the legal power, through the Fishing Industry Act, to designate Fish Sanctuaries which may include mangrove swamps and other coastal wetlands. One such area is currently protected in this way. Non-governmental The University of the West Indies (Mona Campus) periodically conducts research on specific wetlands and wetland problems. The other non-governmental organizations with a record of concern for wetland conservation are all small groups each with fewer than one hundred active members. These are: The Natural History Society of Jamaica, Gosse Bird Club, and the Jamaican Society of Scientists and Technologists. Activities include excursions, lectures, seminars and public education through the mass media. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research In the first National Physical Plan in 1971, the island’s major wetlands were delineated as areas for special attention and care. However, conservation of wetlands as wetlands is still not a concept widely accepted by Government itself, and various wetland drainage or reclamation schemes in progress in 1971 have continued to the present day, Legal protection for wetlands and their wildlife in Jamaica has its basis in several laws. Under the Town and Country Planning Act, Development Orders have been promulgated for each of the thirteen parishes. In each Development Order, there is a map delineating among other things areas of special conservation value, a definition which includes all wetlands regardless of size. However, the degree of real protection afforded by this designation is highly problematic, since to date no major development has been successfully challenged under the provisions of this Act. An inherent weakness in the Act is the fact that the definition of -535- Jamaica development is so worded as to exclude agriculture from the development control process. Under the Wild Life Protection Act, wetland animals may be protected by the listing of individual species and the designation of sanctuaries. Thus the American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus and the West Indian Manatee Trichechus manatus are totally protected in law as Protected Animals, as are almost all birds except some pests and certain game species for which an open season may be declared. Although extensive upland areas have been designated as sanctuaries under this Act, no wetlands have as yet been accorded such status except in those few cases where they lie within the bounds of Crown Lands, which are by definition closed to hunting. Administration and enforcement of the Wild Life Protection Act are inadequate despite the efforts of the Natural Resource Conservation Department to educate the general public and promote observance by means of four full-time Conservation Wardens appointed primarily for this purpose. Coastal habitats including wetlands may be protected under the Fishing Industry Act as Fish Sanctuaries. One small example of this is a mangrove lagoon in the vicinity of Montego Bay; a much larger mangrove ecosystem at Portland Bight is awaiting enactment. Much of the wetland research conducted in Jamaica to date has focussed on the Negril and Black River Lower Morasses, mainly because of the great size of these wetlands and their potential for multiple use. During the late 1970s, both were studied by the NRCD as part of a training programme sponsored by the Canadian International Development Agency (CIDA). Particular attention was given to the potential of Negril Morass as a National Park, and a proposal was made for the captive rearing and release of several duck species in artificially reflooded areas. The NRCD also strongly favoured the establishment of a National Park at the Black River Lower Morass, but this concept was put in abeyance in 1979 by the onset of research on the mining of peat for fuel. Studies conducted by both the NRCD and the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica predict that peat mining would result in the destruction of about 50% of the Jamaican habitat of several species of Rallidae and the shallow-water environments preferred by juvenile Crocodylus acutus and many other wetland animals. The open water pools created by the mining activities would, however, undoubtedly favour some species of waterfowl, notably Podicipedidae and wintering Anatidae. The Portland Bight coastal ecosystem is currently being studied by the NRCD to describe the area’s major ecological components and functions. Results of the study are expected to make a useful contribution to the biophysical inventory of Portland Bight and its environs, which comprise a designated National Park area in the National Physical Plan. Another designated National Park area, centred on the coast of the Manchester Parish, contains a wetland that serves as the focus of a manatee management project and concurrent interpretative programme, sponsored jointly by the NRCD and the Organization of American States with additional technical assistance from the Florida State Museum. A visitor centre is being constructed to house collections of biota from the area and other educational material for display. Submerged macrophytes are being monitored in the Alligator Hole River, the habitat of the manatees. A major scientific study of the Hellshire coast southwest of Kingston is expected to start in 1985. Arising from the collaboration of the University of Dalhousie, Nova Scotia, and the Mona Campus of the University of the West Indies, and under the sponsorship of CIDA, this research will include investigations of a large mangrove and saline ecosystem that lies between low limestone hills and a shallow offshore shelf of patch reef and turtle grass Thalassia sp. This wetland study is of special urgency because of plans to build the so-called Hellshire New Town in the hills nearby, and to develop the recreational potential of the area’s beaches. Major Threats to Wetlands Despite recognition in the National Physical Plan and Parish Development Orders as areas of special conservation value, Jamaica’s wetlands remain under threat, particularly from drainage for agriculture and reclamation for housing and industrial development. The mangroves of Kingston Harbour continue to be destroyed for housing, and drainage for agriculture has now almost completely destroyed the once extensive marshes of the Black River Upper Morass. The mangrove swamp at the mouth of the Martha Brae River near Falmouth was unsuccessfully drained in the 1960s and 1970s for rice cultivation, and is being gradually removed by urban encroachment and recreational development, with the resultant degradation of a famous -536- Jamaica phosphorescent lagoon. The Cabarita Swamp in Westmoreland suffers from the continuing stress of canalization and pollution with waste products from a sugar factory and rum distillery. Elsewhere, other wetlands are at risk from smaller-scale developments with similar effects. A new possible source of disturbance that would drastically change wetland habitats in the Negril and Black River Lower Morasses is embodied in the current proposal to mine peat desposits for fuel. In the process, herbaceous swamps would be converted into deep open-water lakes. Km JAMAICA -537- Jamaica WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by the Aquatic Resources Division of the Natural Resource Conservation Department, and Robert L. Sutton. Negril Morass (1) Location: 18°19’N, 78°20’W; northeast of Negril, Westmoreland and Hanover Parishes. Area: 2,300 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07, 08, 13, 18 & 19. Site description: A coastal fringe of mangrove swamps and tidal marshes behind a sand bar, and extensive fresh to brackish marshes with peat formations 5-6m deep inland. Salinities range from 1-20 p.p.t., and there are slight tidal fluctuations in water level near the coast. The marshes have been greatly modified by various attempts at drainage in the past. The water level was lowered in 1959, and this led to a spread of sawgrass and invasion by shrubs and trees. Principal vegetation: Coastal mangrove swamps, principally Rhizophora mangle; extensive stands of sawgrass Cladium jamaicensis; swamp ‘forest dominated by Rystonea princeps; and scattered shrubs and trees. The vegetation, which includes endemic species, has been described in detail by Bjork (1983). Land tenure: Owned partly by the state and partly by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in Parish Development Orders, and proposed National Park in the National Physical Plan. Land use: Fishing, crab hunting and illegal cultivation of marijuana; 200 ha of marsh have been drained for agriculture in the east. Waterfowl: Resident species include Podilymbus podiceps, Ixobrychus exilis, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. alba, Rallus longirostris, Porzana flaviventer and Gallinula chloropus; winter visitors include Ardea herodias, Anas discors, Porzana carolina and Gallinago gallinago. West Indian Tree Ducks Dendrocygna arborea occur regularly. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Sections of the wetland have already been drained for agriculture. A proposal by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica to mine the high quality peat desposits for fuel is likely to be given the go-ahead, and this will involve the physical removal of sections of the wetland and creation of deep-water lakes. Research and conservation: A number of studies have been conducted on the feasibility of peat mining and its environmental impact, particularly by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica and University of Lund, Sweden. Several workers have concluded that the peat mining activities would in fact enhance the wildlife values of the area by "rejuvenating" the marsh and increasing habitat diversity. References: Adelatec (1969); Natural Resource Conservation Department (1975); Natural Resource Conservation Department & Traverse Group, Inc. (1981); Bjork (1982, 1983 & 1984); Coke et al (1982); Handy (1982); Cronberg (1983); Fritzon (1983); Svensson (1983); Digerfeldt & Enell (1984); Enell (1984). Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Luana Swamp (2) Location: 18°07’N, 77°59’W; west of Black River, St. Elizabeth Parish. Area: Unknown. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: An area of tidal mudflats, mangrove swamps and brackish marshes behind a sand bar. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Rhizophora mangle; some Typha domingensis. -538- Jamaica Land tenure: Owned by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing, harvesting of crabs and hunting of Columbidae; agriculture nearby. Waterfowl: Pelecanus occidentalis and Egretta alba occur. Other fauna: The wetland supports a significant population of the American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus. Threats: Fishermen kill crocodiles as competitors for fish stocks, and some crocodiles are drowned in fishing nets. There is some hunting of sea turtles and collection of their eggs. Research and conservation: The wetland and adjacent coastline have been delineated by the Natural Resource Conservation Department for protection by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica as a sanctuary for crocodiles and other fauna. A crocodile tagging project is in operation at Luana, Black River and Parottee. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Black River Lower Morass (3) Location: 18°03’N, 77°48’W; northeast of Black River town, St. Elizabeth Parish. Area: 5,700 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 06, 07, 08, 13, 16, 18 & 19. Site description: A complex of shallow brackish lagoons, tidal marshes, mudflats and mangroves near the coast; and extensive freshwater marshes with peat formations 3-7m deep, seasonally flooded grassland and swamp forest along the lower Black River. Salinities range from 1-20 p.p.t., and there are slight tidal fluctuations in water level near the coast. The morass comprises an interesting estuarine system in which salt water underlies fresh water for some kilometres inland. Principal vegetation: Coastal and riverine mangrove swamps, principally Rhizophora mangle; extensive marshes with Typha domingensis, Cladium jamaicensis and, in drier parts, Sabal Jamaicensis; and swamp forest. The vegetation has been described in detail by Bjork (1983). Land tenure: Owned partly by the state and partly by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order, and a proposed inland conservation area in the National Physical Plan. Land use: Fishing, harvesting of shrimps, exploitation of mangroves for the production of tannin, and reed-cutting for basket-making. Agriculture in surrounding areas. Approximately 1,000 people use the wetland for fishing and shrimping, and for many, this is their only means of livelihood. Waterfowl: A very important breeding area for many waterfowl, and the last stronghold of several species in Jamaica, notably Dendrocygna arborea (hundreds), Aramus guarauna (tens), and Laterallus jamaicensis (rare). Other breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Ixobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Bubulcus ibis (thousands), Butorides virescens, Oxyura dominica, Rallus longirostris, R. maculatus, Porzana flaviventer, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica, Jacana spinosa and Charadrius vociferus. Common non-breeding visitors include a variety of Ardeidae, Plegadis falcinellus, Anas discors, Porzana carolina, Fulica americana, Actitis macularia, Gallinago gallinago and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Circus cyaneus and Falco peregrinus are winter visitors, and Crocodylus acutus occurs. The wetland is an important breeding ground and nursery for commercially important fishes such as Lutjanus apodus, Megalops atlantica and Caranx latus, and the shrimps Macrobrachium acanthurus and M. faustinum. Threats: Large-scale drainage of the Black River Upper Morass has had some detrimental effects on the Lower Morass, and there is some pollution from industrial waste. There is also a project to plant rice in extensive areas of shallower peat. The most serious threat, however, is a proposal of the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica to mine the peat resources for fuel. Although it has been argued that mining activities could enhance the value of the wetland for some wildlife species, e.g Anatidae, the unique and as yet relatively undisturbed natural ecosystems would be seriously disrupted. -539- Jamaica Research and conservation: A number of studies on the feasibility and environmental impact of peat mining have been carried out by the Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica, the Natural Resource Conservation Department and the University of Lund, Sweden. Whether or not the area will be mined is still under debate. The peat resources are inferior to those of Negril Morass (site 1), and the wetland is much more important, both in terms of its native fauna and flora and its commercially important fisheries. If properly managed as a Wildlife Park, the wetland could support a wide range of recreational activities with minimum disturbance to the ecosystems. In 1984, it was proposed that parts of the Morass not suitable for peat mining or rice production should be managed by NRCD as a Conservation Area. References: Crontmij (1964); Natural Resource Conservation Department & Traverse Group, Inc. (1981); Bjork (1982, 1983 & 1984); Coke et al (1982); Cronberg (1983); Fritzon (1983); Svensson (1983); Digerfeldt & Enell (1984); Enell (1984). Source: Robert L. Sutton and Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Parottee Salt Pond (4) Location: 17°58’N, 77°50’W; 7 km southeast of Black River, St. Elizabeth Parish. Area: 190 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of shallow saline lagoons, up to 3m deep, surrounded by mudflats and patches of mangrove swamp; formerly connected to the sea but recently cut off by road construction. Salinities range from 29-48 p.p.t. As much as two-thirds of the wetland dries out during the dry season. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: None. Land use: Fishing, cutting of mangroves for fuel, and livestock grazing. Waterfowl: One of the richest wetlands in Jamaica for waterfowl, with a great diversity of breeding, passage and wintering species (62 species recorded). Breeding birds include Pelecanus occidentalis, Ixobrychus exilis, Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Dendrocygna arborea, Rallus longirostris, Porphyrula martinica, Charadrius wilsonius, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Passage migrants and winter visitors include Anas discors (hundreds), A. crecca, A. americana, A. clypeata and Oxyura jamaicensis in small numbers, Porzana carolina, Fulica americana (hundreds), many shorebirds, notably Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Calidris minutilla and Micropalama himantopus, and a variety of Laridae. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and F. columbarius are winter visitors. The area is excellent habitat for the American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus. Threats: The main threat is a plan by private developers to drain large portions of the wetland for housing development. Research and conservation: The avifauna of the area is relatively well known. The wetland has great potential for nature tourism and could make an excellent wildlife reserve. However, the lagoon must be reconnected to the sea to ensure the survival of the mangrove swamps. It has recently been proposed that the lagoon be allocated to NRCD and managed as part of a Black River Conservation Area. References: Svensson (1983). Source: Robert L. Sutton. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. -540- Jamaica Great Pedro Pond (5) Location: 17°52’N, 77°45’W; near Treasure Bay, St. Elizabeth Parish. Area: 20 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07. Site description: A shallow saline coastal lagoon with fringing mudflats. The salinity ranges from 15-35 p.p.t., and the water level fluctuates widely, the lagoon drying out completely in some years. Principal vegetation: Almost no vegetation. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing and illegal duck hunting; livestock grazing in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for resident species, particularly Ardeidae, and passage and wintering area for Nearctic Anatidae, shorebirds and Laridae. Over 40 species of waterfowl have been recorded. The commoner species include Podilymbus podiceps (hundreds), Podiceps dominicus, Pelecanus occidentalis, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Anas discors (hundreds), Oxyura dominica, Fulica americana (hundreds), Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, C. vociferus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Arenaria interpres and Calidris minutilla. Sterna albifrons breeds, and Egretta rufescens is a regular winter visitor in small numbers. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and F. columbarius occur in winter. Up to three American Crocodiles Crocodylus acutus have been seen in the lagoon, but they are not resident. Threats: The lagoon is under no immediate threat, but housing development nearby may eventually have a serious effect on the wetland. Research and conservation: The Natural Resource Conservation Department has proposed that the area be protected, and this has met with opposition from only one of the adjoining land owners. References: Svensson (1983). Source: Robert L. Sutton and Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Canoe Valley (6) Location: 17°52’N, 77°25’W; east of Alligator Pond, Manchester County. Area: 625 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A chain of shallow brackish marshes and mangrove swamps behind a coastal sand bar; fed by a series of springs upwelling from the base of a limestone hill to the north. Salinities range from 1-10 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Conocarpus erectus; brackish marshes with Typha domingensis and Cladium jamaicensis. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order, and a proposed National Park in the National Physical Plan. Land use: Fishing and reed-cutting for basket-making. Waterfowl: No detailed information is available. The commoner species include Podilymbus podiceps, Pelecanus occidentalis (breeding colony), Bubulcus ibis (breeding colony), Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, Ardea herodias, Gallinula chloropus, Jacana spinosa and a variety of shorebirds. Other fauna: A few manatees Trichechus manatus and American Crocodiles Crocodylus acutus occur in the marshes, and sea turtles occur along the beach. -541- Jamaica Threats: The wetland is under no immediate threat, but road development and charcoal production are causing some problems. Research and conservation: The Natural Resource Conservation Department carried out an ecological study of the wetland in 1975, and is currently conducting a manatee research and management project (Operation Sea Cow). A Government proposal exists for the protection and development of the site as a National Park, and it is already being developed as an educational and recreational facility, with some funding from the O.A.S. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Portland Bight Swamp (West Harbour) (7) Location: 17°47’N, 77°11’W; southeast of Lionel Town, Clarendon Parish. Area: 2,083 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 03, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay with mangrove covered islands and mangrove fringe; a large saline lagoon, up to 4m deep, behind the mangrove fringe; and some brackish marshes in the north. Salinities range from 34-40 p.p.t., and tidal variation in the bay ranges from 36-40 cm. The wetland contains the best mangrove development in Jamaica. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; brackish marshes with Typha sp and Phragmites sp. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection. A designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order, and a proposed National Park in the National Physical Plan; the local Gun Club closes off the wetland to public access during the bird hunting season. Land use: Sport and commercial fishing, crab fishing, sport hunting (mainly for Columbidae), cutting of mangroves for timber and to produce tannin for curing hides, and scientific research. Waterfowl: Known to be an important area for waterfowl, but few data are available. Species recorded include Nycticorax nycticorax, Egretta caerulea, E. rufescens, Ardea _herodias, Eudocimus albus, Aramus guarauna, many Nearctic shorebirds, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus occurs in winter. There is an extremely rich marine fauna associated with the mangrove swamps. Threats: The main threats are reclamation of land for industry and indiscriminate felling of mangroves. There is some oil pollution from passing shipping, and excessive hunting may be affecting some waterfowl populations. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted in the wetland, particularly by students from the University of the West Indies in Kingston. B.A. Wade has studied oil pollution in the bay, and B. Chow has recently completed an evaluation of the importance of the wetlands to the economy of the region. The Natural Resource Conservation Department is developing a management plan, and the wetland has been included in a proposed "Portland Ridge and Bight National Park (Marine Park)". References: Wade (1974); Chow (in prep). Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Cockpit - Salt River Swamp (8) Location: 17°50’N, 77°10’W; east of Salt River, Clarendon Parish. Area: 166 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07, 08 & 13. -542- Jamaica Site description: A freshwater swamp fed by numerous springs, flowing into a salt water creek with mangrove swamps behind a sea beach. Salinities range from fresh to 35 p.p.t.; and there is some tidal influence near the coast. An irrigation canal originates in the north of the swamp and flows the full length of it. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle; freshwater marshes with Typha domingensis and Nasturtium officinale. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus occurs. Threats: A proposal has been made to drain the swamp for real estate development. Research and conservation: The coastal fringe of mangroves should be preserved for coastal protection, and the entire area could be developed as a small National Park offering a variety of forms of outdoor recreation. References: Wade et al (1972). Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Hellshire - Cabarita Swamp (9) Location: 17°53’N, 77°04’W; southeast of Old Harbour, St. Catherine Parish. Area: 666 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A group of permanent shallow brackish lagoons behind a sand bar, with tidal mudflats and mangrove swamps. Some of the lagoons are connected to the sea by narrow channels and are subject to tidal influence. Salinities range from 25-30 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, mainly Rhizophora mangle with some Avicennia germinans, Conocarpus erectus and Thespesia populnea. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing. Waterfowl: Known to be an important area for waterfowl, particularly migrant shorebirds, but no details are available. Other fauna: An important spawning ground for the Bone Fish Albula vulpes. The adjacent coastal waters are important for Trichechus manatus and sea turtles. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The wetland remains poorly known despite its proximity to Kingston. However, the Zoology Department of the University of the West Indies is beginning an ecological study of the wetland in January 1985. The area would be suitable for the establishment of a National Park. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Great Salt Pond and Flashes (10) Location: 17°58’N, 76°52’W; southeast of Spanish Town, St. Catherine Parish. Area: 186 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07 & 08. -543- Jamaica Site description: A saline coastal lagoon, up to 3m deep, behind a sand bar, with brackish marshes (flashes) and mangrove swamps. The lagoon has now been permanently opened to the sea. Salinities range from 16-74 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, mainly Rhizophora mangle with some Conocarpus erectus; brackish marshes with Typha domingensis and Cladium jamaicensis. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing and recreation. There is a proposal to use the lagoon for shrimp farming. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus occurs. Threats: There is some pollution in the lagoon, and the Urban Development Corporation has proposed a scheme to take water from the aquifer supplying the wetland to Hellshire New Town. Research and conservation: The ecology of the wetland has been studied by an MSc student of the University of the West Indies. The site would be ideal for a small park as it has the nearest white sand beach to Kingston and is a popular recreation area. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Port Royal Swamps (11) Location: 17°57’N, 76°49’W; east of Port Royal, Kingston. Area: 20 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05 & 08. Site description: A mangrove swamp subject to tidal influence, behind a sea beach. Salinities range from 25-35 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection, but protected to some extent by the Marine Laboratory of the University of the West Indies. A designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing. Waterfowl: An important area for waterfowl, but few data are available. Eudocimus albus is reported to have nested. Other fauna: No information. Threats: There is a considerable amount of pollution from oil spills in Kingston Harbour, and there are plans to use the area for extensions to the nearby airport and marina. Proposals for the expansion of Port Royal also pose a threat. Research and conservation: The mangrove swamp lies very close to the Marine Laboratory of the University of the West Indies and is used for teaching purposes. It is also part of a proposed National Park. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. The Great Morass (12) Location: 17°55’N, 76°14’W; east of Port Morant, St. Thomas Parish. Area: 1,660 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05 & 08. -544- Jamaica Site description: A mangrove swamp subject to tidal influence, behind a sea beach. Salinities range from 25-35 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing; agriculture in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus occurs in the area; sea turtles are known to use the beaches for nesting; and the swamp is an important nursery ground for marine fishes. Threats: A part of the swamp has already be drained for agriculture, and further drainage is likely to occur. Research and conservation: The area is a proposed National Park, and has potential value for aquaculture. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2c & 3a. Turtle Crawle Swamp (13) Location: 18°11’N, 76°25’W; east of Port Antonio, Portland Parish. Area: 25 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07, 08 & 13. Site description: A mangrove swamp and tidal marshes behind a sea beach, and adjacent fresh to brackish marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle; marshes with Typha domingensis, sedges and grasses. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing and harvesting of shrimps. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: The swamp constitutes a small nursery ground for shrimps and 17 species of commercially important fishes. Threats: There is a proposal to reclaim the swamp for housing development, and some landfill has already been established at the western extremity. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Pear Tree Swamp (14) Location: 18°27’N, 77°21’W; east of Runaway Bay, St. Ann Parish. Area: 16 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05 & 13. Site description: A small spring-fed freshwater marsh with clear pools (blue holes) up to 2m deep; behind a sea beach. The last remaining freshwater swamp of its kind in Jamaica. Principal vegetation: Typha domingensis and Acrostichum aureum. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: No legal protection; a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing and harvesting of shrimps. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. -545- Jamaica Threats: None known. Research and conservation: Although now unique in Jamaica, the swamp has apparently never been studied. It is clearly of great scientific interest, and merits full protection. Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3b. Hague and Bush Cay Swamps (15) Location: 18°30’N, 77°40’W; around Falmouth, Trelawny Parish. Area: 118 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 02, 07 & 08. Site description: A brackish coastal lagoon, up to 6m deep, brackish marshes and extensive mangrove swamps at the mouth of the Martha Brae River; subject to small tidal fluctuations. Salinities range from 1-20 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Rhizophora mangle and Acrostichum aureum. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: The mangroves are covered by a Tree Preservation Order dated 1967, and the site is a designated Conservation Area in the Parish Development Order. Land use: Fishing, rafting on the river, and cutting of mangroves for charcoal production. Waterfowl: Little information is available; there is a breeding colony of Bubulcus ibis, and Egretta caerulea occurs. Other fauna: There is a small population of the American Crocodile Crocodylus acutus which is thought to have been introduced in recent times as a tourist attraction. Before the commencement of land reclamation schemes, the lagoon had one of the highest concentrations of luminescent organisms known, and was a popular tourist attraction. Threats: Parts of the marshes have been reclaimed for rice cultivation and real estate development. This destruction of wetland habitat continues as the town of Falmouth expands. Research and conservation: Johns Hopkins University has conducted research on the bioluminescence in the lagoon. The luminescent organisms have largely disappeared as a result of habitat destruction, but it is thought that with appropriate management, the ecosystem could be restored and this interesting biological phenomenon revived. References: Seliger & Fastie (1967); Seliger & McElroy (1967). Source: Aquatic Resources Division, Natural Resource Conservation Department. Criteria for inclusion: 3b. -546- MONTSERRAT INTRODUCTION by Dennis Gibbs Montserrat is a small forested volcanic island of about 98 km? in extent in the northern Windward Islands in the Caribbean Sea. It is a British Colony and has a population of about 12,000 with an economy based on holiday villa tourism and some agriculture. There are very few wetlands; only two patches of coastal mangroves, a number of mountain streams, and a few tiny ponds and marshes. There are, however, rich marine resources around the island and nesting beaches for several species of sea turtle. The conservation body is the Montserrat National Trust, a non-governmental, non-profit volunteer statutory body concerned with all aspects of conservation, cultural as well as those dealing with fauna and flora. One of the two most important wetlands on the island was protected in 1979 (Fox’s Bay Bird Sanctuary), and the other, Belham River Estuary, has been declared a no hunting zone by the owners. The Wild Birds Protection Ordinance as revised in 1982 gives full protection to all bird species except for two species of pigeon Columbidae and the ducks Anatidae. A further revision of the ordinance is expected soon. The birds of Montserrat have recently been described by Siegel (1983), and in July 1984, W. Arendt conducted a survey of the breeding population of the Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis. -547- Montserrat WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Dennis Gibbs of the Montserrat National Trust. (For map, see Dominica.) Fox’s Bay Bird Sanctuary (1) Location: 16°41’N, 62°13’W; on the west coast, 2 km northwest of Plymouth Area: 6 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A coastal brackish pond, up to 3m deep, and mangrove swamp, with adjacent sandy beaches. The water level drops considerably during the dry season. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Laguncularia racemosa, Conocarpus erectus and Rhizophora mangle, brackish marshes with Eleocharis geniculata and Acrostichum aureum, and coastal thorn forest. Land tenure: Owned by the Montserrat Company, and on a twenty year lease to the Montserrat National Trust. Protection: A Protected Wildlife Area established by the Montserrat National Trust in 1979, and administered as a bird sanctuary. Land use: Nature tourism and some livestock grazing. Access to the interior of the swamp has been made relatively easy by means of marked trails. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for many of Montserrat’s resident species, and a wintering area for migratory Ardeidae and shorebirds. The main nesting site on the island for Bubulcus ibis, with a population of over 1,000 birds. Other breeding species include Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Gallinula chloropus and Fulica caribaea. Regular winter visitors include Egretta caerulea, Ardea herodias, Porzana carolina, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Actitis macularia and Larus atricilla Other fauna: An important wintering area for North American warblers Parulidae. A breeding area for the sea turtles Caretta caretta, Chelonia mydas, Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata. Other species recorded include Bufo marinus, Eleutherodactylus johnstonei, Ameiva pluvianotata pluvianotata, Anolis lividus, Iguana iguana, Mabuya mabouya mabouya, Shaerodactyla fantasticus, Alsophis antillensis manselli, Artibens jamaicensis and Molossus molossus. Threats: There are some problems with overgrazing by domestic livestock and siltation. Research and conservation: The avifauna is well known, and has recently been described by Siegel. W. Arendt conducted a survey of the Bubulcus ibis colony in July 1984. The sanctuary should be fenced to prevent intrusion by domestic livestock, and the possibility of pumping water into the swamp to prevent drying out during the dry season might be considered. References: Siegel (1983); Portecop & Benito-Espinal (1984a). Source: Dennis Gibbs. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Belham River Estuary (2) Location: 16°44’N, 62°14’W; on the west coast, 6 km northwest of Plymouth. Area: 14 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 02, 05, 10 & 11. Site description: The estuary and lower stretches of the Belham River, with a series of small freshwater ponds and marshes, and sandy beaches at the river mouth. The river rises at a spring at 300m and falls rapidly to the coastal plain. The water level fluctuates according to local rainfall. Principal vegetation: Thorn woodland, moist broadleaf forest, bamboos and grassland in surrounding areas. -548- Montserrat Land tenure: Owned by the Montserrat Company and one private owner, and leased by the Montserrat Golf Club. Protection: No habitat protection, but hunting is prohibited. Land use: Part of the area is on a golf course; there is some grazing of domestic livestock, occasional turtle hunting on the beaches, and beach resort activities. Waterfowl: A feeding area for resident waterfowl and a stop-over for migratory Anatidae and shorebirds, including Gallinago gallinago. Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes and Actitis macularia overwinter. Other fauna: Similar to site 1, but with the addition of a variety of freshwater crustaceans and fishes. Threats: The main threat is the possibility that measures might be taken to reduce flows by further encatchment of springs. This would affect the wetland habitat in the dry season, but rejuvenation by wet season flood waters would still occur. There is also some illegal grazing of domestic livestock. Source: Dennis Gibbs. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. -549- NETHERLANDS ANTILLES INTRODUCTION by Bart A. de Boer The six islands of the Netherlands Antilles consist of a group of three "Leeward" islands (Aruba, Bonaire and Curacao) and three "Windward" islands (Saba, Sint Eustatius and Sint Maarten). The total area of the six islands is approximately 992 km?. The two groups are about 900 km apart and show considerable differences in flora and fauna. The Leeward group lies about 80 km off the coast of Venezuela, between 11°N and 12°N, and between 68°W and 70°W. The climate is semi-arid, characterized by low precipitation (annual mean on Curacao 560 mm) and high temperatures (annual mean 27°C). The main rainy season is reported to be from October to January and the lesser rainy season in May, but heavy rainfall may occur outside these periods, while the supposedly rainy months may remain dry. The vegetation consists mainly of xerophytic shrubs and cacti. There is little agriculture but goats are abundant and cause considerable damage to the vegetation. The demands on land for housing construction are becoming increasingly great. Curacao is the most densely populated of the three islands (160,000 inhabitants), followed by Aruba (60,000) then Bonaire (8,000). The fauna is a mixture of Caribbean and continental South American. In winter, migrant birds from both North and South America may visit the islands. The Windward group lies about 250 km east of Puerto Rico, at approximately 17-18°N and 63°W. Rainfall is twice as high as in the Leeward group, and the rainy season, November, is more sharply defined. The annual mean temperature is 26.8°C. In the lowlands, the vegetation has a semi-arid appearance but high in the hills, dense woodlands occur. The islands lie in the hurricane belt. There is little agriculture but here also goats cause extensive damage. St. Maarten is divided into a Dutch and a French part. In the Dutch part, much of the landscape has been damaged by the construction of hotels and villas. The population of the three islands is about 20,000 (St. Maarten 17,500; St. Eustatius 1,500; and Saba 1,000). The fauna of this group is typically Caribbean, with a number of Nearctic migrants occurring on passage and in winter. There are few wetlands in the Netherlands Antilles. Saba and St Eustatius have none at all, and on Curacao only some small inner bays bordered by mangroves are of any significance. Aruba has a number of reef islands which are important breeding sites for several species of terns Laridae including the Cayenne Tern Sterna sandvicensis eurygnatha. Another important site is a freshwater sewage pond (Bubali Pond) with herons and egrets Ardeidae, grebes Podicipedidae, pelicans Pelecanidae, cormorants Phalacrocoracidae and coots Rallidae. Bonaire is famous for its flamingo breeding colony in the midst of a large solar salt industrial complex. The borders of the Lac, a large shallow sea bay, have a dense mangrove fringe which supports numerous herons and egrets. The lakes Goto and Slagbaai, both situated in the Washington-Slagbaai National Park, are highly saline lagoons with good feeding habitat for numerous shorebirds. St. Maarten possesses a few large saline lagoons and various smaller freshwater ponds. There is some good but rather disturbed feeding habitat for herons, egrets, ducks and shorebirds, but few birds breed. Some small cays off the coast provide nesting habitat for the terns Sterna anaethetus, S. fuscata and Anous stolidus, Laughing Gull Larus atricilla, and the tropic-birds Phaethon aethereus and P. lepturus. In all, sixty-five species of waterfowl have occurred in the islands; twenty breed, twenty-eight occur as winter visitors, and seventeen occur on migration or as vagrants. Of the breeding species, the Caribbean Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber ruber has received the most attention. The flamingo sanctuary on Bonaire constitutes the main if not the only breeding site for the entire south Caribbean population of some 17,000 to 18,000 birds. In years of high rainfall, 3,000 - 4,000 pairs may nest on Bonaire. Outside the breeding season, about 1,000 birds remain on the island. Changes in water flow have had an adverse effect on the food species of the flamingos in the salt pans, and the number of birds feeding in the industrial complex has decreased in recent years. -550- Netherlands Antilles The local race of the Striated Heron Butorides virescens curacensis is the only endemic subspecies of waterfowl in the Netherlands Antilles. It is restricted to the islands of Aruba, Bonaire and Curacao, where it is fairly common. However, there seems to be some interbreeding with birds of the nominate race from South America as adult birds with intermediate plumage have been collected. Shorebirds are found throughout the islands along the shores of the numerous bays and saline lagoons. In winter, their numbers are swelled considerably with the arrival of migrants from North America. Because of the lack of extensive freshwater habitats, species dependent on these, such as ducks, coots and rails are scarce, and their occurrence is dependent on the presence of temporary pools after heavy rains. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The organization concerned with conservation in the Netherlands Antilles is the Netherlands Antilles National Parks Foundation (Stichting Nationale Parken Nederlandse Antillen - STINAPA), with its headquarters in Curacao. The research organization is the Caribbean Ecological Institute (Caraibisch Marien-Biologisch Instituut - CARMABI), also in Curacao. Both organizations are non-governmental, although CARMABI is heavily dependent on governmental funding. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research No special legislation exists nor does any programme exist concerning the conservation of wetlands. However, several areas have been designated as bird sanctuaries. On Aruba, the Bubali Pond has been declared a bird sanctuary; on Bonaire, 55 ha in the industrial salt complex were declared a bird sanctuary in 1969, and Slagbaai and Gotomeer are included within the Washington-Slagbaai National Park, established in 1969. As a Contracting Party to the Ramsar Convention, the Dutch Government has designated six sites in the Netherlands Antilles (Lac, Pekelmeer, Little Bonaire, Gotomeer, Slagbaai and Spaans Lagoon) for inclusion in the List of Wetlands of International Importance. There is no legal exploitation of waterfowl in the Netherlands Antilles, but some illegal egg-collecting for consumption occurs at the tern colonies on Aruba. Almost all waterfowl research has centred on the flamingo population on Bonaire. This has been the subject of two major investigations. J. Rooth investigated habitat, diet and reproduction of the flamingos in 1959/60, and the author conducted research on the food situation, breeding success and habitat on Bonaire and in Venezuela from 1975 to 1980 (partly a WWF project). Major Threats to Wetlands While the threats to wetlands differ somewhat from island to island, the main threat throughout is the destruction of habitat in land development projects for tourism, agriculture and industry. On Aruba, Bubali Pond gets its water from the sewage outlet of several big hotels. Government plans exist to use this water for agricultural projects, cutting off the water supply to the pond. One of the reef islands on which Sterna sandvicensis eurygnatha breeds is polluted by oil from the nearby Lago Refinery. This refinery will, however, close down in March 1985. On Bonaire, a holiday village is being built near the Lac wetland and parts of the mangroves have been destroyed. In the industrial salt complex, gypsum is settling on the bottoms of the salt condensers. The flamingos are no longer able to get to the brine fly larvae in the mud and have switched to a diet of small snails. It is not clear if the snail population can withstand this predation pressure, and it may be that the flamingos will lose their main food supply on Bonaire. On the Dutch part of St. Maarten, all the wetlands are being seriously threatened by the rapidly developing tourist industry and the vegetation of most of the lagoons has already been badly damaged. =551- Netherlands Antilles ‘ s x NETHERLANDS ANTILLES *. BONAIRE SABA SAINT MARTIN x Oranjestad ST. EUSTATIUS -552- Netherlands Antilles WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Bart A. de Boer, Vera Rooze and J. Vliegen. Bubali Pond (1) Location: 12°34’N, 70°03’W; 5 km north of Oranjestad, Aruba. Area: 30 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow slightly brackish lake, up to 1m deep, and brackish marshes created by the discharge of purified domestic sewage into a former saline lagoon; with some mangroves. Salinities range from less than | p.p.t. in the lake to 5.8 p.p.t. in the marshes to the east of the lake. The water level fluctuates according to the discharge of sewage, and parts of the marshes in the east dry out in summer. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Conocarpus erectus; marshes with Typha domingensis and Batis maritima. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Aruba. Protection: Declared a Sanctuary, but no special protection measures have been implemented. Land use: Occasional illegal hunting. There is a hotel and residential area nearby. Waterfowl: A wide variety of waterfowl have been recorded, particularly Ardeidae and migrant shorebirds. Peak counts have included 200 Nycticorax nycticorax, 200 Egretta thula, 50 E. alba, 50 Ardea herodias, 200 Anas discors and 100 Charadrius vociferus. The area is especially noteworthy for the number of species which occur as occasional passage migrants, but which are rare elsewhere in the islands, e.g. Plegadis falcinellus, P. chihi, Eudocimus albus and Rynchops niger. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The water supply may be cut off in future as the Government is considering using the treated sewage for agricultural projects. Eutrophication and siltation are causing some problems, and botulism has occurred. A few cases were suspected in 1980 and 1981, but there have been no major outbreaks. There is some illegal hunting of birds and iguanas, and feral dogs destroy some birds’ nests. Research and conservation: Bubali Pond is the only brackish lake in the southern group of the Netherlands Antilles, and has a diverse fauna and flora unique in this group. Regular ornithological surveys were made by Eef Jansen in the 1970s, but little reliable information has been accumulated since then. Being very accessible to nearby hotels, the pond is particularly suitable for nature tourism. STINAPA-Aruba has emphasised the importance of the Sanctuary for tourism, and a proposal has been made to designate the wetland as a Ramsar Site. The Government has been requested to provide funds for an ecological study of the Sanctuary prior to making decisions about future projects using the treated sewage, but there has been no progress to date. References: Voous (1983). Source: Vera Rooze. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Reef islands of Aruba (2) Location: 12°27’N, 69°58’W; 1 km off the southwest coast of Aruba. Area: c.300 ha. Altitude: 1-2m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 03, 05 & 08. Site description: A chain of nine long thin sandy islands about 1 km off the southwest shore of Aruba Island. There are some mangroves on the islands north of Spanish Lagoon. Principal vegetation: Batis maritima, Sesuvium portulacastrum and Suriana maritima. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Aruba. -553- Netherlands Antilles Protection: No legal protection, but the islands are patrolled by guards from the nearby oil refinery. Land use: Public recreation, particularly sailing, and collection of birds’ eggs for human consumption. Waterfowl: The islands near the Lago Refinery are an important breeding area for several species of terns including Sterna sandvicensis eurygnatha (1,000-2,500 pairs), Sterna dougallii (50 pairs), Sterna hirundo (50-70 pairs), and Sterna albifrons (10 pairs). The mangrove islands are an important roosting site for Fregata magnificens and breeding site for Pelecanus occidentalis (20 pairs in 1980). Other fauna: No information. Threats: The intensive collection of terns’ eggs on the islands near the Lago Refinery has resulted in a decline in the breeding populations. The possibility of oil pollution is considered as only a minor threat, and the refinery is to be closed down in March 1985. Research and conservation: The islands have been proposed for designation as a Ramsar Site. References: Jansen et al (1982); Voous (1983). Source: Vera Rooze. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Spaans Lagoon (Spanish Lagoon) (3) Location: 12°29’N, 70°00’W; 10 km east of Oranjestad, on the south coast of Aruba. Area: 70 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 01, 06 & 08. Site description: A narrow coastal inlet 2 km long and 200-500m wide, fringed by tidal mudflats and mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangroves. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Aruba. Protection: Protected as a Conservation Area under the administration of STINAPA. The lagoon was designated as a Ramsar Site in 1980. Land use: None. Waterfowl: An important resting and feeding area for a wide variety of water birds. Other fauna: An important nursery area for species of fishes and crustaceans. Threats: None known. References: Kristensen (1980); IUCN (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Lac (4) Location: 12°06’N, 68°14’W; 10 km southeast of Kralendijk, Bonaire. Area: 800 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.17.4; 01 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay, up to 10m deep, with narrow connection to the sea, and some fringing mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle; Sesuvium portulacastrum and beds of Thalassia testudinum. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Bonaire. Protection: Within the Bonaire Underwater Park (6,000 ha) established in 1979. 700 ha of the wetland were designated as a Ramsar Site in 1980. Land use: Conch fishing, and public recreation. Waterfowl: The mangroves are an important breeding site for Butorides virescens curacensis, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor and E. thula; and Pelecanus occidentalis has attempted to nest. A variety of Nearctic shorebirds occur on passage and in winter. -554- Netherlands Antilles Other fauna: There was a large population of the Queen Conch Strombus gigas, but this was heavily overfished, and efforts are now underway to repopulate the area. The Giant Sea-star Oreaster reticulatus also occurs. Threats: Overfishing of the conch population. The development of a tourist village nearby has resulted in the destruction of some mangroves. References: Kristensen (1980); IUCN (1982 & 1984). Source: Bart A. de Boer. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Goto-meer (5) Location: 12°14’N, 68°22’W; 15 km northeast of Kralendijk, Bonaire. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 07. Site description: A permanent shallow saline lagoon separated from the sea by a bar of coral rubble, and with surrounding salt flats. The salinity varies from 40-80 p.p.t.; and the water level is maintained by seepage of sea-water through the coral bar. Principal vegetation: Salt flat vegetation with Batis maritima and Suriana maritima. In a region of dry tropical woodland with Acacia tortuosa, Prosopis juliflora, Cereus repondus and Lemaireocereus griseus. Land tenure: Owned by STINAPA (Netherlands Antilles National Park Foundation). Protection: Within the Washington-Slagbaai National Park (5,900 ha), established in 1969 and enlarged in 1977. 150 ha of the wetland were designated as a Ramsar Site in 1980. Land use: Tourism within the National Park. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for Phoenicopterus ruber, with 100-500 birds regularly present. Several species of Ardeidae including Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens curacensis and Egretta tricolor have nested. Other breeding species include Anas bahamensis, Haematopus palliatus, Charadrius alexandrinus, C. wilsonius, Himantopus himantopus, Larus atricilla and Sterna albifrons. The lagoon is very important during the migration seasons for Nearctic shorebirds; common species include Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, Numenius phaeopus, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris canutus, C. alba, C. pusilla, C. mauri, C. minutilla, C. melanotos and Micropalama himantopus. Up to 200 Anas discors have occurred in winter. Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia salina and the brine fly Ephydra sp are abundant and constitute a valuable food source for birds. Threats: There is a potential threat of oil pollution from a nearby oil terminal, and plans exist for the construction of an oil refinery nearby. Research and conservation: The avifauna of the area has been well documented. References: de Boer (1979a); Stinapa (1979); Kristensen (1980); Hof & Kristensen (1982); IUCN (1982 & 1984); Jansen et al (1982). Source: Bart A. de Boer. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. Slagbaai (6) Location: 12°16’N, 68°25’W; 20 km northeast of Kralendijk, Bonaire. Area: 250 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.17.4; 07. Site description: A permanent shallow saline lagoon, up to 2m deep, separated from the sea by a bar of coral rubble, and with surrounding salt flats. The lagoon is hyperhaline for most of the year (salinity up to 80 p.p.t.), but becomes brackish after heavy rains. Evaporation is partly compensated by a constant seepage of sea-water through the coral bar. =555- Netherlands Antilles Principal vegetation: Salt flats with Batis maritima and Suriana maritma. In a region of dry tropical woodland with Acacia tortuosa, Prosopis juliflora, Cereus repondus and Lemaireocereus griseus. Land tenure: Owned by STINAPA (Netherlands Antilles National Park Foundation). Protection: Within the Washington-Slagbaai National Park (5,900 ha), established in 1969 and enlarged in 1977. 90 ha of the lagoon were designated as a Ramsar Site in 1980. Land use: Tourism within the National Park. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for up to 300 Phoenicopterus ruber, and resting areafor up to 50 Phalacrocorax olivaceus. Important for a variety of Nearctic shorebirds during the migration seasons. Other fauna: Brine shrimps Artemia salina and brine flies Ephydra sp are abundant. Threats: None. References: Stinapa (1979); Kristensen (1980); Hof & Kristensen (1982); IUCN (1982 & 1984); Jansen et al (1982). Source: Bart A. de Boer. Criteria for inclusion: 1b & 3a. AISCO Complex (7) Location: 12°02’N, 68°15’W; 10 km south of Kralendijk, at the south end of Bonaire. Area: 2,000 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.17.4; 07. Site description: A complex of shallow saline lagoons (salt condensers); formerly a natural hyperhaline lagoon (Pekelmeer) separated from the sea by a ridge of recrystallized coral debris (beachrock), but converted into a series of impoundments for the commercial exploitation of salt, and now connected to the sea by a channel at the eastern end. The maximum depth of the lagoons is 5m, and the salinity ranges from 40-200 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Only some sparse algal growth. Land tenure: Owned by the Antillean International Salt Company (AISCO). Protection: 55 ha within the complex were made into a Flamingo Sanctuary in 1969; the remainder of the area is unprotected. 400 ha, including the Sanctuary, were designated as a Ramsar Site in 1980. Land use: Exploitation of salt. No visitors are allowed into the Flamingo Sanctuary during the breeding season. Waterfowl: One of the most important breeding sites for the Caribbean Flamingo Phoenicopterus ruber ruber and the only known regular breeding site of the south Caribbean population. On average, about 1,000 pairs breed each year, but as many as 3,000 pairs have nested at one time. Other breeding species include Charadrius alexandrinus, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna spp. The lagoons are also important as feeding areas for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The settling of gypsum on the bottom of the salt condensers has made it impossible for the flamingos to reach the brine fly larvae which constituted their principal diet. The birds have switched to feeding on several species of snail, but the sudden changes in salinity threaten the snail populations. Disturbance from visitors and aircraft overflying the lagoons have caused problems. Research and conservation: A considerable amount of research has been conducted on the flamingo population, and attempts have been made to manage the sanctuary for the birds. However, as the feeding conditions in the salt complex have changed, the feeding sites along the Venezuelan coast have become relatively more important to the flamingos, particularly during the breeding season. References: Rooth (1965, 1975, 1976 & 1982); de Boer (1979a, 1979b & in prep); Kristensen (1980); IUCN (1982 & 1984). Source: Bart A. de Boer. Criteria for inclusion: lc & 2c. -556- Netherlands Antilles Great Salt Pond (8) Location: 18°02’N, 63°03’W; north of Philipsburg, Sint Maarten. Area: 225 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07. Site description: A permanent saline lagoon, up to 10m deep, with salinities ranging from 30-100 p.p.t.; surrounded by shrubland. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Sint Maarten. Protection: None. Land use: Dumping of rubbish. Waterfowl: A feeding area for Ardeidae (Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens and Egretta thula) and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Illegal infilling with rubbish. Source: J. Vliegen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Freshpond (9) Location: 18°02’N, 63°03’W; immediately to the west of Great Salt Pond, north of Philipsburg, Sint Maarten. Area: 2 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 13. Site description: A permanent freshwater pond, up to 3m deep, with some marsh vegetation. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Sint Maarten. Protection: None. Land use: Dumping of rubbish. Waterfowl: Little information is available; Gallinula chloropus breeds and a variety of Ardeidae and shorebirds occur. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Illegal infilling with rubbish. Research and conservation: One of the few permanent freshwater wetlands in the Netherlands Antilles. Source: J. Vliegen. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Little Bay Pond (10) Location: 18°01’N, 63°04’W; 1.5 km east of Philipsburg, Sint Maarten. Area: 2 ha. Altitude:-0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 13. Site description: A permanent freshwater pond, up to 3m deep, with some marsh vegetation. Principal vegetation: No information. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Sint Maarten. Protection: None. Land use: In 1981, the area was prepared as a building site, but construction was halted following the bankruptcy of the company involved. The vegetation was totally destroyed, but it is now recovering. Waterfowl: Little information is available; Gallinula chloropus breeds, and a variety of Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds occur. Other fauna: No information. -557- Netherlands Antilles Threats: The area may once again be threatened by development. Research and conservation: One of the few permanent freshwater wetlands in the Netherlands Antilles. Source: J. Vliegen. Criteria for inclusion: 2b. Simpson Bay Lagoon (11) Location: 18°03’N, 63°07’W; in the western part of Sint Maarten / Saint Martin. Area: 1,250 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07. Site description: A large permanent saline lagoon, up to 6m deep, with a relatively stable water level and a salinity of 33 p.p.t. About half of the lagoon lies in the French part of the island (see French Antilles site 10). Principal vegetation: Formerly mangrove swamps, but these have been destroyed. Land tenure: Owned by the Island Government of Sint Maarten. Protection: Designated as a Protected Wetland, but no protective measures have been implemented. Land use: Public recreation, particularly water sports. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for a variety of Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Excessive disturbance from water sports, and destruction of the shoreline vegetation. The mangroves have already been totally destroyed. Research and conservation: Much the largest wetland on Sint Maarten and in the northern group of the Netherlands Antilles, and still potentially important for wildlife, but under considerable pressure from tourist development and recreation. The status of Protected Wetland has so far had little effect. Source: J. Vliegen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -558- PUERTO RICO INTRODUCTION by Manuel del Llano, Jose A. Colon and Jose Luis Chabert Puerto Rico is situated in the Caribbean Sea, to the east of Hispaniola and to the west of the Virgin Islands, between 17°55’-18°31’N and 65°39’-67°15’W. It consists of the island of Puerto Rico, which is the easternmost and smallest of the Greater Antilles, and the two small islands of Vieques and Culebra together with various uninhabited islets. Officially known as the Associated Free State of Puerto Rico, the country is divided into 78 municipalities. It had a population of 3,261,000 in 1982 and a population density of 370 inhabitants per square kilometre. The island of Puerto Rico is almost rectangular in shape, measuring some 175.5 km from east to west and 64.4 km from north to south. Its total surface area is 8,897 km?. The topography is rugged, with many high peaks. The three main mountain ranges are the Sierra de Luquillo in the northeast, the Sierra de Cayey in the southeast, and the Cordillera Central extending through the interior of the island from northeast to southwest. The highest peak is Cerro Punta (1,337m) in the Cordillera Central. The climate has been described as marine subtropical, and is influenced by almost constant sea breezes. There are two rainy seasons, one between July and November (the hurricane season) and the other during the month of May. There are also two dry seasons, one between December and April (if there are no significant cold fronts) and the other during June. The average annual rainfall varies from over 5,000 mm in the Sierra de Luquillo to less than 1,000 mm on the south coast. The offshore islands of Mona, Vieques and Culebra receive an average annual rainfall of 1,000-1,300 mm. Tropical storms and hurricanes develop with easterly air streams and are accompanied by torrential rain and high seas. Occasionally, cold fronts during the winter months bring torrential rain for several days and cause extensive flooding. The average temperature varies very little between the hottest and coldest months; 28.1°C in September and 25.5°C in February. Of the country’s 1,200 water courses, barely fifty can be classified as rivers, and all those in the eastern and central watersheds are intermittent. Subterranean water courses are abundant and there are important thermal springs with sulphurous waters at the Bafos de Coamo. Monroe (1980), referring to the geological age of the island, considers the oldest rocks in the highlands of Puerto Rico as belonging to the Lower Cretaceous, and divides the island into three main geographical regions: a) The mountainous region, with rocks of predominantly volcanic origin; belonging to the Lower Cretaceous and Mid Eocene, and surrounded by a karst region. b) The karst region, composed of sedimentary and metamorphic rocks; characterized by its irregular topography with limestone formations (mogotes) and undulating plains. c) The fringe of relatively flat coastal plains, composed of boulders, gravel, sand, clay and mud overlying the bedrock. The native vegetation of Puerto Rico, as recorded in 16th Century accounts, consisted of dense forests in the mountains and on the plains, savanna on the river banks, marsh vegetation around lakes and ponds, mangrove swamps, and saline lagoons almost devoid of vegetation on the south coast. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The Departamento de Recursos Naturales de Puerto Rico is the governmental organization concerned with nature conservation, and has legal and state jurisdiction over wildlife and its habitats. Various state and federal laws and regulations adminstered by this Department are relevant to wetlands and their fauna. This institutional base also provides for research and _ Management programmes. -559- Puerto Rico Progress in Wetland Conservation Puerto Rico has twenty-eight Nature Reserves (Reservas Naturales). The principal laws relating to nature protection include the following: a) The Ley de Vida Silvestre, which provides a mechanism for protecting habitats, including wetlands of special importance for waterfowl. b) The Ley de Bosques, which provides a mechanism for administering and protecting the country’s forests, including mangroves and other coastal marshes. c) The Ley de Vigilantes de Recursos Naturales, which provides the basis for a wardening system. The Federal Government of the United States of America applies laws and regulations in Puerto Rico which favour the protection of wetlands. These include: a) The Clear Water Act, one of the most effective mechanisms for preventing the harmful modification of wetlands. b) The Endangered Species Act, which provides protection to certain species and habitats. c) The National Environmental Policy Act, which requires an evaluation of the environmental impact of important development projects, and which has served as a model for a state law of the same name.enumerate Major Threats to Wetlands In becoming a densely populated island with intensive industrial development, Puerto Rico has had to pay a high price in terms of deterioration in environmental quality. The causes of this environmental deterioration are numerous and include: excessive drainage of wetlands; diversion of water courses; deforestation of watersheds; erosion and sedimentation associated with inadequate measures for soil conservation; filling in of wetlands for construction; excessive use of fertilizers, insecticides and herbicides; establishment of sanitary land-fills; disposal of domestic sewage; damming of rivers; and mining and quarrying activities. -560- Puerto Rico SANDSIA ,, vasa 1nd Py hy SL Hen ues ¥* @c wy OS OOlY OLYSNd -561- Puerto Rico WETLANDS Site descriptions based on information received from Jose A. Colon and Manuel del Llano of the Department of Natural Resources, and the literature, principally Baker (1979), Chabert et al (1984), Moreno et al (1983) and Raffaele (1979a & 1983). Torrecilla - Pifiones and Torrecilla Alta (1) Location: 18°26’N, 65°58’W; 10 km west of San Juan, Carolina Municipality. Area: c.2,000 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07, 08 & 12. Site description: A complex of estuarine lagoons, including brackish open-water ponds and lagoons, mangrove swamps, Pterocarpus forest and herbaceous swamps, surrounded by savanna and separated from the sea by a coastal sand barrier. There is a shallow freshwater lake with abundant emergent vegetation at Torrecilla Alta in the southeast. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; swamp forest with Pterocarpus officinalis; herbaceous marshes with Typha domingensis, Cladium jamaicensis, Acrostichum spp and Cyperus giganteus; and aquatic beds of Eichhornia crassipes, Pistia stratiotes, Nymphaea spp and Lemna perpusilla. Evergreen littoral woodland and coconut groves on the adjacent sand barrier. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned; 625 ha are state owned. Protection: Parts of the wetland are protected in the Pifiones State Forest and ina small reserve with a Biological Research Station. Land use: Recreation, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: An important feeding and roosting area for resident, passage and wintering waterfowl. The roost on Carmelita Island in Pifiones Lagoon includes up to 125 Pelecanus occidentalis, 300 Egretta thula, thousands of Bubulcus ibis, and up to 100 E. caerulea, E. tricolor, E. alba and Ardea herodias. Bubulcus ibis also breeds, and Dendrocygna arborea is reported to occur at Torrecilla Alta. Common passage migrants and winter visitors include Anas discors, Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Actitis macularia, Calidris pusilla, Himantopus himantopus and several Laridae. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Ceryle alcyon and the Yellow-shouldered Blackbird Agelaius xanthomus occur in winter. The mangroves support a very high density of wintering Seiurus noveboracensis and other Nearctic Parulidae. Threats: There is a considerable amount of disturbance from nearby human habitation. Research and conservation: A management plan has been prepared for the Pifiones State Forest, and Raffaele has made some recommendations concerning management of the wetlands. References: Raffaele (1979a); Moreno et al (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Constitution Bridge Mudflats (2) Location: 18°26’N, 66°05’W; at Constitution Bridge in San Juan, San Juan Municipality. Area: 20 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 06 & 08. Site description: An area of intertidal mudflats with heavy algal growth. The southern part has been raised by siltation and is being colonized by mangroves. Principal vegetation: Mangroves and marine algae. Land tenure: State owned. Protection: None. Land use: No information. Waterfowl:. Formerly the richest area for migratory shorebirds in Puerto Rico, with concentrations of up to 5,000 birds, but numbers have declined somewhat in recent years. -562- Puerto Rico Common species include Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, C. wilsonius, C. vociferus, Numenius phaeopus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Limnodromus griseus, Calidris pusilla, C. minutilla, Micropalama himantopus and Himantopus himantopus. Up to 250 Pelecanus occidentalis feed and roost in the area; there is a large roost of Bubulcus ibis (up to 1,000), Egretta tricolor and E. thula; E. rufescens and several other Ardeidae are resident in small numbers; and a wide variety of Laridae occur on passage and in winter. Other fauna: No information. Threats: A part of the mudflat has already been destroyed by silt laden run-off, and a significant portion of the mangroves has been destroyed for construction of sports facilities. Further habitat loss is likely from general urbanization and industrialization in the area. Research and conservation: The avifauna has been well studied and documented. Raffaele and Moreno ef al have made recommendations concerning the management of the area. The mudflats could still be restored to their former importance by removing excess silt. Because of its proximity to San Juan, the area is an ideal location for an environmental education facility. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Moreno et al (1983). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Cibuco Swamp (3) Location: 18°28’N, 66°23’W; 30 km west of San Juan, Vega Baja Municipality. Area: c.450 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 08 & 13. Site description: An estuarine lagoon with mangrove swamps and herbaceous marshes. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, and herbaceous marshes with Typha domingensis and Acrostichum spp. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: Recreation, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: Poorly known; Ardea herodias, Dendrocygna arborea and Fulica caribaea are resident, and probably breed. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus occurs in winter. Threats: The wetland is threatened by drainage for agricultural and industrial use, and increased recreational activities. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Tortuguero Lagoon and Cabo Caribe Swamp (4) Location: 18°27’N, 66°27’W; 40 km west of San Juan, Manati and Vega Baja Municipalities. Area: c.1,000 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 05, 07 & 13. Site description: Tortuguero Lagoon is a shallow estuarine lagoon with relatively stable water level and with beds of aquatic vegetation and herbaceous swamps. It lies behind a coastal sand barrier and is connected to the sea at the north end by a man-made channel through which sea water enters during high tides. The lagoon is the only spring-fed lagoon in Puerto Rico. Cabo Caribe Swamp is a large freshwater herbaceous swamp to the east of Tortuguero Lagoon; it is connected to Tortuguero Lagoon by a man-made channel. Principal vegetation: Herbaceous marshes with Typha domingensis, Eleocharis mutata, Cladium jamaicensis, Phragmites australis and Sagittaria lancifolia; aquatic beds of Ejichhornia crassipes, Nymphaea spp, Lemna perpusilla and Utricularia spp; and submergent beds of Ceratophyllum demersum. Savanna, evergreen forest with some Pterocarpus officinalis, and -563- Puerto Rico evergreen littoral vegetation dominated by Coccoloba uvifera in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Partly state owned, and partly owned by a private company. Protection: Designated as a Natural Reserve by the State Planning Board. Land use: Recreation, hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: Podilymbus podiceps, Podiceps dominicus, Ixobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Butorides virescens, Oxyura jamaicensis, Porphyrula martinica and Fulica caribaea are known to breed, and Dendrocygna bicolor, D. arborea and Porzana flaviventer probably breed. Winter visitors include Botaurus lentiginosus, Anas acuta, A. discors, A. clypeata, Porzana carolina and Laterallus jamaicensis. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus occurs in winter. The lagoon has a rich fish fauna and large population of shrimps; and the nearby beaches are used by nesting sea_ turtles, particularly Eretmochelys imbricata. Threats: There has been some filling of the wetlands for house construction. Several pharmaceutical factories have been constructed in the vicinity, and water pollution is a problem. Research and conservation: Funds have been obtained to acquire the lagoon and adjacent lands for the Natural Reserve. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Tiburones Swamp (5) Location: 18°28’N, 66°41’W; 60 km west of San Juan, Arecibo Municipality. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07, 08 & 13. Site description: A shallow brackish coastal lagoon with extensive fresh to brackish herbaceous marshes and some remnants of mangrove swamps. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; herbaceous marshes with Typha domingensis, Cladium jamaicensis, Arundo donax, Paspalidium geminatum, Paspalum distichum, Eleocharis mutata, Panicum hirsutum and Acrostichum spp; aquatic beds of Nymphaea ampla; and submergent beds of Ceratophyllum demersum. Scrub-thicket associations in surrounding areas. Land tenure: State owned (Commonwealth Land Authority). Protection: None. Land use: Livestock grazing and cultivation of sugar cane in surrounding areas; the cultivation of rice is being developed. Waterfowl: Resident species known or thought to breed include Podiceps dominicus, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. arborea, Oxyura jamaicensis, Porzana flaviventer and Fulica caribaea. Passage migrants and winter visitors include Botaurus lentiginosus, Plegadis falcinellus, Anas acuta, A. discors, A. clypeata and Porzana carolina. Other fauna: Asio flammeus is a resident breeder and Pandion haliaetus occurs in winter. Threats: Much of the wetland has already been drained for pastureland and the cultivation of sugar cane; the expansion of rice cultivation is now the principal threat. Research and conservation: The wetland still has outstanding potential for waterfowl and other freshwater fauna. Raffaele has made some recommendations concerning restoration and management of the swamp. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. Cartagena Lagoon (6) Location: 18°01’N, 67°06’W; 22 km SSE of Mayaguez, Lajas Municipality. Area: 325 ha. Altitude: 10m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 12. -564- Puerto Rico Site description: A permanent shallow freshwater lake with extensive marshes and marshy grassland. Almost the whole of the lake is overgrown with floating and emergent vegetation, and there is very little open water. Principal vegetation: Herbaceous swamps with Typha domingensis, Schoenoplectus validus, Polygonum sp and Eleocharis intersticta, and aquatic beds of Pistia stratiotes, Lemna perpusilla and Eichhornia crassipes. Land tenure: Privately owned, but with definite plans for acquistion by the government in the near future. Protection: None at present. Land use: A major duck hunting area. Detailed statistics were taken in the 1950s, when about 3,000 birds were shot per year. Cultivation of sugar cane and cattle ranching in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A very important area for breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl of a wide variety of species. Up to 30,000 Anatidae have been observed in the past, but numbers have been much lower in recent years. Species known or thought to breed include Podiceps dominicus, Ixobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Butorides virescens, Plegadis falcinellus, Dendrocygna bicolor, D. arborea, Oxyura jamaicensis, O. dominica, Porzana flaviventer, Porphyrula martinica and Fulica caribaea. For several of these species, the lake is now the most important area in Puerto Rico. Regular passage migrants and winter visitors include Botaurus lentiginosus, Anas crecca, A. acuta, A. discors, A. clypeata, Aythya collaris, Porzana carolina and many shorebirds. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus, F. columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur on passage and in winter, and the Yellow-shouldered Blackbird Agelaius xanthomus commonly forages in the area. Threats: The main threat is further drainage for agricultural land. The wetland has been gradually reduced in extent by a number of drainage schemes during the past fifty years, and this continues. The amount of open water has been much reduced by accelerated eutrophication resulting from the excessive use of fertilizers on adjacent land. Research and conservation: Cartagena Lagoon is undoubtedly the finest and most important freshwater swamp remaining in Puerto Rico. Its fauna and flora have been well studied and documented, and a number of management proposals have been made. The site is to be acquired by the government in the near future and protected and managed as a Wildlife Refuge. A substantial amount of habitat management will be required to reduce the rate of eutrophication and control the spread of aquatic plants. References: McCandless (1956); Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a & 1983); Moreno et al (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 123. Boqueron Refuge (7) Location: 18°01’N, 67°10’W; 20 km south of Mayaguez, Cabo Rojo Municipality. Area: c.200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 07 & 08. Site description: An estuarine bay with mangrove swamps and herbaceous marshes, impounded in the late 1960s to create waterfowl breeding habitat and to improve opportunities for duck hunting. Principal yegetation: Mangroves; herbaceous marshes with Typha domingensis and Paspalum distichum; and submergent beds of Ruppia maritima, Thalassia testudinum, Syringodium filiformis and Ceratophyllum demersum. Land tenure: State owned: Protection: Protected in the Boqueron Wildlife Refuge. Land use: Managed by the Department of Natural Resources as a waterfowl hunting area. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for a variety of waterfowl including MNycticorax nycticorax (up to 150); and an important wintering area for Anatidae (mainly Anas discors and Oxyura jamaicensis), Fulica americana and some shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. -565- Puerto Rico Threats: None, other than considerable disturbance from hunting activities. Research and conservation: A management plan was prepared by the Division of Fish and Wildlife Planning in 1976. References: Raffaele (1979a); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Cabo Rojo Salt Flats (8) Location: 17°57’N, 67°11’W; 30 km south of Mayaguez, at the extreme southwest tip of Puerto Rico, Cabo Rojo Municipality. Area: c.600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 04, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of permanent and seasonal saline lagoons, salt flats, tidal mudflats and mangrove swamps with adjacent sandy beaches, rocky shores and sea cliffs. Principal vegetation: Mangroves, and sparse herbaceous vegetation with Sporobolus virginicus, Fimbristylis cymosa, Batis maritima and Sesuvium portulacastrum. Land tenure: Partly state owned (Boqueron State Forest) and partly privately owned. Protection: Within the Boqueron State Forest. Land use: Production of salt and recreation. There is a lighthouse on the headland. Waterfowl: The only breeding site in Puerto Rico for Charadrius alexandrinus, and a breeding area for Rallus longirostris and Sterna albifrons. Very important for passage and wintering shorebirds, with concentrations of up to 10,000, and an important feeding area for Pelecanus occidentalis, Ardeidae and Laridae. Common species include Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, C. wilsonius, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes (abundant), Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Calidris alba, C. pusilla (abundant), C. mauri, C. minutilla, Micropalama himantopus, Himantopus himantopus, Larus atricilla and Sterna hirundo. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus, F. columbarius and Ceryle alcyon occur in winter, and Agelaius xanthomus is a common visitor from nearby breeding areas. Threats: The principal threats are the development of the salt industry and the recreational use of the flats by off-road vehicles. References: Raffaele (1979a & 1983); Moreno et al (1983). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 2a & 3a. La Parguera Wetland (9) Location: 17°58’N, 67°04’W; 28 km SSE of Mayaguez, Lajas Municipality. Area: 400 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A coastal strip of mangrove swamps, intertidal mudflats, natural salt flats, old salt pans (salinas) and shallow saline lagoons, with numerous mangrove covered cays, coral reefs and sea grass beds offshore. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle (dominant) and Avicennia germinans; salt flats and marshes with Sporobolus virginicus, Fimbristylis cymosa, Batis maritima, Sesuvium portulacastrum and Philoxerus vermicularis; littoral scrub with Coccoloba uvifera, Conocarpus erectus, Colubrina arborescens and Thespesia populnea; extensive beds of Thalassia testudinum offshore. Land tenure: Largely owned by the state (Boqueron State Forest) and the Conservation Trust. Protection: Within the Boqueron State Forest. Land use: Fishing and tourism; the fishing village of La Parguera lies at the west end of the wetland and there is grazing of domestic livestock inland. Some areas were formerly used for solar salt production. -566- Puerto Rico Waterfowl: One of only two breeding sites for Pelecanus occidentalis in Puerto Rico with 25 pairs in 1978. Other resident species include Nycticorax nycticorax, Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Rallus longirostris, Charadrius wilsonius, C. vociferus, Himantopus himantopus, Sterna hirundo and S. albifrons. Anas bahamensis occurs in small numbers and may breed. The wetland is a very important feeding area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds, with almost the same species as the Cabo Rojo Salt Flats (site 8). Other fauna: The mangrove swamps provide breeding and roosting habitat for the largest remaining population of the endangered Yellow-shouldered Blackbird Agelaius xanthomus. Pandion haliaetus and a number of North American Parulidae are winter visitors. The manatee Trichechus manatus and the sea turtle Eretmochelys imbricata occur offshore, but both are rare. Crustaceans include Uca spp, Goniopsis cruentata, Sesarma spp, Cardisoma guanhumi, Ucides chordatus and Callinectes spp. High densities of bioluminescent organisms occur in Bahia Fosforescente and Bahia Monsio Jose, and provide an important tourist attraction. A variety of introduced mammals occur including the monkeys Macaca mulatta and Erithrocebus patas, and the mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus. Threats: The many threats to the area include: encroachment from the village of La Parguera and other nearby communities, and invasion of the littoral zone by private weekend cottages; pollution with domestic sewage from these residential areas; destruction of the mangroves which provide natural protection from storm damage; pollution from a nearby petroleum industry; considerable disturbance from boat traffic; heavy use by off-road vehicles; and increased sedimentation as a result of erosion inland caused by deforestation, overgrazing and burning. The Yellow-shouldered Blackbird is suffering nest parasitism from a recent invader, Molothrus bonariensis, and feral populations of monkeys are menacing bird populations, particularly ground-nesting species. Research and conservation: There is a Marine Sciences Laboratory of the University of Puerto Rico at Magueyes Island, and many studies have been carried out on reef, mangrove and sea grass ecosystems as well as the phenomenon of bioluminescence. The fauna and flora of the region have been well documented, and a considerable amount of research is being carried out on the Yellow-shouldered Blackbirds, for which numerous nest-boxes have been erected. Proposals have been made for the establishment of a National Marine Sanctuary and a Nature Reserve; the latter would incorporate all the mangrove swamps and saline lagoons as well as Bahia Fosforescente and Bahia Monsio Jose. Management plans have been prepared for both of these proposed reserves by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the Department of Natural Resources. References: Odum et al (1959); Seliger & Carpenter (1970); Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Schreiber et al (1981); Furniss (1982); Diaz & Cintron et al (1983); Moreno et al (1983); U.S. Dept. of Commerce (1983). Source: Jose A. Colon and Manuel del Llano. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Serralles Lakes (10) Location: 18°04’N, 66°33’W; 10 km northeast of Ponce, Juana Diaz Municipality. Area: A few hundred hectares. Altitude: Over 100m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 15. Site description: A group of small freshwater reservoirs, including Lago Poncena, in the hills northeast of Ponce. The lakes are deep, with narrow shorelines and little emergent vegetation. Principal vegetation: Herbaceous marshes with Typha domingensis and Brachiaria purpurascens. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: No habitat protection, but hunting is prohibited. Land use: The lakes are used to irrigate sugar cane fields. Waterfowl: A breeding area for Oxyura jamaicensis, Gallinula chloropus, Porphyrula martinica and Fulica caribaea, and a wintering area for Anatidae and Fulica americana. Other species known to occur include /xobrychus exilis, Nycticorax nycticorax, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides _ virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba and Ardea herodias. Other fauna: No information. -567- Puerto Rico Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The only inland lake system in Puerto Rico of importance for wildlife. References: Raffaele (1979a); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Jose A. Colon. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Bahia de Jobos, Punta Pozuelo and Mar Negro (11) Location: 17°56’N, 66°13’W; 35 km ESE of Ponce, Guayama and Salinas Municipalities. Area: 1,600 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 01, 02, 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: An estuarine system around a shallow sea bay, with an extensive network of channels, intertidal mudflats, mangrove swamps (400 ha), salt flats, brackish marshes, some saline lagoons, and a group of mangrove covered cays (Cayos Caribe). There are extensive coral reefs and sea grass beds offshore. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle (dominant), Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Conocarpus erectus; brackish marshes with Typha domingensis, Eleocharis mutata, Fimbristylis ferruginea, Colocasia esculenta, Schoenoplectus americanus, Paspalidium geminatum, Paspalum spp, Echinochloa colona and Cyperus rotunda; salt flats and saline marshes with Batis maritima, Sesuvium portulacastrum, Sporobolus virginicus and Fimbristylis cymosa; sea grass beds with Thalassia testudinum, Cymodocea filiformis and Diplanthera wrightii. Land tenure: A large part of the mangroves are state owned; other areas are privately owned. Protection: There is a National Estuarine Sanctuary at Mar Negro; the mangroves at Punta Arenas are protected by a Commonwealth Law; and most of the mangroves at Punta Pozuelo are included in the Aquirre State Forest. Land use: Hunting and fishing; intensive farming inland. Waterfowl: An important breeding, passage and wintering area for a wide variety of waterfowl, and one of the best areas in Puerto Rico for migratory shorebirds. There is a large breeding colony of Ardeidae, principally Bubulcus ibis, on Cayos Caribe. Pelecanus occidentalis is a common non-breeding visitor and Anas bahamensis occurs in small numbers. Shorebirds and Laridae include the same species as at Cabo Rojo Salt Flats (site 8). Other fauna: Fifty-two species of birds have been recorded including the rare Columba inornata wetmorei, C. leucocephala and Agelaius xanthomus. The bay is one of the most important areas in Puerto Rico for the manatee Trichechus manatus and an important feeding area for the sea turtles Chelonia mydas and Eretmochelys imbricata. The introduced mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus is very common. The fish fauna has been well documented; over 260 species have been recorded in the bay and among the cays, including many commercially important species. The rich invertebrate fauna includes large populations of lobsters Panulirus sp and the molluscs Crassostrea rhizophorae, Isognomon alatus and Brachiodontes exustus. Threats: Threats include destruction of mangroves by land fill; the cutting of mangrove roots for the collection of oysters; the dumping of rubbish at Punta Arenas; increased utilization of aquifers for heavy industry and agriculture; pollution from pesticides and nearby industrial development; increased sedimentation as a result of soil erosion inland; eutrophication of estuarine conditions through excessive use of fertilizers; and illegal hunting. Dredging and discharge of hot water have depleted the sea grass beds in the bay. Research and conservation: Bahia de Jobos was designated as a Special Planning Area by the Coastal Zone Management Program in 1978, and a proposal has been made for the establishment of a Natural Reserve which would incorporate the existing National Estuarine Sanctuary. The Department of Natural Resources has prepared a management plan for the proposed reserve; the technical supplement to this management plan describes the fauna and flora in some detail and makes a variety of recommendations concerning research and management. -568- Puerto Rico References: Cintron et al (1975); Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Villamil & Canals (1981); Diaz & del Llano et al (1983); Moreno et al (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Manuel del Llano. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2c & 3a. Humacao Swamp (12) Location: 18°11’N, 65°46’W; 40 km southwest of San Juan, Naguabo and MHumacao Municipalities. Area: c.3,000 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 02, 07, 08, 12, 16 & 18. Site description: A complex of fresh to brackish estuarine lagoons, generally under 2m deep, herbaceous swamps and seasonally flooded marshes, including the two Santa Theresa lagoons in the Cafio Frontera drainage and the three Mandri lagoons in the drainage of the Mandri and Anton Ruiz rivers; and 360 ha of Pterocarpus swamp forest and mangrove swamps along the Anton Ruiz River in the north. Salinities range from 1-15 p.p.t. The wetlands were largely drained in the 1930s for the production of sugar cane, but the old pumping system failed completely in 1979 and the wetlands have since refilled. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle and Laguncularia racemosa; swamp forest of Pterocarpus officinalis with some Puerto Rican Royal Palm Roystonea sp; herbaceous swamps with Typha domingensis, Hymenachne amplexicaule and Panicum aquaticum; aquatic beds of Eichhornia crassipes, Nymphaea spp and Marsilea polycarpa; submergent beds of Thalassia testudinum, Syringodium filiformis and Ceratophyllum demersum; seasonally flooded marshes with species of Paspalum, Cyperus, Brachiaria and Eriochloa. The Pterocarpus forest along the backwaters of the Anton Ruiz River is the largest remaining stand of this species in Puerto Rico. In the subtropical moist forest life zone. Land tenure: A mixture of state and private ownership. Protection: No legal habitat protection, but the wetland is managed by the state. Land use: Hunting and fishing. Waterfowl: An important breeding area for many waterfowl including Podilymbus podiceps, a variety of Ardeidae, Dendrocygna arborea (particularly in the Pterocarpus forest), Oxyura jJamaicensis, Rallus longirostris, Gallinula chloropus and Porphyrula martinica. Oxyura dominica has been recorded and may breed. Up to 450 Pelecanus occidentalis have been observed feeding in the lakes; all the Ardeidae occurring in Puerto Rico are abundant; and Phalacrocorax auritus and a variety of Anatidae and shorebirds occur on passage and in winter. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus is a common winter visitor. The area is very rich in birdlife, and over 85 species have been recorded. Mammals include the introduced mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus; reptiles include the freshwater turtle Pseudemys terrapen, and amphibians include Eleutherodactylus sp, Leptodactylus albilabris, Bufo marinus and Rana _ cabesbiana. Twenty-six species of freshwater, estuarine and marine fishes have been recorded including a number of commercially important species, and it is likely that the swamp is a nursery area for offshore fisheries. The crab Callinectes sp is particularly abundant, and four species of shrimps occur (Macrobrachium spp and Paleomonon pandaliformis). Threats: Cafio Frontera and the two Santa Theresa lagoons have been subjected to industrial pollution from a nearby factory complex and there is a danger that this pollution will spread northwards through the wetland. Other threats include urban development in the Caiio Frontera drainage, expansion of agriculture in surrounding areas, and a considerable amount of disturbance from hunting. There are plans to install flood control measures which may have a pronounced effect on the ecology of the wetland. Research and conservation: One of Puerto Rico’s prime wildlife areas, in urgent need of proper protection. The fauna and flora have been well documented, and several studies have been carried out on pollution in Cafio Frontera. The Pterocarpus swamp and adjacent riverine mangroves were proposed as a National Monument and Wildlife Refuge by the Puerto Rico Natural History Society in 1980, and the Department of Natural Resources has proposed the establishment of a Wildlife Refuge in the three Mandri lagoons. The Government is now trying to acquire land from the owners to establish a refuge. The Department of Natural -569- Puerto Rico Resources has also investigated the possibility of designing a system of flood control which will protect the residents of Punta Santiago from flooding while conserving the wildlife values of the lagoon ecosystem and preventing pollution in the southern lagoons from spreading into the northern system. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Puerto Rico Natural History Society (1980); Puerto Rico Department of Natural Resources (1981); Cintron (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: Jose A. Colon and Manuel del Llano. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Roosevelt Roads Naval Reservation (13) Location: 18°14’N, 65°37°W; at the eastern tip of Puerto Rico, 50 km ESE of San Juan, Ceiba Municipality. Area: c.2,400 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A complex of shallow brackish lagoons, extensive mangrove swamps and intertidal mudflats, with offshore beds of marine grasses. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Land tenure: Owned by the Federal Government of the U.S.A. Protection: No legal habitat protection, but the area is protected from intrusion by the Naval Authorities. Land use: A U.S. Naval Base. The wetland habitats are almost undisturbed. Waterfowl: An important area for Pelecanus occidentalis, a variety of Ardeidae, Dendrocygna arborea, Anas bahamensis and many passage and wintering shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: There are several breeding colonies of the endangered Yellow-shouldered Blackbird Agelaius xanthomus in the mangroves, and the wetland is the most important area in Puerto Rico for the manatee Trichechus manatus. Threats: Expansion of buildings within the grounds of the naval base is the only threat as long as the U.S. Navy remains in control. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Moreno et al (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Wetlands on Vieques Island (14) Location: 18°07’N, 65°26’W; 23 km east of the Puerto Rican mainland, Vieques Municipality. Area: Unknown. (Entire island 13,470 ha.) Altitude: 0-10m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 03, 04, 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A number of shallow brackish to saline lagoons, mangrove swamps, intertidal mudflats, channels and mangrove covered cays, mainly along the south shore and at the west end of Vieques Island; also several rocky offshore islets. The principal wetlands are mangrove swamps and the Kiani lagoons at the west end of the island; saline ponds and mangrove swamps at Ensenada Sombe Swamp, Mosquito Bay and Ferro Bay; a large saline lagoon at Tapon Bay; Chiva Swamp; Yanuel Lagoon; and mangrove swamps at Ensenada Honda. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps. Dry subtropical forest inland. Land tenure: Three-quarters of the island is owned by the Federal Government of the U.S.A., and most of the rest is state owned. Protection: No legal habitat protection, but large parts are protected from intrusion by the Naval Authorities. Land use: Part of the island is a U.S. Naval Base. There is some livestock grazing and hunting in other areas, and parts are used for bombing exercises. Waterfowl: An important area for a variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Pelecanus occidentalis breeds on a small offshore island (60 pairs in 1978); there -570- Puerto Rico are large roosts of Ardeidae at Playa Grande Lagoon and Tapon Bay; Dendrocygna arborea occurs at the Kiani Lagoons; and there are large resident populations of Anas bahamensis, Himantopus himantopus and several species of Laridae. Anas discors and many shorebirds are common on passage and in winter. Other fauna: The Yellow-shouldered Blackbird Agelaius xanthomus breeds, Falco peregrinus occurs in winter, and there are large colonies of sea-birds on some of the offshore islets. The manatee Trichechus manatus is known from the northwest and south coasts, the sea turtles Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata nest on the beaches, and Chelonia mydas frequents offshore reefs. Threats: The use of the area for naval target practice causes some disturbance, but there is no serious threat as long as the U.S. Navy maintains control over large parts of the island. However, were the Navy to pull out, it is likely that the island would be subject to rapid development for tourism and industry. References: Baker (1979); Raffaele (1979a); Schreiber et al (1981); Moreno et al (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2a, 2b & 3a. Wetlands on Culebra Island (15) Location: 18°20’N, 65°18’W; in Vieques Passage, halfway between the Puerto Rican mainland and St. Thomas (U.S. Virgin Islands), Culebra Municipality. Area: Several hundred ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.40.13; 03, 04, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A number of shallow brackish to saline lagoons and mangrove swamps on the small island of Culebra, and about eighteen offshore cays. The principal wetlands are Flamenco Lagoon, Zoni Lagoon, mangrove swamps at Los Cafios, and Cornelius Lagoon. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; dry thorn scrub inland. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: Wetlands on the island are unprotected, but all the surrounding cays except Cayo Norte are included in the Culebra National Wildlife Refuge (284 ha) established in 1909. Land use: Very little disturbance; there is some boat traffic and illegal collection of eggs and chicks of nesting sea-birds. Waterfowl: The most important area in Puerto Rico for Anas bahamensis. Up to 400 have been recorded on Flamenco Lagoon, and large numbers also occur on Zoni Lagoon and Cornelius Lagoon. Other breeding birds include Himantopus himantopus, Larus atricilla and Sterna hirundo. Pelecanus occidentalis is a common non-breeding visitor, and many shorebirds and Laridae occur on passage and in winter. Other fauna: There are important sea-bird colonies on several of the offshore cays and on Flamenco Peninsula. The sea-turtles Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata nest on the beaches. Threats: Poaching at the sea-bird colonies, disturbance from boat traffic, and predation from introduced cats and rats are the only threats at present. References: Raffaele (1979a); IUCN (1982); Moreno et al (1983); Chabert et al (1984). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. S712 SAINT KITTS-NEVIS INTRODUCTION No information was received on the current situation in St. Kitts-Nevis. The following account is based on Putney (1982), IUCN (1983) and Goodwin et al (1984). Saint Kitts (or Saint Christopher, as it is more properly known) and Nevis are mountainous volcanic islands rising to peaks of 1,315m and 1,096m respectively, in the Leeward Islands of the Lesser Antilles. The two islands have a combined area of about 265 km? and are separated by a narrow channel less than four kilometres wide. Formerly a British Crown Colony, the islands became independent in 1983. Almost three-quarters of the population of 49,000 live on Saint Kitts. The economy relies heavily on the cultivation of sugar cane, and the tourist industry has only recently begun to be important. The climate is tropical, an average annual rainfall of 2,500 mm to 4,000 mm in the highlands supporting rain and cloud forest. In the drier lowlands, much of the native woodland and cactus scrub has been cleared for agriculture and livestock grazing. There are nine salt ponds and several patches of mangroves of importance for waterfowl, particularly migratory shorebirds, in the southern half of St. Kitts, but no wetlands of any significance on Nevis. Both islands have many sand beaches and extensive offshore coral reefs and sea-grass beds with important marine resources. No information is available on the governmental conservation body in St. Kitts-Nevis. The Nevis Historical and Conservation Society, a non-governmental body created in 1980, is dedicated to the protection and preservation of the island’s natural resources and architectural and historic heritage. According to Putney (1982), only one protected area had been established in the islands prior to 1982 and this, a small reserve near the west end of St. Kitts, did not include any wetland habitat. However, four areas were proposed for protection and one of these, incorporating the whole of the southeast peninsula of St. Kitts, included the island’s largest wetland, Great Salt Pond, and several smaller salt ponds. -572- Saint Kitts-Nevis WETLANDS No recent information is available on the wetlands of Saint Kitts and Nevis. The following site descriptions are based on Putney (1982), Goodwin et al (1984), and some waterfowl counts made by Edouard Benito-Espinal in September 1982. (For map, see Dominica.) Greatheeds Pond (1) Location: 17°20’N, 62°42’W; on the east coast of St. Kitts, NNE of Basseterre. Area: c.30 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A small saline lagoon surrounded by mangrove swamps, behind a sea beach. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps dominated by Laguncularia racemosa; sugar cane fields and secondary vegetation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: Disposal of solid waste; cultivation in surrounding areas. Waterfowl: A breeding area for Nyctanassa violacea, Larus atricilla and probably other species, and an important feeding area for migratory shorebirds. 350 shorebirds were observed during a brief survey in September 1982, mainly Pluvialis squatarola, Charadrius semipalmatus, Calidris pusilla and Micropalama himantopus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The southern border of the pond abuts the island’s main rubbish dump, and this must have a significant effect on the ecology of the pond. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Half Moon Pond (2) Location: 17°19’N, 62°42’W; on the east coast of St. Kitts, northeast of Basseterre. Area: 17 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A permanent saline lagoon, up to 50 cm deep, and mangrove swamps behind a sea beach. Impoundments have been constructed in the pond for shrimp farming. A salinity of 184 p.p.t. was recorded in November 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; Coccoloba uvifera, coconut palms and scrub along the beach; coconut groves and sugar cane fields to the north. Land tenure: Privately owned and leased to a shrimp farming company. Protection: None. Land use: Commercial shrimp farming. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for migratory shorebirds; over 660 were present in September 1982, mainly Calidris pusilla (over 500), Tringa flavipes and Himantopus himantopus. Other fauna: Brine shrimps Artemia sp occur in the pond. Threats: There is some pollution from domestic waste. The entire ecology of the pond has been changed with the shrimp farming activities; sea water is now pumped into the shrimp ponds and inorganic fertilizers are applied. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 0. 5732 Saint Kitts-Nevis Muddy Pond (3) Location: 17°18’N, 62°41’W; on the east coast of St. Kitts, east of Basseterre. Area: c.30 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05 & 07. Site description: A small saline lagoon with some brackish marshes, behind a sea beach. Principal vegetation: Secondary vegetation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None. Land use: None. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Species recorded in September 1982 included Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Anas discors and six species of shorebirds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. References: Putney (1982). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 0. Great Salt Pond and nearby ponds (4) Location: 17°14’N, 62°39’W; on the southeast peninsula of St. Kitts. Area: c.275 ha (Great Salt Pond, 203 ha). Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A large saline lagoon (Great Salt Pond), up to 1.2m deep, in the interior of the southeast peninsula of St. Kitts, and four small saline ponds (Friar’s Bay Pond, Little Salt Pond, Major’s Bay Pond and Cockleshell Pond) behind sea beaches. The ponds have muddy shorelines and there are small patches of mangroves at Friar’s Bay Pond, at Little Salt Pond, and on the northeast shore of Great Salt Pond. Great Salt Pond and Little Salt Pond (23 ha) are part of an old salt producing facility; Little Salt Pond is separated from Great Salt Pond by a dike, and appears to be fed by a fresh or brackish spring. Salinities of 230 p.p.t. and 72 p.p.t. were recorded at Great and Little Salt Ponds respectively in November 1983. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps; littoral vegetation and cactus scrub in surrounding areas, and sea-grass beds offshore. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Some tourism, and lobster and conch fishing offshore; the peninsula remains largely unspoiled. Waterfowl: An important feeding area for shorebirds and Laridae. Sixteen species were recorded during a brief survey in September 1982 including Tringa flavipes (230), Calidris pusilla (590), Micropalama himantopus (56) and Himantopus himantopus (110). Other fauna: The brine shrimp Artemia sp occurs in Great Salt Pond. There is a breeding colony of Fregata magnificens to the south of Little Salt Pond. Five beaches around the peninsula provide nesting areas for the sea turtles Chelonia mydas, Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata, and there are extensive coral reefs offshore. Threats: There is some seaborne pollution on the north shore of the peninsula. Research and conservation: Great Salt Pond is one of the largest remaining unspoiled salt ponds in the Lesser Antilles. The southeast peninsula of St. Kitts has been identified by Putney as an area with multiple resource values and a priority area for protection. The entire peninsula has been proposed as a protected area. References: Putney (1982); Goodwin et al (1984). Source: Edouard Benito-Espinal. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -574- SAINT LUCIA INTRODUCTION by Gabriel L. Charles and Paul Butler Saint Lucia, one of the Windward Islands in the Lesser Antilles, is a forest clad volcanic island of 616 km? in extent with mountains rising to 960m. The tropical climate is dominated by the almost constant influence of the northeast trade winds. There is a dry season from January to April, and a rainy season from May to August. The annual rainfall varies around the island from 1,500 to 3,500 mm. St. Lucia became a fully independent member of the British Commonwealth in February 1979. The population of about 120,000 has an economy based on tourism and agricultural production, particularly bananas. There is some industry and an oil transhipment terminal. The few wetland areas are mostly coastal mangrove swamps. Although of rather limited extent, the wetlands serve several vital functions including: (1) nursery sites for a variety of fish species which populate the reef areas and support a small fishing industry; (2) staging areas for Anatidae and shorebirds migrating through the eastern Caribbean; and (3) areas for environmental education and recreation. The most imporiant wetland sites are as follows: Bois d’Orange (freshwater swamp) Esperance (mangrove swamp and tidal mudflats) Marigot Bay (mangrove swamp and lagoon) Marquis (mangrove swamp and lagoon) Praslin (mangrove swamp and tidal mudflats) Savannes Bay (mangrove swamp and lagoon) St Urbain/Marigot/Boriel’s Pond (mangrove swamp and lagoon) Trougascon (mangrove swamp and lagoon) Volet (mangrove swamp and tidal mudflats) Resident waterfowl include several herons and egrets (Ardeidae) and rails (Rallidae); regular migrants and winter visitors include six species of Nearctic ducks and seventeen species of shorebirds. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The principal body concerned with conservation in St. Lucia is the Forestry Division of the Ministry of Agriculture in Castries. The wildlife conservation work of the Forestry Division involves an integration of three components: effective legislation; initiation of environmental education; and establishment of nature reserves and protected areas. The St. Lucia Naturalists’ Society is a non-governmental organization with a membership of about 120. It promotes wildlife conservation and in particular strives to increase conservation awareness amongst school children. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The protection of the State’s terrestrial wildlife falls under the broad umbrella of the Forestry Division’s Wildlife Protection Ordinance. This is subdivided into "Absolutely Protected", "Partially Protected" and "Unprotected" schedules. Subsequent to the devastating hurricane of 1980, all species listed in the Partially Protected schedule were upgraded to Absolutely Protected and at present, the only species that may be shot are mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus, rats, mice and Fer-de-lance Trimeresurus atrox (pest species). Knowledge of the Ordinance is widespread amongst the population, and to date there have been very few legal infringements. Most of these have involved the collection or possession of reptile species. -575- Saint Lucia In its environmental education programme, the Forestry Division regularly holds film shows and publishes articles in the press. Visual aids such as billboards, posters and T-shirts have also featured in its work. The Division has published a booklet entitled the A-Z of St. Lucia’s Wildlife, and this was distributed to the Ministry of Education. A second series on the A-Z of trees was published in the national newspaper. A monthly environmental broadsheet entitled "Bush Talk" is produced, and this examines a wide range of topics including national, cultural and historical conservation. "Bush Talk" is sent to schools islandwide and is simultaneously published in the newspaper. If funds can be located, it is hoped to publish "Bush Talk" in book form for permanent use by school children. Within the Division’s Forest Reserve, an area of approximately 650 ha has been set aside as a reserve to protect the St. Lucia Parrot Amazona versicolor, St. Lucia’s national bird, as well as other forest wildlife. Two small islets lying off the southeast coast of St. Lucia, the Maria Islands, have been declared a Nature Reserve to protect the Maria Island Lizard and the Maria Island Snake, both species endemic to the 12 hectares which the islands comprise. An area of mangroves at Savannes Bay, on the southeast coast near Micoud, has been declared a Nature Reserve, but funds are lacking for its development. Other areas recommended for protection include Marigot Bay (mangroves), The Pitons (scenic interest), Bois d’Orange Swamp (freshwater swamp), and Dennery Knob, but official recognition of these and development funds have yet to be obtained. In line with this, efforts are being made to undertake baseline studies of mangrove swamps and other wetland habitats. St. Lucia is actively involved in regional and international efforts, including the work of the Caribbean Conservation Association. St. Lucia is a signatory of the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species (CITES), and as such is committed to the international conservation of threatened species. Conservation priorities on the island have recently been reviewed by Putney (1982). Because of limited financial and manpower resources, research to date has concentrated on studies of endemic wildlife such as the St. Lucia Parrot, and very little work has been done on the wetlands or their wildlife. However, the importance of the coastal mangroves as nurseries for fisheries is now appreciated. While a considerable amount of research has been conducted in extensive mangrove areas elsewhere in the Caribbean, this work may not be directly applicable to the small patches occurring in St. Lucia and around many other islands in the Lesser Antilles, and research here is clearly a high priority. Major Threats to Wetlands Because of the shortage of land and the intense human population pressure, most of the wetlands of St. Lucia are seriously threatened. The one freshwater swamp is threatened with drainage, while the mangrove areas are being cut down for timber, destroyed for housing, hotel and marina development, polluted with domestic waste, or used as rubbish dumps. -576- Saint Lucia WETLANDS Site descriptions taken from a report entitled "Conservation of Wetlands and Wildfowl in Saint Lucia", prepared by Gabriel L. Charles and Paul Butler of the Forestry Division of the Ministry of Agriculture. (For map, see Dominica.) Bois d’Orange Swamp (1) Location: 14°03’N, 60°58’W; 6 km north of Castries. Area: 12-16 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 13. Site description: A small freshwater swamp prone to periodic flooding during the rainy season, when small lakes and ponds appear. The only significant freshwater swamp in Saint Lucia. Principal vegetation: Rushes and sedges with scattered trees; the wetland is surrounded by dry wooded hills. Land tenure: Privately owned (three owners). Protection: None. Land use: Cattle grazing on one third of the area in the dry season; several small farms, a quarry and a hotel nearby. Waterfowl: An important area during the rainy season for a variety of migratory waterfowl. Several species of Ardeidae are resident, and Gallinula chloropus breeds. Other fauna: No information. Threats: The swamp is gradually being drained to provide land for housing. Several drainage ditches have been dug, and the water level has dropped, resulting in a spread of grasses and shrubs. The small river feeding the swamp is badly polluted with domestic sewage and rubbish. Research and conservation: The Forestry Division has recommended that the area be purchased and managed as an Educational Nature Reserve, with raised walkways, observation hides, and facilities for interpretation and interaction between environment, teacher and student. No funds are however as yet available. References: Forestry Division (1984). Source: Gabriel L. Charles and Paul Butler. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Marigot Bay (2) Location: 13°59’N, 61°01’W; on the west coast 7 km south of Castries. Area: c.100 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 05 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay with fringing mangrove swamps and sandy beaches. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Rhizophora mangle and Avicennia sp. Scrub and secondary forest on adjacent hillsides. Land tenure: The mangroves are state owned; the adjacent coast is privately owned. Protection: None. Land use: Tourist recreation, mainly water sports. One side of the bay has been divided up for expensive housing development, and there is a small hotel on the other side. Waterfowl: Particularly important for resident Ardeidae and migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: The Hawksbill Turtle Eretmochelys imbricata may breed on the beaches. Threats: The mangrove is under threat from hotel development and pollution from the large number of private yachts which anchor in the bay. The bay is gradually silting up as a result of soil erosion on the surrounding hillsides. Research and conservation: The bay is recognized as an area of outstanding scenic beauty, and has tremendous potential for tourism. The Forestry Division has drawn up a management plan for the development of a small nature reserve complete with interpretive facilities and guided walks. One of the landowners in the area has offered an initial plot of land free to the -577- Saint Lucia Government to form the basis for a nature reserve. The mangroves lie within the Government’s own "Queen’s Chain", and could easily be included in any reserve established. Additional lands may be donated to the Government at a later date. References: Putney (1982); Forestry Division (1984). Source: Gabriel L. Charles and Paul Butler. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Savannes Bay and Boriel’s Pond (3) Location: 13°46’N, 60°55’W; on the southeast coast 5 km north of Vieux Fort. Area: c.200 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay with coral reefs, sea-grass beds and extensive mangrove swamps; and a nearby shallow saline lagoon with surrounding mudflats. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps, mainly Rhizophora mangle; and sea-grass beds. Land tenure: Partly state owned, and partly privately owned. Protection: The area owned by the State has been vested in the Saint Lucia National Trust, which has drawn up proposals for the conservation of the area. The remainder is unprotected. Land use: Tourist recreation and some subsistence fishing. Waterfowl: An important area for resident Ardeidae and migratory waterfowl. Boriel’s Pond is particularly important for migratory Anatidae and shorebirds. Other fauna: The bay is an important nursery ground for large numbers of commercially important crustaceans and fishes. Threats: None at present. Research and conservation: A number of specific proposals for the conservation of the area have been drawn up and are listed in the interim report of the South-East Coast Management Plan prepared by ECNAMP and an ad hoc Committee including the Forestry Division. The proposals revolve around maintaining the area in its pristine condition, and allowing only traditional forms of subsistence fishing. References: Putney (1982); Forestry Division (1984). Source: Gabriel L. Charles and Paul Butler. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. -578- SAINT VINCENT INTRODUCTION No report was received on the current situation in Saint Vincent or its dependencies in the Grenadines. The following account is based on some material provided by Byron Swift of WWF-US and the literature, principally Putney (1982). Saint Vincent is a volcanic island 344 km? in extent in the southern Windward Islands, between Saint Lucia and Grenada. It became fully independent in 1979, and has a population of some 113,000. The Grenadine Islands, a string of tiny rocky islands stretching for 100 km between Saint Vincent and Grenada, are divided politically between the two. The northern group, including the main islands of Bequia, Mustique, Cannouan and Union, and some twenty-eight islets and rocks, are dependencies of Saint Vincent. Saint Vincent is very rugged and mountainous, rising to a peak of 1,219m on Soufriere Mountain, an active volcano with a crater lake over 500m down inside the crater. The climate is humid tropical; the average annual rainfall exceeds 6,000 mm in the highlands and supports luxuriant rain and cloud forest. Most of the lowlands have been cleared for agriculture, especially bananas and arrowroot, and there is some tourist development, particularly in the south. The Grenadines are low limestone islands rising to a maximum elevation of 300m. Rainfall is much less than on Saint Vincent, and the dominant vegetation is cactus scrub and dry woodland. Except for the hot crater lake on Soufriere, there are no wetlands of any great size in the islands. Waterfowl are scarce; for example, during short surveys in March and July 1971, Lack et al (1973) recorded only five species. Bubulcus ibis is a common resident and thereare small resident populations of Butorides virescens and Egretta caerulea. Anas discors and shorebirds are hunted during the migration seasons, and many other migrants occur, but numbers are small. There are many beaches with nesting sea turtles Caretta caretta, Chelonia mydas, Dermochelys coriacea and Eretmochelys imbricata, small islets with sea-bird colonies and patches of coral reef throughout the islands. The governmental body concerned with conservation in Saint Vincent is the Forestry Department within the Ministry of Agriculture. Four small protected areas have been established on Saint Vincent; two in the interior near the south end of the island, and two on tiny offshore islets. One of these, Milligan Cay, is an important roosting area and probably a breeding site for Ardeidae. Four small protected areas have been established in the Saint Vincent Grenadines, all in the interior of Union. Areas proposed for protection include a large tract of the forested highland, Young’s Island off the south coast, and the Tobago Cays in the Grenadines. WWF-US has recently assisted the Government of Saint Vincent in drawing up a new wildlife law. Still in draft version, this new law would provide the basis for the establishment of wildlife refuges and would give complete protection to all wildlife except for a few game species (Anatidae, Columbidae, etc.). Schedule III of the draft version lists fifteen sites for protection as wildlife refuges. Most are small islands of importance for breeding sea-birds, but several, including Milligan Cay and Chateaubelair Islet, are known or thought to be important for Ardeidae. -579- Saint Vincent WETLANDS Very little information is available on the wetlands of Saint Vincent and the northern Grenadines. Descriptions of the three main wetlands are based almost entirely on Putney (1982). Other wetlands, probably of only local importance, include: a small salt pond near Owia Bay, at the northeast tip of Saint Vincent; a small mangrove swamp near Black Point on the east coast of Saint Vincent; three small salt ponds near the south end of Cannouan Island; and a small salt pond on Mayero Island. Chateaubelair Island, off Saint Vincent’s west coast, may be an important roosting site for Ardeidae. (For map, see Dominica.) Soufriere Crater Lake (1) Location: 13°20’N, 61°11’W; in the Soufriere Mountains, in the northern highlands of Saint Vincent. Area: c.900 ha. Altitude: c.500m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 12. Site description: A crater lake with hot water, 500m down inside a volcanic crater on Soufriere Mountain. An island rose above the surface of the lake in 1970. Principal vegetation: Cloud forest and secondary vegetation in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Public land (state owned). Protection: None, but all land over 305 m on the island is protected as forest use land. Land use: None. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: No information. Threats: None known. Research and conservation: The lake lies within a large proposed protected area which incorporates much of the forested highlands of Saint Vincent. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3b. South coast wetlands and Milligan Cay (2) Location: 13°08’N, 61°11’W; on the south coast of Saint Vincent, between Brighton Bay and Sharp’s Bay. Area: c.100 ha. Altitude: Near sea level. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 03, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: Two small coastal mangrove swamps near Sharp’s Bay and in Nilikin’s Bay respectively, a small saline pond to the east of Nilikin’s Bay, some sand beaches, and an offshore cay, Milligan Cay, to the east. Principal vegetation: Mangroves; some cactus scrub in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Milligan Cay is public land (state owned); other areas are privately owned. Protection: Milligan Cay is protected in a small reserve; other areas are unprotected. Land use: There is considerable urban and suburban development along the coast. Waterfowl: Milligan Cay is an important roosting site and probably a breeding site for Ardeidae, particularly Bubulcus ibis (hundreds) and Egretta caerulea (Byron Swift, pers. com.). Other fauna: There is a sea-bird colony on Milligan Cay. Threats: No information. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -580- Saint Vincent Union Island Mangroves (3) Location: 12°35’N, 61°26’W; on the south coast of Union Island, in the Grenadines. Area: A few ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 08. Site description: A small coastal mangrove swamp and associated saline marshes; the only significant wetland in the northern Grenadines. Principal vegetation: Mangroves. Land tenure: No information. Protection: None. Land use: There is some cultivation and tourism on the island. Waterfowl: No information. Other fauna: There are coral reefs offshore. Threats: Seaborne pollution on the nearby coast. References: Putney (1982). Source: See references. Criteria for inclusion: 0. -581- TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS INTRODUCTION No report was received on the current situation in the Turks and Caicos Islands. The following account is based on a list of wetlands provided by C.H. Floyd, Director of Planning in the Ministry of Commerce and Development of Industries and Resources, and on the literature, principaiiy IUCN (1982 & 1983). The Turks and Caicos Islands comprise a British Crown Colony of about thirty low-lying islands to the southeast of the Bahamas and some 200 km north of the Hispaniolan coast. The Turks and Caicos groups are separated by the Turks Island Passage, a 35 km wide channel over 2,100m deep. The total land area is only 500 sq. km, but both groups are surrounded by extensive shoal sand banks, the Turk Island Bank of 254 sq. km and the Caicos Bank of 5,334 sq. km. Almost half of the islands’ population of nearly 8,000 live in the smaller Turks group, and only thirteen of the islands are inhabited. Until recently, the islands remained almost undeveloped and unspoiled, the inhabitants depending largely on fishing for lobster and conch, but the tourist industry is now expanding rapidly, particularly on Providenciales, the most westerly of the inhabited islands. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research There is no government department specifically responsible for the conservation of wildlife or protected areas; parks are under the responsibility of the Chief Minister subject to review by the British Governor, and marine reserves are controlled through the Fisheries Department. Relevant legislation is enforceable through the Fisheries Department and the Department of Public Works. Non-governmental conservation bodies include the Foundation for PRIDE, incorporated in 1976 in Washington, D.C., U.S.A., and operating out of a field headquarters in Turks and Caicos, and the Turks and Caicos National Trust, created in 1981. Both are concerned with broad conservation issues. The Foundation for PRIDE has concentrated on the development of alternative energy producing devices, the management of marine resources and the development of marine parks. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research The National Parks Ordinance and Regulations were approved in 1976, and a Temporary National Parks Commission designated a large number of terrestrial and marine national parks, national reserves and wildlife sanctuaries. Many of these incorporate important wetland habitat, but whether or not any have has yet been officially gazetted is unknown. The Wild Birds Protection Ordinance of 1916 gives complete protection to all birds except for a few pest species (including Laridae) and a variety of game species (including Pelecanus, Anatidae, Charadriidae and Gallinago) for which an eight months open season is allowed. It is understood that the Government is embarking on a major ecological conservation study in July 1985, but the details are unknown. -582- Turks and Caicos WETLANDS A list of wetlands in the Turks and Caicos Islands prepared by C.H. Floyd includes no less than 110 sites with a total area of 26,669 ha, over half of the surface area of the islands. The wetlands are distributed as follows: Grand Turk: 419 ha of wetlands North Creek, 149 ha Town Pond, 85 ha Great Salinas, 39 ha The Sound and South Creek, 49 ha Hawke’s Nest Salinas, 40 ha Six wetlands of less than 20 ha Salt Cay: 164 ha of wetlands Town Salinas, 101 ha Five wetlands of less than 20 ha Turks Cays: 4.5 ha of wetlands in three sites South Caicos: 427 ha of wetlands Victoria Salina, 346 ha Basden Pond, 22 ha Mangrove, 23 ha Four wetlands of less than 20 ha Middle Caicos: 7,297 ha of wetlands Fish Ponds, 1,377 ha Flamingo Pond, 28 ha Armstrong Pond and Swamp, 1,120 ha Farm Creek Pond, 250 ha Big Pond and Lagoons, 2.984 ha Eel Pond and Swamp, 150 ha Increase Creek, 219 ha Finaway Creek, 524 ha Jack Pond, 229 ha The Creek and Swamp, 350 ha Fourteen wetlands of less than 20 ha North Caicos: 4,888 ha of wetlands Flamingo Pond, 3,113 ha Whitby Salina, 30 ha Pumpkin Bluff Pond, 177 ha Mally Pond, 21 ha Monacah Salina, 30 ha Conch Cay Salina, 71 ha Bay Cay Salina, 830 ha Sawgrass Pond, 45 ha Mud Hole Pond, 77 ha Mangrove Pond, 31 ha Dick Hill Creek, 392 ha Nine wetlands of less than 20 ha Providenciales: 3,830 ha of wetlands Cheshire Hall Creek, 150 ha Pigeon Pond and Salina, 179 ha Frenchmen’s Creek, 1,326 ha Chalk Sound, 978 ha Stubbs Creek, 65 ha Corrinice Ponds, 36 ha -583- Turks and Caicos Davy Bight Pond, 28 ha South Dock Road Pond and Swamp, 36 ha Fish Pond and Swamp, 64 ha Juba Point Salina, 661 ha The Bight Swamp, 142 ha Mangrove Creek, 85 ha Eight wetlands of less than 20 ha East Caicos: 8,546 ha of wetlands Salt Pond, 38 ha Flamingo Pond, 63 ha Flamingo Hill (Scatter Swamps), 582 ha White Salina Bank, 7,810 ha Six wetlands of less than 20 ha Caicos Cays: 598 ha of wetlands Pine Cay, 59 ha Water Cay, 85 ha Dellis Cay, 111 ha Parrot Cay, 343 ha West Caicos: 497 ha of wetlands Lake Catherine, 118 ha East Side Bay Salina, 356 ha Three wetlands of less than 20 ha In addition, there are over 38,000 ha of intertidal sand banks and mudflats, mainly along the south coasts of North, Middle and East Caicos Islands. No further information is available on these wetlands. -584- UNITED STATES VIRGIN ISLANDS INTRODUCTION by Robert L. Norton The Virgin Islands are a group of small islands situated between Puerto Rico and the Leeward Islands. Politically they are divided into two groups: the larger western group constituting the U.S. Virgin Islands and the smaller eastern group a British Crown Colony. The U.S. Virgin Islands contain three main islands, St. Thomas, St. John and St. Croix, and a large number of small offshore islets and cays. The total area of the group is 345 km? and the population about 95,000. The islands were purchased from Denmark by the U.S.A. in 1917 and remain a USS. Territory. The climate of the islands is dominated by the influence of the trade winds, and average temperatures vary little between winter (25°C) and summer (28°C). The islands have long been developed for tourism and this is now the major industry, particularly on St. Thomas. Agriculture and cattle ranching remain important, especially on St. Croix where there is also some industry, including the largest oil refinery in the Western Hemisphere. St. John, with a population of only about 3,000, remains the least developed of the main islands. About two-thirds of this island is a U.S. National Park. The topography of the three main islands is hilly, with peaks rising to 474m. The orginal forests have been almost completely destroyed, and most of the existing forest and scrub is secondary with a large component of introduced species. There are some wetlands on all three of the main islands; most are shallow sea bays or brackish to saline coastal ponds with mangrove swamps, and all are small in size. Institutional Base for Wetland Conservation and Research The following institutions are concerned with conservation and/or research in the U.S. Virgin Islands: The Division of Fish and Wildlife, in the Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs, US Virgin Islands Government; based on St. Thomas, with an office on St. Croix. Coastal Zone Management (CZM), in the Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs, with its main office on St. Croix; CZM has jurisdiction over all wetlands. The Island Resources Foundation; a non-governmental organization based on St. Thomas. The Foundation is concerned with improvement of resource management strategies in the islands, and provides special environmental guidelines for development projects. The Caribbean Research Institute and Virgin Islands Ecological Research Station, both connected with the College of the Virgin Islands. The West Indies Laboratory of Fairleigh Dickinson University, on St. Croix. Progress in Wetland Conservation and Research Progress to date has been limited to the establishment of island reserves some of which contain wetland habitat. The most notable of these is the Virgin Islands National Park (6,073 ha) on St. John, which incorporates the most important wetland on that island and three other small ponds. The concept that wetlands are protected under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management has been generally accepted, although enforcement of the concept and the laws protecting wetland vegetation and wetlands is lagging behind efforts in the continental United States. Insufficient funding and personnel are operational causes, and lack of public awareness or commitment is the result. The Division of Fish and Wildlife was granted a contract to survey shorebirds in the U.S. Virgin Islands between 1981 and 1983. However, Federal budget cuts reduced the period of the survey to one year rather than three. Another short project attempted to define some of -585- U.S. Virgin Islands the characteristics of duck habitat in the islands. The results of both projects are as yet unpublished. A waterfowl banding programme is currently underway to determine the extent of inter-island movements and habitat use. About 100 shorebirds have been banded in the programme to date. Major Threats to Wetlands and Waterfowl The major threats to wetlands are filling and/or dredging for commercial ventures by either the local Virgin Islands Government or private business. Waterfowl are subject to loss of habitat and destruction from various sources. The recent dumping of old automobiles on the mudflats of Mangrove Lagoon, St. Thomas, has had a detrimental effect on nesting areas for Charadrius wilsonius and C. vociferus as well as roosting areas for Larus atricilla and migratory shorebirds. The quality of the substrate for the invertebrate fauna of the sand and mudflats has probably also been altered by the drainage of automobile fluids, etc. Waterfowl are also hunted out of season and harassed by stray dogs, cats and perhaps the introduced mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus. -586- U.S. Virgin Islands wy XIOHD LS OL 0) NHOfP LS SGNVTSI NISUYIA'S N -587- U.S. Virgin Islands WETLANDS Site descriptions based on data sheets provided by Robert L. Norton and Fred W. Sladen of the Division of Fish and Wildlife. Salt River Bay (1) Location: 17°47’N, 64°45’W; 6 km northwest of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 100 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 02 & 08. Site description: A shallow tidal estuarine bay, up to 2m deep, with fringing mangrove swamps; the mouth of the bay is protected by a coral reef. Salinities range from 30-40 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Mainly privately owned. The Nature Conservancy owns a section of mangrove swamp with nesting Ardeidae. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government, and designated in 1980 as a National Natural Landmark. A section of the mangrove swamps is protected by the Nature Conservancy. Land use: Fishing and recreational boating. Waterfowl: A nesting site for Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens and Egrettacaerulea, and a feeding and roosting site for Pelecanus occidentalis, five species of Ardeidae and many shorebirds (including Haematopus palliatus). Other fauna: The mangroves constitute a very important feeding area for many species of Parulidae during migration and in winter, and Dendroica petechia is a resident breeder. The White-crowned Pigeon Columba leucocephala also breeds. The wetland is a major nursery ground for dozens of species of marine fauna. Threats: The wetland is threatened by the development of two marinas, the construction of private dwellings, and hotel development. Research and conservation: The wetland was identified by Baker as a priority area for protection. A nearby Marine Hydrolaboratory, incorporating underwater habitat in about 20m of water off the mouth of the bay, is used for research in marine sciences. References: Baker (1980). Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Altona Lagoon (2) Location: 17°45’N, 64°41’W; 1 km east of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 100 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A tidal saline lagoon, up to 5m deep, with fringing mangrove swamps. The lagoon lies 100m inland from open sea beaches, and is connected to the sea by a narrow channel. The salinity ranges from 30-40 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Unknown, but thought to be mainly privately owned. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Fishing and harvesting of crabs. Waterfowl: A breeding site for Bubulcus ibis, Anas bahamensis and Himantopushimantopus, and a roosting and feeding area for eight species of Ardeidae and 19 species of shorebirds, including Steganopus tricolor. Other fauna: A breeding area for Columba leucocephala and a wintering area for many species of Parulidae. The channel connecting the lagoon with the sea is one of the major fishing and shrimping areas on St. Croix. -588- U.S. Virgin Islands Threats: The channel is silting up, and the wetland is threatend by the encroachment of an existing hotel and golf course, and the proposed construction of a harbour for cruise ships. Research and conservation: Fever has studied the formation of the lagoon, and the avifauna is well known, but little work has been conducted on the other fauna. A proposal to commence dredging of the channel is currently awaiting approval. References: Fever (1975). Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Southgate Pond (3) Location: 17°45’N, 64°40’W; 4 km northeast of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 16 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A semi-permanent fresh to brackish pond, up to 1m deep, with mangrove swamps; 100m inland from a sea beach. The pond is fresh when first flooded at the beginning of the rainy season, and becomes brackish by the end of the dry season (salinity up to 15 p.p.t.). The pond periodically dries out during very dry years (about once every five years). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Recreation on adjacent beaches. There is a marina nearby. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Podilymbus podiceps, Nycticorax nycticorax, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, Anas bahamensis (up to 20 during the breeding season and 150 at other times), Gallinula chloropus, Fulica caribaea, Charadrius wilsonius, C. vociferus, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Non-breeding visitors include Pelecanus occidentalis, eight species of Ardeidae, a variety of Anatidae (including up to 250 Anas discors), Porzana carolina, Fulica americana and over 20 species of migratory shorebirds. Rallus longirostris formerly occurred, but is now believed to be extinct in the area. Other fauna: A breeding site for Columba leucocephala and a wintering area for Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and F. columbarius. The deer Odocoileus virginianus occurs in the area. Threats: The present owner proposes to dredge the pond and build an extension to an existing marina which is now immediately adjacent to it. Research and conservation: Southgate Pond is the richest wetland on St. Croix for Anatidae, and one of the most important for Ardeidae and shorebirds. The pond and environs should be protected in a national wildlife refuge. Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Coakley Bay Pond (4) Location: 17°46’N, 64°39’W; 5 km ENE of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 7 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A semi-permanent fresh to brackish pond, up te 1m deep, with mangrove swamps; 100m inland from a sea beach. The pond fills during the rainy season and shrinks during the dry season, periodically drying out completely (about once in every five years). The salinity ranges from 0-20 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Unknown. -589- U.S. Virgin Islands Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Fishing and harvesting of crabs. Recreation on adjacent beaches. Waterfowl: A breeding site for Anas bahamensis, Charadrius wilsonius, C. vociferus, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons, and a feeding area for Podilymbus podiceps, Pelecanus occidentalis, eight species of Ardeidae, five species of Anatidae and 19 species of migratory shorebirds. Other fauna: A breeding site for Columba leucocephala and a wintering area for Pandion haliaetus. The deer Odocoileus virginianus occurs in the area. Threats: The pond is threatened by development in surrounding areas. Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Great Pond (5) Location: 17°43’N, 64°39’W; 4 km southeast of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 50 ha. Altitude: Om. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A tidal saline lagoon, up to 1m deep, with fringing mangrove swamps and mudflats; 100m inland from a sea beach. The lagoon receives run-off from a watershed of about 300 ha. The tidal rise and fall is up to 30 cm, and the salinity varies from 20-40 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Unknown. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Fishing, and harvesting of crabs with nets and traps. Waterfowl: A particularly important breeding and wintering area for Anas bahamensis, and a breeding site for Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens, Egretta alba, Charadrius wilsonius, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Also an important feeding site for Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula and Ardea herodias, and a passage and wintering area for Anas discors and 24 species of migratory shorebirds including Charadrius melodus, Numenius phaeopus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus and Calidris bairdii. Other fauna: A wintering area for Pandion haliaetus, Circus cyaneus, Falco peregrinus andF. columbarius. The lagoon supports many commercially important species of fishes and crabs. Threats: No information. Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Cassava Garden (6) Location: 17°42’N, 64°44’W; 4 km southwest of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 15 ha. Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 04, 05, 07, 08 & 13. Site description: A complex of saline ponds, up to 1m deep, mangrove swamps and periodically flooded freshwater marshes behind sea beaches and low rocky cliffs. Water levels increase during the rainy season, and salinities decrease. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa. Land tenure: Under corporate ownership. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Fishing and harvesting of crabs. -590- U.S. Virgin Islands Waterfowl: A breeding site for Nycticorax nycticorax, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens Egretta caerulea, E. alba, Anas bahamensis, Gallinula chloropus, Charadrius wilsonius, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Non-breeding visitors include Pelecanus occidentalis, nine species of Ardeidae, Plegadis falcinellus, seven species of Anatidae, four species of Rallidae and 23 species of migratory shorebirds (including Charadrius melodus). Other fauna: A breeding site for Phaethon lepturus (the only site on St. Croix) and Columba leucocephala, and a wintering area for Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and F. columbarius. Mullet Mugil sp occur in the ponds. Threats: There are plans to fill in the wetland for the construction of a refinery. Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Krause Lagoon (7) Location: 17°42’N, 64°46’W; 7 km southwest of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 200 ha. Altitude: 0-5m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 03, 05, 06, 07, 08 & 15. Site description: Formerly a large tidal lagoon, up to 5m deep, with mangrove swamps, sandy beaches and intertidal mudflats. Much of the area has now been industrialized; there are large cooling ponds for sea-water used in an alumina refinery, and a deep water harbour for oil tankers visiting the nearby oil refinery. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: The area includes a container port, transhipment port, alumina refinery and oil refinery. Waterfowl: A breeding site for Nycianassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Butorides virescens, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Anas bahamensis, Gallinula chloropus, Charadrius wilsonius, C. vociferus, Catoptrophorus semipalmatus (the only known breeding site in the U.S. Virgin Islands), Himantopus himantopus and _ Sterna albifrons. Non-breeding _ visitors include Pelecanus occidentalis, ten species of Ardeidae, Phoenicopterus ruber, Anas crecca, A. discors, Porzana carolina, 26 species of shorebirds and ten species of Laridae. The lagoon is the only regular locality for Calidris canutus in the U.S. Virgin Islands, and a variety of uncommon shorebirds have been recorded including Limnodromus scolopaceus, Calidris bairdii and C. alpina. Other fauna: A breeding site for Columba squamosa and C. leucocephala, a feeding area for Fregata magnificens, and a wintering area for Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and F. columbarius. The lagoon is rich in marine fishes and crustaceans. Threats: The lagoon has already been extensively modified. The alumina refinery is up for sale, and it is possible that the new owners may expand operations. If not, the cooling ponds will be drained. Research and conservation: Despite the disturbance, the area remains very important for waterfowl and is the most important staging area for migratory shorebirds in the U.S. Virgin Islands. Some restoration would be possible and a part of the area could be protected as a wildlife reserve. Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Manning Bay (8) Location: 17°42’N, 64°47’W; 8 km WSW of Christiansted, St. Croix. Area: 10 ha. Altitude: 0m. -591- U.S. Virgin Islands Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 03, 05, 06 & 08. Site description: Shallow inshore waters of the open sea, with many small islands, patches of mangrove swamp, sandy beaches and intertidal mudflats; up to 3m deep and with salinities ranging from 30-40 p.p.t. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa, Conocar pus erectus, Rhizophora mangle and Hippomane mancinella. Land tenure: Owned by the U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Fishing and harvesting of crabs. The wetland lies close to the island’s airport. Waterfowl: A breeding area for Nyctanassa violacea, Bubulcus ibis, Egretta caerulea, E. thula, E. alba, Anas bahamensis, Charadrius wilsonius, Himantopus himantopus and possibly Butorides virescens; and a feeding and roosting site for Pelecanus occidentalis, Ardea herodias, and many species of migratory shorebirds and Laridae. Other fauna: The White-crowned Pigeon Columba leucocephala is a resident breeding bird, and Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus, F. columbarius and at least 12 species of Parulidae occur on passage and in winter. Hawksbill Turtles Eretmochelys imbricata feed in the bay and may nest on nearby beaches. The bay supports a rich marine fauna including many commercially important fishes and crustaceans. Threats: The bay is threatened by pollution from a nearby oil refinery and an alumina refinery, and a rubbish dump is encroaching on the wetland. Potential port development also poses a threat in the bay. Research and conservation: According to Baker, in 1980 Manning Bay contained the best example of unspoiled mangrove swamps in the the U.S. Virgin Islands outside St. John. Baker identified the bay as a priority area for protection because of its unspoiled condition, the large number of species present, and the lack of similar areas elsewhere in the islands. Baker’s conclusions are still applicable in 1985. Proposals have been submitted for making this area into a Territorial Park, Wildlife Refuge or Natural Wetlands reserve. References: Yntema (1972); Baker (1980). Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 2b & 3a. Westend Salt Pond (9) Location: 17°41’N, 64°53’W; 3 km SSW of Frederiksted, at the southwestern tip of St. Croix. Area: 100 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A saline pond, up to 2m deep, with fringing mangrove swamps and four smaller peripheral ponds; within 30m of open sea beaches. There is no surface connection with the sea and the water level is affected mainly by rainfall, but there may be some subterranean tidal influence. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Laguncularia racemosa. Dry cactus scrub to the east and dune vegetation to the west. Land tenure: Three-quarters of the area is owned by the U.S. Government; the ownership of the remainder is unknown. Protection: The area owned by the U.S. Government is included within a National Wildlife Refuge. Land use: Recreation on the beaches. Waterfowl: A breeding site for Anas bahamensis, Charadrius wilsonius, Himantopus himantopus and Sterna albifrons. Non-breeding visitors include Podilymbus podiceps, Pelecanus occidentalis, eight species of Ardeidae, Anas discors, 21 species of migratory shorebirds and 12 species of Laridae. Other fauna: A breeding site for Columba leucocephala and a wintering area for Falco peregrinus and F. columbarius. The beaches are a major nesting site for Leatherback Turtles Dermochelys coriacea. Threats: Pollution from domestic sewage and the dumping of rubbish from nearby residential areas. The pond has been proposed as a site for a marina and seaplane landing area. -592- U.S. Virgin Islands Research and conservation: The portion of the pond not included within the National Wildlife Refuge should be managed to provide better cover and protection for wildlife. Source: Fred W. Sladen. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Perserverence Bay Pond (10) Location: 18°22’N, 64°59’W; on the south coast of St. Thomas, 6 km west of Charlotte Amalie. Area: 2.8 ha. Altitude: 1-2m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: An inland mangrove swamp and brackish marshes subject to seasonal flooding and drying out. Principal vegetation; Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: No information. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: Some illegal hunting. Waterfowl: Podilymbus podiceps, Anas bahamensis and Gallinula chloropus probably breed. Depending of the depth of the pond, the shallow sections often attract feeding Himantopus himantopus which may also breed. The wetland is used by a variety of migrants including Anas americana, A. discors, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes and Micropalama himantopus. Other fauna: No information. Threats: Disturbance from illegal hunting. Source: Robert L. Norton. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Mangrove Lagoon and Benner Bay (11) Location: 18°19’N, 64°52’W; on the southeast coast of St. Thomas, 7 km ESE of Charlotte Amalie. Area: 345 ha (including 40 ha of mangroves). Altitude: 0m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 01, 03, 06, 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow sea bay (Benner Bay), a saline lagoon, over 2m deep, with wide connection to the sea (Mangrove Lagoon), and several offshore cays including Bovoni, Patricia and Cas Cays; with extensive mangrove swamps, intertidal mudflats and beds of sea grasses. The mangrove swamps and beds of sea grasses have been much reduced by shoaling and pollution. Mangrove Lagoon has a salinity of about 42 p.p.t., and is subject to periodic flooding and drying out. Principal vegetation: Beds of sea grasses, and mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans, Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Privately owned. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government, but there is little real enforcement. Land use: The wetland was little disturbed until the late 1960s, but there is now a considerable amount of development and pollution in the area, and parts of the wetland have been filled. Waterfowl: An important area for a wide variety of breeding, passage and wintering waterfowl. Breeding species include Nyctanassa violacea, Egretta caerulea, E. tricolor, E. thula, E. alba, Ardea herodias, Anas bahamensis, Rallus longirostris, Charadrius wilsonius, C. vociferus and Himantopus himantopus. Pelecanus occidentalis is a common non-breeding visitor. Common passage migrants and winter visitors include Anas discors, Charadrius semipalmatus, Tringa melanoleuca, T. flavipes, Actitis macularia, Arenaria interpres, Calidris pusilla, Micropalama himantopus and Larus atricilla. -593- U.S. Virgin Islands Other fauna: The White-crowned Pigeon Columba leucocephala is a resident breeder and Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and Ceryle alcyon occur on passage and in winter. The area was formerly a very important nursery ground for many species of fishes and is still important for juvenile sea turtles, Spiny Lobster Panulirus argus and Tarpon Megalops atlantica. There are some good quality patch and fringing coral reefs offshore. Threats: The wetlands are under threat from a variety of sources, and much of the area has already been seriously degraded. The principal threats include: pollution of various kinds; filling and dredging for marina development; nutrient-rich run-off from an overloaded and malfunctioning sewage treatment plant; sewage from boats anchored in Benner Bay; the dumping of rubbish including old automobiles; and increased sedimentation as a result of erosion on nearby slopes. Research and conservation: Norton has conducted a number of waterfowl surveys, and Raffaele has recently published a bird list for the area. Baker identified Mangrove Lagoon and Benner Bay as a priority area for protection, and the wetlands have been included in a larger area proposed as a National Marine Sanctuary. However, a cleaning up operation would be necessary to restore the seriously disturbed areas. References: Baker (1980); Raffaele (1983). Source: Robert L. Norton. Criteria for inclusion: 2c & 3a. Vessup Bay Pond (12) Location: 18°19’N, 64°51’W; near Red Hook, at the eastern end of St. Thomas. Area: 2.8 ha. Altitude: Im. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: A shallow coastal pond, up to 2m deep, with mangrove fringe, subject to periodic flooding from nearby upland areas. The beach ridge separating the pond from the bay has recently been broken, allowing free flow of bay water into the pond. Salinities range from almost fresh to hypersaline (38.7 p.p.t. in October 1983). Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamps with Avicennia germinans and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Owned by the Virgin Islands Port Authority, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. Land use: A major road runs the length of the pond, and there is a parking lot at one end. Waterfowl: A resting and feeding area for local populations of Podilymbus podiceps, Anas bahamensis, Gallinula chloropus and Himantopus himantopus. Migrants include Egretta caerulea, Ardea herodias, Anas discors and Aythya collaris. Other fauna: Ceryle alcyon occurs in winter. Threats: There are government plans to dredge the pond and promote marina development. Research and conservation: Some waterfowl surveys have been conducted by Norton. Source: Robert L. Norton. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Magen’s Bay Wetland (13) Location: 18°22’N, 65°55’W; 1 km north of Charlotte Amalie, St. Thomas. Area: 3.6 ha. Altitude: 1-2m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A brackish marsh with mangrove swamps, separated from the sea by a sand barrier and sandy beach. Principal vegetation: Mangrove swamp with Laguncularia racemosa and Rhizophora mangle. Land tenure: Government property (Magen’s Bay Authority). Protection: Under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government. -594- U.S. Virgin Islands Land use: Public recreation along the beach; development to the south. Waterfowl: An important area for resident Nyctanassa violacea, Butorides virescens and Gallinula chloropus; and a wintering area for Gallinago gallinago. Other fauna: A major wintering area for migrant passerines, and a roosting area for bats. There is a large colony of Cardisoma sp in the muddy substrate, and the eel Anguilla anguilla has been collected in the swamp. Threats: Development of surrounding areas, and the possible draining of the swamp as mosquito control. Research and conservation: Norton and colleagues have conducted annual bird censuses since 1977. The wetland is presently under the control of the Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs (DCCA) and Coastal Zone Management, and has been designated by the DCCA as an area of concern. Source: Robert L. Norton. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Mary Point Pond (14) Location: 18°22’N, 64°45’W; near Mary Point at the northernmost tip of St. John. Area: 4.8 ha. Altitude: 0-1m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 04, 05, 07 & 08. Site description: A slightly brackish pond, over 1m deep, with muddy shoreline, fringing mangrove swamps and brackish marshes; and nearby sandy beaches and rocky shores. The pond is subject to periodic flooding and drying out. Principal vegetation: Red Mangroves Rhizophora mangle; secondary forest and scrub with many introduced species in surrounding areas. Land tenure: Owned by the U.S. National Park Service. Protection: Within the Virgin Islands National Park (3,644 ha of land and 2,429 ha of sea) established in 1956, and designated a Biosphere Reserve (6,127 ha) in 1976. Under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service in the Federal Government. Land use: Outdoor recreation; there is public access to a nearby beach and _ residential development in neighbouring areas. Extensive plantation agriculture in the past destroyed all the native terrestrial vegetation in the area. Waterfowl: Breeding birds include Podilymbus podiceps, Anas bahamensis, Rallus longirostris, a hybrid population of Fulica americana and F. caribaea, and Himantopus himantopus. Pelecanus occidentalis is a common non-breeding visitor, and several species of Ardeidae, Anas discors and a variety of shorebirds are common on passage and in winter. Other fauna: Pandion haliaetus, Falco peregrinus and Ceryle alcyon occur aswinter visitors. Threats: There is residential development in the area, and increased sedimentation as a result of nearby road improvements is causing problems. The introduced mongoose Herpestes auropunctatus poses a threat to breeding birds. References: IUCN (1982); Raffaele (1983). Source: Robert L. Norton. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. Other wetlands on St. John (15) Location: 18°20’N, 64°45’W; along the south coast and around Coral Bay, St. John. Area: Seven wetlands totalling 20.8 ha. Altitude: 0-2m. Province and type: 8.41.13; 07 & 08. Site description: Seven small brackish to saline ponds with mangrove swamps: Friis Bay Pond (0.4 ha); Grootpan Bay Pond (9.9 ha); Lameshur Bay Pond (0.8 ha); Calabash Boom Pond (0.4 ha); Europa Bay Pond (6.0 ha); Fortsberg Pond (1.9 ha); and Hart Bay Pond (1.4 ha). Most are 1-2m deep; salinities range from almost fresh (Lameshur Bay and Hart Bay) to 20-30 p.p.t. (Friis Bay and Europa Bay); all are subject to seasonal fluctuations in water level. -595- U.S. Virgin Islands Principal vegetation: All ponds have some mangroves, either Avicennia germinans or Rhizophora mangle or both. Land tenure: Grootpan Bay, Lameshur Bay and Europa Bay Ponds are owned by the National Park Service; Fortsberg Pond is privately owned; the ownership of the others is unknown. Protection: Grootpan Bay, Lameshur Bay and Europa Bay Ponds are within the Virgin Islands National Park (6,073 ha) established in 1956, and Biosphere Reserve (6,127 ha) established in 1976. The other ponds are under the jurisdiction of Coastal Zone Management, U.S. Virgin Islands Government, but there is little real enforcement. Land use: Hunting and bird-watching at ponds in the National Park. A road runs close to Friis Bay Pond and Fortsberg Pond, and there is residential development and road construction on the slopes above Hart Bay Pond. Waterfowl: Similar to Mary Point Pond (site 8). Other fauna: No information. Threats: Increased sedimentation from nearby road construction and/or housing developments is causing problems at all seven ponds, and there is some disturbance from domestic animals at Fortsberg Pond. Research and conservation: Shorebird and duck surveys have been carried out by Norton at all ponds except Friis Bay Pond. Source: Robert L. Norton. Criteria for inclusion: 3a. -596- BIBLIOGRAPHY a, . P3225 Princips! -shgetatios: All ponds Ravens germings Oe Rkisophard Geigic or Doth, saa Med yee 4 ig daed tenet Groomen Vay, Lamethur bay 40d Bares bay Poth or one Oy Park Sarva, Toftitery Mond ln-gutvaseiy Sweety the cwrnectiicy of thes attanen ae ‘Protection: Giomtpan May, Lametaen say and Evtopa Ray ore within t Natidnal Fark (647% ba) actabtished ja 1956, amd) dyesaltegh meh 1076. The pus ave wader the jarisdiction of Cham! Long iM beinnds pat eteckt Little reatiirfoccemeni, ~ “ Land 1 thd hd OTA, Congress of the United States, Washington D.C. Okuda, T. 1981. Inorganic and organic nitrogen contents in some coastal lagoons in Venezuela. In: Coastal lagoon research, present, future. UNESCO. Technical papers in marine science. Oldenburger, F.H.F., Norde, R. & Riezebos, T.H. 1973. Ecological investigations on the vegetation of the Sipaliwini-savanna area (Southern Suriname). Lab. of Phys. Geogr., Utrecht. -629- Bibliography Olivares, A. 1957. Aves de la costa del Pacifico, Municipio de Guapi, Colombia, II. Caldasia 8:33-93. ------------ 1959. Aves migratorias en Colombia. Rev. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. Exact. Fis. Nat. 10:371-442. ------------ 1964. Adiciones a las aves de la Comisaria del Vaupes (Colombia), I. Rev. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. Exact. Fis. Nat. 12:163-173. ------------ 1967. Aves de Cundinamarca. Univ. Nac. de Colombia. ------------ 1970. Effects on the environmental changes on the avifauna of the Republic of Colombia. In: The avifauna of Northern Latin America (Eds. H.K. Buecher & J.H. Buecher). Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. ------------ 1972. Aves de la Orinoquia colombiana. Univ. Nac. de Colombia, INC, ------------ 1973a. Las Ciconiiformes colombianas. Proyectos y Servicios, OFM. Sin Seseesseeac5 1973b. Aves de la Sierra Nevada del Cocoy. Rev. Acad. Colomb. Cienc. Exact. Fis. Nat. 14:39-48. Olivares, A. & Hernandez, J.I. 1961. Dos nuevas garzas para Colombia. Nov. Colomb. 1:424-426. ee & --------------- 1962. Aves de la Comisaria del Vaupes, Colombia. Rev. Biol. Trop. 10:61-90. Olrog, C.C. 1948. Observaciones sobre la avifauna de Tierra del Fuego y Chile. Act. Zool. Lilloana IX:505-532. ----------- 1950. Notas sobre mamiferos y aves del Archipiélago de Cabo de Hornos. Act. Zool. Lilloana IX:505-532. ----------- 1953. Sobre aves del noreste Argentino. Hornero 10:84-85. ----------- 1959. Las aves argentinas. Una guia de campo. Inst. Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. ----------- 1963. Lista y distribucion de las aves argentinas. Inst. Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. ----------- 1965. Diferencias en el ciclo sexual de algunas aves. Hornero 10:269-272. ----------- 1967. Observaciones sobre aves migratorias del Hemisferio Norte. Hornero ----------- 1968. Las aves sudamericanas. Una guia de campo. Tomo I. Inst. Miguel Lillo, Tucuman. ----------- 1979. Nueva lista de la avifauna argentina. Op. Lilloana 27:1-324. ----------- (en prensa). Las migraciones de aves en el cono sur de Sudamérica. II Congreso Iberoamericano de Ornitologia, Xalapa, México, Diciembre 1983. Olson, S.L. & Feduccia, A. 1980. Relationships and evolution of flamingos. Smiths. Cont. Zool. 316:1-73. Olson, S.L., James, H.F. & Meister, C.A. 1981. Winter field notes and specimen weights of Cayman Island birds. Bull. Brit. Orn. Cl. 101:339-346. O’Neill, J.P. 1978. Distributional notes on the birds of Peru, including twelve species previously unreported from the republic. Louisiana State Univ., Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. 37:1-11. O’Neill, J.P. & Pearson, D. 1974. Estudio preliminar de las aves de Yarinacocha, Departamento de Loreto, Peri. Publ. Mus. Hist. Nat. Javier Prado, Ser. A. Zool. 25:1-13. ONERN 1976. Mapa ecolégico del Pert. Guia explicativa. Oficina Nacional de Evaluacion de Recursos Naturales, Lima. ----- 1980. Inventario nacional de lagunas y represamientos (Segunda edicién). Oficina Nacional de Evaluacion de Recursos Naturales, Lima. ONERN & Direccién General de Infraestructura Turistica del Ministerio de Industria, Turismo e Integracioén 1983. Plan de ordenamiento ambiental para el desarrollo turistico. Sectores: Playa Hermosa, Puerto Pizarro y Playa Jeli. Departamento de Tumbes. Oficina Nacional de Evaluacién de Recursos Naturales, Lima. Orces, G. 1974. Notas acerca de la distribucidn geografica de algunas aves del Ecuador. Ciencia y Naturaleza. Inst. CCNN Univ. Central Ecuador, Vol. 15, No. 1. Orejas-Miranda, B.R. 1976. Uruguay and its national parks. XI Seminar on National Parks and equivalent reserves. Ortiz, F. 1977. Estudio de alternativas de manejo de la Reserva Cotacachi-Cayapas. Direccioén Desarrollo Forestal, Quito. --------- 1983. Ecuadorean wetlands: past, present and future, with special mention to waterfowl. Proc. IVRB Symposium, Edmonton, May 1982:127-132. -630- Bibliography Ortiz de la Puente, J. 1952. Los patos del Peri. Ministerio de Agricultura. Pesca y Caza 4:1-20. Osborne, D.R. & Bourne, G.R. 1977. Breeding behavior and food habits of the Wattled Jacana. Condor 79:98-105. Ospino, A. & Rivero, R.A. 1981. Informe de inspeccién efectuada a Boca de Caio. Estado Falcon, 20-24 Julio 1981. Informe Técnico Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre, MARNR. Sin publicar. Ottenwalder, J.A. 1973. Algunas sugerencias para la conservacién de nuestra fauna. Depto. Caza y Pesca, Santo Domingo. Ovando, J.A. 1982. Defender las cuencas. Proyecto original del Parque Nacional Tunari. En: Recursos Naturales y Ecologia. Ed. Portales, Cochabamba. Padua, M.T.A., Magnanini, A. & Mittermeier, R.A. 1974. Brazil’s National Parks. Oryx XII:452-464. Palerm, E. 1972. Presencia en el Uruguay del Chorlo Manchado Actitis macularia (L.) (Charadriiformes, Scolopacidae). Bol. Soc. Zool. Uruguay 2:7-8. ---------- 1976. Aves. En: Lista de las especies de vertebrados del Uruguay (Eds. A. Langguth et al). Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. y Fac. Hum. y Cien. (Depto. Zool. Vert.), Montevideo. ---------- 1977. Aves. En Sierra et al. Ecosistemas afectados por la construccién de la represa de Salto Grande. Sem. Medio Ambiente y Represas 1:108-116. Montevideo. Palmer, R.S. 1976. Handbook of North American Birds (3 Vols.). Yale Univ. Press, New Haven. Parker III, T.A. 1982. Observations of some unusual rainforest and marsh birds in Southeastern Peru. Wilson Bull. 94:477-493. Parker III, T.A., Parker, S.A. & Plenge, M. 1982. An annotated checklist of Peruvian birds. Buteo Books, Vermillion, South Dakota. Parkes, K.C. 1978. A review of the classification of the Ciconiiformes. In: Wading birds (Eds. A. Sprunt, J.C. Ogden & S. Winkler). Nat. Audubon Soc. Res. Report 7:7-15. Parmalee, D.F. & MacDonald, S.D. 1975. Recent observations on the birds of Isla Contramaestre and Isla Magdalena, Straits of Magellan. Condor 77:218-220. Parques Nacionales 1983. Lista de las aves del Parque Nacional de Iguazu (Argentina). Parrish, C. 1976. Informe sobre el Paramo de Tama, Caracas. Sin publicar. Partridge, W. 1954. Estudio preliminar sobre una colecci6én de aves de Misiones. Rev. Mus. Argentino Cienc. Nat. "Bernardino Rivadavia". Tomo III:87-153. ------------- 1956. Notes on the Brazilian Merganser in Argentina. Auk 73:473-488. Pasquier, R.F. 1982. Whose birds are they?. Nat. Conservancy News 32:12-15. Pastor, C. 1982. Inundaciones y torrencialidad: problema ecolégico. En: Recursos Naturales y Ecologia. Ed. Portales, Cochabamba. Paucar, M. & Reinoso, G. 1978. Estudio de alternativas de manejo y plan de ordenamiento de la Reserva Ecol6gica Cayambé-Coca. Universidad Central del Ecuador, Quito. Paynter, R.A. & Caperton, A.M.G. 1977. Ornithological Gazetteer of Paraguay. Harvard Univ. Paynter, R. & Taylor, M. 1977. Ornithological Gazetteer of Ecuador. Bird Division. Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago. Paz, H., Ferrer-Veliz, E. & Ron, N.T. 1975. Refugio de Fauna Estero de Chiriguaré. Fudeco. Pearson, D.L. 1971. Vertical stratification of birds in a tropical dry forest. Condor 73:46-55. ------------- 1972a. Un estudio de las aves de Limoncocha, provincia de Napo, Ecuador. Bol. Inf. Cient. Nac. Vol XIII, No. 103-104. ------------- 1972b. The birds of Limoncocha, Napo province, Ecuador. Compiled by D.L. Pearson. Instituto Lingilistico de Verano, Quito. ------------- 1975a. Range extension and new records for bird species in Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia. Condor 77:96-99. soeeeeocmecse 1975b. Un estudio de las aves de Tumi Chucud, Departamento del Beni, Bolivia. Pumapunku 8:50-57 ------------- 1980. Bird migration in Amazonian Ecuador, Peru and Bolivia. In: Migrant birds in the Neotropics, ecology and behavior (Eds. A. Keast & E.S. Morton). Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. -631- Bibliography ------------- 1982. Historical factors and bird species richness. In: Biological diversification in the Tropics (Ed. G.T. Prance). Columbia Univ. Press. Pearson, D.L. & Plenge, M.A. 1974. Puna bird species on the coast of Peru. Auk 91:626-631. Pearson, D.L., Tallman, D. & Tallman, E. 1977. The birds of Limoncocha. Instituto Lingiistico de Verano, Quito. Pena, G. 1970a. Descripcién de los gasterépodos de los manglares del Peri. Rev. Ans. Cient., Univ. Nac. Agraria, La Molina, IX. -------- 1970b. Biocenosis de los manglares peruanos. Rev. Ans. Cient., Univ. Nac. Agraria La Molina IX. Pefia, L.E. 1968. Aves observadas y colectadas en la Cordillera de Antofagasta. Not. Mens. MNHN 13:8-11. Pena Franjul, M. 1977. Laguna Saladilla. Zoodom Vol. I, No. 2, Santo Domingo. ---------------- 1978a. Laguna Salada. Zoodom Vol. I, No. 2, Santo Domingo. ---------------- 1978b. Ensayos ecoldgicos. Imp. Amigos del Hogar, Santo Domingo. Pena Franjul, M. et al. 1980. Recursos Naturales de la Laguna de Rincon. Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura, Departamento de Vida Silvestre, Santo Domingo. Sin publicar. Pefia, M.R. de la 1976. Aves de la provincia de Santa Fé. Castellvi S.A. Santa Fé. Pereyra, J.A. 1937. Viaje al paraiso de nuestras aves acuaticas. Hornero VI:466-476. ------------- 1938. Aves de la zona riberefa Nordeste de la provincia de Buenos Aires. Mem. Jard. Zool. La Plata Tomo IX:1-304. ------------- 1950. Las aves del territorio de Misiones. Ans. Mus. Nahuel Huapi Dr. F. Moreno. Peris, S., Peco, B. & Suarez, F. (en prensa). Informe preliminar sobre las aves del Bajo Chaco (Presidente Hayes, Paraguay). Univ. Nac. Informes Cientificos, Asuncién :000. Peterson, G. 1975. Historia maritima del Peri. Tomo I, Vol. I (Segunda edicién). Instituto de Estudios Histéricos Maritimos del Peru. Peterson, R.T. & Chalif, E.L. 1973. A Field Guide to Mexican Birds. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston. Petterson, V. 1977. Informe técnico sobre la Reserva Nacional de Junin. Sin publicar. Phelps Jr, W.H. 1975. Willet breeding in Los Roques Archipelago, Venezuela. Auk 92:164-165. --------------- 1979. Aves migratorias en Venezuela. En: Reunién Técnica sobre conservacion de animales migratorios del Hemisferio Occidental y sus ecosistemas. OEA, SG/ser. P/III.3, Panama. Phelps, W.H. & Phelps Jr, W.H. 1950. Las aves de las Islas Los Roques y las aves y descripcion de un nuevo canario de mangle. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. 76. ------------ & --------------- 1958. Lista de las aves de Venezuela con su distribucion. Tomo II, parte 1, no paseriformes. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. 19:1-317. Philippi, R.A. 1966. El pato de ala azul Anas discors, capturado por primera vez en Chile. Bol. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. 29:45-47. Phillips, A.R. 1970. Avifauna in Mexico. In: The avifauna of Northern Latin America (Eds. H.K. Buecher & J.H. Buecher). Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. -------------- 1980. Needs and prospects for conservation of birds in Mexico. In: The birds of Mexico. Their ecology and conservation (Eds. P.P. Schaeffer & S.M. Ehlers). Proc. Nat. Audubon Soc. Symposium, 1980. Pickard, G.L. 1971. Some physical oceanographic features of inlets in Chile. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Canada 28:1077-1106. Pinowski, J. & Morales, G. 1979. Kajmany Llanos Wenezueli. Wszech’swiat 4:74-76. ------------ & ----------- 1981. Aspectos ecolégicos de las aves de los Mddulos de Apuré. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. 139:67-78. Pinowski, J., Morales, G., Pacheco, J., Dobrowolski, K.A. & Pinowska, B. 1980. Estimation of the food consumption of the fisheating birds in the seasonally flooded savannas (llanos) of the Alto Apure, Venezuela. Bull. Polish Acad. Sci. CI II 28:163-170. Pinto, O.M.O. 1964. Ornitologia Brasilense (Vol. 1). Dept. Zool. Sec. Agricul. Indust. e Comer., Sao Paulo. Pisano, E. 1971. Estudio ecolégico preliminar del P.N. "Los Pingiinos" (Estrecho de Magallanes). Ans. Inst. Patagonia 2:76-92. Plenge, M.A. 1974. Notes on some birds in West-central Peru. Condor 76:326-330. -632- Bibliography -=---------= 1979. Type specimens of birds in the Museo de Historia Natural "Javier Prado", Lima, Peru. Louisiana State University. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool. 53:1-13. Poll, E. 1983. Plantas acudticas de la region el Estor, Izdbal. USAC, Guatemala. Sin publicar. Ponce, A. 1982. Ecuador’s active conservation program. Parks 6:7-10. Ponce, C.F. 1983. La conservacién de la flora y fauna silvestres en el Pert: problematica y acciones prioritarias a corto plazo. Boletin de Lima 26:64-74. Ponciano, I. 1982a. Proyecto de plan maestro para el manejo del Parque Nacional Lachua y del Area de Reserva de la Franja Transversal del Norte. Analisis Regional. INAFOR, Guatemala. Sin publicar. ------------ 1982b. Proyecto de plan maestro para el manejo del Parque Nacional Lachua. Analisis de la Unidad. INAFOR, Guatemala. Sin publicar. Pons, L.J. 1966. Geogenese en pedogenese in de Jong-Holocene kustvlakte van de drie Guianas. Tijdschr. Kon. Ned. Aardrijksk. Gen. 83:153-173. Pons, T.L. & Pons, L.J. 1975. Mangrove vegetation and soils along a more or less stationary part of the coast of Surinam, South America. Proc. Intern. Symposium on Biology and Management of Mangroves, Honolulu, 1974:548-560. Portecop, J. & Benito-Espinal, E. 1984a. Installation d’/xobrychus e. exilis (Gmelin) en Guadeloupe et a Marie-Galante (Petits-Antilles). L’Oiseau et la Revue Francaise d’Ornithologie Vol.54, No.2. --------------------------------- 1984b. Etude de la flore et de la faune aviare des ilets du Grand Cul-de-Sac Marin (Guadeloupe). Unpublished. Post, W. 1981. Biology of the Yellow-shouldered Blackbird Agelaius xanthomus on the tropical island. Bull. Florida State Mus., Biol. Sci. 26:125-202. Post, W. & Wiley, J.W. 1976. The Yellow-shouldered Blackbird, present and future. American Birds 30-13-20. -------- & ----------- 1977. Reproductive interactions of the Shiny Cowbird and the Yellow-shouldered Blackbird, Condor 79:176-184. Powers, J.E. & Bowes, A.L. 1967. Elimination of fish in the Giant Grebe Refuge, Lake Atitlan, Guatemala, using the fish toxicant, antimycin. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 96:210-213. Primera Reunion Nacional sobre la Fauna y su Habitat 1973. Montevideo 1973. Inst. Nac. Pres. Medio Ambiente (Comisién de Fauna, Flora y Paisaje). Vols. I y II. Proctor, G.R. 1980. Vegetation of Little Cayman. Atoll Research Bull. No. 241, Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. Prosser Goodall, R.N. 1979. Tierra del Fuego. Ed. Shanamaum, Buenos Aires. Puerto Rico Department of Natural Resources 1981. Proposal for the management of a fish and wildlife refuge in the Mandry Lagoons, Humacao, Puerto Rico. Division of Coastal Resources, Fish and Wildlife Planning. Puerto Rico Natural History Society 1980. Pterocarpus Swamp Forest National Monument Proposal. Document prepared for U.S. House of Representatives, Interior Subcommittee. San Juan. Pulgar Vidal, J. 1982. Las riquezas y recursos naturales susceptibles a ser aprovechadas o recuperadas con especial referencia a la puna baja en torno a San Juan de Pari. Informe a ELECTROPERU. Sin publicar. Pulido, V. 1982a. Las Lagunas de Mejia - Arequipa. Perspectivas para el manejo de la flora y fauna silvestres. Boletin de Lima 24:61-72. ------------ 1982b. Importancia de la conservaciOn de las zonas himedas para las aves migratorias en el Peru. Sin publicar. ------------ 1983a. Evaluacién de Lagunas de Mejia. En: Intervencién en captura y anillaje de "Playero blanco". INFOR, Lima. ------------ 1983b. Conclusiones sobre experiencias censales en dos lagunas costeras y una laguna altoandina del Peri. Univ. Nac. Agraria, Lima. ------------ (en prensa-a). Perspectivas para la conservacién de las aves en las Lagunas de Mejia - Pert. Boletin de Lima :000. ' ------------ (en prensa-b). Consideraciones para la conservacién de las aves en las Lagunas de Mejia, Peri. IJ Congreso Iberoamericano de Ornitologia, Xalapa, Diciembre 1983. Pulido, V. & Gutiérrez, R. 1980. Evaluacién y delimitacién de las Lagunas de Mejia. Ministerio de Agricultura. Sin publicar. -633- Bibliography Bo ten HH----- & ------------- 1982. Informe para el establecimiento de una unidad de conservacion en los manglares de Tumbes, Pert. Ministerio de Agricultura, INFOR, Lima. . Pulido, V. & Yockteng, C. 1983. Conservacién de la fauna del Bosque Nacional de Tumbes, con especial referencia al mono coto de Tumbes. IX Congreso Latinoamericano de Zoologia, Arequipa. . Purdy, P.C. 1981. Status and management needs of migratory game birds in the Central American region. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. and Nat. Resour. Conf. 46:80-84. . Putney, A.D. 1976. Estrategia preliminar para la conservacién de 4reas silvestres sobresalientes del Ecuador. UNDP/FAO-ECU. mo ween -------- 1978. A strategy for marine conservation in the wider Caribbean. IUCN/WWE Project 1462. Unpublished. Bo tao e-------- 1982. Survey of conservation priorities in the Lesser Antilles: final report. Caribbean Conservation Association, Caribbean Environment Technical Report No. 1. . Putney, A.D., Butler, G., Edwards, S. & James, A. 1983. Background information on the proposed Cabrits National Park (Dominica). Draft report. Eastern Caribbean Natural Area Management Programme and National Park Service, Ministry of Agriculture, Dominica. Unpublished. » Quirés, R., Delfino, R., Cuch, S. & Merello, R. 1983. Diccionario geografico de ambientes acuaticos continentales de la Republica Argentina. Parte I: Ambientes lénticos. Inst. Nac. de Investigacién y Desarrollo Pesquero. Depto. de Aguas Continentales. . Raffaele, H.A. 1975. Research on Puerto Rico waterfowl. Annual Performance Report 1974-1975, W-8-18. Puerto Rico Dept. of Nat. Res. Unpublished. Bo woe ne === ----- 1979a. Critical wildlife areas of Puerto Rico. Division of Fish and Wildlife Planning, Dept. of Natural Resources, Puerto Rico. Bo teen -n-------- 1979b. Status of the genus Phalacrocorax in Puerto Rico including the first record of P. auritus. Auk 96:204-206. Bo wenn n-------- 1983. A guide to the birds of Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. Fondo Educativo Interamericano Incorporado. 2 Raffaele, H.A., Vélez, M.J., Cotte, R., Wheelan, J.I., Keil, E.R. & Cumpiano, W. 1977. Animales raros y en peligro de extincién en Puerto Rico (Segunda edicién). Depto. Rec. Nat. de Puerto Rico y Serv. Conserv. Suelos. Depto. de Agricultura Fed. 2 Rai, H. 1978. Chlorophyll pigments in the central Amazon lake ecosystems. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 20:1192-1197. a ------- 1979. Microbiology of central Amazon lakes. Amazonia 6:583-593. =» Rai, H. & Hill, G. 1981. Observations on heterotrophic activity in Lago Janauari: a Ria/Varzea lake of Central Amazon. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 21. . Ralph, C.P. & Chaplin, S.J. 1973. Some birds of Island Punta Arenas, Pacific Coast, Colombia. Condor 75:357-358. . Ramcharan, E.K. 1980. Floral history of Nariva Swamp, Trinidad. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of the West Indies, St. Augustine. Bo wn o nn ---------- 1984. Inventory of the living resources of Trinidad. Part II. The Flora. Project report, Inst. Marine Affairs, Trinidad. Unpublished. 2 Ramcharan, E.K., de Souza, C. & ffrench, R. 1983. Wetlands Project in Trinidad. Institute of Marine Affairs. Unpublished. . Ramdial, B.S. 1972. The importance of Forest Reserves and Wildlife Sanctuaries in Trinidad and Tobago. Government Printery, Trinidad. a ------------- 1975. The social and economic importance of the Caroni Swamp in Trinidad and Tobago. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Michigan. Bo teen ------ 1980. The social and economic importance of the Caroni Mangrove Swamp Forests. Unpublished. 2 Ramia, M. 1967. Tipos de sabanas en los Llanos de Venezuela. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. 27:264-288. B -oHH----- 1974. Estudio ecolégico del Médulo experimental de Mantecal (Alto Apuré). Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. XXXI. 2 Ramia, M. & Morales, G. 1978. El estero llanero. Natura 63:36-40. a Ramo, C. & Ayarzagiiena, J. 1983. Fauna Llanera, apuntes sobre su morfologia y ecologia. Cuadernos Lagoven, Venezuela. Py Ramo, C. & Busto, B. 1982a. Notes on the breeding of the Chestnut-bellied Heron (Agamia agami) in Venezuela. Auk 99:784. -634- Bibliography -------- & --------- 1982b. Son Eudocimus ruber y E.albus distintas especies?. Dofana Acta Vert. 9:404-408. -------- & --------- 1983. Censo aéreo de Eudocimus ruber y otras aves acuaticas. Informe preliminar. Sin publicar. -------- & --------- (en prensa). Garceros de los Llanos de Venezuela. XXIX Reunion Anual del IWRB, La Rabida, Mayo 1983. Ramos, S., Daniellewski, S. & Colomine, G. 1981. Contribucién a la ecologia de vertebrados acuaticos en esteros y bajios de sabanas moduladas. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. 139:79-104. Rappole, J.H., Morton, E.S., Lovejoy III, T.E. & Ruos, J.L. 1983. Nearctic avian migrants in the Neotropics. FWS, US Dept. of the Interior, Washington D.C. Rare and Endangered Species Committee 1973. Rare and endangered animals of Puerto Rico, a committee report. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Soil Conservation Service & Dept. Nat. Res. Commonwealth of Puerto Rico. Rathbun, G.B., Powell, J.A. & Cruz, G. 1983. Status of the West Indian Manatee in Honduras. Biol. Conserv. 26:301-308. Rathbun, G.B., Woods, C.A. & Ottenwalder, J.A. 1982. Status of the manatee (Trichechus manatus) in Haiti. Unpublished. Rau, J.A. 1980. Fluctuacién estacional de (Cygnus melancoryphus) (Molina) en Puerto Natales (Ultima Esperanza, XII Region Magallanes. Not. Mens. MNHN, 24:3-4. Rebelo, G.H. & Magnusson, W.E. 1983. An analysis of the effect of hunting on Caiman crocodilus and Melanosuchus niger based on the sizes of confiscated skins. Biol. Conserv. 26:95-104. Reeson, P.H. 1972. An ecological study of a coastal lagoon (in Jamaica). M. Sc. thesis, Zool. Dept., Univ. of West Indies. Reijne, A. 1960. On the contribution of the Amazon River to the accretion of the coast of Surinam. Geologie en Mijnbouw 40:219-226. Remsen Jr, J.V. 1977. Five bird species new to Colombia. Auk 94:363. --------------- 1980. Additions to the avifauna of Bolivia. Condor 82:69-75. Remsen Jr, J.V. & Bejarano, G. (undated). Checklist of the birds of Bolivia. Unpublished. Remsen Jr, J.V. & Parker III, T.A. (in press). Contribution of river-created habitats to Amazonian bird species richness. Biotropica :000. Remsen Jr, J.V. & Traylor, M.A. 1983. Additions to the avifauna of Bolivia. Part 2. Condor 85:95-98. Renssen, T.A. 1974a. Twelve bird species new for Surinam. Ardea 62:118-122. ------------- 1974b. New breeding records from Surinam. Ardea 62:123-127. Reynolds, R. 1953. Sobre nidificacioén del Chorlo de Magallanes. Hornero 10:90-92. Ribera, M.O. & Hanagarth, W. 1982. Aves de la region altoandina de la Reserva Nacional Ulla Ulla. En: Ecologia en Bolivia. Instituto de Ecologia, La Paz. Richardson, W.J. 1976. Autumn migration over Puerto Rico and the western Atlantic: a radar study. Ibis 118:309-332. Ridgely, R.S. 1976. A Guide to the Birds of Panama. (Ist edition). Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton. ------------- 1980. Notes on some rare or previously unrecorded birds in Ecuador. (With additional information on identification and habitat). American Birds, May 1980:242-248. Ridgely, R.S. & Wilcove, D.S. 1979. First nesting record of Gray-hooded Gull from Ecuador. Condor 81:438-439. Riezebos, H.T. 1979. Geomorphology and soils of Sipaliwini Savanna (South Suriname). Thesis, R.U. Utrecht. Rincon, R.R. (s.f.). Lista de las plantas de las Lagunas de Volcan, Chiriqui. Sin publicar. Rincon, R.R. & Mendoza, R.E. 1984. Estudio taxonémico y morfologico de los manglares de Panama. Revista Natura 4, No. 1:1-16. Rios, M. 1974. Bases para el establecimiento de una unidad de conservacion en la Reserva Nacional de Paracas. Tesis para optar al titulo de Ingeniero Forestal, Univ. Nac. Agraria, La Molina, Lima. Rios, M. & Dourojeanni, M. 1972. Proposicién para la creacién de un Santuario Nacional en la Peninsula de Paracas (Ica, Peru). Univ. Nac Agraria, Dir. General y de Caza, Lima. Ripley, S.D. 1977. Rails of the world. M.F. Fehely, Toronto. -635- Bibliography Rivera Concha, C. 1977. Informe técnico para establecer la Reserva Nacional del Titicaca. Ministerio de Agricultura, Lima. Riveros, G.M. 1979. Avifauna del Parque Nacional "Laguna San Rafael", Aysen. Bol. Ornit. 11:17-24. Riveros, G.M., Serey, I. & Drouilly, P. 1981. Estructura y diversidad de la comunidad de aves acuaticas de la Laguna "El Peral", Chile Central. Ans. Mus. Hist. Nat. Valparaiso 14:189-196. Robertson Jr, W.B. 1962. Observations on the birds of St. John, Virgin Islands. Auk 79:44-76. Rocha, O., Matsumura-Tundisi, T. & Tundisi, J.G. 1982. Seasonal fluctuation of Argyrodiaptomus furgatus populations in Lobo Reservoir (Sao Carlos, S.P. - Brasil). Trop. Ecol. 23:134-150. Rodriguez, C. 1977. Distribuci6én espacial del zooplancton en pequejia escala en la Laguna de Tacarigua. Sin publicar. Rodriguez, D. & Alarcon, C. (en prep.). Estudio ecolégico preliminar de los manglares del Parque Nacional Laguna de Tacarigua. MARNR. DSVF. Division de Vegetacién. Rodriguez, F. 1981. Analisis floristico y estructural de las comunidades vegetales del biotopo de Avellana, Monterrico. Tesis Ing. Ag., USAC, Guatemala. Rodriguez, G. 1973. El Sistema de Maracaibo. Inst. Venezolano Invest. Cient., Caracas. Sin publicar. Rodriguez, J.V. 1982. Aves del Parque Nacional Natural Los Katios, Antioquia-Choco, Colombia. INDERENA, Bogota. Roe, N.A. & Rees, W.E. 1979. Notes on the puna avifauna of Azangaro Province, Department of Puno, Southern Peru. Auk 96:475-482. Rogel, A.C. 1983. Ver Bahena, A.C.R. 1983. ----------- (en prensa). Comportamiento de la colonia reproductora de Flamencos. Yucatan 1982. XXIX Reunion Anual del IWRB, La Rabida, Mayo 1983. Rolle, F.Y. 1966. Notes on the birds from some West Indian Islands. Stahlia Misc. Pap. 7:1-4, Rommy, H.M. 1975. Planned change and organization development with special reference to agricultural development in Suriname. Reading. Rooth, J. 1965. The Flamingos on Bonaire (Netherlands Antilles), habitat, diet and reproduction of Phoenicopterus ruber ruber. Uitgaven, Natuurwetenschappelijke Studiekring voor Suriname en der Nederlandse Antillen, Utrecht 41:1-151. --------- 1975. Caribbean Flamingos in a man-made habitat. In: Flamingos (Eds. J. Kear & N. Duplaix-Hall). T. & A.D. Poyser Ltd., Berkhamsted. --------- 1976. Ecological aspects of the flamingos on Bonaire. Stinapa No. 11:16-32. --------- 1982. A manmade breeding sanctuary for flamingos on Bonaire, Netherlands Antilles. In; Managing wetlands and their birds (Ed. D.A. Scott). IWRB, Slimbridge. Rossignol, M. 1972. Etude d’un marais de la Guyane Francaise: le Marais Sarcelle. Biologie, ecologie des crevettes (Penaeus aztecus subtilis) (formes juveniles). Rapport multigr. Centre ORSTOM de Cayenne. Rottmann, J. & Benoit, I. 1983. Cartilla para cazadores 1983. Corp. Nacional Forestal, Min. Agricultura. Rottmann, J. & Glade, A. 1973. Aves observadas en la Reserva Pefiuelas. Bol. Ornit. 5:1-5. Roux, F., Maheo, R. & Tamisier, A. 1976. The role of environmental factors on three species of resident and migratory ducks wintering in a tropical zone. C.R. Hebd. Seances Acad. Sci. D. Sci. Nat. 283:975-978. Rozenberg, L.S. (s.f.). Proyecto para la creaci6n de un drea protegida en la Laguna de las Perdices, Pcia. de Buenos Aires, Argentina. Sin publicar. Rubinoff, I. 1970. The sea-level canal controversy. Biol. Conserv. 3:33-36. Ruiz Diaz Riveros, C.W., Vidal, R., Moreno, H., Villamayor, R., Gutiérrez, A., Thelen, K.D., Meza, P., Meza, J. & Ferreira, B. 1973. Plan de manejo y desarrollo conceptual del Parque Nacional Ybycui. Comisién de Parques Nacionales de Paraguay, Asuncion. Ruiz, G. 1979. Fundamentos y programa de manejo para uso publico del Parque Nacional Manu. Tesis para optar al titulo de Ingeniero Forestal. Univ. Nac. Agraria, La Molina, Lima. Rumboll, M. 1974. Una nueva especie de Maca Comun. Mus. Argentino Cienc. Nat. "Bernardino Rivadavia" IV:33-35. -636- Bibliography ----------- 1975. Notas sobre Anseriformes. El Cauquén de cabeza colorada (Chloephaga rubidiceps), una nota de alarma. Hornero 11:315-316. Russell, S.M. & Lamm, D.W. 1978. Notes on the distribution of birds in Sonora, Mexico. Wilson Bull. 90:123-131. Ryder, R.A. 1978. Breeding distribution, movements and mortality of Snowy Egrets in North America. In: Wading Birds (Eds. A. Sprunt IV, J.C. Ogden & S. Winckler). Res. Rep. No. 7:197-205. Rylands, A. & Mittermeier, R. 1983. Parks, reserves and primate conservation in Brazilian Amazonia. Oryx 17:78-87. Saenger, P., Hegerl, E.J. & Davie, J.D.S. 1983. Global status of mangrove ecosystems. The Environmentalist 3, Suppl. No. 3. SAG 1981. Refugio Nacional de Fauna, Lago Budi. Proyecto Comunal Conservacion de la Fauna. Ser. Agric. Ganadero, Club Vida Silvestre Rucapangui y Club de Caza Pto. Saavedra. Salcedo, R. et al. 1983. Atlas de diagramas climdticos de la Reptblica Dominicana. Departamento de Vida Silvestre. Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura, Santo Domingo. Sin publicar. Salvador, S.A. 1983. La avifauna en Villa Maria y sus alrededores. Esc. V. Mercante. V. Maria, Cordoba. Sanjurjo, M. 1976. Contribucion al estudio ecoldgico del Paraguay. Formaciones vegetales del drea norte de la regién oriental. Rev. Soc. Cientifica del Paraguay 16:111-134. Santos Gollan, J. 1951. Un refugio de aves acuaticas, el Parque Nacional Laguna Blanca. Hornero [X:281-287. Sauer, J.D. 1982. Cayman Islands: Seashore vegetation. Geography Vol. 25. Univ. of California Press. Saunders, G.B. & Saunders, D.C. 1981. Waterfowl and their wintering grounds in Mexico, 1937-64. FWS, U.S. Department of Interior, Res. Publ. 138. Schade, F. & Pallares, R.M. 1967. Las aves del Paraguay. I parte. Rev. Parag. Microbiol. 2:72-85. ---------- & -------------- 1968. Las aves del Paraguay. II parte. Rev. Parag. Microbiol. 3:86-105. Schaeffer, P.P. & Ehlers, S.M. (Eds.) 1980. Proceedings of the National Audubon Society’s Symposium on the birds of Mexico, their ecology and conservation. Nat. Audubon Soc. Schafer, E. & Phelps, W.H. 1954. Las aves del Parque Nacional Henri Pittier (Rancho Grande) y sus funciones ecolégicas. Bol. Soc. Cien. Nat. 83:3-167. Schlatter, R.P. 1975. Notas sobre aves observadas en la Laguna "El Peral" cerca del balneario San Sebastian, prov. de Santiago. Bol. Ornit. 7. ~-------------- 1976a. Contribucién a la ornitologia de la provincia de Aysen. Bol. --------------- 1976b. Proyecto: Santuarios de la Naturaleza e Investigacion Cientifica en las regiones pantanosas e inundadas (zonas humedas) de los alrededores de la ciudad de Valdivia. Unpublished. --------------- 1984. Catalogo de las aves de Chile, sintesis actualizada sobre su status y distribucién. UACH. Sin publicar. --------------- 1984. The status and conservation of seabirds in Chile. In: The Status and Conservation of the World’s Seabirds (Eds. J.P. Croxall, P.G.H. Evans & R.W. Schneider). ICBP Tech. Publ. No.2, Cambridge. Schlatter, R.P., Aldridge, D.K., Romero, M.M. & Hofmann, M.E. 1983. Ecological studies of Chilean Ducks. Proc. IVRB Symposium, Edmonton, May 1982; 133-137. Schlatter, R.P. & Morales, J. 1980. Situacioén del Aguila Pescadora, (Pandion haliaetus carolinensis) (Gmelin) en Chile, con especial referencia a Valdivia. Medio Ambiente 4:18-22. Schmidt, G.W. 1973. Primary production of phytoplankton in the three types of Amazonian waters II. The limnology of a tropical flood plain lake in central Amazonia (Lago de Castanho). Amazoniana 4:139. Schneider, A. & Sick, H. 1962. Sobre a distribuicao de algumas aves do sudeste do Brasil segundo colecoes do Museu Nacional, Rio de Janeiro. Bol. Mus. Nac. Zool. 239. Schneider, D. & Mallory, E.P. 1982. Spring migration of shorebirds in Panama. Condor 84:344-345. -637- Bibliography 2 Scholl, D.W., Craighead, F.C. & Stuiver, M. 1969. Florida submergence curve revised, its relation to coastal sedimentation rates. Science. 2 Schreiber, R.W., Belitsky, D.W. & Sorrie, B.A. 1981. Notes on Brown Pelicans in Puerto Rico. Wilson Bull. 93:397-400. = Schulenberg, T.S. 1980. A Franklin’s Gull (Larus pipixcan) in Southeastern Peru. Le Gerfaut 70:403-404. 2 Schulenberg, T.S. & Parker III, T.A. 1981. Status and distribution of some Northwest Peruvian birds. Condor 83:209-216. . Schulz, J.P. 1954. Vergelijkend literatuuronderzoek inzake de ecologische consequenties van het Combinatienplan Suriname rivier. Natuurwetensch. Studiekring voor Suriname & de Nederl. Antillen. mo ------------ 1967. Levensgemeenschappen van de kuststrook van Suriname. Stichting Natuurbehoud Suriname, Paramaribo. Bo toner n----- 197la. Nature preservation in Suriname. Verhandeling nr. 2. Stichting Natuurbehoud Suriname, Paramaribo. mo tne -------- 1971b. Wettelijke regelingen natuurbescherming: natuurreservaten en jacht. *s Lands Bosbeheer - Opleidingen, Paramaribo. Bo wae HHH - === 1975. Sea turtles nesting in Surinam. Zool. Verh., Leiden 143:1-143. mo o------------ 1976a. Instelling bijzonder beheersgebied estuariene kuststrook; nota over de bestemming van de zoute en brakke kuststrook in Suriname op oecologische grondslag. *s Lands Bosbeheer, Paramaribo. Unpublished. Bo oH --------- 1976b. Natuur toerisme en natuurbehoud. Mededeling 3, Stichting Natuurbehoud Suriname, Paramaribo. 2 Schulz, J.P., Mittermeier, R.A. & Reichart, H.A. 1977. Wildlife in Surinam. Oryx XI1V:133-144. : Schwartz, A. & Klinikowski, R.F. 1963. Observations on West Indian birds. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 115:53-77. mo ------------ & ----------------- 1965. Additional observations on West Indian birds. Notulae Naturae 376:1-16. 2 Scolaro, J.A., Ares, J.O., Alessandria, E., Estecondo, S., Ghersa, C., Gomez, M., Hoffmeyer, M., Orozco Storni, M.S., Perez, A. & Zavatti, J. 1981. El Pingiiino de Magallanes (Spheniscus magellanicus). VIII. Aspectos de la dinamica de su poblacién en Punta Tombo, Chubut. Hist. Nat. 2:5-20. » Scott, D.A. 1980. A Preliminary Inventory of Wetlands of International Importance for Waterfowl in West Europe and Northwest Africa. IWVRB Special Publication No. 2. IWRB, Slimbridge. Bo we -------- 1982a. Wetlands and waterfowl in South America: A continental perspective. IWRB 28th Ann. Meeting, Edmonton, May 1982. mB ----------- (Ed.) 1982b. Managing wetlands and their birds. IVRB, Slimbridge. . Scott Jr, N.J. 1984. The biology of the resident ducks of the Marismas Nacionales, Mexico, and adjacent areas, and recommendations for their management. Unpublished. . Scott Jr, N.J. & Reynolds, R.P. 1984. Phenotypic variation of the Mexican Duck Anas platyrhynchos diazi in Mexico. Condor 86:266-274. al Scott, P. 1977. Coloured key to the wildfowl of the wotd. W.R. Royle. London. a Scura, A. & Carpi, I. 1981. Parque Nacional Laguna de la Restinga - Plan Conceptual. Univ. Central de Venezuela e INPARQUES. . Sedgwick, J.A. 1977. Research on Puerto Rico waterfowl. Annual Performance Report 1976-1977, W-8-20. Puerto Rico Dept. Nat. Res. 2 Seijas, A.E. 1984. Estudio faunistico preliminar de la Reserva de Fauna Silvestre de las Ciénagas de Juan Manuel, Aguas Blancas y Aguas Negras, Estado Zulia. Serie Inf. Técnicos DGSIIA/IT/147. =» Seijas, A., Caballero, L. & Ochoa, J. 1981. Refugio de Fauna Silvestre de Cuare, Informe de Avance. Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre. MARNR. . Seijas, A. & Ramos, S. 1980. Caracteristicas de la dieta de la baba (Caiman crocodilus) durante la estacién seca en las sabanas moduladas del Estado de Apuré, Venezuela. Acta Biol. Venezolana 10:373-389. 2 Seliger, H.H. & Carpenter, J.H. 1970. Mechanism for the accumulation of high concentration of Dinoflagellates in a bioluminescent bay. Limnology & Oceanography 15:234-245. -638- Bibliography Seliger, H.H. & Fastie, W.G. 1967. Studies on a bioluminescent Bay III. Measurements of underwater sunlight spectra with a Double Beam Photoelectric Spectrometer. Seliger, H.H. & McElroy, W.D. 1967. Studies on a bioluminescent Bay. I. Bioluminesce intensity patterns in situ. SEMA/SAP 1982. Catalogo nacional das instituicoes que atuam na area do meio ambiente. Min. do Int., Brasilia. Senner, S.E. & Howe, M.A. (in prep.). Conservation of Nearctic shorebirds. Serna, M.A. 1980. Catalogo de Aves. Museo de Historia Natural, Medellin. ----------- 1984. Avifauna parcial de la Guajira. Museo de Historia Natural, Medellin. Serrano, P. (en prensa). Ecologia de las anatidas de la Reserva Altoandina de Ulla-Ulla, Bolivia. XXIX Reunié6n Anual del IWRB, La Rabida, Mayo 1983. Serrano, P. & Cabot, J. 1982. Las aves de la Reserva Nacional de Ulla Ulla. Con comentarios sobre la abundancia y distribucién de las especies. Ministerio de Asuntos Campesinos y Agropecuarios. Ministerio de Industria, Comercio y Turismo. Instituto Nacional de Fomento Lanero. Serie EE 42:1-16. Sevenhuijsen, R.J. 1977. Irrigatie uit een moeras. Een hydrologische studie van de nannizwamp in Suriname. (Dissertatie) Landbouwhoge-school, Wageningen. SFN 1982. Guia de algunos vertebrados del Parque Nacional de Ybycui. Min. Agr. y Ganad., Asuncion. Sherer, P. 1980. Aves do Parana. Zoo-Botanica Mario Nardelli Ed. Short, L.L. 1975. Zoogeographic analysis of the South American Chaco Avifauna. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 154. ----------- 1976. Notes on a collection of birds from the Paraguayan Chaco. Amer. Mus. Novitates 2597. Sibley, F.C., Barrowclough, G.F. & Sibley, C.G. 1980. Notes on the birds of Honduras. Wilson Bull. 92:125-126. Sick, H. 1962. Die Buntschnepfe, MNycticryphes semicollaris in Brasilien. J. Orn. 103:102-107. -------- 1967. "Bico-de-ferro" - overlooked Seedeater from Rio de Janeiro (Sporophila, Fringillidae, Aves). An. Acad. Brasileira de Ciencias 39:307-314. -------- 1968. Hennenfedrige Rasse eines Pfaffchen aus Brasilien: Sporophila bouvreuil crypta subsp.nov. Beitr. Neotrop. Fauna 5:153-159. Sick, H. & Pabst, L.F. 1968. As aves do Rio de Janeiro. Arg. Mus. Nac. Rio de Janeiro 53:99-160. Sick, H. & Teixeira, D.M. 1979. Notas sobre aves brasileiras raras on ameacadas de extincao. Publ. Avulsas Mus. Nac. No. 62. Siegel, A. 1983. Birds of Montserrat. Montserrat National Trust, Montserrat. Sielfeld, W.H. 1977. Reconocimiento marino faunistico y terrestre en el area de Serro Ponsonby (Isla Hoste). Ans. Inst. Patagonia 8:275-296. Silva, F. 1982. Marreca: dentro d’agua sem se molhar. Natureza em Revista No. 9:51-58. Silva, F. & Voss, W.A. 1977. Pequeno guia de identificacao dos animais de caca do Rio Grande do Sul. Fund. Zoobot. Rio Grande do Sul, Publ. Avulsas No 3, Porto Alegre, Brasil. Silva, J.F. 1975. Encuesta para la determinacion del nivel de purificacién requerido en el Lago de Amatitlan. USAC, Guatemala. Sin publicar. Sioli, H. 1964. General features of the limnology of Amazonia. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 15:1053-1058. --------- 1965. Amazonian tributaries and drainage basins. In: Coupling of land and water systems (Ed. A.D. Hasler). Slud, P. 1976. Geographic and climatic relationships of avifaunas with special reference to comparative distribution in the Neotropics. Smiths. Contributions Zool. No. 212. Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. Smith, N.J.H. 1979. Aquatic turtles of Amazonia: An endangered resource. Biol. Conserv. 17:165-176. wo----------- 1980-81. Caimans, capybaras, otters, manatees, and man in Amazonia. Biol. Conserv. 19:177-187. Snyder, D.E. 1966. The birds of Guyana. Peabody Museum, Salem. Spaans, A.L. 1973. Pleidooi voor de aanwijzing van het Coroniezwamp (districten Coronie en Nickerie) als natuurreservaat. Unpublished. Se 1974. De ornithologische rijkdom van de modderkust van Suriname. Natuur en Landschap 28:316-328. -639- Bibliography mo ono ------- 1975a. On the present breeding status of the Scarlet Ibis Eudocimus ruber along the North-eastern coast of South America. Biol. Conserv. 7:245-253. go o------------ 1975b. The status of the Wood Stork, Jabiru, and Maguari Stork along the Surinam coast, South America. Ardea 63:116-130. Bo wn---------- 1976. Molt of flight and tail feathers of the Least Sandpiper in Suriname, South America. Bird-Banding 47:359-364. mo tee - == === 1978a. Status and numerical fluctuations of some North American waders along the Suriname coast. Wilson Bull. 90:60-83. mo tn --------- 1978b. Status of terns along the Surinam coast. Bird-Banding 49:66-76. m0 ------------ 1979. Wader studies in Suriname, South America. Wader Study Group Bull. 25:32-37 Bo ree - HH ---- 1980. Biometrics and moult of Sanderlings Calidris alba during the autumn in Suriname. Wader Study Group Bull. 28:33-35. m0 ------------ 1982. De Rode Ibis: een pronkjuweel van de overstromings-vlaktes van tropisch Zuid-Amerika. Vogeljaar 30:189-193. mo ------------ 1984. Waterbird studies in coastal Suriname: a contribution to wetland conservation in northern South America. Annual Report for 1983, Research Institute for Nature Management, Arnhem-Leersum-Texel. mo w-H--------- (in press). Organochlorine contaminants in South American Scarlet Ibises (preliminary report). ICBP Working Group on Storks, Ibises, and Spoonbills, Report 2. . Spaans, A.L, & Autar, L. 1982. First record of Wilson’s Phalarope Phalaropus tricolor from Suriname. Bull. Brit. Orn. Cl. 102:114-115. 2 Spaans, A.L. & de Jong, B.H.J. 1982. Present status of some colonial waterbird species in Surinam, South America. J. Field Ornithol. 53:269-272. 2 Spaans, A.L., Holthuijzen, A.M.A. & de Jong, B.H.J. 1978. Spatial distribution and food of ducks in the coastal area of Suriname. Ardea 66:24-31. 2 Spaans, A.L. & Swennen, C. 1982. The 1980 Dutch mini-expedition to Suriname. Wader Study Group Bull. 34:32-34. a Spence, T. 1959. The Horned Screamer. Avicult. Mag. 65:97-99. 2 Spier, A. 1983. Present state of water resources development in North-West Suriname. Symp. "Polders of the World", Lelystad, Netherlands. Land and Water Management Aspects :700-708. 2 Sprunt IV, A. 1975. The Caribbean. In: Flamingos (Eds. J. Kear & N. Duplaix-Hall). T. & A.D. Poyser Ltd., Berkhamsted. Bo ------------- 1976. A new Colombian site for the American Flamingo (Phoenicopterus ruber). Stinapa No. 11:34-39. go ------------- 1984. The status and conservation of seabirds of the Bahama Islands. In: Status and Conservation of the World’s Seabirds (Eds. J.P. Croxall, P.G.H. Evans & R.W. Schreiber). ICBP Tech. Publ. No.2, Cambridge. . Sprunt IV, A. & Knoder, C.E. 1980. Populations of wading birds and other colonial nesting species on the Gulf and Caribbean coasts of Mexico. In: The Birds of Mexico. Their ecology and conservation (Eds. P.P. Schaeffer & S.M. Ehlers). Proc. Nat. Audubon Soc. Symposium, 1980. 2 Standring, K.T. 1982. Application of the Ramsar Convention to the Falkland Islands. Unpublished. =» Steinbacher, J. 1962. Beitrage zur kenntnis der Vogel von Paraguay. Arhaudl. Senckenbergischer Naturf. Gesell. 502:1-106. mo wo------------- 1968. Weitere Beitrage uber Vogel von Paraguay. Senckenbergiana Biol. 49:317-365. =» Steinitz-Kannan, M. 1979. Comparative limnology of Ecuadorian lakes: a study of species number and composition of plankton communities of the Galapagos Islands and Ecuatorial Andes. Ph.D. thesis, Ohio State Univ. 2 Steinitz-Kannan, M., Colinvaux, P. & Kannan, R. 1983. Limnological studies in Ecuador: I. A survey of chemical and physical properties of Ecuadorian lakes. Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 65:61-105. Stuttgart. a Steinitz-Kannan, M., Nienaber, M., Riedinger, M., Petty-Harell, L. & Miller, M. 1982. Estudios limnolégicos en la Laguna de San Marcos con descripciones de las especies principales de diatomeas. Publ. Museo Ecuatoriano de Ciencias Naturales No. 3:39-65. a» Steullet, A.B. & Deautier, E.A. 1935-1946. Catalogo sistematico de las aves de la Repu blica Argentina. Obras Cin. Mus., La Plata. -640- Bibliography Stiles, F.G. 1981. Notes on the Uniform Crake in Costa Rica. Wilson Bull. 93:107-108. Stiles, F.G. & Lewis, T.J. 1980. Locational checklist of the birds of Costa Rica - Lista de pajaros de Costa Rica segun localidad. Unpublished - Sin publicar. Stiles, F.G. & Smith, S.M. 1977. New information on Costa Rican waterbirds. Condor 79:91-97. Stinapa 1979. Field guide to Washington National Park. Stinapa Series No. 9. ------- 1981. Natuurbescherming op der Nederlandse Antillen. Stinapa Speciaal Nummer 7/8. Stockton de Dod, A. 1978. Aves de la Reptiblica Dominicana. Mus. Nac. Hist. Nat. Santo Domingo. ------------------- 1980. First records of the Spotted Rail (Pardirallus maculatus) on the Island of Hispaniola. Auk 97:407. ------------------- 1981. Guia de campo para las aves de la Republica Dominicana. Ed. Horizontes de América, Santo Domingo. Stoddart, D.R. 1980a. Geology and geomorphology of Little Cayman. Atoll Res. Bull. 241. Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. -------------- 1980b. Vegetation of Little Cayman. Atoll Res. Bull. 241. Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. Stoddart, D.R., Bryan, G.W. & Gibbs, P.E. 1973. Inland mangroves and water chemistry, Barbuda, West Indies. J. Nat. Hist. 7:33-46. Stoddart, D.R. & Giglioli, M.E.C. (Eds.) 1980. Geography and ecology of Little Cayman. Atoll Res. Bull. 241. Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. Storer, R.W. 1967. Observations on Rollands Grebe. Hornero 10:339-350. ------------ 198la. The Hooded Grebe on Laguna de Los Escarchados: Ecology and Behavior. Living Bird 19:51-67. ------------ 1981b. The Rufous-faced Crake (Laterallus xenopterus) and its Paraguayan congeners. Wilson Bull. 93:137-144. Stoudt, J.H. 1949. Migration of the Blue-winged teal. In: Migrations of some North American waterfowl: a progress report on an analysis of banding records (Eds. J.W. Aldrich et al.). FWS, U.S. Department of Interior & Nat. Wild. Fed., Washington D.C. Strange, I. 1984. Fortress Falklands - but is its wildlife secure?. Oryx XVII:14-21. Summers, R.W. 1979. The Upland Goose in the Falkland Islands. Unpublished. ------------- 1982. The absence of flightless moult in the Ruddy-headed Goose in Argentina and Chile. Wildfowl 33:5-6. ------------- 1983a. Moult-skipping by Upland Geese Chloephaga picta in the Falkland Islands. Ibis 125:262-266. ------------- 1983b. The life cycle of the Upland Goose (Chloephaga picta) in the Falkland Islands. Ibis 125:524-544. ------------- (in press-a). Demographic variations in the movements of Upland Geese (Chloephaga picta) and Ruddy-headed Geese (Chloephaga rubidiceps) in the Falkland Islands. J. Zool. :000. ------------- (in press-b). The size and composition of Sheld-goose populations and their food consumption on different vegetation types in the Falkland Islands. J. Appl. Ecol. :000. Summers, R.W. & Dunnet, G.M. (1984). Sheld-Geese and Man in the Falkland Islands. Biol. Conserv. 30:319-340. Summers, R.W. & Grieve, A. 1982. Diet, feeding behaviour and food intake of the Upland Goose (Chloephaga picta) and Ruddy-headed Goose (C. rubidiceps) in the Falkland Islands. J. Appl. Ecol. 19:783-804. Summers, R.W., Underhill, L.G., Middleton, D. & Buckland, S.T. (in prep.). Turnover in the population of Ruddy-headed Geese (Chloephaga rubidiceps) at Goose Green. Sutherland, J.P. 1980. Dynamics of the epibenthic community on roots of the mangrove, Rhizophora mangle, at Bahia Buche, Venezuela. Sin publicar. Svensson, S. 1983. Ornithological survey of the Negril and Black River Morasses of Jamaica. Appendix IV to Bjork, S. 1983. Environmental feasibility study of peat mining in Jamaica. Inst. Limnol., Univ. of Lund, Sweden, & Petroleum Co. of Jamaica, Kingston. Swennen, C., Duiven, P. & Spaans, A.L. 1982. Numerical density and biomass of macrobenthic animals living in the intertidal zone of Surinam, South America. Neth. J. Sea Res. 15:406-418. -641- Bibliography Swennen, C. & Spaans, A.L. (in press). Habitat use of feeding migratory and local ciconiiform, anseriform, and charadriiform birds in coastal wetlands of Suriname, Northeastern South America. Le Gerfaut :000. Tabarini de Abreu, A. 1981. Eutrofizacién del Lago de Amatitlan. Informe Final. USAC, Guatemala. Sin publicar. Tallman, D.A., Parker III, T.A., Lester, G.D. & Hughes, R.A. 1978. Notes on 2 species of birds previously unreported for Peru. Wilson Bull. 90:445-446. Tamavenca 1971. Plan de manejo forestal de Guarapiche, Caripito, Estado Monagas. Sin publicar. Teague, G.W. 1955. Aves del litoral uruguayo. Com. Zool. Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo 4:1-55. Teixeira, D.M. & Best, R.C. 1981. Adendas a ornitologia do territorio federal do Amapa. Bol. Mus. Para. Emilio Goeldi N. Ser. Zool., Belem 104:1-25. Teixeira, D.M. & Nacinovic, J.B. 1981. Notas sobre a "marreca-preta", Netta e. erythrophthalma (Wied, 1832). Anais Soc. Sul-Riograndense Ornitol. 2:19-22. Tejera, V.H., Vasquez, C.S. de & Rinc6én, R.R. 1980. Notas preliminares sobre los gasterodpodos de Chiriqui. Natura | No. 2:1-10. Terborgh, J. & Faaborg, J. 1973. Turnover and ecological release in the avifauna of Mona Island, Puerto Rico. Auk 90:759-779. Terborgh, J. & Fitzpatrick, J. 1979. Preliminary list of the birds and larger mammals found in the vicinity of Cocha Cashu Biological Station, Manu National Park, Peru. Direccion General Forestal y de Fauna. Ministerio de Agricultura, Lima. Terrazas, W. 1970. Lista de peces Bolivianos. Publ. 24, Acad. Nac. Cienc. Bolivia, La Paz. Teunissen, P.A. (Ed.) 1972. Natuurreservaat Coppenamemonding. Serie A. No. 1. Stichting Natuurbehoud Suriname, Paramaribo. --------------- 1976. Vegetation changes in a dammed up freshwater swamp in NW Suriname. Acta Amazonica 6:117-150. --------------- 1978a. Reconnaissance map Surinam lowland ecosystems. Scale 1:200.000. Seven map sheets and one legend sheet. Stichting Natuurbehoud, Suriname, Paramaribo. --------------- 1978b. Aanbevelingen tot uitbreiding van het systeem van Natuurreservaten en Bosreserves in het Surinaamse Laagland (Kustvlakte en Savannegordel). ’s Lands Bosbeheer, Paramaribo. Thelen, K.D. & Faizool, S. 1980. Plan for a system of National Parks and other protected areas in Trinidad and Tobago. Technical Document, Forestry Division. OAS Project on the establishement of a system of National Parks and other protected areas. Unpublished. Thelen, K.D. & Miller, K.R. 1976. Planificacién de sistemas de Areas Silvestres. CONAF y FAO. Doc. Tec. No 16, Santiago, Chile. Thomas, B.T. 1979. Birds of a ranch in the Venezuelan Llanos. In: Vertebrate Ecology of the Northern Neotropics (Ed. J.F. Eisenberg). Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. ------------ 1981. Jabiru nest, nest building, and quintuplets. Condor 83:84-85. ------------ 1984. Maguari stork nesting: juvenile growth and behavior. Auk ------------ (in press). Coexistence and behavior differences among the three western hemisphere storks. In: Neotropical Ornithology (Ed. M.S. Foster). Ornit. Monogr. :000. Thorbjarnarson, J. (in prep.). Study of the ecology of the American Crocodile in Etang Saumatre. Todd, R.G. & Giglioli, M.E.C. 1983. The failure of Gambusia puncticulata and other minnows to control Aedes taeniorhynchus in a mangrove swamp on Grand Cayman, W.L.. Mosquito News 43:419-425. Toledo, A. 1983. Como destruir el paraiso. Oceano 17:137. Torres, H. 1978. Conservacién y manejo de la fauna silvestre del Parque Nacional Defensores del Chaco. FAO/SFN Doc. Trabajo No 2, Asuncion. Torres, H., Hernandez, L. & Weber, C. 1978. Management Plan for Lauca National Park. Tech. Publ. No. 5. CONAF, Santiago de Chile. Toro, G., Borrero, J.I., Russell, S., Chirivi, H., Le6n, C.A. & Hernandez, J.I. 1975. Lista general de las aves de la Isla de Salamanca. INDERENA. Sin publicar. Tosi Jr, J.A. 1960. Zonas de Vida Natural en el Peri. Memoria explicativa sobre el mapa ecolégico del Peru. IICA Bol. Técnico 1. -642- Bibliography Tostain, O. 1980. Contribution a l’ornithologie de la Guyane francaise. L’oiseau et la revue francaise d’ornithologie 50:47-62. Tovar, A. 1970. Present situation of National Parks and equivalent reserves in Peru. VI Curso Internacional en Administracién de Parques y Reservas Equivalentes, USA. --------- 1971. Catalogo de los mamiferos peruanos. Ans. Cient. Univ. Nac. Agraria, La Molina, Lima Vol. 9:19-37. --------- 1977. Sinecologia de la Laguna de Medio Mundo. Revista Forestal de Peru 7:14-84. Tovar, A. & Rios, M. 1979. Plan Maestro. Reserva Nacional de Paracas. Lima. Sin publicar. --------- & -------- 1981. Avifauna de importancia econdmica del Lago Junin, situaciOn actual. Boletin de Lima 16-18:161-170. --------- & -------- 1982. Avifauna de importancia econdmica del Lago Junin, situacion actual. Boletin de Lima 19:81-88. Towle, E.L. 1979. Anguilla field work. Trip report for Survey of Conservation Priorities in the Lesser Antilles. Island Resources Foundation, St. Thomas, U.S. Virgin Islands. Unpublished. Tundisi, J.G. 1981. Typology of reservoirs in Southern Brazil. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 21:1031-1039. ------------- 1983a. A review of basic ecological processes interacting with production and standing-stock of phytoplankton in lakes and reservoirs in Brazil. Hydrobiologia 100:223-243. ------------- 1983b. Tropical limnology. 22 Congreso SIL, Lyon, August 1983. Tundisi, J.G., Gentil, J.G. & Dirickson, M.C. 1978. Seasonal cycle of primary production of nanno and microphytoplankton in a shallow tropical reservoir. Revta. Brasil. Bot. 1:35-39. Udvardy, M.D.F. 1975. A classification of the Biogeographical Provinces of the World. IUCN Occ. Paper No. 18. UNESCO 1980. Coastal lagoon survey. Technical papers in marine science No. 31. ------ 1981. Coastal lagoon research, present and future. Technical papers in marine science No.33. Direccién de Geologia, Ministerio de Minas e Hidrocarburos, Caracas. Universidad de Chile en Valparaiso 1978. Tipologia de la vegetaci6n y caracterizacion de la fauna del Parque Nacional San Rafael. Sin publicar. Universidad Nacional Agraria 1979. Plan maestro Reserva Nacional Titicaca. Centro de Estudios y Proyectos de Inversidn y Desarrollo (CEPID). USAC & INGUAT 1980. Plan de Manejo Biotopo Cerro Cahui. Univ. San Carlos e Instituto Guatemalteco de Turismo, Guatemala. ---- & ------ 1981. Biotopo Chocén Machacas, Plan Maestro. Univ. San Carlos e Instituto Guatemalteco de Turismo, Guatemala. U.S. Department of Commerce 1983. Declaracién de impacto ambiental preliminar y plan de manejo para el propuesto Santuario Marino Nacional de La Parguera. U.S. Dept. of Commerce. Valenzuela, R.A. 1982. Caracterizacién ecolégica de la cuenca de la Laguna del Pino. Tesis Ing. Agr., Univ. San Carlos, Guatemala. Van der Heide, J. 1982. Lake Brokopondo: filling phase limnology of a man-made lake in the humid tropics. Vrije Universiteit Amsterdam. Van der Land, J. 1970. Kleine dieren uit het zoete water van Suriname - Verslag van een onderzoek in 1967. Zool. Bijdragen 12:1-46. Van der Voorde, P.K.J. 1957. De bodemgesteldheid van het ritsenlandschap en van de oude kustvlakte in Suriname. (Dissertatie) Landbouwhoge-school, Wageningen. Van Donselaar, J. 1965. An ecological and phytogeographic study of Northern Surinam savannas. Wentia 14:1-163. ----------------- 1968. Phytogeographic notes on the savanna flora of southern Surinam (South America). Acta Bot. Neerl. 17:393-404. Van Halewyn, R. & Norton, R.L. 1984. The status and conservation of seabirds in the Caribbean. In: Status and Conservation of the World’s Seabirds (Eds. J.P. Croxall, P.G.H. Evans & R.W. Schreiber), ICBP Tech. Publ. No.2, Cambridge. Vann, J. 1951. The geomorphology of the Guiana coast. Proc. 2nd. Coast. Geogr. Conf., Louisiana Univ. Coastal Studies; 153-167. -------- 1959. The physical geography of the lower coastal plain of the Guiana coast. Branch ONR Washington D.C. Project N.R. Tech. Rep. 1:388-428. -643- Bibliography nm -------- 1969. Landforms, vegetation and sea level change along the Guiana coast of South America. Office of Navy Research Tech. Rep. 3:14-89. . Vargas, C.D. (?). Estudio sedimentoldgico de los Lagos Huifiamarca y Poopo. Tesis de Grado, UMSA, La Paz. = Vargas, N.A. 1974. Informe faunistico en el Parque Nacional de Chacahua, Oaxaca. SAG, Secretaria Forestal y de la Fauna. México. Sin publicar. 5 Vari, R.P. 1980. Fish fauna of the Corantijn River system, Western Suriname. Composition and preliminary ecological comments. Unpublished. mo ---------- (undated). Impact of the Kabalebo Hydroelectric project. Fishes and Fisheries. Unpublished. =» Varios autores 1977. Seminario sobre manejo de cuencas hidrograficas del Paraguay. SFN, Asuncion, Paraguay. . Varona, L.S. 1980. Protection in Cuba. Oryx XV:282-284. . Varona, L.S., & Garrido, O.H. 1970. Vertebrados de los cayos de San Felipe, Cuba, incluyendo una nueva especie de Jutia. Poeyana 75:1-26. 5 Vasquez, C.E. 1975. Evaluacién del nimero mas probable y porcentaje de coliformes totales y fecales del Lago de Amatitlan. USAC, Guatemala. Sin publicar. : Vaughan, C. 1981. Parque Nacional Corcovado, Plan de Manejo y Desarrollo. EUNA. . Vaughan, C., Canessa, G., McCoy, M., Rodriguez, M., Bravo, J., Sanchez, J., Morales, R., Hawkins, T., Crozier, E., Shaffer, D., Rodriguez, M. & Hodgson, F. 1982. Refugio de fauna silvestre Rafael Castro Rodriguez Caballero (Palo Verde). Plan de manejo y desarrollo. Ed. EUNA, Heredia, Costa Rica. a Vaz-Ferreira, R. 1956. Conservacién de la fauna indigena y de los recursos naturales animales. Ministerio de Ganaderia y Agricultura. Com. Nac. Prot. Fauna Indigena, Montevideo. Bo 77 -------------- 1968. Fauna indigena y recursos naturales animales del Uruguay, su conservacion. Rio de Janeiro. Fund. Bras. Cons. Nat. II:135-143. m0 ---------------- 1969. Fauna: conservacion y recursos. Nuestra Tierra 45:1-60. Bo ---------------- 1973. Bafiados y fauna. Trab. Prim. Reun. Nac. sobre la Fauna y su Habitat, Montevideo 1:39-52. . Vaz-Ferreira, R., Achaval, F. & Gonzalez, J. 1980. Impacto de la formaci6n del embalse de Salto Grande sobre la fauna de vertebrados I. Efectos sobre las aves y su comportamiento. II Reunion Iberoamericana de Conservacién y Zoologia de Vertebrados. BO ----------------, ----------- & ------------ 1983. Reacciones y cambios de la fauna en un 4rea de cepresal XV Congreso Internacional de Fauna Cinegética y Silvestre, Trujillo 1981:175-180. . Vaz-Ferreira, R. & Gerzenstein, E. 1961. Aves nuevas 0 poco conocidas de la Republica Oriental del Uruguay. Com. Mus. Hist. Nat. Montevideo 5:1-65. = Vaz-Ferreira, R. & Palerm, E. (en prensa). Zonas himedas y aves acudticas de la Repu blica Oriental de Uruguay. XXIX Reunién Anual del IVRB, La Rabida, Mayo 1983. Bo ---------------- & ---------- (en prensa). Estacionalidad, reproduccién, migraciones y uso del habitat en las aves acudticas del Uruguay. II Congreso Iberoamericano de Ornitologia, Xalapa, Veracruz, Diciembre 1983. a Veen, A.W.L. 1970. On geogenesis and pedogenesis in the Old Coastal Plain of Surinam (South America). (Dissertatie) Amsterdam. SOL, Amsterdam. . Velazquez, V. 1975. Aspectos de la reproduccién de la pichihulia. Rev. Bosques y Fauna XII. SAG, México. 2 Venegas, C. 1981. Aves de las islas Wollaston y Bayly, Archipiélago del Cabo de Hornos. Ans. Inst. Patagonia 12:213-219. . Venegas, J. & Jory, J. 1979. Guia de campo para las aves de Magallanes. Publ. Inst. Patagonia. Ser. Monogr. No. 11. . Vermeer, K., Risenbrough, R.W., Spaans, A.L. & Reynolds, L.M. 1974. Pesticide effects on fishes and birds in rice fields of Surinam, South America. Environ. Pollut. 7:217-236. . Verschuren, J. 1980. Saving Paraguay’s wilderness. Oryx XV:465-470. =» Vervoort, W. 1967. Zoological exploration of the continental shelf of Suriname. Hydrogr. Newsl., Spec. Publ. 5:61-82. Bo ------------ 1971. Zoological exploration of the continental shelf of Suriname. II Hydrogr. Newsl., Spec. Publ. 6:37-50. . Villamil, J. & Canals, M. (Eds.) 1981. Suplemento técnico para el plan de manejo de la Reserva Natural de Bahia de Jobos. Departamento de Recursos Naturales, San Juan. -644- Bibliography Villamil, J., Colon, J.A., del Llano, M., Perez, M. & Corujo, I. 1981. Suplemento de informaci6n técnica para la designacién de la Reserva Natural Cafio La Boquilla, Mayaguez, Puerto Rico. Departamento de Recursos Naturales, San Juan. Vincent, G. 1981. A report on the proposed Levera National Park (Grenada). Prepared for the Government of Grenada and the Eastern Caribbean Natural Area Management Programme. Unpublished. Voss, W.A., Breyer, F.R. dos S., Mattes, G.C. & Konrad, H.G. 1981. Constatacao e observacao de uma populacao residual de Blastocerus dichotomus (llliger, 1811) (Mammalia, Cervidae). Iheringia. Ser. Zool., Porto Alegre 59:25-36. Voous, K. 1983. Birds of the Netherlands Antilles. De Walburg Pers., Holland. Vreugdenhil, D. 1979. Inventario de dreas silvestres de la Cuenca Amazonica Ecuatoriana. Direccion de Desarrollo Forestal UNDP/FAO ECU/71/527. Documento de trabajo No. 29, Quito. Vuilleumier, F. 1969. Field notes on some birds from the Bolivian Andes. Ibis 111:599-608. --------------- 1975. Zoogeography. In: Avian Biology, Vol. V (Eds. D.S. Farner & J.R. King). Academic Press. New York. --------------- 1979. Comparacion y evolucion de las comunidades de aves de paramo y puna. En: El medio ambiente pdramo (Ed. M.I. Salgado). Centro de Estudios Avanzados, IVIC, Caracas. Vuilleumier, F. & Ewert, D.N. 1978. The distribution of birds in Venezuelan Paramos. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 162:47-90. Wade, B.A. (1974). Oil pollution in Portland Beight. Report to Univ. of West Indies. Wade, B.A., Coke, L. & Hunt, W. 1972. A report on the ecology of the Cockpit Salt River Swamps (Jamaica). Frome Monymusk Land Company Ltd., Kingston. Waibezahn, F. 1949. Contribucién al estudio de la fauna ictioldgica de la Laguna de Tacarigua. Mem. Soc. Cien. Nat. La Salle 9:213-219. Walker, E.P. 1975. Mammals of the World (two volumes). John Hopkins Univ. Press. Baltimore & London. Walters, J. & Walters, B.F. 1980. Co-operative breeding by Southern Lapwings Vanellus chilensis. Ibis 122:505-509. Watson, G.E. 1962. Notes on the Spotted Rail in Cuba. Wilson Bull. 74:349-356. Weber, C.A. 1983. Representacion de las Provincias Biogeograficas por las reservas de la Biosfera en Chile. Accién presente y futura de la Corporacién Nacional Forestal. Bol. Tec. 10, CONAF, Min. Agricultura. Weiss, M. 1971. Water quality investigations in Guatemala. No. 1 Lake Atitlan 1968-70. ESE Publ. No. 274. Univ. of North Carolina. Weiss, C.M., et al: (?). Investigaciones de la calidad del agua de Guatemala, Lago de Amatitlan. Weller, M.W. 1967a. Notes on the plumages and weights of the Black-headed Duck, (Heteronetta atricapilla). Condor 69:133-145. ------------ 1967b. Notes on some marsh birds of Cape San Antonio, Argentina. Ibis ------------ 1968a. The breeding biology of the parasitic Black-headed Duck. Living Bird 7:169-207. ------------ 1968b. Notes on some Argentine Anatids. Wilson Bull. 80:189-212. ------------ 1969. Comments on waterfowl habitat and management problems in Argentina. Wildfowl Trust Ann. Rep. 20:126-130. ------------ 1972. Ecological studies of Falkland Islands’ waterfowl. Wildfowl 23:25-44. ------------ 1975a. Habitat selection by waterfowl of Argentine Isla Grande. Wilson Bull. 87:83-90. ------------ 1975b. Migratory waterfowl: a hemispheric perspective. Publ. Biol. Inst. Invest. Cient., UANL 1:89-130. ------------ 1976. Ecology and behaviour of Steamer ducks. Wildfowl 27:45-53. Wendelken, P.W. 1983. Una lista anotada de las aves del Paraguay, con referencia a ilustraciones de las mismas. Sin publicar. Werkgroep Milieustudie West-Suriname 1976. Ecologische consequenties van de eerste twee fasen van het Kabaleboproject. Werkgroep Milieustudie West-Suriname, Paramaribo. Unpublished. West, S. 1979. Preliminary checklist of the birds of the Republic of Bolivia. Sul Ross State University, Alpine, Texas. -645- Bibliography : Westermann, J.H. 1953. Nature preservation in the Caribbean. A review of literature on the destruction and preservation of flora and fauna in the Caribbean area. Found. Sci. Res. Surinam and Netherlands Antilles No. 9:1-107. . Wessels Boer, J.G., Hekking, W.H.A. & Schulz, J.P. 1976. Fa joe kan tak’ mi no moi - Inleiding in de flora en vegetatie van Suriname, I en II Flora. Natuurgids serie B no. 4. Stichting Natuurbehoud Suriname, Paramaribo. 2 Wetmore, A. 1965. The birds of the Republic of Panama (Part I). Smiths. Misc. Coll. 150. . Wetmore, A. & Lincol, F.C. 1933. Additional notes on the birds of Haiti and the Dominican Republic. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 82:1-68. . Wetmore, A. & Swales, B.H. 1931. The birds of Haiti and Dominican Republic. Smiths. Inst. Bull. 155. 2 Wetterberg, G.B., Padua, M.T.J., Castro, C.S. de & Vasconcellos, J.M.C. 1976. Uma analise de prioridades en conservacao da natureza na Amazonia. Projeto de Desenvolvimento e Pesquisa Florestal (PRODEPEF). 5 Wiley, J.W. 1982. Ecology of avian brood parasitism at an early interfacing of host and parasite populations. Ph.D. thesis, Univ. of Miami, Florida. . Wiley, J.W. & Wiley, B.N. 1979. Status of the American Flamingo in the Dominican Republic and Eastern Haiti. Auk 96:615-619. . Williams, A.J. & Pringle, S. 1982. Holarctic waders observed at Tierra del Fuego, November 1977. Wader Study Group Bull. 35:34. . Williams, H. 1960. Volcanic collapse-basins of Lake Atitlan and Ayarza, Guatemala. 21st. Intern. Geol. Congr., Copenhague 21:110, 113-116. . Williams, M.D. 1981. Description of the nest and eggs of the Peruvian Thick-knee (Burhinus superciliaris). Condor 83:183-184. . Williams III, S.O. 1977. Colonial waterbirds on the Mexican plateau. Proc. 1977 Conference of the Colonial Waterbird Group. Illinois, October 1977. Mo woe ------------- 1983. Distribution and migration of the Black Tern in Mexico. Condor 85:376-378. . Willis, E.O. & Eisenmann, E. 1979. A revised list of birds of Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Smiths. Cont. Zool. 291. = Wilson, R. & Guerra, C. (in press). New location for the Callopistes maculatus Gravenhorst 1837 (Reptilia, Squamata, Teiidae). Not. Mens. MNHN. 2 Wingate, D.B. 1973. A checklist and guide to the birds of Bermuda. Island Press Ltd., Bermuda. Bo wo ---------- 1982. Successful reintroduction of the Yellow-crowned Night Heron as a nesting resident on Bermuda. Colonial Waterbirds 5:104-115. . Wolff, W.J. 1983. Draft position statement on salt marshes. Meeting of the Commission on Ecology, IUCN, Lima, April 1983:17-18. . Wood, H. 1964. Survey of Buccoo Reef. Fishery Res. Dept., Ministry of Tobago Affairs. 4 Woodring, D.P. 1958. Geology of Barro Colorado Island, Canal Zone. Smiths. Misc. Coll. 135: . Woodroffe, C.D. 1979. Morphology and development of mangrove swamps, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands, West Indies. Ph.D. thesis. mg --------------- 1980. Mangrove sediments of Little Cayman. Atoll Res. Bull. 241. Smiths. Inst., Washington D.C. mo --------------- 1981. Mangrove swamp stratigraphy and Holocene transgression, Grand Cayman Island, West Indies. Mar. Geol. 41:271-294. 2 Woods, C.A. 1982. Wildlife conservation in Haiti. Fla. State Mus. Notes XI:1-3. 2 Woods, R.W. 1970. The avian ecology of a tussock island in the Falkland Islands. Ibis 112:15-24. B ----------- 1975. The birds of the Falkland Islands. Anthony Nelson, Oswestry, U.K. . Woodyard, E.R. & Bolen, E.G. 1984. Ecological studies of Muscovy Ducks in Mexico. The Southwestern Naturalist 29:453-461. 2 Working Group Ecology 1981. Environmental impact of Kabaleboproject, 1. Main report. Ilaco, Paramaribo. a WWB-Fonds 1984. Scarlet Ibis: Model species for conservation. WWB-Fonds Newsletter 2, No 1:3-4. 2 WWE-US 1980. Strategy for training in natural resources and environment: a proposal for development of personnel and institutions in Latin America and the Caribbean. WWF-US, Washington D.C. -646- Bibliography Yépez T., G. 1963. Ornitologia de las Islas Margarita, Coche y Cubagua (Venezuela). Mem. Soc. Cienc. Nat. La Salle 23:167-249. --------- 1980. El zambullidor de sol (Heliornis fulica). Natura 69:24-25. Yibirin, C., Jordan, F. & Puzick, P. 1975. Parque Nacional Archipiélago Los Roques. Plan Rector, MAC. Sin publicar. Yntema, J.A. 1972. A survey of fishes of the St. Thomas mangrove lagoon area; Part B: Comparative St. Croix study. Ann. Rep. Bureau of Fish and Wildlife, Government of the Virgin Islands, St. Thomas. Young, W.F. 1984. Notes on flight to census Jabiru Storks in Belize (February/April). Unpublished. Zahl, P. 1950. Search for the Scarlet Ibis in Venezuela. Nat. Geographic 97:633-661. Zarate, A. 1983. Efecto de la actividad minera sobre la flora y fauna costera de la I Region de Chile. Informe del Instituto de Investigaciones Oceanologicas. Univ. de Antofagasta, Chile. Zaret, T.M., Devol, A. & Dos Santos, A. 1981. Nutrient addition experiments in Lago Jacaretinga, central Amazon Basin, Brazil. Verh. Internat. Verein. Limnol. 21:721-724. Zaret, T.M. & Paine, R.T. 1973. Species introduction in a tropical lake. Science 182:449-455. Zoppi, E. 1974. Comparacién de algunas caracteristicas de plancton entre las lagunas costeras de Tacarigua y Unare. Bol. Inst. Oceanogr. Universidad de Oriente. Zoppi, E. & Michelangelli, F. 1981. El zooplancton en los cuerpos de agua de las sabanas inundables de Mantecal, Estado Apuré. Bol. Soc. Venezolana Cienc. Nat. 139:105-120. Zotta, A. & Da Fonseca, S. 1937. Sinépsis de los Ciconiiformes argentinos. Hornero 6:48-58, 395-418. -647- (Sect oae ape arti | 1S-20E (22-389. . WGlices, 1. GOP "shots ip in pli ’ Confetenes of pra Chtenta Warer , : 7 . -- i a ha ‘ wm iprat ; Condor S$-2)6- 37" : , eo” Wile, TAL & Eis a iv Bart Parana Smiths Co ~ . Pieon Rh, Gis ' Ce Grovembarss | 852 Se = J 122i. s Wy see re Nn -— =. —at 4 . Lesms Derg Ay « so ' 7) i # fe han Fiagg fet ys f + * -artt, © ; my ’ fectarg of Eetsas LM iv oy * Word, 2, 64 14 A ' cy rT Weed heg, 9? t 2086 >>. . Wrwttosi * ¢ ¢¢ 2“ 4 ‘e ' mrangrt Cope: Carne 'waag s « aes ae vex — j aul } \ t Seppe. ‘a oe tye 4 as} * ~ . ee es * wary’ 4 - ‘3 b y we Holkx ‘ene rranagh Came Gipte, Seay Sry, Bee. Ce IS 4 . epee ley AEP ingens. peorsaet af ‘etahibosiniec of * Pe & VANE EMS “J : F Poet, Agiousabe} paused? « a>: ane eri 2th 46d sacle eel a Taste mm me Geewwre tee tot opmserrartio vif Tee eae ts eel ee Deas lara. seo ert he 1A, davon Kvere Hi) toe ob yoSUludmas (3 080} .-4ae-see. - pet geurpattaaest ak tieiacniidiniten uate 260 A obits > melalk; Dime «© an Vegetatie Nor oe vt asaiidad utizy Jad MrRoMms Hb. a A aleceue me eos canis eaeacs POS ad! Bo tedui? Yo yornue A STO. AT ameiay Poe pay ie ieee os siguaiai ¥ eed. 198 Mad Rie Sens eign. 4 e W eimuce ‘ 3 tt : on 2en08trae sbardaltnr ge’ the J ‘tivgaNemede> si iti, “ghee saan oe veigin no ewot S8Ql AW jgae0y « ‘ in 4h tt & Seals, ER +33 tit ven. Mepitiierdtihicns: 4 teacteone mriqeisess). Jn Algurana¥ nz spd! rslicoZ ost? vor tors 028 iiaS Pao OS seus 9 Biedng. craig bebiv ae. e). ob atoll CEaRA %. “Ai ietatanis a0. seevioeai env eb, cluginal, Job \ samoink Sie smeageotna Pes Forest a) (PR HdD ,ahengeioind * me tyr 2 iiabe saeitield WiA@ WAryeoiage eofh S. antyeriacas (3). i? 240% i Uoaeledoi SuahadeaoS 21h igh D7 Aemmosetey sa08).Jof aug A ohcred oainak 9b eiiabastal > =— 6g Tagg MEN MAL hi aw ab alae St ey eat © hina “Tithe Lee > Pia, Tm PSL, Pee rept fie: Pi. Stut> Moa, Noirs Xk SH > cn we Te eet oe a 2 titer’ Word in the Faib land ee ee ny Nei Ccweed * Wooten’ bP A be Ss, deus ae Mudies of = Bow vir ‘—_ ae Age at 4 ee eee aos ‘eavi parka eae ti) DIRECTORY OF CONTRIBUTORS —_— m0 a 40 YAOCTD TUSIRTUOD 2 < ns it = a s-* ~~ " . ail “ee typ <« 4 r ] f —' : ’ “ i rar ' "BED mifee ae a < ao -G too 7 ee ‘ oe : DIRECTORY OF CONTRIBUTORS The following individuals have contributed in the preparation of this inventory. Anguilla Edouard Benito-Espinal See French Antilles. Antigua & Barbuda John E. Fuller P.O. Box 155; Market Street; St. John’s; Antigua. Argentina Ricardo Banchs c/o Laura S. Rozenberg. Pablo Canevari Parques Nacionales; Avda. Santa Fé 690; Buenos Aires C.F. Hugo Castello Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales; Avda. Angel Gallardo 470; 1405 Buenos Aires C.F. Juan C. Chébez Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina (FVSA), Avda. Leandro N. Alem 968; 1001 Buenos Aires C.F. Claudio E. Chehebar Parques Nacionales; Avda. Santa Fé 690; Buenos Aires C.F. Patricia Fierro Casilla Correos 685; 8400 San Carlos de Bariloche; Rio Negro. Rosendo M. Fraga Guido 1698 piso 1B; 1016 Buenos Aires C.F. Mariano A. Gelain San Martin 398; 8400 San Carlos de Bariloche; Rio Negro. Andrew Johnson Fundacion Vida Silvestre Argentina (FVSA); Avda. Leandro N. Alem 968; 1001 Buenos Aires CF: Juan F. Klimaitis Casilla Correos 24; 1923 Berisso; Buenos Aires. Susana Martin I.N.T.A.-Bariloche; Casilla Correos 277; 8400 San Carlos de Bariloche; Rio Negro. Rodolfo Miatello Direccién de Recursos Renovables; Departamento de Fauna; Avda. del Dante s/n; Parque Sarmiento; 5000 Cérdoba. Samuel Narosky Asociacién Ornitolégica del Plata; 25 de Mayo 749 piso 2; Casilla Correos 3368; 1002 Buenos Aires C.F. Manuel Nores Centro de Zoologia Aplicada; Jardin Zoolégico; Casilla Correos 122; 5000 Cérdoba. Claes Olrog Gral. Lamadrid 1248; San Miguel de Tucuman; Tucuman. Christopher M. Perrins Edward Grey Institute; Department of Zoology; South Parks Road; Oxford OX1 4DD; U.K. Jorge Rodriguez Mata Uriburu 765; San Miguel del Monte; Buenos Aires. Laura S. Rozenberg Jardin Zoologico; Avda. Republica de La India 2900; 1425 Buenos Aires C.F. -651- Directory Mauricio Rumboll Casilla Correos 40; 3370 Puerto Iguazu; Misiones. Sergio A. Salvador Bv. Sarmiento 698; 5900 Villa Maria; Cérdoba. Roberto Straneck Museo Argentino de Ciencias Naturales; Avda. Angel Gallardo 470; 1405 Buenos Aires C.F. Dario Yzurieta Direccién de Recursos Renovables; Departamento de Fauna; Avda. del Dante s/n; Parque Sarmiento; 5000 Cordoba. Bahamas Susan Holowesko The Bahamas National Trust; P.O. Box N4105; Nassau; New Providence. Velma M. Knowles The Bahamas National Trust; P.O. Box N4105; Nassau; New Providence. Frank McKinney University of Minnesota; James Ford Bell Museum of Natural History; 10 Church Street S.E.; Minneapolis; Minnesota 55455; U.S.A. Barbados Maurice B. Hutt 4A Pavilion Court; Hastings; Christ Church. Belize Cyrille de Klemm 21 rue Dantzig; 75015 Paris; France. Lydia Waight P.O. Box 6; Belize City. Dora Weyer Belize Audubon Society; P.O. Box 101; Belmopan. W. Ford Young P.O. Box 354; Belize City. Bermuda David B. Wingate P.O. Box 145; Flatts 3; Smiths. Bolivia Percy Baptista Corporacién de Desarrollo de La Paz; Casilla Correos 4923; La Paz. Gastén Bejarano Victor San Ginés 2765; Casilla Correos 936; La Paz. José Cabot Embajada de Espafia; Casilla Correos 282; La Paz. Javier Castroviejo Estacion Biol6gica de Dofiana; Pabellén del Peri; Avenida de Maria Luisa s/n; 41013 Sevilla; Spain. H.E.M. Dott 31 Canaan Lane; Edinburgh; EH10 4SX; U.K. Eliana Flores Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Casilla Correos 5829; La Paz. Werner Hanagarth Instituto de Ecologia; Casilla Correos 20127; La Paz. Raul Lara c/o Eliana Flores. -652- Directory Leslie J. Nebel PRODENA (Pro Defensa de la Natura); Casilla Correos 1963; La Paz. Guillermo Ovando-Sanz Sociedad Boliviana de Ecologia; Casilla Correos 2332; La Paz. Marco O. Ribera Instituto de Ecologia; Casilla Correos 20127; La Paz. Pilar Serrano Embajada de Espafia; Casilla Correos 282; La Paz. Wagner Terrazas Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Casilla Correos 5829; La Paz. J. Van Remsen Museum of Natural Science; Research Division-Museum of Zoology; Louisiana State University; Baton Rouge; Louisiana 70893; U.S.A. Brian Woods Edificio Montevideo piso 12; Avda. Arce; Casilla Correos 3315; La Paz. Brazil Maria Alice dos Santos Alves Centro de Estudos de Migracoes de Aves (CEMAVE); Caixa Postal 04/034; Brasilia, D.F.; CEP 70.000. Marco Antonio de Andrade Rua Camoes 123; Belo Horizonte; Minas Gerais. Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas Centro de Estudos de Migracoes de Aves (CEMAVE); Caixa Postal 04/034; Brasilia, D.F.; CEP 70 000. Joao Henrique Auler Junior Instituto Nacional de Pesquisa de Amazonia (INPA); Caixa Postal 478; Manaus; Amazonas; CEP 69 000. Marlise Becker Delegacia Estadual do IBDF em Mato Grosso; Centro Politico Administrativo; Caixa Postal 31; Cuiaba; Mato Grosso; CEP 78 000. Lenir Alda do Rosario Bege c/o/a la atencion de Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Robin C. Best Instituto Nacional de Pesquisa de Amazonia (INPA); Caixa Postal 478; Manaus; Amazonas; CEP 69 000. Mario Negrao Borgonovi Companhia Vale do Rio Doce (CVRD); Av. Presidente Wilson 231 - 21 andar; Caixa Postal 2414; Rio de Janeiro; R.J.; CEP 20 030. James M. Dietz . Reserva Biologica Poco das Antas; Casimiro de Abreu; Rio de Janeiro; CEP 28 860. Selma Mattos Diniz c/o/a la atencioén de Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Antonio Carlos da Silva Farias Museu Costa Lima; Governo do T.F. Amapa; Av. Feliciano Coelho 1509; Macapa; Amapa; CEP 68 900. Luiz A. Pedreira Gonzaga Museu Nacional - Setor Aves; Quinta da Boa Vista; Rio de Janeiro; R.J.; CEP 20 942. Susana de Moura Lara-Resende Corson Building; Cornell University; Ithaca; New York 14853; U.S.A. Renato Petry Leal Director da Divisas de Protegas da Natureza; Instituto Brasileiro de Desenvolvimento Florestal (IBDF); SAIN; Av. L/4 Norte; Brasilia, D.F.; CEP 70 910. Norma Crud Maciel DECAM; Fundacao Estadual de Engenharia do Meio Ambiente; Caixa Postal 23.011; Rio de Janeiro; R.J.; CEP 20 941. Paulo Nogueira Neto Secretaria Especial do Meio Ambiente (SEMA); Ministerio do Interior; Esplanada dos Ministerios - Projecao 23; Brasilia, D.F.; CEP 70 000. -653- Directory Pedro Scherer Neto c/o Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Marcos da Silva Noffs c/o Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas. Fernando C. Novaes Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi; Caixa Postal 399; Belem; Para; CEP 66 000. David Oren Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi; Caixa Postal 399; Belem; Para; CEP 66 000. Benedito Vitor Rabelo Departamento de Botanica; Museu Costa Lima; Governo do T.F. Amapa; Av. Feliciano Coelho 1509; Macapa; Amapa; CEP 68 900. Paul Roth Departamento de Biologia; Federal University of Maranhao (UFMA); Sao Luis; Maranhao. Albano Schwarzbold Federal University of Rio Grande do Sul; Porto Alegre; Rio Grande do Sul. Helmut Sick Academia Brasileira de Ciencias; Caixa Postal 229; Rio de Janeiro; R.J.; CEP 20 000. Flavio Silva Parque Zoologico; Caixa Postal 36; Sapucaia do Sul; Rio Grande do Sul; CEP 93 200. Dante Luiz Martins Teixeira Museu Nacional - Setor Aves; Quinta da Boa Vista; Rio de Janeiro; R.J.; CEP 20 942. Walter A. Voss Rua Sao Domingos 1240; Ap. 104; Sao Leopoldo; Rio Grande do Sul; CEP 93 000. Carlos Yamashita Delegacia Estadual do IBDF em Mato Grosso; Centro Politico Administrativo; Caixa Postal 31; Cuiaba; Mato Grosso; CEP 78 000. British Virgin Islands No contacts. Cayman Islands Patricia E. Bradley c/o Head of Department; Agriculture and Natural Resources; Government Administration Building; Grand Cayman. Frederic J. Burton Mosquito Research and Control Unit; P.O. Box 486; Grand Cayman. Joe Parsons Fisheries Officer; Agriculture and Natural Resources; Government Administration Building; Grand Cayman. Chile Luis A. Espinosa Casilla Correos 301; Puerto Varas. Carlos Guerra 916 Sierra Drive; Denton; Texas 76201; U.S.A. Juan Guzman 2765 Melfa Court; Vancouver; British Columbia V6T 1N3; Canada. Wolf E. Klohn c/o WHO; CP No. 5; CH 1211; Geneva 20; Switzerland. Roberto Schlatter Instituto de Zoologia; Universidad Austral de Chile; Casilla Correos 567; Valdivia. -654- Directory Colombia German I. Andrade Apartado Aéreo 101447; Bogota. Juan G. Arango Apartado Aéreo 101447; Bogota. Jorge Eduardo Botero Apartado Aéreo 2558; Manizales. Elisabeth Buttkus c/o Luis G. Naranjo. Carolina Murcia c/o Luis G. Naranjo. Luis German Naranjo H. Department of Biology; New Mexico State University; Las Cruces; New Mexico 88003; U.S.A. José V. Rodriguez Instituto Nacional de los Recursos Naturales Renovables y del Ambiente (INDERENA); Apartado Aereo 4559; Bogota. Marco A. Serna Museo de Historia Natural; Apartado Aéreo 1180; Medellin. Costa Rica Guillermo A. Canessa Departamento de Vida Silvestre; Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganaderia; Direccién General Forestal; Apartado 10094; San José. Julio E. Sanchez Museo Nacional; Apartado 749; San José. Cuba Orlando H. Garrido Calle 60 numero 1706; Marianao 13; La Habana. Jorge Ramén Cuevas Direccién Nacional de Flora y Fauna; Ministerio de Transporte; Avda. Tulipan y Boyeros; La Habana. Universo Sanchez Direccién Nacional de Flora y Fauna; Ministerio de Transporte; Avda. Tulipan y Boyeros; La Habana. Dominica No contacts. Dominican Republic Josefa Esperanza Alvarez Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura, Santo Domingo D.N. Venecia Alvarez Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura, Santo Domingo D.N. Orlando Armigés Departamento de Vida Silvestre; Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura; Centro de los Heroes; Santo Domingo D.N. Idelisa Bonnelly de Calventi Centro de Investigaciones de Biologia Marina; Santo Domingo D.N. Geraldino Caminero Calle Vicente Noble 69-A; Santo Domingo D.N. Julio Cicero Instituto Politécnico Loyola; San Crist6bal. -655- Directory Jurgen Czerwenka Departamento de Vida Silvestre; Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura; Centro de los Héroes; Santo Domingo D.N. Rosa Angélica Espinal Zoodom; Parque Zoolégico Nacional; Santo Domingo D.N. Marfa E. Feliz de Cedefio Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Alfonso Ferreiras Zoodom; Parque Zoolégico Nacional; Santo Domingo D.N. Nelson Garcia M. Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Francisco Geraldez Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Altagracia G6mez B. Zoodom; Parque Zoolégico Nacional; Santo Domingo D.N. Manuel Gonzalez C. Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Sim6én Guerrero Sociedad de Ornitologia; Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Cecilia Hernandez Departamento de Vida Silvestre; Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura; Centro de los Héroes; Santo Domingo D.N. Sixto J. Inchaustegui Division de Vertebrados; Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Julia Matilde Mota G. Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Ramon O. Sanchez Departamento de Vida Silvestre; Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura; Centro de los Héroes; Santo Domingo D.N. Miguel Silva Juan J. Duarte 24; Santo Domingo D.N. Domingo A. Siri N. Museo Nacional de Historia Natural; Plaza de la Cultura; Santo Domingo D.N. Servio R. Sosa Calle "B" numero 8; Ensanche La Agustina; Santo Domingo D.N. Annabelle Stockton de Dod Apartado Correos 1053; Calle 10; Ensanche Pte. Vasquez; Santo Domingo D.N. Tomas A. Vargas M. Departamento de Vida Silvestre; Secretaria de Estado de Agricultura; Centro de los Héroes; Santo Domingo D.N. Ecuador Eduardo Asanza Museo Ecuatoriano de Ciencias Naturales; Casilla 8976 Suc. 7; Quito. Paul Greenfield Conjunto "La Granja"; San Gabriel y América; Acceso 23 Apto. 11; Quito. Nancy Hilgert de Benavides Fundacion Natura; Casilla 243; Quito. Yolanda Kakabadse Fundacion Natura; Casilla 243; Quito. Felix Man-ging Facultad de Ciencias Naturales; Universidad de Guayaquil; Guayaquil. Fernando Ortiz Crespo Universidad del Sagrado Corazén; Ciencias Naturales; Apartado 12383-Correo Calle Loiza; Santurce; Puerto Rico 00914. -656- Directory Miriam Steinitz-Kannan Department of Biology; Northern Kentucky University; Highland Heights; Kentucky 41076; U.S.A. Carlos Valle Estaci6n Cientifica Charles Darwin; Isla Santa Cruz; Islas Galapagos. Clemencia Vela Diguja 156; Avda. 10 de Agosto; Quito. Daniel Vreugdenhil Brunlaan 2; 9321 TM Peize; Holanda. El Salvador Manuel F. Benitez Arias Servicio de Parques Nacionales y Vida Silvestre; Direccién General de Recursos Naturales Renovables; Apartado Postal 2265; San Salvador. Carolina Calderén Embassy of El Salvador; 7 Welbeck House; Welbeck Street; London W1; U.K. José A. G6mez Ventura Col. INPEP No. 1 Zacamil; Edif. 0-26 Apto. 14; Mejicanos. Falkland Islands Andrew F.G. Douse Falkland Islands Agricultural Research and Development Centre; Port Stanley. Simon Lyster Falkland Islands Foundation; c/o World Wildlife Fund - U.K.; Panda House; 11-13 Ockford Road; Godalming; Surrey GU7 1QU; U.K. Kevin T. Standring The Royal Society for the Protection of Birds (RSPB); The Lodge; Sandy; Beds. SG19 2DL; U.K. Ron Summers Coypu Research Laboratory; Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food; Jupiter Road; Norwich; Norfolk NR6 6SP; U.K. French Antilles Edouard Benito-Espinal Ministere de l’Environnement et du Cadre de Vie (Guadeloupe, Guyane et Martinique); B.P. 1002; 97178 Pointe-a-Pitre Cedex; Guadeloupe. Marcel Bon Saint Come Habitation Ballen Beleme; Lamentin; Martinique 97232. Jacques Portecop Maitre- Assistant U.E.R. Sciences; Centre Universitaire Antilles-Guyane (Campus de Fouillde); B.P. 592; 97167 Pointe-a-Pitre Cedex; Guadeloupe. French Guiana J-J. de Granville Office de Recherche Scientifique et Technique Otre Mer (ORSTOM); Cayenne. Jean-Luc Dujardin E15 Aeroport de Rochambeau; Matoury; 97300 Cayenne. Leon Sanite Le Directeur Departmental des Sciences Veterinaires de la Guyane; Bld. Pasteur; B.P. 324; 97305 Cayenne. Jean-Marc Thiollay Laboratoire de Zoologie; Ecole Nacionale Superieure; 46 rue d’Ulm; 75230 Paris Cedex 05; Francia. -657- Directory Grenada No contacts. Guatemala Juan C. Godoy Centro de Estudios Conservacionistas; Universidad de San Carlos; Avda. de la Reforma 0-63; Zona 10; Guatemala. Ruben Velasquez Centro de Estudios Conservacionistas; Universidad de San Carlos; Avda. de la Reforma 0-63; Zona 10; Guatemala. Luis M. Villar Anleu Centro de Estudios Conservacionistas; Universidad de San Carlos; Avda. de la Reforma 0-63; Zona 10; Guatemala. Guillermo Zepeda Departamento de Parques Nacionales y Vida Silvestre; INAFOR; Parque de las Naciones Unidas; Guatemala. Guyana Lenox Bobb Ministry of Agriculture; Regent & Vlissengen Road; Georgetown. Godfrey R. Bourne University of Michigan; Division of Zoology; Ann Arbor; Michigan 48104; U.S.A. Mr. Rhoeheit Environmental Research Unit; 44 Pere Street; Greater Georgetown. Balram Singh Guyana National Museum; North Road; Georgetown. David Willis 92 Jedburgh Road; London; E13 9LE; U.K. Haiti Joseph Felix Service des Ressources Forestieres;s MARNDR; Damien; Port-au-Prince. Rony Kayanaght Section d’Aquaculture et d’Hydrobiologie; Service des Ressources en Peches, MARNDR; Damien; Port-au-Prince. James O. Keith c/o Bureau for Latin America and the Caribbean; Agency for International Development; Washington; D.C. 20523; U.S.A. Jose A. Ottenwalder Florida State Museum; University of Florida; Museum Road; Gainsville; Florida 32611; U.S.A. Paul Paryski Institut de Sauvegarde du Patrimonie National (ISPAN); Place du Champ de Mars; Port-au-Prince. James J. Talbot U.S. Agency for International Development/Haiti; Department of State; Washington, D.C. 20520; U.S.A. John Thorbjarnarson Florida State Museum; University of Florida; Museum Road; Gainsville; Florida 32611; U.S.A. Charles A. Woods Curator of Mammals; Florida State Museum; University of Florida; Museum Road; Gainsville; Florida 32611; U.S.A. -658- Directory Honduras Wilberto Aguilar Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales; Apartado Postal 240; Comayagiiela D.C. Gustavo Adolfo Cruz Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales; Apartado Postal 240; Comayagiiela D.C. Mercedes Sierra Reyes Departamento de Vida Silvestre y Recursos Ambientales; Apartado Postal 240; Comayagiiela D.C. Jamaica Peter R. Bacon Zoology Department; University of the West Indies; Mona; Kingston 7. Sven Bjork Limnologiska Institutionen; University of Lund; Box 3060; S-220 03 Lund; Suecia. Barbara A. Chow Wetlands Branch; Natural Resource Conservation Department; P.O. Box 305; Kingston 10. Patrick W. Fairbairn a la atencién de Ann Haynes. John Fletcher 34 Graham Heights; Kingston 8. Ann Haynes Natural Resource Conservation Department; P.O. Box 305; Kingston 10. Robert L. Sutton Grathouse; Marshall’s Pen; P.O. Box 58; Mandeville. Barry Wade Environmental and Special Projects Division; Petroleum Corporation of Jamaica (PCJ); P.O. Box 579; Kingston 10. Mexico Patricia Almada Villela IUCN; Conservation Monitoring Centre; 219c Huntingdon Road; Cambridge; CB3 ODL; Gran Bretana. Daniel W. Anderson Division of Wildlife & Fisheries Biology; University of California; Davis; California 95616; E.E.U.U. Eric W. Gustafson Ducks Unlimited de Mexico, A.C. (DUMAC); Apartado Postal 776; Monterrey 64000; Nuevo Leon. Arturo Lépez Ornat Apartado Postal 1191; Cancun 77500; Quintana Roo. Rodrigo Migoya Direccién General de Flora y Fauna Silvestre; Netzuhualcoyotl 109 piso 1; Col. Centro; Del. Cuauhtemoc; 06080 México D.F. Antonio C. Rogel Bahena Apartado Postal 845; Mérida; Yucatan 97000. Norman J. Scott Jr. Denver Wildlife Research Center; Museum of Southwestern Biology; University of New Mexico; Albuquerque; New Mexico 87131; E.E.U.U. Eyaristo Vallés Secretaria de Agricultura y Recursos Hidraulicos; Avda. José Loreto Fabela 850; San Juan de Aragé6n; México D.F. -659- Directory Montserrat Dennis Gibbs Montserrat National Trust; Box 479; Plymouth. Netherlands Antilles Bart A. de Boer Caraibisch Marien-Biologisch Instituut (CARMABI); P.O. Box 2090; Curacao. Jan Rooth Rijksinstituut voor Natuurbeheer; Kasteel Broekhuizen; Postbus 46; 3956 ZR _ Leersum; Holanda. Vera Rooze STINAPA-Aruba; Seroe Colorado; P.O. Box 706; Aruba. Nicaragua Milton Camacho Departamento de Fauna Silvestre; Instituto Nicaraguense de Recursos Naturales y del Ambiente (IRENA); Apartado 5123; Managua. R. Cisneros c/o Milton Camacho. M. Fonseca c/o Milton Camacho. E. G6mez c/o Milton Camacho. José V. Morales Departamento de Fauna Silvestre; Instituto Nicaraguense de Recursos Naturales y del Ambiente (IRENA); Apartado 5123; Managua. Octavio Saldana c/o Milton Camacho. Mariso! Sanchez Proyecto Lago Xolotlan (Managua); Instituto Nicaraguense de Recursos Naturales y del Ambiente (IRENA); Apartado 5123; Managua. Janet Sandino c/o Milton Camacho. Panama Francisco S. Delgado Centro Regional Universitario de Veraguas; Santiago. Roger B. Johnson Panama Audubon Society; Apartado 2026; Balboa. Paraguay Aida L. Aquino Servicio Forestal Nacional; Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganaderia; Tacuary 443 piso 6; Asuncion. Mercedes S. Foster Bird Section; National Museum of Natural History; Washington D.C. 20560; U.S.A. Narciso Gonzalez Romero Departamento de Ciencias Naturales; Instituto de Ciencias Basicas; San Lorenzo; Asunci6n. Nancy E. Lépez Servicio Forestal Nacional; Seccién Aves; Ministerio de Agricultura y Ganaderia; Tacuary 443 piso 6; Asunci6n. -660- Directory Salvador Peris Departamento de Zoologia; Facultad de Ciencias Biolégicas; Universidad de Salamanca; Salamanca; Spain. Len West c/o Nancy E. Lopez. Peru Eric Cardich Los Azafranes 170; Salamanca-Monterrico; Lima 3. también: Instituto Nacional Forestal y de Fauna (INFOR); Santa Cruz 734; Jestis Maria; Lima 11. Robert A. Hughes Apartado Correos 62; Mollendo; Arequipa. B. Anthony Luscombe Atahualpa 335; Lima 18. Luis Masson Meiss Oficina Nacional de Evaluacion de Recursos Naturales (ONERN); Apartado Correos 4992; Calle Diecisiete 355; Urb. El Palomar; San Isidro; Lima. Tomas Moreno Universidad de Tacna; Tacna. Guy Norman 101 Clapham West Side; Clapham Common; London SW4; U.K. Manuel Plenge Apartado Correos 5524; Lima 18. Carlos F. Ponce del Prado Centro de Datos para la Conservacién (CDC); Universidad Nacional Agraria La Molina; Apartado Correos 456; Lima. Victor Pulido Paseo Los Eucaliptos 285; Camacho; Lima. también: Instituto Nacional Forestal y de Fauna (INFOR); Santa Cruz 734; Jesus Maria; Lima 11. Manuel Rios Centro de Datos para la Conservacién (CDC); Universidad Nacional Agraria La Molina; Apartado Correos 456; Lima. Augusto Tovar Centro de Datos para la Conservacién (CDC); Universidad Nacional Agraria La Molina; Apartado Correos 456; Lima. Puerto Rico José Luis Chabert Divisién de Planificacién de Recursos Costeros de Pesca y Vida Silvestre; Departamento de Recursos Naturales; Apartado 5887; Puerta de Tierra; San Juan; Puerto Rico 00906. José A. Colén Division Asesoramiento Técnico; Departamento de Recursos Naturales; Apartado 5887; Puerta de Tierra; San Juan; Puerto Rico 00906. Manuel del Llano Departamento de Recursos Naturales; Apartado 5887; Puerta de Tierra; San Juan; Puerto Rico 00906. Sean Furniss Caribbean Islands National Wildlife Refuge; Apartado 510; Boquer6én; Puerto Rico 00622-0510. Alexis Morales Departamento de Recursos Naturales; Apartado 5887; Puerta de Tierra; San Juan; Puerto Rico 00906. Herbert Raffaele International Affairs Staff; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; Department of the Interior; Washington; D.C. 20240; U.S.A. -661- Directory Saint Kitts & Nevis Edouard Benito-Espinal See French Antilles. Saint Lucia Paul Butler Conservation Advisor; Forestry Division; Ministry of Agriculture and Lands; Government Headquarters; Castries. Gabriel L. Charles Forestry Supervisor; Forestry Division; Ministry of Agriculture and Lands; Government Headquarters; Castries. Yves Renard ECNAMP Consultant; La Batterie; Laborie. Josephine Rickards St. Lucia Naturalists’ Society; P.O. Box 783; Castries. Saint Vincent Byron Swift Assistant General Counsel; World Wildlife Fund-U.S.; 1601 Connecticut Avenue N.W.; Washington; D.C. 20009; U.S.A. Suriname Ferdinand Baal Nature Conservation Division; Forest Service; Postbus 436; Paramaribo. Ben H.J. de Jong Nolensstraat 16; 6702 CS Wageningen; Netherlands. Muriel Held Nature Conservation Research Section; Forestry Research Division; Forest Service; Postbus 436; Paramaribo. S.J. Kaersenhout Head of the Suriname Forest Service; Ministerio de Recursos Naturales y Energia; Cultuurtuinlaan; Postbus 1807; Paramaribo. Dorothy Resida Nature Conservation Research Section; Forestry Research Division; Forest Service; Postbus 436; Paramaribo. Arie L. Spaans Rijksinstituut voor Natuurbeheer; Postbus 9201; 6800 HB Arnhem; Netherlands. Trinidad & Tobago Molly Gaskin The Pointe-a-Pierre Wild Fowl Trust; 42 Sandown Road, Goodwood Park; Port Cumana; Trinidad. Geddes Hislop Forestry Division; Ministry of Agriculture, Lands and Food Production; P.O. Box 30; Port-of-Spain. Carol James Forestry Division; Ministry of Agriculture, Lands and Food Production; P.O. Box 30; Port-of-Spain. Nadra Nathai-Gyan Forestry Division; Ministry of Agriculture, Lands and Food Production; P.O. Box 30; Port-of-Spain. Eugene K. Ramcharan Natural Resources Programme; Institute of Marine Affairs; P.O. Box 3160; Carenage Post Office; Trinidad. -662- Directory Turks & Caicos Islands C.H. Floyd Director of Planning; Ministry of Commerce and Development of Industries and Resources; Grand Turk. U.S. Virgin Islands Robert L. Norton Division of Fish and Wildlife; 101 Estate Nazareth; St. Thomas; U.S. Virgin Islands 00802. Fred W. Sladen Division of Fish and Wildlife; Box 1878; Frederiksted; St. Croix; U.S. Virgin Islands 00840. John A. Yntema Department of Conservation and Cultural Affairs; Division of Fish and Wildlife; Box 1878; Frederiksted; St. Croix; U.S. Virgin Islands 00840. Uruguay Federico Achaval Departamento de Zoologia Vertebrados; Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias; Tristan Narvaja 1674; Montevideo. Ana Cazzadori de Ferenczi Instituto Nacional para la Preservacién del Medio Ambiente; Sarandi 444 p2; Montevideo. Mario D. Huertas Departamento de Zoologia Vertebrados; Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias; Tristan Narvaja 1674; Montevideo. Eduin Palerm Departamento de Zoologia Vertebrados; Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias; Tristan Narvaja 1674; Montevideo. Francisco D. Rilla Departamento de Zoologia Vertebrados; Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias; Tristan Narvaja 1674; Montevideo. Raul Vaz-Ferreira Departamento de Zoologia Vertebrados; Facultad de Humanidades y Ciencias; Tristan Narvaja 1674; Montevideo. Venezuela Allen B. Altman Departamento de Matematicas; Universidad Simon Bolivar; Apartado Postal 80659; Caracas 1080-A. Benjamin Busto Universidad Nacional Experimental de Los Llanos Occidentales "Ezequiel Zamora" (UNELLEZ); Carrera 3 numero 16-40; Guanare; Portuguesa. Clark L. Casler Universidad del Zulia; Centro de Investigaciones Biolégicas; Facultad de Humanidades; Apartado Postal 1416; Maracaibo; Zulia. Arelis Chang Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre; Ministerio del Ambiente y de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (MARNR); Apartado Postal 184; Maracay; Aragua. . David Gerardo Cordero Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre; Ministerio del Ambiente y de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (MARNR); Apartado Postal 184; Maracay; Aragua. Cecilia M. de Blohm Fundacion para la Defensa de la Naturaleza (FUDENA); Apartado Postal 69; Caracas 1010-A. Marie Noel de Visscher Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique; Rue Vautier 31; 1040 Bruxelles; Belgium. Douglas Figueroa Departamento de Suelos, Vegetacién y Fauna; Ministerio del Ambiente y de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (MARNR); Edif. Carnejo piso 2; Centro Simon Bolivar; Caracas. -663- Directory Mary Lou Goodwin Sociedad Conservacionista Audubon de Venezuela; Apartado Postal 80450; Caracas 1080-A. Francisco Gémez Dallmeier Department of Fishery & Wildlife Biology; Colorado State University; Fort Collins; Colorado 80523; U.S.A. James A. Kushlan Department of Biology; East Texas State University; Commerce; Texas 75428; U.S.A. Miguel Lentino Apartado Postal 29019; Caracas 1021-A. José R. Lira Universidad del Zulia; Centro de Investigaciones Biolégicas; Facultad de Humanidades; Apartado Postal 1416; Maracaibo; Zulia. Norma Marquez D. Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre; Ministerio del Ambiente y de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (MARNR); Apartado Postal 184; Maracay; Aragua. Glenda Medina Apartado Postal 17180; Caracas 1015-A. Luis G. Morales Instituto de Zoologia Tropical; Universidad Central de Venezuela; Apartado Postal 47058; Caracas 1041-A. Cristina Ramo Universidad Nacional Experimental de Los Llanos Occidentales "Ezequiel Zamora" (UNELLEZ); Carrera 3 numero 16-40; Guanare; Portuguesa. Ramé6n Rivero Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre; Ministerio del Ambiente y de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (MARNR); Apartado Postal 184; Maracay; Aragua. Andrés Eloy Seijas Servicio Nacional de Fauna Silvestre; Ministerio del Ambiente y de los Recursos Naturales Renovables (MARNR); Apartado Postal 184; Maracay; Aragua. Betsy Trent Thomas 1 Wetsel Road; Troy; New York 12182; U.S.A. General William Belton Chairman, ICBP Panamerican Section; Rocky Hollow; Great Cacapon; West Virginia 25422; U.S.A. Hans Blokpoel ' Canadian Wildlife Service; Ontario Region; 1725 Woodward Drive; Ottawa; Ontario K1A 0E7; Canada. Montserrat Carbonell International Waterfowl Research Bureau (IWRB); Slimbridge; Glos. GL2 7BX; U.K. Archie Carr III Assistant Director of Conservation; The New York Zoological Society; Bronx; New York 10460; U.S.A. Ken Creighton Investigador Principal; Proyecto de Biogeografia; The Nature Conservancy - Programa Internacional; 1785 Massachusetts Avenue N.W.; Washington; D.C. 20036; U.S.A. Robert Dickerman Department of Ornithology; American Museum of Natural History; Central Park West at 79th Street; New York; New York 10024; U.S.A. R. Michael Erwin Patuxent Wildlife Research Center; U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; Laurel; Maryland 20708; U.S.A. Peter G.H. Evans Edward Grey Institute; Department of Zoology; South Parks Road; Oxford; OX1 3PS; U.K. Jon Fjeldsa Curator, Zoologisk; Universitetsparken 15; DK 2100 Copenhagen; Denmark. Brian A. Harrington Manomet Bird Observatory; P.O. Box 936; Manomet; Massachusetts 02345; U.S.A. -664- Directory Stuart H. Hurlbert Department of Biology; San Diego State University; San Diego; California 92182; U.S.A. F. Wayne King Director, Florida State Museum; University of Florida; Museum Road; Gainsville; Florida 32611; U.S.A. Frans Leeuwenberg IWRB Hunting Research Group; Ministerie van Landbouw en Visserij; Directie Faunabeheer; Postbus 20401; 2500 EK s’Gravenhage; Netherlands. Charles S. Luthin World Working Group on Storks, Ibises and Spoonbills; Vogelpark Walsrode KG; 3030 Walsrode; Am Rieselbach; Federal Republic of Germany. Guillermo W. Mann Director of Science for Latin America; The Nature Conservancy International Programme; 1785 Massachusetts Avenue N.W.; Washington; D.C. 20036; U.S.A. R.I. Guy Morrison IWRB New World Wader Research Group; Canadian Wildlife Service; Ontario Region; 1725 Woodward Drive; Ottawa; Ontario K1A 0E7; Canada. John Peterson Myers Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; 19th & The Parkway; Philadelphia; Pennsylvania 19103; U.S.A. Richard T. Paul National Audubon Society; Tampa Bay Sanctuaries; 1020 82nd Street South; Tampa; Florida 33619; U.S.A. David L. Pearson Department of Biology; 208 Mueller; Pennsylvania State University; University Park; Pennsylvania 16802; U.S.A. Allen D. Putney Eastern Caribbean Natural Area Management Program (ECNAMP); c/o West Indies Laboratory; Teague Bay; P.O. Box 4010; Christiansted; St. Croix; U.S. Virgin Islands 00820. Robert S. Ridgely Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; 19th & The Parkway; Philadelphia; Pennsylvania 19103; U.S.A. Ralph W. Schreiber Curator of Ornithology; Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History; 900 Exposition Boulevard; Los Angeles; California 90007; U.S.A. Derek A. Scott International Waterfowl Research Bureau (IWRB); Slimbridge; Glos. GL2 7BX; U.K. Brian Sharp U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service; Lloyd 500 Building, Suite 1692; 500 N.E. Multnomah Street; Portland; Oregon 97232; U.K. Jill Sheppard Caribbean Conservation Association; Savannah Lodge; The Garrison; St. Michael; Barbados. William J.L. Sladen IWRB Swan Research Group; Department of Pathobiology; Johns Hopkins University; 615 North Wolfe Street; Baltimore; Maryland 21205; U.S.A. Alexander Sprunt IV Research Director; National Audubon Society Research Facility; 115 Indian Mound Trail; Tavernier; Florida 33070; U.S.A. Ruud van Halewyn Zoological Laboratory; Plompetorengracht 9; 3512 CA Utrecht; Netherlands. Bernardo Zentilli Coordinator for South America and the Caribbean; IUCN/WWF; Avenue du Mont-Blanc; 1196 Gland; Switzerland. -665- ae, a : tie.” Mase Lae. Goi +? nsdhalt Secs 4 A 2h St 100 a= “Aa so sith ta pgthtae vhg dh wate eapeal tee Pataal , ree) > &-> Cm se geld onze? . { Ranesenieni Sach VEE . coaenimis elaine paced Hei? tbtiait Sotyeait® mA NVOkE- bubs & Re naweest cy yood Prater > (ait d) (yee! wm Yared Bast amy stinks sccitoslt iitdid Saltaull ha 2 aite -_ ~ thnatverie! paedoovmd's Ad O0eS 10b05. a = U ag “4)) — \ atin 2 oni cele: dhowate dita ogo gRitnaog? bie seidl ,zhiol2 ao- qed: efi wt Se: - ‘an tte ‘gona ben: ee rob clealoah J »~* rij ee ' . tas ap Ca omM .W il ieee? in uitensotal (onavasano.) swig! aT :ecihnomA altel 11 vonsiaé Yo 1¢ “ie Oates & Paar SRS BONS: ose anand We Viewsday » creme W i “a poe rf a Mikes aus a . > tan ange ie ‘Sdiv THe + iy albaee sqeoi dsres2eF 1sbeW bina ol! Fikes ae pe eheee) (950 ALA oineinO cewatrO ; 7 hens aoyhl ininauienit ‘abe ake north est endo AP bqz4onm od tetas: 1 posh oS bh Pere er Pains! ree (Ler8: WEG pub ynuyd ae — ee on ned a SEE E> 1 tes < w “er ie seed gash ON ing aad rah diarienant vebhgee tts BOE Vieiolatihe: ara ma oka ‘n AZ. Osa a Abe. lias epetenodiae Gee 05 ia 2) inaigoet wie gana: oA fete Sete, ae yee MOPEDD ahngiel apy S 2 eihd—93 sbevseniazind) 010d x0 O99 ww fips ee > P i hv agtewR> sedqiabeant \ ‘peerstasC aS HiT sesoaeing lewia Yo- UnsdaoA C,csaal 3 2. adilivens 3 poe toni danas lo are vito calygnA 201 pvgolod Bie oi ABT S000! sinwitisd sales ‘ [SP Fee ee Pham bolle reat acapom, Wert Wig i EAD RET SAD ok pees di AAW uso 5 Iworrena hare i a be na r QGedhurdetiah it O0R-cee Sive yaniltiom Ql2- oul at a bef Vi 4A AY Ere ‘Sac! aves ( 2A ghar. ] a Heed RE yates port pa Hemmer itis 8k js +a y BZ ~“fesetakigdtet We AnsreurtegyOsqonn ; ee, — ASU R0E1S basiy roca O77 RPP hes ; VE a} Seaiineness nadoed. 2 yertiina ye tpteege mk pesiooZ! wed thu we visas ‘ sage: aes eriae® eaet-t4 Wi, Washington, D(A 200 YRFURE- biel ff o> ads oer sil diw0e 3F = weed WildMife’ Semiek Laureth <= a 73 1 i aa sabe peat Slag Soma Parks Koad: Onfordy One i > - ; ma me re va cai amoane Deas . | ‘. . Ny, 7 fi a ) — ip rae ae gin, = ; + iy ; i‘? eae oe Pes toa a - p - - ne, 9 " ™ ie bd € " is c APPENDIX An Annotated Checklist of the Waterfowl of the Neotropical Realm a i { XIOVEISA ~ notte Sedetane’ i 4 jo lwohsieW orld AN ANNOTATED CHECKLIST OF THE WATERFOWL OF THE NEOTROPICAL REALM Based on the recent literature, information on wetlands provided for this inventory, and detailed information on waterfowl provided by the following: Argentina: Manuel Nores and Mariano A. Gelain Bahamas: The Bahamas National Trust (per Susan Holowesko) Belize: Dora Weyer Bermuda: David B. Wingate Bolivia: Percy Baptista Lazarte, José Cabot, Eliana Flores, Werner Hanagarth, Marco Octavio Ribera and Brian Woods Brazil: Paulo de Tarso Zuquim Antas and Luiz A. Pedreira Gonzaga Cayman Islands: Patricia Bradley Chile: Roberto P. Schlatter Colombia: Luis G. Naranjo and Jorge Eduardo Botero Cuba: Orlando H. Garrido Dominican Republic: Josefa Esperanza Alvarez, Julio Cicero, Rosa Angélica Espinal, Mario E. Feliz de Cedeiio, Nelson Garcia, Altagracia Gomez, Manuel Gonzélez, Julia Matilda Mota, Miguel Silva, Domingo A. Siri, Annabelle Stockton de Dod and Tomas A. Vargas Ecuador: Paul Greenfield, Felix Man-ging, Fernando Ortiz Crespo and Clemencia Vela French Antilles: Edouard Benito-Espinal French Guiana: Jean-Luc Dujardin and Jean-Marc Thiollay Guatemala: Rubén Velasquez and Luis Villar Anleu Jamaica: Patrick W. Fairbairn, John Fletcher and Robert L. Sutton Mexico: Antonio C. Rogel Bahena Netherlands Antilles: Bart A. de Boer Paraguay: Nancy E. Lopéz Puerto Rico: José Luis Chabert and José A. Colon Suriname: Ben H.J. de Jong and Arie L. Spaans Trinidad and Tobago: Molly Gaskin, Geddes Hislop, Carol James, Nadra Nathai-Gyan and Eugene K. Ramcharan U.S. Virgin Islands: Robert L. Norton and Fred Sladen Uruguay: Eduin Palerm Venezuela: David Gerardo Cordero, Benjamin Busto, Arelis Chang, Miguel Lentino, Norma Marquez, Cristina Ramo, Andrés Eloy Seijas and Betsy Trent Thomas. The sequence and scientific nomenclature follow Blake, E.R. 1977, Manual of Neotropical Birds, Volume 1, except that the family Rynchopidae and the tern genera Chlidonias, Phaetusa, Gelochelidon, and Hydroprogne have been retained. Gaviidae Gavia stellata Red-throated Loon: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast of Mexico. Gavia pacifica Pacific Loon: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast of Mexico. Gavia immer Common Loon: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast of Mexico. Podicipedidae Podilymbus podiceps Pied-billed Grebe: Common almost throughout the region. Podilymbus gigas Atitlan Grebe: Endemic to Lake Atitlan, Guatemala; endangered; the population has decreased from an estimated 240 birds in 1975 to only 45 in 1984. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as endangered. -669- Appendix Rollandia rolland White-tufted Grebe: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the south, extending north to central Peru and southern Brazil. Rollandia micropterum Short-winged Grebe: Endemic to South America; common: within its restricted distribution in the Andes of southern Peru and Bolivia. Podiceps major Great Grebe: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in the south, extending north to southern Peru and southern Brazil. Podiceps dominicus Least Grebe: Widespread and locally common throughout tropical regions. Podiceps grisegena Red-necked Grebe: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico. Podiceps auritus Horned Grebe: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Bermuda. Podiceps nigricollis Eared Grebe: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Guatemala, breeding in northwestern Mexico. Podiceps (nigricollis) andinus Colombian Grebe: Endemic to the Andes of Colombia (Lake Tota and the Bogota Savanna); last reported in 1977 and now almost certainly extinct. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as endangered. Podiceps occipitalis Silvery Grebe: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in southern Chile, south and central Argentina and the Andes north to southern Colombia (where scarce). Podiceps taczanowskii Puna Grebe: Endemic to Lake Junin, Peru; endangered; in 1979, the total population was estimated at 300 birds, but numbers may have decreased since then. Two pairs were translocated to the nearby Laguna Chacaycancha in February 1985. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as rare. Podiceps gallardoi Hooded Grebe: Endemic to southern Argentina; locally common within its restricted distribution in Patagonia; the total population is currently estimated at 3,000-3,500 birds. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as rare. Aechmophorus occidentalis Western Grebe: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico; a local breeding bird in the highlands of northern Mexico. Pelecanidae Pelecanus erythrorhynchos American White Pelican: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, breeding in northeastern Mexico; vagrant to Central America and the Caribbean. The West Coast population wintering in western Mexico is estimated at about 16,000 birds. Pelecanus occidentalis Brown Pelican: Widespread and common in Mexico, Central America, the Bahamas and the Greater Antilles; a very local breeding bird on the coasts of Ecuador, Colombia and Venezuela, wandering south to central Peru and east to the Amazon Delta. The Peruvian Pelican P. (o.) murphyi is an abundant sea-bird of coastal Peru and Chile. Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax auritus Double-crested Cormorant: Mainly extralimital; resident and winter visitor from the Nearctic in Mexico and the northern Caribbean; uncommon visitor and possible breeding bird in Belize. Phalacrocorax olivaceus Neotropic Cormorant: Common almost throughout the region. Anhingidae Anhinga anhinga Anhinga: Widespread and common in tropical regions of Mexico, Central America and South America south to Peru, northern Argentina and Uruguay; also resident in Cuba, but a straggler elsewhere in the Caribbean. Ardeidae Botaurus lentiginosus American Bittern: Mainly extralimital; uncommon winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, Bermuda and the northern Caribbean. Botaurus pinnatus Pinnated Bittern: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; generally rather scarce and local in eastern Mexico, Central America and northwestern Colombia; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes south to north-central Argentina. -670- Appendix Ixobrychus exilis Least Bittern: Widespread and fairly common from Mexico and the Caribbean south to southern Peru and northern Argentina. The very local J. e. bogotensis of the Colombian Andes is fairly common at Lake Tota and wetlands on the Bogota Savanna. Ixobrychus involucris Stripe-backed Bittern: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but rather scarce from northern Colombia east of the Andes to central Argentina, and west of the Andes in central Chile. Tigrisoma lineatum Rufescent Tiger-Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in Central America from Guatemala to Panama, and in South America east of the Andes south to northern Argentina; uncommon and local west of the Andes south to Ecuador. Tigrisoma fasciatum Fasciated Tiger-Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but rather scarce in eastern Central America and western South America from northern Venezuela south to northwestern Argentina (Jujuy and Salta). The nominate subspecies, confined to southeastern Brazil and northeastern Argentina (Misiones), is extremely rare; it has not been recorded in Brazil since the 1950s and is now probably extinct over most of its range. This subspecies is listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as indeterminate. Tigrisoma mexicanum Bare-throated Tiger-Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in Mexico, Central America and northwestern Colombia. Zebrilus undulatus Zigzag Heron: Endemic to South America; widely distributed in the Amazon and Orinoco basins, but apparently very scarce everywhere. Nycticorax nycticorax Black-crowned Night-Heron: Common almost throughout the region. Nyctanassa violacea Yellow-crowned Night-Heron: Widespread and fairly common in Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and coastal South America south to northern Peru and southeastern Brazil. The subspecies endemic to Bermuda became extinct in the early 17th century, but the species was successfully re-introduced in the late 1970s. Pilherodius pileatus Capped Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in tropical regions east of the Andes and in northern Colombia; uncommon in eastern Panama. Syrigma sibilatrix Whistling Heron: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in the llanos of Colombia and Venezuela, and from Bolivia to central Argentina. Cochlearius cochlearius Boat-billed Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in tropical regions. Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret: Common almost throughout the region. Butorides virescens Green Heron: Widespread and common resident in Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean, and local resident in northern Venezuela; common winter visitor from the Nearctic south to Colombia and Venezuela. Butorides striatus Striated Heron: Widespread and common almost throughout South America and in central and eastern Panama. Butorides sundevalli Lava Heron: Endemic to the Galapagos Islands, where common. Egretta caerulea Little Blue Heron: widespread and common in Mexico, Central America and the Caribbean; widespread and locally common, particularly in coastal regions, in South America south to southern Peru and Uruguay; occasional in northern Chile. Egretta tricolor Tricolored Heron: Widespread and common in coastal regions of Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and South America south to southern Peru and northeastern Brazil. Egretta rufescens Reddish Egret: Widely distributed but very scarce along the coasts of Mexico, Central America, the northern Caribbean and northern Colombia and Venezuela. Vulnerable; the entire population (including North American birds) is thought to number only 3,000-5,000 pairs. Egretta thula Snowy Egret: Common almost throughout the region. Egretta gularis Western Reef Heron: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World, recently recorded in Saint Lucia and Barbados. Egretta garzetta Little Egret: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Egretta alba Great Egret: Common almost throughout the region. Ardea cinerea Grey Heron: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Ardea herodias Great Blue Heron: Common breeding bird and winter visitor in Mexico and the northern Caribbean; common winter visitor and local breeder in Central America; winter visitor in small numbers to the southern Caribbean and extreme northwestern South America. The subspecies endemic to the Galapagos Islands is fairly common. -671- Appendix Ardea cocoi White-necked Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; scarce resident in eastern Panama; widespread and fairly common almost throughout lowland South America. Agamia agami Chestnut-bellied Heron: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but very scarce in humid tropical lowlands of Mexico, Central America, northwestern Colombia, and the basins of the Orinoco and Amazon. Ciconiidae Mycteria americana Wood Stork: Widespread and common in Mexico and Central America, and in South America north and east of the Andes to central Argentina; rather scarce and local in the northern Caribbean; vagrant to coastal Peru and Chile. Euxenura maguari Maguari Stork: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes from eastern Colombia to central Argentina; occasional visitor to central and southern Chile. Jabiru mycteria Jabiru: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; very scarce in the Caribbean lowlands of Mexico, Central America and northern Colombia; widespread and locally fairly common in South America east of the Andes south to Uruguay and northern Argentina. The Mexican and Central American population is estimated at less than 150 birds. Threskiornithidae Harpiprion caerulescens Plumbeous Ibis: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution from eastern Bolivia and southwestern Brazil to northern Argentina and Uruguay. Theristicus caudatus Buff-necked Ibis: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes south to northern Argentina and Uruguay. Theristicus (caudatus) branickii Branicki’s Ibis: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but rather scarce in the Andes from Ecuador to northern Chile. Theristicus (caudatus) melanopis Black-faced Ibis: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in the lowlands of Chile and Argentina; very scarce in the coastal lowlands of southern Peru. Cercibis oxycerca Sharp-tailed Ibis: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the llanos of eastern Colombia, Venezuela and northwestern Brazil. Mesembrinibis cayennensis Green Ibis: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but generally rather scarce in eastern Central America and tropical South America east of the Andes. Phimosus infuscatus Bare-faced Ibis: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes from northern Colombia to north-central Argentina. Eudocimus albus White Ibis: Widespread and common in Mexico, Central America, the northern Caribbean and northwestern South America south to northern Peru and east to western Venezuela. Declining in parts of Central America and the Caribbean. Eudocimus ruber Scarlet Ibis: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but rather scarce in _ coastal regions from northern Colombia to eastern Brazil; common in the llanos of eastern Colombia and Venezuela. Coastal populations are declining; the range of the species is contracting in the east, and there has been no breeding in Trinidad for over ten years. The total population is now probably less than 100,000 pairs. Plegadis chihi White-faced Ibis: A local breeding bird in Mexico, straggler in winter to Central America, and vagrant to northern Colombia and Venezuela; widespread and locally abundant from eastern Bolivia and southern Brazil to central Argentina and central Chile. Plegadis falcinellus Glossy Ibis: Locally fairly common in eastern Central America, the northern Caribbean, northern Colombia and Venezuela. Plegadis ridgwayi Puna Ibis: Endemic to South America; common within its limited distribution in the Andes of central and southern Peu, Bolivia and northern Chile. Ajaia ajaja Roseate Spoonbill: Widespread and fairly common in Mexico, Central America, the northern Caribbean, and South America west of the Andes south to northern Peru and east of the Andes south to central Argentina; vagrant to Chile. -672> Appendix Phoenicopteridae Phoenicopterus ruber Greater (Caribbean) Flamingo: The subspecies P. r. ruber is endemic tothe Neotropical Realm, occurring in four discrete populations: (1) Galapagos Islands; 400-500 birds, breeding at several localities. (2) Netherlands Antilles and the north coast of South America from northeastern Colombia to northern Brazil; at least 16,000 birds, breeding on Bonaire in the Netherlands Antilles; formerly occurred east to northeastern Brazil and probably bred in Amapa, northern Brazil, in 1971, but becoming increasingly rare in that country. (3) Yucatan Peninsula, Mexico; at least 26,000 birds, breeding at Rio Lagartos; vagrant to Belize. (4) Bahamas, Cuba and Hispaniola; unknown but 40,000-50,000 have been present at the breeding colony on Great Inagua Island in the Bahamas in recent years, and 45,000 were recorded at Bahia de Nuevitas, Cuba, in 1983. A common visitor to many other localities in the Bahamas and Cuba, and also on Hispaniola where it occasionally breeds (Lago Enriquillo and Laguna Salada in the Dominican Republic). Phoenicopterus chilensis Chilean Flamingo: Endemic to South America; widespread and locally very common from the Andes of Central Peru south to Tierra del Fuego, occurring in winter to Paraguay and southeastern Brazil; occasional in small numbers in southwestern Ecuador. Tie total population is estimated at about 500,000 birds. Phoenicoparrus andinus Andean Flamingo: Endemic to South America; locally fairly common within its limited distribution in the high Andes of Bolivia, northwestern Argentina, northern Chile and extreme southern Peru. Very few breeding localities are known, and the total population is probably well below 50,000 birds. Phoenicoparrus jamesi James’ Flamingo: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the high Andes of Bolivia, northwestern Argentina, northern Chile and southern Peru. The total population is estimated at 50,000 birds. Anhimidae Anhima cornuta Horned Screamer: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but rather scarce in humid tropical lowlands east of the Andes from northern Columbia to Bolivia and south-central Brazil. There are small isolated populations in the Cauca Valley in western Colombia and in southwestern Ecuador. The species became extinct in Trinidad early this century. Chauna chavaria Northern Screamer: Endemic to South America; common within its very limited distribution in northern Colombia and western Venezuela. Chauna torquata Southern Screamer: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in eastern Bolivia, southwestern and southern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay, and north and central Argentina. Anatidae Dendrocygna bicolor Fulvous Tree-Duck: Widely distributed but generally rather scarce from Mexico and the northern Caribbean south to eastern Peru, eastern Bolivia and northern Argentina. Vagrant to Chile. Dendrocygna viduata White-faced Tree-Duck: Widespread and common in South America east of the Andes south to Uruguay and northern Argentina, and west of the Andes south to northern Peru; also in the lowlands of eastern Central America. Dendrocygna arborea West Indian Tree-Duck: Endemic to the Caribbean; formerly widely distributed but now extinct in many parts of its range and decreasing almost everywhere. The Cayman Islands now hold one of the largest populations, with over 400 birds. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as vulnerable. Dendrocygna autumnalis Black-bellied Tree-Duck: Widespread and common in the lowlands of Mexico, Central America and South America south to northern Argentina. Coscoroba coscoroba Coscoroba Swan: Endemic to South America; widespread and locally fairly common in southern South America, extending north to central Chile and southeastern Brazil, but decreasing in some areas. Cygnus melancoryphus Black-necked Swan: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in southern South America and the Falkland Islands, extending north to central Chile, Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. -673- Appendix Cygnus columbianus Whistling Swan: Extralimital; very scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico; vagrant to Bermuda and the Caribbean. Anser albifrons White-fronted Goose: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico (south to Michoacan). An average of 53,600 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anser caerulescens Snow Goose: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico (south to Veracruz), and vagrant to Bermuda and the Caribbean. An average of 88,800 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anser rossii Ross’ Goose: Extralimital; very scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico. Branta canadensis Canada Goose: Mainly extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico; vagrant to Bermuda and the Caribbean. An average of 5,600 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Branta bernicla Brant (Brent) Goose: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast of northwestern Mexico (south to Sinaloa). An average of 139,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982, almost the entire Pacific flyway population. Chloephaga melanoptera Andean Goose: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the Andes from central Peru to central Chile and Argentina. Chloephaga poliocephala Ashy-headed Goose: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in southern Chile, Argentina and the Falkland Islands; occurs north in winter to Buenos Aires Province. Chloephaga rubidiceps Ruddy-headed Goose: Endemic to South America; very rare and endangered in the extreme south of Chile and Argentina; still fairly common in the Falkland Islands. Formerly occurred north in winter to Buenos Aires Province. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as vulnerable. Chloephaga picta Upland Goose: Endemic to South America; very common within its limited distribution in southern Chile, Argentina and the Falkland Islands; occurs north in winter to Buenos Aires Province and occasionally Uruguay. Chloephaga hybrida Kelp Goose: Endemic to South America; common within its limited distribution on the coasts of southern Chile, southern Argentina and the Falkland Islands. Neochen jubata Orinoco Goose: Endemic to South America; widely distributed in the basins of the Orinoco and Amazon from the lIlanos of eastern Colombia and Venezuela to eastern Bolivia and central Brazil, and also in western Paraguay and extreme northern Argentina, but now very scarce over much of its range. The species is particularly sensitive to hunting pressure and now remains common only in remote areas (e.g. in parts of eastern Bolivia) or where given adequate protection (e.g. in parts of the llanos of Venezuela). Lophonetta specularioides Crested Duck: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the Andes from central Peru southwards, in coastal regions of southern Argentina and Chile, and in the Falkland Islands. Tachyeres pteneres Flightless Steamer-Duck: Endemic to South America; common within: its limited distribution in southern Argentina and Chile. Tachyeres leucocephalus White-headed Flightless Steamer-Duck: Endemic to southern Argentina, with a very restricted distribution in coastal Chubut Province; possibly vulnerable. Tachyeres brachypterus Falkland Islands Flightless Steamer-Duck: Endemic to the Falkland Islands, where common. Tachyeres patachonicus Flying Steamer-Duck: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in southern Chile, southern Argentina and the Falkland Islands. Anas platyrhynchos Mallard: Mainly extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico; vagrant to Central America and the Caribbean. An average of 4,900 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. There are feral breeding populations on Bermuda (introduced in 1960) and the Cayman Islands (introduced in 1983). Anas ( platyrhynchos) wyvilliana Hawaiian Duck: Extralimital; vagrant from Hawaii to Mexico. Anas (platyrhynchos) fulvigula Mottled Duck: Mainly extralimital; resident in northeastern Mexico. An average of 3,900 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas (platyrhynchos):diazi Mexican Duck: Endemic to Mexico and adjacent U.S.A.; locally common, the total population is estimated at 55,500 birds. Anas rubripes Black Duck: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to Bermuda. Anas specularis Spectacled Duck: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the Andes of central and southern Chile and Argentina; occasional in winter in the lowlands of Argentina east to Buenos Aires Province. -674- Appendix Anas flavirostris Speckled Teal: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the south, extending north in the lowlands to central Chile, Paraguay and southeastern Brazil, and in the Andes to Venezuela. Anas crecca Green-winged Teal: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America and the northern Caribbean; occasionally south to Colombia. An average of 368,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas strepera Gadwall: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Guatemala. An average of 86,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas americana American Wigeon: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean, northern Colombia, Trinidad and occasionally Venezuela. An average of 313,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas penelope European Wigeon: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Anas sibilatrix Chiloe Wigeon: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the south, occurring north in winter to central Chile, northern Argentina, Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. Anas bahamensis White-cheeked Pintail: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed and locally common in the Caribbean and mainly coastal regions of South America south to southern Chile and central Argentina. Also in the Galapagos Islands. Anas georgica Yellow-billed Pintail: Endemic to South America and nearby subantarctic islands; widespread and common throughout the. south, extending north in the lowlands to southern Peru, Paraguay and southeastern Brazil, and in the Andes to Ecuador. The subspecies endemic to the Andes of Colombia A. g. niceforoi is now extinct. Anas acuta Northern Pintail: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and northern Colombia. An average of 954,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas versicolor Silver Teal: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the south, extending north in the lowlands to southeastern Bolivia, Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. Anas puna Puna Teal: Endemic to South America; common within its limited distribution in the Andes from central Peru to northern Chile and northwestern Argentina. Anas querquedula Garganey: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Anas discors Blue-winged Teal: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and South America south to Peru and northeastern Brazil; regular in small numbers in the Galapagos Islands. A vagrant to Chile, southeastern Brazil, Uruguay and Argentina. An average of about 550,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas cyanoptera Cinnamon Teal: Common resident and winter visitor in Mexico, and common winter visitor in Central America; resident (two endemic subspecies) and occasional winter visitor in Colombia and Venezuela; common and widespread in the Andes from central Peru southwards, and in southern Chile and most of Argentina. Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and northern Colombia; occasional in Trinidad. An average of 368,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Anas platalea Red Shoveler: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in the south, extending north to central Chile, Bolivia and southeastern Brazil; occasional in southern Peru. Anas leucophrys Ringed Teal: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in eastern Bolivia, southern Brazil, Paraguay, northern Argentina and Uruguay. Aix sponsa Wood Duck: Mainly extralimital; resident in Cuba; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Bermuda; occasional winter visitor to the Cayman Islands. Merganetta armata Torrent Duck: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in the Andes from Venezuela and Colombia to Tierra del Fuego. Netta peposaca Rosy-billed Pochard: Endemic to South America; widespread and common from south-central Chile and central Argentina north to southern Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. Netta erythrophthalma Southern Pochard: The nominate subspecies is endemic to South America; widely distributed from Colombia and Venezuela to Peru, northern Argentina and southeastern Brazil, but very local and scarce. In recent years, the species has been reported most frequently in eastern Brazil (Ceara, Rio Grande do Norte, Alagoas, Bahia, Rio de Janeiro and Distrito Federal). Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as indeterminate. -675- Appendix Aythya americana Redhead: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico; vagrant to Guatemala and the Caribbean. An average of 296,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Aythya collaris Ring-necked Duck: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America and the northern Caribbean; vagrant to Trinidad and Venezuela. An average of 23,100 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Aythya valisineria Canvasback: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern and central Mexico; vagrant to Guatemala and the Caribbean. An average of 39,900 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Aythya marila Greater Scaup: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico and Bermuda. Aythya affinis Lesser Scaup: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and northern Colombia; occasional winter visitor to Ecuador, Venezuela and Trinidad. An average of 237,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Amazonetta brasiliensis Brazilian Duck: Endemic to South America; widespread and common east of the Andes from the llanos of Colombia and Venezuela to northern Argentina and Uruguay. Sarkidiornis melanotos Comb Duck: Widely distributed but rather scarce from eastern Panama west of the Andes to northern Peru, and east of the Andes to northern Argentina and Uruguay. Cairina moschata Muscovy Duck: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in tropical regions of Mexico, Central America and South America west of the Andes south to Ecuador, and east of the Andes south to northern Argentina and Uruguay. Clangula hyemalis Long-tailed Duck: Extralimital; vagrant from the Nearctic to Bermuda. Melanitta nigra Black Scoter: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico. Melanitta perspicillata Surf Scoter: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico; occasional winter visitor to Bermuda. Melanitta (fusca) deglandi White-winged Scoter: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico. Bucephala albeola Bufflehead: Mainly extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico and Bermuda. An average of 2,700 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Bucephala clangula Common Goldeneye: Mainly extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico and Bermuda. An average of 390 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Mergus cucullatus Hooded Merganser: Extralimital; very scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico and Bermuda; vagrant to the Caribbean. Mergus octosetaceus Brazilian Merganser: Endemic to South America; endangered; very rare and local in south-central Brazil, (headwaters of the Rio Sao Francisco in Minas Gerais, headwaters of the Tocantins in Goias, headwaters of the Sucuriu in Mato Grosso do Sul, and southwestern Parana), eastern Paraguay (Rio Carapa), and extreme northeastern Argentina (Misiones). Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as indeterminate. Mergus serrator Red-breasted Merganser: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico and Bermuda; vagrant to the northern Caribbean. An average of 8,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Mergus merganser Goosander: Extralimital; very scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico. Oxyura jamaicensis Ruddy Duck: The nominate subspecies breeds in northern Mexico and is a fairly common resident in the Caribbean; also a common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico (up to 105,000 counted in recent years) and Guatemala. O. j. andina is confined to the Andes of northern and central Colombia, where it is scarce and local; O. j. ferruginea is common in the Andes from southern Colombia (Narifio) to Tierra del Fuego. Oxyura vittata Lake Duck: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in Argentina and central Chile, occurring north in winter to southeastern Brazil and Paraguay. Oxyura dominica Masked Duck: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but rather scarce in lowland Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean, and tropical South America west of the Andes south to northern Peru and east of the Andes south to northern Argentina and Uruguay. -676- Appendix Heteronetta atricapilla Black-headed Duck: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution from southeastern Brazil and Paraguay to central Argentina and central Chile. Opisthocomidae Opisthocomus hoazin Hoatzin: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the basins of the Orinoco and Amazon. Gruidae Grus canadensis Sandhill Crane: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico (up to 20,000 recorded in recent mid-winter censuses). There is a small resident population in Cuba belonging to the endemic subspecies G. c. nesiotes; the total population of this subspecies is estimated at 100-150 birds. G. c. nesiotes is listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as rare. Grus americana Whooping Crane: Extralimital; formerly a vagrant from the Nearctic to northern Mexico. Aramidae Aramus guarauna Limpkin: Endemic to Neotropical Realm (including Florida, U.S.A.); rather scarce and local in the Caribbean (Cuba, Jamaica and Hispaniola); generally common and widespread in tropical regions of Mexico, Central America and South America west of the Andes south to Ecuador and east of the Andes south to Uruguay and northern Argentina. Rallidae Rallus sanguinolentus Plumbeous Rail: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the lowlands and Andes from central Peru and southern Brazil to southern Argentina and southern Chile. Rallus nigricans Blackish Rail: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in central and southern Brazil and Paraguay; also occurs locally in Colombia, western Venezuela, Ecuador and Peru. Rallus longirostris Clapper Rail: Locally common in coastal areas from Mexico and the Caribbean south to northern Peru and southeastern Brazil. Rallus (longirostris) elegans King Rail: Mainly extralimital; the subspecies endemic to Cuba (R. 1/e. ramsdeni) is locally fairly common. The species has been recorded in Jamaica in winter. Rallus wetmorei Plain-flanked Rail: Endemic to coastal northwestern Venezuela (Falcon, Carabobo and Aragua); status unknown. Rallus limicola Virginia Rail: Fairly common resident in Mexico and scarce winter visitor to Guatemala and Bermuda; fairly common resident in western South America from southwestern Colombia to central Peru. Rallus (limicola) antarcticus Austral Rail: Endemic to South America; confined to southern Argentina and southern and central Chile, where very scarce; not reported in Argentina since 1950. Rallus semiplumbeus Bogota Rail: Endemic to the Andes of Colombia (Lake Tota and the Bogota Savanna); very scarce and local. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as vulnerable. Rallus maculatus Spotted Rail: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but scarce from Mexico and Cuba south to northern Argentina. Amaurolimnas concolor Uniform Crake: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but rather scarce in humid tropical regions of southern Mexico, Central America and South America south to southeastern Brazil. Cyanolimnas cerverai Zapata Rail: Endemic to Zapata Swamp, Cuba; very scarce. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as rare. Aramides mangle Little Wood-Rail: Endemic to eastern Brazil (Maranhao to Rio de Janeiro); status unknown. 6772 Appendix Aramides axillaris Rufous-necked Wood-Rail: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; scarce resident along the Pacific coast of western Mexico, on the Caribbean coast of Yucatan and Central America, and in coastal regions of northern South America south to Ecuador and east to Suriname. “a Aramides cajanea Grey-necked Wood-Rail: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and common in central and southern Mexico, Central America and South America east of -the Andes south to north-central Argentina. Aramides wolfi Brown Wood-Rail: Endemic to South America; scarce and local in the Pacific lowlands of western Colombia and Ecuador. Aramides ypecaha Giant Wood-Rail: Endemic to South America; widespread and common from central Brazil south to north-central Argentina. Aramides saracura Slaty-breasted Wood-Rail: Endemic to South America; common within its limited distribution in southeastern Brazil, eastern Paraguay and extreme northeastern Argentina (Misiones). Aramides calopterus Red-winged Wood-Rail: Endemic to South America; scarce and local in eastern Ecuador, eastern Peru and adjacent western Brazil. Anurolimnas castaneiceps Chestnut-headed Crake: Endemic to South America; scarce and local in southern Colombia, eastern Ecuador and eastern Peru. Porzana porzana Spotted Crake: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Porzana carolina Sora Rail: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and northern South America south to Peru and east to Guyana. Porzana albicollis Ash-throated Crake: Endemic to South America; widespread and _ locally common from northern Colombia east of the Andes south to north-central Argentina. Porzana flaviventer Yellow-breasted Crake: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed and locally fairly common in Central America west to southern Guatemala, in the Greater Antilles, and in South America east of the Andes south to north-central Argentina. Laterallus spilopterus Dot-winged Crake: Endemic to South America; confined to central Argentina and southern Uruguay where apparently rather scarce. Laterallus jamaicensis Black Crake: Scarce and local resident in northwestern Mexico; scarce winter visitor to Mexico, Central America and the Greater Antilles, where it may breed (e.g. in Jamaica). Scarce and local resident in coastal Peru, Lake Junin, Peru (endemic subspecies), north and central Chile, and west-central Argentina. Laterallus exilis Grey-breasted Crake: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and locally fairly common in Central America from Belize eastwards, and in South America south to northwestern Ecuador and the Amazon basin. Laterallus xenopterus Rufous-faced Crake: Endemic to South America; until recently known only from one specimen taken in southeastern Paraguay, but in recent years found elsewhere in eastern Paraguay and in south-central Brazil. Laterallus albigularis White-throated Crake: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; common within its limited distribution in eastern Central America, western Colombia and northwestern Ecuador. Laterallus melanophaius Rufous-sided Crake: Endemic to South America; widespread and common east of the Andes south to north-central Argentina. Laterallus spilonotus Galapagos Rail: Endemic to the Galapagos Islands, where locally common. Laterallus ruber Ruddy Crake: Endemic to Middle America; widespread and common from southern Mexico to Costa Rica. Laterallus levraudi Rusty-flanked Crake: Endemic to north-central Venezuela (Yaracuy to Miranda); status unknown. Laterallus leucopyrrhus Red-and-white Crake: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in Paraguay, southeastern Brazil, Uruguay and northeastern Argentina. Laterallus fasciatus Black-banded Crake: Endemic to South America; scarce and local in southeastern Colombia, eastern Ecuador, northeastern Peru and adjacent western Brazil. Laterallus viridis Russet-crowned Crake: Endemic to South America; widespread and common east of the Andes from northern Colombia south to southeastern Brazil. Micropygia schomburgkii Ocellated Crake: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but rather scarce and local in South America east of the Andes to central Brazil. The species has also been recorded in southern Costa Rica. ; Coturnicops notata Speckled Crake: Endemic to South America; apparently rare and local in southern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and north and central Argentina; birds recorded during the austral winter in Colombia, Venezuela and Guyana may be migrants from the south. -678- Appendix Coturnicops noveboracensis Yellow Rail: Mainly extralimital; the subspecies endemic to the highlands of Mexico (C. n. goldmani) is scarce and local, and possibly endangered. C. n. goldmani) is listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as indeterminate. Neocrex colombianus Colombian Crake: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; scarce and local within its limited distribution in eastern Panama, northern and western Colombia and northwestern Ecuador. Neocrex erythrops Paint-billed Crake: Endemic to South America; widespread and locally fairly common from Venezuela and eastern Colombia south to coastal Peru, northern Argentina and eastern Brazil. Also locally common in the Galapagos Islands. Porphyriops melanops Spot-flanked Gallinule: Endemic to South America; widespread and common from southern Argentina and Chile north to northern Chile, eastern Bolivia and northeastern Brazil; P. m. bogotensis, endemic to the Colombian Andes, is locally common. Gallinula chloropus Common Gallinule: Widespread and common from Mexico and the Caribbean south to northern Chile and central Argentina. Porphyrula martinica Purple Gallinule: Widespread and common from Mexico and the Caribbean south to Peru and central Argentina; vagrant to Chile. Porphyrula flavirostris Azure Gallinule: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes from the Orinoco to Paraguay and extreme northern Argentina. Recently recorded in Trinidad. Fulica americana American Coot: Common resident in Mexico, Guatemala, the Bahamas, the Greater Antilles and the Andes south to northern Chile and Argentina; common winter visitor throughout Mexico, Central America and the northern Caribbean. There is a tiny breeding population in Bermuda. An average of 937,000 was recorded in Mexico in the January counts of 1978-1982. Fulica (americana) ardesiaca Slate-colored Coot: Apparently only a colour phase of F. americana; endemic to South America; common in the Andes from southern Colombia (Narifio) to northern Chile, and in coastal Peru. Fulica caribaea Caribbean Coot: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widely distributed but local and rather scarce in the Caribbean and northwestern Venezuela; vagrant to Trinidad. Hybridizes with F. americana in some areas (e.g. in the U.S. Virgin Islands). Fulica armillata Red-gartered Coot: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the south, extending north to central Chile, Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. Fulica leucoptera White-winged Coot: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the south, extending north to northern Chile, eastern Bolivia and southeastern Brazil. Fulica rufifrons Red-fronted Coot: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common in the south, extending north to extreme southern Peru, northern Argentina and southeastern Brazil. Fulica gigantea Giant Coot: Endemic to South America; common within its restricted distribution in the high Andes of central and southern Peru, Bolivia, northern Chile and extreme northwestern Argentina (Jujuy). Fulica cornuta Horned Coot: Endemic to South America; locally fairly common within its very restricted distribution in the high Andes of southern Bolivia, northern Chile and northwestern Argentina. Listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as rare. Heliornithidae Heliornis fulica Sungrebe: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in tropical regions of Mexico, Central America and South America west of the Andes south to western Ecuador and east of the Andes south to Paraguay, extreme northeastern Argentina (Misiones) and southeastern Brazil. Eurypygidae Eurypyga helias Sunbittern: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and fairly common in humid tropical regions from extreme eastern Mexico along the Caribbean slope of Central America to western Colombia and Ecuador, and east of the Andes south to central Brazil. -679- Appendix Jacanidae Jacana spinosa Northern Jacana: Widespread and common in the lowlands of Mexico, Central America (east to western Panama) and the Greater Antilles. Jacana jacana Wattled Jacana: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and common in central and eastern Panama, and South America west of the Andes south to northern Peru and east of the Andes south to central Argentina; vagrant to Chile. Rostratulidae Nycticryphes semicollaris South American Painted Snipe: Endemic to South America; locally fairly common from central Chile and central Argentina to southern Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. Haematopodidae Haematopus palliatus American Oystercatcher: Locally fairly common on coasts throughout the region except in the extreme south. The small population resident in the Galapagos Islands is thought to number less than 100 birds. Haematopus bachmani Black Oystercatcher: Mainly extralimital; fairly common resident in northwestern Mexico. Haematopus leucopodus Magellanic Oystercatcher: Endemic to South America; common within its limited distribution in southern Argentina, southern Chile and the Falkland Islands. Haematopus ater Blackish Oystercatcher: Endemic to South America; fairly common on the coasts of Peru, Chile, Argentina and the Falkland Islands. Charadriidae Vanellus vanellus Lapwing: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Vanellus chilensis Southern Lapwing: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; rather scarce and local in Panama and northwestern Colombia; widespread and common east of the Andes and in southern South America. Vanellus resplendens Andean Lapwing: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the Andes from southern Colombia to northern Chile and Argentina. Hoploxypterus cayanus Pied Lapwing: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes south to Paraguay and extreme northern Argentina. Pluvialis dominica Lesser Golden Plover: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering from central Peru and southeastern Brazil to central Argentina. Pluvialis squatarola Black-bellied (Grey) Plover: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread along coasts, but rather scarce on the Atlantic coast south of northeastern Brazil. Charadrius hiaticula Ringed Plover: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Charadrius semipalmatus Semipalmated Plover: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread along coasts south to northern Chile and southern Brazil; very scarce in Argentina. Charadrius wilsonius Thick-billed (Wilson’s) Plover: Fairly common resident and winter visitor on coasts of Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and northern South America south to northern Peru and east to northeastern Brazil. Charadrius vociferus Killdeer: Common resident in Mexico, the Bahamas, the Greater Antilles and coastal Peru; common winter visitor from the Nearctic to coasts of Central America, Colombia, Ecuador, the Netherlands Antilles (Aruba) and occasionally Venezuela. Occasional visitor to northern Chile. Charadrius melodus Piping Plover: Mainly extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico, Bermuda and the northern Caribbean. Vagrant to Ecuador. Charadrius alexandrinus Snowy Plover: Locally fairly common resident on the coast of Mexico, in the Bahamas and Greater Antilles, on islands off the Venezuelan coast (including the Netherlands Antilles), and on the coast of Peru south to central Chile. Charadrius collaris Collared Plover: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; widespread and common in southern Mexico, in much of Central America, and in South America west of the Andes: to northern Peru and in central Chile, and east of the Andes to central Argentina. Charadrius alticola Puna Plover: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the high Andes of Peru, Bolivia, northern Chile and northern Argentina. -680- Appendix Charadrius falklandicus Two-banded Plover: Endemic to South America; common breeding bird on the coasts of southern and central Chile and Argentina, and in the Falkland Islands, wintering north to northern Chile, Uruguay and southeastern Brazil. Charadrius modestus Rufous-chested Dotterel: Endemic to South America; breeding in southern Chile, extreme southern Argentina and the Falkland Islands, and wintering north to north-central Chile, Uruguay and southeastern Brazil (Rio Grande do Sul). Charadrius montanus Mountain Plover: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northern Mexico. Eudromias ruficollis Tawny-throated Dotterel: Endemic to South America; breeding locally in the lowlands of coastal Peru and southern Argentina, and commonly in the Andes from southern Peru to southern Chile, and in the Falkland Islands; winters north to southwestern Ecuador, Uruguay and southeastern Brazil. Pluvianellus socialis Magellanic Plover: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its very restricted range in southern Argentina (Santa Cruz and Tierra del Fuego) and the extreme south of Chile; occurs north in winter to the coast of Chubut. Phegornis mitchellii Diademed Sandpiper-Plover: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but scarce in the high Andes from central Peru to south-central Chile and’ Agentina (Chubut). Scolopacidae Limosa haemastica Hudsonian Godwit: Uncommon passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering in southern South America mainly on the coasts of southern Argentina and Chile. The total population may number less than 20,000 birds. Limosa fedoa Marbled Godwit: Fairly common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Central America; scarce winter visitor to the Caribbean and northern South America, south occasionally to Peru. Numenius phaeopus Whimbrel: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread along coasts. Numenius borealis Eskimo Curlew: Presumably still a very rare winter visitor from the Neactic to southern South America, but there have been no records of wintering birds in recent years. The species is on the verge of extinction; it was listed in the 1981 edition of the ICBP Bird Red Data Book as endangered. Numenius arquata Eurasian Curlew: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World to Bermuda. Numenius americanus Long-billed Curlew: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Guatemala; occasional in Belize. Bartramia longicauda Upland Sandpiper: Fairly common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering in southern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and northern and central Argentina. { Tringa erythropus Spotted Redshank: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Tringa nebularia Greenshank: Extralimital;. vagrant from the Old World to Bermuda. Tringa melanoleuca Greater Yellowlegs: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic, occurring throughout the region. i Tringa flavipes Lesser Yellowlegs:) Common winter visitor from the Nearctic, occurring throughout the region. | Tringa solitaria Solitary Sandpiper: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread; in South America mainly east of the Andes south to central Argentina, rarely on the Pacific coast south to northern Chile. / Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Catoptrophorus semipalmatus Willet: Locally fairly common resident in the Caribbean; common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and South America south to northern Chile and northeastern Brazil; occasional in southeastern Brazil. Actitis macularia Spotted Sandpiper: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread south to southern Peru, Uruguay and northern Argentina; vagrant to Chile. Heteroscelus incanus Wandering Tattler: Mainly extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast and offshore islands; common winter visitor to the Galapagos Islands. Arenaria interpres Ruddy Turnstone: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic, occurring along coasts throughout the region. -681- Appendix Arenaria melanocephala Black Turnstone: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Neactic to northwestern Mexico. = Scolopax minor American Woodcock: Extralimital; vagrant from the Nearctic to Bermuda. Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and northern South America; a local resident in northern Mexico. Gallinago (gallinago) paraguaiae South American Snipe: Endemic to South America; widespread and fairly common east of the Andes and in the south. Gallinago andina Puna Snipe: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the High Andes from central Peru to northern Chile and northwestern Argentina. Gallinago nobilis Noble Snipe: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the Andes of Ecuador, Colombia and extreme western Venezuela. Gallinago undulata Giant Snipe: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but rather scarce east of the Andes from Colombia and Venezuela to Paraguay and southeastern Brazil. Gallinago imperialis Banded Snipe: Endemic to South America; until recently known only from two specimens taken in the Andes of Colombia and one specimen from the Andes of southeastern Peru, but now known to occur widely in the high Andes of Peru, and presumably occurs in Ecuador. Gallinago stricklandii Cordilleran Snipe: Endemic to South America; G. s. jamesoni is widespread and common in the Andes from Venezuela and Colombia to Bolivia; the nominate subspecies is rather scarce and local in southern Chile, southern Argentina (Tierra del Fuego) and the Falkland Islands. Lymnocryptes minima Jack Snipe: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Limnodromus griseus Short-billed Dowitcher: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and South America south to Peru and northeastern Brazil. Limnodromus scolopaceus Long-billed Dowitcher: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico; scarce winter visitor to Central America and the Caribbean; vagrant to Colombia. Aphriza virgata Surfbird: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast of Mexico and South America south to southern Chile. : Calidris canutus Red Knot: Fairly common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly in southern Argentina, particularly Tierra del Fuego. The total flyway population is estimated at 250,000 birds. Calidris alba Sanderling: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic, occurring on sandy coasts throughout the region; particularly abundant in southern Peru and northern Chile. Calidris pusilla Semipalmated Sandpiper: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly along the Atlantic coast of South America to eastern Brazil, and in small numbers on the Pacific coast south to extreme northern Chile. Concentrations of several million birds have been recorded on the coast of Suriname. Calidris mauri Western Sandpiper: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly along the Pacific coast of Mexico, Central America and northern South America, and much less commonly on the Atlantic coast to the Guianas and northern Brazil. Calidris minutilla Least Sandpiper: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread along both coasts south to Peru and eastern Brazil. Calidris fuscicollis White-rumped Sandpiper: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly in southern Brazil, Uruguay, Argentina and the Falkland Islands. Calidris bairdii Baird’s Sandpiper: Fairly common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering in the Andes of Peru, Bolivia, northern Chile and northwestern Argentina, and on the coasts of southern Chile and Argentina. Calidris melanotos Pectoral Sandpiper: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly in the central Andes and southern South America. Calidris ptilocnemis Rock Sandpiper: Extralimital; scarce winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico. Calidris alpina Dunlin: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico; vagrant to Central and South America. Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. -682- Appendix Micropalama himantopus Stilt Sandpiper: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly from Bolivia, Paraguay and southern Brazil south to central Argentina. Tryngites subruficollis Buff-breasted Sandpiper: Fairly common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering mainly in southeastern Brazil, Paraguay, Uruguay and northern Argentina. Philomachus pugnax Ruff: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Recurvirostridae Himantopus himantopus (mexicanus) Common (Black-necked) Stilt: Widespread and _ locally common in Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and South America south to south-central Argentina and Chile. Also fairly common in the Galapagos Islands. Recurvirostra americana American Avocet: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Guatemala; vagrant to the northern Caribbean. Recurvirostra andina Andean Avocet: Endemic to South America; rather scarce and local within its limited distribution in the high Andes of southern Peru, Bolivia, northern Chile and northwestern Argentina. Phalaropodidae Phalaropus fulicarius Red (Grey) Phalarope: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific off South America; regular on spring passage in Bermuda. Steganopus tricolor Wilson’s Phalarope: Common passage migrant and winter visitor from the Nearctic, wintering in the lowlands and Andes from Peru and Paraguay south to central Argentina and Chile. Lobipes lobatus Northern (Red-necked) Phalarope: Fairly common winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific off South America; very common at times in the Galapagos Islands. Burhinidae Burhinus bistriatus Double-striped Thick-knee: Endemic to Neotropical Realm; locally fairly common on the arid Pacific slope of southern Mexico and Central America, and in Hispaniola, northern Colombia, northern Venezuela, Guyana and extreme northern Brazil. Burhinus superciliaris Peruvian Thick-knee: Endemic to South America; fairly common within its limited distribution in the arid coastal zone of southern Ecuador and Peru; occasional in extreme northern Chile, but not known to breed there. Thinocoridae Attagis gayi Rufous-bellied Seedsnipe: Endemic to South America; widely distributed but rather scarce in the high Andes from Ecuador south to the Straits of Magellan. Attagis malouinus White-bellied Seedsnipe: Endemic to South America; scarce and local within its limited distribution in extreme southern Chile and Argentina (western Rio Negro to Tierra del Fuego). Thinocorus orbignyianus Grey-breasted Seedsnipe: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the Andes from Peru south to Tierra del Fuego. Thinocorus rumicivorus Least Seedsnipe: Endemic to South America; widespread and _ locally common in the arid coastal zone from southern Ecuador south to northern Chile, in the Andes of Bolivia, northern Chile and northwestern Argentina, and in central and southern Chile and Argentina south to Tierra del Fuego; the southern population winters north to Uruguay. Laridae Larus atricilla Laughing Gull: Common resident in the Caribbean and Mexico; common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean and coastal South America south to northern Peru and east to the Amazon Delta. Larus pipixcan Franklin’s Gull: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to the Pacific coast of South America south to southern Chile; occasional east of the Andes in Argentina. -683- Appendix Larus maculipennis Brown-hooded Gull: Endemic to South America; widespread and common from southeastern Brazil and north-central Chile to Tierra del Fuego and the Falkland Islands. Larus ridibundus Black-headed Gull: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Larus philadelphia Bonaparte’s Gull: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to northwestern Mexico; casual winter visitor to the Caribbean and Central America. Larus minutus Little Gull: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World to Bermuda. Larus serranus Andean Gull: Endemic to South America; widespread and common in the Andes from Ecuador to central Chile and northwestern Argentina. Larus cirrocephalus Grey-hooded Gull: Rather scarce and local on the Pacific coast from Ecuador to southern Peru; locally fairly common from northeastern Brazil south to eastern Bolivia, Paraguay, Uruguay and northern Argentina. Larus delawarensis Ring-billed Gull: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and the Caribbean; casual winter visitor to eastern Central America. Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Chlidonias leucoptera White-winged Black Tern: Extralimital; vagrant from the Old World. Chlidonias nigra Black Tern: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America and South America south to northern Peru and east to Suriname; common passage migrant in the Caribbean; vagrant to Argentina and Chile. Phaetusa simplex Large-billed Tern: Endemic to South America; widespread and common from northern Colombia east of the Andes south to north-central Argentina. Gelochelidon nilotica Gull-billed Tern: Rather scarce and local breeding bird in northwestern Mexico, the northern Caribbean, western Ecuador, coastal Brazil, Uruguay and northern Argentina; fairly common winter visitor from the Nearctic south through Central America to coastal Peru and the Guianas. Hydroprogne caspia Caspian Tern: Fairly common winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico, Central America, the Caribbean, Colombia and northwestern Venezuela. Sterna hirundo Common Tern: Common winter visitor from the Nearctic; widespread along coasts. Sterna hirundinacea South American Tern: Endemic to South America; widespread and common along coasts north to central Peru and east-central Brazil. Sterna forsteri Forster’s Tern: Mainly extralimital; winter visitor from the Nearctic to Mexico and Belize; casual elsewhere in Central America and the Caribbean. Sterna trudeaui Snowy-crowned Tern: Endemic to South America; fairly common in coastal areas of central and southern Chile, most of Argentina, Uruguay and southeastern Brazil, wintering north to southern Peru. Sterna superciliaris Yellow-billed Tern: Endemic to South America; widespread and common east of the Andes from Colombia south to Uruguay. Sterna albifrons (antillarum) Little (Least) Tern: Fairly common breeding bird on both coasts of Mexico and in the Caribbean (including Aruba in the Netherlands Antilles and other islands off the Venezuelan coast); winter visitor to the coast of South America south to northeastern Brazil and Peru. Rynchopidae Rynchops niger Black Skimmer: Widespread and common along the coasts and main river systems of Mexico, Central America and South America south to northern Argentina and northern Chile, but not known to breed on the Pacific coast south to Ecuador; occasional at altiplano lakes in Bolivia. Fairly common winter visitor to the Caribbean. -684- ya fat) art { ia pyabs} Ae) a | miner tae lyr apeceens Pryor cot Cogn Piet eis Hiden! eo pre. frst)» tot Tiered dat Foegs and the Falldand ind Lares ribtpeatey MIM «Merging © we. i agewnt Leow. the Cid Word teu’ Ree Laoehitiem ayghe @ iw We } ie MI Winker Wesifow Trem fom, aN a wetage then peg) mm oh as Sethe al Genital: asheries: ‘ f Lawes «iri * vite re <0 wees rege fermen the 4 ae he Neerotioy: wide - iyi ee Vik Meortioant, ¥ gr, Ia cog Hi ma? tule ee et ie caetiawal! cp ,) ( iw 4 , ipa: anh idee! cove “ ae: oo vey mapesse ond Whe Cow titers me eons Tore Eatimic to Soeth America (ait: ; AWA eed) af “Argentina Uieachy oad goath Ppa eee DN Corkgatic to Gowth Amigrica widespeand ag >... Lo i ae Ah tee Uden!) lero Pewly coomres | spy ee 4 (Gi Oey (iyteciie Shure & Wie “ewbcr ads Antes aad. ‘ eri, Swe tele <> He Rech Aseria septn na : hae ; ; Fy ncd thew hee rcs sod (Spee slong fe consi oe South srqyeme wmrh tin fpohcwrvss —_ (ete: Sect! lc cua sours io Bewudor,.- ) Ne Wistar vittro